Maintenance Manual of Turbine (Final)

INDONESIA INDRAMAYU 3X330MW POWER PLANT
PROJECT
汽轮机维护手册
Steam Turbine Maintenance Manual
A For approval
REV Status Modification Date Compile Proof Check APPR
合同号：有待落实
Contract No.：
PT.PLN(PERSERO) JASA ENJINIRING
PLN DWG No.
中国电工设备总公司
CHINA NATIONAL ELECTRIC CORPORATION
陕西西北发电运行有限责任公司
SHAANXI NORTHWEST POWER GENERATION CO., LTD
批准日期合同号：有待落实
APPR Date Contract No.:
.
Page 1 of 629
审核日期
Check Date
序言
Preface
本《汽轮机系统维护手册》是根据印尼 INDRAMAYU 3×330MW 燃煤电站项

目汽轮机主辅机设备制造厂提供的设备使用维护说明书和相关图纸编制的，仅
适用于印尼 INDRAMAYU 3×330MW 燃煤电站项目汽轮机部分的运行操作。
This Steam Turbine System Maintenance Manual is based on turbine
maintenance instruction and relative drawings provided by the manufacturer
of the steam turbine main and auxiliary equipment of INDRAMAYU 3×330MW
coal fired power plant project, and it is only for operation of steam turbine for
INDRAMAYU 3×330MW coal fired power plant project.
由于资料不全、时间紧，该手册可能会存在不少错误，随着资料的逐步齐全
我们会不断地对该手册进行改进和完善。
Due to the incomplete material and short time, this manual still needs to
be revised. As completion of references& documents, we will provide a
complete and up-to-date the manual according to the on plant condition.
Page 2 of 629
目录
CONTENTS
2.1 汽轮机设备检修的一般规定......................................................................................................6
2.1 GENERAL REGULATIONS FOR STEAM TURBINE EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE..6
2.1.1 检修的目的和原则..............................................................................................................6
2.1.1 MAINTENANCE PURPOSE AND PRINCIPLE...........................................................................6
2.1.2 检修间隔和工期..................................................................................................................7
2.1.2 MAINTENANCE INTERVAL AND THE DURATION...................................................................7
2.1.3 检修项目和内容..................................................................................................................9
2.1.3 MAINTENANCE ITEMS AND CONTENTS................................................................................9
2.1.4 检修计划的编制................................................................................................................25
2.1.4 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE COMPILE................................................................................25
2.1.5 检修工作的组织和准备....................................................................................................26
2.1.5 MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT AND PREPARATION..........................................................26
2.1.6 检修的安全措施与技术措施............................................................................................28
2.1.6 SAFETY AND TECHNICAL MEASURES OF MAINTENANCE................................................28
2.1.7 检修施工管理....................................................................................................................52
2.1.7 MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT...........................................................................................52
2.1.8 主要检修工作的质量与验收项目....................................................................................54
2.1.8 MAIN ITEMS OF QUALITY AND ACCEPTANCE FOR MAINTENANCE....................................54
2.2 汽轮机主要设备规范................................................................................................................56
2.2 SPECIFICATIONS OF STEAM TURBINE EQUIPMENT.................................................56
2.2.1 概述....................................................................................................................................60
2.2.1 GENERAL............................................................................................................................60
2.2.2 汽缸检修............................................................................................................................62
2.2.2 CASING MAINTENANCE......................................................................................................62
2.2.3 汽轮机转子检修................................................................................................................91
2.2.3 TURBINE ROTOR MAINTENANCE........................................................................................91
2.2.4 喷咀、隔板和隔板套检修..............................................................................................121
2.2.4 NOZZLE, DIAPHRAGM AND BLADE CARRIER MAINTENANCE..........................................121
2.2.5 汽封检修..........................................................................................................................134
2.2.5 MAINTENANCE OF GLAND SEAL......................................................................................134
2.2.6 轴承检修..........................................................................................................................144
2.2.6 BEARING MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................144
2.2.7 滑销系统..........................................................................................................................158
2.2.7 SLIDING PIN SYSTEM........................................................................................................158
2.2.8 盘车装置..........................................................................................................................166
2.2.8 TURNING GEAR DEVICE...................................................................................................166
2.2.9 EH 油系统........................................................................................................................178
2.2.9 EH OIL SYSTEM..............................................................................................................178
Page 3 of 629
2.2.10 液压调节控制系统..........................................................................................................196
2.2.10 HYDRAULIC ADJUSTING AND CONTROL SYSTEM............................................................196
2.2.11 保安系统..........................................................................................................................216
2.2.11 SECURITY SYSTEM...........................................................................................................216
2.2.12 润滑油系统......................................................................................................................236
2.2.12 LUBRICATION OIL SYSTEM...............................................................................................236
2.2.13 配汽机构..........................................................................................................................271
2.2.13 STEAM DISTRIBUTION MECHANISM................................................................................271
2.2.14 发电机密封油系统..........................................................................................................293
2.2.14 GENERATOR SEALING OIL SYSTEM.................................................................................293
2.2.15 给水泵..............................................................................................................................319
2.2.15 给水泵..............................................................................................................................319
2.2.15 FEEDWATER PUMP...........................................................................................................319
2.2.16 液力偶合器......................................................................................................................368
2.2.16 HYDRAULIC COUPLER......................................................................................................368
2.2.17 前置泵..............................................................................................................................382
2.2.17 BOOSTER PUMP...............................................................................................................382
2.2.18 凝结水泵..........................................................................................................................411
2.2.18 CONDENSATE PUMP.........................................................................................................411
2.2.19 水环式真空泵..................................................................................................................437
2.2.19 WATER RING TYPE VACUUM PUMP..................................................................................437
2.2.20 循环水泵..........................................................................................................................454
2.2.20 CIRCULATING WATER PUMP.............................................................................................454
2.2.21 低加疏水泵......................................................................................................................469
2.2.21 LOW PRESSURE HEATER DRAINAGE PUMP.....................................................................469
2.2.22 闭式循环冷却水泵..........................................................................................................484
2.2.22 CLOSED CIRCULATING COOLING WATER......................................................................484
2.2.23 悬臂泵..............................................................................................................................494
2.2.23 ARM-SUSPENDED PUMP..................................................................................................494
2.2.24 高压加热器......................................................................................................................507
2.2.24 HP HEATER......................................................................................................................507
2.2.25 低压加热器......................................................................................................................523
2.2.25 LP HEATER.......................................................................................................................523
2.2.26 除氧器..............................................................................................................................533
2.2.26 DEAERATOR.....................................................................................................................533
2.2.27 凝汽器..............................................................................................................................548
2.2.27 CONDENSER.....................................................................................................................548
2.2.28 阀门..................................................................................................................................553
2.2.28 VALVES.............................................................................................................................553
2.2.29 管道..................................................................................................................................631
2.2.29 PIPELINES.........................................................................................................................631
带压堵漏检修工艺...............................................................................................................................638
MAINTENANCE PROCESS OF LEAKAGE STOPPING WITH PRESSURE.........................638
Page 4 of 629
1 带压堵漏技术介绍..................................................................................................................638
1 INTRODUCTION OF LEAKAGE STOPPING WITH PRESSURE......................................................638
2 带压堵漏工艺..........................................................................................................................640
2 PROCESS OF LEAKAGE STOPPING WITH PRESSURE..............................................................640
3 带压堵漏安全技术规定..........................................................................................................643
3 Safety technical specifications of leak stopping with pressure.............................643
Page 5 of 629
2.1 汽轮机设备检修的一般规定
2.1 General Regulations for Steam Turbine Equipment Maintenance
本手册适用于单机容量为 330MW，主蒸汽压力为 17.75MPa, 主蒸汽温度
为 540℃的火力发电厂汽轮发电机组本体及附属设备的检修及验收工作。汽
轮发电机组的检修及验收工作必须以已经批准的设计和设备制造厂的技术
文件为依据。如需修改设备或变更以上文件规定，必须具备一定的审批手续
该汽轮发电机组除按照本手册执行外，还应遵守国家及有关部门颁发的现
行安全技术、劳动保护、环境保护、防火等规程。本手册各项技术要求和验收
质量标准为基本要求，应首先按照设备订货合同技术协议的要求及制造厂
的正式图纸规定执行，如无明确规定或规定不全面时，按本手册执行。
This manual is suitable for the maintenance and acceptance of the
thermal power plant turbine and generator unit proper and the auxiliary
equipment of single unit with the capacity of 30MW, main steam pressure
of 17.75MPa, and main steam temperature of 540℃. Steam turbine and
generator unit maintenance and acceptance should be on the basis of the
approved design and the technical documents of the equipment
manufacture. If the equipment manual or the above documents need to
be revised or changed, there must be some certain examination and
approval. Operate this turbine generator unit according to this manual as
well as the current safe technology, labor protection, environment
protection and fire fighting rules which are approved by the government or
the related departments. The technical requirements and the acceptance
quality standard of this manual are the basic requirements, so operate
first according to the requirements of the technical agreement of the
equipment order contract and the formal specified drawings of the
manufacturer. If there is no specific regulation or the regulation is not
complete, operate according to this manual.
2.1.1 检修的目的和原则
2.1.1 Maintenance purpose and principle
根据汽轮机检修管理水平和设备的实际情况，贯彻“预防为主，计划
检修”的方针和“应修必修，修必修好”的原则。搞好调查研究，力求
检修计划切实可行。检修人员严肃对待检修计划及项目不能随意变更，
如必须更动，应提前报请上级主管部门。
Implement principle of prevention first and planning maintenance and
carry out the maintenance adequately if it is necessary, according to
the steam turbine maintenance management and the actual state of
the equipment. Conduct the investigation and research adequately to
make the maintenance plan more feasible. Maintenance personnel
should be serious with the maintenance plan and maintenance items,
which can not be changed without randomly and if it is necessary to
change, apply for the superior department in charge.
在规定期限内完成规定的全部作业，达到质量标准。及时采取先进工艺
和新技术、新方法，积极推广新材料、新工具，提高工作效率，缩短检
修工期。节约原材料并合理使用避免错用浪费，尽可能及时修好替换下
Page 6 of 629
来的轮换设备和零部件。搞好安全生产，防止发生人身伤亡和设备损坏
事故。
Finish all the work during the specific limitation and make sure the
work should meet the requirements. Adopt the advanced new
technology and new method and actively promote the usage of new
material and new tools to increase the working efficiency and reduce
the maintenance time. Save and properly use the raw material and
prevent the wrong use and waste of the material. Try to repair the
replaced rotating equipment and components in time. Carry out the
safe production and prevent the personal injury and equipment
damage.
2.1.2 检修间隔和工期
2.1.2 Maintenance interval and the duration
设备检修间各主要有设备技术状况确定。主要设备包括汽轮机本体、调
速给水泵等及附属设备，辅助设备是指主设备以外的生产设备。一般情
况下，主设备的检修间隔按照表 1 的规定进行。
During equipment maintenance, confirm the status of the main
equipment. The main equipment includes: turbine proper, speed
governing feedwater pump and the accessory equipment, and the
auxiliary equipment is the production equipment which is not included
in the main equipment. Under normal circumstance, the maintenance
interval of the main equipment should be according to the regulations
in table 1.
表 1 检修周期
Table 1 Maintenance Period
设备名称大修间隔小修间隔
Name of equipment Overhaul interval Repair interval
汽轮发电机组 4年 4～8 个月
Turbine generator unit Four years 4～8 months
在执行表 1 的检修间隔时，应根据不同情况区别对待。对技术状况较好
的设备，为充分发挥设备潜力，降低检修费用，应积极采取措施逐步
延长检修间隔，但必须经过上级主管部门批准。为防止设备失修，确保
设备健康，凡是设备技术不好的，必须经过技术鉴定并报上级部门批
准，具体标准详见表 2 规定。
During the execution of the maintenance interval in table 1, treat it
according to different circumstance. For the equipment with fine
technical status, take measures to extend the maintenance interval
step by step to fully make use of the equipment potential and to
reduce the maintenance cost, but all these measures should be
approved by the superior department.
Page 7 of 629
表 2 允许大修间隔超过或低于表 1 的参考条件
Table 2 Reference conditions of the permissible overhaul interval
when exceeding or lower than table 1
技术状况满足下列全部条件，可超过表 1 的规技术状况有下列之一的，允许低于表 1 的规定
定
1.主要运行参数经常超过极限值，可能导致设备损
坏通流部分有严重结垢必须通过大修处理机组热效
1.能经常达到铭牌出力和较高效率，主要运行率显著降低，机组振动不合格。
参数在规定范围内，机组振动合格，油质良好。
1. Main operating parameters often exceed the
1. Nameplate output and higher efficiency can limit value and this may cause the equipment
often be reached, main operating parameters damage, and when the scaling in the flow path is
are within normal scope, unit vibration is very serious, the unit heat efficiency reduces
normal and the oil quality is adequate. obviously and the unit vibration does not meet the
requirement, therefore the unit overhaul is
required.
2.主轴承和推力轴承工作正常，轴瓦乌金无脱
2. 轴瓦乌金有较严重裂纹或脱胎，小修不能处理。
胎等缺陷。
2. Babbitt metal has serious crack or the metal on
2. Main and thrust bearings work normally and
the surface falls down, and these problems can
the bearing bush Babbitt metal does not fall
not be solved during repair.
down.
3.汽缸结合面严密，滑销系统滑动正常，无卡
3.轴封漏汽严重，油质恶化，小修不能处理。
涩。
3. Gland seal steam leakage is serious, oil quality
3. Turbine combination surface has no
is deteriorating, and these problems can not be
leakage, sliding pin system slides normally
solved during repair.
without unsmooth blockage.
4.汽轮机转子叶轮、推力盘、轴封套、叶片、拉
筋、复环等物严重冲刷、变形、磨损、腐蚀、裂纹
等缺陷，叶片频率合格或虽然不合格，但不影
4.台板松动，滑销系统工作不正常，影响机组膨
响安全。
胀，威胁机组安全运行。
4. Turbine rotor impellers, thrust discs, gland
4. Bedplate is loose and the sliding pin system
seal sleeve, blades, lacing wire and the
does not work normally which may influence the
reassemble ring have the faults like flushing,
unit expansion and threaten the unit safe
deformation, corrosion, crack and so on.
operation.
Blade frequency meets the requirements, or
does not meet the requirements, but it would
not affect the safety.
5.汽缸、喷嘴、隔板套等无裂纹、无严重冲蚀等缺 5.汽缸内部经过重大改进，更换过重要部件或处理
Page 8 of 629
陷或有轻微缺陷，但长期运行稳定，不影响安
过重大缺陷，需要在大修检查和鉴定。
全。
5. Significant improvement has been carried out in
5. Casing, nozzles and diaphragms have no
the casing interior, important parts have been
defects like crack or serious impact erosion, or
replaced or the serious defects have been treated,
they have the slight defects but theses would
and all theses should be inspected and identified
not affect the safety during long term
during unit overhaul.
operation.
6．调速及保安系统及执行机构动作可靠，动态
6. 汽缸严重裂纹，结合面漏汽，隔板严重变形、裂
性能符合要求。
纹。
6. Speed governing and safety system and the
6. Casing has serious cracks, the combination
actuating mechanism operate reliably and the
surface has steam leakage, and the diaphragms
dynamic performance meets the
have serious deformation and cracks.
requirements.
7. 汽轮机转子有严重缺陷，如大轴夹渣，叶轮键槽
裂纹，叶片频率不合格等，需要进行监视与鉴定处
理。
7.汽轮机主变速装置无显著磨损。
7. When turbine rotors have serious defects, such
7. Turbine main speed changing device has
as residue remains in shaft, impeller key slot
no serious abrasion.
cracks and the blade frequency does not meet the
requirement and so on, monitor, identify and deal
with the problems.
8.附属设备没有影响汽轮机安全运行的严重缺
陷，一般缺陷能够在小修维护中处理。 8.凝汽器铜管腐蚀泄露严重，需要大修处理。
8. Auxiliary equipment does not have the 8. Condenser copper tubes corrosion and leakage
serious defects which may affect the turbine are serious and these need to be handled during
safe operation and the normal defect can be overhaul.
treated during repair.
9.重要部件（如各种高温高压紧固件）的使用 9.汽轮机组达不到铭牌出力，但经过大修后可以恢
寿命能满足延长检修间隔或能在小修中更换。复。
9. Important components (like various high 9. Turbine unit output does not meet the
temperature and high pressure fastening nameplate output, but after overhaul, the unit
components) output can restore.
Page 9 of 629
10.主要热工测量、保护装置能正常投入，或虽 10. 主要热工测量装置、自动监测、保护装置不能保
有缺陷，但能在小修中处理。证机组正常运行，小修中不能排除着。
10. Main I&C measurement and protection 10. Main I&C measurement and automatic
devices can be put into operation normally, or monitoring and protection devices can not ensure
although there are some problems, they can the unit normal operation and these problems can
be solved during repair. not be solved during repair.
在事故抢修中，若已处理了设备和系统的其他缺陷，经鉴定能继续较
长时间的安全运行，允许报请主管上级部门批准，将其后的计划大修
日期顺延。
During failure rush repair, if other defects of the equipment and
system have been handled, and after it is verified that it can carry out
long term safe operation, apply the approval for the superior
department to delay the planning overhaul schedule.
经主管上级部门批准，允许部分机组将两次小修合并为一次或一次小修
分为两次进行，但小修累计时间不得超过年计划小修总停用日数，可在
小修时安排其大修。
After receiving the approval from the superior department, the partial
units can combine the two into one repair, and carry out the repair for
two times. However, the time for repair should not exceed the days for
total annual planning shutdown repair, and the overhaul can be
arranged during repair.
2.1.3 检修项目和内容
2.1.3 Maintenance items and contents
2.1.3.1 汽轮机本体检修标准项目
2.1.3.1 Turbine proper maintenance standard items
2.1.3.1.1 检修周期
2.1.3.1.1 Maintenance period
一般情况下，小修一年一次，大修四年一次，特殊情况可申请停运
检修。
Normally, the reaper is once a year and overhaul is once four-
year. For the special circumstance, apply for the shutdown
maintenance.
2.1.3.1.2 大修项目
2.1.3.1.2 Overhaul items
表 3 汽轮机本体大修标准项目表
Table 3 List of turbine proper overhaul standard items
刘敏
Page 10 of 629
部件名称重大特殊项目
标准项目特殊项目
Parts Important
Standard Item Special Item
Description Special Item
1、检查轴承、推力轴承及油挡有无磨损、更换主轴承、推力轴承
钨金脱胎、裂纹等缺陷，以及轴瓦球面、或重浇轴承钨金。
垫铁的接触情况，测量轴承及油档间隙、
Replace the main
轴承紧力，瓦盖紧力，桥规值，必要时
bearing, thrust
进行修刮、调整、焊补。
bearing or pour
1. Check the bearing, thrust bearing tungalloy again.
and oil baffle to check whether
there are abrasion, tungalloy
轴承 bodiless and cracks; the contact of
Bearing bearing spheric surface and iron
gasket; the clearance of measuring
bearing and oil baffle; bearing
force, cover tile force and bridge
gauge value. Scrape, adjust and
weld if necessary.
2、清扫轴承箱。
2. Clean the bearing box.
汽缸 1、检查汽缸及喷嘴有无裂纹、冲刷、 1、检查基础台板松动 1、处理汽缸大

Casing 情况，必要时二次灌量裂纹或更换
损伤及结合面漏汽痕迹等缺陷，必要时
浆。汽缸。
处理；清扫检查汽缸螺栓孔、疏水孔、抽
汽孔、压力表孔及温度计套管等。 1. Check the 1. Handle the
looseness of basic casing cracks
1. Check the casing and nozzles to
plate. Grout again if or replace the
ensure there is no crack, erosion, injury
necessary. casing.
and steam leaking trace on contact
surface. Clean and check the casing 2、检查并焊补汽缸外 2、更换隔板
bolt hole, drainage hole, extraction hole, 壁裂纹。套、三级以上
pressure gauge hole and thermometer 隔板、喷嘴组。
2. Check and weld to
pipe liner.
repair the cracks on 2. Replace
2、清扫检查隔板套、隔板及静叶有无裂 the outer wall of the blade
纹、冲刷、损伤、变形等缺陷，必要时处 casing. carrier,
理。 diaphragm
3、更换部分喷嘴。
and nozzle
2. Clean and check blade carrier,
3. Replace some groups above
diaphragm and static bade to ensure
nozzles. the third
whether there is crack, erosion, injury
stage.
and deformation. Handle them if 4、修刮汽缸结合面。
Page 11 of 629
Parts Important
necessary. 4. Scrape the contact 3、吊开轴承

surface of casing. 箱，检查修理
3、检查滑销系统。
滑销系统或调
5、更换汽缸全部保
3. Check the sliding pin system. 整汽缸水平。
温。
4、修补汽缸保温。 3. Hoist the
5. Replace all of the
bearing box to
4. Repair the casing insulation. casing thermal
check and
insulation.
5、执行金属监督有关规定。 repair sliding
6、更换高压机组高压 pin system or
5. Carry out the regulations of metal
螺两个以上。 adjust the
supervision.
casing level.
6. Replace more than
6、测量上、下汽缸结合面间隙及纵向水
two high pressure
平。
nuts of HP unit.
6. Measure the contact surface
clearance between upper and lower
casing and longitudinal level.
7、测量调整隔板套及隔板的洼窝中心
7. Measure and adjust the hollow center

of blade carrier and diaphragm.
8、测量隔板弯曲（变形）。
8 Measure the bent (deformation) of

diaphragm.
9、检查汽室联接螺栓，必要时更换。
9 Check the connecting bolts of steam

chamber. Replace them if necessary.
转子 1、检查主轴、叶轮、轴封套、轴颈、推力 1、叶片调频。 1、直轴

Rotor 盘、联轴器、和螺栓的磨损、松动、裂纹及
1. Adjust the 1. Straight the
加工质量等情况，测量及调整通流部分
frequency of blades. shaft.
间隙，轴颈扬度及转子对、对轮中心。
2、对轮铰孔。 2、重装或整级
1 Check the abrasion, looseness,
更换叶片并进
cracks and working medium quality for 2. Ream the
行动平衡校验
main shaft, impeller, gland bush, shaft coupling.
neck, thrust disc, coupling, and bolts. 2. Reinstall or
3、修理研磨推力盘及
Measure and adjust the clearance of replace the
轴颈。
Page 12 of 629
Parts Important
through-flow part, bearing neck lift, rotor 3. Repair and grind blades of the
couple and the center of couplings. the thrust disc and whole stage.
shaft neck. Calibrate the
2、检查测量轴颈椭圆度及转子弯曲度，
dynamic
测量叶轮、联轴器、推力盘的瓢偏度。 4、更换全部联轴器螺
balance.
栓。
2 Check and measure the bearing neck
ellipticity and rotor bending. Measure 4. Replace all of the
the skewness of impeller, coupling and bolts of couplings.
thrust disc.
5、转子高速动平衡。
3、清扫检查叶片、复环、硬质合金片等有
5. The rotor is high
无结垢、腐蚀、松动、断裂、脱焊及损伤等
speed dynamic
缺陷，必要时处理。
balance.
3 Clean and check whether there is
scaling, corrosion, looseness, rupture,
loose weld and injury for blade, complex
ring and hard alloy tip. Handle them if
necessary.
4、对重点监视的较长叶片（一般指 100
～150㎜高度以上的）做频率试验，必要
时进行叶片、叶根探伤检查。
4 Take the frequency test for long

blades (the height is over 100 ～ 150
㎜ )which need special monitoring.
Detect the fault of the blade and blade
root if necessary.
6、对松装叶片松动情况进行检查。检查配
重块牢固情况
6. Check the looseness of loose

installation blades. Check the
counterweight tightness.
汽封 Steam 清扫、检查各汽封、隔板汽封的阻汽片并 1、更换 20%以上汽封

Seel 测量其间隙，必要时对汽封梳齿、汽封片。
Page 13 of 629
Parts Important
块、弹簧等进行修理、调整及少量更换。 1. Replace more than

20% steam sealing
Clean, check the steam resistance
fins .
baffle of each steam seal, diaphragm
steam seal and measure the clearance. 2、大量调整轴封阻汽
Repair and adjust the steam seal comb, 片间隙。
steam seal package and spring, or
2. Adjust the
replace in a small amount.
clearance of gland
seal steam resistance
baffle.
检查更换测量齿轮、蜗轮、轴承、导向滑套 1、更换盘车大齿轮
等部件的磨损情况，必要时修理
1. Replace the big
盘车装置 Check and replace the abrasion of gear of turning gear.
Turning measuring gear, worm gear, and guide
2、更换整套盘车装置
Gear sliding bush. Repair if necessary.
2. Replace the whole
set of turning gear.
2.1.3.1.3 小修项目
2.1.3.1.3 Repair Items
1. 低压防爆膜检查及更换；
1. Check and replace the LP anti-explosion membrane.
2 盘车装置检查；
2. Check the turning gear device.
3 各轴承外油档检修；
3. Check and repair the outer oil baffle of each bearing.
4. 轴封系统阀门检修；
4. Check and repair gland seal system valves.
5. 各疏水门检修；
5. Check and repair each drainage valve.
6. #1~6 瓦解体检修；
6. Disassemble and repair #1~6 bearings.
Page 14 of 629
7. #1~6 段抽汽门检查；
7. Check #1~6 extraction valves.
8. 凝汽器疏水扩容器检查；
8. Check the condenser drainage flash tank.
9. 消除设备现存缺陷；
9. Eliminate the defects of equipment.
10. 其它特殊项目临时制定。
10. Temporarily establish regulations for other special items.
2.1.3.2 汽轮机调节保安及油系统检修标准项目
2.1.3.2 Standard Items for Turbine regulation & security and Oil System
Maintenance
2.1.3.2.1 EH 油系统检修标准项目
2.1.3.2.1 Standard Items for EG oil system maintenance
1 检修周期
1 Maintenance Period
一般情况下，小修一年一次，大修四年一次，特殊情况可申请
停运检修。
Generally, the repair is once every year, the overhaul is once
every four-year. Apply shutdown maintenance for special
conditions.
2 大修标准项目
2 Overhaul Standard Items
1 油箱
1 Oil tank
1.1 箱体：放油清洗；
1.1 Tank: discharge the oil and clean it.
1.2 液位指示器：更换胶圈；
1.2 Liquid level indicator: replace the rubber ring.
1.3 空气滤清器：检查清洗；
1.3 Air filter: check and clean it.
1.4 磁性滤器：检查清洗。
1.4 Magnetic filter: check and clean it.
2 集成块组件
2 Integrated Package
Page 15 of 629
2.1 集成块：清洗；
2.1 Block: clean it.
2.2 溢流阀 DB10：清洗检查更换密封圈；
2.2 Overflow valve DB10: clean, check and replace
sealing ring.
2.3 直角单向阀：清洗检查更换密封圈；
2.3 Vertical angle check valve: clean, check and replace
sealing ring.
2.4 截止阀 SHV20：清洗检查更换密封圈；
2.4 Stop valve SHV20: clean, check and replace sealing
ring.
2.5 各种接头堵头：更换密封圈；
2.5 Each joint blockage: replace sealing ring.
3 主油泵：至少更换一台。
3 Main oil pump: at least replace one.
4 滤油器
4 Oil Filter
4.1 回油滤油器：更换滤芯及密封圈；
4.1 Oil return filter: replace the cartridge and sealing ring.
4.2 循环回路滤油器：更换滤芯及密封圈；
4.2 Circulation loop oil filter: replace the cartridge and
sealing ring.
4.3 泵入口滤油器：更换滤芯及密封圈；
4.3 Pump inlet oil filter: replace the cartridge and sealing
ring.
4.4 泵出口滤油器：更换滤芯及密封圈。
4.4 Pump outlet oil filter: replace the cartridge and sealing
ring.
5 油管路
5 Oil pipeline
5.1 截止阀：清洗检查更换密封圈；
5.1 Stop valve: clean, check and replace sealing ring.
5.2 单向阀：清洗检查更换密封圈；
5.2 One-way valve: clean, check and replace sealing ring.
Page 16 of 629
5.3 各种接头：清洗检查更换密封圈。
5.3 Each joint: clean, check and replace sealing ring.
6 ER 端子箱
6 ER terminal box
6.1 电磁阀：清洗检查更换密封圈；
6.1 Solenoid valve: clean, check and replace sealing ring.
6.2 截止阀：清洗检查更换密封圈。
7 低油压试验块
7 Oil LP test block
7.3 集成块：清洗检查更换密封圈。
7.3 Integrated package: clean, check and replace sealing
ring.
8 再生装置
8 Regeneration Device
8.1 硅藻土滤芯：运行油温在 43～45℃之间，压力高达
0.21Mpa 或没有效果时更换；
8.1 Diatomite cartridge: replace it if the operating oil
temperature is 43 ～ 45℃, the pressure reaches
0.21Mpa or it is not effective.
8.2 纤维滤芯：运行油温在 43 ～ 45℃ 之间，压力高达
0.21Mpa 时更换；
8.2 Fiber cartridge: replace it if the operating oil
temperature is 43 ～ 45℃, and the pressure reaches
0.21Mpa.
8.4 节流孔：清洗检查；
8.4 Throttling orifice: clean and check.
9. 冷油器及其电磁阀：清洗更换密封圈；
9. Oil cooler and other solenoid valve: clean and replace
Page 17 of 629
sealing ring.
10. 蓄能器组件：
10. Accumulator component:
10.1 蓄能器：检查蓄能器压力，若压力不足则补充氮气；
10.1 Accumulator: check the pressure of accumulator.
If the pressure is not enough, fill nitrogen.
10.1.1 高压蓄能器：充氮气压力为 9.3Mpa；
10.1.1 HP accumulator: the pressure for nitrogen filling is
9.3Mpa.
10.1.2 低压蓄能器：充氮气压力为 0.21Mpa；
10.1.2 LP accumulator: the pressure for nitrogen filling is
0.21Mpa.
10.1.3 截止阀：清洗检查更换密封圈。
10.1.3 Stop valve: clean, check and replace sealing ring.
3 小修标准项目
3 Standard Items for Repair
1. 清洗磁性滤芯；
1. Clean the magnetic cartridge.
2. 整定 DB10 溢流阀；
2. Rectify the DB10 overflow valve.
3. 更换滤油器滤芯；
3. Replace the cartridge of oil filter.
4. 重新整定油泵压力；
4. Rectify the pressure of oil pump again.
5. 检查冷油器电磁阀。
5. Check the solenoid valve of oil cooler.
2.1.3.2.2 液压调节控制系统检修标准项目
2.1.3.2.2 Standard Items for Hydraulic Pressure adjusting and Control
System Maintenance
1 检修周期
停运检修。
Generally, the repair is once every year, the overhaul is once
every four-year. Apply shutdown maintenance for special
Page 18 of 629
conditions.
2 Overhaul Standard Items
1. 油缸：解体检查油缸和活塞杆是否磨损和漏油，解体检查
活塞和活塞环是否磨损，若有磨损则更换；更换所有密封
圈，清洗后装配，装配时应保持清洁。
1. Oil cylinder: assemble and check whether there is
abrasion and oil leakage for oil cylinder and piston rod.
Assemble and check whether there is abrasion on the
piston and piston ring. If there is abrasion, replace it.
Replace all of sealing rings. Install them after clean, and
keep them clean during installation.
2. 集成块组件：
2. Integrated package component:
2.1 集成块：清洗检查，更换密封圈；检查清洗节流孔；
2.1 Integrated package: clean, check and replace sealing
ring. Check and clean throttling orifice.
2.3 单向阀：清洗检查更换密封圈；
2.3 One-way valve: clean, check and replace sealing ring.
2.4 卸荷阀 DB20：清洗检查更换密封圈；
2.4 Unloading valve DB20: clean, check and replace
sealing ring.
2.5 伺服阀：更换密封圈；
2.5 Servo valve: replace sealing ring.
2.7 过滤器：更换滤芯及密封圈；
2.7 Filter: replace cartridge and sealing ring.
2.8 操纵座：解体检查，检查弹簧是否磨损，更换连接螺
栓；
2.8 Operating seat: assemble and check whether there is
abrasion for spring. Replace connecting bolts.
3. 安全装置
3. Safety Device
Page 19 of 629
3.1 电磁阀组件：
3.1 Solenoid valve component:
3.1.1 AST 电磁阀：清洗检查，更换密封圈，更换半数
一级阀；
3.1.1 AST solenoid valve: clean, check and replace
sealing ring. Replace half of the primary valves.
3.1.2 OPC 电磁阀：清洗检查，更换密封圈；
3.1.2 OPC solenoid valve: clean, check and replace
sealing ring.
3.1.3 集成块：清洗，检查节流孔和节流管接头，更换密
封圈；
3.1.3 Integrated package: clean and check throttling
orifice and throttling pipe joint. Replace sealing
ring.
3.2 隔膜阀：清洗检查阀体，检查或更换膜片；
3.2 Diaphragm valve: clean and check the valve body.
Check or replace the diaphragm.
3.3 空气引导阀：清洗解体检查。
3.3 Air guiding valve: clean and assemble to check.
4 调速系统静态特性试验。
4 Static characteristic test for speed governing system
3 Repair Standard Items
1. 更换滤芯及密封圈；
1. Replace cartridge and sealing ring.
2. 检查位移传感器是否牢固，如有弯曲应加以校正；
2. Check whether the displacement transducer is tight and
secure. If it is bent, we should calibrate it.
3. 检查操纵座是否牢固，连接处是否松动。
3. Check whether the operating seat is tight and secure;
whether the connection is loose.
费蕾（3667 09.10.21）
2.1.3.2.3 保安系统检修标准项目
2.1.3.2.3 Standard Maintenance Items of Emergency System
1 检修周期
Page 20 of 629
停运检修。
Generally, the repair should be carried out once every year,
the overhaul once every four years. In the special condition,
the outage maintenance can be applied for.
2 Standard Items of Overhaul
1. 检查清洗危急遮断滑阀、试验滑阀，测量间隙及尺寸；
1) Check and clean the emergency trip sliding valve ， and
test sliding valve, in addition, measure the clearance and
size of them.
2. 检查危急保安器及弹簧，测量间隙及尺寸；
2) Check the emergency governor and spring, in addition,
measure the clearance and size of them.
3. 检查测量复位装置；
3) Check and measure the reset device.
4. 做喷油试验和超速试验。
4) Do the oil spray test and over speed test.
3 Standard Items of Repair
测量脱扣间隙。
Measure the clearance of trip.
2.1.3.2.4 润滑油系统检修标准项目
2.1.3.2.4 Standard Maintenance Items of Lube Oil System
1 检修周期
停运检修。
Generally, the repair should be carried out once in every year
and the overhaul should be carried out once in every four
years. In the special condition, the outage maintenance can
be applied.
2 Standard Items of Overhaul
1. 主油泵：检查密封环；测量密封环间隙；解体检查叶轮、泵
轴；
1) Main oil Pump: Check the seal ring, measure the
Page 21 of 629
clearance of seal ring, disassemble and check the
impeller and pump shaft.
2. 冷油器：清理水侧；水压试验；检查清理滤网；检查冷油
器换向阀；
2) Oil cooler: clean the water sides, do the hydraulic
pressure test, check and clean the filter screen, and
check the reversing valve.
3. 主油箱：检查清理滤网；清理油箱内壁；解体检查注油器
解体检查 11、12 号排烟风机；检查油位计、加热器；
3) Main oil tank: Check and clean the filter screen,
disassemble and check oil injector and No.11 & 12 fume
exhaust fan, and check the oil level meter and heater.
4. 顶轴油泵：检查油泵转动情况，如有问题进行更换；
4) Jacking oil pump: Check the rotation condition of the oil
pump, and replace another one when necessary.
5. 管道阀门：一般不解体检查，检查盘根；
5) Pipeline and valve: generally, do not carry out
disassembled inspection, only check the packing.
6. 油净化装置：清理袋滤器、油水分离器、自动反冲过滤装置、
精滤器；清理沉淀室、溢流室、贮油室；检查流量控制阀、流
量观察器、进油电磁阀、浮球阀、自动排水器、化学吸附罐；
检查输油泵、排烟机；
6) Oil purify device: clean the following devices: bag filter, oil
and water separator, automatic backwash filter device,
and fine filter. Clean the sedimentation chamber, overflow
chamber, and oil storage chamber. Check the following
device: flow amount control valve, flow amount observer,
oil inlet solenoid valve, float valve, automatic water
drainer, and chemical absorption tank. Check the oil
transfer pump and fume exhaust fan.
7. 贮油箱：清理净油室、污油室；
7) Oil storage tank: clean the oil purify chamber and dirty oil
chamber.
8. 油泵：性能能满足要求，一般不解体检查。
8) Oil pump: If the performance meets the requirement,
generally do not carry out the disassembled inspection.
3 Standard Maintenance Items of Repair
1. 冷油器检漏：清理水侧（视铜管结垢确定）；
1) Inspect the oil cooler leakage: clean the water side
(confirm according to the scaling condition of copper
Page 22 of 629
pipe).
2. 检查油泵机械密封：消除渗漏点；
2) Inspect the oil Pump mechanical seal: eliminate the
leakage points.
3. 检查主油泵密封环、测量密封环间；
3) Inspect the main oil pump seal ring, and measure the
clearance of seal ring.
4. 检查油箱清理滤网；滤油（视油质确定）；
4) Inspect the oil tank and clean the filter screen: do the oil
filtration (confirm according to the oil quality)
5. 检查排烟风机；消除渗漏点；
5) Inspect the fume exhaust fan: eliminate the leakage
points.
6. 检查顶轴油泵转动情况、油封及管节；
6) Inspect the rotation condition of the jacking oil pump, oil
seal and pipe junction.
7. 油系统管道滤网清理，消除渗漏点，阀门消缺；
7) Clean the pipeline strainer in oil system, eliminate the
leakage points and carry out the valve troubleshooting.
8. 清理油净化装置袋滤器、油水分离器、自动反冲过滤装置、
精滤器，更换吸附剂。
8) Clean the following oil purify device: bag filter, oil and
water separator, automatic backwash filter, fine filter, and
replace the absorbent.
2.1.3.2.5 配汽机构检修标准项目
2.1.3.2.5 Standard Maintenance Items of Steam Distribution device
1 检修周期
停运检修。
be applied.
2 Standard Maintenance Items of Overhaul
1. 所有进汽阀解体检查；
Page 23 of 629
1) Disassemble and check all steam inlet valves.
2. 管道弯头测厚；
2) Measure the thickness of pipeline elbows.
3. 检查修理蒸汽滤网；
3) Inspect and repair the steam strainers.
4. 各蒸汽阀法兰螺栓做金相检查。
4) Do the metallographic examination for flange bolts of
every steam valve.
1. 主蒸汽管道弯头测厚；
1) Measure the thickness of main steam pipeline elbows.
2. 导管疏水弯头测厚；
2) Measure the thickness of guide pipe drainage elbows.
3. 门杆漏汽弯头测厚；
3) Measure the thickness of valve rod leakage steam
elbows.
4. 渗漏点消除。
4) Eliminate the leakage points.
2.1.3.2.6 发电机密封油系统
2.1.3.2.6 Generator Seal Oil System
1 检修周期
停运检修。
be applied.
2 Standard Maintenance Items of Overhaul
2.1 密封油泵解体检查。
2.1 Disassemble and check the seal oil pump.
2.2 冷油器清理水侧、水压试验，清理油侧。
2.2 Clean the water side of oil cooler, and then, do the
Page 24 of 629
hydraulic pressure test, at last clean the oil side.
2.3 差压阀、平衡阀、减压阀解体检查、调整。
2.3 Disassemble, check and adjust the differential pressure
valve, balance valve and pressure reducing valve.
2.4 氢侧回油控制箱内部清理，检查浮球阀、液位计。
2.4 Clean the inside of the oil return control tank at the
hydrogen side, check the floating valve and liquid level
meter.
2.5 空侧回油密封箱、消泡箱内部清理，检查液位计。
2.5 Clean the inside of the oil returning seal tank and foam
breaking tank at the air side, and check the liquid level
meter.
2.6 排油烟风机：解体检查。
2.6 Oil discharging fume exhaust fan: disassemble and
check.
2.7 滤油器清理检查。
2.7 Check and clean the oil filter.
3.1 密封油泵检查机械密封。
3.1 Inspect the mechanical seal of seal oil pump.
3.2 密封油冷油器水侧清理、检漏。
3.2 Clean and inspect the leakage of the seal oil cooler at
water side.
3.3 密封油滤油器清理。
3.3 Clean the seal oil filter.
3.4 消除渗漏点，阀门滚动计划。
3.4 Eliminate the leakage points, valve rolling plan.
2.1.4 检修计划的编制
2.1.4 Maintenance Schedule Compile
下列标准所包含的条文，通过本标准中引用而构成本手册的条文，所
有引用标准在本手册发布实施均为有效标准。
The clauses in this manual are compiled by citing the items in the
following criteria. All the cited items are valid criteria before this
manual is published.
中华人民共和国电力部安生（1994）257 号《电力安全工作规程》
Page 25 of 629
Electricity Department of P.R. China safety production （1994）257
electric safety regulation
《电力工业技术管理规范》
Technical management specification of electric power industry
SD230—87 部颁《发电厂检修规程》
SD230—87 The electricity department issued power plant
maintenance regulation
DL50—94 部颁《电力建设施工及验收技术规范》
DL50—94 The electricity department issued electric power
construction and acceptance technical specification
制造厂图纸、技术文件
Manufacture drawings and technical documents.
电站设计系统图布置图、说明书
Power plant design system diagrams, layout diagrams and
instructions
2.1.5 检修工作的组织和准备
2.1.5 Maintenance Management and Preparation
2.1.5.1 检修工作的组织
2.1.5.1 Maintenance Management
2.1.5.1.1 组织全体检修人员学习安规，检查各项安全措施，确保设备和人身
的安全。
2.1.5.1.1 Manage all maintenance personnel to study the safety regulation
and inspect various safety measures in order to make sure the
safe of equipment and personnel.
2.1.5.1.2 严格执行各项制度和标准工艺措施，保证检修质量，并检查落实岗
位责任。
2.1.5.1.2 Strictly execute various systems and standard process measures
in order to ensure the maintenance quality and fully implement
post responsibility.
2.1.5.1.3 随时掌握施工进度，加强组织协调，确保如期完工。
2.1.5.1.3 Control the construction progress in any time and enhance the
organization cooperation in order to make sure complete the
project in time.
2.1.5.1.4 贯彻勤俭节约，爱护工具、器械，节约原材料。
2.1.5.1.4 Implement the thrift policy, take care of the tools, equipment and
save raw material.
2.1.5.1.5 搞好文明检修，培养踏踏实实，一丝不苟的工作作风。
Page 26 of 629
2.1.5.1.5 Perform civilized maintenance, and cultivate the punctilious
working attitude.
2.1.5.2 检修工作的准备
2.1.5.2 Maintenance Preparation
2.1.5.2.1 针对汽机系统和设备的运行情况，存在的缺陷和小修检查结果，结
合上次大修总结进行现场查对，根椐查对结果及年度检修计划要求，
确定检修的重点项目，制定符合实际情况的对策和措施，并做好有
关设计、试验和技术鉴定工作。
2.1.5.2.1 For the operation condition of the steam turbine system and
equipment, and existed defects and inspection result of repair,
combine the summary of last time overhaul to carry out the on-
site check up. And then, confirm the important maintenance
project and compile the strategy and measures according to the
check result and requirement of annual maintenance schedule. In
addition, do the relevant design, test and technical identification.
2.1.5.2.2 落实物质（包括材料、备品、安全工具和施工工具等）准备，布置检
修施工场地。
2.1.5.2.2 Make sure the preparation of material (include materials, spare
parts, safety tools and construction tools etc.), and arrange the
construction field for maintenance.
2.1.5.2.3 制定实施大、小修计划的网络图。
2.1.5.2.3 Work out the network chart for performing the overhaul and repair.
2.1.5.2.4 制定检修技术组织措施、安全措施。
2.1.5.2.4 Work out the maintenance technical organization measures and
safety measures.
2.1.5.2.5 准备好技术记录数据。
2.1.5.2.5 Prepare the technical data and record.
2.1.5.2.6 确定需测绘和校核的备品配件加工图。
2.1.5.2.6 Make sure the spare parts working diagram which needs to be
mapped and calibrated.
2.1.5.2.7 组织全体检修人员学习讨论检修计划、项目、工期、措施与施工质量
要求等，并做好特殊工种和人力的安排，确定检修项目的施工和验
收负责人。
2.1.5.2.7 Organize all maintenance personnel to study and discuss the
maintenance schedule, items, construction time, measures and
quality requirement etc. Arrange the special post and personnel,
and confirm the construction and acceptance person in charge of
maintenance project.
2.1.5.2.8 大修前一个月，小修前半个月，检修工作负责人应组织有关人员检
查各项工作的．准备情况，开工前还应全面复查，确保大、小修按
期顺利进行。
Page 27 of 629
2.1.5.2.8 The person in charge of maintenance should organize the
relevant personnel to inspect the various works preparation one
month before the overhaul or half month before the repair. Before
operation, thoroughly do the inspection again to make sure the
overhaul and repair can be carried out on time.
2.1.6 检修的安全措施与技术措施
2.1.6 Safety and Technical Measures of Maintenance
2.1.6.1 安全措施
2.1.6.1 Safety Measures
2.1.6.1.1 进入现场必须按《安规》规定着装和使用安全防护用具。
2.1.6.1.1 Follow the safety code to wear and use the safety protective
tools when enters into the operation filed,
2.1.6.1.2 两人及以上工作时必须明确一名工作负责人。
2.1.6.1.2 When two or more operators operate, one should be confirmed to
be the person in charge.
2.1.6.1.3 现场应设有足够的照明，并符合《安规》要求。
2.1.6.1.3 Adequate illumination should be installed in the operation filed,
which meet the requirements of safety code.
2.1.6.1.4 使用电动工具必须使用漏电保护器，并遵守电动工具的使用规定。
不得使用有缺陷的工器具。
2.1.6.1.4 When use the electric tools, the UPS should be used either, and
follow the using regulation of electric tools.
2.1.6.1.5 清洗、油箱加油时，要防止火灾。严禁使用汽油清洗机件。
2.1.6.1.5 When clean or filling oil to the oil tank, prevent fire. Do not clean
the parts of equipment by using the gasoline.
2.1.6.1.6 叶轮焊接时必须接地线，防止烧坏轴承。
2.1.6.1.6 When welding the impeller, connect the grounding wire in order to
prevent the bearing burning.
2.1.6.1.7 高处作业必须正确使用安全带、工具，材料的传递应遵守安规规定。
2.1.6.1.7 When work high above the ground, correctly use safety harness
and tools. In addition, follow the safety code to pass on the
material.
2.1.6.1.8 认真遵守起重、搬运的安全规定。
2.1.6.1.8 Seriously obey the safety code of lifting and conveying.
2.1.6.1.9 工作结束应及时恢复工作过程拆除的栏杆、防护罩、沟盖板等防护设
施。
2.1.6.1.9 After finished the work, immediately recover the following
protective facilities which were disassembled during the
Page 28 of 629
operation: such as railing, protective cover, and wrench cover etc.
2.1.6.1.10 工作结束清点人员、工具，收回剩余的材料，消除火种，清扫工作
现场。
2.1.6.1.10 Count the numbers of personnel and tools. Reclaim the residual
material, eliminate kindling and clean the operation filed.
2.1.6.1.11 清理工作现场易燃易爆杂物。
2.1.6.1.11 Remove flammable and explosive foreign matter in the operation
filed.
2.1.6.1.12 电焊地线接在被焊件上，禁止远距离回路。
2.1.6.1.12 The grounding wire of electric welding connects with the
component which will be welded.
2.1.6.1.13 现场准备充足的消防器材。
2.1.6.1.13 Prepare the enough firefighting apparatus in the operation filed.
2.1.6.1.14 动火工作期间设专人监护。
2.1.6.1.14 Assign the special personnel to watch during the hot work period.
2.1.6.1.15 工作结束清理现场，不遗留任何火种。
2.1.6.1.15 Clean the operation filed after the work is finished, and do not
leave any kindling.
2.1.6.2 技术措施
2.1.6.2 Technical Measures
2.1.6.2.1 汽机油系统防火
2.1.6.2.1 Fire Prevention of Steam Turbine Oil System
1 油系统应尽量避免使用法兰连接，禁止使用铸铁阀门。
1) Possibly do not use flange to connect in the oil system, do not
use cast iron valve.
2 油系统法兰禁止使用塑料垫、橡皮垫（含耐油橡皮垫）和石棉
纸垫。
2) It is forbidden to use plastic washer and rubber washer for the
flange in the oil system (include oil-resistance rubber washer)
and asbestos paper washer.
3 油管道法兰、阀门及可能漏油部位附近不准有明火，必须明火
作业时要采取有效措施，附近的热力管道或其他热体的保温应
紧固完整，并包好铁皮。
3) It is not allowed direct fire in the oil pipeline flange, valve and
parts might be leaked. If the operation needs the direct fire,
the effective measure should be adopted. The thermal
pipeline or heat insulation of other thermal body should be
tight and complete in addition to enveloped with iron.
Page 29 of 629
4 禁止在油管道上进行焊接工作。在拆下的油管上焊接时，必须
事先将管子冲洗干净。
4) Do not weld on the oil pipeline. When disassemble the
welding on the oil pipe, clean the pipe in advance.
5 油管道法兰、阀门及轴承、调速系统等应保持严密不漏油，如有
漏油应及时消除，严禁漏油渗透至下部蒸汽管、阀保温层。
5) The oil pipeline flange, valve, bearing and speed adjusting
system should be tight without oil leakage. If there is,
immediately eliminate it. Do not make the oil permeate to the
steam pipe and valve insulation layer in the lower part.
6 油管道法兰、阀门的周围及下方，如敷设有热力管道或其它热
体，则这些热体保温必需齐全，保温外面应保铁皮。
6) If the thermal pipelines or other heating equipment are under
or around the oil pipeline flange or valve, the heat insulation
of heating equipment should be complete, with sheet iron
outside the heat insulation.
7 检修时如发现保温材料内有渗油时，应消除漏油点，并更换保
温材料。
7) If find there is oil leakage in the heat insulation material when
carry out the maintenance, either eliminate the oil leakage
point, or replace the heat insulation material.
8 事故排油阀应设两个钢质截至阀，其操作手轮应设在距油箱
5m 以外的地方，并有两个以上的通道，操作手轮不允许加锁，
应挂有明显的“禁止操作”标志牌。
8) Set two steel check valves in the emergency oil discharging
valve, the hand wheel of them should be installed in the
above 5m far away from the oil tank and has above two
channels. It is not allowed to lock the hand wheel, and the
obvious mark Forbidden Operation should be suspended.
9 油管道要保证机组在各种运行工况下自由膨胀。
9) The oil pipeline should ensure the unit can freely expend
under various operation condition.
10 机组油系统的设备及管道损坏发生漏油，凡不能与系统隔绝处
理的或热力管道渗入油的，应立即停机处理。
10) Shutdown immediately when oil leakage happened because
of damage in equipment& pipeline of oil system, and some
cannot be isolated with the system or oil leaks into thermal
pipeline.
2.1.6.2.2 防止炉外管道爆破
2.1.6.2.2 Blasting Prevention of Pipeline outside Furnace
1 加强对炉外管道的巡视，对管系振动、水击等现象应分析原因，
及时采取措施。当炉外管道有漏气、漏水现象时，必须立即查明
Page 30 of 629
原因、采取措施，若不能与系统隔离进行处理时，应立即停炉。
（汽机专业参照执行）
1 Strengthen inspection for the pipeline outside furnace.
Analyze the cause of pipeline vibration and water impact and
take necessary measures. When there is air leakage, water
leakage in the pipeline, immediately find out the reason and
take measures. If the system isolation treatment can not be
carried out, immediately shut down the boiler. (For steam
turbine specialization)
2 定期对导汽管、汽联络管、水联络管、下降管等炉外管道以及弯
管、弯头、联箱封头等进行检查，发现缺陷（如表面裂纹、冲刷
减薄或材质问题）应及时采取措施。
2 Regularly inspect the pipeline outside furnace steam incoming
pipe, steam connection pipe, water connection pipe and
downcomer, etc. in addition, inspect the bent pipe, elbow and
end enclosure of header. If found any flaws, (such as: crack
on the surface, erosion, thinning or material problem)
immediately take measures.
3 加强对汽水系统中的高中压疏水、排污、减温水等小径管座焊缝
内壁冲刷和外表腐蚀现象的检查，发现问题即使更换。
3 Improve the inspection for the minor caliber pipe base welding
seam in the steam and water system as the following, such as
HP&IP drainage, blowdown and desuperheater water, etc.
Mainly inspect the inner wall flushing and appearance
erosion, if find any problem, immediately replace.
4 按照《火力发电厂金属技术监督规程》(DL438-2000),对主蒸汽
管道、再热蒸汽管道、弯管、弯头、阀门、三通等大口径部件及其
相关焊缝进行定期检查。
4 Annually inspect the big caliber parts and relevant welding
seam, such as: main steam pipeline, reheating steam
pipeline, bent pipe, elbow, valve and Tee bend according to
Metal Technical Supervision Regulation of Fossil-fired Power
Plant(DL438-2000).
5 按照《火力发电厂汽水管道与支吊架维修调整导则》(DL/T616-
1997)的要求，对支吊架进行定期检查。对运行达 100kh 的主蒸
汽管道、再热蒸汽管道的支吊架要进行全面检查和调整，必要
时应进行应力合算。
5 Annually inspect support& hangers according to the
requirement of Steam and Water Pipeline and Support &
Hangers Maintenance Adjusting Guide Rule of Fossil-fired
Power Plant (DL/T616-1997). For support& hangers of main
steam pipeline and reheating pipeline which operate for
100kh, carry out the completely inspection and regulation,
and do the stress calculation when necessary.
6 对于易引起汽水两相流的疏水、空气等管道，应重点检查其与
母管相连的角焊缝、母管开孔的内孔周围、弯头等部位，其管道
Page 31 of 629
弯头、三通和阀门运行 100kh 后，易结合检修全部更换。
6 For the drainage and air pipeline which easily cause steam
and water two phase flow, specially inspect the their angle
welding seam which connect with the main pipe, inspect the
inner hole of main pipe and elbow. After 100kh operation of
the pipeline, bent, Tee bend and valve, replace all of them
according to the maintenance result.
7 加强焊工管理及完善焊接工艺质量的评定。杜绝无证（含过期
证）上岗和超合格证允许范围施焊现象。焊接工艺、质量、热处
理及焊接检验应符合《电力建设施工及验收技术规范（火力发
电厂焊接篇）》(DL5007-1992)有关规定。
7 Improve the management of welding and complete the
welding process quality evaluation. It is forbidden to use the
operator without certification (include the overdue
certification) and to weld beyond certification required. The
welding process, quality and thermal treatment acceptance
should meet the requirement of Technical Specification of
Electric Power Construction and Acceptance （thermal power
plant welding volume）》(DL5007-1992)
8 在检修中，应重点检查可能因膨胀和机械原因引起的承压部件
爆漏的缺陷。
8 During the maintenance, specially inspect the pressure parts
leakage which may be caused by expansion and mechanical.
2.1.6.2.3 防止压力容器超压
2.1.6.2.3 Overpressure Prevention of Pressure Vessel
1 各种压力容器安全阀应定期进行校验和排放试验。
1) Various pressure vessel safety valves should have calibration
and relief tests regularly.
2 压力容器内部有压力时，严禁进行任何修理或紧固工作。
2) If there is pressure in the pressure vessel, do not carry out any
repair or fastening operation.
3 压力容器上使用的压力表，应列为计量强制检验表计，按规定
周期进行强检。
3) The pressure gauge used in the pressure vessel should be
classed as measurement mandatory check gauge. Do the
check in every week according to the regulation.
4 结合压力容器定期检验或检修，每两个检验周期至少进行一次
耐压试验。
4) Carry out the regular check or maintenance combine with the
pressure vessel, and carry out pressure test at least once in
every two check periods.
5 检查进入除氧器、扩容器的高压汽源，采取措施消除除氧器、扩
Page 32 of 629
容器超压的可能。推广滑压运行，逐步取消二段抽汽进入除氧
器。
5) Inspect the HP steam source entering into the deaerator and
flash tank, and take measures to eliminate the overpressure
possibility of deaerator and flash tank. As soon as possible to
use the sliding pressure operation and gradually cancel the
second stage extraction steam entering into the deaerator.
6 单元制的给水系统，除氧器上应配备不少于两只全启式安全门，
并完善除氧器的自动调压和报警装置。
6) The feedwater system of unit system and deaerator should be
equipped with no less than two full-started safety valves, and
perfect the automatic pressure adjusting and alarming device.
7 除氧器和其他压力容安全阀的总排放能力，应满足其在最大进
汽工况下不超压。
7) The total release capacity of desecrator and other pressure
vessel safety valves can satisfy that overpressure will not
occur under maximum steam admission working condition.
2.1.6.2.4 压力容器实行定期检验
2.1.6.2.4 Pressure Vessel Executing Regular Inspection
1 火电厂热力系统压力容器定期检验时，应对与压力容器相连的
管系进行检查，特别应对蒸汽进口附近的内表面热疲劳和加热
器疏水管段冲刷、腐蚀情况进行检查，防止爆破汽水喷出伤人。
1 During the regular inspection for the thermal system pressure
vessel in the fossil-fired power plant, the pipelines which
connect with the pressure vessel should be inspected,
especially, the internal surface thermal fatigue near by the
steam inlet, and inspect the flushing and erosion on the drain
pipe of heater, in order to prevent the blasting and people
injured.
2 禁止在压力容器上随意开孔和焊接其他构件。若必须在压力容
器上开孔或修理，应先核算其结构强度，并参照制造厂工艺制
定技术工艺措施，经锅炉监督工程师审定、总工程师批准后，
严格按工艺措施实施。
2. It is forbidden to open pore and weld other components on
the pressure vessel at random. If have to open pore or to
repair on the pressure vessel, calculate the structure strength
in advance, and make technical process measures refer to
the process of manufacture. After the measures are approved
by engineer and chief engineer, execute follow the process
measures.
3 停用超过 2 年以上的压力容器重新启动时要进行再检验，耐压
试验确认合格才能启用。
3 If restarting the pressure vessel which has stop for two years
above, the recheck is necessary. Reuse it after confirm it
Page 33 of 629
meets the requirement of pressure test.
4 在定购压力容器前，应对设计单位和制造厂商的资格进行审核，
其供货产品必须附有“压力容器产品质量证明书”和制造厂所
在地锅炉压力容器监检机构签发的“监检证书”。要加强对所
购容器的质量验收，特别应参加容器水压试验等重要项目的验
收见证。
4 before order the pressure vessel check the qualification of
design organization and manufacture. The supplied products
should be attached with quality certificate of pressure vessel
products issued by local boiler pressure vessel test institute.
Improve the quality acceptance for the ordered vessel,
especially, take part in the vessel hydraulic pressure test.
5 对在役压力容器检验中，安全状况等级评定达不到监督使用标
准（三级）的，要在最后一次检修中治理升级。检验后定为五
级的容器应按报废处理。
5 In the pressure vessel test which is using, if the safety
condition can not meet the requirement of using standard (3
level), repair and update in the last time of maintenance. If the
vessel is 5 level, discard it.
2.1.6.2.5 压力容器投入使用
2.1.6.2.5 Activation the Pressure Vessel
必须按照《压力容器使用登记管理规则》办理注册注册登记，申领使
用证。不按规定检验、申报注册的压力容器严禁投入使用。
Transact the registration follows the registration and
management rule of pressure vessel usage, and apply for
using certificate. It is forbidden to use pressure vessels which are
not tested or registered.
王笑（1820 09.10.21）
2.1.6.2.6 防止汽轮机超速和轴系断裂事故
2.1.6.2.6 Turbine overspeed and axial cracking prevention
1 防止超速
1 Overspeed prevention
1.1 在额定蒸汽参数下，调节系统应能维持汽轮机在额定转速
下稳定运行，甩负荷后能将机组转速控制在危机保安器动
作转速以下。
1.1 Under rated steam parameters, the adjusting system
should keep the turbine operating stably with rated speed.
After load rejection, keep the rotating speed of the unit
below the working rotation speed of the emergency
protector.
1.2 各种超速保护均应正常投入运行，超速保护不能可靠动作
时，禁止机组启动和运行。
Page 34 of 629
1.2 All kinds of overspeed protection should be put into
operation normally. Do not start up the unit or put it into
operation if overspeed protection cannot work reliably.
1.3 机组重要运行监视表计，尤其是转速表，显示不正确或失
效，严禁机组启动。运行中的机组，在无任何有效监视手段
的情况下，必须停止运行。
1.3 If the important running monitor gauge of the unit fails to
function, especially rotating gauges (inaccurate
indication), do not start up the unit. If the unit is in
operation without any efficient monitor device, shut down
the operation immediately.
1.4 透平油和抗燃油的油质应合格。在油质及清洁度不合格的情
况下，严禁机组启动。
1.4 Oil quality of turbine oil and fire resistant oil should meet
the requirement. If the oil quality and cleanness cannot
meet the requirement, do not start up the unit.
1.5 机组大修后必须按规程要求进行汽轮机调节系统的静止试
验或仿真试验，确认调节系统工作正常。在调节部套存在
有卡涩、调节系统不正常的情况下，严禁起动。
1.5 After an overhaul, it is required to carry out a standing test
or simulation test of the turbine governing system
according to the regulations to ensure the governing
system works normally. If there is jam in governing sleeve
or the system cannot is in abnormal state, do not start up.
1.6 正常停机时，在打闸后，应先检查有功功率是否到零，千
瓦时表停转或逆转以后，再将发电机与系统解列，或采用
逆功率保护动作解列。严禁带负荷解列。
1.6 During normal outage, after latching, it is suggested to
check whether the active power is in zero point or not.
When the kilowatt-hour meter stops or rotates in inverse
order, shut down the generator from the system, or shut it
down by inverse power protection method. It is forbidden
to shut down it when it is with load.
1.7 在机组正常起动或停机过程中，应严格按运行规程要求投
入汽轮机旁路系统，尤其是低压旁路；在机组甩负荷或事
故状态下，旁路系统必须开启。机组在此起动时，再热蒸汽
压力不得大于制造厂规定的压力值。
1.7 During the process of normal startup or shutdown, please
put the turbine bypass system into operation according to
operation regulation and requirement, especially low
pressure bypass. When the unit is in load rejection or
emergency state, the bypass system has to be started up.
If the unit needs to start up at this point, the reheat steam
pressure cannot exceed the regulated pressure value
form the manufacture.
Page 35 of 629
1.8 在任何情况下绝不可强行挂闸。
1.8 Do not latch on the turbine forcefully in any situation.
1.9 机械液压性调节系统的汽轮机应有两套就地转速表，有各
自独立的变送器（传感器），并分别装设在沿转子轴向不
同的位置上。
1.9 The mechanical hydraulic governing system of the turbine
should have two sets of rotation meters and independent
transmitting instrument (transducers) respectively. These
should be installed at different positions along the rotor
shaft.
1.10 抽汽机组的可调整抽汽逆止门应严密、联锁动作可靠，
并必须设置有能快速关闭的抽汽截止门，以防止抽汽
倒流引起超速。
1.10 Adjustable steam extraction check valve of the turbine
units should be tightly closed. The interlock action
should be reliable. A kind of extraction shut-off valve
should be set there to close it quickly to prevent the
extracted steam flows back, and consequently cause
overspeed.
1.11 对新投产的机组或汽轮机调节系统经重大改造后的机
组必须进行甩负荷试验。对已投产尚未进行甩负荷试验
的机组应积极创造条件进行甩负荷试验。
1.11 It is required to carry out load rejection test for the
newly operated units or the ones of whose turbine
governing system has been modified to a large
extent. For the units which have already been put into
operation but have not carry out the load rejection
test, it needs to create conditions to proceed the load
rejection test.
1.12 坚持按规程要求进行危急保安器试验、汽门严密性试验
门杆活动试验、汽门关闭时间测试、抽汽逆止门关闭时
间测试。
1.12 Carry out the emergency protector test, steam
porthole leakage test, valve stem action test, closing
time test of the steam valve, closing time test of
steam extraction check valve according to the codes.
1.13 危急保安器动作转速一般为额定转速的 110%±1%。
1.13 The working rotation speed of emergency protector is
usually 110%±1% of rated rotation speed.
1.14 进行危急保安器试验时，在满足试验条件下，主蒸汽
和再热蒸汽压力尽量取低值。
1.14 Whiling doing the emergency protector test, pressure
of the main steam and reheated steam should use
lower value when all testing conditions are satisfied.
Page 36 of 629
1.15 数字式电液控制系统（DEH）应设有完善的机组起动
逻辑和严格的限制起动条件。
1.15 Digital Electrohydraulic Control System (DEH) should
have complete unit startup logic and strict startup
limiting conditions.
1.16 汽机专业人员，必须熟知 DEH 的控制逻辑、功能及运
行操作，参与 DEH 系统改造方案的确定及功能设计，
以确保系统实用、安全、可靠。
1.16 For turbine specialized staff, it is required to
familiarize the DEH control logic, functions and
operation processes. They should attend the
processes like deciding for the DEH system
modification and function design to ensure the system
practical, safe, and reliable.
1.17 电液伺服阀（包括各类型电液转换器）的性能必须符
合要求，否则不得投入运行。运行中要严密监视其运行
状态，不卡涩、不泄漏和系统稳定。大修中要进行清洗、
检测等维护工作。发现问题及时处理或更换。备用伺服
阀应按制造厂的要求条件妥善保管。
1.17 Performances of the electrohydraulic servo valve
(including all kinds of electro-hydraulic converter)
have to meet the requirements, or it cannot be put
into service. It is required to strictly monitor its
operation to make sure there is no jam, leakage and
the system is stable in operation. In overhaul period,
cleaning and detecting work have to be done during
the maintenance. If problems are found, solve them
immediately. Change new ones if necessary. The
standby servo valves should be well kept in
accordance with requirements from the manufacture.
1.18 主油泵轴与汽轮机主轴间具有齿形联轴器或类似联轴
器的机组，定期检查联轴器的润滑和磨损情况，其两
轴中心标高、左右偏差，应严格按制造厂规定的要求安
装。
1.18 For units which have tooth like coupling or alike
coupling things between the main oil pump shaft and
turbine shaft, it is required to check the lubrication and
friction conditions of the coupling. The central height
of the two shafts, left and right deviation should
accord with the requirements of the manufacture.
1.19 要慎重对待调节系统的重大改造，应在确保系统安全、
可靠的前提下，进行全面的、充分的论证。
1.19 Treat the main modifications of the governing system
carefully. It is required to find complete and sufficient
proofs for the main modification on condition that the
system is ensured safe and reliable.
Page 37 of 629
1.20 严格执行运行、检修操作规程，严防电液伺服阀（包括
各类型电液转换器）等部套卡涩、汽门漏汽和保护拒动
1.20 Strictly carry out the operation and maintenance
codes to prevent the component sleeve like that of
electrohydraulic servo valves from being jammed, the
steam valve from leaking and protect the action
refusal.
2 防止轴系断裂
2 Shaft cracking prevention
2.1 机组主、辅设备的保护装置必须正常投入，已有振动监测保
护装置的机组，振动超限跳机保护应投入运行；机组正常
运行瓦振、轴振应达到有关标准的优良范围，并注意监视变
化趋势。
2.1 The protection device of the main equipment and auxiliary
one of the unit should be put into operation normally. For
units which already have vibration detecting and
protective device, it is stated to put the vibration protecting
device into operation. When the unit is in normal
operation, pad vibration and shaft vibration should reach
the corresponding standard range. Monitor the variation
trend closely.
2.2 运行 100kh 以上的机组，每隔 3～5 年应对转子进行一次检
查。运行时间超过 15 年、寿命超过设计使用寿命的转子、低
压焊接转子、承担调峰起停频繁的转子，应是当缩短检查周
期
2.2 For units which have been in operation for more than
100kh, it is required to detect the rotor for every 3~5
years. For the rotors which have been operated for more
than 15 years, or those whose lifespan have exceed their
designed available period, or those which are welded with
low pressure, or those who is started up and shut down
very frequently for the responsibility of adjusting peak
value, it is required to shorten the detecting period.
2.3 新机组投产前、已投产机组每次大修中，必须进行转子表面
和中心孔探伤检查。对高温度段应力集中部位可进行金相和
探伤检查，选取不影响转子安全的部位进行硬度试验。
2.3 Before a unit is put into operation, or during an overhaul
of running units, it is required to carry out the flaw
detection to the rotor surface and central hole. For
sections withstanding high temperature and intense
stress, it is suggested to carry out metallographic and flaw
detection. Carry out a kind of rigidity test on parts which
have no influence to the rotor safety.
2.4 不合格的转子绝不能使用，已经过主管部门批准并投入运
行的有缺陷转子应进行技术评定，根据机组的具体情况、缺
陷性质制定运行安全措施，并报主管部门审批后执行。
Page 38 of 629
2.4 Do not use rotors which have not reached basic
requirements. For the ones with defects which have been
approved by department in charge and put into operation
already, it is required to do technical evaluation.
Depending on concrete situations of the unit, the defect
feature is decided, and safety measures should be taken
too, reporting to the department in charge for approval at
the same time.
2.5 严格按超速试验规程的要求，机组冷太起动带 25％额定负
荷（或按制造要求），运行 3～4h 后立即进行超速试验。
2.5 The overspeed test has to be carried out in accordance
with the regulations strictly. Do it 3～4 hours after the unit
is started up with cold state with 25% rated load (or with
the manufacture requirements).
2.6 新机组投产前和机组大修中，必须检查平衡块固定螺丝、风
扇叶片固定螺丝、定子铁芯支架螺丝、各轴承和轴承座螺丝
的紧固情况，保证各联轴器螺丝的紧固和配合间隙完好，
并有完善的防松措施
2.6 Before a unit is put into operation and during an overhaul
period, it is required to check the fixed screws on the
balancing block, holding screws on the fan blade, bracket
screws on the stator core, the holding conditions of the
screws on each bearing and bearing base, ensuring the
screws on each coupling is fixed well and the working
clearance is well and appropriate with sounding loosen
prevention measure.
2.7 新机组投产前应对焊接隔板的主焊缝进行认真检查。大修中
应检查隔板变形情况，最大变形量不得超过轴向间隙的
1/3。
2.7 Check the main weld seam of the welded diaphragm
carefully before the new unit is put into operation. During
the overhaul, it is required to check the deformation
situation of the diaphragm. The maximum deforming
degree should not exceed 1/3 of the axial clearance.
2.8 防止发电机非同期并网。
2.8 Prevent the generator from synchronizing and closing
non-contemporaneously.
3 建立和完善技术档案。
3 Establish and perfect the technical files
3.1 建立机组试验档案，包括投产前的安装调试试验、大小修后
的调整试验、常规试验和定期试验。
3.1 Establish testing files for the unit, including installation
and commission tests before being put into operation,
adjusting tests after overhaul or minor repair period,
Page 39 of 629
regular tests and periodical test.
3.2 建立机组事故档案。无论大小事故均应建立档案，包括事故
名称、性质、原因、和防范措施。
3.2 Establish accident files for the unit whether they are big or
small accidents, including accident name, nature, cause,
and prevention measures.
3.3 建立转子技术档案
3.3 Establish rotor technical files
3.3.1 转子原始资料，包括制造厂提供的转子原始缺陷和
材料特性。
3.3.1 The original material of the rotor, including the
original defect and material feature provided by
the manufacture.
3.3.2 历次转子检修检查资料。
3.3.2 Materials and information related to historical
check and repair of the rotor.
3.3.3 机组主要运行数据、运行累计时间、主要运行方式、
冷热态起停次数、起停过程中的汽温汽压负荷变化
率、超温超压运行累计时间、主要事故情况的原因和
处理。
3.3.3 Main operation data, accumulated operation time,
main operation mode, startup and shutdown times
on both cold and warm state, steam temperature
and pressure variation rate during the startup and
shutdown process, accumulating time of operation
period with super temperature and super
pressure, causes of main accident situation and
solutions.
熊咏梅（3697 09.10.21）
2.1.6.2.7 防止汽轮机大轴弯曲和轴瓦烧毁事故
2.1.6.2.7 To avoid bending in turbine shaft and burning in bearing
bush
1 防止汽轮机大轴弯曲
1 To avoid bending in turbine shaft
1.1 应具备和熟悉掌握的资料：
1.1 Necessary data:
1.1.1 转子安装原始弯曲的最大晃动值（双振幅），最大
弯曲点的轴向位置及在圆周方向的位置。
1.1.1 The maximum vibration(double amplitude) of
original bending in installation of rotor (double
Page 40 of 629
amplitude). Axial position of maximum bending
point and the position at circumference direction.
1.1.2 大轴弯曲表测点安装位置转子的原始晃动值（双振
幅），最高点在圆周方向的位置。
1.1.2 The installation position of bending measurement
point of shaft. The original vibration value of rotor
(double amplitude). The highest point is on the
circumference.
1.1.3 机组正常启动过程中的波德图和实测轴系临界转速。
1.1.3 Bode diagram and actual measured critical speed
of shafting during the normal start-up of unit.
1.1.4 正常情况下盘车电流和电流摆动值，以及相应的油
温和顶轴油压。
1.1.4 Current for turning gear and current fluctuation in
normal condition. Relevant oil temperature and
jacking oil pressure.
1.1.5 正常停机过程的惰走曲线，以及相应德真空和顶轴
油泵的开启时间。紧急破坏真空停机过程的惰走曲
线。
1.1.5 Coasting down curve in normal shutdown. The
startup time for relevant vacuum pump and
jacking oil pump. Coasting down curve in the
process of emergency vacuum breaking
shutdown.
1.1.6 停机后，机组正常状态下的汽缸主要金属温度的下
降曲线。
1.1.6 The decrease curve for the main metal
temperature of turbine after shutdown.
1.1.7 通流部分的轴向间隙和径向间隙。
1.1.7 Axial and radial clearance for through-flow part.
1.1.8 应具有机组在各种状态下的典型起动曲线和停机曲
线，并应全部纳入运行规程。
1.1.8 Possess the typical startup and shutdown curves
for any condition of unit. Include this into the
operation code.
1.1.9 记录机组起停全过程中的主要参数和状态。停机后
定时记录汽缸金属温度、大轴弯曲、盘车电流、汽缸
膨胀、胀差等重要数据，直到机组下次热态起动或
汽缸金属温度低于 150℃为止。
1.1.9 Take down the main parameters and state
throughout the whole process of startup and
shutdown of unit. After the shutdown, periodically
Page 41 of 629
record the metal temperature of casing, the shaft
bending, current for turning gear, casing
expansion, differential expansion and other crucial
parameters until the next hot state start-up of unit
or until the metal temperature of casing falls
below 150℃.
1.1.10 系统进行改造、运行规程中尚未作具体规定的重要
运行操作或试验，必须预先制定安全技术措施，经
上机主管部门批准后在执行。
1.1.10 For important operation and test unregulated in
the modification and operation regulation,
prescribe the safety and technique norms at first.
Carry out the operation at the permit of senior
management department.
1.2 汽轮机起动前必须符合以下条件，否则禁止起动：
1.2 The following conditions must be met before startup of
turbine. If not. The startup is forbidden.
1.2.1 大轴晃动、串轴、胀差、低油压和振动保护等表计显
示正确，并正常投入。
1.2.1 The indications for gauges for shaft vibration,
axial displacement, differential expansion, low oil
pressure and vibration protection are correct and
serves properly.
1.2.2 大轴晃动值不应超过制造厂的规定值，或原始值的
±0.02mm。
1.2.2 The shaft vibration doe not exceed the regulated
value of manufactory, or exceed 0.02mm of
original value.
1.2.3 高压外缸上、下缸温差不超过 50℃，高压内缸上、
下缸不超过 35℃.
1.2.3 The temperature difference between the upper
and lower casing of HP outer casing does not
exceed 50℃. For inner casing, temperature
difference no more than 35℃.
1.2.4 主蒸汽温度必须高于汽缸最高金属温度 50℃，但
不超过额定蒸汽温度。蒸汽过热度不低于 50℃。
1.2.4 Temperature for main steam must be 50℃ higher
than the highest mental temperature of casing,
but should not exceed the rated value. The
overheat temperature of steam is no less than
50℃.
1.3 机组起、停过程操作措施：
1.3 Operation for startup and shutdown of unit.
Page 42 of 629
1.3.1 机组起动前连续盘车时间应执行制造厂的有关规定，
至少不得少于 2～4h，热态起动不少于 4h。若盘车
中断应重新计时。
1.3.1 Continuous turning gear time before start-up must
imply the relevant regulation of manufactory. The
time should be no less than 2-4 hours. The hot
startup is no less than 4 hours. Re-time it if it is
interrupted.
1.3.2 机组起动过程中因振动异常停机必须回到盘车状态，
应全面检查、认真分析、查明原因。当机组已符合起
动条件时，连续盘车不少于 4 h 才能再次起动，严
禁盲目起动。
1.3.2 During the startup of unit, if the unit must return to
turning gear state as a result of shutdown out of
abnormal vibration, take a thorough check.
Carefully analyze and ascertain the causes. If the
unit meets the conditions for startup, 4 hours of
continuous turning gear must be done before
startup. Never do blind startup.
1.3.3 停机后立即投入盘车。当盘车电流较正常值大、摆动
或有异音时，应查明原因及时处理。当汽封磨擦严
重时，将转子高点置于最高位置，关闭汽缸疏水，
保持上下缸温差，监视转子弯曲度，当确认转子弯
曲度正常后，再手动盘车 180°。当盘车盘不动时，
严禁用吊车强行盘车。
1.3.3 Put the turning gear into service immediately after
the unit shuts down. If the current for turning gear
is higher than the normal value, or vibration and
abnormal sound occurs, ascertain the causes and
solve the problems in time. When the friction in
seal stem is serious, put the high point of rotor to
the highest position. Close the drainage valve of
casing. Keep the temperature difference between
upper and lower casing. Supervise the bending of
rotor. After the bending is confirmed normal,
manually do the 180°turning gear. If the turning
gear fails to work, do not force the turning gear
with hoist.
1.3.4 停机后因盘车故障暂时停止盘车时，应监视转子弯
曲度的变化，当弯曲度较大时，应采用手动盘车
180°，待盘车正常后及时投入连续盘车。
1.3.4 When turning gear is stopped due to faults in
turning gear after the unit shutdown, watch the
change in the bending of rotor. When the bending
is large, take a manual 180° turning gear. Put the
continuous turning gear into service after the
turning gears become normal.
Page 43 of 629
1.3.5 机组热态起动前应检查停机记录，并与正常停机曲
线进行比较，若有异常应认真分析，查明原因，采
取措施及时处理。
1.3.5 Check the shutdown log before hot start-up.
Compare it will normal shutdown curve. Carefully
analyze and ascertain the cause of abnormality
and solve it if any
1.3.6 机组热态起动投轴封供汽时，应确认盘车装置运行
正常，先向轴封供汽，后抽真空。停机后，凝汽器
真空到零，方可停止轴封供汽。应根据缸温选择供
汽汽源，以使供汽温度与金属温度相匹配。
1.3.6 If the steam is fed to gland seal during hot startup
of unit. Ensure that the turning gear works
properly. Supply steam to gland seal and then do
the vacuuming. After shutdown of unit, wait until
the condenser vacuum is zero and then stop the
supply of steam into gland seal. Select the steam
source according to casing temperature so that
the temperature for supplying steam matches the
metal temperature.
1.3.7 疏水系统投入时，严格控制疏水系统各容器水位，
注意保持凝汽器水位低于疏水联箱标高。供汽管道
应充分暖管、疏水，严防水或冷汽进入汽轮机。
1.3.7 When the draining system is put into service,
strictly control the water level in the containers of
draining system. Keep the water level in
condenser lower than the elevation of drainage
header. The steam supply pipe must be warmed
and the water in it must be drained. Prevent the
water or cold steam irrupting into the turbine.
1.3.8 停机后应认真监视凝汽器、高压加热器水位和除氧
器水位，防止汽轮机进水。
1.3.8 Closely monitor the water level in condenser, HP
heater and deaerator after shutdown. Avoid water
invading into turbine.
1.3.9 起动或低负荷运行时，不得投入再热蒸汽减温器喷
水。在锅炉熄火或机组甩负荷时，应及时切断减温
水。
1.3.9 During starting up and operating with low load, do
not operate reheated steam desuperheater spray
water. Cut off the desuperheating water in boiler
flameout or unit load rejection.
1.3.10 汽轮机在热状态下，若主、再蒸汽系统截止门不严
密，则锅炉不得进行打水压试验。
1.3.10 When turbine is in hot state, if the check valves
Page 44 of 629
for main steam and reheating steam system are
not sealed well, do not carry out boiler hydraulic
static test.
1.4 发生下列情况之一，应立即打闸停机：
1.4 Latch-off and shutdown the unit if any of the following
conditions happens:
1.4.1 机组起动过程中，在中速暖机之前，轴承振动超过
0.03mm；
1.4.1 During the startup and before the warm up in
middle speed, the bearing vibration exceeds
0.03mm.
1.4.2 机组起动过程中，通过临界转速时，轴承振动超过
0.1mm 或相对轴振动值超过 0.260mm，应立即打
闸停机，严禁强行通过临界转速或降速暖机。
1.4.2 During the startup, if the bearing vibration
exceeds 0.1mm or if the relative shaft vibration
exceeds 0.260m at critical speed, latch-off and
shut down the unit immediately. Do not force to
pass critical speed or reduce the speed to warm
up the unit with reduced speed.
1.4.3 机组运行中要求轴承振动不超过 0.03mm 或相对轴
振动不超过 0.080mm，超过时应设法消除，当相
对轴振动值超过 0.260mm 应立即打闸停机；当轴
承振动变化 ±0.015mm 或相对轴振动变化
±0.015mm，应查明原因设法消除，当轴承振动突
然增加 0.05mm，应立即打闸停机。
1.4.3 The bearing vibration is required not to exceed
0.03 in unit operation, and the relative shaft
vibration not to exceed 0.080mm. If it exceeds the
value, try to eliminate it. Latch off and shut down
the unit if relative shaft vibration value exceeds
0.260. If the shaft vibration changes 0.015 or the
relative shaft vibration changes 0.015mm,
ascertain the causes and solve it. Latch off and
shut down the unit immediately if relative shaft
vibration value suddenly increases by 0.05mm.
1.4.4 高压外缸上、下缸温差超过 50℃，高压内缸上、下
缸温差超过 35℃。
1.4.4 The temperature difference between the upper
and lower casing of HP outer casing exceeds
50℃. For inner casing, temperature more than
35℃.
1.4.5 机组正常运行时，主、再热蒸汽温度在 10min 内突
然下降 50℃。
Page 45 of 629
1.4.5 In normal operation, the temperature for main
steam and reheating steam abruptly decreases by
50℃.
1.5 应采用良好的保温材料（不宜使用石棉制品）和施工工艺，
保证机组正常停机后的上下缸温差不超过 35℃，最大不超
过 50℃。
1.5 Adopt proper insulation material ( do not use asbestos
product) and construction process to ensure that the
temperature difference between upper and lower casing
after normal shutdown of unit is no higher than 35℃ and
the maximum value is no more than 50℃.
1.6 疏水系统应保证疏水畅通。疏水联箱的标高应高于凝汽器热
水井最高点标高。高、低压疏水联箱应分开，疏水管应按压
力顺序接入联箱，并向低压侧倾斜 45°。疏水联箱或扩容器
应保证在各疏水门全开的情况下，其内部压力仍低于各疏
水管内的最低压力。冷段再热蒸汽管的最低点应设有疏水点
防腐蚀汽管应不小于76mm。
1.6 Draining system should guarantee that the drainage is not
impeded. The elevation of drainage header should be
higher than the elevation at the highest point of hot well of
condenser. The drainage header for HP and LP are
separate from each other. The drainage pipes are
connected to header in sequence of pressure. They are
installed 45°slant toward LP side. For drainage header
and flash tank, the inner pressure of them must be kept
lower than the lowest pressure in the drainage pipe when
all the drainage valves are fully open. Drainage point must
be set at the lowest point of reheating steam pipe in cold
section. The diameter for anti-corrosion steam pipe is no
less than 76mm.
1.7 减温水管路阀门应能关闭严密，自动装置可靠，并应设有
截止门。
1.7 Valves in pipeline of desuperheating water should be
closed well. The automatic device is reliable. Stop valve is
used.
1.8 门杆漏汽至除氧器管路，应设置逆止门和截止门。
1.8 Check valve and stop valve are set on pipeline from valve
rod steam leakage into deaerator.
1.9 高压加热器应装设紧急疏水阀，可远方操作和根据疏水水
位自动开启。
1.9 Emergency drainage valve is set in HP heater. Both
remote control and auto-open according to drainage
water level are ok.
1.10 高、低压轴封应分别供汽。特别注意高压轴封段或合缸
机组的高中压轴封段，其供汽管路应有良好的疏水措施。
Page 46 of 629
1.10 Steam is supplied to gland seal of HP and LP heaters
separately. Pay special attention to the gland seal
section of HP heater or the HP and LP gland seal
section of combined casing unit. The pipeline for
steam supply should be equipped with good drainage
system.
1.11 机组监测仪表必须完好、准确，并定期进行校验。尤其
是大轴弯曲表、振动表和汽缸金属温度表，应按热工监
督条例进行统计考核。
1.11 The monitoring gauges are intact, correct. Check and
calibrate them periodically. For gauges monitoring the
shaft bending, the vibration gauge and thermometer
measuring casing metal temperature, check them
according to I&C monitoring regulations.
1.12 排汽装置应有高水位报警并在停机后仍能正常投入。除
氧器应有水位报警和高水位自动放水装置。
1.12 The steam exhaustion device should be equipped
with high water level alarm. It ought to serve well after
the unit shuts down. The deaerator should possess
water level alarming device and automatic draining
device.
1.13 严格执行运行、检修操作规程，严防汽轮机进水、进冷
汽。
1.13 Strictly adhere to operation and maintenance
regulation. Prevent water or cold steam invading into
the turbine.
2 防止汽轮机轴瓦损坏
2 Prevent damage in bearings of turbine
2.1汽轮机的辅助油泵及其自起动装置，应按运行规程要求定
期进行试验，保证处于良好的备用状态。机组起动前辅助油
泵必须处于联动状态。机组正常停机前，应进行辅助油泵的
全容量起动、联锁试验。
2.1 Periodically test the auxiliary oil pump and automatic
start-up device of turbine according to the requirements of
operation regulations. Make sure they are in good stand-
by state. The auxiliary oil pump must be in interlock state
before the unit starts up. Before normal shutdown of unit,
do the full capacity start-up and interlock test upon the
pump.
2.2 油系统进行切换操作(如：冷油器、辅助油泵、滤网等)时，应
在指定人员的监护下按操作票顺序缓慢进行操作，操作中
严密监视润滑油压的变化，严防切换操作过程中断油。
2.2 When do the switching operation for oil system (such as
oil cooler, auxiliary oil pump, filter), the operation is done
slowly according to the order on work permit under the
Page 47 of 629
supervision of appointed person. Monitor the change in
lube oil pressure to avoid oil cut-off in switching operation.
2.3 机组起动、停机和运行中要严密监视推力瓦、轴瓦钨金温度
和回油温度。当温度超过标准要求时，应按规程规定的要求
果断处理。
2.3 Closely monitor the thrust bearing, the tungsten metal
temperature of bearing bush and the temperature of
returning oil during the start-up and shutdown of unit. If
temperature exceeds the standard, solve it in accordance
with the requirement of regulation.
2.4 在机组起停过程中应按制造厂规定的转速停起顶轴油泵。
2.4 Stop and start the jacking oil pump with regulated speed
from manufactory during the start-up and shutdown of
unit.
2.5 在运行中发生了可能引起轴瓦损坏(如：水冲击、瞬时断油
等)的异常情况下，应在确认轴瓦未损坏之后，方可重新起
动。
2.5 If there are potential abnormalities that will damage the
bearings in operation (such as water impact and
instantaneous oil cut-off, re-start the unit after confirming
that the bearings are safe from damage.
2.6 油位计、油压表、油温表及相关的信号装置，必须按规程要
求装设齐全、指示正确，并定期进行校验。
2.6 The oil level meter, oil pressure gauge, oil thermometer
and relevant signal device must be installed intact in
accordance with regulation. The indications are correct.
Take periodic calibration.
2.7 油系统油质应按规程要求定期进行化验，油质劣化及时处
理。在清洁度超标的情况下，严禁机组起动。
2.7 Do periodic chemical test for oil quality in oil system. Take
measures when oil quality goes bad. If the cleanliness
exceeds the standard, do not start the unit.
2.8 应避免机组在振动不合格的情况下运行。
2.8 The unit should not operate when the unit vibration is not
proper.
2.9 润滑油压低时应能正确、可靠的联动交流、直流润滑油泵。为
确保防止在油泵联动过程中瞬间断油的可能，要求当润滑
油压降至 0.08MPa 时报警，降至 0.07～0.075MPa 时联动
交流润滑油泵，降至 0.06～0.07MPa 时联动直流润滑油泵，
并停机投盘车，降至 0.03Mpa 时停盘车。
2.9 The DC and AC lube oil pumps can be correctly and
reliably linked if the lube oil pressure is low. To avoid the
possible instantaneous oil cut-off during the interlock start
Page 48 of 629
of oil pumps, the lube oil pressure is required to alarm
when pressure decreases to 0.08MPa. When it decreases
to 0.07-0.075MPa, the AC lube oil pump is to be linked.
When it decreases to 0.06-0.07MPa, the DC lube oil
pump is to be linked, the unit to be shut down and turning
gear is to be put into service. Stop the turning gear if
pressure decreases to 0.03MPa.
2.10 直流润滑油泵的直流电源系统应有足够的容量，其各级
保险应合理配置，防止故障时保险熔断使直流润滑油泵
失去电源。
2.10 The DC power system for DC lube oil should possess
adequate capacity, the fuses of each stage are
properly collocated to prevent breaks in fuse, which
may cause power loss of lube oil pump.
2.11 交流润滑油泵电源的接触器，应采取低电压延时释放措
施，同时要保证自投装置动作可靠。
2.11 The contactor for power supply of AC lube oil pump
should adopt low voltage delayed release measures.
In addition, the automatic operation device should be
ensured reliable.
2.12 油系统严禁使用铸铁阀门，各阀门不得水平安装。主要
阀门应挂有“禁止操作”警示牌，对于平时不应操作的
阀门应加锁，以防误操作。润滑油压管道原则上不宜装
设滤网，若装设滤网，必须有防止滤网堵塞和破损的措
施。
2.12 Never use valves made of cast steel in oil system. Do
not horizontally install the valves. Alarm note with No
OPERATION on it must be attached to the main
valves. Add locks to valves that should not be
operation in normal condition to avoid mal-operation.
It is advisable not to install strainer in the lube oil
pressure pipeline. If the filter is installed, measures
are taken to prevent block and damage in strainer.
2.13 安装和检修时要彻底清理油系统杂物，并严防检修中遗
留杂物堵塞管道。
2.13 Thoroughly clear out the foreign matter in oil system
during installation and maintenance. Prevent the
matters left during maintenance from blocking the
pipeline
2.14 检修中应注意主油泵出口逆止门的状态，防止停机过程
中断油。
2.14 In maintenance, watch the state of check valve at the
outlet of oil pump. Avoid oil cut-off during shutdown of
unit.
2.15 严格执行运行、检修操作规程，严防轴瓦断油。
Page 49 of 629
2.15 Strictly stick to operation and maintenance regulation.
Avoid oil cut off in bearing bush.
2.1.6.2.8 防止定、转子水路堵塞、漏水
2.1.6.2.8 To Prevent blockage and leakage in water pipe of stator and
rotor.
1 水内冷系统中的管道、阀门的橡胶密封圈全部更换成聚四氟乙
烯垫圈。
1 Replace the rubber gaskets by telflon gaskets for pipeline and
valves of water inner cooling system
2 安装定子内冷水反冲洗系统，定期对定子线棒进行反冲洗。反
冲洗系统的所有钢丝滤网更换为激光打孔的不锈钢板新型滤网，
防止滤网破碎进入线圈。
2 Install the inner cooling water back washing system of stator.
Back wash the winding bar of stator periodically. All the steel
wire strainers in back washing system must be replaced by
stainless steel new-type strainer with holes punched by laser
to prevent the debris of strainer entering the winding.
2.1.6.2.9 防止漏氢
2.1.6.2.9 To avoid hydrogen leakage
1 大修后气密试验不合格的氢冷发电机严禁投入运行。
1 The hydrogen cooling generator tested to be improper in
leakage test after overhaul should not be put into service.
2 应按时检测氢冷发电机油系统、主油箱内、封闭母线外套内的氢
气体积含量，超过 1%时，应停机找漏消缺。当内冷水箱内的含
氢量达到 3%时报警，120h 内缺陷未能消除或含氢量升至 20%
时应停机处理。
2 Periodically measure the hydrogen content in hydrogen
cooling generator oil system, in main oil tank, and inside the
exterior cover of enclosed bus. If the value exceeds 1%, shut
down the unit to find out the leakage and solve it. When
hydrogen content in inside cooling water tank reaches 3%,
alarm will be sent out. The unit is to be shut down if the fault
is not solved within 120h or if the hydrogen content exceeds
20%
3 密封油系统平衡阀、压差阀必须保证动作灵活、可靠，密封瓦间
隙必须调整合格。若发现发电机大轴密封瓦处轴颈有磨损的沟
槽，应及时处理。
3 The balance valve and differential pressure valves in sealing
oil system must be flexible and reliable. The clearance of
sealing bearing must be adjusted to be proper. If abrasive
duct is found in the bearing journal in seali9ng bearing of
generator shaft, solve it at once.
2.1.7 检修施工管理
Page 50 of 629
2.1.7 Maintenance management
2.1.7.1 工作人员职责
2.1.7.1 Personnel’s duty
检修技术人员和工作负责人必须熟悉检修范围的有关技术文件和图纸，
并应熟悉设备的工作原理和构造。一般工作人员应掌握检修工序工艺和
有关精密测量技术。
The maintenance personnel must be familiar with the relevant
technique documents and drawings for maintenance part and familiar
with working principle and structure of equipment. Most of the working
staff must master the maintenance process and precision
measurement skill.
2.1.7.2 检修现场要求
2.1.7.2 Requirement for maintenance field
2.1.7.2.1 检修现场应按照施工要求合理布置；
2.1.7.2.1 The maintenance field must be arranged properly according to
construction requirements
2.1.7.2.2 场地、检修平台、运输通道应能承受纺织设备的重量和足够的周转余
地；
2.1.7.2.2 The field, maintenance stand and transportation channel should
be able to bear the weight of textile equipment. They should
possess adequate space for movement.
2.1.7.2.3 检修场地具备充足照明，压缩空气、氧气和乙炔等设施。
2.1.7.2.3 Maintenance field possesses adequate lighting, compressed air,
oxygen, C2H2 and other devices.
2.1.7.3 起重运输机具管理
2.1.7.3 Management of lifting and transporting machine
2.1.7.3.1 应遵守中华人民共和国原劳动部颁发的《起重机械安全管理规定》；
2.1.7.3.1 Strictly adhere to Lifting Machine Safety Management Regulation
issued by labor department of PRC.
2.1.7.3.2 对起重机的起吊重量、行车速度、起吊高度、起吊速度及纵横极限范
围等性能应认真检查，这些性能应满足设备检修的工艺要求；
2.1.7.3.2 Closely check the lifting weight of hoist, the speed of travel crane,
the lifting height and speed, as well as the range of horizontal and
vertical limit. These performances should meet the requirements
for the equipment maintenance technique.
2.1.7.3.3 特大件和超重起吊均应制定专门技术措施，经总工程师批准后执行；
2.1.7.3.3 For large equipment and over weight lifting, prescribe special
technique regulation. Carry out it in the permission of chief
engineer.
Page 51 of 629
2.1.7.3.4 禁止在不了解设备重物的情况下进行起吊工作或任意放置。
2.1.7.3.4 Do not do lifting work or put equipment at random if the object is
not well known.
2.1.7.4 施工要求
2.1.7.4 Requirements for construction
2.1.7.4.1 汽轮机组在检修过程中及当天工作结束后，检修人员应负责彻底清
理，保证检修质量；
2.1.7.4.1 The maintenance personnel must do cleaning work and ensure
the maintenance quality during the maintenance of turbine or
when the work is finished.
2.1.7.4.2 所有部件经清理后必须做到加工面和内部清洁，无杂物；
2.1.7.4.2 The processing surface and interior part of assemblies must be
kept clean without foreign matters.
2.1.7.4.3 解体、组装部套应依据图纸进行，弄清结构情况和相互连接关系，
做好标记。当零部件拆装受阻时应找出原因，禁止盲目敲打；
2.1.7.4.3 The assembling and disassembling of the assemblies must be
done in accordance with drawings. Make clear of the structure
and inter-relationship among them and mark them. When the
disassembly is hindered, ascertain the causes. Do not knock it
blindly.
2.1.7.4.4 拆下的零部件应分门别类，放置在专用的零件箱内，对于精密零部
件应精心保护，并由专人保管；
2.1.7.4.4 Sort out the disassembled parts. Put them into special box. For
precision parts, keep them carefully by special personnel.
2.1.7.4.5 重要结构和承压设备上的零部件和密封装置的焊接应由合格焊工按
照工艺要求进行。
2.1.7.4.5 For the welding of assemblies in important structure and pressure
retaining equipment and sealing device, the weld is done by
qualified welder in accordance with the requirements.
2.1.7.4.6 汽轮机组设备及管道的水压试验除按照规定进行外,必须做到临时
连接系统严密、无渗漏，表计经校验合格。
2.1.7.4.6 The water pressure test for turbine equipment and pipeline must
be done according to the regulation. In addition, the temporary
connecting system should be sealed well without leakage. The
gauges are calibrated to be proper.
2.1.7.4.7 重要工作告一段落时，必须对内部进行检查，并符合下列要求：
2.1.7.4.7 After a period of work, check the interior of equipment. They
should meet the following requirements:
1 设备及管道最后封闭前，必须指定专人检查，确信无杂物后才
准封闭，必要时会同上级部门有关技术人员检查签证；
Page 52 of 629
1 Before the last sealing of pipeline and equipment. Check
them by appointed person. Make sure that no foreign matters
in them before sealing. Additionally, they must be checked
and confirmed by relevant technician from senior department.
2 浸入设备内部清理和检查的人员应穿干净无钮扣和衣袋的专用
工作服，鞋底无铁钉并擦净，严防在设备内部掉进杂物；
2 The cleaning and maintenance person to enter the equipment
must wear clean and special working clothes without buttons
or pockets. Their shoes should be clean and have no iron
nail. No matters falling into the equipment.
3 不允许在已经封闭好的设备管道上施焊、开孔或拆封，必要适
应取得一定的批准手续。
3 No not do weld, dig holes or do dismantle work in the
equipment that have been sealed. These could be done only
if the permit is obtained.
2.1.8 主要检修工作的质量与验收项目
2.1.8 Main items of quality and acceptance for maintenance
2.1.8.1 汽缸与轴承座安装
2.1.8.1 Casing and bearing pedestal installation
2.1.8.2 滑销系统
2.1.8.2 Sliding pin system
2.1.8.3 汽轮机转子检修
2.1.8.3 Turbine rotor maintenance
2.1.8.4 汽轮机组联轴器找中心
2.1.8.4 Turbine coupling alignment
2.1.8.5 隔板检修
2.1.8.5 Damper maintenance
2.1.8.6 汽封及通流部分间隙
2.1.8.6 Clearance between gland seal and flow path
2.1.8.7 支持轴承和推力轴承
2.1.8.7 Journal bearing and thrust bearing
2.1.8.8 汽轮机扣缸
2.1.8.8 Turbine casing covering
2.1.8.9 合金钢部件光谱检查报告
2.1.8.9 Inspection report of alloy steel components spectrum
2.1.8.10 轴颈椭圆度和不柱度
2.1.8.10 Bearing journal ellipticity and non-cylindricity
2.1.8.11 联轴器、推力盘、转轮端面瓢偏
2.1.8.11 Coupling, thrust disc, rotating wheel end face deflection
2.1.8.12 轴颈扬度
2.1.8.12 Bearing journal up-rising inclination
2.1.8.13 转子晃动度、弯曲度
Page 53 of 629
2.1.8.13 Rotor swaying degree and bending degree
2.1.8.14 减温减压装置及排汽管、管件、截止阀、控制阀、疏水阀
2.1.8.14 Temperature and pressure reducing device, steam exhaust pipe,
pipe fittings, stop valve, control valve, water drainage valve
2.1.8.15 凝汽器蒸汽排放装置、管板、水室、喷水管及孔眼
2.1.8.15 Condenser steam discharging device, tube plate, water chamber,
water spaying pipe and eye holes
2.1.8.16 油系统运行和油质化验
2.1.8.16 Oil system operation and oil quality analysis
2.1.8.17 汽轮机调节系统的整定与试验
2.1.8.17 Setting and test of Turbine governing system
2.1.8.18 汽轮机自动保护连锁装置的整定与试验
2.1.8.18 Setting and test of turbine automatic protection interlock device
2.1.8.19 自动主汽门、调节汽门的严密性
2.1.8.19 Leakproofness of automatic main stop valve and governing valve
2.1.8.20 汽轮机整套启停运行（蒸汽参数、真空升速、带负荷情况、汽缸热膨
胀、差胀、轴承振动、汽缸金属温度、轴瓦及推力瓦乌金温度等）
2.1.8.20 Turbine whole set startup and shutdown operation (steam
parameters, vacuum speed rising, load carrying condition, casing
thermal expansion, differential expansion, bearing vibration,
casing metal temperature, bearing bush and thrust pad Babbitt
metal temperature etc)
2.1.8.21 汽轮机惰走曲线、大轴晃度随时间变化曲线、高压缸调节级金属温度
与时间曲线
2.1.8.21 Turbine coasting curve, shaft swaying degree as time change
curve, metal temperature and time curve of HP casing governing
stage
2.1.8.22 冷态启动曲线，时间与转速、负荷、主汽压力、主汽温度、真空、差胀
等
2.1.8.22 Cold-state startup curve, time and rotating speed, load, main
steam pressure, main steam temperature, vacuum, differential
expansion etc
Page 54 of 629
2.2 汽轮机主要设备规范
2.2 Specifications of steam turbine equipment
汽轮机由北京北重汽轮电机有限公司供货。
The turbine is supplied by Beijing Beizhong Steam Turbine Co., Limited
表 4 设备主要技术规范
型号 N330-17.75/540/540
亚临界、一次中间再热、单轴三缸双排汽、直接空冷凝
型式
汽式
额定功率 330 MW
最大功率 346.57
主蒸汽流量（VWO/TRL） 1050／969 t/h
主汽门前额定蒸汽压力 17.75 MPa
主汽门前额定蒸汽温度 540 ℃
再热蒸汽流量（VWO/TRL） 929.36/882.77t/h
再热蒸汽温度 540 ℃
热耗率 TGNHR 8023.45 kJ/kWh
额定功率下汽耗率 2.9328 kg/kWh
额定背压（VWO/TRL） 8.5 KPa
凝汽量（VWO/TRL） 688.06/650.09t/h
额定冷却水温 30 ℃
额定转速 3000 rpm
高压缸排汽温度（VWO/TRL） 345.63℃/340.23℃
高压缸排汽蒸汽压力
4.5943MPa/4.3633 MPa
（VWO/TRL）
中压主汽阀前再热蒸汽压力
4.1348 MPa /3.9269 MPa
（VWO/TRL）
中压主汽门前再热蒸汽额定温度
540℃/540℃
（VWO/TRL）
最高给水温度 282.1 ℃
额定转速 r/min 3000
转向（从汽轮机向发电机看）逆时针
抽汽级数级 7（两高、四低、一除氧）
设备运转层高度 m 12
Table 4 equipment technique specification
Mode N330-17.75/540/540
Type Sub-critical, primary intermediate reheating, single
Page 55 of 629
shaft tripe-casing double-exhausting, direct air
cooling condensing
Rated power 330 MW
Maximum power 346.57
Main steam flow (VWO/TRL) 1050／969 t/h
Rated steam pressure before
17.75 MPa
main stop valve
Rated steam temperature before
540 ℃
main stop valve
Reheated steam flow(VWO/TRL) 929.36/882.77t/h
Reheated steam temperature 540 ℃
Heat rate TGNHR 8023.45 kJ/kWh
Steam consumption rate under
2.9328 kg/kWh
rated power
Rated back pressure(VWO/TRL) 8.5 KPa
Condensed steam
688.06/650.09t/h
capacity(VWO/TRL)
Rated cooling water temperature 30 ℃
Rated rotating speed 3000 rpm
HP steam discharge
345.63℃/340.23℃
temperature(VWO/TRL)
HP steam discharge pressure
4.5943MPa/4.3633 MPa
(VWO/TRL)
Reheated steam pressure before
4.1348 MPa /3.9269 MPa
IP main stop valve（VWO/TRL）
Reheated steam rated
temperature before IP main steam 540℃/540℃
valve(VWO/TRL)
Maximum feedwater temperature 282.1 ℃
Rated rotating speed r/min 3000
Rotating direction ( seen from
Anticlockwise
turbine to generator)
Number of steam extraction 7(two high, four low, one
stages
stages deaeration)
Height of operating equipment
m 12
floor
1 各轴承处大轴垂直方向振动最大振幅不大于 0.075mm（峰-峰值）。
2 允许长期连续运行的周波变化范围：48.5-51.5Hz。
Page 56 of 629
3 盘车转速： 2.38r/min.
4 汽轮机总长：25m.
5 运行层相对零米标高为 13.7m.
6 轴系临界转速（r/min）见表
1. The maximum amplitude of shaft vibration along vertical direction
of bearings should be no more than 0.075mm ( peak-peak value)
2. Permissible cyclic wave range for long-time continuous operation:
48.5-51.5Hz
3. Turning gear rotating speed: 2.38r/min
4. Turbine total length: 25m
5. Relative elevation of operation floor:13.7m
6. Shafting critical rotating speed （r/min）(refer to the table)
表 5 汽轮发电机组临界转速
一阶临界转速 r/min 二阶临界转速 r/min
轴段
设计值试验值设计值试验值
高压转子 2400 >4000
中压转子 2440 >4000
低压转子 1800 >4000
发电机转子 1400 2350
轴系 1800
Table 5 Critical rotating speed of turbine generator unit
First order critical rotating Second order critical rotating
Shaft section speed r/min speed r/min
Design value Test value Design value Test value
HP rotor 2400 >4000
IP rotor 2440 >4000
LP rotor 1800 >4000
Generator rotor 1400 2350
Shafting 1800
Page 57 of 629
本体部分
Turbine Proper
编制人员
Prepared by
审核
Checked by
复审
Reviewed by
Page 58 of 629
2.2.1 概述
2.2.1 General
汽轮机由高压、中压和低压三个缸组成，均为双层缸的模块结构。高、中
压缸分缸布置，通流部分反向布置。低压缸为双排汽对称结构，内缸是
流动通道，外缸为排汽部分并与凝汽器喉部相通。在低压外缸两端各设
有喷水减温装置，其顶部装有两只安全膜。双层缸结构把单层缸受的巨
大蒸汽总压力分摊给内、外两层汽缸，从而使汽缸的壁厚和法兰、螺栓
尺寸都大大减小；这样内缸主要承受高温，蒸汽的高压由内、外缸共同
承担，所以内缸壁可以较簿，大大降低了热应力。高、中压缸的两端分
别是高压缸排汽和中压缸排汽，压力和温度都比较低，因此，两端外
汽封漏汽小，轴承受汽封温度的影响也较小。
Steam turbine has casings including HP, IP, and LP casing, all of
which are of double layer casing structure. HP and IP casings are of
separated layout while the flow passage is reverse layout. LP casing
is of the double exhaust steam symmetrical structure, of which inner
casing is the flowing passage and the outer casing is the exhaust
steam part that connected with the throat of the condenser. The spray
desuperheating devices are designed at the ends of LP outer casing,
of which the top is installed with two safety diaphragms. The casing
structure of double layer will divide the whole huge pressure of steam
supposed supported by single layer casing into two layers of inner
and outer casings thereafter to minimize the dimensions of wall
thickness, flange and bolt to a large extent; so the inner casing mainly
bears the high temperature while both the inner and outer casings
bear the high pressure of steam together, therefore, the thinner inner
casing wall will reduce the thermal stress greatly. The two ends of HP
and LP casings are the HP casing exhaust steam and LP casing
exhaust steam respectively, of which either the pressure or
temperature are low relatively, so the ends steam leakage of seal
gland is not very serious and the affection of seal gland temperature
by bearing is not much.
通流部分选用冲动式汽轮机工作原理。高、中压缸均采用单流，标准化
的具有高气动性能的冲动式叶片，通过动叶片根部所需要的压差很小，
因而每级叶轮的轴向推力小。连续性整体围带不但能形成有效的叶片顶
部之密封性，而且它的坚实性能安全地采用高展弦比叶片，为扩展单
流提供了关键因素。末两级以前的所有各级叶片均为叉形叶根，自带围
带，予扭装配，在工作转速下保证正圈联接，漏汽损失小，也降低了
叶片的动应力和叶片共振的谐波数，提高叶片的安全可靠性。末级叶片
为 1055mm 的长叶片，圆弧枫树形叶根，具有良好的气动性能，距根
部 875mm 处，有一扁平鳍形拉筋，在工作转速下，形成整圈联接，可
靠性高，为无事故叶片。
The work principle of impulse turbine is applied for the flow passage.
HP and LP casings are of the single flowing, which have the
standardized high pneumatic performance impulse blades. The
differential pressure required for going through the moving blade root
is very small, so the axial thrust for the impeller of each stage is small.
The continuous integral shroud not only can make sure the effective
sealing of blade roof but also it is the key factor to expand the single
flow due to the applied high aspect ratio blade. The blades of stages
before the final two stages are of the furcation root with shroud on
Page 59 of 629
itself and twist assembly, assuring the positive circle connected under
the running rotating speed; the less leakage loss also reduce the
moving stress of blade and decrease the numbers of the harmonic of
blade resonance, and improve the blade safety and reliability. Its final
blade is the long blade of 1055mm; its circular-arc maple blade root
has good pneumatic characteristics; there is a flat lacing wire of fin-
type at the 875mm of root part, which forms the integral circle
connection under the running rotating speed with the high reliability,
and it is the faultless blade.
高、中、低压转子都是整锻转子，均采用刚性联轴器联接。高压转子由一
个单列调节级和 10 个压力级组成；中压转子由 12 个压力级组成；低
压转子由 2 × 5 个压力级组成。
The HP/IP/LP rotors are of integral rotor, and all of them use the rigid
coupler connected. HP rotor consists of a single-row governing stage
and 10 pressure stages; IP rotor consists of 12 pressure stages; LP
rotor consists of 2 ×5 pressure stages.
高压缸进汽由两组联合阀控制，分别装在汽缸的两侧。甲高压主汽门控
制#1、3 调速汽门，乙高压主汽门控制#2、4 调速汽门。各汽门由各自独
立的单侧油动机操纵。中压缸进汽也由两组联合汽门控制，每组联合汽
门包括一只主汽门和一只调速汽门，分别装在汽缸两侧，各汽门同样
由各自独立的单侧油动机控制。蒸汽进入汽轮机首先经主汽阀，然后流
到调节阀。调节阀控制通过高压进汽管进入高压缸的蒸汽流量。
The steam admission of HP casing is controlled by two groups of joint
stop valves, which are installed at two ends of casing. HP main stop
valve A controls the GV #1,3 and the HP main stop valve B controls
the GV #2,4. Each stop valve is controlled by their separated oil
actuator at each side. The steam admission of IP casing is also
controlled by two groups of joint stop valves, each of which include a
main stop valve and a GV that installed at two sides of casing,
similarly it is also controlled by their separated oil actuator at each
side. After entering the turbine, the steam firstly passes through the
main stop valve, and then goes through the GV which control the
steam flow that entering into HP casing by HP steam pipes.
主汽门和调速汽门均套有 4mm 司太立合金套筒，阀杆采用同一组浮动
环密封，不仅耐磨、抗氧化、也防卡涩，提高机组的可靠性。当主汽门和
调速汽门全开时，焊在阀蝶根部的司太立合金与阀体紧密贴合，形成
自密封，避免阀杆漏汽，也降低压降损失。
The main stop valve and governing valve are covered with 4mm
stellite alloy bush; and the valve rod uses the same group of floating
ring for sealing, which is not only abrasion resistance, oxidation
resistance, but also it prevent the blocking and improve the reliability
of unit. If both the main stop valve and governing valve are full open,
the stellite welded at the root of valve disc will bind with valve body
closely, which forms the self-sealing preventing the leakage of rod
and also reduce the loss of pressure drop.
蒸汽流经冲动式的调节级和高压缸压力级叶片，并通过高压外缸下半
的两个排汽口流到再热器。蒸汽再热后通过两个再热主汽阀及再热调节
阀返回到中压缸。调节阀的出口用滑动接合连接到中压缸的进汽室，蒸
Page 60 of 629
汽流经中压叶片后，通过中压缸连通管分别流到低压缸。
Steam passes through the blades of impulse governing stage and HP
casing pressure stage, and then goes to the reheater through two
exhaust ports at the lower half of HP outer casing. After reheating,
steam goes back to IP casing through two reheating main stop valves
and reheating governing valves. The outlet of governing valve is
connected with steam admission chamber of IP casing by sliding joint.
The steam flows into the LP casing by the connection pipe of IP
casing after passing through the IP blades.
高、中压缸轴向膨胀死点设在中压缸后轴承箱上。当缸体受热时，中压
缸由死点向机头方向膨胀，同时通过联接高、中压缸之间左右两侧推拉
杆推动高压缸，并由高、中压缸猫爪搭在 1-#2 轴承箱水平滑动板上滑动
低压外缸放置在支撑板上，支撑板放在固定于基础的台板上。外缸的绝
对膨胀以汽机侧排汽口横销为死点向发电机侧膨胀。低压内缸以凝汽器
中心线为死点向前、后膨胀。
The HP/IP casing axial expansion dead point is designed on the rear
bearing box of IP casing. If the casing is heated, IP casing expanded
from dead point to the turbine head, at the same time, the push-pull
rod at two sides between HP and IP casings will push the HP casing,
and the HP/IP casing cat claws will slide on the horizontal plate of
bearing box #1, #2. the LP outer casing is put on the support plate,
which is put on the platform that fixed on the foundation. The absolute
expansion of outer casing expands towards to the generator with the
horizontal pin of turbine side steam exhaust outlet as the dead point.
推力轴承设在＃2 轴承箱内，由两根推拉杆将推力轴承与高压外缸刚性
联接，可随同高压缸一起膨胀移动，整根个汽轮发电机转子以推力盘
为死点，分别向前、后膨胀。
The thrust bearing is designed inside the bearing box #2, the thrust
bearing, which can expand to move with HP casing together, is rigid
connected with the HP outer casing by two push-pull rods. The whole
turbo-generator rotor expands front and back as the dead point of
thrust disc.
2.2.2 汽缸检修
2.2.2 Casing maintenance
2.2.2.1 汽缸结构概述
2.2.2.1 General introduction of casing structure
2.2.2.1.1 高压缸
2.2.2.1.1 HP casing
由外缸和内缸组成。每个缸分成两半并由水平结合面的螺栓进行合
装。汽缸的结构形状及其支承方法都经过精心设计，使在温度变化
时能自由和对称地移动，从而使变形的可能性减至最小。高压内、外
缸由合金钢铸造而成，沿水平中分面分开，形成上缸和下缸。
It includes outer and inner casings, all of which have two halves
that assembled by bolts on the horizontal joint face. The casing
Page 61 of 629
structure and shape as well as its support method are well
designed, which can move freely and symmetrically if the
temperature changes minimizing the possibility of deformation.
The inner and outer HP casings are founded by alloy steel, and
are divided into upper casing and lower casing along with the
horizontal split.
内缸在水平中分面处支承在外缸上，顶部和底部用定位销导向，以
保持对汽轮机轴线的正确位置，同时允许随温度变化能自由的膨胀
和收缩。高压缸喷嘴室进口焊在内缸上，靠喷嘴室上的键槽镶嵌在
内缸上、下半的凸缘上定位。进汽套管用滑动接头连接到各个喷嘴室
使由于温度变化引起变形的可能性减至最小。
The inner casing is supported on the outer casing at the
horizontal split, and its top and bottom are guided by positioning
pin to keep the turbine axial line at the correct position, at the
same time, it allow to expand and shrink freely with the changing
temperature. The HP casing nozzle chamber inlet is welded on
the inner casing, which is positioned by setting the key channel of
on the flange of upper and lower inner casing. The steam
admission bushing is connected with each nozzle chamber by
sliding joint, which can minimize the possibility of deformation
caused by the changing temperature.
拆卸外缸时，上缸用千斤顶或顶开螺栓升起，直到进汽套管脱离喷
嘴室，然后以通常方式用行车吊起。拆卸内缸下半时，下缸用螺栓
升起，直到进汽套管脱离喷嘴室，然后以通常方式用行车吊起。装
配外缸上半及内缸下半时，各个喷嘴室进汽处的形状使密封环在汽
缸放下时能同心。高压进汽平衡活塞汽封、高压隔板套在水平接合处
受内缸所支承，并在顶部和底部定位销引导，其方式与外缸支承内
缸相同。
If dismantle the outer casing, use jack or lifting bolt to lift the
upper casing until the steam admission bushing is disengaged
with the nozzle chamber, then lift it by crane in the general way. If
dismantle the lower part of inner casing, the lower casing is lifted
up by bolt until the steam admission bushing is disengaged with
the nozzle chamber, then lift it by crane in the general way. If
assemble the upper part of casing and lower part of inner casing,
the shape of steam admission place of each nozzle chamber can
make the sealing ring align when put down the casing. The HP
steam admission balance piston steam seal and the HP blade
carrier are supported by inner casing at the horizontal interface,
and they are guided by the top and bottom positioning pin, the
way of which is the same with the inner casing supported by outer
casing.
Page 62 of 629
(A) Rotor
(A)转子 (B) Outer Casing
(B)外缸 (C) Inner Casing
(C)内缸 (D) Steam Admission

short Pipe
(D)进汽短管
(G) Steam Seal
(G)汽封
(I) Joint Positioning
(I)结合面定位
(J) Thrust Bearing Pull
(J)止推轴承拉杆 Rod
(K)中压缸拉杆 (K) IP Casing Pull Rod
图 1 中分面视图
Figure 1 Middle Split View
(A) Rotor
(A)转子
(B) Outer Casing
(E)装配用双头螺栓
(C) Inner casing
(B)外缸
(D) Steam Admission
(M)水平结合面 short Pipe
(C)内缸 (E) Doule-end bolt for
(N)喷觜室 assembly
(D)进汽短管 (M) Horizontal joint

(N) Nozzle Chamber
图 2 进汽室纵剖面图
Figure 2 Steam Admission Chamber Longitudinal Section Diagram
高压上半缸有四个支撑猫爪，上半汽缸悬撑在相邻的轴承座平台上，
高压水平面沿汽轮机中心线轴向滑动,应与汽轮机上各部套的收缩
或膨胀相一致。在滑动时所选结构保证接触面的绝对平行度，滑块
表面硬化处理以减少摩擦系数。进汽短管焊接到位于进汽阀和高压
缸之间的连接管上,它在高压部分端部，连续穿过外缸和内缸，直
Page 63 of 629
接把汽送到喷嘴室。进汽短管通过双头螺栓连接在外缸上，螺栓通
过控制伸长来冷紧。它与内缸的密封，由密封环来保证，并能与内
缸内壁保持紧密的接触。
There are four support cat claws on upper half of HP casing,
which is hanging on the adjacent bearing pedestal platform. HP
horizontal surface slides in an axial way along the central line that
shall be consistent with either the shrink or expansion of turbine
each part. The selected structure in sliding can guarantee the
absolute parallel degree of touching surface, and the hardness
treatment of sliding surface can decrease the friction coefficient.
The steam admission short pipe is welded on the connection pipe
between steam admission valve and HP casing, which is at the
end of HP part and pass through the outer casing and inner
casing in series to supply the steam to the nozzle chamber. The
steam admission short pipe is connected on the outer casing by
screw stub, which is to fasten or loosen by controlling the length.
The sealing ring can assure the seal between bolt and inner
casing, which also can keep touching the inner wall of casing.
设置导向装置可保证外缸和转子的同心，内缸悬挂在水平中分面的
两侧，底部亦设有导向装置，确保所有部套与转子同心。不同支撑
点的分布要使热膨胀能自由进行。保证通流间隙和同心度。实际上,
每个支撑处能按两个方向自由膨胀,并锁定在第三个方向。内缸悬挂
在(F)上，上半外缸提供反向支撑(G)，(间隙安装时确定)。纵向定位
点按(H)调整锁定。如下图：
The guiding device is designed to assure the concentricity of
outer casing and rotor; the inner casing is hanging on the two
sides of horizontal split; and there is also the guiding device at the
bottom to assure the alignment of all parts and rotor. The
distribution of different support point will make the thermal
expansion freely, which can assure the flowing clearance and
alignment degree. Actually, each support point can expand in two
directions freely with aimed third direction. Inner casing is hanging
on the (F) while the upper half of outer casing provides the
reverse support (G), (determined in installation of clearance). The
longitudinal poisoning point is determined by point (H). As shown
in the drawing.
Page 64 of 629
图 3 内缸支撑形式
Figure 3 Inner casing support type
Page 65 of 629
2.2.2.1.2 中压缸
2.2.2.1. 2 IP casing
由外缸、内缸、隔板套等组成。汽缸与隔板套分为两半，并由水平中
分面的螺栓进行合装。上半缸有四个支撑猫爪，上半汽缸悬撑在相
邻的轴承座平台上，中压缸水平中分面沿汽轮机中心线轴向滑动,
应与汽轮机上各部套的收缩或膨胀相一致。在滑动时所选结构保证
接触面的绝对平行度，滑块表面硬化处理以降低摩擦系数。内缸悬
挂在水平中分面的两侧，底部设有导向装置，导向装置保证外缸、
所有部套与转子的同心。
It consists of outer casing, inner casing, blade carrier and other
components. The casing and blade carrier are divided into two
parts, which are assembled by bolts at the horizontal split. There
are 4 support cat claws on the upper casing, which are hanged on
the adjacent bearing pedestal. IP horizontal split surface slides in
an axial way along the central line that shall be consistent with
either the shrink or expansion of turbine each part. The selected
structure in sliding can guarantee the absolute parallel degree of
touching surface, and the hardness treatment of sliding surface
can decrease the friction coefficient. The inner casing is hanging
on the two sides of horizontal split; and there is the guiding device
at the bottom to assure the concentricity of all parts and rotor.
(A)转子 (A) Rotor

(G)汽封 (G) steam seal
(B)外缸 (B) Outer casing
(C)内部隔板套 (C) Inner Blade
Carrier
(D)进汽短管
(D) Steam
(I)结合面定位 admission short
(K)高中压缸推拉杆 pipe
(I) Joint positioning
(K) HP/IP casing
push-pull rod
图 4 中分面视图
Figure 4 Midsplit View
内缸悬挂在内缸支撑上，上半外缸提供反向支撑(间隙安装时确定)。
纵向定位点按纵向固定支点调整锁定。中压缸进汽短管焊接在进汽
阀和中压缸之间的连接管上，处于中压缸端部，穿过外缸、内缸直
接把汽送到中压蒸汽室。进汽短管通过双头螺栓连接在外缸上，螺
Page 66 of 629
栓通过控制伸长来冷紧。它与内缸的密封，由密封环来保证，并与
内缸内壁保持紧密的接触。
Inner casing is hanging on the support, and the upper half outer
casing provides the reverse support (determined in the installation
of clearance). The longitudinal positioning point is determined by
the adjustment of longitudinal fixed support point. The IP casing
steam admission short-pipe is welded on the connection pipe
between the admission valve and IP casing, which is at the end of
IP casing, through outer casing and inner casing, it directly
transmit the steam into the IP steam chamber. The admission
pipe is connected on the outer casing by screw stud, and the bolt,
which is to fasten or loosen by controlling the length. The sealing
ring can assure the seal between bolt and inner casing, which
also can keep touching the inner wall of inner casing.
(A) Outer casing

(A) 外缸 (B) Inner casing
(B)内缸 (C) Upper admission short
pipe
(C)上部进汽短管
(D) Lower admission short
(D)下部进汽短管 pipe
(E)连接法兰 (E) Connection flange
图 5 中压进汽短管
Figure 5 IP steam admission short pipe
2.2.2.1.3 低压缸
2.2.2.1.3 LP casing
低压内缸两端装有导流环，与外缸组成扩压段以减少排汽损失。内
缸下半水平中分面法兰四角上各有一个猫爪搭在外缸上，支持整个
内缸和所有隔板的重量，水平法兰中部对应进汽中心处有侧键，作
为内外缸的轴向相对死点，使内缸轴向定位而允许横向自由膨胀，
内缸下半两端底部有纵向键，沿纵向中心线轴向设置，使内缸相对
外缸横向定位而允许轴向自由膨胀。
The guiding rings are installed at two ends of LP inner casing,
which is combined with outer casing to form the expansion
section to reduce the loss of exhaust steam. All the cat claws,
which are installed at four corners of flanges at the inner casing
lower part horizontal split surface, are put on the outer casing to
Page 67 of 629
support all weight both the whole inner casing and all diaphragm;
there are the side key at the steam admission center
corresponding with the center of horizontal flange, which is taken
as the axial relative dead point of inner and outer casing to
position in the axial direction and allow it freely expand in the
horizontal direction; there are the longitudinal key at the two ends
of bottom lower inner casing, which is set along the central line in
the axial direction to position the inner casing in the horizontal
direction and allow it freely expand in the horizontal direction;
外缸上半项部进汽部位有带波纹管的低压进汽管与内缸进汽口联接，
以补偿内外缸胀差并保证密封，它将中压缸排汽引入低压缸。顶部
装有两个内孔 500mm 的大气阀，作为真空系统的安全保护措施。
当异常升温(低负荷或空载)时，有喷水装置冷却低压缸，当压力忽
然升高时，排大气阀保护低压部套。低压内缸装有“遮热罩”，用
来限制低排、抽汽管道与内缸的蒸汽之间的热交换，减小内缸壁的
温差。内缸接近中部位置设有对称的两个人孔门，用来检查缸内情
况。低压外缸下半两端有低压轴承箱，四周的支承台板放在成矩形
排列的基架上，承受整个低压部分的重量，底部排汽口与凝汽器采
用弹性联接。
The LP steam admission pipe, which is the corrugated pipe at the
top steam admission part of upper outer casing, is connected with
the inner admission inlet to compensate the expansion difference
between inner casing and outer casing as well as guarantee the
seal that introduce the exhaust steam from IP casing into the LP
casing. The air valve with two inner holes of 500mm at the top is
taken as the safety protection measures of the vacuum system.
There are spray device to cool the LP casing if the temperature
rising is abnormal (with low load or no load), and when the
pressure is suddenly increased, the vent valve can protect the LP
parts. The LP inner casing is provided with the “heat insulation
cover” to limit the steam heat exchange between LP casing,
exhaust steam pipeline and inner casing to decrease the
temperature difference of inner casing wall. The middle part
closed to the inner casing is designed with two symmetrical
manholes for checking the conditions of inner casing. The lower
half outer LP casing is designed with the LP bearing box at two
ends. The around support platform is put on the rectangle
foundation to support the whole weight of LP part. The bottom
exhaust steam outlet is flexibly connected with condenser.
Page 68 of 629
A 低压外缸
L 低压缸死点
B 低压内缸
O 一段抽汽
D 转子
P 二段抽汽
H 轴承
Q 三段抽汽
G 轴封
A LP outer casing
L LP casing dead point
B LP inner casing
O Steam 1st bleeding
D Rotor
P Steam 2nd bleeding
H Bearing
Q Steam 3rd bleeding
G Gland seal
图 6 低压缸中分面图
Figure 6 LP casing split diagram
2.2.2.1.4 进汽管
2.2.2.1.4 Steam admission pipe
通过进汽管，使蒸汽从高、中压阀进入汽缸，再从中压缸排汽进入
低压缸。管子能随汽缸的相对死点的热位移而移动。在管子安装时，
调整管子位置，使管子应力小于设计值。在管路低点有疏水口。如果
无法按照管道焊接标准进行检查时，允许用无损探伤的方法代替。
管子的保温允许有一定的热量损失。
The steam enter into the casing from HP and IP valves by steam
admission pipe, thereafter, enter into LP casing from IP casing
exhaust pipe. The pipes can move with the thermal displacement
of casing relative dead point. During the installation of pipes,
adjust their positions to make the pipe stress lower than their
designed values. The drain outlet is designed at the lower part of
pipeline. If it can not check according to the pipeline welding
standard, it is allowed to use damage-less detection to instead.
The insulation of pipe is allowed to have some heat loss.
1 高压进汽管
1 HP steam admission pipe
管路一端与进汽阀门焊接，另一端与进汽法兰焊接，使蒸汽进
入高压缸（如下图）。上部进汽管用法兰联接，以便于检修。法
Page 69 of 629
兰装配通过控制螺栓的伸长量来保证螺栓紧力。
One end of the pipeline is welded with steam admission valve
while the other end is welded with the admission flange,
which makes the steam enter into the HP casing (As shown in
the diagram). The upper admission pipe is connected with
flange for maintenance. The flange assembly guantee the
tension by controlling the length of bolt
A 下部进汽管
B 上部进汽管（固定部分）
C 上部进汽管（可拆部分）
D 连接法兰
E 进汽法兰
F 压力平衡管
A Lower steam admission

pipe
B Upper steam admission
pipe （Fixed part）
C Upper steam admission
pipe （ Available to
dismantle）
D Connection flange
E Admission flange
F Pressure balance pipe
图 7 高压进汽管布置图
Figure 7 HP steam admission pipe layout diagram
2 中压进汽管
2 IP steam admission pipe
其设计、连接方式同高压进汽管。布置方式如下：
Its design and connection methods are the same with the HP
admission pipe. The layout method is as follows:
Page 70 of 629
(A) Lower steam
admission pipe
(A)下部进汽管 (B) Upper steam
(B) 上部进汽管（固 admission
定部分） pipe（Fixed
part）
(C) 上部进汽管（可
(C) Upper steam
拆部分） admission pipe
(D)连接法兰 (Available to
dismantle)
(E)进汽法兰
(D) Connection flange
(E) Admission flange
图 8 中压进汽管布置图
Figure 8 IP admission layout diagram
3 中、低压连通管
3 IP/LP connection pipe
低压缸有两根进汽管（连通管），内径 Φ1400㎜，位于低压缸
和中低压轴承箱上方，是整个机组的最高点。连通管由虾腰管
和平衡补偿管两段组成，虾腰管接中压排汽口，平衡补偿管中
部有一个向下的管口，接低压进汽管，均采用刚性法兰连接。
为了吸收连通管和机组的轴向热膨胀，平衡补偿管的前端设有
波纹管。为了平衡联通管内蒸汽的轴向作用力，在平衡补偿的
后端设置有带波纹管的平衡室，平衡补偿管外有联接圆筒连接
两端，蒸汽的轴向作用力由圆筒承受，不作用在波纹管上。布
置方式如下：
The LP casing is designed with two admission pipes
(connection pipe), its inner diameter isΦ1400 ㎜，which is at
the upper part of LP casing and IP/LP bearing box. It is the
highest point of the whole unit. The connection pipe consist of
the bent pipe and the balance compensate pipe, of which the
bent pipe is connected with the IP exhaust steam outlet and
the lower part of balance compensate pipe is provided with
the downward pipe outlet connected with the LP admission
pipe. All of them are of rigid flange connection. In order to
absorb the axial heat expansion of connection pipe and unit,
the balance compensation pipe front end is designed with the
corrugated pipes. In order to balance the steam axial actions
in the connection pipe, the end of the balance compensation
pipe is designed with the balance chamber which has the
corrugated pipe. Outside of the balance compensation pipe is
designed with the connection roller to connect with two ends.
Page 71 of 629
The steam axial actions are supported by roller, with no action
on the corrugated pipe. Its layout is shown as follows:
I.P. casing L.P. casing
图 9 中低压连通管布置图
Figure 9 IP/LP connection pipe layout
2.2.2.2 工艺方法、质量标准、注意事项
2.2.2.2 Process, Quality Standard and Precautions
2.2.2.2.1 拆去轴承盖上的热工及仪表元件；
2.2.2.2.1 Dismantle the I&C and instruments on the bearing cover;
2.2.2.2.2 拆去化妆板上连接螺栓，将化妆板解体后分别吊出；
2.2.2.2.2 Dismantle their connection bolts on the plate, and hang out the
plate after dismantling;
2.2.2.2.3 当高压外上缸内壁温度低于 150℃时，逐层拆去保温层；
2.2.2.2.3 If the inner wall temperature of HP outer upper casing is lower
than 150℃, remove the insulation layer one by one;
2.2.2.2.4 拆高、中压导汽管及中低压连通管
2.2.2.2.4 Dismantle HP/IP steam guiding pipe and the connection pipe
between IP and LP
1 清理保温后，当高压缸内上缸调节级外壁温低于 100℃时，拆
除导汽管与外缸法兰，导汽管与高中压调门出口法兰连接螺栓；
1 After clear out the insulation, dismantle the flange between
guiding pipe and outer casing and dismantle the outlet flange
connection bolt between guiding pipe and HP/IP TV;
2 拆除中、低压连通管法兰螺栓；
2 Dismantle the IP/LP connection pipe flange bolt;
3 用行车并在吊钩上另挂一倒链，吊出导汽管及中低压连通管；
Page 72 of 629
3 Hanging a falling chain on the claw, use the crane to hang out
the guiding pipe and IP/LP connection pipe;
4 吊出导汽管后及中低压连通管，立即用堵板将汽缸法兰口、管
口堵好，并贴封条，将导管管口封闭。
4 After the above step, use the plate to block the casing flange
port and pipe outlet very well at once, and paste the seal to
block out the guiding pipe port.
5 检查导汽管伸缩节各道焊缝应无裂纹砂眼等缺陷；
5 Check the guiding pipe flexible joint welding line has such
defects as crack and other sand hole or not;
2.2.2.2.5 高、中、低压外缸解体
2.2.2.2.5 Disassembly of the HP, IP, and LP outer casings
1 拆除固定汽缸温度及压力测点；
1 Dismantle the fixed measuring points of casing temperature
and pressure;
2 拆除汽缸螺帽上的封盖，清理汽缸螺栓的加热孔；
2 Dismantle the cover plate on the casing screw cap. And clear
the heating hole of casing bolt;
3 加热汽缸螺栓，按顺序拆卸螺帽，并按左右顺序做上标记；
3 Heat up the casing bolt, and dismantle the screw cap in
sequence, and mark it from left to right;
4 拆开高中、低压缸端部外轴封结合面螺栓；
4 Dismantle the bolts on the HP, IP and LP casing end shaft
seal surface
5 装入导杆，涂上少许润滑油并检查吊具；
5 Install the guide rod, and coat little lubrication oil and check
the lifting tools;
6 用钢板尺或架设百分表一只，监视汽缸顶起的数值；
6 Use steel plate ruler, or use a dial indicator to monitor the
value of casing lifting height;
7 起吊高、中、低压外缸注意事项：
7 Precautions in lifting of HP, IP, and LP outer casings;
7.1 仔细检查汽缸水平中分面所有螺栓，销子确已全部拆除，
与上汽缸连接的各汽管、疏水管法兰已全部拆开；
7.1 Check all bolts on the horizontal split surface of casing
carefully, and all the pins have been confirmed to
dismantle, and the all flanges of each steam pipes and
drain pipes that connected with the upper casing have
Page 73 of 629
been dismantled;
7.2 安装专用起吊工具，行车对准中心；同时在转子上架一百
分表监视起吊情况。
7.2 Install the special lifting tools, and the crane is aimed at
the center; at the same time, use a dial indicator
supported on the rotor to monitor the lifting condition.
7.3 用专用顶丝或专用的四角油压顶起装置将汽缸顶起 10-
15MM，在顶起的过程中应注意四角的升起均匀，不应有
偏斜，如发现有的地方有问题应立即停止工作。用直尺测量
顶起的结合面的距离如合格，就停止顶升工作，并启用行
车起吊。起吊工作应有专人指挥，缸的前后左右应有人监视
7.3 Use the special lifting tools such as jack or four-corner oil
pressure lifting device to lift the casing about 10-15MM. In
this process, pay Precaution to the lifting of four corners,
which shall not be deflected, and stop working as soon as
some problems are found. Use ruler to measure the lifting
surface distance, and it is qualified, stop lifting, and start
the crane to lift. The lifting shall be carried out under the
direction of person specially assigned for work, and the
casing shall be monitored in front, back, right and left.
7.4 缓慢提升行车吊钩，检查汽缸前、后、左、右的情况，钢丝
绳受力均匀；
7.4 Lift the crane hook slowly; check the conditions in front,
back, right and left of casing, and the steel rope shall bear
the even force;
7.5 在起吊过程中四角监视人员扶稳并监视螺栓与螺孔有无卡
涩磨擦，检查汽缸盖四角起吊高度是否均匀，如发现任一
部位未跟随行车吊钩上升或其他不正常的情况，应立即停
止起吊，重新进行调整找正
7.5 In lifting, the supervisors at four corners shall hold it stably
and monitor the bolt and screw have block or friction or
not; check the lifting height of casing cover at four corners
are the same or not, and stop lifting for alignment if any
one part is not following the lifting of the other hooks or
some abnormal conditions happened.
7.6 吊缸时四角高度，用钢尺测量，前后相差不大于 3mm，左
右相差不大于 5mm；
7.6 In lifting, use the steel ruler to measure the height of four
corners with the difference less than 3mm between front
and back and with the difference less than 5mm between
left and right;
7.7 缸盖吊出后，放在指定的检修场地上，地面垫以枕木；
7.7 After the casing cover is hanged out, put it on the
specified maintenance place, and the floor shall be filled
Page 74 of 629
up with sleeper;
7.8 检查汽缸结合面漏汽痕迹，并作记录；
7.8 Check the steam leakage trace at the casing interface,
and make the record;
7.9 拆卸汽缸结合面的双头螺栓（以便拆卸内缸螺帽和隔板
套），在双头螺栓旋入汽缸平面处的根部浇注煤油，然后
用紫铜棒在螺杆顶部作必要的敲击并使用专用工具将螺栓
旋出。
7.9 Dismantle the screw stud at the interface of casing (for
the convenience of dismantling of inner casing screw cap
and blade carrier); fill some coal oil at the root of screw
stud screwed into casing surface, and then use the
copper bar to knock the screw top, and use the special
tools to screw out the bolt.
2.2.2.2.6 拆除各上隔板套水平中分面螺栓，缓慢吊出各上隔板套并检查中分
面。
2.2.2.2.6 Dismantle the bolts on the blade carrier split surface, and hang
out the blade carrier slowly and check the split.
2.2.2.2.7 高、中、低压内缸解体
2.2.2.2.7 Disassembly the HP, IP, and LP inner casings
1 拆除内缸螺栓和缸壁上测温元件，拆除调节级测量压力温度引
出线的接头；
1 Dismantle the measuring elements on the inner casing bolt
and casing wall; dismantle the joint of incoming or outgoing
lines to measure the pressure and temperature of governing
stage;
2 拆除高压蒸汽室上半部埋头管塞（2.5″）,装入 M39×3 螺栓吊
环拆除蒸汽室上半；
2 Dismantle the embedded pipe stopper （ 2.5″ ） at the upper
part of HP steam chamber, and install the M39×3 bolt flying
rings to dismantle the upper part of steam chamber;
3 拆除内缸螺栓(方法同外缸)；低压#1、2 内缸应首先打开上缸人
孔门，拆除内部结合面螺栓。
3 Dismantle the inner casing bolt (the method is the same as
that for outer casing); for the LP inner casing #1, #2, the
manhole on the upper casing shall be opened firstly, then
dismantle the bolts of inner interface
4 装好四角导杆(或对角 2 根)并在导杆上抹油；1) 用顶缸专用螺
栓将汽缸四角均匀顶起 3-5mm 后，再用行车缓缓起吊汽缸至
上下缸平面间隙达 10mm 时停止起吊，全面检查行车和钢丝绳
捆绑情况，确认无误后，再用行车缓慢起吊（其它工艺要求同
外缸）；
Page 75 of 629
4 Install the guiding rod at four corners (or the 2 rods on the
cross) and fill the oil on the guiding rod; 1) use the special
bolts to lift the four corners of casing about 3-5mm evenly,
and then use crane to lift the casing slowly, and stop lifting if
the surface clearance of upper and lower casings are up to
10mm; check the conditions of crane and steel rope
completely, and use the crane to lift it slowly after confirmed
without error (other process referred to the outer casing);
5 检查内缸水平结合面漏汽痕迹，并做记录。
5 Check the horizontal interface of inner casing to see whether
there is steam leakage trace or not, and make records.
6 在起吊过程中四角由专人扶稳并认真监听汽缸内部有无磨擦声，
检查导杆勿使其卡涩，当上汽缸吊离导杆时，注意拴上专用绳
索调整防止其晃动旋转。
6 In lifting, the persons shall be specially arranged to hold it
stably at four corners, and monitor whether there is friction
inside the casing or not; check the guiding rod to make sure
no blockage; if the upper casing is hanged away from the
guide rod, fasten the special rope for adjustment to prevent its
swing and rotation.
2.2.2.2.8 翻缸
2.2.2.2.8 Turn over the casing
1 用行车双钩翻缸，翻缸时，钢丝绳吊在汽缸外缘的吊耳上，行
车中心找正后，大钩先起吊约 100mm，再起吊小钩，使汽缸
离开枕木少许，然后全面检查所有吊具确认无问题后再继续起
吊大钩。吊起高度以保证小钩松开后汽缸不碰地面，逐渐松下
小钩，使缸盖的全部重量由大钩承担。
1 Use the crane double hook to turn over the casing, in which
process the steel rope is hanged on the lifting lugs on the
outer edge of casing. After the alignment of crane center, the
big hook hangs up about 100mm ， and then hangs up the
small hook taking the casing away from sleeper a little, and
then check all lifting tools completely to make sure no
problems and then continuous lift the big hook. The lifting
height shall assure the casing can not touch the ground after
small hook is left, and then leave the small hook gradually, so
all the weight of casing cover will be supported by the big
hook.
2 全松小钩，取下钢丝绳将汽缸转过 180°，再将钢丝绳挂到小钩
上，并吊紧钢丝绳，再将大钩缓缓松下（必要时适当起升小
钩），直到汽缸水平面放平后，用枕木垫实，安放稳妥后松下
两吊钩。如图所示。
2 Leave the small hook completely, take down the steel rope,
and turn over the casing about 180°，and then hang the steel
rope on the small hook tightly, then put down the big hook
slowly（lifting the small hook if necessary）, until the casing
Page 76 of 629
is leveled, use the sleeper to fill up, and leave the two hooks
after put down stably. As shown in the Figure.
2.2.2.2.9 汽缸的检查与测量
2.2.2.2.9 Inspection and measurement of casing
1 用砂纸将汽缸结合面清理干净，露出金属光泽；
1 Use the sand paper to cleaning the casing interface and show
the metal shine;
2 测量下缸结合面水平：
2 Measure the lower casing interface:
合像水平仪放置在安装或第一次大修作好的永久性记号上进行
测量并做好记录。
Put the combined diagram level on the permanent marks
made in installation or in the first overhaul for measurement,
and make the records.
3 汽缸结合面及内外壁检查
3 Check the casing interface and inner and outer wall
3.1 汽缸结合面清理后，进行宏观检查和磁粉探伤；
3.1 After cleaning the casing interface, macroscopic inspect
and magnetic particle inspect
3.2 如有必要对汽缸外壁进行检查时，应打去保温并清理干净
再进行探伤；
3.2 If there is necessary to check the casing outer wall,
remove the insulation and clean it, then magnetic particle
inspect.
3.3 如发现裂纹应查明其深度，汽缸结合面的裂纹深度可用超
声波探伤仪测定；
3.3 If found the crack, find its depth, and the crack depth of
casing interface can be detected by the ultrasonic crack
detector;
3.4 汽缸结合面应光滑平整，无贯通性沟痕，水平测量值应与
安装记录（或上次大修）基本相符，如发现汽缸裂纹、变形
等缺陷，应汇报有关部门研究处理。
3.4 The casing interface shall be polish and cleanness
without perforation trace, and the measurement value
shall comply with the installation record (or that of last
overhaul) basically, if found the defects such as the
casing cracks and deformation, report to the relevant
department to do the research or treatment.
2.2.2.2.10 清理检查隔板（套）、轴封套洼窝和汽缸螺栓支承面
2.2.2.2.10 Clean and check the blade carrier, seal steam carrier groove and
Page 77 of 629
the casing bolt bearing surface
1 用砂纸清理汽缸隔板和轴封套洼窝槽后作宏观检查；
1 The microscopic inspection is done after using the sand paper
to clean the casing diaphragm and seal steam carrier groove
2 汽缸螺孔上螺帽支承面清理干净，修整毛刺，并用小圆平板检
查接触情况，必要时需刮研。
2 The nut bearing surface above the casing tap hole must be
cleaned and trimmed. And the contacting situation is checked
by the small round plate, the rescrape is done if necessary.
2.2.2.2.11 清理、检查、修整汽缸螺栓螺帽
2.2.2.2.11 Clean, check and trim the casing bolt nut
1 用钢丝刷将汽缸螺帽及螺栓的螺纹部分清理干净；
1 The thread portion of the casing nut and bolt is cleaned by the
wire brush.
2 仔细检查螺纹，如有碰伤或毛刺可用三角油石或细锉刀修整，
然后进行带帽检查，螺帽上可涂少许透平油后旋入螺栓，继续
做必要修理，直到能用手拧到底（汽缸上内螺纹也应用螺栓对
号拧入进行检查）。如螺栓与螺帽配合较紧而螺纹上确无毛刺
时，可用细研磨膏作必要研磨并用煤油清理干净，涂上螺栓高
温润滑剂。
2 Examine the thread carefully, if there is any bruise or burr, use
the triangular oil stone or fine file to trim, then examine the
situation of the cap, the nut can be revolved into the bolt after
coating some turbine oil, and the necessary repair is gone on
until it can screw to the bottom by hand. If the bolt and nut
cooperate with each other tightly and there is no burr on the
thread, use the fine paste to grind and the coal oil to clean
and coat the bolt high temperature lubricant.
3 测定全部合金钢汽缸螺栓硬度；
3 Measure the hardness of all the alloy steel casing
4 M56 以上螺栓应作超声波探伤；
4 The bolt that above theM56 should do the ultrasonic
inspection
5 抽查部分螺栓金相组织；
5 Spot test partial bolt metallurgical structure
6 检查汽缸螺栓的球面垫圈有无毛刺，并作必要修理；
6 Check if there is the burr at the spherical washer of the casing
bolt and do the necessary repair.
7 经清理、检查、整修后的螺栓、螺帽和垫圈用黑铅粉仔细擦抹螺
纹和平面，使表面全部呈银黑色光泽，擦去残留黑粉，妥善保
管待用；
Page 78 of 629
7 The cleaned, inspected and trimmed bolt, nut and washer
should scraped carefully the thread and flat surface by the
black lead power to make all the surface reflect the silver
black color, then rub out the residual black power and keep it
carefully for standby application.
8 对高、中、低压缸合金钢螺栓的要求：
8 The requirement for the HP, IP and LP alloy steel bolt:
8.1 螺栓及螺帽干净，螺纹无乱扣、毛刺，配合良子，无卡涩，
螺栓无裂纹、损伤、弯曲等异常现象；
8.1 Bolt and nut is clean, thread has no chasing, burr, and the
bolt has no crack, damage and bend and other abnormal
phenomenon.
8.2 螺栓硬度值在 HB240-270 范围内，金相组织无明显网状组
织；（由金属组鉴定）。
8.2 The bolt hardness should maintain in HB240-270, the
metallurgical structure has no obvious meshwork.
(identified by the metal group)
8.3 冲击韧性应达以下要求：M65 以下螺栓：ak≥10kgM/cm2
， M65-M100 螺栓： ak≥8kgM/cm2 ， M100 以上螺栓：
ak≥6kgM/cm2
8.3 Impact flexibility should meet the following requirement:
the bolt under ak≥10kgM/cm2, M65-M100 bolt:
ak≥8kgM/cm2, the bolt above M100: ak≥6kgM/cm2 M65:
8.4 螺栓硬度值达下列条件的（硬度值 >HB300 ，或
<HB200），应更换螺栓或做恢复性热处理。
8.4 If the bolt hardness reaches to the following condition:
hardness >HB300 or <HB200, the bolt should be change
or the restoring heat treatment should be done.
2.2.2.2.12 扣空缸检查汽缸结合面严密性：汽缸平面清理完毕，按需要植入部
分汽缸螺栓后，将上缸吊上，打入定位销。在自由状态和冷紧 1/3
汽缸螺栓两种情况下分别用塞尺测量汽缸内外水平中分面的间隙，
并做记录。结束后，拔去销子，松去螺栓，吊去上缸。
2.2.2.2.12 Button the empty casing to check the tightness of the casing
combine surface: after clean the surface of the casing, implant
some casing bolt according to the needs, then elevate the upper
cylinder and put the dowel pin. In the free state and cold fasten
one third of the casing bolt, the casing inner-outer horizontal split
space should be measured by the feeler and the record also be
done. When it is finished, remove the pin, release the bolt and
elevate the upper cylinder.
高、中压内外缸扣空缸时，在自由状态下，结合面间隙为
≤0.05mm，紧 1/3 螺栓时≤0.03mm，低压内缸结合面间隙在紧
1/3 螺栓时为≤ 0.05 mm 左右，低压外缸无修补不需扣空缸，如修
补结合面应扣空缸，并检查轴封间隙。
Page 79 of 629
When covering the empty HP and IP inner/outer casings, the joint
face’s space is under 0.05mm at the free state,, when fasten the
bolt 1/3, it is under ≤0.03mm, the LP inner cylinder combination
space is under 0.05mm. The LP outer cylinder do not need to be
covered if there is no repair. It needs to be covered in repairing
the joint face, and the gland seal clearance should be checked
2.2.2.2.13 测量调整高、中、低压内外缸间的支承工作垫片间隙
2.2.2.2.13 Measure and regulate clearance of the supporting working spacer
between the outer and inner of the HP, IP, and LP casings
用深度尺或百分表测量外上缸的调整垫片与内缸中分面的相对高度；
Use the depth indicator or dial indicator to measure the relative
height between the outer upper casing’s regulate bush and the
inner casing’s split.
2.2.2.2.14 低压汽缸内部检查
2.2.2.2.14 LP casing inner check
1 检查低压外缸导流板、加强筋、抽汽孔有无裂纹，如开裂应焊接
加固；
1 Check if there is the crack at the LP outer casing’s deflector,
reinforcing rib and extraction hole.
2 检查清理低压缸内喷水管路及支架，检查管路无腐蚀，喷水孔
无阻塞、损坏，喷射方向正确；
2 Check and clean the LP casing’s inner spray pipe and
supporter, check if there is the corrosion in the pipe , if there
is the block and damage in the spray hole, and whether the
spray direction is correct.
2.2.2.2.15 汽缸部分复装：
2.2.2.2.15 Casing partial reassemble
1 汽缸复装前应达到以下要求：
1 The requirement for the casing reassemble
1.1 所有缸内工作全部结束，相关记录资料齐全并全部通过验
收；
1.1 All the casing inter work is finished, all the relative record
and document is ready and accepted.
1.2 内清扫干净，无杂物存留；
1.2 he inner cylinder is clean and without the foreign matters.
1.3 有与汽缸连接的疏水、蒸汽管道应畅通；
1.3 ll the drain pipes and steam pipes connected with the
casing is smooth.
2 扣内上缸：
Page 80 of 629
2 Cover the inner upper cylinder
2.1 缸内无杂物
2.1 There are no foreign matters in the cylinder
2.2 装好导杆，并涂透平油；
2.2 Assemble the guide bar and coat the turbine oil
2.3 用专用工具起吊汽缸离地面后，用框式水平仪调整中分面
纵横向水平，使汽缸倾斜度<0.3mm/m；
2.3 After lifting the casing away form the ground by the
special apparatus, use the frame level to regulate the split
two-way level in order to make the inclination under
0.3mm/m.
2.4 用压缩空气吹净上缸，经检查后进行试扣，并与吊缸时同
样检查钢丝绳和行车情况，确认汽缸座落在下缸上后，再
将缸盖吊起 200-300mm，四角垫以木块，在中分面均匀涂
抹涂料后拿去木块，使汽缸下落，落至 5-10mm 时打入销
子，旋出导杆，上内缸落至下内缸上；
2.4 Use the compressor to clean the upper cylinder, testing
cover it after the examination, and check the wire rope
and the crane as doing the casing elevating. After making
sure that the casing base in above the lower casing,
elevate the casing cover to 200-300mm, put the wood
block at the foursquare, coat the painting averagely at the
split , remove the block to make the casing fall down to 5-
10mm, then input the pin, screw out the guide bar and
make the upper inner casing fall on the lower inner
casing.
2.5 将销子打紧后，旋上螺栓，按顺序冷紧汽缸螺栓。高、中压
缸内缸须热紧汽缸螺栓。
2.5 When fastening the pin, screw the bolt, cold fasten the
casing bolt according to the sequence. The HP and IP
inner casing should hot fasten the casing bolt.
2.6 将高压内缸与高压蒸汽室悬挂螺栓拆除，并旋入封头加以
点焊；
2.6 Disassemble the hanging bolt between the HP inner
casing and HP steam room, then screw the seal head and
spot weld it.
3 扣高、中压外缸，先冷紧外缸螺栓，再热紧外缸螺栓；扣缸工
艺同扣内缸工艺相同；
3 When covering the HP and LP outer cylinder, first cold fasten
the outer cylinder’s bolt, then hot fasten the outer cylinder’s
bolt, which is as the same as the procedure to button the
inner cylinder.
4 紧温度引出线花键螺栓
Page 81 of 629
4 Fasten the temperature in order to draw out the involute
spline bolt.
5 装外缸螺帽上闷盖；
5 Assemble the outer cylinder bolt cover.
6 装测温元件；
6 Assemble the temperature test element
7 装复高、中、低压导汽管。
7 Reassemble the HP, IP, and LP steam guiding pipes
2.2.2.2.16 保温
2.2.2.2.16 Thermal insulation
1 检查汽缸外壁上保温钩齐全;
1 Check all the insulation hook of the casing outer wall is ready.
2 装置保温层，汽缸保温层包扎应牢固紧密，当室温 25℃时，保
温层表面温度不大于 50℃，保温材料可选用硅酸铝纤维毡。注
意保温层压缝，外部罩铁丝网，并抹面。
2 Install the insulation layer, the banding of the casing insulation
layer should be close. When the room temperature is 25℃,
the insulation layer’s surface temperature should be no more
than 50℃, the insulation material can use the alumina silicate
fibre. Pay Precaution to the compressed joint, the outer
should be covered with the wire net and plastered.
表 1 高中压缸保温示意表
Table 1 Schematic diagram for HP, IP, and LP casings’ thermal insulation
主保温层厚度
The thickness of
保温部分区域温度 the main 面积
区域长度材料形式
insulation layer
The Region area
Region mm Material
insulation temperatur
length mm m² type
part e℃ 上缸下缸
Upper Lower
casing casing
汽缸组块
A
casing chunk
B 组块
chunk
Page 82 of 629
主保温层厚度
保温部分区域温度面积
区域长度材料形式
The thickness of
The Region area
Region the main Material
insulation temperatur
length mm insulation layer m² type
part e℃
mm
组块
C
chunk
纤维状
Intake
fibroid
sleeve
平衡漏汽管
纤维状
Balance
fibroid
leakage pipe
说明:A:指从汽缸(电机端)到中压进汽管处。
Explanation:
A: means the place from the casing (motor end) to the IP intake
pipe
B:指汽缸中部。
B: means the middle of the casing.
C:指从汽缸(调节端)到高压进汽管处。
C: means the place from the casing(governing end) to the HP
intake pipe
表 2 主汽阀壳体及管道保温
Table 2 main steam valve shell and pipe insulation
保温层厚度
㎜
管道外管道内保温面积
Insulation ㎡
径 mm 径 mm 温度℃ 保温形式
部位 layer
Pipe Pipe temperatur thickness Insulation Insulation
Position area
outer inner e type
内层外层
diameter diameter m2
Outer Inner
layer layer
阀壳 540 组块
Valve chunk
Page 83 of 629
casing
管道管型
540 × ×
pipe cast
表 3 中低连通压管道保温
Table 3 IP and LP connection pipe insulation
保温层厚度(MM)
管道外径管道长度保温面积
(MM) m Insulation layer (㎡)
温度℃
thickness
Pipe outer Pipe temperatur Insulation
diameter length 内层外层 area
e
(MMs) M Inner Outer (m2)
layer layer
×
表 4 再热汽阀壳体及管道保温
Table 4 Reheating steam valve shell and pipe insulation
保温层厚度㎜
Insulation layer
保温面积㎡保温形式
部位管道长度 mm thickness
Insulation Insulation
position Pipe length 内层外层
area type
Inner Outer
layer layer
阀壳
组块
Valve
chunk
casing
阀盖
纤维状
Valve
fibroid
cover
管道管型
pipe cast
以上数据由北京北重汽轮电机有限公司提供，实际保温所需
数量应适量加大。
The above data is provided by the Beijing turbine and
generator corporation, the actual insulation needed quantity
should be increased properly.
Page 84 of 629
3 汽缸保温的工艺规范
3 Casing insulation process specification
保温块的长度和宽度应按汽缸实际外形切割分段。在汽缸体及
法兰侧面保温不拆除部分，涂上湿的打底层材料厚 10㎜，铺上
一层不锈钢丝网再涂 10㎜厚打底材料，并将保温块敷在湿的打
底层上，保温块应与中分面螺钉处保持足够的距离，应不影响
中分面螺钉及其护罩的拆装。
The length and width of the insulation block should be
sectioned according to the casing’s actual shape. For the side
insulation dismantle part of the casing and flange, paint the
wet base material whose thickness is 10mm, spread a flat of
stainless wire net, then coat the base material whose
thickness is 10mm and put the insulation block on the wet
base layer. There should be enough space between the
insulation block and the split bolt, which does not influence
the disassemble and assemble of the split bolt and its boot.
3.1 保温块应相互牢固连接，所有间隙和空隙均用打底材料添
满，用扎紧铁丝和固定钩把保温块固紧，然后铺上金属丝
网以保护并裹紧保温块，同样亦用铁丝将其固紧在固定钩
上。敷第二、三层保温时，亦应按其实际外形，切割长度和
宽度并应与内层保温块结合面交错排列。
3.1 The insulation block should be connected firmly and all of
the clearance and space is stuffed with the base material.
Use the iron wire and fixation hook to fix the insulation
block, then put the metal net in order to protect and
enswathe the insulation block, and also fix it on the
fixation hook with the iron wire. When spread the second
and third insulation, the cutting length and width should
be decided by the actual shape and be interleaved with
the inner insulation block’s faying surface.
3.2 在汽缸法兰中分面螺钉处，装上护罩，在其上端用螺钉固
定在汽缸外壁上，然后，按上述类似的方法铺上第三层保
温材料金属丝网等可在护罩上钻小孔以便用铁丝来扎紧保
温块及金属丝网，装设完毕后用保温块和打底层材料添满
护罩与缸体之间的空隙。在汽缸全部保温层表面上均匀地抹
面层材料度约 15mm，抹成光滑的外形，待其干燥后形成
表面抹面层，然后在干燥的抹面层表面涂以厚约 0.8mm 的
黏合剂立即铺上玻璃纤维布，最后再涂一层黏合剂以便将
布全部覆盖。汽缸保温层可拆除和不该拆除的部位其金属丝
网及表面玻璃纤维布，应该分开敷设，不能连成一体，并
在可拆除部位应作出醒目的标记。
3.2 The boot whose upper end is fixed on the outer cylinder of
the casing by the screw is assembled at the split bolt of
the flange. Then put the third insulation material as the
same above mentioned method. A small hole can be
drilled on the boot in order to use the iron wire fasten the
insulation block and metal net. After all of the installment,
the space between the boos and casing body is stuffed by
Page 85 of 629
the insulation block and base material. The surface
material with the thickness of 15mm is pasted with the
smooth shape averagely on all the casing insulation
surface, the surface pasted layer is formed after it is dried,
then the binding agent with the thickness of 0.8mm is
painted on the dried pasted surface and put the glass
cloth immediately, at last another layer of binding agent is
painted to cover all of the cloth. The mental net and
surface glass cloth of the casing insulation demountable
and irremovable part should be laid separately and
marked obviously on the demountable place.
17 复装车衣，车衣组合后连接牢固，各螺栓拧紧。
17 Reassemble the hemming, fix tightly the connection
and screw down each bolt.
2.2.2.3 拆、装汽缸螺栓
2.2.2.3 Dismantle and disassemble the casing bolt
2.2.2.3.1 拆汽缸螺栓的顺序应以防止消除汽缸上下法兰间隙所引起的法兰变
形的张力集中到最后拆卸的少数几个螺栓上为原则，合理的拆卸顺
序，即先从间隙最大的中部螺栓开始，使间隙逐步恢复。高中、低压
缸外缸螺栓拆卸示意图如下：
2.2.2.3.1 The casing bolt dismantlement sequence should take the
principle as preventing and eliminating the flange deformation
tension which is aroused by the space between the upper and
lower casing centers on the few last dismantled bolt. The
reasonable dismantlement sequence should start from the middle
bolt which has the biggest space, then make the space recovered
step by step. The schematic diagram for the dismantlement of the
HP, and LP outer cylinder bolt is show as the following:
图 10 高中压缸螺栓紧拆顺序示意图图 11 低压缸螺栓紧拆顺序示意图
Figure10 HP and IP bolt tight Figure 11 LP bolt tightn dismantlement
dismantlement sequnce sequnce schematic diagram
schematic diagram
2.2.2.3.2 一般使用不锈钢管状电加热器加热螺杆中心孔，使螺杆伸长，当螺
栓加热到预定时间后，用专用板手松螺帽，当螺帽能稍转动就应停
Page 86 of 629
止加热，取出加热管后，将螺帽旋出；
2.2.2.3.2 Generally, we use the electrical heater of the stainless pipe type
to heat the screw center hole, and make the screw to extend.
When the bolt is heated to the predestinated time, the screw cap
is loosened by the spanner. When the screw cap can be moved
slightly, the heating should be stopped, then the heating pipe is
picked out and the screw cap is revolved out.
2.2.2.3.3 在旋松螺帽或加热到予定时间，螺帽与垫圈平面脱空时，如发现螺
帽卡涩或过紧，可用小锤或铜棒在螺帽四周和顶部轻轻敲击，同时，
将螺帽来回转动以防止咬扣；
2.2.2.3.3 When the screw cap is loosened or heated to the preset time and
the screw cap is separated from the washer, if the screw cap is
blocked or over fastened, we can use the small hammer or the
copper stick to hit slightly on the top or around the screw cap, at
the same time, move the screw cap back and forth in order to
prevent the lock joint.
2.2.2.3.4 在松螺栓时，如发现咬扣现象，应停止拆卸，等螺栓温度降至室温，
然后向螺丝内浇入煤油和螺栓松动液，用适当的力矩来回活动研磨
螺帽，同时用大锤击振顶部，必要时，适当加热螺帽，逐渐使螺纹
内的毛刺拉光后，旋出螺帽，当确已无法卸下螺帽时，可由熟练的
气焊工用割把割下螺帽，保存螺杆；
2.2.2.3.4 When loosening the bolt, if there is any lock joint, the
dismantlement should be stopped immediately. When the bolt
temperature decreased to the room temperature, pour the coal oil
or the bolt loosing fluid in the screw, use the suitable torque to
move the screw cap, and impact the head with the big hammer at
the same time. If necessary, heat the screw cap properly, smooth
the burr of the inside of the screw gradually and revolve out the
screw cap. When ensure that the screw cap can’t be dismantled,
the screw cap can be cut by the skilled welder and the screw rod
is reserved.
2.2.2.3.5 汽缸扣盖后，打入销子，按标记放入球面垫圈，旋入螺帽，同拆卸
顺序冷紧汽缸螺栓，冷紧力矩按螺栓名义直径每 1cm 施加
10.8kgm 力矩考虑。
2.2.2.3.5 After covering the casing, imbed the pin, put the sphere washer
according to the mark, revolve the screw cap, and cold fasten the
casing bolt as the sequence of the dismantlement. The cold tight
torque is considered according to the bolt nominal diameter, that
is, exert 10.8kgm torque for each centimeter.
2.2.2.3.6 高中压汽缸螺栓冷紧结合后即可热紧：根据热紧螺帽旋转弧长数值
做好样板，在螺帽上划子记号。
2.2.2.3.6 After the cold tightness of the HP and IP casing bolt, the hot
tightness can be done. The arc length value is accordance with
the hot tightness screw cap, and the mark should be done on it.
2.2.2.3.7 使用加热棒加热螺栓，加热顺序同冷紧顺序，加热时间在 15-30 分
钟，当加热至能用手旋螺帽达热紧弧长的一半时，即可停止加热，
Page 87 of 629
套上管子板至螺帽记号线与汽缸上基准对准为止。
2.2.2.3.7 Use the heating stick to heat the bolt, the heating sequence is as
the same as the cold one. The heating time is in 15-30 minutes,
when heat the handle revolving screw cap to half the length of the
hot fastened arc length, the heating can be stopped, then sheathe
the pipe plate to the marking line of the screw cap and make it
meet the casing upper base.
2.2.2.3.8 各汽缸中分面螺栓需热紧的在热紧前需进行冷紧,冷紧采用力矩扳
手,不得用锤击。
2.2.2.3.8 All of the hot tightness for each casing’s split bolt should be done
before the cold tightness which use the torque spanner without
the hammer.
2.2.2.3.9 中分面螺栓热紧伸长量考核，允许误差±10%，如果用转角法，则
在螺栓就位后，须用螺栓伸长测量装置测定其原始长度，待热紧后
并冷却至室温后,再次测量螺栓，以求出伸长量，考核其伸长量是
否达到要求，如超差，需再次加热，调整转角进行修正。
2.2.2.3.9 The evaluation of the split bolt hot tight extension allows the error
as ±10%. If use the intersection angle method, when the bolt is in
its position, the original length should be measured by the bolt
extension measure equipment, and the remeasurement of the
bolt should be done when then hot tightness decreased to the
room temperature in order to get the extension value, evaluate
whether the extension value meet the requirement, if not, the
reheating should be done and the intersection angle should be
regulated to calibrate.
表 5 高压外缸螺栓热紧伸长量
Table 5 HP out cylinder bolt hot tightness extension value
螺栓长
热紧前冷紧力参考转角
螺栓规格度伸长量
数量矩（N.M）（°）
（mm （mm）
Bolt
） quantit Cold tightness Reference
specificatio Extensio
y torque before intersectio
n Bolt n value
hot tightness n angle
length
M ×
M ×
M ×
M ×
M ×
M ×
Page 88 of 629
螺栓长
热紧前冷紧力参考转角
螺栓规格度伸长量
数量矩（N.M）（°）
（mm （mm）
Bolt
） quantit Cold tightness Reference
specificatio Extensio
y torque before intersectio
n Bolt n value
hot tightness n angle
length
M ×
M ×
M ×
M ×
2.2.2.3.10 螺帽全部热紧后，装复螺帽护盖。
2.2.2.3.10 After all the hot tightness of the bolt, the screw cap boot is
reassembled.
注：汽缸涂料配方
Remark: casing paint prescription
1 高中压内缸涂料配方：铁粉（Fe3O4）30%，红丹粉 20%，二
硫化钼粉 50%，用精炼亚麻仁油调合适度（较为稀度为佳）。
1 HP, and IP inner cylinders paint prescription: ion powder
(Fe3O4) 30%, red lead 20%, and molybdenum disulfide
powder 50%, use the refined linseed oil to mix to the suitable
degree (the comparable dilution is the best)
2 低压内外缸和高中压外缸涂料配方：鳞状墨铅粉 40%、氧化镁
20%、红丹粉 40%。用酚醛清漆调和适度，也可使用专用汽缸涂
料（罐装 MF—2 型密封胶）。
2. LP inner-outer cylinder and HP and IP outer cylinders paint
prescription: scaly ink lead powder 40%, magnesium oxide
20%, and red lead 40%.use the phenolic resin varnish to mix
to the suitable degree and also use the special casing
paint(tinned MF—2 seal gum)
2.2.3 汽轮机转子检修
2.2.3 Turbine rotor maintenance
2.2.3.1 转子结构概述
2.2.3.1 The general description of the rotor structure
汽轮机转子由高压转子、中压转子、低压转子组成，通过刚性联轴器联
接。各转子各自支撑在 2 个轴承上，整个轴系通过位于#2 轴承座内的推
力轴承轴向定位，整根汽轮发电机转子以推力盘为死点，分别向前、后
膨胀。各转子制造后须进行高速动平衡及超速试验。高速动平衡和超速
试验均在制造厂专门的高速动平衡机上进行。若在电厂现场调换转子零
件或其它原因而可能造成不平衡时，均可直接在电厂现场进行平衡。
Page 89 of 629
Turbine rotor is made up of HP rotor, IP rotor, and LP rotor, which is
connected by the rigid coupling. Each rotor is supported on two
pieces of bearing separately. All of the shaft system is positioned in
the axial direction by the thrust bearing on the NO.2 bearing pedestal,
and the whole turbine-generator rotor expands with the thrust disc as
its dead point to the forth and back. After the manufacture of each
rotor, the high speed dynamic balance test and over speed test is
done in the manufacture’s special high speed dynamic balance
machine. If the unbalance is caused by the component transposition
at the site of the power plant or any other reason, we can regulate the
balance at the site directly.
2.2.3.1.1 高压转子
2.2.3.1.1 HP rotor
高压转子系低合金钢整锻转子，在高温下有较高的强度。在转子的
两端轮盘面上各设有一道平衡槽，用于加装配重块来补偿转子的不
平衡量。
The HP rotor is the low alloy steel integral rotor, it has the high
intensity under the high temperature. There is a patch of balance
groove at each side of the two disks’ surface, which is used to
add the clump weight in order to compensate the unbalance
amount.
高压转子的单列调节级和 10 级压力级叶片均设计为三叉型叶根，
该种型式叶根密封性能好。轮盘间的转子外圆有一系列高低齿槽，
以供装隔板汽封。各级动叶片用铆接围带连接成组，在围带处均装
有径向汽封，在转子两端有成组高低槽用于安装汽封，以防各级间
漏汽及蒸汽的外泄。
The HP rotor’s single row governing stage and 10 pressure
stages blades is designed as the trident blade root which has the
good tightness. The outer circle of the rotor in the disc has a
series of stage teeth grooves to assemble the diaphragm steam
steal. The moving blade of each stage is connected as a group by
the rivet band which is installed with the axial seal steam. There is
the blocking stage teeth grooves at the two ends of the rotor in
order to assemble the seal steam so as to prevent the leakage at
different level of the stage and the escapement of the steam.
(A)高压转子 (A) HP rotor
(B)中压转子 (B) IP rotor
(C)中间垫片 (C) immediate bush
(D)螺栓 (D) bolt
(E)螺母 (E) nut
(F)滑动锥形套筒 (F) sliding conical

sleeve
(G)挡板
(G) damper
(H)标识孔
(H) indication hole
(K)轴销
(K) axle pin
(L)螺钉
(L) bolt
Page 90 of 629
图 12 高-中、中-低联轴器型式
Figure 12 HP-IP and IP-LP coupling type
转子前端连接转子延伸轴，其上装有主油泵轮并与危急遮断器小轴
相连。转子后端与中压转子刚性连接（如上图）。联轴器传递扭矩、
轴向推力、横向剪切负荷与弯矩。两转子之间配有垫片，借助于改变
垫片厚度，可调整各转子的相对位置，以保证所需的动静间隙。为
拆去垫片，转子必须作轴向移动，使相邻转子之间两半联轴器分离，
直至脱开定位凸缘，为此在两半联轴器中设有顶开螺栓孔。两个半
联轴器之间的精确对中和正确的装配方法极其重要。转子就位前，
需用平板检查半联轴器平面。如果发现有任何擦伤和毛刺，都应该
将它修刮掉，但不得用锉刀来锉平，检查所有螺栓孔、刮面等，同
时除去可能发现的任何毛刺。在正确对中后，应该洗净联轴器所有
零件及配合螺钉孔。装上垫片，移动其中 1 根转子来使两个半联轴
器端部联在一起。禁止用螺钉将它们拉在一起。装上螺钉并用常规方
法逐步紧固。
The front-end of the rotor connects to the rotor outrigger shaft
which is installed with the main oil impeller and connected to the
emergency breaker. The back-end of the rotor is rigid connected
with the IP rotor. The coupling conveys the torque, axial thrust,
lateral shear load and flexural torque. There is the bush between
the two rotors, which is used to change the thickness of the bush,
regulate the relative position of each rotor and maintain the
needed dynamic and static space. In order to dismantle the bush,
the rotor must do the axial movement so as to separate the two
half coupling between the adjacent rotor until it comes away the
orientation flinch. For this purpose, there is the jacking bolt hole
between the two half coupling. The accuracy between the two half
coupling is very important to the neutralize the right installation
method. Before the rotor is in position, the half coupling plane is
inspected by the plate. If there is any bruise or burr, it should be
scraped, but without using the file, all of the bolt hole and
scudding is examined and any possible discovered burr is
eliminated at the same time. After the correct alignment, all of the
component and cooperated bolt hole of the coupling should be
cleaned. Then the bush is installed, and one of the rotor is moved
in order to connect the end of the two half coupling. The use of
bolt to draw them tighter is forbidden. At last the bolt is installed
and the general method is used to fasten it gradually.
高压转子为单一、顺流结构，这种较调节级反流的布置减小了流动
损失，提高了内效率。
The HP rotor has the single sequence structure, compared with
the governing stage back flow layout, this one can decrease the
current loss and advance the inner efficiency
2.2.3.1.2 中压转子
2.2.3.1.2 IP Rotor
中压转子系低合金钢整锻转子，在高温下有较高的强度。在第一级
叶轮轮盘正面，四、八级叶轮轮盘反面设有一道平衡槽，第十二级
叶轮轮盘反面设有两道平衡槽，用加装配重块的方法来补偿转子的
Page 91 of 629
不平衡。12 级压力级叶片均设计为三叉型叶根，围带引导蒸汽沿着
叶轮外周流动，减少叶片振动应力, 调整叶片频率在允许范围内，
它与隔板组成径向汽封，以减少蒸汽泄漏。
The IP rotor is the low alloy steel integral rotor, it has the high
intensity under the high temperature. There is a patch of balance
groove at the face of the first stage impeller’s disc and the inverse
of the forth and eighth stage impeller’s disc and two patches of
balance grooves at the inverse of the 12 stage impeller’s disc,
which is used to add the assemble weight in order to compensate
the unbalance amount. The 12 stage pressure stage blade is
designed as the trident blade root. The band leads the steam to
flow around the outer circle of the impeller in order to decrease
the blade vibration stress and regulate the blade frequency in the
allowed range, it makes up of the seal steam together with the
diaphragm so as to decrease the steam leakage.
中压转子与高、低压转子均为刚性连接，联轴器型式不变。
The IP rotor, HP and LP rotor are rigid connection, and the type of
the coupling is still the same one.
2.2.3.1.3 低压转子
2.2.3.1.3 LP Rotor
低压转子系低合金钢整锻转子，设置为双流 5 级对称结构，保证了
通流部分的推力平衡。在对称末级轮缘上加工有一道平衡槽，用来
安装配重块。低压转子两端均设有刚性联轴器（如下图），它们与
转子制成一体，分别与中压转子、发电机转子刚性联接。低压转子与
发电机两联轴器间装有盘车大齿轮，该齿轮同时作为联轴器垫片，
可调整低压转子与发电机转子的相对位置，以保证所需的动静间隙。
各联轴器和垫片的端面加工成可相互配准的定位凸缘，如要把联轴
器分开，就必须用顶开螺钉使转子沿轴向移动。
LP rotor is the low alloy steel integral rotor, which has the double
flow five stages symmetric structure to ensure the thrust balance
of the flow part. At the end of the symmetric last stage rim, there
is a patch of balance groove used to install the clump weight. At
each end of the LP rotor there is the rigid coupling (shown as the
following Figure), which is integrated with the rotor, and rigid
connected separately with the IP rotor and generator rotor. The
turning gear big wheel is installed between the two coupling of the
LP rotor and generator. At the same time, this wheel works as the
coupling bush and can regulate the relative position of the LP
rotor and generator rotor so as to maintain the needed dynamic
and static space. The end face of each coupling and bush is
manufactured into the orientation lip which can register with each
other. If the coupling is separated, the rotor must be moved in
axial by the jacking bolt.
转子在轴承座就位前，需用平板检查各联轴器端，其检查内容和工
艺要求祥见高压转子联轴器有关内容。清洗所有联轴器并匹配好各
螺钉孔，当各转子和盘车大齿轮吊装就位时，要确保正确对准整个
部套的各匹配记号。安装时根据“轴系找中图”之要求，移动转子，
使各半联轴器连在一起，禁止用螺钉将它们拉在一起，同时确认正
Page 92 of 629
确安装且各螺栓打印标记均应朝向联轴器的调阀端一侧。
Before the rotor is positioned on the bearing pedestal, each
coupling’s end should be check by flat plate, and its checking
content and process are described in the HP coupling’s relevant
content. Clean all the coupling and match each bolt hole, when
each rotor and turning gear gearwheel are elevated in position,
make sure that all of the component is matched to its
correspondent mark. During the installation, in order to meet the
requirement of the shaft system alignment drawing, the rotor is
moved to connect with each half coupling, the use of bolt to draw
them is forbidden, meanwhile, ensure the correct installment and
each bolt’s franking should face a side of the coupling’s governing
valve end.
A LP rotor
A 低压转子 B Generator rotor
B 发电机转子 D Special made bolt
D 特制螺栓 E Special made nut
E 特制螺母 F bolt extention use
F 伸长螺栓用锥形孔 taper hole G baffle
G 堵板 H Recgonize hole
H 识别孔 I bolt
I 螺栓
图 13 低-发联轴器型式
Figure 13 LP rotor—generator coupling type
各级之间装有隔板汽封，隔板上装有静叶。为减小由于蒸汽泄漏而
降低效率，在隔板内、外环上装有汽封装置。隔板通过一系列键定位
于内缸中，保证在三个方向上发生热膨胀时，隔板中心与转子中心
保持一致。在低压转子末级轮盘的外侧有凸肩，用做转子端部位移
行程计的测量平面，在机组初始启动或大修后，供确定低压转子和
汽缸的相对位移之用。
The diaphragm seal steam is installed among each stage, and the
static blade is on the diaphragm. In order to minimize the
efficiency decrease aroused by the steam leakage, the seal
steam is installed on the inner and outer ring of the diaphragm.
The diaphragm is positioned in the inner cylinder by a series of
keys, so that the diaphragm center can consist with the rotor
center when there is the expansion in three directions. The
beading is at the outer side of the LP rotor last stage’s disc, which
is used as the measuring plane of the rotor end displacement
stoke counter. When the unit is originally started or finished its
overhaul, the beading is used to confirm the relative displacement
of the LP rotor and casing.
正反向第一、二、三级叶片系自带围带三叉型叶根，正反向第四级叶
片系枞树形叶根，正反向第五级叶片系带鳍片的叶片。
Page 93 of 629
The forward and reverse first, second and third stage blades are
the self-contained band trident blade root, the forward and
reverse forth stage is the fir tree blade root and the forward and
reverse fifth stage blade is the fin blade.
2.2.3.2 工艺方法、质量标准、注意事项
2.2.3.2 Process method, quality standard and Precaution
2.2.3.2.1 轴颈扬度测量
2,2,3,2,1 Journal lift measurement
下列情况下应测量轴颈的扬度，通过转子扬度的测量，校验与安装
记录是否相等，并记录机组的下沉情况，为转子找中心作参考。
For the following situation, the journal lift value should be
measured, and take the journal lift value, calibration and
installation record, and the recorded unit sinking situation as the
reference for the rotor alignment.
1 修前、拆卸联轴器螺栓前及后的轴颈扬度；
1 The journal lift before the maintenance, and before and
afterthe dismantlement of the coupling bolt.
2 推拉垫片抽出清理前及后的轴颈扬度；
2 The journal lift before and after the clean of the push-and-pull
bush
3 修后、紧联轴器螺栓前及后的轴颈扬度；
3 The journal lift after the maintenance and before and after the
tightness of the coupling bolt.
1 施工工序
1 Procedure
1.1 将需测量的轴颈表面擦拭干净，将合像水平仪放置在轴颈
中央，使调整水平仪的横向水泡稳定在中间位置。
1.1 Clean the surface of the journal, put the combined
diagram level at the center of the journal and make the
level’s landscape bleb stable at the center position.
1.2 调整水平仪的刻度盘使纵向水泡稳定在中间位置，并记录
刻度盘上的读数。
1.2 Regulate the combine level’s dial, make the portrait bleb
stable at the center position and record the number on the
dial.
1.3 将水平仪掉转 180°方向，放于原来的位置上，以同样的方
法测量记录第二次读数。这时水泡偏移的方向即为轴颈扬起
方向。
1.3 Turn the level to the 180° direction, put it to the original
position and use the same method to record the second
Page 94 of 629
number, at this time the bubble’s direction is the journal
lift’s direction.
1.4 依次方法测量其它各轴颈之扬度。见图 9。
a
b
1.4 Use the same method to measure the other journal lift.
Shown in Figure9.
图 14 扬度测量
Figure 14 Measurement of lift
2 技术要求及质量标准
2 Technology requirement and quality standard
2.1 测量前应将转子盘动在第一飞环或第二飞环向上的固定位
置上。
2.1 Before the measurement, the rotor should be turned to
the fixed position of the first or second flying ring.
2.2 使用水平仪前应将水平仪擦拭干净，放置平稳。
2.2 Before the usage of the level, it should be cleaned and
put stably.
2.3 测量计算方法：若两次测量相反，数值大的为扬起方向，
扬度取其代数差的 1/2，即：两次读数之差的二分之一
为轴颈扬度数值。即（a-b）/2 格。
2.3 Measuring calculation method: if the two measurement
has the opposite direction, the big value is the lift
direction, the lift value is the half of the two value’s
difference, that is, (a-b)/2.
两次测量方向相同时，扬度取其代数和的 1/2，扬起方向用
箭头表示。
If the two measurements have the same direction, the lift
value is 1/2 of algebraic sum; the lift direction is
represented as the arrowhead
如果水平仪读数两次相等，但刻度指示相反时水平仪准确。
If the level reads the same value twice but the scale
indication is in reverse, the level is the accurate one.
Page 95 of 629
2.2.3.2.2 测量转子晃动度、弯曲度
2.2.3.2.2 The measurement of the rotor’s shaking degree and bending
degree
1 将被测表面打磨光洁;
1 Polish the intended measured surface
2 将被测部位的圆周八等分，用粉笔逆转向编上序号（第一点应
设永久记号）。
2 Eight dissect the circumference of the measured position, use
the chalk to number it in the reverse direction. (the first one
should be numbered permanently)
3 顺转向（逆时针）盘动转子，记录各点读数，最后回到位置
“1”，其读数应与起始时读数相符，否则应查明原因重新测量，
最大值与最小值之差即晃动度。同直径两端读数差值的一半，
即为该截面上的弯曲度，其中最大值，即为最大弯曲度。
3 Turn the rotor in the clockwise direction, record each reading
and return to the position “1” finally. Its reading should be the
same as the original reading, otherwise, the reason should be
check and the remeasurement should be done, the shaking
degree is the difference value between the maximum and the
minimum. The bending of the section is the half value of the
same diameter’s two end reading, the maximum one is the
maximum bending.
4 高中、低压转子晃动度标准。
4 HP, IP and LP rotor shaking degree standard
图 15 高压转子延伸轴测量示意图
Figure 15 HP rotor extension shaft measurement schematic diagram
e：高中、低压转晃动值标准：≯0.06㎜弯曲标准：≯0.03㎜
e: HP,IP,LP ROTOR shaking degree standard ： ≯ 0.06 ㎜ bending
standard：≯0.03㎜
f：高中压转子延伸轴晃动标准：≯0.05㎜
Page 96 of 629
f: HP and IP rotor extension shaft shaking standard：≯0.05㎜
测量中的注意事项：
The Precautions in the measurement:
1 检查量具的精确度不得低于 0.01mm；
1 The accuracy of the measuring apparatus should be not less than
0.01mm
2 测量位置准确；
2 The measuring position is exact.
3 测量时轴颈应清理干净。
3 The journal should be cleaned in the measurement.
2.2.3.2.3 轴颈不柱度、椭圆度的测量
2.2.3.2.3 The measurement for the journal’s taper and ovality
1 测量锥度的方法：用外径千分尺测量，在轴颈同一纵断面内测
得的最大值与最小值之差为锥度，其标准要求不大于
0.02mm.。
1 The measurement for the taper: use the outerside micrometer
to do the measurement, the taper is the difference value
between the maximum and minimum of the journal’s same
vertical section, its standard should not more than 0.02mm.
2 椭圆度的测量方法：一种是在轴承座水平结合面上固定一只百
分表，使其压在轴颈上部，对好“0”位，缓慢盘动转子一圈，
百分表指示的最大跳动数即为该轴颈的最大椭圆度，其标准要
求不大于 0.02mm.。另一种测量方法是用外径千分尺在同一横
断面内测得的最大值与最小值之差即轴颈的椭圆度。
2 The measurement for the ovality: one of the method is to fix
one dial indicator on the horizontal connecting surface of the
bearing pedestal, and make it press on the journal, bring it to
the “0” position, and turn the rotor slowly to a circle. The
maximum jumping value of the dial indicator is the maximum
ovality of the journal; its standard should be not more than
0.02mm. The other method is to use the outerside micrometer
to measure the difference value between the maximum and
minimum of the same transect, this value is the ovality.
2.2.3.2.4 推力盘、联轴器、转轮端面瓢偏度测量
2.2.3.2.4 The measurement of the thrust disc, coupling and the
rotating wheel end face’s skewness
1 装好转子临时限位装置，适当限制转子轴向串动。将被测部位
的圆周八等分，用粉笔逆转向编上序号，第一点的位置应有一
固定记号。
1 Install the rotor temporary limiting device and limit properly
the axial movement of the rotor. Eight dissect the
Page 97 of 629
circumference of the measured position and number it with
the chalk in the reverse direction, the position of the first point
should have the fixed mark.
2 在距边缘相同距离的端面上对称转子同心固定两只百分表，把
表的测量杆对准记号“1”和“5”点，并与盘面垂直调整好表面
指针。
2 Fix two dial indicators at the symmetric rotor concentricity
which has the same distance to the brim, make the measuring
rod to the marked “1”and “5” point, and regulate the surface
needle to erect the disc surface.
3 顺转向盘动转子，使百分表依次对准各点并记录两百分表的读
数，最后使表回到“1”、“5”位置（测量过程中转子不可逆向盘
动）。
3 Turn the rotor in the clockwise direction, make the dial
indicator match each point sequence, record the two dial
indicator’s reading and make the indicator back to the “1”
and“5” position(the rotor can not be turned in the reverse
direction during the measurement).
4 计算推力盘瓢偏值，先算出两只百分表同一位置读数的平均值，
然后求出同一直径上两数之差，即为推力盘在该直径上瓢偏度
的绝对值，其中最大值为推力盘的最大瓢偏值。
4 Calculate the skewness of the thrust disc, first count the
average value the two dial indicator’s same place, then count
the difference at the same diameter, this is this diameter’
absolute value at the thrust disc, and the maximum one is the
maximum thrust disc skewness value.
表 6 平面瓢偏度测量记录表
Table 6 plane skewness measuring record
Ⅰ表
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
读 Table Ⅰ
数 Ⅱ表
reading Table 1’ 2’ 3’ 4’ 5’ 6’ 7’ 8’
Ⅱ
计算平
均
(1+1’)/ (2+2’)/ (3+3’)/ (4+4’)/ (5+5’ (6+6’ (7+7’ (8+8’
Calculat 2 2 2 2 )/2 )/2 )/2 )/2
e the
average
Page 98 of 629
Ⅰ表
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
读 Table Ⅰ
数 Ⅱ表
reading Table 1’ 2’ 3’ 4’ 5’ 6’ 7’ 8’
Ⅱ
平均值
Average a b c d e f g h
value
瓢偏值
Skewne a-e b-f c-g d-h
ss value
5 测量中的注意事项和质量标准
5 The Precautions and quality standard in the measurement
5.1 检查量具的精确度不得低于 0.01mm；
5.1 The precision of the measuring apparatus should be not
less than 0.001mm.
5.2 测量位置准确，松紧程度一样；
5.2 The measuring position is accurate and the tightness is
the same.
5.3 测量时轴颈应清理干净。
5.3 The journal is clean in the measurement.
5.4 盘转子时应防止#2 下瓦随转子翻出。
5.4 When turn the rotor, the evagination of the NO.2 subdrain
should be prevented.
5.5 装设百分表时表杆相距推力盘边缘应有 10mm 距离，并使
表杆与推力盘端面尽可能垂直。
5.5 When install the dial indicator, there should be 10mm of
the indicator bar phase distance thrust disc’s brim, and
the indicator bar should erect with the thrust disc at the
bigges degree.
Page 99 of 629
图 16 转子瓢偏的测量
Figure 16 rotor skewness measurement
5.6 推力盘端面应光滑无毛刺，百分表应装设牢固，表指针准
确。
5.6 The thrust disc should be smooth and has no burr, the dial
indicator should be fixed and the indicator pointer is
accurate.
5.7 计算推力盘瓢偏值，最大不得超过 0.02mm。
5.7 Calculate the thrust disc skewness value and the
maximum should be not more than 0.002mm.
5.8 靠背轮最大允许瓢偏值为 0.03mm。
5.8 The coupling’s maximum skewness value is 0.03mm.
5.9 叶轮（整锻的）允许瓢偏值为 0.03mm。
5.9 The impeller(integral-forged) permitted skewness value is
0.03mm.
2.2.3.2.5 汽轮机转子串轴测量
2.2.3.2.5 Turbine rotor position measurement
1 施工工序
1 Construction procedure
1.1 将推力瓦组合，盖上推力轴承的内盖，打入内销，拧紧水
平中分面螺栓，并装好#1 瓦。
1.1 Combination the thrust bush, cover the inner thrust
bearing cap into the inner pin, screw on the bolts, and
install the # 1 bush.
1.2 将一磁性百分表架固定在推力轴承外壳上，装上百分表使
表杆支持在推力瓦球枕上且与轴平行，以测量瓦枕的轴向
移动量。
1.2 Fix a magnetic dial indicator frame to the thrust bearing
housing, install the dial indicator with its rod supported on
thrust bush ball and in parallel with the shaft, to measure
the axial movement amount of bush.
Page 100 of 629

1.3 将另一磁性百分表架固定在轴承座结合面上，装上百分表
使表杆支持在转子的某一平面上并与轴平行。
1.3 Fix another magnetic dial indicator with bearing pedestal
joint surface, installed it to make the rod supported on the
face of the rotor and parallel with the shaft
1.4 用千斤顶将转子来回推向前后极限位置，读出百分表的最
大、最小指示值。
1.4 Use jack to push the rotor to and fro to front and rear limit
location; read the dial indicator of the maximum and
minimum values of the instructions.
1.5 转子百分表的差值，便是总窜动量，此窜动量减去
瓦枕移动量，即为推力间隙。。
1.5 The difference value of rotor dial indicator is the amount
of the total axial displacement, which minus the amount of
movement bush, namely, thrust clearance. .
1.6 本机推力间隙标准值为：0.25～0.38㎜。本机推力间隙的测
量也可用移动推力轴承外壳的方法获得。
1.6 Thrust clearance standard value of this machine: 0.25 ~
0.38 mm. The clearance of this machine can also
measured by moving thrust bearing shell.
2 Technical requirements and quality standards
2.1 盘转子时应防止相邻支持轴承下瓦随转子翻出。
2.1 During turning rotor, prevent the adjacent support bearing
lower bush from pulling out with rotor.
2.2 推力瓦块的组装应按编号组合，并应清理干净。推力瓦清理
后，应在组装时浇入少许透平油。
2.2 The thrust bush assembly of bush should be combined in
number, and should clean up. After that, it should be
poured into a little turbine oil during the assembly.
2.3 百分表应装设牢靠、平稳，表针准确。
2.3 The dial indicator should be installed in solid, smooth,
hands and accurate.
2.4 推力间隙应在 0.25-0.38mm 范围内，否则应查明原因并作
适当的调整。
2.4 Thrust clearances should be in 0.25-0.38mm range,
otherwise, identify causes and make appropriate
adjustments.
2.2.3.2.6 动静叶间的间隙测量
2.2.3.2.6 The gap measurement between dynamic and static blades
Page 101 of 629

测量动静间隙的目的主要是监视蒸汽入口侧最小间隙，不得低于原
设计值，以监视隔板是否蠕变或固定阻汽片（叶顶汽封）幅向间隙
过小，启动后发生动静摩擦，间隙过大则会影响机组效率。
The main purpose of dynamic and static measurement of the gap
is to monitor the minimum clearance at the steam inlet side which
shall not be less than the original design value, to monitor
whether diaphragm creeps or amplitude clearance of fixed
diaphragm steam film resistance (blade tip steam seal) is too
small, which will cause static and dynamic friction after start. If
clearance is too large, it will affect the unit efficiency.
1 测量要求
1 Measurement requirements
1.1 将转子的零位向上(#1 飞锤向上)；
1.1 Make the zero position of rotor upward (# 1 Fly upward);
1.2 将转子推向工作面；
1.2 Make the rotor into the working face;
1.3 用塞尺、楔形塞尺测量动叶叶根和叶顶的轴向间隙。在测量
时，用的塞尺片数不可太多，一般不超过三片，如使用楔
形塞尺，不可用力过大，以免造成测量误差，测量的数值
应以最小点为准。叶轮与隔板的轴向间隙，应在新装机组的
第一次大修时，或有关部件更新后作原始记录，并在测量
的位置做好记号以备复查校核。测量时的叶轮、叶片与隔板
的轴向间隙应按叶轮的瓢偏度和隔板的汽缸内的垂直度及
其位置偏差至最小值，当测得数据同原始数据偏差过大时
应进一步校对并检查原因，必要时做相应的处理。
1.3 Use the plug-foot, wedge-shaped plug tape to measure
the axial clearance of dynamic blade roots and the blade
top. In the measurement, the pieces of plug foot stick
should be not too much, generally not more than three
pieces; if it is the use of wedge-shaped plug-foot, non-
excessive force in order to avoid measurement error,
measurement values shall be subject to the minimum
point. The axial clearance between impeller and the
diaphragm should be recorded during the first overhaul
for the newly installed unit or the relevant parts are
reinstalled, and make a clear record in measuring point to
prepare for recheck. In measurement, the axial clearance
of the impeller, blades and the diaphragm should be the
impeller skewness degree, diaphragm vertical degree and
its position deviation to the minimum value. When the
deviation between the measured data and the original
data is too large, they should further proofread and check
the reason, if necessary, make appropriate treatment.
1.4 测量完毕后，顺时针将转子转动 90°，再对以上测量工作测
量一遍（以上工作是在解体和复装阶段各测一次并作完整
的记录）。
Page 102 of 629

1.4 After measurement has been completed, rotate the rotor
clockwise 90°, and then measured again the above-
mentioned survey (the above measurement should be
done twice in the stages of disintegration and re-installed
and make a complete test record).
2 施工工序
2 Construction Process
2.1 测量前将楔形塞尺上的指示滑尺拉向后面适当位置。
2.1 Before measuring, put the indication slide rule of wedge-
shaped feeler gaugeto the proper position.
2.2 将楔形塞尺的尖端塞入转子的测量部位。
2.2 Put the tip of the stick to the measurement position of
rotor
2.3 再将滑尺推至楔形塞尺前端与汽缸结合面位置，或与静叶
端面处位置。
2.3 And then push the slider to the joint face location between
wedge-shaped plug-foot front-end and the cylinder, or
locations of the static blade end face
2.4 用手固定好滑尺，慢慢取出塞尺。
2.4 Fixed the slide rule by hand, and slowly remove the feeler
gauge.
2.5 用外径千分尺测量楔形塞尺滑尺尖端所指部位的厚度，并
作好记录。
2.5 Measure the thickness of the pointed position by the
wedge-shaped feeler slide rule with micrometer diameter
and make the record.
2.6 动、静叶间隙测量位置如图 3、图 4 所示，标准如表 5 所示。
2.6 Dynamic and static blades clearance measuring position
is shown in Figure 3, Figure 4 shows, the standard as
shown in table 5.
表 7 动、静叶间隙测量标准单位：mm
Table 7 Dynamic and static blades clearance measurement standard
unit: mm
级数
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Stage
A ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ±
B ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ±
Page 103 of 629

B
图 18 2-11 级通汽间隙测量位置
图 17 第 1 级(单列速度级)通汽间隙测量位置 Diagram 18
Diagram 17 Stage 1 (single-row speed stage) 2-11 stages steam pass clearance
steam pass clearance measurement location measurement location
3 Technical requirements and quality standards
3.1 测量前先将转子推向后侧，使其和推力瓦工作瓦块靠紧，
并使第一飞环位置向上，进行第一次测量。
3.1 Before measurement, first push the rotor to the rear side
to make it close to the working thrust bush closely, and
make the first fly ring upward, finally do the first
measurement.
3.2 再按转子转动方向将转子旋转 90℃位置进行第二次测量。
3.2 And then turn the rotor by 90 ℃ in the rotation direction
for the second measurement.
3.3 测量时，楔形塞尺插入测量部位不得用力过大。
3.3 During measurement, insert a wedge-shaped feeler
gauget for measurement shall be of no excessive force.
3.4 被测部位不得有凸凹不平或毛刺。
3.4 There shall be no uneven or glitches in the measured
point.
3.5 在测量时，如个别数值变化较大时应查找原因。
3.5 In the measurement, if some value changes too much,
find the causes.
3.6 低压转子的测量：其转子位置与高压转子相同，分别在 90°
和 180 °位置测量。
3.6 The measurement for low-pressure rotor: the rotor
position is the same as high-pressure rotor, respectively,
measuring in the 90 ° and 180 ° position.
Page 104 of 629

2.2.3.2.7 汽轮机转子找中心
2.2.3.2.7 Alignment of turbine rotor
1 施工工序
1 construction procedure
1.1 将高、低压转子按组装标记对好，并在靠背轮螺孔内穿入两
只找中心用的专用销子（两只销子 180°对称穿入）。
1.1 Align the high and low pressure rotors according to the
assembly mark, and insert two special pins into the
coupling screw(insert the 2 pins by 180 ° symmetrically).
1.2 将找中心用的专用百分表架安装在相距 180°的高压转
子螺孔端。并装上百分表，使两只平面百分表的表针垂直指
向低压转子靠背轮的端面，使圆周百分表的表针垂直指向
低压转子靠背轮的圆周。
1.2 Install the special dial indicator frame in screw terminal of
the high-pressure rotor by 180 °and install a dial indicator.
Make the two pointers to the terminal surface of low
pressure rotor coupling and make the round indicator
pointer to the circle of low pressure rotor coupling.
1.3 将钢丝绳按转子转动方向盘绕在低压转子靠背轮的圆
周上，并使绳头一端固定在专用销子上，一端挂在行车的
小钩上。
1.3 Wind the steel rope to the circle of low pressure rotor
coupling according to the rotor rotation direction, with one
end fixed on a dedicated pin and another hanging on a
small hook of the traveling crane.
1.4 校对好百分表，按转子转动方向盘动转子，分别在 0°；
90°；180°；270°位置测量读数，并作记录。当转子回到 0°
位置时百分表指针应回到校对表针时的读数。否则，应查找
原因并重新测量。
1.4 After calibrated dial indicator, turn the rotor in the rotation
direction, respectively, in the 0 °; 90 °; 180 °; 270 °
position measure and make the record. When the rotor
back to 0 ° position, dial indicator pointer should return to
the same indication as the calibration indication,
otherwise, find the causes and measure again.
1.5 根据测量数值分别计算其圆周之差及端面之差。
1.5 In accordance with the respective measured values to
calculate the difference between the circumference and
the end face of the poor.
1.6 低压转子与发电机转子找中心测量方法相同。
1.6 The alignment of low-pressure rotor and generator rotor is
the same as it.
Page 105 of 629

2 technical requirements and quality standards
2.1 表架及百分表的装设应牢固，端面百分表的装设应垂直靠
背轮端面，圆周百分表的装设应尽可能与轴的中心线相垂
直。
2.1 the installation of frame and dial indicator should be fixed
tightly; the installation of end face indicator should be
vertical to the coupling end face; the installation of circle
indicator should be vertical to the central line of shaft
possibly.
2.2 行车盘动转子时，应缓慢进行。防止绳头滑脱伤人或损坏表
计。
2.2 Slowly turn the rotor by traveling crane to prevent the rope
sliding to injure personnel or meter.
2.3 在百分表读数时，应稍松行车小钩，放松钢丝绳，使转子
处于自由状态。
2.3 When read the indicator, slightly loose small hook of crane
and relax steel rope to make the rotor in a free state.
2.4 找中心时，应测量两次。并应对照测量数据，要求基本一致
2.4 During alignment, we should measure it twice and
compare with the measured data with the same
requirement.
2.5 靠背轮找中心应符合下列标准。否则应予以调整。
2.5 The alignment of coupling should accord with the
following standards, otherwise we should adjust it:
端面差：0.08mm
End difference: 0.08mm
圆周差：0.10mm
Circumference difference: 0.10mm
3 对轮找中心的调整
3 Adjustment during alignment of coupling
3.1 百分表读数记录及其计算，如下图记录：
Page 106 of 629

3.1 Dial indicator reading record and the calculation is shown
as the following diagram record:
其中：B1=（B1′+B3″）/2 B2=（B2′+B4″）/2
where: B1 = (B1 '+ B3 ") / 2 B2 = (B2' + B4") / 2
B3=（B3′+B1″）/2 B4=（B4′+B2″）/2
端面：b=B1-B3，为上下张口。
End face: b = B1-B3, as the upper and lower mouth
opening.
b′=B2-B4，为左右张口。
b '= B2-B4, as left and right mouth opening.
圆周：a=（A1-A3）/2，为高低位移，即靠背轮在垂直方
向的中心偏量。
Circle: a = (A1-A3) / 2, as high and low displacement, that
is, the center deviation in vertical direction of coupling
a′=（A2-A4）/2，为左右位移，即靠背轮在水平方向的中
心偏量。
a '= (A2-A4) / 2, as left and right displacement, that is, the
center deviation in horizontal direction of coupling
3.2 中心不合适时的调整
3.2 Adjustment if the center is not proper
调整计算量如下：
Adjustment calculation is as follows:
δA=LA×(ΔX/Ф)+ ΔY
ΔB=LB×(ΔX/Ф)+ ΔY
其中：ΔX 即为上下张口 b；ΔY 即为圆周高低位移 a；
Page 107 of 629

Where: ΔX namely, the upper and lower mouth opening b;
ΔY is the high and low displacement a of circle;
LA 、LB 为靠背轮到轴瓦的距离；Ф 为靠背轮直径
LA, LB is the distance between coupling and bearing
bush; Ф for the coupling diameter
3.3 调整轴瓦的方法
3.3 The method of adjusting bush
本机组轴瓦都带有调整垫块，可采用改变下半轴瓦上的垫
块的垫片厚度来移动轴瓦。由于两侧垫铁的中心线与轴瓦垂
直中心线的夹角为 θ，致使垫片厚度的调整值与要求的轴
瓦移动量不等，两者关系由图所示。（轴瓦垫铁调整示意
图）
The bearing bush of this unit has spacer, so the gasket
thickness of lower bearing bush can be changed to move
bearing bush. Since the angle between both sides of the
center line and bearing bush vertical center line is θ,
resulting gasket thickness adjusting value is different from
the required bearing bush movement amount. The
relationship between the two is shown as the drawings.
(Adjustment diagrams)
3.3.1 垂直方向移动 V 时,下部垫铁垫片加减值与轴瓦移
动量 V 相同，两侧垫铁垫片则分别加减 Vcosθ。
3.3.1 When move the V in vertical direction, the
adjustment amount of lower gasket is the same as
V; the gaskets at both sides should add or minus
respectively Vcosθ.
3.3.2 水平方向移动 H 时，下部垫铁垫片不动，两侧垫铁
垫片分别加减 S=Hsinθ。
3.3.2 When move the H in horizontal direction, the
lower sizing blocks gasket does not move, the
gaskets at both sides plus or minus S = Hsinθ
respectively. 3.3.3 若轴瓦需同时在垂直、水平方向
移动时，两侧片调整值为上述两项的代数和。
3.3.3 If it is necessary to move in vertical and horizontal
directions, the adjustment value of both sides is
Page 108 of 629

the sum of the above-mentioned two items.
4 注意事项
4 Precautions
鉴于本机组运行工况及同类型机组的安装要求，特别对联轴器
找中有如下要求：
In view of the unit operating conditions and the same type of
unit installation requirements, particularly the following
requirements for alignment of coupling:
4.1 高中压转子对低压转子对轮中心，端面下张口 0.179mm，
外圆错口，高中压侧对轮中心低 0.243mm。
4.1 Alignment between high pressure rotor and low pressure
rotor, end face lower mouth opening is 0.179mm, outer
circle indented joint, the coupling center at high and
middle pressure sides is lower as 0.243mm.
4.2 低压转子对发电机转子对轮中心，端面下张口 0.151mm，
外圆错口，低压转子中心低 0.085mm。
4.2 Alignment between low pressure rotor and generator
rotor, end face lower mouth opening is 0.151mm, outer
circle indented joint, the low pressure rotor center is lower
as 0.085mm.
2.2.3.2.8 拆卸联轴器螺栓，转子起吊及转子就位
2.2.3.2.8 Remove coupling bolts; lift rotor and rotor in place
1 拆卸联轴器螺栓
1 Remove coupling bolts
1.1 拆低压 B 转子联轴器和发电机转子联轴器。卸下联轴器法兰
上止动护板螺栓，取下护板。然后拆去联轴器螺母及螺栓，
把顶力螺栓装到发电机转子联轴器上，顶开联轴器法兰，
取下两联轴器间的垫板和盘车大齿轮，这样就将低 B 转子
与发电机转子就分开了；
1.1 Remove the low-pressure rotor B coupling and the
generator rotor coupling. Remove the coupling flange
bolts on the Stop shield and remove the shield. Then
remove the coupling nuts and bolts, install the bolts to the
generator rotor coupling bolts to open the coupling flange,
remove the two plate and the turning gear, so that the low
B rotor and generator rotor separated;
1.2 拆低 A 转子联轴器和低 B 转子联轴器。把顶力螺栓装到低 B
转子联轴器上，其余同上；
1.2 Remove low-A rotor coupling and low-B rotor coupling.
Install the jacking bolt on the low B rotor coupling, the rest
is the same as the above;
Page 109 of 629

1.3 拆中压转子联轴器和低 A 转子联轴器。拆除方法与高、中压
联轴器相同。为了使高、中压转子和汽缸内的静止部件（如
隔板）之间随对保持间隙，因此，液压千斤顶和联轴器顶
力螺栓必须同时工作，并支百分表监视中压转子与中压缸
的相对及绝对位移，百分表左右各一，顶开时应注意观察
是否同步；
1.3 Remove the intermediate pressure rotor coupling and the
low pressure rotor A coupling. Removal method is the
same as high and intermediate pressure rotor coupling. In
order to make high, medium pressure cylinder inside the
rotor and stationary components (such as the diaphragm)
with the right to keep space, therefore, hydraulic jacks
and the jacking bolts must be accompanied by work, and
use dial indicator to monitor the relative and absolute
displacement of medium-pressure rotor and intermediate
pressure cylinder. There is one dial indicator at each side.
Pay Precaution to observe whether it is in synchronization
during opening.
2 转子起吊
2 lift the rotor
2.1 起吊转子时应由经验丰富的专人指挥。转子起吊前，工作负
责人应检查以下项目：
2.1 The special skilled personnel should lead to lift the rotor
and before lift it, the responsible person should check the
following items:
2.1.1 对轮螺栓已拆除，两对轮已顶开 3mm 以上的间隙；
2.1.1 The coupling bolts have been removed, the
clearance between two couplings is jacked more
than 3mm;
2.1.2 修前测量工作已做完，记录准确、清晰完整；
2.1.2 Measurement has been finished with accurate,
clear and complete record;
2.1.3 已经拆去转子前后轴瓦的上半；
2.1.3 The upper half of the rotor around the bush has
removed;
2.1.4 推力瓦的工作瓦片已经取出；
2.1.4 The working bush of thrust bush has been
removed;
2.1.5 转子支架已经放好，支架滚轮应干净，转动灵活，
并浇润滑油。
Page 110 of 629

2.1.5 Rotor support has been put away, support rollers
should be clean, rotating flexible, and poured oil.
2.2 行车司机应配合电气人员对行车进行细致的检查，行车的
制动和退位保护装置应灵敏可靠。
2.2 The driver of crane shall check crane with electric
personnel; the braking and abdication protection devices
of crane should be sensitive and reliable.
2.3 检修起吊负责人应对起吊专用工具和钢丝绳进行细致的检
查，吊具试验合格，不得有任何损伤。
2.3 Maintenance lifting principal should check special tools
and steel rope; the test should be passed and rotor is
fixed without damage.
2.4 转子前后，左右都应有人监视，从汽缸内吊出转子时应注
意监听动静部分声响，转子不得晃动。
2.4 Someone should supervise around the rotor; when lift
rotor from cylinder, pay Precaution to the sound in static
and dynamic part, and the rotor can not shake.
2.5 转子两端、叶轮两侧应安排不少于 6 人扶持转子，整个起吊
过程中扶持人员应对起吊负责。
2.5 At least six people should be arranged to support the rotor
at the two ends of rotor and impeller; during the lifting
process, the six personnel should be responsible for
lifting.
2.6 转子微吊后，将框式水平仪放在轴颈处检查并调整转子的
水平，水平仪读数不超过 5 格（即误差不超过 0.10mm）。
2.6 After lifting to a certain height, put the frame journal to
check and adjust the level of the rotor, the horizontal
instrument reading should be less than 5 grid (i.e., error is
less than 0.10mm).
2.7 转子起吊过程中，应监视动静部分和前后轴封不得发生摩
擦、晃动、卡涩现象。
2.7 During rotor lifting process, monitor the dynamic and
static parts and front and rear gland seal to make sure
there is no friction, shaking, jam phenomenon.
2.8 转子吊出后，应平稳地放置在专用支架上。
2.8 After rotor is lifted out, it should be smoothly placed in
special bracket.
3 转子就位
3 Rotor in place
3.1 转子就位前必须将下隔板套、平衡活塞汽封及下隔板、下轴
承及前后汽封套等复装好；下轴瓦浇透平油。非工作面推力
Page 111 of 629

瓦块装入后方可进行转子就位工作；
3.1 Before rotor in place, lower blade carrier, balance piston
steam seal and lower diaphragm, bearing and front and
rear seal sleeves should be installed completely; pour
turbine oil to lower bearing bush. After thrust bush on non-
work surface is installed, we can put the rotor in place;
3.2 转子起吊前，应先用压缩空气将转子吹干净；
3.2 Before lifting rotor, use the compressed air to blow the
rotor clean;
3.3 转子起吊后，将框式水平仪放在轴颈处检查并调整转子的
水平，水平仪读数不超过 5 格（即误差不超过
0.10mm）；
3.3 After lifting rotor, put the frame journal to check and adjust
the level of the rotor, the horizontal instrument reading
should be less than 5 grid (i.e., error is less than
0.10mm).
3.4 转子对正汽缸后，应按起吊时的规定扶持转子，然后慢慢
下落，在整个落入过程中，不允许发生动静部分摩擦、碰撞
及压肿推力瓦块的现象；
3.4 After rotor alignment to the cylinder, support the rotor
according to the regulation, and then slowly drop it.
During the process, it is not allowed to occur the friction,
collisions, and pressed the thrust bush between dynamic
and static parts.
3.5 转子落下后，拆掉起吊工具，装好顶转子的专用工具，将
转子顶向推力瓦非工作面，装入工作面推力瓦块，向轴颈
和推力瓦处浇透平油，然后用铜头撬棍或手动盘车工具盘
动转子，检查各部件应无摩擦。
3.5 After rotor drops, remove the lifting tools, install the
specialized tools for jacking the rotor to jack it to non-work
surface of thrust bush, install the work surface thrust bush
and pour the turbine oil to journal and thrust bush. And
then turn the rotor with copper stick or by hand, and check
there is no friction among all parts.
2.2.3.2.9 叶片清理、转子检查及采取的一般措施
2.2.3.2.9 Blade clean-up, the rotor inspection and general measures
1 动叶片检查项目
1 dynamic blade inspection items
根据叶片的结垢程度，可采用水中喷砂，人工擦拭、用砂布、喷
沙、高压水等方法将叶片、叶轮等清理干净。清理检查注意事项
及质量标准：
According to the scaling degree of blade, we can use the
methods such as water blasting, manual cleaning, use emery
Page 112 of 629

cloth, sand blasting, high pressure water to clean blade and
impeller. The notices and quality standards during clean-up
and inspection:
1.1 要求叶片清理面露出原金属光泽；
1.1 Require clean surfaces of blade appears the original
metallic luster;
1.2 叶片裂纹、松动、歪斜、变形等现象应进行处理或更换，末
两级叶片有无冲刷沟槽及断裂现象，并做好记录；
1.2 Blade cracks, loose, skew, distortion and other
phenomena should be handled or replaced, and check
whether there is grooves and fracture phenomena in
blades of the two final stages, and make a record;
1.3 用半磅小锤或铜棒轻轻敲击检查各级叶片松动现象；
1.3 use the hammers with half a pound, or brass rod gently
tap to inspect whether the blade is loose.
2 转子检查检查项目
2 Rotor Inspection Items
2.1 转子进行化学取样分析；
2.1 Rotor chemical sampling analysis;
2.2 转子无裂纹，损伤等缺陷，动叶片、围带、叶根等应无损伤
裂纹及严重腐蚀。各级叶片锁紧销牢固无松动；
2.2 There is no rotor crack, damage and other defects;
dynamic blades, band and roots should be no damage,
cracks and severe corrosion. All blades is fixed tightly and
the pin is not loose
2.3 叶片测频应在合格范围；
2.3 Blades measuring frequency range should be qualified;
2.4 叶轮无裂纹腐蚀或机械损伤，无动静磨擦痕迹，高温叶片
无蠕变。平衡孔内的平衡重块及螺栓紧固不松动，无严重吹
损；
2.4 There is no impeller crack corrosion or mechanical
damage, no traces of dynamic and static friction, no creep
of high temperature blade. The balance block and bolts in
the hole are not loose, no serious damage;
2.5 轴颈及推力盘工作面光滑，无麻坑槽纹，推力盘及对轮端
面瓢偏度小于 0.02mm，平面不平度小于 0.02mm，轴封处
径向跳动小于 0.025mm ，轴颈椭圆度和锥度小于
0.02mm，主轴弯曲度不大于 0.03mm；
2.5 Journal and thrust plate face are smooth without little pit;
thrust plate and ladle on the round face side is less than
0.02mm, plane roughness is less than 0.02mm, Seal
Page 113 of 629

runoff is less than 0.025mm, axial joviality is less than
0.02mm, the main shaft eccentricity is not greater than
0.03mm;
2.6 联轴器螺栓无裂纹，螺纹无断扣乱扣，表面光滑无毛刺，
硬度在合格范围以内。
2.6 there is no crack of coupling bolts and crack-free, screw-
free; the surface is smooth without burr and hardness is
qualified.
2.7 检查对轮螺栓孔有无毛刺、拉伤、锈垢等，盘车齿轮啮合情
况；
2.7 Check whether there is the burr, strain, rust, etc. in
coupling bolt hole, and turning gear meshing;
2.8 检查所有汽封的梳齿、汽封槽道有无损伤，并做好记录；
2.8 Check all steam seal meshing, whether there is damage
and make a record;
2.9 检查叶轮平衡块有无松动；
2.9 Check whether the balance block of impeller is loose;
2.10 检查低压转子处靠背轮螺栓是否松动。
2.10 Check the coupling bolt of the low-pressure rotor is
loose.
2.11 对于叶片常见缺陷，应采取如下措施：
2.11 For the blade common defects, take the following
measures:
1 叶片根部有裂纹应更换叶片；
1 Replace the blade if there is crack in blade root;
2 叶片进、出汽边卷曲可用弧形垫垫住叶片，然后用
小锤将卷曲部分调直，已造成断口的部分，应用锉
刀将断口修圆；
2 If blades steam inlet and outlet is curling, use arc-
shaped cushion to bush blade and then use small
hammer to straighten curly part; for the part with
the fracture, use the special tool to repair;
3 叶片出汽边缘的轻微裂纹，可用锉刀修成圆口或局
部施焊消除裂纹。
3 For the small crack in the steal outlet boundary,
use the special tool to repair or partially weld to
eliminate the crack.
2.2.3.2.10 复装阶段
2.2.3.2.10 Reassembly phase
Page 114 of 629

1 概述
1 Overview
零部件重新组装时，必须严格按照原来的相对位置，因此将各
零部件从机器上卸下时做好标记，以便以后重新组装。重新组
装各转子之前，一定要确保所有重新组装的部件表面清洁，无
氧化皮、残渣、废物和颗粒。各转子的组装步骤，基本上按拆卸
步骤的相反顺序进行。
When reinstall components, strictly accordance with the
relative positions of the original, so all parts will be unloaded
from the machine and marked for later re-assembly. Before
re-assembly of the rotor, make sure all the re-assembled
parts surface cleaning, non-oxide, residue, waste and
particles. The steps of rotor assembly are basically the
opposite of the steps according to the removal order.
因故折卸含有垫片的接头后，重新组装时不得使用原来的垫片，
因为密封效果不好可能引起接头泄漏，从而导致结合面完全损
坏。螺栓和螺母一定要拧紧，但要均匀，各螺栓（或螺母）按
顺序每次只能拧几扣。
After remove the joint with gasket due to some reasons, the
original gasket can not be used again during reinstallation
because the poor sealing effect may cause joint leakage,
resulting in joint face is completely broken. Bolt and nut must
be fastened, but uniform, the bolts (or nuts) can only be
screwed several rounds in sequence.
2 吊装转子之前，应先装好下隔板套及隔板，下推力轴承和所有
下部轴瓦。
2 Before lifting the rotor, first install the lower diaphragm and
blade carrier well and the lower thrust bearing and all the
lower bearing bushs.
3 用起吊装置吊起转子，注意调整好水平，将转子吊放在下部轴
瓦上。吊放转子时，当心不要碰到固定部件（如喷嘴、隔板等）
3 Lift the rotor with lifting device, pay Precaution to adjusting the
level, hang and put rotor on the lower bearing bush. When lift
and put rotor, be careful not to hit the fixed components (such
as nozzles, diaphragm, etc.).
2.2.3.2.11 推力轴承检查、测量
2.2.3.2.11 Thrust bearing inspection, measurement
轴颈和推力瓦、盘表面应光滑，无磨痕、碰伤。
Journal and thrust bush, plate surface should be smooth, no wear
marks, bumps.
1 吊走相邻支持轴承压盖，拆出推力瓦盖水平结合面螺栓，用顶
丝均匀顶起 10-20mm，然后吊出，拆出球枕水平结合面螺栓，
拨出锥销，用特殊吊环吊走上半部球枕，拆除其推力瓦块，同
时联系热工拆除温度测点。
Page 115 of 629

1 Lift the support bearing cover nearby, remove thrust bush
cover level surface bolts, jack it evenly up to 10-20mm with
the top wire, and then hanging out, remove the bolts on the
ball pillow level, pull out the pin, with special rings hang out
the upper part of the ball pillow, to dismantle its thrust bush,
while contact I C to remove the temperature measuring point.
2 取出两半油封环(出油、进油)再旋出下半部分正、反两推力面的
推力瓦块，妥善保存。
2 Remove the oil seal ring (inlet oil and outlet oil) and then spin
out the lower half of both positive and negative thrust surface
bush pieces for safekeeping.
3 检查推力瓦块表面钨金应光滑，完整、无脱落、磨损、过热熔化
及其它机械损伤，各瓦块工作印痕应均匀，瓦块内外径及销钉
孔应无磨损痕迹，摇摆支承线无明显磨损，瓦块组装后并能沿
摇摆线自由摇摆。
3 Check tungsten payment of thrust bush surface should be
smooth, complete, and non-shedding, abrasion, thermal
melting, and other mechanical damage, the bush work prints
should be uniform, bush inner and outer part, and pin-hole
should be no wear marks, swing bearing line had no
significant wear and tear, after bush blocks assembled and
can swing along the line
4 测量推力瓦厚度与原始记录相比,应相差甚微，各瓦块厚度之差
应小于 0.02mm,如有异样，应查明原因进行处理，瓦块楔形进
油区应符合图纸要求，入口间隙 0.1 左右,一般瓦块钨金厚度为
1.5±0.1mm。
4 Compared with the original records, thickness of thrust bush
should be little difference; the difference between the
thickness of each bush should be less than 0.02mm, if not so,
identify the causes and deal with it, wedge-shaped bush
pieces oil inlet area should meet the drawing requirements,
import gap is of about 0.1, generally tungsten thickness of
bush is 1.5 ± 0.1mm.
5 检查轴封环结合面,使之间隙<0.03mm,不错口,总间隙符合标准。
5 Check the seal ring joint face and make the gap <0.03mm
with good meshing and the total clearance accords with
standard.
6 推力轴承在全组合的情况下,检查与推力盘接触的印痕，要求接
触均匀，S>75%，检查时最好采取干磨的方式检查，以免造成
错觉。
6 In the whole combination circumstances of thrust bearing,
check the contact prints with thrust plate, request access to
uniform, S> 75%, check in the best way of dry mill inspection,
so as to avoid misconception.
7 测量、调整推力瓦轴向间隙。
Page 116 of 629

7 Measurements, adjustment of the thrust bush axial clearance
7.1 推力轴承在组合状态,盖上推力轴承的瓦盖，打入内销，拧
紧，水平结合面螺丝。
7.1 The thrust bearing in the combination state, covered with
bush cap of thrust bearing, insert into the inner pin,
fastening the horizontal surface with screws.
7.2 架两块百分表,一块指在转子的基准端面上,一块表针指在推
力压盖上,分别测量转子移动量和瓦枕移动量。
7.2 Use two dial indicators, one point to the rotor-side
surface; another to the thrust gland, namely the
measurement of the rotor movement quantity and the
amount of movement bush pillow
7.3 用两个千斤顶或其它方法将转子来回推至极限位置,读出百
分表最大,最小批示值，百分表差值为无窜动量，再减去瓦
移动量，即为推力间隙，一般要求推力间隙为 0.40~0.45,
瓦移动量<0.05 最大不超过 0.07。
7.3 Use two jacks or other methods to push the rotor back
and forth to the limit position, dial indicator read out the
greatest value of the minimum instructions, dial indicator
for the non-ran the amount of the difference, minus the
amount of bush movement, namely, thrust clearance, the
general required thrust gap of 0.40 ~ 0.45, bush amount
of movement "is not more than 0.05, the maximum can
not be more than 0.07.
7.4 推力瓦的轴向间隙可通过调整瓦的调整环厚度来达到。
7.4 Thrust bush axial clearance can be adjusted by adjusting
the ring thickness to achieve.
7.5 推力轴承正式组装：
7.5 Thrust bearing assembly:
7.5.1 清理干净(用面粘)各零部件,将球面座下半组装好。
7.5.1 Clean up (with side stick) all the parts and
assemble the lower half spherical seat.
7.5.2 将进油油封环下半装入相应的槽中。
7.5.2 Install the second half of the oil seal ring into the
corresponding slot.
7.5.3 放入转子,调整好各浮动间隙使之差总间隙为
0.4~0.55，紧好其中分面螺丝。
7.5.3 Put into the rotor, adjusting the float clearance so
that the difference total clearance gap is 0.4 ~
0.55, screw it on.
7.5.4 装入下推力瓦块，联系热工装好之测量温元件及导
Page 117 of 629

线，检查每块瓦的摆动度。
7.5.4 Install the lower thrust bush, contact the I&C to
install temperature measuring element and
leading wires, checking each bush shaking
degree.
7.5.5 将轴承座的压板压牢。
7.5.5 Press the bearing platen firmly.
7.5.6 装上球面座上半,(含压块,测温元件等)中分面用螺丝
上紧。
7.5.6 Fit with spherical seat upper part (including block,
temperature measurement devices, etc.) screw on
the surface with screw.
7.5.7 盖上推力轴承上盖，检查上盖与球面座之间的间隙
在 0~0.1 范围内,最后将中分面螺栓拆紧。
7.5.7 Seal with thrust bearing cover; inspect the
clearance between upper cover and the spherical
seat in the 0 to 0.1 range, and eventually screw
on the bolts
7.5.8 扣#2 瓦轴承箱上盖,调整与推力瓦轴承上盖紧力值
为 0.02mm 间隙~0.03mm 过盈。
7.5.8 Cover # 2 bush bearing box upper cover, adjust
with the thrust-bush bearing on the value of
0.02mm gap tightly edge ~ 0.03mm.
2.2.4 喷咀、隔板和隔板套检修
2.2.4 Nozzle, diaphragm and blade carrier maintenance
2.2.4.1 概述
2.2.4.1 Overview
喷嘴组和隔板是完成蒸汽热能向动能转换的部套,具有工作温度高，前
后压差大，与转子配合间隙小的特点。隔板通过一系列键装在内缸上,这
样能保证隔板在三个方向上（轴向、垂直、横向）自由膨胀时，与转子
同心度不变。
Nozzle group and the diaphragm are the parts to complete steam
thermal energy conversion to kinetic energy, with a high working
temperature and the big differential pressure and small gap with the
rotor; diaphragm is installed in inner casing by a series of keys, which
can guarantee the concentricity with rotor during free expansion in
three directions (axial, vertical, horizontal).
中、低压缸隔板套除与相应内缸或外缸凹凸肩配合进行轴向定位外，同
时用支承键支托于汽缸水平中分面上，由左、右垫片来保证其中心的高
低位置，并在隔板套的顶部和底部设有定位销，以确定中心的左、右位
置。隔板套为上、下半结构，中分面用长螺栓连接。隔板套内除了安装各
级隔板外，还装有径向汽封，它与动叶围带相配合，以减少蒸汽沿叶
Page 118 of 629

片顶部的泄漏。
The low-pressure cylinder with the corresponding blade carriers of
inter-cylinder or outside shoulder bump with the axial position, at the
same time, entrusted with supporting key support level on the carved
surface of the cylinder from the left and right bushs to ensure the high
and low position of the center, and the blade carriers with the top and
bottom of the pin to determine the center of the left and right
locations. Blade carriers for the upper and lower semi-structured,
carved face with long bolts to connect. In addition to installing
clapboard kit at all levels of diaphragm, but also equipped with a
radial steam seal, it is compatible with the dynamic blade band to
reduce the leakage of steam along the blade at the top.
2.2.4.2 检修工艺方法、质量标准、注意事项
2.2.4.2 Maintenance process, quality standards, notices
2.2.4.2.1 结构概述
2.2.4.2.1 Structural Overview
1 喷嘴组和高中压隔板
1 Nozzle group and HIP diaphragm
喷嘴组是在整体锻件上铣制出叶片型线再焊上隔叶件和外环组
成，共 4 组，分别嵌在 4 个喷嘴室的环形槽内，喷嘴组两端用
密封键密封，其中一端用定位销固定在喷嘴室上，另一端可以
自由膨胀和收缩。
Nozzle group is formed by milling blades profile and welding
diaphragm and outer ring on the integral piece. There are four
nozzle groups embedded in circular slot of 4 nozzle chambers
separately. Both ends of nozzle group are sealed by sealing
pins, in which one end is fastened on nozzle chamber by
positioning pin while the other can expand or shrink freely.
本机高压缸共 11 级，隔板 10 级，置于高压内缸内部，不设隔
板套。调节级喷嘴组（第一级隔板）在喷嘴室内，第 2-10 级隔
板安装在高压内缸。
The turbine has high-pressure cylinder of 11 stages,
diaphragms 10 stages, placed inside high-pressure inner
cylinder with no blade carriers. Governing stage nozzle group
(1st stage diaphragm) in the nozzle chamber, the 2-10 stages’
diaphragms are installed in the high-pressure inner cylinder.
中压缸共 12 级，第 1-9 级隔板置于中压内缸内，10-12 级隔板
装在隔板套内。
There are totally 12stages in IP casing, in which stage 1-
9diaphragms areset inside the IP casing and stage10-
12diaphragms in blade carrier.
隔板汽封采用椭圆汽封，动叶围带与隔板汽封配合，隔板根部
设置有汽封环，所有隔板中分面均用螺栓紧固。
Page 119 of 629

Diaphragm steam seal is ellipse steam seal. Dynamic blades
band fits with diaphragm steam seal, there’s steam seal ring
equipped at diaphragm root and all the diaphragms’ midsplit is
fastened by bolts.
高、中压缸隔板的工作温度均在 350℃以上，为适应高温工作
条件，隔板用焊接结构，静叶片采用高效分分流叶栅，这种叶
栅由主流片和分流片组成，隔板的强度和刚度较好，静叶流动
损失小。
HP,IP casing diaphragms have a working temperature of
above 350℃, therefore, to adapt with this high temperature
condition, diaphragms are of welding structure;static blades
are of high efficiency diffluence cascades. The cascades are
composed by main flow plate and splitflow plate, with
diaphragm of high strength and rigidity, which makes low loss
in static blade flow.
表 8 高压隔板材料及叶栅
Table 8 high pressure diaphragm material and cascade
级数
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
stage
安装部位
高压内缸(材质)high pressure inner cylinder
Installatio
Material
n position
隔板材料
材质材质
Diaphrag
m material material
material
导叶材料
材质材质
Guide
blade material material
material
表 9 中压隔板材料和叶要栅
Table 9 intermediate pressure diaphragm material and cascade
级数
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
stage
Page 120 of 629

安装部位隔板套
中压内缸(材质？)intermediate pressure inner cylinder
Installatio （）blade
(material?)
n position carrier
隔板材料
Diaphrag 材质？material 材质？material
m
material
导叶材料
Guide 材质？material 材质？material
blade
material
2 低压隔板
2 low-pressure diaphragm
低压缸内正反向共设 2×5 级隔板，2×1 副隔板套，对称反向布
置。隔板内、外环上装有汽封装置。正、反向第 1 至第 3 级隔板
装于对应的隔板套内，其余隔板装在内缸。
LP casing is equipped with totally 2×5stages diaphragms as
well as 2×1 blade carriers symmetrically in forward and
reverse direction. There is steam seal in diaphragm and outer
ring. 1-3stages diaphragms are installed in the corresponding
balde carriers, and the other in the casing.
第 1、2 级采用焊接结构，静叶为直叶片；第 3-5 级是铸造结构，
静叶为扭叶片。其中第 1 级采用分流叶栅，隔板汽封采用斜齿
汽封，各级均带有径向汽封。第 4 级隔板出汽边外沿装有去湿
环，所有隔板中分面都用螺栓紧固。
The 1,2stages are of welding structure, with straight static
blades;the 3-5stages are of forged structure, with twisted
static blades. The first stage uses diffluence cascades,
inclined teeth steam seal for diaphragm and radial steam seal
for each stage.The stage 4 diaphragm has dehumidifying ring
at its steam outlet side, and all of the disphragms are
fastened with bolts.
表 10 隔板材料
Table 10 diaphragm material
级数 stage 24/29 25/30 26/31 27/32 28/33
安装部位
隔板套（材质？）blade carrier 低压内缸(材质？)low pressure
installation
material cylinder material
position
Page 121 of 629

隔板材料
板体（材质？）platen body
diaphragm 材质？material
material
material
导叶材料
guide blade 材质？material 材质？material
material
3 支撑方式
3 Support mode
高压隔板、中压隔板，低压隔板均采用悬持销支撑方式，隔板
套与隔板支撑、定位相一致。低压隔板套因偏重，除采用悬挂销
支承外，还采用下搭耳支承于外下缸上。
High-pressure diaphragm, medium-pressure diaphragm, low
pressure diaphragm are used suspending pin support way;
blade carrier and diaphragm support and location are the
same. Because low pressure blade carrier is heavy, except
that adopting the suspending pin support way, it also adopts
the way to support with the lower pin on the outer cylinder.
2.2.4.2.2 隔板及隔板套检修工艺要求
2.2.4.2.2 Diaphragm and blade carrier maintenance process requirement
1 隔板套及隔板解体
1 Disassembly of blade carrier and diaphragm
1.1 拆上下隔板套，将隔板套及隔板中分面螺栓、销子松开，并做
标识以便于复装，按顺序吊走上隔板套及上隔板，检查中分面
漏汽及动静部分碰磨痕迹并作记录。对隔板和隔板套的螺丝根
据情况进行清理修整
1.1 Remove the upper and lower blade carrier, loosen the blade
carrier and diaphragm middle surface bolts and pin, make the
mark for convenient reinstallation. Lift the blade carrier and
upper diaphragm in order. Check the middle surface steam
leakage and the static and dynamic part collision and marks
for the record. Clean and repair the bolts of diaphragm and
blade carrier according to the situation.
1.2 用导杆、葫芦、行车将隔板逐级吊出，吊走下隔板套，如隔板及
隔板套同汽缸配合过紧吊不动时，可用紫铜棒敲击隔板、及隔
板套左右两侧平面，将氧化膜振破后再行起吊或用两根螺杆配
合槽钢架子将隔板,边拉边敲吊出，对卡涩部分要作明显标志并
处理，并检查悬挂销接触情况。
1.2 Use the guide rod, hoist and crane to lift diaphragm stage by
stage, lift the lower blade carrier; if the diaphragm and
cylinder fixed too tightly and can not be lifted, use the copper
stick rap the two sides of diaphragm and blade carrier to
break the oxide and then lift it; or use two screw rods and slot
steel frame to pull and rap to lift. Mark the locked part and
Page 122 of 629

deal with it and check the contact of suspending pin.
1.3 隔板吊后应放在专用的架子上或垫木板，隔板及隔板上的螺栓
拆卸后一定要放在零件箱内，妥善保存，对吊起隔板套和隔板
露出的孔洞及时封堵。
1.3 After lift the diaphragm put it on the special frame or
supported with wooden plate; the removed bolts on
diaphragm and blade carrier should be kept in the box and
stored; block or cover the hole after lifting diaphragm and
blade carrier.
2 隔板检修
2 Diaphragm maintenance
2.1 检查隔板导叶轮有无伤痕,卷边、松动，腐蚀和组合不良。用小锤
轻敲静叶片作音响检查，有异常的叶片用放大镜或着色法作进
一步的检查。检查清理喷嘴组，检查导叶环有无裂纹变形，并
清理氧化皮。
2.1 Check whether there is scare, turned edge, loose, corrosion
or bad coupling on diaphragm’s guide blade wheel. Do the
sound check by using hammer to tap on static blades. If there
are abnormal blades, use amplifier or staining method to do
the further check. Check and clean nozzles group. Check
whether there are cracks or distortion on guide blade ring.
And clean oxide skin.
2.2 隔板本体的出汽侧边缘，尤其是铸铁隔板环静叶的铸入处有无
裂纹、脱落现象。对静叶的裂纹、缺口等缺陷作修整，小缺口用
圆锉修成圆角，裂纹较长的应在裂纹顶端打止延孔，出口边卷
曲严重应作必要的热调整，缺口较大的应进行焊补。
2.2 Check whether there are cracks or fall off phenomenon on
diaphragm body’s steam outlet side edge, especially casting
point of cast iron diaphragm ring static blades. Regulate the
static blades’ cracks, break and so on defects. Use rattail file
to repair the small break. If the cracks are too long, should
make stop-expanding hole on the peak of cracks. If the outlet
edge is crimped seriously, the necessary thermal regulation
should be done. And the big break should be welded up.
2.3 隔板及隔板套的悬挂销有无松动。
2.3 Check whether there is loose on diaphragm and hang pin of
blade carrier.
2.4 焊接隔板中分面处的两端静叶有无脱焊，开裂漏焊、伤痕、卷边
松动、组合不良或腐蚀吹薄现象。
2.4 Check whether the welding diaphragm midsplit surface’s two
ends static blades have welding-off, cracks and missing-
welding, scars, crimping, loose, bad combination or corrosion,
becoming thin by blown.
2.5 隔板套及隔板解体后，用专用的喷砂工具，依次喷射清洗正反
Page 123 of 629

面的静叶直至金属露出本色或用砂布清扫隔板，除去锈垢。
2.5 After disassemble blade carrier and diaphragm, use the
special sand blasting tools to spray and clean up front and
rear static blades until the metal exposed its original color or
use abrasive cloth to clean up diaphragm to remove rust.
2.6 检查隔板及隔板套中分面接触情况检查时可将隔板和隔板套放
在缸内或缸外其他地方,但必须支承牢靠。
2.6 Check the split’s contact condition of diaphragm and blade
carrier. During check, can put diaphragm and blade carrier on
other places in casing or outside the casing, but it must be
supported firmly.
2.6.1 清理好上、下隔板或隔板套水平中分面，并在一个面上
抹上红丹粉，扣上隔板（隔板可用行车或导链悬吊稍
微吃劲）来回轴向轻微移动，看中分面接触情况，并
用塞尺测量中分面间隙。
2.6.1 Clean up the upper and lower diaphragms and blade
carrier’s horizontal midsplit surface, and spread red
lead powder on one surface, buckle up diaphragm
(diaphragm can be hang up by crane, or by guide
chains with a little bit hard) and move it slightly back
and forth along axial line, and check the flange
contact condition, and use the clearance gauge to
measure the clearance.
2.6.2 中分面接触面积应>75%，高中压隔板及隔板套中分面
间隙应小于 0.05mm ，低压隔板中分面间隙应小于
0.10mm。
2.6.2 Flange contact area should be bigger than 75%, high
and intermediate pressure diaphragm and blade
carrier flange’s gap should be less than 0.05mm, low-
pressure diaphragm’s midsplit clearance should be
less than 0.10mm.
2.7 检查测量隔板的轴向、径向间隙（一般情况下，隔板变形不大，
可不做此项工作）
2.7 Check and measure diaphragm’s axial and radial clearance
(normally, diaphragm’s deformation is small, so this work can
be canceled)
2.7.1 轴向间隙测量
2.7.1 Measurement of axial clearance
2.7.1.1 将隔板吊入汽缸或隔板板套内
2.7.1.1 Hang diaphragm into the casing or blade
carrier
2.7.1.2 在汽缸上装百分表,表头指到隔板平面上
2.7.1.2 Install dial indicator on the casing, the
Page 124 of 629

indicator’s heads to the diaphragm’s plane
surface
2.7.1.3 用撬杠沿轴向方向撬动,表针的读数即为隔板轴
向膨胀间隙。
2.7.1.3 Use crowbar to pry it along the axial direction.
The reading of indicator is the diaphragm’s
axial expansion clearance.
2.7.2 径向间隙测量
2.7.2 Measurement of radial clearance
2.7.2.1 下隔板的径向膨胀间隙，可用压铅丝法或压肥
皂块法测定，在隔板槽及导向键槽内各放
δ=3mm 铅块，吊入下隔板，测量下隔板挂耳
承力面应无间隙（如有间隙、应用紫铜棒敲击
隔板水平面至间隙消失）然后吊出隔板、测量
压扁的铅块厚度，即得到下隔板的径向膨胀间
隙。
2.7.2.1 Lower diaphragm’s radial expansion
clearance can be measured by pressing lead
wire method or pressing soap method. Place
δ = 3mm lead block in the diaphragm groove
and the guide groove, hang the diaphragm
into the bush. Measure lower diaphragm’s
hanger bearing force surface and there
should be no clearance (if there is any
clearance, use copper rod to knock
diaphragm’s horizontal surface until clearance
disappears) and then hang out the
diaphragm, measure the thickness of flatted
lead wire which is lower diaphragm’s radial
expansion clearance.
2.7.2.2 隔板底部纵向键与槽的底部间隙必须大于隔板
的径向膨胀间隙。
2.7.2.2 Diaphragm bottom’s vertical key and groove’s
clearance must be greater than the
diaphragm’s radial expansion clearance.
2.7.2.3 上隔板径向间隙测量，可通过将上隔板吊入上
半径内或半截板套内，测量隔板中分面低于汽
缸中分面的数值，该数值与下半隔板中分面高
出汽缸中分面数值之差即为上隔板顶部膨胀间
隙（一般 2~2.5mm）
2.7.2.3 When measuring upper diaphragm’s radial
clearance, we can suspended by the
diaphragm into the upper half radius or half
bush. and then measure the value which the
diaphragm midsplit surface below the casing
midsplit surface. The difference between this
Page 125 of 629

value and the value which the lower half
diaphragm above the casing midsplit surface
shall be upper diaphragm top expansion
clearance (usually it is 2 ~ 2.5mm)
2.8 用涂色法检查悬挂销支承面接触情况应≧60%。
2.8 Check hanging pin bearing surface contact with the coloring
method. it should be ≧ 60%.
2.9 隔板套及隔板找中
2.9 Alignment of diaphragm and blade carrier
2.9.1 在高中压转子与高中压缸汽封洼窝中心,低压转子与低
压缸#3、#4 轴承内侧挡油环洼窝中心为后的基础上进
行。
2.9.1 It should be carry out after find out the high and
intermediate pressure rotor and the high and
intermediate pressure casing gland seal socket’s
centers, low-pressure rotor and the low-pressure
casing # 3, # 4 bearings inside damping oil retaining
ring socket’s center.
2.9.2 调整隔板横向中心时,可以通过修刮补焊下隔板纵销键
的两个侧面来达到,纵销的锉、焊必须保证隔板纵销两侧
总间隙在 0.04~0.08mm,否则应重新调整。
2.9.2 When adjust the horizontal center of diaphragm, we
can repair, scratch and weld the lower diaphragm’s
vertical pin key’s two sides to accomplish it. The filing
and welding of vertical pin must ensure that the
diaphragm total clearance on both sides of vertical
pins is 0.04 ~ 0.08mm. Otherwise, it should be
regulated again.
调整隔板高低可通过修刮，下隔板挂耳和加减垫片的
方法来调整，但要注意挂耳向上及左右膨胀间隙要留
足，具体标准见表
Diaphragm’s height can be adjusted by mend and
scratch the lower diaphragms hanger and add or
remove gasket methods. But must pay Precaution to
remain enough clearance hanger’s up and left right
expansion clearance. The specific criteria shown in
Table
横向中心调整数据为(a-b)／2
Horizontal center adjustment data is (a-b) / 2
高低中心调整数据为 c-（a+b）／２
High and low center adjustment data is c-(a + b) / 2
当然隔板调整横向中心数值如果较小∠ 0.3mm,也可通
Page 126 of 629

过调整左右挂耳(悬挂销)的高低来保证,不需要修锉补焊
隔板纵销
When adjust the horizontal center value of the
diaphragm, if it is ∠ 0.3mm, we can also adjust the
left /right lugs (hanging pin) height to ensure the
value. It does not require repair, weld, mend and file
vertical pin of diaphragm.
表 11 设计允许中心偏差值
Table 11 Designed allowed center diviation value
a-b c-(a+b）/2
与#1.2 瓦内侧油档洼窝
±0.05 ±0.025
With #1,2inside oil damper socket
与高中压缸汽封洼窝
With high and middle press. Casing ±0.30 ±0.15
高中压转子 gland seal socket
High and 与隔板套洼窝
Intermediate ±0.30 ±0.15
With blade carrier’s socket
press. rotor
与汽封体同轴洼窝
±0.10 ±0.05
With gland seal body coaxial socket
与隔板同轴度
±0.10 ±0.05
With diaphragm coaxial degree
#3、4 瓦内侧油档洼窝
±0.05 ±0.025
With #3,4 inside oil damper socket
低压与低压汽封体同轴度
转子 With low press. Gland seal coaxial ±0.10 ±0.05
Low pressure degree
rotor 与低压隔板同轴度
With low press. Diaphragm coaxial ±0.10 ±0.05
degree
其原理如图所示：The theory is as the figure shows:
b a
Page 127 of 629

c
图 19 隔板找中心
Figure 19 Alignment for diaphragm
2.9.3 隔板找正方法,可采用锻轴或拉钢丝方法测量找正,也可
直接采用转子来找隔板中心,但不易测量正确。隔板找正
一般以下半隔板的汽封洼窝为准。
2.9.3 Alignment for diaphragm methods. It can be used
forging shaft or pulling stainless steal wire methods to
find center and can also use rotor directly to find
diaphragm’s center, but it is difficult to measure
correctly. Alignment for diaphragm usually uses lower
half diaphragm gland seal’s socket as the standard.
2.9.3.1 拉钢丝找正方法如下：
2.9.3.1 Alignment by pulling stainless steal wire is as
follows:
1 在汽轮机纵向中心线前后位置上各装置一个用
槽钢做成的架子,架子上面装有上、下、左、右可
调整的螺栓，用来悬挂钢丝。
1 At the front and rear of turbine vertical center
line position, set a channel steel shelf with
adjustable bolts on the shelf top, bottom, left
and right side which is used for hanging wire.
2 沿纵向中心线方法，在汽轮机中心线之高度上
拉起直径 0.40~0.75mm 钢丝,钢丝采用材质较
好的钢丝或弹簧钢丝,两端用重块拉紧，重块的
重力相当于钢丝拉力的 2／3，钢丝也可通过蜗
轮蜗杆带动的线绕盘来拉紧，用来对准基础中
心线的两端线锺应悬挂在钢丝的同一侧，并分
别对准中心线，根据对轮找正后的轴承座前后
油档洼窝位置为准，使两侧及下侧距离差值在
±0.03mm 范围内然后用千分尺进行测量,为提
高测量精度，千分尺需带有简易的电源显示装
置，即千分尺测头接触钢丝会发出声音或指示
灯亮。
2 Along the vertical center line method. Above
the height of the turbine vertical centerline
diameter of 0.40 ~ 0.75mm, pull a stainless
steel wire which is good material stainless
steel or spring stainless steel wire. Pull both
ends fasten with heavy blocks. The blocks’
gravity is equivalent to 2 / 3 of the wire’s
tension. It also can be pulled fasten by wire
wound machine through the worm gear-
driven. Two ends wire bell used for targeting
the basic center line should be hanged on the
same side of the wire and respectively
targeting to the centerline. Use the shaft
Page 128 of 629

bearing front and rear oil damping socket
position after adjusting wheels to Alignment
as the standard, and make two sides and
lower side distance difference within ±
0.03mm range. And then use micrometer to
measure the value. In order to improve the
measurement accuracy, micrometer must
have simple power display device that means
micrometer probe contacts with wire which
will make out a sound or indication light.
2.9.3.2 使用假轴方法如下：
2.9.3.2 The use of artificial shaft as follows:
1 将假轴做为转子放缸内固定，其轴窜动
<0.30mm，专用卡杆的塞尺或直接将百分表座
装在假轴上，用表测量，测量时对正隔板洼窝
的水平方向测量一次，转动 90°、180°，再反转
测量一次。
1 Put artificial shaft as the rotor into casing and
fix it, the shaft’s axial float should be
<0.30mm. Use clearance gauge with special
caliping rod, or install dial indicator directly
seat on the artificial shaft, use it to measure it.
During measuring, target diaphragm socket
horizontal direction to do a measurement, and
then rotate 90°and 180°, do a measurement
once again reversed.
2 当静叶持环、平衡汽封及隔板洼窝中心相差：
左右及上下之差绝对值<0.05mm 时，不作调整。
调整垂直偏差的方法加减隔板两侧挂销厚度，
调整水平方向偏差，将底销一侧焊补，另一侧
修刮，以达到水平。
2 When the stationary blade carrier, balance
gland seal and diaphragm socket center left
and right, top and bottom difference absolute
value are <0.05mm, it is no need to adjust.
Method of adjusting the vertical deviation, add
or minus the thickness of the hanging pin of
diaphragm both sides, adjust the horizontal
deviation, weld the bottom pin’s one side,
scratch another side, in order to achieve the
flat.
2.9.4 隔板找正注意事项
2.9.4 Diaphragm’s find center notifications
2.9.4.1 用拉钢丝测量时应计算出钢丝拉紧后的最大垂
弧，若与转子垂弧相差较大，就须对测量值进
行校正。
Page 129 of 629

2.9.4.1 When use pull stainless steel wire to
measure, should calculate out the biggest
vertical arc after the wire is pulled fasten. If it
is a larger difference between this arc and the
rotor vertical arc, we must calibrate the
measured values.
2.9.4.2 如机组低压缸在运行后有下沉现象，调整洼窝
中心可适当修整。
2.9.4.2 If low-pressure casing has sinking
phenomenon after running, adjust the socket
center properly.
2.9.5 隔板套找正调整方法同隔板调整方法，但要注意调整
当中，除悬悬挂销调整外，其它支承向要同时调整，
隔板套中分面扬度应与汽缸纵向中分面扬度方向一致。
2.9.5 Blade carrier’s Alignment adjustment method is the
same with diaphragm’s, but during the adjustment, in
addition to selling fine tuning of suspension hanging,
the other supporting the same time to adjust,
diaphragms sets of carved face vertical casing lift
degrees should have the same lift degree direction of
casing vertical midsplit surface.
3 隔板套及隔板组装
3 Blade carrier and diaphragm’s assembly
3.1 用压缩空气吹净隔板及隔板套。
3.1 Use compressed air to blow the diaphragm and blade carrier.
3.2 高中压内缸的进汽导管吹净，导管检查清洁后用布包好，加封。
3.2 Blow and clean high and intermediate pressure internal
casing steam inlet pipe. After check and the pipe is clean, use
cloth to bundle it and add sealing.
3.3 在隔板缘涂黑铅粉以后，依次吊入缸内或隔板套内。
3.3 After paint black lead powder on the diaphragms’ edge, hang
diaphragms into the casing or bushes by sequence.
3.4 转子工作结束后扣上隔板套及上隔板
3.4 After rotor work is finished, cover up blade carriers and
diaphragms
4 注意事项：
4 Precautions:
1 隔板装入以前，应通孔检查各汽道及喷嘴无杂物，遗物，低压
隔板组装时，严防装错。
1 Before diaphragm is put into, we should check all steam
Page 130 of 629

passages and nozzles without foreign matter, artifacts. When
assemble low-pressure diaphragm, prevent wrong installation
strictly.
2 转子吊出以后同时用胶布将高压喷嘴封好。
2 After the rotor is hanged out, use tape to seal high-pressure
nozzles.
2.2.5 汽封检修
2.2.5 Maintenance of gland seal
2.2.5.1 结构概述
2.2.5.1 Structure Overview
在汽轮机动、静部件有关部位设置的密封装置，称为汽封。汽封的主要
作用在于防止和减少漏汽，提高机组经济性。隔板汽封能减少级间漏汽
并能降低转子的轴向推力。它包括穿过汽缸端壁的前、后轴封。
Set in the steam turbine dynamic and static parts relevant parts’ seal
device, is known as the gland seal. Gland seal's main role is to
prevent and reduce steam leakage, improve unit economics.
Diaphragms can reduce the inter-stages’ gland seal steam leakage
and reduce the rotor axial thrust. It includes through the casing end
wall’s front and rear gland seals.
与汽封环的对应转子上有一系列台阶形凸台。汽封环上加工有相间排列
的高、低汽封齿，分别对着转子上的凹槽和凸肩。汽封环一般由多块组
成，置于汽封体槽内，并用弹簧片压住。在低压部分汽封环上的汽封齿
为平齿，转子配合表面为光圆柱面，其结构比高、低齿汽封简单。汽封
齿尖很薄，即使动、静间发生磨擦，其所产生的热量也不大，而且汽封
环由弹簧片压住，碰磨时能作径向退让，所以不会产生重大事故。汽封
齿间隙在总装时可以修正。
The relevant rotor corresponding with gland seal ring has a series of
step-shaped convex plate. Gland seal ring arranged with line to line
high-and low gland seal teeth, respectively target to the rotor concave
groove and the convex shoulder. Gland seal rings are generally
composed of several pieces, placed in gland seal body groove, and
suppressed by using spring. Sealing teeth in the low-pressure part
gland seal ring seal is flat teeth. The surface combining with the rotor
is cylindrical surface, its structure is more simple than high and the
low gland seal teeth. Gland seal tooth tip is very thin, even if the static
and dynamic parts have friction happened, the heat it generates is not
big. And the gland seal ring is suppressed by spring piece, making
radial yielding when rub happens, it will not have a serious accident.
Gland seal tooth clearance can be regulated in the final assembly.
2.2.5.1.1 高压隔板汽封
2.2.5.1.1 High-pressure diaphragm gland seal
包括与叶片围带配合的汽封体和与转轴配合的汽封环。汽封体汽封
是直接将汽封片用压条嵌入汽封体槽中。每级隔板都镶嵌四圈汽封
片。
Page 131 of 629

It includes gland seal body combining with the blade shroud and
gland seal ring combining with rotating shaft. Gland seal body
whose gland seal strips are directly embedded into gland seal
body groove with hold-down strip. Each stage diaphragm is
mounted with four rings of gland seal strip.
隔板汽封环由六段组成，以 T 形根部直接装入隔板内圆槽内。隔板
中分面用压板及内六方螺钉压住，以防止其转动及吊起上隔板时，
汽封环脱落。每一汽封弧段都由带状拱形弹簧片压住，拱形弹簧片
的一端有弯头插入弧段上之槽中。在每一弧段上均设有供压槽，供
压槽设在进汽侧，藉助蒸汽作用力使汽封环向中心压紧。各汽封弧
段于各接合面作有匹配标记以资鉴别，装配时应按编号就位。
Diaphragm gland seal ring is formed by six section and with T-
shaped root slot directly installed into diaphragms inner circle
groove. Diaphragm midsplit surface is suppressed by hold-down
plates and SOC.HD. cap screw, in order to prevent their rotation
and the gland seal ring falls off when lifting up the diaphragm.
Each gland seal arc is suppressed by arch-shaped spring piece,
arch-shaped spring piece’s one end has bend head inserted into
the slot on the arcs section. In each arc segment there is
equipped a pressure supply groove which is placed into the
steam inlet side, with the help of steam force to compress gland
seal ring to the center. Each arc gland seal arc section at all joint
faces are provided with a matching mark number for identification,
so it should be assembled according to the numbers.
2.2.5.1.2 中压隔板汽封
2.2.5.1.2 Intermediate-pressure diaphragm gland seal
结构形式同高压隔板汽封。隔板汽封环由 6 个弧段组成，以 T 形根
部装入隔板内圆的相应槽内，汽封环用止动销防止其旋转，止动销
在上半汽封环接近水平中分面弧段的狭槽中穿过。
Diaphragm structure is the same with high-pressure gland seal.
Diaphragm gland seal ring is formed by six arc section, with T-
shaped root installed into the diaphragm internal circle
corresponding slot. Use stopper pins to prevent gland seal ring’s
rotation. Stopper pins go through the upper gland seal near the
horizontal midsplit arc section’s narrow slot.
六段汽封弧段（汽封环）均由带状拱形弹簧片压住，拱形弹簧片的
一端有弯头插入弧段槽中。在每一弧段上均设有供压槽，供压槽设
在进汽侧，藉助蒸汽作用力使汽封环向中心压紧。各汽封环弧段于
各接合面处作有标记以资鉴别，装配时应按编号就位.
Six gland seal arc sections (gland seal ring) are compressed by
the arch-shaped spring piece, and arc-shaped spring piece’s one
end has bend head inserted into arc section groove. arch spring
insert the film end of a bend arc slot. Each gland seal arc is
suppressed by arch-shaped spring piece, arch-shaped spring
piece’s one end has bend head inserted into the slot on the arcs
section. In each arc segment there is equipped a pressure supply
groove which is placed into the steam inlet side, with the help of
Page 132 of 629

steam force to compress gland seal ring to the center. Each arc
gland seal arc section at all joint faces are provided with a
matching mark number for identification, so it should be
assembled according to the numbers.
2.2.5.1.3 低压隔板汽封
2.2.5.1.3 Low pressure diaphragm gland seal
只设有与转轴配合的汽封环，装入相应隔板内圆的槽中。汽封环由
六个弧段组成，用止动销防止其旋转。每一汽封弧段均由波形弹簧
片压住，弹簧片一端有弯头插入弧段槽中。
It only set with gland seal ring combining with rotating shaft
installed into corresponding diaphragm inside circle’s groove.
Gland seal ring is formed by six arc sections, use stopper pins to
prevent their rotation. Each arc section is compressed by the
wave shape spring piece. Spring piece’s one end has bend head
inserted into arc slot.
2.2.5.1.4 高、中压缸轴封
2.2.5.1.4 High, intermediate pressure casing gland seal
为防止蒸汽从高、中压缸泄漏到大气中，由装在转子末端处的汽封
环来实现。其中，高压缸轴封由前汽封体和后汽封体内侧、外侧组成
中压缸轴封由前汽封体内侧、外侧和后汽封体组成。
In order to prevent the steam leaking out from the high,
intermediate pressure casing into the atmosphere, this function is
accomplished by installed on the rotor end’s gland seal ring.
Thereinto, high-pressure casing gland seal is formed by the
former gland seal body and post gland seal body. Middle-pressure
casing gland seal is formed by the former body medial, lateral,
and post body.
高压缸轴封前汽封体装有 6 个带有 T 字形根部和设有供压槽的汽封
环；后汽封体内侧、外侧分别装有 5 个和 6 个带有 T 字形根部和设
有供压槽的汽封环。
High-pressure casing front gland seal body is installed with 6 seal
gland seal rings with T-shape root and supplying pressure
grooves; Rear gland seal body medial and lateral respectively
have 5 and 6 gland seal rings with T-shaped root and supplying
pressure grooves.
中压缸轴封前汽封体内侧、外侧分别装有 6 个和 5 个带有 T 字形根
部和设有供压槽的汽封环；后汽封体装有 5 个带有 T 字形根部和设
有供压槽的汽封环。
Middle-pressure casing front gland seal body medial and lateral
have respectively 6 and 5 gland seal rings with T-shaped root and
supplying pressure grooves; Rear gland seal body medial and
lateral have 5 gland seal rings with T-shaped root and supplying
pressure grooves.
每一汽封环由 6 个弧段组成，各汽封弧段用螺钉固定并由弹簧压紧。
Page 133 of 629

汽封环用止动销来防止旋转并避免其起吊时上半脱落，止动销装于
上半汽封环弧段进水平中分面处的槽内。内、外汽封体间之“X”腔室
通过外汽封体下半两个对称接口与汽封蒸汽控制系统相连，在各种
运行工况下可自动维持该腔室之压力为一定值。该腔室底部设有疏
水管以排放积水。漏汽及漏入的空气由“Y”腔室经外汽封体下半两
个对称接口通至汽封凝汽器，并维持一定的真空，以防止蒸汽外漏
至汽轮机房及空气漏入汽轮机内部。
Each gland seal ring is formed by six arc sections. Each gland
seal arc is fixed by the screw and compressed tight by spring.
Gland seal ring has the stopper pin to prevent rotation and to
avoid fall-off during lifting the upper half. Stopper pins are
installed in the groove of the upper half gland seal ring arcs going
into horizontal midsplit surface. Between inside and outside gland
seal bodies, the "X" chamber goes through outside gland seal
body connects with gland seal steam control system by outside
gland seal body lower side two symmetric interfaces. Under
variety of operating conditions, it can automatically maintain the
pressure in the chamber at a certain value. At the bottom of the
chamber has drain pipe to discharge accumulated water. Steam
leak-out and leak-in air is from the "Y" chamber through the
outside gland seal body lower half two symmetric interfaces
leading to the condenser and maintain a certain vacuum, in order
to prevent steam leak out to the turbine room and the air leaks
into the turbine inside.
汽封体轴向定位由安装于外缸上完成，垂直方向与横向定位则通过
垫片调整。汽封体中分面用螺栓紧固，且以螺栓紧固于外缸之端壁
（汽封法兰面）上，用凹槽与外缸端壁上之凸肩相配以轴向定位，
中分面以支承键支托，底部有定位销。键之圆柱销部分固定于汽缸
端壁上，修正键宽度与汽封体相匹配，且作相应的标记。这些键可
允许汽封体作径向膨胀，并保持其中心不变。
Gland seal body axial location is finished during the installation on
outer casing. Vertical and horizontal position adjustment is
through regulating the gasket. Gland seal midsplit surface is fixed
by bolts, and use bolt to fix it on the outer casing end wall (Gland
seal flange surface). And use the concave groove to match outer
casing walls’ convex shoulder in order to do the axial position, the
midsplit surface is supported by support key, the bottom has
location pin. Key’s cylindrical pin part is fixed on the casing side
wall. Regulating key’s width is match to gland seal body and has
the corresponding marks. These keys allow gland seal body to do
radial expansion and keep its center no change.
2.2.5.1.5 低压轴封
2.2.5.1.5 Low Pressure Gland Seal
为防止蒸汽从低压缸内泄漏出去及防止空气进入低压缸内，因而设
置低压轴封。低压轴封位于转子两端，汽封体分为上、下两半，用螺
栓连接成一体。
In order to prevent the steam leaking out from the low-pressure
casing and prevent the air leaking into the low-pressure casing,
Page 134 of 629

so it is equipped with the low-pressure gland seal. Low-pressure
gland seal is located at both ends of the rotor. Gland seal body is
divided into upper and lower halves, with the bolts to connect
them together.
低压轴封通过螺栓固定在低压外缸上。调整顶起螺栓，然后用打销
子、拧紧螺栓的办法来进行定位。
Low-pressure gland seal is fixed by bolts on the low-pressure
casing’s outside cylinder. Adjust lifting bolt, and then use adding
pins, and fastening bolts to approach the location.
汽封体内装有 4 个平齿汽封环，每一汽封环由 8 个弧段组成，带有
T 字形根部和供压槽。各汽封弧段用螺钉固定并由弹簧压紧，并以
止动销来防止其旋转，并避免了起吊时上半脱落，止动销装于上半
汽封环弧段水平中分面处之槽内。
Gland seal body is equipped with four flat teeth gland seal rings.
Each gland seal rings is made up by 8 arc sections with T-shaped
root and supplying pressure groove. Each gland seal arcs section
is fixed by screws and suppressed tight by the spring, and use
stopper pin to prevent its rotation, and avoid upper half falling off
during lifting. Stopper pin is installed in the upper half gland seal
ring arc section horizontal midsplit surface’s groove.
经低压缸下半端壁管道引入来自轴封蒸汽控制系统的供汽至“X”腔
室，在各种运行工况下可自动维持其压力为定值。这一供汽起动时
由辅助蒸汽站提供，在正常运行时来自经喷水冷却后之高、中压端
汽封之漏汽。漏汽及漏入之空气由“Y”腔室经低压缸下半端壁管道
引入汽封加热器，维持其一定之真空，以防止蒸汽外漏至汽轮机房
及空气漏入汽轮机内。
Introduce steam from the gland seal steam control system to the
"X" chamber through low pressure casing lower half end wall
pipeline, in variety of operating conditions it can automatically
maintain its pressure at constant value. During startup this steam
is provided by the auxiliary steam header and in normal operation
it comes from high and intermediate pressure ends’ gland seal
steam leakage after the water spray cooling. Steam leak-out and
leak in with the air is lead from the "Y" chamber through low-
pressure casing lower half end wall pipeline to gland seal heater,
and maintain its definite vacuum, in order to prevent steam
leakingout to the turbine room and the air leaking into the Turbine.
在汽封体上半顶部，拆去管塞，可装置供汽压力表和热电偶。
Remove the pipe plugs from the gland seal body upper half top,
and it can be equipped with steam pressure gauges and
thermocouples.
2.2.5.2 汽封检修工艺方法、质量标准及注意事项
2.2.5.2 Gland seal maintenance process, quality standards and
precautions
2.2.5.2.1 轴封盒解体
Page 135 of 629

2.2.5.2.1 Gland seal box’s disassembly
1 拨出轴封盒水平结合面销子,拆掉螺丝。
1 To allocate the box’s horizontal joint face pins, and remove
screws.
2 吊走上汽封盒(有排汽流环的汽封盒,应先拆去导流环)。
2 Hang out gland seal box (If the gland seal boxes has exhaust
steam flow ring, should remove the flow guiding ring at first).
3 检查汽封盒中分面有无漏汽痕迹,汽封段有无磨损,初步检查下
轴封盒径向及轴向有无松动。
3 Check whether there is steam leakage trace on boxes’
midsplit surfaces and whether there is abrasion on the gland
seal section. Check whether there is radial and axial loose
lower gland seal box.
2.2.5.2.2 拆卸检查汽封块
2.2.5.2.2 Check gland seal block demolition
1 事先对要拆卸的汽封块槽道渗上煤油。
1 Infiltrate kerosene into gland seal block’s groove before
disassembly.
2 用铜榔头敲击汽封面端面,使之活动后再拉出汽封块，如锈蚀严
重比较难拆，可用 5-10mm 厚的钢板锉成与汽封块的端面形状
相似，但尺寸较小的垫块，垫在汽封块端面上，用弯曲的小铜
棒顶住汽封块端面，用手锺轻击出。
2 Use copper hammer to knock gland seal cover face, so make
it flexible and then pulled out gland seal blocks. If it has
serious rust corrosion and make it more difficult to
disassemble, we can file 5-10mm stainless steel plates into
the shape similar with the gland seal block’s end surface but
smaller size gaskets. They are bushded on the gland seal
block. Use small bend copper rod to withstand gland seal
block end face, and use hammer to knock them out slightly.
3 用钢丝刷或纱纸、煤油等清理汽封块,槽道及其它部件。
3 Use stainless wire brush, emery paper or kerosene and so on
to clean up gland seal blocks, grooves, and other
components.
4 检查汽封弹簧片弹性是否良好,有无裂纹。
4 Check whether gland seal spring piece’s flexibility is good,
and has crack.
5 检查汽封块调整螺钉有无断裂、松动。
5 Check whether the gland seal block regulating screws have
breakage and loosening.
Page 136 of 629

6 修理刮尖所有的汽封块齿尖。
6 Repair and scrap all of the gland seal block tooth tip.
7 注意事项
7 Precautions
7.1 拆汽封块时不得伤及端面及齿,应无变形、损伤。
7.1 When disassemble gland seal block, shall not break the end
face and teeth, there should be no deformation and damage.
7.2 对吊出的汽封盒，汽封块必须统一编号，编号可采用如下方法：
7.2 The hanged out gland seal boxes and gland seal blocks must
have unified numbering. The numbering can use the following
methods:
7.2.1 每段汽封分别在序号前冠以特定字母,如高压汽封为 H
打头，中压汽封用 Z 打头，低压汽封 L 打头。
7.2.1 At the front of each gland seal’s number it is preceded
by a particular letter, such as labeled H for high-
pressure steam, Z for intermediate pressure gland
seal, L for low-pressure gland seal.
7.2.2 每圈汽封均编为一组，六段弧度打上同一组号，一般
按蒸汽流动编号，每组端面的接头有首尾记号，以防
装错。
7.2.2 Each gland seal ring is allocated to one group, six
arcs degrees are marked with the same group of
numbers. Usually according to steam flow numbers,
each end face’s connector is marked at and front and
rear to prevent wrong installation.
7.3 弹簧片要扎好,同样要做好标记，附各汽封间隙设计值。
7.3 Spring pieces shall be tied up, and marked well, with each
gland seal clearance designed values.
2.2.5.2.3 检查项目
2.2.5.2.3 Checklist
1 汽封盒水平结合面检查接触情况,接触面积应>60%,空扣情况下，
0.05mm 塞尺不通,上下汽封盒凹字应无错口现象，否则，应重
新纹孔定位。
1 Check the gland seal horizontal joint face’s contact condition.
The contact area should be >60%. Under the non-buckle
condition, 0.05mm feeler can not be inserted. The upper and
lower gland seal boxes concave groove should have no error
mouth phenomenon, otherwise, the pits should be re-
positioned.
2 测量调整汽封盒洼窝中心，测量调整方法同隔板洼窝中心调整
方法。
Page 137 of 629

2 Measure and adjust gland seal box’s socket center.
Measurement and adjustment method is the same with the
adjustment of diaphragm socket center method.
2.2.5.2.4 汽封及轴封轴向和径向间隙的测量调整
2.2.5.2.4 Measurement of axial and radial clearance adjustment of
steam seal and gland seal
1 汽封径向间隙测量调整
1 Steam seal radial clearance’s measurement and
adjustment
1.1 在解体前和复装后，应拆除弹簧片后重新组装汽封块，并
用竹楔顶住汽封块两侧，不使汽封块下沉。在转子就位状态
下，用塞尺测量中分面两侧的径向间隙，并做好记录，为
做好记录，测量时可用木楔或螺丝刀插入汽封环背弧，防
止汽封环向后通退让，确保测量精度。
1.1 Before disassembly and re-installation, it should removed
spring pieces at first and then re-assemble gland seal
blocks, and use bamboo wedge to withstand gland seal
blocks’ two sides to prevent the blocks sink. Under the
rotor is on position condition, use feeler to measure
midsplit surface two sides’ radial clearance and make a
record. In order to make a record, we can insert wood
wedge or screwdriver into gland seal ring back arc during
measurement to prevent the gland seal ring yield to back
passage, in order to ensure the measurement accuracy.
1.2 测量汽封的径向间隙，通常用压胶布的方法，近汽封间隙
要求，在每块汽封两端近 15mm 处，贴相应层数的胶带
（常用医用胶面，做成 10mm 宽左右带子，每层一般按
0.25mm 计算）胶布必须贴紧,且各层胶布宽度应依次减少,
成阶梯形粘贴在一起,然后在转子相应部位抹上红丹油,吊入
转子，盘动转子一圈后，将转子吊开，观察白胶布的磨痕，
根据印痕的轻重来判断汽封间隙值的大小，用同样方法测
量上汽封间隙，在上半轴封和上半隔板汽封选齿上贴好胶
布，然后吊入转子、扣上隔板，上轴封盒，盘动转子测量，
但要防止下半汽封环将上半汽封环顶起，叶顶汽封，根部
汽封应一并测量。
1.2 When measuring steam seal radial clearance, usually use
press tape method. Requirements for near steam seal
clearance: At each steam seal two end’s nearly 15mm
place, paste the corresponding layers tape (commonly
use medical adhesive surface tape which is made into
about 10mm wide tape. each layer is 0.25mm in general)
Page 138 of 629

tape must stick tightly, and each tape layer width should
reduced in turn, paste together with ladder shape, and
then cast red lead oil the corresponding parts of the rotor.
Hang the rotor into casing. After rotate the rotor one circle,
hang out the rotor to observe the white tape’s abrasive
trace. And then according to the degree of the trace,
determine the value of the steam clearance. And use the
same method to measure upper steam seal clearance,
paste tape on the upper half gland seal and the upper half
diaphragms steam seal selected teeth. And then hang the
rotor in it, buckle the diaphragm and the gland seal box,
and then rotate rotor to measure, but must prevent the
lower half steam seal ring jacking up upper half steam
seal ring. The blades tip steam seal and root steam seal
should be measured together.
汽封间隙调整一般是通过对弹性汽封块承力面修刮，加减
垫片来达到，对延伸性较好的材料，则可采用捻打方法来
缩小间隙。
Gland seal gap adjustment is usually using modify elastic
gland seal block’s force bearing surface and add or
remove bushs to achieve. For good extension material,
can use twist and hit method to narrow the clearance.
2 汽封轴向间隙测量调整
2 Steam seal axial clearance’s measurement adjustment
2.1 测量汽封轴向间隙一般用小塞尺直接测量,测量部位见本部
分图 1、图 2。
2.1 Measuring gland seal axial clearance usually use a small
feeler to do direct measurement. Measurement parts refer
to this section’s Figure 1, Figure 2.
2.2 轴向间隙调整方法,如果汽封盒的汽封同时偏向一侧可在汽
封盒轴向通过加减垫片调整,如隔板汽封或是轴封盒的某一
组汽封块偏向一侧，一般应更换。
2.2 Axial clearance adjustment method. if the steam seal
boxes’ steam seal lean to one side, we can add or remove
gaskets on steam seal box’s axial direction to regulate. If
one group of steam seal block of the diaphragm steam
seal or gland seal box leans to one side, it should be
replaced in general.
调整汽封块周向总间隙在 0.3~0.5mm,修刮各汽封块接触面
应 0.05mm 不通,安装时汽封块径向接缝各圈应错开。
Steam seal block circumferential total clearance should
Page 139 of 629

be 0.3 ~ 0.5mm, modify each steam seal block’s contact
surfaces shall be smaller than 0.05mm. During
installation, steam seal blocks’ radial joint rings should be
staggered.
2.2.5.2.5 复装
2.2.5.2.5 Re-assembly
1 重新清理干净,汽封盒,汽封块,汽封槽道，并涂黑铅粉。
1 Clean steam seal boxes, steam seal block, steam seal
grooves again and paint them with black lead powder.
2 按记号吊入各下汽封盒，装入下汽封块及弹簧片，用压缩空气
吹干净。
2 According to the numbers, hang the steam seal box in, and
install steam seal blocks and spring pieces, and blow and
clean them with compressed air.
3 上半部分汽封装好压条，将压板螺钉紧好。
3 Install hold-down strips for upper half steam seal, and fasten
well the platen screws.
4 吊入转子。
4 Hang the rotor into it.
5 检查上半部汽封块确已装好后，扣汽封盒及上隔板，紧好中分
面螺丝。
5 Check whether the upper half gland seal block has indeed
installed well. Buckle up the gland seal box and diaphragms,
and fasten well the midsplit surface screws.
6 全部汽封复装以后，盘动转子，验证汽封内，有无动静磨擦声。
6 After all steam seal’s re-installation, rotate the rotor, and verify
whether there is dynamic and static friction sound in the
steam seal.
2.2.6 轴承检修
2.2.6 Bearing maintenance
2.2.6.1 轴承结构概述
2.2.6.1 Bearing structure general description
2.2.6.1.1 径向轴承
2.2.6.1.1 Radial Bearings
汽轮机发电机组轴系中，共有 8 个支持轴承，每一根转子均由二个
轴承支承，其中：汽轮机有 6 个径向轴承，高压转子、中压转子以
及低压转子各 2 个，编号依次是 1-6 号；发电机 2 个，编号分别为
7、8 号。汽轮机的 6 个支承轴承和发电机轴承均为带球面轴瓦套的
椭圆轴承，#1、#2 轴承双侧进油，#3、#4、#5、#6 轴承为单侧进油，
Page 140 of 629

另侧亦有排油孔，上瓦开有周向槽，安装时必须注意#3、#4、#5、#6
轴承进、排油孔板位置与转向的关系。
Turbine-generator unit’s shaft system has eight support bearings,
each rotor has two bearings supporting, which includes: there are
six radial bearings for steam turbine, high-pressure rotor, middle-
pressure rotor and the low-pressure rotor has 2 for each one,
their numbers are 1-6; generator has 2 bearings whose No. are
7,8 respectively. Turbine’s six supporting bearings and generator
bearing are elliptical bearings with ball bearings bushes. # 1, # 2
bearings are two sides inlet oil. # 3, # 4, # 5, # 6 bearings are
one-side inlet oil, and the other side has oil discharge hole, and
the upper bushs have circumferential grooves. During the
installation, must be careful to # 3, # 4, # 5, # 6 bearings’
relationship of inlet, outlet oil orifice position and direction.
#1、#2、#3、#7、#8 支持轴承设有一个顶轴油孔，其余#4、#5、#6 轴
承则设有两个顶轴油孔，#1-#7 顶轴油管规格均为 Φ14×3，#8 顶
轴油管规格为 Φ14×2。
# 1, # 2, # 3, # 7, # 8 supporting bearings have a jacking oil hole.
# 4, # 5, # 6 bearings are equipped with two jacking oil holes. # 1
- # 7 jacking oil tube specification is Φ14 × 3, # 8 jacking oil tubes’
specification is Φ14 × 2.
表 12 支承轴承参数单位：mm
Table 12 supporting bearing parameters unit:mm
轴承号
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Bearing NO.
轴承型式双侧进油椭圆轴承
type Double sides inlet oil elliptic bearing
轴径 mm
Bearing Ф200 Ф250 Ф250 Ф360 Ф360 Ф360
journal
diameter mm
轴承长度(mm)
Bearing length
(mm)
Page 141 of 629

进油压力
(Mpa)
Inlet oil press.
(MPa)
进油温度(℃)
Inlet oil temp.
( ℃)
温升(℃)
℃ ℃ ℃
Temp.rise (℃)
顶轴油压
(Mpa)
MPa
Jacking oil
press. (MPa)
失稳转速(rpm)
不失稳
不失稳
Lose stable
Not lose
rotating speed Not lose stable
stable
(rpm)
2.2.6.1.2 推力轴承
2.2.6.1.2 Thrust Bearing
为了轴向定位和承受轴向力，汽轮发电机轴系设有 1 个独立设置的
推力轴承，置于＃2 轴承箱内。前后推力瓦各为 10 块，面积相等，
均为 1460cm2，可以承受汽机转子的正向推力和反向定位作用。推
力瓦块钨金厚度为 1.4mm。前后推力瓦各有一瓦块设有金属温度测
点，推力瓦块的回油温度通过轴承箱上盖插入推力轴承安装座上的
回油油柜中测得。推力瓦块及安装环等部件装在壳体中形成本体部
分（见图－推力轴承本体部分）。而本体部分则固定在安装座中
（见图－推力轴承安装座）。安装座与高压缸通过推拉杆连接，其
支撑面在中分面上，通过钢垫块与轴承箱中分面上的铜垫块接触。
因此，推力轴承随高压缸的涨缩在高中压轴承箱内轴向移动。这种
结构使汽缸膨胀时受到的阻力较小。
In order to do axial position and bear axial force, turbo-generator
shaft system has an independent thrust bearing which placed in #
2 bearing box. Each front and rear thrust bearing have ten bushs
whose areas are equal and are 1460 cm 2. They can bear steam
turbine rotor’s forward thrust and have reverse location function.
Thrust bush black bronze’s thickness is 1.4mm. Front and rear
thrust bushs have a metal temperature measuring point for each.
Thrust bush back oil return temperature is measured by inserted
into thrust bearing installation seat’s oil return oil tank from
Page 142 of 629

bearing box cover gauge top cover. Thrust bushs and installation
rings and so on components are installed in the shell to form body
part(see Figure - thrust bearing body part). The body part is fixed
on the installation seat (see Figure - thrust bearings installed
Block). Installation seat connects with the high-pressure casing by
the push-pull rod, the supporting surface is on the midsplit
surface, contact to each other by the copper gasket of the
stainless steel bushs and the bearing box midsplit surface.
Therefore, the thrust bearing does the axial movement in the high
and intermediate pressure bearing following the high pressure
casing’s expansion and shrink. This structure makes casing
expanding with the small resistance.
推力轴承的安装环是弹性的，可以使各推力瓦块受力均衡。根据安
装环材料的弹性模量及结构尺寸、受力情况，安装环的设计计算得
出，当推力瓦所受平均均布压力为 20bar 时，弹性安装环的变形量
为 0.1mm，若变形量为 0.15mm 时，
图 20 推力轴承安装座 Figure 20 Thrust Bearing
Installation holder
1.安装座 2.推力轴承 3.推力杆
1. Install holder 2. Thrust bearing
4.压板 5.进油滑块 6.轴承箱 3. Thrust rod
则推力瓦上受到的平均压力为 1.5х20bar=30bar。汽轮机组在运行
4. Platen 5. Inlet oil slide 6.
Bearing Box
过程中，每块瓦受到的最大推力下的变形量可以通过装在安装环上
的弹性圆柱销保留住这个位移量（见图－弹性安装环详图）。机组
检修时可以通过测量弹性圆柱销的这个变形量，计算得到对应的瓦
块受到过的最大压力（比压）为多少，以判断推力瓦的工作情况。
因此，检修时应注意取出安装环时不要碰撞弹性圆柱销。
Installation ring of thrust bearing ring is flexible and can enable
Page 143 of 629

the thrust force bushs’ stress to be balance. Depending on the
installation ring material’s elastic modulus, structural dimensions
and stress condition, the installation ring design is calculated out,
when the thrust bush receives an average distribute pressure
20bar, the elastic installation ring’s deformation is 0.1mm. If the
deformation amount is 0.15mm, then thrust bushs will receive
average pressure 1.5х20bar = 30bar. During steam turbine unit’s
operation, each bush received the deformation under the largest
thrust can retaining the flexibility of this displacement by the
elastic cylindrical pin installed in the installation ring (see Figure -
elastic installation ring chart). During unit’s maintenance, we can
calculate out the biggest pressure corresponding bush received
by measuring the deformation of the elastic cylindrical pin, to
judge the thrust bushs of work. Therefore, should pay Precaution
not to impact the elastic cylindrical pin when take out installation
ring during maintenance.
弹性安装环详图
Elastic installation ring detailed chart
图 21 推力轴承本体部分
Figure 21 thrust bearing body part
Page 144 of 629

图 22 推力轴承的安装环
Figure 22 thrust bearing’s installation ring
雷菲（6785）
2.2.6.2 轴承检修
2.2.6.2 Bearing maintenance
2.2.6.2.1 径向轴承
2.2.6.2.1 Axial bearing
1 检查内容
1 Checklist
1.1 检查轴瓦钨金表面状况,有无脱落胎，裂纹、沙眼、磨损、腐蚀，过
热等现象，必要时可联系金属探伤（采用手揿压轴承合金边缘，
检查轴承合金与瓦衬体结合面有无油汽泡挤出的方法检查脱胎）；
1) Inspect the tungsten alloy of bearing bush to see whether there
is strip, crack, sand hole, abrasion, corrosion, superheat etc.
phenomena. Inform metal defect detection when necessary
(Manually press the bearing alloy edge to check out whether
there is extruding oil bubbles on the interface between the
lining and bearing alloy).
1.2 检查修刮轴颈与轴瓦应全长接触良好,接触角为 60º；
2) Inspect the bearing journal and bearing bush should completely
contact well and the contact angle should be 60º.
1.3 球面瓦的球面接触均匀，接触面积应>70%，球面与洼窝无划伤
无毛刺；
3) The spherical surface of spherical bush should contact
uniformly. The contact square must possess more than 70% of
the total and no scratch and fin on the spherical surface and
groove.
1.4 各瓦枕调整垫铁接触良好；
4) The adjusting iron cushion of all bearing shoe should contact
well.
1.5 垫铁的调整垫片应用钢片，数量不超过三片；
5) The fitting strip of iron cushion should be made of steel strip
with the number of less than three.
1.6 对轴瓦钨金表面不均匀磨痕要做轻微修刮，修刮轴瓦一定要注意：
刮刀汽刀量要轻，刮削量要小而宽，严格刮出深浅槽，和修刮量
太大，刮时刮刀一定要交叉刮削，严禁在同一方向修刮，修刮用
刀口处检查；
Page 145 of 629

6) Slightly scrape it if there is non-uniform abrasive trace on the
tungsten alloy surface of bearing bush. When maintaining and
scraping the bearing bush, pay attention to the following points:
 The scraping range must be small and wide.
 Strictly scrape out the groove.
 Scrape across if the scraping range is large. Do not
scrape in a direction all the time.
1.7 涂色检查瓦枕块与轴承座洼窝接触面。检查修刮使轴瓦垫铁与轴
承箱洼窝，???? 轴承内瓦外球面与外瓦内球面接触均匀，接触
为面积大于 70%，检修时一定要注意垫铁紧固螺丝是否松动。轴
瓦下部垫铁在没有放转子前应有 0.03~0.05mm 间隙。
7) Inspect the contact surface of the bearing shoe and bearing
groove in the way of painting. Scrape and maintain to
guarantee the bearing iron cushion and bearing tank
groove????, the external spherical surface of the bearing inner
bush and the internal spherical surface of the bearing outer
bush must contact uniformly. The contact square should be
more than 70%. When carry out the maintenance, pay attention
to the fixed screw of iron cushion which should be fastened and
not loosened. There should be a clearance of 0.03-0.05mm in
the lower iron cushion of the bearing bush before the rotor is
put in it.
2 轴承测量
2 Bearing measurement
2.1 轴承顶隙测量
2.1 Measurement of bearing top clearance
2.1.1 清理轴颈及上轴瓦、并把两根约 0.5~0.70mm 的铅丝(铅
丝直径比顶隙大 0.50mm 为宜)沿轴向放在轴颈前后,放时
要避开上轴瓦中间的槽道。
1) Clear the bearing journal and the upper bearing bush. Put
two lead wires about 0.5-0.7 mm in the front and back of
the bearing journal along the shaft direction. When putting
the lead wire, avoid touching the groove in the middle of
upper bearing bush.
2.1.2 组合上半块轴瓦,均匀的紧固结合面螺丝使结合面压紧。
2) Assemble the upper half bearing bush; uniformly fasten the
screws of the interface to make it pressed tightly.
2.1.3 松开结合面螺丝吊上轴瓦。
3) Loosen the screws on the interface and hang the bearing
bush.
2.1.4 取出铅丝,用千分表测量其厚度亦做好记录。
Page 146 of 629

4) Take out the lead wire, and measure its thickness by the
micrometer gauge, take a record as well.
2.2 轴承侧隙测量
2.2 Measurement of bearing side clearance
用塞尺在轴瓦水平结合面的四个角上测量，塞尺片插入瓦口深度
约为轴颈直径的 1/10～1/12,塞尺不应超过三片，此时塞尺厚度
即为轴瓦两侧的间隙。
一般要求轴瓦顶隙为轴颈直径的 1‰～1.5‰，侧隙为轴颈直径
的 1.5‰～2‰。
Use clearance/feeler gauge to carry out the measurement on
the four angles in the horizontal interface of the bearing bush.
The inserting depth into the bush mouth of the feeler leafs ( ≦3)
should be 1/10 ～1/12 of the journal diameter. At this moment,
the feeler thickness is the clearance of the two sides of
bearing.
Normally, the bush top clearance should be 1‰ ～1.5‰ of the
journal diameter; while the side clearance must be 1.5‰ ～2‰
of journal diameter.
2.3 轴承紧力测量
2.3 Measurement of bearing tightening force
2.3.1 轴瓦组合工作完毕后,清理干净轴承盖结合面及轴承座油
室。
1) After finishing the bearing bush assembly, clear and clean
the bearing casing interface and the oil chamber of the
bearing pedestal.
2.3.2 根据紧力值,选择直径为 0.30mm 铅丝放在上轴瓦与轴承
盖上部的结合面间,并在轴承座结合面上对称放置四块同
等厚度的垫片,一般用 0.30~0.40mm 的不锈钢垫片或铜
片，也有的采用在轴承座结合面放铅丝面不放垫片的办
法测量。
2) According to the tightening force value, put the lead wire of
0.30mm diameter in the interface between the upper
bearing journal and the top of bearing casing. And
symmetrically put four gasket of same thickness on the
bearing pedestal interface; the stainless steel gasket or
sheet copper of 0.30~0.40mm is normally used.
Sometimes, the method of putting the lead wire and no
gasket on the bearing pedestal interface is employed to
measure it.
2.3.3 组合上轴承盖，并均匀地紧固轴承盖结合面的螺丝再松
开，吊走轴承盖，测量铅丝厚度（一般按前、后、左、右
四个方向测量），紧力值应是垫片平均厚度减去所压铅
丝平均厚度，负值间隙为间隙，反之则为紧力。
Page 147 of 629

3) Assemble the upper bearing casing, and uniformly fasten
the screws on the interface of bearing casing, then loosen
it. Suspend out the bearing casing and then measure the
lead wire thickness (normally take the measurement in four
directions (front, back, left and right). The tightening force
value should be the difference that the average thickness
of gasket minuses the average thickness of the pressed
lead wire. If the value is negative, that is called clearance,
otherwise, it is tightening force.
2.3.4 一般轴承紧力值的调整都是通过调整上轴瓦顶部瓦枕垫
片来达到,但有的是通过调整轴承盖结合面单侧调整垫片
来达到。
球形轴瓦紧力为±0.03mm，对运行中轴承盖受热温升较
高的情形，尽力应适当加大，但其冷态紧力值一般
≤0.25mm。
4) Usually the baring tightening force adjustment is carried out
by governing the bearing shoe gasket on the top of bush.
Some are carried our by adjusting one-side fitting strip on
the bearing casing interface. The tightening force of
spherical bearing bush is ±0.03mm. For the bearing casing
in the operation, properly increase the value when its
temperature is relatively high because of heating.
Moreover, normally its tightening force value in cold state is
not more than 0.25mm (≤0.25mm).
2.4 轴承箱油档间隙测量
2.4 Clearance measurement of oil cover of bearing box
2.4.1 用塞尺依次测量各外挡调整间隙,如外油档的间隙偏大，
可捻打铜齿，以延伸铜齿高度，缩小其间隙，如上、下间
隙过大也可以通过修刮油档结合面达到，采用上述方法
仍然达不到要求就必须更换铜齿。
1) Use the feeler gauge to measure the adjusting clearance of
every external damper in turn. If the clearance of external
oil cover is bigger, beetle the copper teeth to extend its
height and shorten the clearance; if the top and bottom
clearance are too big, maintaining and scraping the
interface of oil cover can also be employed. It is necessary
to change the copper teeth if the above methods are
evidenced ineffective.
2.4.2 浮动油档主要靠机械加工来达到各部要求,如左右间隙符
合要求,上下间隙过大时可刮结合面处理，左右间隙超标
必须更换。
2) The floating oil cover meets the requirements mainly by
machining. If the left and right clearances meet the
requirements, it is needed to scrape the interface when the
top and bottom clearance are too big. Change it if the left
and right clearances do not satisfy the requirements.
Page 148 of 629

2.5 检查各瓦块顶轴油囊深度,用直尺搁在钨金上,油囊深度应符合标
准（0.35～0.50 mm）。
2.5 Inspect the depth of jacking oil sac of each bush by putting the
ruler on the tungsten alloy to measure it. The oil sac depth
should meet the normal standard（0.35～0.50 mm）.
表 13 各轴承间隙数据表单位：㎜
轴承号轴瓦顶部间隙瓦盖紧力油档间隙（直径）

1 — ±
2 — ±
3 — ±
4 — ±
5 — ±
6 — ±
7
8
Table 13 Data table of bearing clearances

Unit: mm
Bearing No. Bottom clearance Tightening force Clearance of oil

of bearing bush of bush cover cover（diamete
1 — ± r）
2 — ±
3 — ±
4 — ±
5 — ±
6 — ±
7
8
3 油档检查修整
3 Oil cover inspection and maintenance
3.1 检查油档盖及油梳，不应有毛刺，异物存在，不应有裂纹，5 孔/
寸钢丝布应清洁无堵塞。
Page 149 of 629

1) Inspect the oil cover casing and oil comb which should not
have bur, foreign matter, and crack. The steel screen of 5holes/
inch should be clean and unblocked.
3.2 装入油档时在垂直法兰内涂以密封胶，用调整螺丝调整间隙，用
力矩扳拧紧螺栓。
2) When install the oil cover, put the sealing rubber on the vertical
flange. Adjust the clearance with adjusting screw and fasten
the bolt with torque spanner.
3.3 #1～#6 轴承箱外油档间隙标准：
3) Standards for clearance of the external oil cover of bearing
box:
3.3.1 #1、2、轴承箱外油档间隙标准：上部 0.50～0.60mm，左、
右 0.20～0.25 mm，下部 0.05～0.08 mm；
3.3.1 Standards for clearance of the external oil cover of #1
and #2 bearing box: top 0.50 ～ 0.60mm, left and right
0.20～0.25 mm, bottom 0.05～0.08 mm;
3.3.2 #3、#4、#5、#6 轴承箱外油档间隙标准：上部 0.45～
0.55mm ，左、右 0.32 ～ 0.36 mm ，下部 0.05 ～ 0.08
mm；
3.3.2 Standards for clearance of the external oil cover
of#3,#4，#5, and #6 bearing box: top 0.45 ～0.55mm,
left and right 0.32～0.36 mm, bottom 0.05～0.08 mm;
2.2.6.2.2 推力轴承检修
2.2.6.2.2 Maintenance for thrust bearing
1 解体检查、测量
1 Disassembly inspection and measurement
1.1 吊走#2 轴承盖，拆出推力瓦盖水平结合面螺栓，用顶丝均匀顶
起 10-20mm，然后吊出，拆出球枕水平结合面螺栓，拨出锥销，
用特殊吊环吊走上半部球枕，拆除其推力瓦块，同时联系热工拆
除温度测点。
1) Take away the #2 bearing casing and dismantle the bolts on
the horizontal interface of the thrust bush cover. Use the fixed
screw to uniformly make out a height of 10-20mm, and then
take it out. Dismantle the bolts on interface of the spherical
shoe, and pull out the taper pin; use the special suspending
ring to take out the upper half spherical shoe. Remove the
thrust bush, at the same time confirm I&C personnel to remove
the temperature measuring points.
1.2 取出两半油封环(出油、进油)再旋出下半部分正、反两推力面的推
力瓦块，妥善保存。
2) Pick out two halves’ oil sealing ring (oil inlet and oil outlet), and
then rotate off the thrust bush of two-side thrust surface at the
Page 150 of 629

lower half part. Keep them well.
1.3 检查推力瓦块表面钨金应光滑，完整、无脱落、磨损、过热熔化、
磨蚀痕迹及其它机械损伤，各瓦块工作印痕应均匀，接触宽度是
扇形体宽度的 1/2 或更大，瓦块内外径及销钉孔应无磨损痕迹，
摇摆支承线无明显磨损，瓦块组装后并能沿摇摆线自由摇摆。
3) Inspect the tungsten alloy on the thrust bush should be smooth,
complete, and not experience strip, abrasion, being melting by
Superheating, corrosion and any other mechanical damage.
The working trace of every bush should be uniform. The
contact width should be 1/2 or more than 1/2 of the fan width.
There should be no abrasive trace on the inner and outer
diameter of the bush and the pin bolt hole, and no obvious
abrasion on the swaying support wire. The bush can sway
freely along with the swaying wire after being assembled.
1.4 测量推力瓦厚度与原始记录相比,应相差甚微，各瓦块厚度之差
应小于 0.02mm,如有异样，应查明原因进行处理，瓦块楔形进油
区应符合图纸要求，入口间隙 0.1 左右,一般瓦块钨金厚度为
1.5±0.1mm。
4) There should be slight difference between the original record
and the measured thrust bush thickness. The thickness
difference among every bush should be less than 0.02mm.
Find out the causes and solve it if there is any problem. The
wedge oil admission area of the bush should meet the
requirement of the design plan. The inlet clearance should be
around 0.1mm and the normal depth of bush tungsten alloy
should be1.5±0.1mm.
1.5 涂色检查轴承与轴承体的接触情况应大于 70%。
5) Carry out painting inspection on the contacting condition of the
bearing and bearing body, it should be more than70%.
1.6 检查轴承与轴承体顶部间隙（压铅丝法测量）。
6) Inspect the top clearance of the bearing and bearing
body( measure it by pressing the lead wire).
1.7 推力轴承与轴承体之间的接触面积70%；
7) The contact square between the thrust bearing and bearing
body should be more than70% (70%).
1.8 检查轴封环结合面,使之间隙<0.03mm,不错口,总间隙符合标准。
8) Inspect the ring interface clearance of gland seal should be
less than 0.03 mm, correctly contacted and the total clearance
should meet the requirement.
1.9 推力轴承在全组合的情况下,检查与推力盘接触的印痕，要求接
触均匀，S>75%，检查时最好采取干磨的方式检查，以免造成
错觉。
9) Under the condition that the thrust bearing is fully assembled,
Page 151 of 629

inspect the contacting trace on the thrust panel should be
uniform and the square should be more than 75 % (S>75%). It
is better inspecting it in the way of dry milling in case there is a
fault image.
1.10 测量、调整推力瓦轴向间隙。
10) Measure and adjust the axial clearance of the thrust bush.
1.10.1 推力轴承在组合状态,盖上推力轴承的瓦盖，打入内
销，拧紧，水平结合面螺丝。
1.10.1 The trust bearing is in the state of assembly. Close
the bush casing of the trust bearing, insert the inner
pin and screw down the screws on the horizontal
interface.
1.10.2 架两块百分表，一块指在转子的基准端面上，一块
表针指在推力压盖上，分别测量转子移动量和瓦枕
移动量。
1.10.2 Install two micrometers. One points at the normal
terminal surface of the rotor, another pointing at
thrust pressure casing. They are used to separately
measure the rotor and bush shoe moving amount.
1.10.3 用两个千斤顶或其它方法将转子来回推至极限位置,读
出百分表最大，最小批示值，百分表差值为无窜动
量，再减去瓦移动量，即为推力间隙，一般要求推
力间隙为 0.25～0.38 mm，瓦移动量<0.05，最大不
超过 0.07mm。
1.10.3 Use two jacks or other method to push the rotor to
the limit position come and go. And then read the
maximum and minimum value on the dial indicator.
The differential value of the dial indicator should be
？ minuses the bush moving value, which is also
called the thrust clearance. Normally the thrust
clearance is 0.25 ～ 0.38 mm, the bush moving
distance less than 0.05mm, and its maximum not
more than 0.07mm.
1.10.4 推力瓦的轴向间隙可通过调整瓦的调整环厚度来达到。
1.10.4 The axial clearance of the thrust bush can be
adjusted by governing the ring thickness of the
bush.
2 推力轴承组装
2 Assembly of the thrust bearing
1.1 清理各轴承油室、零部件，并取出油孔的堵塞物，用面团粘干净，
详细检查各油孔、沟槽，并将球面座下半组装好。
1) Clear every bearing oil chamber, spare parts. Pick out the
blockage in the oil hole and use the flour paste to stick it
Page 152 of 629

thoroughly. Take close inspection on each oil hole and groove,
and assemle the lower part of the spherical seat.
1.2 经详细检查验收合格后,(应有化学监督),在轴承洼窝及瓦枕内注
入少许润滑油,再进行下瓦复装，在复装过程中注意前后，左右
均不得装反。并检查球衬是否放平。
2) After inspecting every point meet the requirement (including the
chemical supervision), inject a little lube oil into the bearing
groove and bearing shoe. And then reassemble the lower bush
(do not install that reversely). Inspect the spherical lining to see
whether it is laid flatly.
1.3 将进油油封环下半装入相应的槽中。
3) Put the lower half part of the inlet oil sealing ring into the
corresponding groove.
1.4 装入下推力瓦块，联系热工装好测温、差胀、热电偶元件及导线，
检查每块瓦的摆动度。
4) Install the lower thrust bush. Contact I&C personnel to install
the temperature measuring part, differential expansion
element, thermocouple part and wire. Inspect the swaying
angle of each bush.
1.5 放入转子,调整好各浮动间隙使之差总间隙为 0.4~0.55，紧好其
中分面螺丝。
5) Put into the rotor. Adjust each flexible clearance to make the
total difference of clearance is 0.4~0.55mm. Fasten the screws
of the subsurface.
1.6 装上球面座上半(含压块、测温元件等)，中分面用螺丝上紧。
6) Install the upper half pf the spherical seat (including the
pressed compact, temperature measuring element). Screw
down the middle subsurface.
1.7 将轴承座的压板压牢。
7) Press the pressed compact of the bearing pedestal firmly.
1.8 确认无异物遗留后，安装部件齐全合格，盖上推力轴承上盖，检
查上盖与球面座之间的间隙在 0~0.1 范围内，最后将中分面螺栓
拆紧。
8) After ensuring that there is no foreign matter left and the parts
is installed completely and meet the requirement, close the
thrust bearing upper casing. Inspect the clearance between the
upper casing and spherical seat should be in the range of
0~0.1mm. Finally fasten the bolt of the middle surface.
1.9 扣#2 瓦轴承箱上盖，调整与推力瓦轴承上盖紧力值为 0.02mm
间隙. ~0.03mm 过盈。
9) Close the upper casing of #2 bearing box. Adjust the upper
casing of thrust bush to make its tightening force is 0.02mm
Page 153 of 629

clearance, and ~0.03mm interference.
1.10 轴承工作结束后,应将进油管、疏油槽清理干净，疏通接上。
10) After the bearing finishes working, clear the oil admission pipe
and oil discharge groove, then connect it after it is clear.
2.2.7 滑销系统
2.2.7 Sliding pin system
2.2.7.1 结构概述
2.2.7.1 Structure description
为了保证汽缸定向自由膨胀，并能保持汽缸与转子中心一致，避免因膨
胀不均匀造成不应有的应力及伴同而生的振动，因而必须设置一套滑销
系统。在汽缸与基础台板间和汽缸与轴承座之间应装上各种滑销，并使固
定汽缸的螺栓留出适当的间隙，以保证汽缸自由膨胀，又能保持机组中
心不变。
A set of sliding pin system is needed to set in order to keep the cylinder
freely expand in orientation, to make sure the cylinder and rotor can
share the same center, and to avoid vibration produced by the
unnecessary stress because of the non-uniform expansion. Kinds of
sliding pins should be installed between the cylinder and fundamental
sole plate as well as between the cylinder and bearing pedestal.
Moreover, keep the bolt for fixing the cylinder with certain clearance to
guarantee the free expansion of cylinder. It can also help to keep the
unit with static center.
根据滑销的构造形式、安装位置和不同的作用，滑销系统通常由横销、纵
销、立销、猫爪横销、斜销、角销等组成。
According to the structure, installing position and different function,
usually the sliding pin system consists of transverse pin, longitudinal
pin, vertical pin, claw transverse pin, sliding pin, angle and etc.
高中压外缸前、后端分别以定中心梁与前轴承座和中轴承座相连。定中
心梁用螺栓和销钉固定，以保持汽缸和轴承座的轴向和横向位置正确。
Front and back of HP, IP, LP external casings are connected by
centering beam and front bearing pedestal and middle bearing
pedestal. The centering beam is fixed by bolts and pins, to keep correct
axial and horizontal position of cylinder and bearing pedestal.
前轴承座与前座架间，中轴承座与中座架间，前、后都装置有两个纵向键
这样由纵向键引导，前、中轴承座可在其座架上沿轴向滑动，由纵向键引
导，以保持轴向中心线不变。轴承座侧面的压板限制了轴承座产生任何倾
斜或跳动。压板与轴承座凸肩间留有适当的间隙，以允许其轴向滑动。
There are two longitudinal keys installed both in the front and back
between the front bearing pedestal and front seat support, between the
middle bearing pedestal and middle seat support. By the longitudinal
keys, the front and middle bearing pedestal can slide in axial direction
on its seat support, at the same time the axial center line can be kept
unchangeable. The pressed board in the side of the bearing pedestal
can restrict the bearing pedestal to prevent it from deflection or
Page 154 of 629

jumping. There is appropriate clearance between the pressed board
and bearing pedestal shoulder, which is for the axial sliding.
每个低压缸都由与外缸下半一体并向外伸出的连续支座支托， #1 和#2
低压外缸的每端共设置 4 块横向定位板，以限制两个低压外缸的横向位
置，但允许其轴向自由膨胀。另在#1 低压外缸进汽中心线两侧装有两块
轴向定位板，以限制轴向位置，但允许其作横向自由膨胀。横向、轴向定
位板各自连线的交点就是本机组静子热胀的死点。定位板均与水泥基础浇
灌在一起，有很好的刚性，从而保证了低压缸的横向和轴向定位。
Every LP casing is supported by a continuous subsocket which is
integrated with the lower half part of the external casing and scratches
out. For the #1 and #2 LP external casing, each terminal installed four
transverse orientation boards which is use to limit the axial position of
the two LP external casings but support free axial expansion. There are
two axial orientation boards installed on the two sides of the steam
admission centerline of # 1 LP external casing, which is used to limit
the axial position but for its free transverse expansion. The intersection
point of the separated connecting line horizontal and vertical orientation
boards is the thermal expansion dead point of the stators of this unit.
The orientation boards are all concreted with the cement base, which
makes them hard and then guarantee the horizontal and vertical
orientation of the LP casing.
在运行时，#1 低压缸的前端向调阀端膨胀，藉助于定中心梁推动高中压
缸、中轴承座、前轴承座共同向调阀端膨胀。而#1 低压缸的后端向电机端
膨胀，并藉助于推拉装置，推动#2 低压缸向电机端膨胀。
During the operation, the front end of #1 LP casing expands toward the
adjusting valves, which helps the centering beam drive the HIP casing,
middle bearing pedestal, and front bearing pedestal to expand together
toward the adjusting valves. While on the back of the #1 LP casing, the
expansion goes to the motor and the push-and-pull device helps the #2
LP casing expand to the motor.
高中压内缸的死点在高中压进汽管中心线之间的横向截面上，高压静叶
持环是支承在内缸上，而内缸又支承在外缸上，外缸以死点为中心向前
膨胀，所以高压静叶持环向前轴承座方向膨胀。
The dead point of the HP and LP internal casings locates on the
horizontal section between the two centerlines of the HP and LP steam
inlet pipes. The HP static blade carrier is supported in the internal
casing which is supported in the external casing. The external casing
expansion goes forward centering the dead point, so for the HP static
blade carrier, the expansion goes to the front bearing pedestal.
低压内缸是支持在外缸上的，它们的死点是一致的，因此低压内缸也以
死点为中心向前后两端膨胀。
The LP internal casing is supported on the external casing, and they
share the common dead point, so the expansion in the LP casing
extends to the front and back terminals centering the dead point.
2.2.7.2 检修工艺要求、质量标准、注意事项
Page 155 of 629

2.2.7.2 Maintenance process requirement, quality standards, precautions
2.2.7.2.1 检修方法
2.2.7.2.1 Methods of maintenance
1 在每次的机组大修中，所有外露部分滑销均应拆开进行检查；
1) During the overhaul of the unit, all the exposed sliding pins
should be first disassembled and then inspected.
2 当滑销间隙过大时，应用补焊后加工或另配制新销子的办法将间
隙缩小；
2) If the clearance of the sliding pin is too big, decrease the
clearance by making up the welding then assembling it or
change a new one.
3 当滑销间隙过小或有磨损，卡涩痕迹时须用刮刀修刮；
3) If the sliding pin clearance is small or experiences abrasion and
blockage, scrape it using the scraping knife.
4 检查所有滑销应光滑、无毛刺、无变形，清理干净，并涂上干二
硫化钼粉；
4) Inspect all sliding pins which should be smooth, with no burs
and deformation. Make it clean and paint dry molybdenum
disulfide.
5 滑销组装应按原记号，装回原处，并按要求调整各滑销间隙（在
同一直线的滑销，间隙应留在同一方向）。
5) Assemble the sliding pins based on the original marks and
adjust the clearance according to the requirements (the
clearance should be made in the same direction if the sliding
pins are in the same straight line).
6 安装好的销子，应做好防止灰、砂掉入的措施，对清理有困难的
滑销用压缩空气吹净杂物。
6) For the installed pins, take measures to prevent the ash and
sand dropping into it. Use the compressed air to blow out the
foreign matters in some sliding pins if difficult to clean out them.
2.2.7.2.2 滑销系统检修工艺要求
2.2.7.2.2 Maintenance requirements for sliding pin system
1 检修前应测量滑销各部间隙并做好记录；
1) Before the maintenance, take measurement to the sliding pin
clearances and make a record.
2 分解前应检修各销子应无变形，无毛刺；
2) Before disassemble inspect the pins which should not undergo
deformation and burs.
3 研刮好的滑销，应使全长的间隙均匀，并符合要求，接触面积应
Page 156 of 629

在 75%以上，各接触面积应达 80%以上，表面粗造度 1.6 以下，
否则进行修刮；
3) For the grinded and scraped sliding pins, make its total
clearance uniform and meet the requirements. The contacting
square should be more than 75% and each contacting square
more than 80%. The coarse degree should be less than 1.6,
otherwise, scrape it.
4 因为销子不合格更换的销子或补焊后的销子，其强度不得低于原
来销子的强度，不得用点焊（可以全焊）或捻、挤的方法来修补
过大的滑销间隙；
4) For the changed or made-up pins which haven’t met the
requirements, their strength should not be less than that of the
original ones. For the big clearance of sliding pins, do not make
it up by spot welding (full welding admitted) or in the way of
twisting and squeezing.
5 检查缸胀指示用的架子应紧固不松动，装置缸胀的表应根据记号
核对“0”，以免运行后产生误差。
5) Inspect the frame indicating the casing expansion should be
fastened and not loosened. The gauge indicating the casing
expansion should points zero according to the marks to avoid
errors appearing in the future operation.
6 对于排汽缸与台板的连结螺丝，如果垫圈的间隙过小，要用刮削
的方法减薄垫圈或螺帽的厚度来扩大间隙，不允许减小螺丝的紧
力调大其间隙。不准用加垫子的方法修补连接螺栓垫圈间隙，应
更换加厚垫圈。
6) For the screws connecting the steam extraction casing and
sole plate, if the gasket clearance is too small, thin the gasket
or screw cap to increase the clearance by scraping. Do not
increase the clearance by decreasing the tightness force of the
screws. Do not make up the gasket clearance of the joint bolt
by adding a gasket, but change a thick gasket.
2.2.7.2.3 猫爪垫片检查
2.2.7.2.3 Claw gasket inspection
1 拆下连接螺栓；
1) Dismantle the joint bolt.
2 将汽缸顶起，抽出猫爪垫片；
2) Support the steam casing up and extract out the claw gasket.
3 测量垫片总间隙；
3) Measure the total clearance of the gasket.
4 用细砂布将推拉垫片两侧清理干净，并将猫爪垫片凹槽处清理干
净；
4) Use the emery to clean the two sides of drawable gasket and
Page 157 of 629

the groove of the claw gasket.
5 将垫片用磷状黑铅粉或二硫化钼粉揩擦后复装，并复装连接螺栓；
5) Use the black lead powder or molybdenum disulfide to wipe up

the gasket and then reassemble it and the joint bolt.
6 要求高、中压缸猫爪下平面接触均匀，面积大于 75% 。
6) The surface under the claws of HP and LP casing should be
contacted uniformly; its square should be more than 75%.
2.2.7.2.4 前轴承箱底座滑块检查清理
2.2.7.2.4 Inspection and cleanness for slide block on the base of front
bearing box
1 首先测量轴承底角销各部尺寸，并记录原始数据，作为依据，拆
角销螺栓，将角销放置固定位置保存好，将前下缸两侧猫爪处装
上专用工具和千斤顶，并装好百分表监视汽缸顶起数值。
1 Measure the sizes of each parts of the angle pin under the
bearing, and take a record of the original data as reference.
Disassemble the angle pin bolt, and put the angle pins in the
certain places to keep them well. Install the special tools and
jack on the claws in the two sides of the front lower casing.
Install the dial indicator to monitor the casing jacking value.
2 将外缸两侧同时顶起，顶起的高度不得大于 0.5mm，即两侧百
分表读数应一致，用行车将轴承座微微吊起或顶起，起吊时应装
百分表，监其读数不得大于 0.40mm，起吊过程中不得卡涩。
2 Jack up the two sides of the outer casing simultaneously, and
the jacking height should be less than 0.5mm. That means the
dial indicator readings in the two sides should be same. Use
the traveling crane to slightly suspend or jack the bearing
pedestal, at the same time install the dial indicator whose
reading should be less than 0.4mm. There should be no
blockage in the process of suspending.
4 从轴承座两侧将滑块拉出，将滑块和油槽中的油清理干净，检查
滑块接触面应光滑平整，无毛刺，两平面接触状况良好，接触面
积应大于 75%。
4 Pull out the siding block from the two sides of the bearing
pedestal. Clean out the oil on the sliding block and oil groove.
Inspect the sliding block contacting surface should be smooth
and flat without fins. The two surfaces should be in good state
of contact and the contacting square should be more than 75%.
5 将滑动表面涂上高温润滑脂，复装滑块，落下轴承箱及外下缸，
百分表读数应回到原始位置，否则应查明原因予以处理。
5 Paint the high temperature grease on the sliding surface, and
then reassemble the siding block. Drop down the bearing box
and outer lower casing. The reading of dial indicator should
Page 158 of 629

return to the original place, if not, find out the causes and solve
the problems.
6 用专用高压油枪往滑板块的油槽内注入润滑脂（可选用二硫化钼
钙基润滑脂，或锂基润滑脂）并应将油槽注满。
6 Use the special HP oil gun to inject the lube oil (molybdenum
sulfide lime grease or lithium grease) into the oil groove of the
sliding block and fulfill it.
表 14 各滑销间隙标准
单位：mm
名称图号位置要求间隙
a＋b 0.05~0.08
猫爪横销图 23 c 0.05~0.07
d ＞71
a＋b 0.04~0.08
汽缸与调速汽门图 24 F ≥3
立销 c＋d 0.04~0.08
E ≥1.5
汽缸与轴承座立图 25 a＋b 0.06~0.10
销 c ＞1.5
a＋b 0.04~0.06
基础台板纵销图 26
c ＞0.5
a 0.04~0.07
连接螺丝图 27 b 2/3D
c 1/3D
a 0.04~0.06
角销图 28
c ＞2
Table 14 clearance standards for sliding pins

Unit：mm
Name Diagram No. Place Clearance standard

Claw transverse pin Diagram 23 a＋b 0.05~0.08
c 0.05~0.07
Page 159 of 629

d ＞71
a＋b 0.04~0.08
Vertical pins for casing and F ≥3

Diagram 24
speed governing valve c＋d 0.04~0.08
E ≥1.5
Vertical pins for casing and a＋b 0.06~0.10

Diagram 25
bearing pedestal c ＞1.5
Longitudinal pin of base sole a＋b 0.04~0.06

Diagram 26
plate c ＞0.5
a 0.04~0.07
Joint screw Diagram 27 b 2/3D
c 1/3D
a 0.04~0.06
Angle pin Diagram 28
c ＞2
a b
c d
c
E
F
d
a b
Diagram 23 Claw transverse pin Diagram 24 Vertical pins for casing

and speed governing valve
c a b
a
c
b
Page 160 of 629

Diagram 25 Vertical pin between Diagram 26 Longitudinal pin of base
sole plate casing and bearing pedestal
a
c
c b
Diagram 27 Joint screw Diagram 28 Bearing angle pin

connecting casing and sole plate
2.2.8 盘车装置
2.2.8 Turning gear device
2.2.8.1 概述
2.2.8.1 General description
盘车装置用于机组启动时，带动转子低速旋转以便使转子均匀加热，或
在停机后盘动转子旋转，保持转子均匀冷却，减小转子变形的可能。启动
前盘动转子，可以用来检查汽轮机是否具备启动条件，如动静部分是否
存在磨擦，主轴弯曲度是否正常等。
Turning gear is used in the period of unit startup and shutdown. During
the unit startup, the turning gear drives the rotor to rotate in a low
speed in order to make it heated uniformly; or after the unit shutdown, it
turns the rotor to rotate and keeps it being cooled uniformly in order to
decrease the possibility of its deformation. Before start the unit, turn the
rotor, which can be used to inspect whether the turbine meets the
requirements for startup, such as whether there is friction in the moving
and static parts, whether the bending of main shaft is normal etc.
汽轮机停机后，汽缸和转子等部件由热态逐渐冷却，其下部冷却快，上
部冷却慢，转子因上下温差而产生弯曲，弯曲程度随着停机后的时间而
增加，对于大型汽轮机，这种热弯曲可以达到很大的数值，并且需要经
过几十个小时才能逐渐消失，在热弯曲减小到规定数值以前，是不允许
重新启动汽轮机的。因此，停机后，应投入盘车装置，盘车可搅和汽缸内
的汽流，以利于消除汽缸上、下温差，防止转子变形，有助于消除温度较
高的轴颈对轴瓦的损伤。
After the turbine shutdown, the steam casing and rotor etc parts
gradually become cooled from hot state. Their lower part undergoes
Page 161 of 629

quick cooling and upper part slow, therefore the rotor experiences bend
because of the temperature difference between the upper part and
lower part. The bend degree increases with the time of unit outage. For
the big steam turbine, this thermal bending can reach a big value and
can gradually disappear after tens of hours. Do not restart the steam
turbine before the thermal bending value decreases to the set value.
Therefore, turning gear must be put into operation after unit shutdown,
because it can stir the steam flow in casing and helps to eliminate the
temperature difference between the casing upper and lower parts.
Moreover, the turning gear can prevent the rotor form deformation and
helps to eliminate the damage on the bearing bush because of the
bearing journal with high temperature as well.
盘车装置所采用的 SSS 离合器是一种齿型离合器，当驱动部分的速度达
到从动部分的速度时，它就自动启动。而当从动部分的速度超过了驱动部
分的速度时，离合器便自动解脱，因此盘车可以做到自动投入或退出，
即当汽轮发电机转子速度低于盘车转速时，可以启动盘车电机使 SSS 离
合器投入工作状态，反之，离合器退出工作状态，即盘车装置停止转动。
盘车装置主体安装在前轴承箱内，盘车电机马达型号为 ???。驱动轴穿
过箱壁经液力耦合器与电动机相连接。盘车电机设置在前轴承箱下的台板
上。电机功率为 37KW，转速 1480rpm。减速装置速比为 27.5，盘车转速
约 54rpm。
The SSS clutch used in the turning gear is kind of toothed clutch. It will
start automatically when the speed of driving part is equal to that of the
driven part. While when the speed of driven part exceeds that of driving
part, the clutch will automatically release. Therefore, the turning gear
can automatically put into or out of operation. That is to say, when the
rotor speed of steam turbine generator is lower than the rotating speed
of turning gear, start the turbine gear motor to put the SSS clutch into
operation; in converse, the clutch is out of operation, which means the
turning gear stop rotating. The turning gear body is installed in the front
bearing box. The motor model of turning gear is ????? the driving shaft
passing through the box walls connects motor through hydraulic
coupler. The turning gear motor locates on the sole plate under the
front bearing box. The motor power is 37KW, and revolution
1480rpm.the speed ratio of speed reducer is 27.5, and the revolution of
turning gear is about 54rpm.
2.2.8.2 盘车主体结构及工作原理
2.2.8.2 Turning gear structure and working principle
盘车主体结构如下图示，它由前轴承箱外左侧的电机相连的蜗轮轴
（11）传入转动力矩，通过棘爪（1），棘齿（2），螺旋齿（3），缓
冲器（4），轴承（5），蜗轮（6），滑动件（7）内正齿轮（8），外
正齿轮（9）等组成。棘爪（1）安装在棘爪槽内。滑动件（7）其外径有
螺旋齿（3），内孔有棘齿（2）和另一端的内正齿轮（8）用以传递盘
车装置的转矩。缓冲器（4）限制滑动件移到工作位置的终点时起缓冲作
用，防止超过运行允许的最大位移。盘车装置有自己的润滑油管
（10），由润滑油系统通过并联的双路滤网润滑。由于高压转子的热膨
涨，盘车装置设计时考虑了其膨胀量 δ（最大为 40mm），以保证盘车
装置传动机构啮合的正确。
Page 162 of 629

The turning gear structure (see the diagram) consists of the following
parts: pawl (1)locating in the pawl groove, ratchet(2), spiral gear(3),
buffer (4), bearing (5), worm wheel (6), sliding piece (7), internal spur
gear(8), external spur gear (9), worm shaft(10) , lube oil pipe(11)etc.
The torque is transmitted by the worm wheel shaft connecting with the
motor in the external left side of the front bearing box. There is helical
gear in the outer diameter of sliding piece, ratchet in the inner hole, and
in another end is an internal spur gear transmitting the torque of turning
gear. When the limit sliding bar moves to the terminal, it will get a
buffering force from the buffer, which helps to avoid exceeding the
maximum of admitted replacement in operation. The turning gear has
its own oil tube, and is supplied lube oil passing through a two-way
filter which is parallel to the lube oil system. Due to the thermal
expansion of the HP rotor, the expansion value δ (max: 40mm) has
been considered when design the turning gear. That will guarantee the
engagement of the driving mechanism of turning gear to be correct.
汽轮机静止时启动盘车：汽机静止时棘爪伸出顶在棘轮上，当盘车启动，
棘爪就推动滑动件（7）。由于汽轮机转子的惯性阻碍滑动件转动，故蜗
轮转动的作用力传递给滑动件的螺旋齿上，产生一个轴向力使滑动件沿
轴向向左移动，使滑动件的内正齿与件（9）外正齿相啮合，传递转矩，
使汽轮机转子旋转，直到盘车到达额定转速。
Start turning gear when turbine in stoppage: when the steam turbine is
in stoppage, the pawl stretches out to jack against the ratchet; when
the turning gear starts, the pawl will push the sliding piece. Due to the
inertia of turbine rotor which blocks the movement of the sliding piece,
thus an axial force will be produced when the worm wheel’s rotating
force passes to the spiral gear of sliding piece. The axial force can
drive the sliding piece to move left wit the axial direction. At this
moment, the internal spur gear and external spur gear of sliding piece
will engage with each other to transfer the torque, and to drive the rotor
of seam turbine rotate until the turning gear possesses the rated
revolution.
当滑动件朝着汽机前部轴向移动到端部时，靠缓冲器内的油流排放限制
滑动部件跟端部的碰撞。此时棘爪棘齿脱开，但继续处于伸出位置。而滑
动件在 0～54rpm 的过程中，被推向左侧。
When the sliding piece axially moves to the terminal with the direction
to the front part of steam turbine, the oil flow discharge in the buffer can
help to limit the collision of the sliding piece and terminal part. At this
moment, the pawl disengages from the ratchet and still stretches out.
Moreover, the sliding piece is pushed t left when its revolution is in the
range of 0~54rpm.
汽轮机冲转后盘车的脱开：当汽机转子的转速高于盘车转速时，产生相
反方向的转矩推动滑动件沿轴向缓慢向右移，使其内正齿与外正齿脱开，
由于盘车和汽机转子的转速差是逐渐增加的，故过程比较平稳，当汽机
转速达到 140rpm 时，棘爪受离心力的作用时尾部甩开爪部缩进，盘车
装置与汽机转子脱开，汽机升速，盘车脱开。
Disengagement of turning gear after steam turbine rolling: when the
revolution of turbine rotor is higher than that of turning gear, a torque in
Page 163 of 629

converse will be produced to push the sliding piece to move to left
axially and slowly. Then the internal spur gear and external spur gear
will disengage with each other. Due to that the revolution difference
between turning gear and rotor gradually increases, the progress is
relatively stable. When the steam turbine revolution reaches 140 rpm,
the tail of pawl will throw off the claw and retract; turning gear
disengage with rotor of steam turbine; the revolution of steam turbine
will increase and turning gear undergoes disengagement.
停机时盘车自动投入：汽轮机组解列停机或事故跳闸后，汽机减速期间
辅助油泵的启动，导致顶轴油泵和盘车电机的启动。当机组的转速降至
140rpm 时，棘爪伸出，棘爪与棘齿啮合，当机组转速降至 54rpm 时，
通过反力矩时滑动件进入工作位置，齿轮套啮合，由盘车装置盘动转子，
并保持这个速度上。
Automatic operation of turning gear during outage of steam turbine:
after the steam turbine undergoes disassembly stoppage or emergency
tripping, when the steam turbine is in decreasing revolution, the
auxiliary oil pump will start, which will cause the startup of jacking oil
pump and turning gear motor. When the unit revolution decreases to
140rpm, pawl stretches out and engages with ratchet; when the unit
revolution decreases to 54rpm, the sliding piece goes to the working
position by reaction torque, and gear sleeve engages, and turning gear
turns rotor at the same time keep the revolution with this level (54rpm).
手动盘车：在盘车装置输入轴的另一端，有一六方轴头。当盘车装置失去
电源时，可以卸下轴承箱右侧上的罩盖，用棘轮扳手（盘车装置中部
件）进行手动盘车，其转矩约 20kg.m。转子每转动 90°，大约要 5 分钟，
以保证汽机转子受热均匀。这时必须润滑油、顶轴油系统运行，油压正常
转子被顶起。
Manual turning gear: there is a hexagonal shaft head on another end of
the input shaft of turning gear. When the turning gear is power off,
dismantle the cover in the right side of the bearing box and manually
operate the turning gear with ratchet spanner belonging to the turning
gear, and its torque is 20??. It takes 5 min for the rotor to rotate 90°,
which will ensure the rotor is heated uniformly. At this moment, the lube
oil and jacking oil system must be in operation, oil pressure normal,
and rotor jacked up.
Page 164 of 629

图 29 盘车主体剖面图
Page 165 of 629

Sliding piece
Be in disengagement
Steam turbine
in hot state
Buffer
Rotor of steam turbine
Steam turbine
Engagement in hot state
Profile section
Profile section
Internal
spur gear
Rotating External
direction spur gear
Diagram 29 Turning Gear section
Page 166 of 629

盘车装置的运行，都必须建立在交流辅助油泵和顶轴油泵投入运行后，
润滑油压形成,轴已被顶起正常，才能投入运行。而停止时，盘车装置先
停，后停润滑油泵和顶轴油泵，程序不可逆转。盘车装置的投入可以在任
何时候启动，即使当汽轮机还在高速旋转时也可启动盘车电机。
The turning gear must be operated after the AC auxiliary oil pump and
jacking oil pump has been put into operation, because at this moment
the lube oil has possessed a certain pressure and the shaft jacked up.
When carry out the stoppage, turning gear should be stopped first, and
then stop the lube oil pump and jacking oil pump, and this sequence
should not be changed. Turning gear can be put into operation at any
time, fox example the turning gear motor can be started even when the
steam turbine is in high-speed revolution.
2.2.8.3 盘车装置主体的润滑
盘车装置的润滑油由汽轮机轴承润滑油系统供应。在前轴承箱内有内部油
管路供给盘车轴承，SSS 离合器和蜗杆润滑油。其回油从盘车装置主体
的壳体下部低于螺杆中心线的孔口排到轴承箱内。因此盘车装置运行前要
将回油孔上面临时塑料堵头拆去，以免回油通道受阻。
2.2.8.3 Lubrication of turning gear device
The lube oil for turning gear is supplied by the lube oil system of the
steam turbine bearing. In the front bearing box, there is inner oil
pipeline supplying for the turning gear bearing, SSS clutch and worm
rod. Its returning oil is discharged to the bearing box from the hole
which is lower than the centerline of worm rod locating under the shell
body of the turning gear device. Therefore, before the turning gear is
put into operation, dismantle the temporary plastic block on the oil
returning hole in case the oil returning channel is blocked.
2.2.8.4 液力耦合器的使用
2.2.8.4 Hydraulic coupler usage
装在电机与盘车主体之间的液力耦合器及两端的齿型联轴器是应采购的
部件。液力耦合器使用前应注油。油的类型按说明规定。液力耦合器有一
温度开关，当温度超 145℃时，熔断环就会熔化，受熔断环控制的销子
就会伸出，进而板动开关发出停止信号，见使用说明书并按说明书有关
要求执行。
The hydraulic coupler is installed between the motor and turning gear
body, and the teeth coupling in the two ends. They are both the
important machines that need to be adopted. It needs to inject the oil
before using the hydraulic coupler. The oil type should meet the
regulation. There is a temperature switch for the hydraulic coupler.
When the temperature exceeds 145℃, the fuse ring will be melted and
the pin controlled by it will stretch out
2.2.8.2 盘车装置检修工艺方法、质量标准、注意事项
2.2.8.2 Maintenance process methods ， quality standards and
precautions of turning gear
Page 167 of 629

2.2.8.2.1 检修工艺要求
2.2.8.2.1 Maintenance process requirement
1 注意事项
1 Precautions
1.1 每项零部件从设备上移开时，作上标记，以便以后重新装配。
1) Do the marks on the dismantled parts.
1.2 盘车装置重新装配之前，确保所有要装配的零件无锈蚀，污物，
颗粒等，必须用白布擦干净，尽管它们没有在运动机械上，但是
棉纱、破布???还是有可能引起事故。
2) Before reassembling the turning gear, ensure all the parts do
not undergo corrosion, dirtiness and particles etc. Use white
cloth to clean it. Notice: the cotton gauze may cause some
accident although they are not used on the moving machine.
1.3 不用汽油作为清洁剂。除非另有规定，要用煤油和工业酒精。
3) Don’t use gas as the cleanser unless there is a regulation
about that. Normally use kerosene and industrial alcohol.
1.4 任何情况下，包含垫片的接头被拆卸，再次连接时不能使用同一
垫片。一旦垫圈被压，再次使用时会使密封面泄漏，且密封面的
缺陷会引起结合面漏油，最终损坏垫圈座。
4) When reconnecting the disassembled joint with gasket, do not
use the same gasket. One the gasket is pressed, the sealing
surface easily suffers leakage if use the original gasket.
Moreover, the defect of sealing surface can cause leakage on
the connection surface, which will cause the gasket seat
damaged.
2 盘车解体
2 Turning gear disassembly
2.1 拆除供油管、供汽管和相应法兰。
1) Dismantle the oil supplying pipe, steam supplying pipe and
corresponding flange.
2.2 拆除自动控制接线；
2) Dismantle the auto control wiring.
2.3 拆除盘车电机电源线；
3) Dismantle the power supply wires of turning gear motor.
2.4 拆除盘车装置的安装用螺栓。
4) Dismantle the installing bolt of turning gear.
2.5 拆除液力耦合器及两端的齿型联轴器。
5) Dismantle hydraulic coupler and the tooth coupling in the two
Page 168 of 629

ends.
2.6 拆解盘车装置，将盘车装置起吊放置在专用支架上，禁止啮合齿
轮与地板接触。
6) Disassemble turning gear and suspend it up to the special
support. Keep the engaged gear away from the earth.
2.7 移去链盖，移去操作把和盖子，测量记录驱动链的偏差。
7) Move away the chain cover, operating handle and cover;
measure and record the deviation of the driving chain.
2.8 拆卸内齿轮，把盘车装置上部转向下，把盘车装置放在支架上
8) Dismantle internal gear; turn downwards the upside of turning
gear and put the turning gear on the support.
2.9 在一侧固定齿轮轴，另一个齿轮面长度方向的中间安装一指示表，
进行齿隙测量，通过指示表测量齿轮轴的间隙。
9) Fix up the gear shaft in one side; install an indicator at the
middle of the other gear length direction to measure the
clearance of gear by the indicator.
2.10 对互锁齿轮负荷齿轮面侧的所有侧面刷上深兰色或红丹，转
动齿轮，让深兰色面朝向其它控制方向的齿轮齿，检查其它
齿轮齿面兰色标记的形状尺寸，测量记录齿接点。
10) Paint heavy blue or red lead on all side surface of the load gear
side of the interlocking gear. Rotate the gear and make the
heavy blue side toward the gear teeth in other controlled
direction. Inspect the shape and size of the blue marks on the
tooth face of other gears. Measure and record the tooth joint.
2.11 拆解空转齿轮和啮合齿轮。
11) Disassemble idler gear and mesh gear.
2.12 测量并记录轴和套筒间的间隙。外径千分尺，测量并记录每
根轴的直径。用柱形表或内径千分尺测量并记录每个套筒的
直径。计算轴和套筒间隙并记录。检查每个齿轮的凹痕。
12) Measure and record the clearance between the shaft and shaft
sleeve. Use outer micrometer of outer diameter to measure the
diameter of each shaft and make a record of it. Use pillar meter
or micrometer of inner diameter to measure the diameter of
each sleeve and record it. Calculate the clearance between the
shaft and sleeve and record it. Inspect the indentation of each
gear.
3 检查标准
3 Inspection standard
3.1 各传动齿轮啮合接触：长度≥75%，高度≥65%；
1) Engagement contact of each driving gear: length≥75%,
height≥65%;
Page 169 of 629

3.2 齿轮箱结合面局部间隙：垂直、水平≤0.05mm；
2) Partial clearance of connection surface of gear box: vertical,
horizontal ≤0.05mm;
3.3 各进油管及孔应清扫干净、畅通；
3) Each oil inlet tube and hole should be clean and clear;
3.4 顶杆与摆动轮外壳端面接触应紧密贴合；
4) The carrier rod and terminal surface of the wobble gear shell
should contact closely;
3.5 摆动齿轮与转子齿轮间隙：顶部： ≥ 1.50mm ；两侧 0.08—
1.20mm；
5) Clearance of wobble gear and rotor gear: top≥1.50mm, two
sides 0.08—1.20mm;
3.6 盘形弹簧予紧值：0.20—0.50㎜；
6) Pretightening force value of belleville spring: 0.20—0.50mm;
3.7 弹簧顶柱缓冲值：4㎜；
7) Buffering value of spring carrier rod: 4mm;
3.8 SF 复合衬套间隙：当 55㎜<复合衬套直径 D<100㎜时，间隙为
D 0.280.25㎜；当 100㎜<复合衬套直径 D<200㎜时，间隙为 D
0.400.36㎜；如果间隙超过最大允许值，更换轴套；
8) Clearance of SF compound bushing: when the diameter of
compound bushing is 55mm<d<100mm, the clearance is
0.280.25mm (diameter); when the value is 100mm<d<200mm,
the clearance is 0.400.36mm (diameter); if the clearance
exceeds the maximum value, change the shaft sleeve;
3.9 SF 复合衬套间隙与轴的直径间隙为 0.10—0.30㎜；
9) Clearance of SF compound bushing and the diameter
clearance of shaft is 0.10—0.30 mm;
3.10 装配后应检查各齿轮副的齿侧间隙为 0.33—0.50㎜。
10) After assembling the device, inspect the tooth-side clearance of
each gear pair is 0.33—0.50mm.
Page 170 of 629

王笑（7240）
调节保安及油系统
Regulation and Security System & Oil System
编制人员
Editors:
审核
Supervisor：
复审
Super supervisor：
Page 171 of 629

2.2.9 EH 油系统
2.2.9 EH Oil System
2.2.9.1 概述
2.2.9.1 Overview
EH 油系统由供油装置、抗燃油再生装置及油管路组成。供油装置的主要
功能是提供控制部分所需要的液压油及压力，同时保证液压油的正常
理化特性和运行特性，它由油箱、油泵、控制块、滤油器、磁性过滤器、溢
流阀、高低压蓄能器、端子箱和一些对油压、油温、油位的报警指示和控
制的标准设备以及一套自循环滤油系统和自循环冷却系统所组成。抗燃
油再生装置是一种用来储存吸附剂和使抗燃油得到再生的的装置（使
油保持中型、去处水分等）。该装置主要由硅藻土器和精密滤器等组成
（结构如图 1）。油管路系统主要由一套油管及附件和畜能器组成。
EH oil system comprises oil supply device, fire resistant oil
regeneration device and oil pipeline. Main functions of the oil supply
device are to supply the hydraulic oil for the control portion and help
to pressurize. At the same time, it has to ensure the normal
physicochemical features and operation characteristics of the
hydraulic oil.
It is composed of oil tank, oil pump, control block, oil filter, magnetic
filter, overflow valve, energy accumulator both high voltage and low
voltage, terminal panel, some alarming indicators for oil pressure, oil
temperature and oil level, control standard equipment and a set of
self-cycle filter oil system and self-cycle cooling system.
Fire resistant oil regeneration device is used to store the absorbent
and make the fire resistant oil be regenerated (make the oil
neutralized and moisture removed.) It is mainly composed of
diatomaceous earth device and precision filter (see the construction
sketch as Fig. 1). Oil piping system consists mainly one set of oil
piping, accessories and energy accumulator.
2.2.9.2 设备简介
2.2.9.2 Equipment introduction
2.2.9.2.1 EH 油箱
2.2.9.2.1 EH oil tank
主油箱由不锈钢材料制成。油箱外形尺寸为 × × 米。储备容量：
立方米，设计压力： MPa。油箱上装有两个浮子型液位报警装置及
测量油温用热电偶、四个由装有磁钢的空心不锈钢杆组成的磁性过
滤器、空气滤清器、手动放油门及控制块等。另外，油箱底部安装有
一个加热器，在油温低于 20℃时应给加热器通电，提高 EH 油温。
Main oil tank is made of stainless steel material. The appearance
size of it is …meter. Storage capacity: …cubic meter. Design
pressure: …MPa. On tank body, there installed two float liquid
level alarms and thermocouples for measuring the oil
Page 172 of 629

temperature, four magnetic filters which are composed of
stainless steel stems with magnetic steel air cores, air strainer,
manual operated oil discharge valve and control block. Besides,
at the bottom part of the oil tank, there is a heater installed. When
the oil temperature falls down less than 20℃, please energize the
heater to increase the EH oil temperature.
2.2.9.2.2 供油泵
2.2.9.2.2 Oil supply pump
型式：高压变量柱塞泵？台，容量：？ L/min ，出口油压：？
MPa，转速：？r/min，电机：？kw 。抗燃油主油泵（供油泵）的
作用：为系统提供稳定、充足的液压动力油。泵站装有两套独立的泵
系统，其容量各为 100%，每一泵系统由一台交流电动油泵及进出
口阀门，进出口滤网，溢流阀等组成。两台油泵互为备用，正常工
作时单泵运行，当运行的泵由于某些原因不能维持正常油压时（压
力低至 11.2±0.2 MPa），备用泵即自动启动。
Specification: high pressure variable piston pump(s) … ones.
Capacity: …L/min. Outlet oil pressure: … MPa. Rotating speed:
… r/min. Motor: … kw. Function of fire resistant oil pump (oil
supply pump): supply the stable and sufficient hydraulic oil for the
system. There are two independent pump systems in pump
station, whose capacities are 100% individually. Each pump
system comprises one Alternative Current (AC) motor oil pump,
inlet and outlet valves, inlet and outlet strainers, and overflow
valves. Two pumps serve each other as standby course. In
normal operation, only single pump runs. When the running pump
cannot maintain the normal oil pressure due to some causes
(pressures falls down to 11.2±0.2MPa), the standby pump starts
up automatically.
2.2.9.2.3 溢流阀
2.2.9.2.3 Overflow valve
溢流阀的作用是在 DEH 系统的供油装置中作为安全阀使用防止系
统过载，保护系统安全。整定压力：± MPa。
The overflow valve installed in oil supply device of the DEH
system functions as safety valve to protect the system in case of
overload. Set pressure: ± … MPa.
2.2.9.2.4 蓄能器
2.2.9.2.4 Energy accumulator
本系统在高压供油管路上装有六个高压蓄能器，在有压回油管路上
装有四个低压蓄能器。
This system has six high pressure energy accumulators installed
along the high pressure oil supply piping and four low pressure
energy accumulators installed along the oil pressure return piping.
高压蓄能器是球胆式，充氮压力 9.3 MPa，下部油室与高压供油管
相通。高压蓄能器的作用是用以维持系统的油压和补充系统的用油
Page 173 of 629

量，吸收系统的高频脉动分量。
High pressure energy accumulator is rubber bladder like. Nitrogen
filling pressure is 9.3 MPa, and the lower oil chamber is
connected with the high pressure oil supply piping. The high
pressure energy accumulator aims to maintain the oil pressure of
the system and make up necessary oil for system, as well as
absorbing high frequency flutter component of the system.
低压蓄能器是球胆式，充氮压力 0.21 MPa，由氟橡胶制成的球胆
装在不锈钢壳体内，它们用作缓冲器，在负荷快速卸去时，吸收回
油。
Low pressure energy accumulator is rubber bladder like. Nitrogen
filling pressure is 0.21 MPa. Fluorine rubber made bladder is
installed in the stainless steel made shell body to function as
buffer that absorb the return oil when the load is released quickly.
2.2.9.2.5 自循环冷却系统
2.2.9.2.5 Automatic circulation cooling system
供油系统除正常的系统回油冷却外，还增设一个独立的自循环冷却
系统，以确保在非正常工况（如：环境温度过高）下工作时，油箱
温度能控制在正常的工作温度范围之内。冷却泵可以由温度开关控
制，也可以由人工控制启动或停止。主要由冷却泵、冷油器组成。
Besides the normal return oil cooling course, the oil supply
system has an extra independent automatic circulation cooling
system. This extra system keeps the temperature of oil tank within
the normal work temperature range in abnormal working condition
(like ambient temperature is too high). Cooling pump can be
controlled by temperature switch and by manual operation to start
up or slut down. It mainly consists of the cooling pump and oil
cooler.
冷却油泵：型式：叶片泵，泵流量：50L/min，电机：卧式 Y90L-4
2KW 380VAC 50HZ 三相，转速：1500r/min。
Cooling oil pump: specification: vane pump; pump flow: 50L/min;
motor: horizontal type Y90l-4 2KW 380VAC 50HZ three phases;
rotating speed: 1500r/min.
2.2.9.2.6 自循环滤油系统
2.2.9.2.6 Automatic circulation filter oil system
在机组正常运行时，系统的滤油效率较低。因此，经过一段时间的
机组运行以后，EH 油油质会变差，为了不影响机组的正常运行，
为了保证油系统的清洁度，使系统长期可靠运行，在供油装置中增
设独立的自循环滤油系统。油泵从油箱内吸入 EH 油，经过两个过
滤精度为 1μm 的过滤器回油箱。油泵可以由 ER 端子箱上的控制按
钮直接启动或停止。
When the units are in normal operation, efficiency of the system
filter oil is quite low. After running for one period, the EH oil quality
may decrease. In order not to influence the normal operation, and
Page 174 of 629

keep the cleanness of oil system to expand the reliable operation
span, an independent self circulation filter oil system is installed in
the oil supply device. Oil pump absorbs EH oil from the oil tank,
and send it through two filters with accuracy around 1μm, then it
comes back to the oil tank again. The oil pump can be started up
or shut down by the control button on the ER terminal board
directly.
滤油泵：型式：叶片泵，泵流量： 20 L/min ，电机型式：卧式
Y80L-4 1KW 三相，转速：1430 r/min。
Filter oil pump: specification: paddle pump; pump flow: 20L/min;
motor type: horizontal type Y80L-4 1KW three phases; rotating
speed: 1430 r/min.
2.2.9.2.7 控制块
2.2.9.2.7 Control block
控制块安装在油箱顶部，上面安装有四个十微米的滤网，两个单
向阀，一个溢流阀，两个截止阀。
Control block is installed on top of the oil tank, upon which there
are four 10 μm strainers, two single way valves, one overflow
valve and two shut-off valves installed.
2.2.9.2.8 冷油器
2.2.9.2.8 Oil cooler
两个冷油器装在油箱旁，冷却水在管内流过，而系统中的油在冷油
器外壳内环绕管束流动，冷却水由冷油器循环水的出口处的电磁水
阀控制。
Two oil coolers are installed beside the oil tank. Cooling water
passes through the pipe while the system oil flows around the
piping inside the oil cooler shell. Cooling water is controlled by the
electromagnetic valve at the cooler circulation water outlet.
2.2.9.3 检修工序、工艺标准
2.2.9.3 Maintenance procedure and process standard
2.2.9.3.1 EH 油箱
2.2.9.3.1 EH oil tank
在正常的小修中，不需要放油清洗，大修或有缺陷（如清理油箱内
供入口滤网）必须揭油箱顶盖检修时，必须按下列规定进行。
During normal minor repair process, it is not necessary to
discharge oil to clean it. During an overhaul or defection occurs
(such as cleaning the strainer at the oil tank inlet), and the oil tank
top cover has to be removed, please operate according to the
following rules:
Page 175 of 629

图 1 控制块结构
Fig. 1 Control block structure
1 把油箱内的抗燃油放到清洗合格的专用油箱内，并用密封罩将整个 EH
油箱封闭好。
2 在拆卸油箱盖之前，必须把盖及所使用的工具清洗干净后，方可进行
拆卸工作。
3 将油泵出入口阀门与油箱解列，并封好各油口。
4 拆开人孔门，取下垫子。
5 用无水酒精或丙酮对各部件进行清洗。
6 恢复人孔门及油管道。
7 在抗燃油打入油箱之前，应再仔细对油箱检查，确认无误后，方可打
入。
8 把油箱内经化验合格后的抗燃油用带滤网的加油泵打入清洗干净的 EH
油箱内。
1) Discharge the fire resistant oil in the oil tank to the special oil tank,
which has been, met the cleaning requirements. Seal the whole EH
oil tank with seal cover.
2) Before disassembling the oil tank cover, clean up the cover and all
the needed tools. Start taking apart then.
3) Diconnect the oil pump inlet and outlet valves from the tank body and
seal all oil ports.
4) Disassemble the access hole door, and take away the gasket.
5) Clean all the components with anhydrous alcohol or acetone.
6) Assemble the access hole door and oil piping.
7) Before filling the fire resistant oil into the tank, please check the oil
tank again carefully to make sure no problem occurs. Start filling the
oil then.
8) After the fire resistant oil meets the requirement after chemical
analysis, fill it into the cleaned EH oil tank by oil dosing pump with
strainer.
2.2.9.3.2 供油泵
2.2.9.3.2 Oil supply pump
Page 176 of 629

油泵不推荐进行拆修，只能调换整台泵。机组运行时调换步骤如下：
Regarding the oil pump, it is suggested not to disassemble it, so
just change another pump. Exchange it in the following steps
when the unit is in operation:
1 启动备用油泵，将要拆的泵停掉，并确认备用泵已投入工作；
2 将要拆泵的吸入管路上相关的阀门关闭,并挂严禁操作牌；
3 将泵的高压出口管路上的阀门关闭（此阀门是位于油箱控制块
上），并挂严禁操作牌。
4 拆掉泵的所有吸入口和出口管及其附件；
5 断开联轴器并从支架上拆下油泵；
6 从旧泵上拆去联轴器，并重新装到新的油泵上；
7 换上油泵及联轴器组件；
8 装上联轴器弹簧并检查对中，接上泵的吸入和出口管及其附件；
9 打开油泵出入口阀门，检查所有泵的接头是否有泄漏；
10 如油泵所有接头没有漏油，启动油泵；
11 若泵的出口压力正常的话，则停掉备用泵并让它置与“自动”控制的位
置。
1) Startup the standby oil pump. Shut down the pump to be disassembled.
Make sure the standby pump has been put into operation.
2) Close all the related valves along the absorption piping attached to the
pump to be disassembled. A NO OPERATION board should be hanged
upon it.
3) Close the valve on the pump high pressure outlet piping (this valve is on
the oil tank control block). A NO OPERATION board should be hanged
upon it.
4) Disassemble all the absorption ports and outlet tube as well as all
accessories of the pump.
5) Cut off the coupling and take apart the oil pump from the supporting
frame.
6) Disassemble the coupling from the old pump and assemble it on the new
oil pump
7) Change the oil pump and coupling components.
8) Assemble the coupling spring and check the alignment. Connect the
absorption and outlet pipes as well as other accessories with the pump.
9) Open the oil pump inlet and outlet valves, and check all the connections
of the pump to make sure there is no leakage.
10) If there is no leakage along all the connections, then start up the oil
pump.
Page 177 of 629

11) If the outlet pressure of the pump is normal, then shut down the standby
pump and set it on AUTOMATIC CONTROL position.
2.2.9.3.3 溢流阀
2.2.9.3.3 Overflow valve
溢流阀损坏,则更换溢流阀。
The overflow valve is damaged, and change a new one.
1 要更换溢流阀时，机组必须停机，系统油压必须放掉；
1) When the overflow valve needs to be changed, the unit has to
be shut down, and the oil pressure of the system has to be
released.
2 拆除溢流阀的固定螺栓，取下溢流阀及 O 型圈；
2) Take apart the fixing bolt of the overflow valve. Then
disassemble the overflow valve and O ring.
3 用绸布将结合面清理干净，换上装有新 O 型圈的新溢流阀；
3) Use a piece of silk cloth clean up the interface. Change a new
overflow valve with new O ring.
4 再开启油泵，重新整定溢流阀压力。
4) Start up the oil pump again and reset the overflow valve
pressure.
5 整定溢流阀压力；调压范围为：17±0.2 MPa；
5) Set the overflow valve pressure. Adjusting range is as follows:
17±0.2 MPa
5.1 将油泵压力调整至略高于整定压力；
5.2 调整溢流阀：调整手轮将手轮旋入，观察系统压力到整定
值;
5.3 将手轮锁定在调好的位置上。
5.1)Adjust the oil pump pressure a little bit higher than the set
pressure
5.2)Adjust the overflow valve: screw in the hand wheel and observe
the system pressure to accord it with the set value.
5.3)Lock the hand wheel on the set position.
2.2.9.3.4 蓄能器
2.2.9.3.4 Energy accumulator
高压蓄能器氮气正常压力为 9.1 MPa，可在零油压时的蓄能器表上
读出。如果气压降到 8.2 MPa 时，应重新充气。低压蓄能器氮气正
常压力为 0.21 MPa，可在零油压时的蓄能器表上读出。如果气压降
到 0.1655 MPa 时，应重新充气，重新充气步骤如下：
Page 178 of 629

Normal pressure of the nitrogen in high pressure energy
accumulator is 9.1 MPa, which can be read on the accumulator
gauge when the oil pressure is zero. If the air pressure falls at 8.2
MPa, fill air again. Normal pressure of the nitrogen in low
pressure energy accumulator is 0.21 MPa, which can be read on
the accumulator gauge when the oil pressure is zero. If the air
pressure falls at 0.1655 MPa, please fill air again. Concrete steps
are as follows:
1 全关蓄能器的进油阀；
2 打开相应的回油阀，让蓄能器皮囊（活塞）下的油压降到零；
3 将蓄能器氮气阀门上的保险盖拆掉；
4 读出蓄能器气压表读数，并记录做为今后参考。蓄能器只能用
干燥的氮气重新充气；
5 将氮气瓶软管与蓄能器充气阀相连。将蓄能器气阀的顶部六角
螺帽松出 1 圈，此时阀杆由于空气夹头的作用会松开，以进行
充气。开启氮气瓶上的阀门，使蓄能器充到表上指示为压力；
6 当充到所要求的压力值时，关闭氮气瓶上的阀门，旋紧蓄能器
气阀的顶部六角螺帽，拆去软管；
7 关闭蓄能器回油阀；
8 慢慢地打开蓄能器进油阀到全开位置。
1) Completely close the oil inlet valve f the energy
accumulator.
2) Open the relative oil return valve, decreasing the oil
pressure below the accumulator piston to zero.
3) Take apart the relief cover on the nitrogen valve of
the energy accumulator.
4) Read the accumulator pressure gauge and make
marks for later reference. Only dry nitrogen can be filled into
the accumulator.
5) Connect the nitrogen hose with the accumulator air
filling valve. Screw one circle of the socket screw cap on top
of the accumulator air valve. At this point, valve stem may
become loose because of air gripper. In this way, the air
starts to be filled in. Open the valve on the nitrogen bottle
and fill air until the accumulator gauge indicates pressure.
6) When air filling capacity reaches the required value,
close the valve on the nitrogen bottle. Screw on the socket
crew cap on top of the accumulator tight enough and take
apart the hose.
7) Close the return oil valve on the accumulator.
8) Slowly open the accumulator oil inlet valve till
Page 179 of 629

complete openness.
2.2.9.3.5 自循环滤油系统
2.2.9.3.5 Self circulation filter oil system
检查再生装置滤器的油压。如果任一个滤器油温在 43℃到 54℃之
间，压力高达 0.21 MPa 时，就需要更换滤芯。
Check the oil pressure of the regeneration device filter. If oil
pressure of any filters is between 43℃ and 54℃ and pressure is
as high as 0.21 MPa, then it is necessary to change the cartridge.
2.2.9.4 调试、运行
2.2.9.4 Commission and operation
2.2.9.4.1 大修后 EH 系统冲洗
2.2.9.4.1 EH system flushing after overhaul
凡是 EH 油系统第一次冲油，管路系统经过改造或是大修（检查），
有几个部件被拆开，修理或调换过，均须对 EH 系统进行冲洗。冲
洗的步骤包括使 EH 油循环通过此系统及用临时滤器来滤去 EH 油
中的杂质，冲洗时须密切地监视系统中油的温度，定期抽油样（约
0.5 升），分析 EH 油中的杂志含量及清洁度。
If it is the first time to fill oil to the EH oil system, or the piping
system has been reconstructed or overhauled (check), or several
components has been taken apart, repaired or changed, the EH
system needs to be flushed. Flushing process includes several
steps, like making EH oil circulating through this system, filtering
the impurities in the EH oil by temporary strainer, closely
monitoring oil temperature of the system during the flushing
period, taking oil sampling periodically ( about 0.5 liter), analyzing
the impurity content and cleanness of the EH oil.
2.2.9.4.2 冲洗步骤
2.2.9.4.2 Flushing procedure
1 系统冲洗的准备
1 Preparation for system flushing
1.1 在对系统进行任何维修之前，必须确保两个油泵都已关掉，并
已锁住。马达的电源必须断开。在过了相当一段时间使 EH 系统
油全部回到 EH 油箱后，做以下几步工作。
1.1 Before carrying out any maintenance to the system, please
make sure two oil pumps both have been shut down and
locked. Power of the motor has to be cut off. After a certain
period, when EH system oil returns back to EH oil tank
completely, do the following several steps.
1.2 拆去 EH 油箱控制板上的四只滤油器，换上 3μm 精度的临时冲
洗滤油器，将换下的滤油器装入干净的塑料袋中并做好标记。
Page 180 of 629

1.2 Take apart the four filters on the EH oil tank control board,
and replace them with temporary flushing filters with 3μm
accuracy. Put the disassembled filters into clean plastic bags
and make marks.
1.3 完全关闭 EH 系统去精密滤油器的组件管路上的两只隔离阀。
1.3 Completely close the two isolation valves along the precision
filter component piping of the EH system.
1.4 拆除危急遮断控制块上的六只电磁阀及电路，换上冲洗块，把
电磁阀放入干净的塑料袋中，分别做好标记。
1.4 Take apart the six electromagnetic valves and circuit on the
interrupting control block and replace them with flushing
block. Put the electromagnetic valves into clean plastic bags
and make marks.
1.5 拆去调节汽门、主汽门油动机上的滤油器，用 10μm 的冲洗滤
油器代替，妥善保管好拆卸的滤油器，并做好标记。
1.5 Disassemble the oil actuator filters on the governing valve,
main stop valve and replace them with flushing filters with
10μm accuracy. Put away the disassembled filters and keep
them in good condition, and make marks.
1.6 拆除调节汽门、主汽门、油动机上的电液转换器及电路，用冲洗
板代替，并将拆下的电液转换器放入干净的塑料袋中，并做好
标记。
1.6 Take apart the governing valve, main stop valve, electro-
control converter on the oil actuator as well as the circuit, and
replace them with flushing board. Put the disassembled
electro-control converter into clean plastic bags and make
marks.
1.7 旋出调门、主汽门、再热主汽门、油动机上的快速卸荷阀、调整手
轮，使其在最低压力下工作。
1.7 Screw off control valve, main stop vale, reheating main stop
valve, and quick unloading valve of the oil actuator and adjust
the hand wheel, to make it work at lowest pressure.
1.8 拆除再热主汽门、再热调门、油动机上的电磁阀及电路和供油节
流孔板，用冲洗板代替，并将拆下的电磁阀放入干净的塑料袋
中，做好标记。
1.8 Disassemble the reheating main stop valve, reheating control
valve, electromagnetic valves on the oil actuator and circuit,
as well as oil supply throttling orifice, and replace them with
flushing board. Put the disassembled electromagnetic valves
into clean plastic bags, and make marks.
2 EH 油箱加油
2 EH oil tank filling
2.1 检查 EH 油箱泄油阀是否全关，并将其堵上。检查油箱透气装置
Page 181 of 629

及加油组件是否可靠地安装在油箱板上。
2.1 Check the EH oil tank oil relief valve to see whether it is
completely closed and plug it. Check the oil tank ventilation
device and oil filling components to ascertain whether they
are reliably installed on the oil tank board.
2.2 将 EH 油桶尽量放置在靠近 EH 油箱处，清洗油桶顶部，去掉
孔盖。从油桶取 0.5 升的油样进行化学化验合格后方可使用。
2.2 Put the EH oil barrel close to the EH oil tank as near as
possible, and clean the oil barrel top, removing the cover.
Take sampling around 0.5 liter from the barrel to do the
chemical experiment. Use it only after it meets the
requirement.
2.3 将 EH 系统冷却泵接好电源通电，并试好泵的反正转，取下冷
却泵吸入管口上的丝堵，接好专用软管，将泵进口软管插入
EH 油桶顶部大口，并将油桶上通气孔打开。
2.3 Supply power to the EH system cooling pump and adjust well
the pump normal-reverse rotor. Remove the threaded plug at
the cooling pump absorption port, and connect the special
hose. Insert the inlet hose of the pump into big opening at top
of the EH oil barrel and open the ventilation port on the oil
barrel.
2.4 打开 EH 系统冷却泵吸入管口处阀门及出口阀门，启动输送泵，
向 EH 油箱加油。
2.4 Open the valve at the EH system cooling pump absorption
pipe mouth and the outlet valve. Start up the conveying pump
and then fill oil into the EH oil tank.
2.5 当油位指示器指示油已充好时，停油泵，关闭油泵进出口阀门，
将软管从油泵的吸入管口处取下，软管从 EH 油箱抽出，并装
好加油帽。
2.5 When the oil level indication displays that the oil has been
filled well, shut down the oil pump. Close the oil pump inlet
and outlet valves, and remove the hose form the oil pump
absorption pipe. Pull back the hose from the EH oil tank and
screw on the oil filling screw cap.
2.6 从 EH 油箱中拆出输送泵吸入软管，泵的电路也拆去。将输送泵
软管及滤器拆出进行彻底清洗。将输送泵及有关的设备放到清
洁、干燥的地方。如果油桶中剩有 EH 油，将桶口盖紧。将油桶
搬离油箱区，以便处理或存放。严禁把剩余 EH 油的排入地沟。
2.6 Remove the absorption hose connected with EH oil tank
conveying pump, and the pump circuit. Remove the
conveying pump hose and filters and clean them up
thoroughly. Put the conveying pump and related other
equipment into a clean and dry place. If there is still oil
remained in the barrel, screw on the barrel mouth tightly.
Carry the oil barrel away from the oil tank for better treatment
Page 182 of 629

or storage. Do not drain the remained EH oil into gutter way.
3 清洗
3 Cleaning
EH 油泵系统的清洗按照下列步骤进行：
Cleaning of EH oil pump system should follow the below
steps:
3.1 调整（旋出）EH 油箱控制板上的溢流阀，使出口压力为 3.445
MPa。在调整时，应监视 EH 油箱上的压力表。
3.1 Adjust (screw out) the overflow valve on control board of the
EH oil tank, making the outlet pressure around 2.445 MPa. As
adjust it, please monitor the pressure gauge on EH oil tank.
3.2 继续地开动 EH 油箱主电动泵，使油充满相连的管子和部套组
件。开动 EH 油箱主电动泵（运行人员）操纵。
3.2 Continue to start the motor pump of EH oil tank till the oil fills
the connected pipes and other components. Start up the EH
oil tank main motor pump (by operational personnel).
3.3 把控制循环水到 EH 油箱冷油器去的阀门全部关闭。
3.3 Close all the valves controlling water circulation connected
with the oil cooler of EH oil tank.
3.4 在冲洗时，应检查系统隔膜阀是否关闭，这会使 EH 油流过油
动机组件的速度增加。在清洗时，短时关闭各个油动机的截止
阀同样也会增加油的流速。
3.4 During the flushing process, it is required to check whether
the diaphragm valves of the system have been closed or not.
It may increase the oil speed while it flows through oil actuator
components. When flushing, closing the shut-off valves of
each oil actuator may also increase the oil velocity.
3.5 开动 EH 油箱备用电动泵（运行人员操纵）。EH 油的温度最高
允许 57℃（55-60℃）。为了在其余的冲洗过程中保持此温度
开启循环水流过冷油器。
3.5 Start up the standby motor pump of EH oil tank (by
operators). The maximum EH oil temperature limit is 57℃(55-
60℃). In order to maintain this temperature during the left
flushing process, open the circulation water valve and make it
flow through oil cooler.
3.6 关闭每一个油动机块上的高压截止阀（这时系统压力应为
3.445MPa），开始打开机组一边的高压截止阀，直至供油压
力降到 3.445MPa 以下，冲洗这些油动机，时间至少为 2 小时，
然后关闭到这些油动机去的高压截止阀。打开到未冲洗的油动
机去的高压截止阀，直至压力降到 3.445MPa 以下，然后进行
冲洗，时间至少为 2 小时，重复上述过程，直至所有的油动机
均已至少冲洗了 2 小时。
Page 183 of 629

3.6 Close high pressure shut-off valves on every oil actuators (at
this point the system pressure should be 3.445MPa). Open
the high pressure shut-off valve on one side of the unit, and
keep it till the oil supply pressure falls below 3.445MPa. Flush
these oil actuators for at least 2 hours, and then close the
high pressure shut-off valves on these oil actuators. Open the
high pressure shut-off valves on the way to oil actuators to be
flushed, and keep it till the pressure falls down below
3.445MPa. Start flushing for at least 2 hours and repeat the
above mentioned procedure and make sure all the oil
actuators have to be flushed for at least 2 hours.
3.7 每隔 2 小时拆出 EH 油箱中的四根磁棒，用不起毛的布擦清它
们，然后再装进去。
3.7 For every 2 hours take apart the for magnetic rods in the EH
oil tank, and wipe them with cloth. Install it into them.
3.8 泵的出口滤油器压差开关整定在 0.689MPa，如果压差报警装
置动作，那就要更换滤芯。
3.8 Pressure difference switch of the oil filter at pump outlet
should be set around 0.689 MPa. If the pressure difference
alarm acts, please change the cartridge.
3.9 冲洗 8 小时之后，打开去精密滤器的旁通阀，并且关闭再生滤
油器前的截止阀，进行杂质滤油器的冲洗，时间为 4 小时，然
后打开与杂质滤油器串联的再生滤油器进油阀，并且关闭杂质
滤油 precision filter after flushing for 8 hours. Close the shut-
off valve in front of the oil regeneration filter. Flush the oil
impurity filter for 4 hours. Open the oil inlet valve of the oil
regeneration filter connected with the oil impurity filter. Close
the bypass valve on the oil impurity filter.
3.10 在冲洗过程中，将 EH 油箱方向控制阀置于中间位置。
3.10 Set the direction control valve of the EH oil tank in the
middle position during the flushing process.
3.11 冲洗之前和冲洗停止以前，抽取 EH 油样。EH 油的中和指
数在大于 3 小时的间隔中必须保持不变，而且中和性指数
不得大于 0.10 毫克（KOH）/克。
3.11 Take EH oil sampling two times before flushing is started
and before it is stopped. The neutralizing index of the EH
oil has to keep constant and unchanged during the three-
hour period. The neutralizing index has to be not more
than 0.10 mg (KOH)/gram.
3.12 冲洗完成时，关断 2 个 EH 油箱电动泵（只能在控制室中
操作泵的控制开关来停泵）。将泵的控开关锁在停止的位置
上。
3.12 Shut down two of the EH oil motor pump (just stay in the
control room to shut down the pump by clicking the
corresponding button). Lock the pump control switch onto
Page 184 of 629

the shutdown position.
3.13 改变方向控制阀，使油仅通过油箱的一个冷油器的组合件。
3.13 Change direction of the control valve, causing the oil only
passes through one oil cooler components of the oil tank.
3.14 使用制造厂推荐的工具拆去油箱顶盖透气装置和加油帽组
件。从油箱里拆出滤网。清洗并且重新装上滤网，重新装上
透气装置和加油帽组件。
3.14 Use the tools recommended by the manufacture to
disassemble the ventilation devices on top of the oil tank
and the oil filling cap components. Take apart the strainer
out of the oil tank. Clean it up and re-install it well.
Assemble the ventilation device and oil filling cap
components again.
4 系统清洁度的测定
4 System cleanness test
4.1 在回油滤油器前，从主回油总管所设的取样点中取出 1.5 升的
油样进行分析。
4.1 Take 1.5 liter oil sampling to analyze at sampling point set on
the main return oil in front of the return oil filter.
4.2 在临时滤芯用正式的金属滤芯替换之前，油的污染程度须保持
下列的水平。对从回油总管中所取的油样进行杂质计数，其含
量必须在下列限制值以内：
5-10 微米颗粒/100 毫升…………9700 个
10-25 微米颗粒/100 毫升…………2680 个
25-50 微米颗粒/100 毫升…………380 个
50-100 微米颗粒/100 毫升………56 个
大于 100 微米颗粒/100 毫升………5 个
4.2 Before the temporary cartridge is replaced by special metal
cartridge, oil pollution degree has to be within the following
range. Analyze the impurity of sampling oil, which is taken
from the return oil main pipe, and their content should be
within the following limits:
5-10 micro meter particle/ 100 milliliter……….9700 ones
10-25 micro meter particle/ 100 milliliter ……….2680 ones
25-50 micro meter particle/100 milliliter ……….380 ones
50-100 micro meter particle/100 milliliter ……….56 ones
Over than 100 micro meter particle/ 100 milliliter ……….5
ones
4.3 在冲洗过程中，油的中和指数可能会增加，但在冲洗结束以前，
Page 185 of 629

油的中和指数在 3 小时的周期中应保持不变，每克的中和指数
不得大于 0.10 毫克 KOH/克。
4.3 The oil neutralizing index of the oil may increase during the
flushing process. The index within the three-hour period
should be constant and unchanged. The index for every gram
should be not more than 0.10 milligram KOH/ gram.
4.4 所有的磁棒均须清洁无杂质。
4.4 All magnetic rods have to be clean without any impurity.
4.5 机组启动前，要有油液清洁度的实验室证明书。油样需送到有
资格的实验室去进行化学分析，作出证明。
4.5 Before the unit is started up, it is required to have the
Experiment Confirmation for the oil cleanness. Oil sampling
has to be sent to official experiment laboratory to do chemical
analysis and set the confirmation.
5 系统恢复到正常运行状态
5 System is restored back into normal operation
5.1 在下列位置用永久的金属网滤芯换去所有的临时滤芯。
5.1 At following positions, replace the temporary cartridge with
permanent metal net cartridge.
5.1.1 油箱控制块上的泵的出口（两只滤油器）。
5.1.1 Pump outlet on oil tank control block (two oil filters).
5.1.2 主汽阀油动机控制块（每个油动机有 1 只滤油器）。
5.1.2 Control blocks of oil actuator on main stop valve (one
filter on each oil actuator).
5.1.3 调节汽阀油动机控制块（每个油动机有 1 只滤油器）。
5.1.3 Adjust the control block of oil actuator on main stop
valve (one filter on each oil actuator).
5.2 用以前拆下的电液转换器调换下主汽阀和调节汽阀、再热调节
阀油动机上的冲洗板。用以前拆下的电磁阀调换下各再热调节
阀、再热主汽阀油动机上的冲洗板。将拆下的有关节流孔板复原
将冲洗板放入干净的塑料袋中，以备今后使用。
5.2 Replace the flushing board of the oil actuator under the main
stop valve, adjusting valve, and reheat-adjusting valve. Use
the disassembled electromagnetic valve to replace the
flushing board under the reheat-adjusting valves, reheat main
stop valves. Restore the disassembled throttling orifice
related components. Put the flushing board into clean plastic
bags for later use.
5.3 用以前拆下的电磁阀调换下危急遮断控制板上的冲洗板。
5.3 Use disassembled electromagnetic valve to replace the
Page 186 of 629

flushing board on the emergency trip control board.
5.4 拆去油箱入口盖板，拆出油泵进口滤器进行彻底清洗。检查油
箱内侧，然后装上盖板及滤器，注意不要使油箱中的油液受到
污染。
5.4 Take apart the oil tank inlet cover board. Disassemble the oil
pump inlet filter and clean it up. Check inside face of the oil
tank and then install the cover board and filter. Do not get the
oil in the tank get polluted.
5.5 不要从油箱中取走冲洗后的油，这些油要比油桶中的油干净。
补充冲洗时损耗的油，须用经滤清的油。然后装上透气帽。
5.5 Do not take the oil after flushing as sampling from the tank.
The oil at this point is much cleaner than that in the oil barrel.
Fill in clean oil after filtration to make up the oil consumption
during the flushing process. Then install the ventilation cap.
5.6 放回输送软管中的油，装上油桶上的管塞，擦干软管，从输送
泵上拆出脏的滤器，将泵及软管放入干净的保护箱中。
5.6 Discharge the remained oil in conveying hose. Put into the oil
barrel tube plug and dry the hose with cloth. Disassemble the
dirty filter from the conveying pump. Put the pump and hose
into clean protection tank.
5.7 检查液-气蓄能器的充氮压力。
5.7 Check the nitrogen filling pressure of the hydraulic-gaseous
energy accumulator.
5.8 EH 溢流阀及油动机快速卸载阀须重新调整。重新对三通阀定位
以选择哪一个冷油器，并开启循环水。
5.8 EH overflow valve and oil actuator quick unloading valve
should be adjusted again. Calibrate the tee valve again to
select one oil cooler and start up circulating water.
2.2.9.5 安全、健康、环保要求
2.2.9.5 Safety, health, and environmental protection requirement
2.2.9.5.1 安全
2.2.9.5.1 Safety
1 进入现场必须按《安规》规定着装和使用安全防护用具。
2 两人及以上工作时必须明确一名工作负责人。
3 现场应设有足够的照明，并符合《安规》要求。
4 使用电动工具必须使用漏电保护器，并遵守电动工具的使用规
定。不得使用有缺陷的工器具。
5 清洗、油箱加油时，要防止火灾。严禁使用汽油清洗机件。
6 高处作业必须正确使用安全带、工具，材料的传递应遵守安规
Page 187 of 629

规定。
7 认真遵守起重、搬运的安全规定。
8 工作结束应及时恢复工作过程拆除的栏杆、防护罩、沟盖板等防
护设施。
9 工作结束清点人员、工具，收回剩余的材料，消除火种，清扫
工作现场。
10 清理工作现场易燃易爆杂物。
11 电焊地线接在被焊件上，禁止远距离回路。
12 现场准备充足的消防器材。
13 动火工作期间设专人监护。
14 工作结束清理现场，不遗留任何火种。
1) People should wear properly and use safety protection devices
according to Safety Code when going to plant.
2) For two personnel or more, one has to be selected to take in charge.
3) Lighting in plants has to be enough and goes with the Safety Code
accordingly.
4) If the personnel are supposed to use electricity driven tools, the
current leakage safety device should be adopted in accordance with
the Electricity Driven Instrument Applying Instruction. Do not use
instrument or tools with defects.
5) It is required to prevent fire when flush the oil tank and fill in oil to it.
Do not use gasoline cleaning components.
6) When work at a high position, certain safety belt and special tools
should be adopted. Material passage should accord with safety code.
7) Carefully obey the lifting and transportation safety code.
8) As soon as the work is done, the disassembled protective facilities
during the work such as handrail, protecting shield, and trench cover
should be restored
9) As soon as the work is done, count working staff, instrument and
tools, remained material and so on. Eliminate the residual fire and
clean up the site.
10) Clean away inflammable and explosive matters on site.
11) Welding earth line is connected with the welded components. No
long-distance circuit is permitted at all.
12) Sufficient fire fighting instrument should be well prepared.
13) During work with fire, special personnel should be on site to
supervise it.
14) After the work is done, clean up the working site. Make sure no fire-
Page 188 of 629

proof material is left at all.
2.2.9.5.2 健康
2.2.9.5.2 Health
1. 接触抗燃油时必须带耐油橡胶手套。
2. 手上有伤口时禁止接触抗燃油。
3. 接触对人体有毒、有害或有刺激性气味的化学物品时必须做好
防范措施。
1) It is required to wear oil resistant rubber glove on condition that it may
contact with fire resistant oil.
2) It is restricted to contact with fire resistant oil when there is wound on
hand.
3) Necessary protective measures should be taken when it has to
contact with poisonous, harmful or smell-stimulus chemicals.
2.2.9.5.3 环境
2.2.9.5.3 Environment
1. 更换后的废油必须倒入指定的油桶中，不得随便倾倒。
2. 使用后废弃的或剩余的化学物品必须放到指定位置，不得随便
丢弃。
3. 工作结束后必须做到“工完、料净、场地清”。
1) Discharged waste oil has to be poured into certain barrel and cannot
be treated liberally.
2) Waste or residual chemicals after using have to be poured into
indicated place, and cannot be disposed at random.
3) When the work is finished, make sure the principle as “work is
finished, material is cleaned, and site is tidy” is strictly followed.
2.2.10 液压调节控制系统
2.2.10 Hydraulic adjusting and control system
2.2.10.1 概述
2.2.10.1 General
液压调节控制系统由电液转换器、油动机及位移变送器（LVDT）组
成。DEH 的末级放大与执行机构：阀门开启由抗燃油压力来驱动，
关闭是靠操纵座上的弹簧力。执行机构的油缸属单侧进油的油缸。整
个调节系统有 12 个执行机构机构，（高压主汽阀执行机构 2 套，
中压主汽阀执行机构 2 套，高压调节汽阀执行机构 4 套，中压调节
汽阀执行机构 4 套）分别控制着 12 只蒸汽阀的位置。所有的执行系
统都有一套独立的油动机、电液伺服阀（开关型汽阀例外）、隔绝阀
止回阀、快速卸载阀和滤油器等，执行机构是一种组合阀机构，在
Page 189 of 629

油动机的油缸上有一个控制块的接口，在该块上装有隔绝阀、快速
卸载阀和止回阀，并加上相应的附加组件构成一个整体，成为具有
控制和快关功能的组合阀门机构。除中压主汽门执行机构为开关型
外，其余均为控制型（可分为推力型和拉力型）。控制型执行机构
主要由油缸、液压块、伺服阀、截止阀和逆止阀等组成（见图 5）。对
于控制型执行机构可以将汽阀控制在任意位置，成比例的调节进汽
量。（示意图见图 4）开关型执行机构主要由油缸、液压块、二位二
通电磁阀、截止阀和逆止阀等组成（见图 6）。对于开关型执行机构
阀门在全开或全关位置工作。（示意图见图 7）
Hydraulic adjusting control system is composed of electro-
hydraulic converter, oil actuator and displacement transducer
(LVDT). DEH final amplifier and actuator: startup of the valves is
driven by fire resistant oil pressure while shutdown is driven by
spring force on the operation seat. Oil cylinder of actuator is one-
sided inlet casing.
The whole adjusting system comprises 12 actuators, (high
pressure main stop valve actuators 2 sets, intermediate pressure
main stop valve actuators 2 sets, high pressure governing valve
actuators 4 sets and intermediate pressure governing valve
actuators 4 sets), which control 12 steam valves respectively.
All the actuation systems have one independent set of actuators,
electro-hydraulic servo valves (on-off-type steam valve is
excluded), isolation valves, shut-off valve, quick unloading valve
and oil filter.
Actuator is a kind of combination valve. On the oil cylinder of the
actuator, there is one control block interface. Isolation valve, quick
unloading valve, shut-off valve and related accessories and
components are installed on the block to constitute a whole unit, a
combined valve actuator with function of controlling and quick off.
Only intermediate pressure main stop valve actuator is on-off-
type, and the others are all control type (both thrust force type
and pulling force type).
Control type actuator consists of components like oil cylinder,
hydraulic block, servo valve, shut-off valve and check valve (see
FIGURE 5). For control type actuator, the steam valve can be
controlled at any position, adjusting the steam inlet proportionally
(see FIGURE 4). On-off-type actuator comprises oil cylinder,
hydraulic block, two-position two-way electromagnetic valve, shut-
off valve and check valve (see FIGURE 6). For on-off-type
actuator, it works on condition that valves are open or closed
completely (see FIGURE 7).
2.2.10.2 设备介绍
2.2.10.2.1 油动机
2.2.10.1.1 Oil actuator
Page 190 of 629

油动机的作用是操纵主汽门、调门向汽缸送汽，型式为单侧进油。它
安装在每个汽门的弹簧室后面，活塞杆与汽门杆连接，再热调门的
油动机装在弹簧室的顶部。单侧作用提供开启汽门的力，关闭则靠
弹簧力。它与隔绝阀、逆止门、快速卸荷阀及过滤器构成一个控制系
统。油动机由上、下端盖、缸体、活塞及活塞杆等部件组成。
The function of oil actuator is to operate the main steam valve
and governing valve to supply steam to the casing. The oil
actuator is of one-side oil inlet type. It is usually installed behind
the spring chamber of each steam valve. The cylinder rod is
connected with the valve plug. Reheat governing valve is installed
on top of spring chamber of the oil actuator. One side works for
the startup driving force for the steam valve. Shutdown driving
force lies in the spring force. Together with isolation valve, check
valve, quick unloading valve and filter, they constitute a control
system. Oil actuator itself is composed of upper and lower end
closures, casing body, and piston and cylinder rod.
2.2.10.2.2 快速卸荷阀
2.2.10.2.2 Quick unloading valve
快速卸荷阀与油动机的油流通道相连，由危急遮断油压控制，起到
快速关闭作用。正常运行时压力整定调整杆调到最高压力，危急遮
断油压与高压油压相等。靠着滑阀弹簧的作用使贴紧在滑阀座上，
使油动机的工作油不会泄掉回到油箱。当调节遮断油或危急遮断油
泄去时，快速卸荷阀也将油缸中所有工作油泄掉，靠弹簧力将主汽
门、调节门关闭。快速卸荷阀也可作为汽门的手动关闭。手动关闭任
何一个汽门首先要关闭隔绝阀以防止快速卸荷阀放走大量的高压油，
然后将压力整定杆反向慢慢旋出，观察油动机及汽门移动到关闭位
置。如需要重新打开阀门，首先将压力整定杆调到最高压力的位置，
然后将隔绝阀慢慢打开。快速卸荷阀由控制块、逆止阀、滑阀、压力
调整杆、溢流阀、弹簧和密封圈等组成。见图 8。
Quick unloading valve is connected with actuator oil flow way. It is
controlled by emergency trip oil pressure to shut down quickly. In
normal operation, pressure-adjusting rod should be set at
maximum value, and the emergency trip oil pressure is same as
the high-pressure oil pressure. The effect of slide valve spring
helps it to clip on the valve seat. In this way, it can prevent the
working oil from leaking back to oil tank. When the adjusting
interception oil or emergency trip oil is leaking, the working oil in
the oil cylinder of quick unloading valve should be released too.
Close the main stop valve and adjusting valve by spring force.
Quick unloading valve can also be closed by manual as steam
valve. Close any steam valves by manual, please firstly close the
isolation valves to prevent large amount of high-pressure oil from
releasing by quick unloading valve. Then screw out the pressure-
adjusting rod in reverse direction, and observe and make sure the
oil actuator and steam valve move to the closed position.
If the valve needs to be opened again, please firstly set the
pressure at maximum value by adjusting the rod and slowly open
the isolation valve. Quick unloading valve is composed of control
Page 191 of 629

block, check valve, slide valve, pressure adjusting rod, overflow
valve, spring and sealing ring (see FIGURE 8.)
2.2.10.2.3 电液转换器（伺服阀）
2.2.10.2.3 Electro-hydraulic converter (servo valve)
是由一个力矩马达和两级液压放大及机械反馈系统所组成，第一级
为双喷咀和挡扳系统，第二次放大是滑阀系统。当有使调节阀动作
的电气信号由伺服放大器输入时，则力矩马达中的电磁铁间的衔铁
上的线圈中有电流通过，产生磁场，在两旁的磁铁作用下，产生一
旋转力矩，使衔铁旋转，带动与之相连的挡板转动，此挡板伸到两
个喷咀中间。稳定工况时，挡扳两侧与喷咀的距离相等，这样也就
使两侧喷咀的泄油面积相等，两侧的油压也相等。当有关小或开大
调节阀的电信号时，衔铁与挡板左偏或右偏，使喷咀泄油面积（即
流量变化），引起油压变化，这样电信号转变为力矩的机械信号，
再转变为油压信号。在这个过程中，喷咀挡板系统将信号放大，最
终使下部滑阀由于两端油压不等产生位移，从而关小或开大汽阀的
开度。为增加调节系统的稳定性，该阀设置了反馈弹簧，当滑阀移
动时，反馈弹簧所传递的反作用力与力矩马达发出的力相等，此时
挡板已回到中间位置，滑阀两端的压差为零，滑阀就停留在新的位
置上，直到输入另一个信号电流为止。电液转换器为机械偏置的，
这样以保证电气信号消失时系统的安全运行。如图 9。
Electro-hydraulic converter consists of one torque motor, two
stages of hydraulic amplifier and mechanical feedback system.
For the two stages of amplifier, the first stage is twinjet nozzle and
damper system, and the second stage is slide valve system.
When electrical signal passes in through servo amplifier, there
must be current flowing through electric coil on magnetic iron in
the middle of torque motor. A magnetic field is produced. Under
the effect of magnetic iron on both sides, certain rotating torque is
yielded out, making the iron rotating. This may cause series of
rotating to the dampers connected with it and this damper may
stretch in the middle part of the two jet nozzles.
When working condition is stable, the spaces from two sides to
the jet nozzle are equal in distance. In this way, the oil releasing
area on both sides of jet nozzles are equal, so it is with oil
pressure on two sides. If there are electric signals indicating
closing or opening, or armature and damper are left deviated or
right deviated, and consequently cause some variation of the
releasing area (or flow variation). This may cause oil pressure
change. Electric signal changes into torque mechanical signal
and then into oil pressure signal again.
During this process, jet-nozzle damper system expands the
signal, causing displacement of lower slide valve due to
unbalanced oil pressure at two ends. Therefore, slightly close or
open the steam valve. In order to increase the stability of
adjusting system, this valve installs feedback spring. As slide
valve moves, the counteracting force yielded by feedback spring
is equal as the force produced by torque motor. At this point, the
damper returns to the middle position. Pressure difference at two
ends of slide valve is zero. The slide valve stays at new position
Page 192 of 629

until another signal current comes. Electro-hydraulic converter is
mechanically deviated. This ensures safety operation of the
system when electrical signal disappears, as FIGURE 9 shows.
2.2.10.2.4 隔绝阀
2.2.10.2.4 Isolation valve
是用来切断供给油动机的高压油，工作时全开，运行中关断该阀，
可以对油动机、电液转换器、伺服阀、快速卸载阀和位移变送器进行
不停机检修，以清理或更换过滤器等。
Isolation valve is used to cut off oil supply as it conveys high
pressure oil to the oil actuator. It is completely opened as it works.
Close this valve during operation, and non-shutdown
maintenance to oil actuator, electro-hydraulic converter, servo
valve, quick unloading valve and displacement transducer can be
carried out, such as cleaning or exchanging the filter.
2.2.10.2.5 逆止阀
2.2.10.2.5 Check valve
在油动机的控制油路中设有 2 个逆止阀，一个是通往危急遮断油路
总管去的逆止阀，所起作用是当检修运行中某一台油动机时，其对
应的隔绝阀已经关闭，使油动活塞下是油压消失，由于其它油动机
还在工作，该逆止阀的作用，就是阻止危急遮断油总管上的油倒流
入油动机；另一个逆止阀是安装在回油管道上，以防止在油动机检
修期间，由压力回油总管来的油倒流到被检修的油动机去。两阀共
同保证油动机的不停机检修。
Two check valves are set on control oil passageway of the oil
actuator, among which one is on the main pipe guiding to
emergency trip oil way. This one aims to prevent the main pipe oil
from returning to the oil actuator. This phenomenon may occur
when one oil actuator is being repaired, and related isolation
valves are closed. Oil pressure under the oil-driven piston
releases completely and other actuators are still in operation. The
other check valve is installed on return oil piping way to prevent
oil from flowing back to the actuator that is ready to be repaired.
The oil comes from the pressure oil return main pipe. Two valves
work together to ensure safe maintenance to the oil actuator
without unit shutdown
Page 193 of 629

Page 194 of 629
图 2 控制型执行机构液压系统示意图
Fig. 2 Control type actuator hydraulic system sketch
Page 195 of 629

TERMINAL
STRIP
RETURN OIL
CHECK VALVE
OIL
FILTER
AST
CHECK VALVE
CASING
OIL INLET SERVO VALVE

SHUT-OFF VALVE
UNLOADING
VALVE HYDRAULIC
MANIFOLD BLOCK
FIGURE 5
CONTROL ACTUATOR (THRUST FORCE)
Page 196 of 629

ELECTROMAGNETIC TERMINAL
VALVE STRIP
RETURN OIL
CHECK VALVE
CASING
AST
CHECK VALVE
OIL INLET
SHUT-OFF VALVE
HYDRAULIC MANIFOLD
UNLOADING BLOCK
VALVE
FIGURE 6
ON-OFF-TYPE ACTUATOR
Page 197 of 629

QUICK UNLOADING
VALVE
SHUT-OFF
HIGH PRESSURE VALVE
SUPPLY OIL
OIL
CYLINDER
TEST
ELECTROMAGNETIC
VALVE
RETURN OIL INTERCEPTION OIL
FIGURE 7
ON-OFF-TYPE ACTUATOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM SKETCH
Page 198 of 629

PIN VALVE SPRING
CUP TYPE
SLIDE VALVE
SMALL
HOLE
EMERGENCY CASING RETURN OIL

INTERPRETER PRESSURE OIL
VALVE
FIGURE 8
QUICK UNLOADING VALVE
Page 199 of 629

2.2.10.2.6 滤网
2.2.10.2.6 Strainer
为了保证经过电液转换器的高压油清洁度，使阀中的节流孔、喷咀
和滑阀能正常工作，故所有进入电液转换器高压油先经过一个滤网，
网孔为 10 微米。在正常情况下，滤网要求每年更换一次，如果有专
门清洗设备进行清洗后，还可以重新使用。
In order to ensure cleanness of the high pressure oil passing
through electro-hydraulic converter, and ensure the normal
operation of throttling hole, jet nozzle and slide valve, the high
pressure oil flowing into the electro-hydraulic converter goes to a
strainer firstly. The size of the mesh hole is 10 micrometer. In
normal condition, strainer has to be exchanged for one year. If the
strainer is cleaned up by special equipment, it can be reused
again.
2.2.10.2.7 线性位移差动变送器
2.2.10.2.7 Linear displacement differential transducer
LVDT 是一种电气机械式传感器,它产生与其外壳位移成正比的电信
号,是用差动变压器原理来工作的:当铁芯与线圈间有相对移动时,次
级线圈感应出的电动势经过整流滤波后,便变为表示铁芯与线圈间
相对位移的电气信号输出,作为负反馈,以此来模拟油动机的位移,也
就是调节阀的开度。
Linear Variable Differential Transducer (LVDT) is electric
mechanical type transducer. It produces the signal that is
proportional to out shell displacement. It works in accordance with
working principle of differential transformer: when relative
displacement appears between iron core and coils, the potential
induced by secondary coils turns into electric signal once being
rectified and filtered. The electric signal is output in representing
the relative displacement of iron core and coils. Acting as reverse
feedback, the signal is used to simulate the displacement of
actuator, or in other words, the openness of the adjusting valve.
2.2.10.2.8 二位二通电磁阀
2.2.10.2.8 Two-position two-way electromagnetic valve
用于遥控关闭阀门以进行定期的阀杆试验，当电磁阀动作时，它迅
速地将再热主汽门的危机遮断油泄去，从而引起快速泄荷阀动作。
电磁阀型号：4W10D10。
Close the valve by remote control to test the valve rod
periodically. When electromagnetic valve works, it releases the
emergency trip oil of the reheat main stop valve quickly.
Consequently it cause the quick unloading valve acts.
Specification of electromagnetic valve: 4W10D10.
张为虎（9409）
Page 200 of 629

2.2.10.3 Maintenance procedures and process standards
2.2.10.3.1 油动机
2.2.10.3.1 Oil actuator
1 检修工序
1 Maintenance procedures
1.1 拆除所有联接油管路，并封好各管口。
1.1 Remove all the oil connection pipes and properly seal the
spout.
1.2 拆除活塞杆与阀杆的连接销子和油动机与阀体的固定螺栓
将油动机从系统上解除。
1.2 Remove the connecting pins between the piston rods and
valve rods as well as the fixing bolts of oil actuator and
valve body to disconnect the oil actuator from system.
1.3 松开长螺栓顶丝，拆出上、下端盖连接螺栓，取下上、下端
盖，将活塞从油缸内取出。
1.3 Release the jackscrew of stay bolt
Remove the connecting bolts for upper and lower end
covers
Remove the upper and lower end covers
Get the piston out of the oil cylinder.
1.4 拆掉上端盖固定螺钉，取下铜衬套。
1.4 Remove the fixing bolt for the upper end cover, and taking
off the copper bush.
1.5 用专用工具将胀圈从活塞上取下，测量各部尺寸并做好记
录。
1.5 Take off the expansion ring from the piston with special
tool, and keep records after measurement of the
dimension of each part.
1.6 拆除螺杆与活塞固定螺母，取下活塞杆。
1.6 Remove the screw rod and fixing nut of piston, and take
off the piston rod.
1.7 检查油缸磨损情况，测量各部间隙，并做好记录。
1.7 Check the wearing condition of the oil cylinder, measure
the clearance between different sections and make
records.
1.8 所有零部件全面进行检查、测量，并用无水酒精或丙酮清洗
包好放在专用橱内。
1.8 Take an overall inspection and measurement towards the
components. Clean them with absolute alcohol or
acetone, and then wrap them up and put them into special
Page 201 of 629

cabinet.
1.9 检修完毕，经验收后，以拆卸相反和顺序进行复装。
1.9 After acceptance when maintenance work finished,
reassemble them in conversed sequence of removing.
2 工艺标准及技术要求：
2 Technical standards and requirements:
2.1 油缸内表面光滑，无磨损、沟痕、毛刺等缺陷。
2.1 The interior surface of oil cylinder should be smooth and
free from defects such as abrasion, scratch and burrs etc.
2.2 活塞及活塞环应完好，无毛刺、卷边、沟痕等缺陷。
2.2 The piston and piston ring should be intact, and without
defects such as burr, rolling edge or scratches etc.
2.3 油缸与上、下端盖结合面应光洁平整，无毛刺、麻点、凹坑、
划伤等缺陷。油缸端面与活塞杆中心线成 90°±0.05°。
2.3 The combining surface between oil cylinder and upper &
lower end caps should be smooth and even, without
defects such as burr, rolling edge or scratches etc., the
end surface of oil cylinder should form 90°±0.05°angel
with the central line of piston rod.
2.4 铜衬套与活塞杆配合间隙 0.05～0.12mm。
2.4 The matching clearance between copper bush and piston
rod should be 0.05～0.12mm.
2.5 活塞杆应光滑无锈迹、弯曲、裂纹、卡涩等现象。
2.5 The piston rod should be smooth and without rust stains,
bending, cracks or unsmooth blockage etc.
2.6 活塞环装在活塞上，无歪斜、扭曲、卡涩等现象，活塞环端
缝应符合标准，如超标应更换活塞环。
2.6. Piston ring should be fixed on the piston, and without
deflection, bending, cracks or inflexibility etc. The end slot
of piston ring should meet the standard. The piston ring
should be replaced if the slot exceeds the limit.
2.7 油动机行程、缓冲行程，应符合标准要求，否则应调整。
2.7 The travel and buffering travel of oil actuator should meet
the standard requirement, or they need to be adjusted.
2.8 上、下端与压盖两平面应平行，平面间距离 0.08mm。
2.8 Upper & lower caps should be parallel with the two planes
of gland bush, and the distance between the planes
should be 0.08mm.
2.9 各油路应畅通、清洁，复装应彻底检查。
2.9 Each of the oil passages should be smooth and clean,
Page 202 of 629

and they should be thoroughly examined before
reassembled.
2.10 上试验台进行调试。
2.10 Commissioning on the test-bed.
2.2.10.3.2 快速卸荷阀
2.2.10.3.2 Quick unloading valve
1 检修工序
1.1 拆除快速卸荷阀与控制块连接螺栓，将阀从控制块上拆除。
1.1 Quickly remove the connecting bolts between quick
unloading valve and control block, and then dismantle the
valve from control block.
1.2 拆除溢流阀连接螺栓，首先应缓慢松开使弹簧伸长至自由
长度，然后才能松去全部螺栓，取下溢流阀。
1.2 Remove the connecting bolts for overflow valve. Firstly
release the whole bolt after releasing the spring to its free
length and then take off the overflow valve.
1.3 取弹簧、滑阀、衬套及节流塞。
1.3 Take off the spring, sliding valve, bush and throttling plug.
1.4 解体溢流阀，将整定手轮反向旋至最大，拆去其压力整定
手轮。
1.4 Disassemble the overflow valve, reversely turn the setting
hand wheel to maximum position and remove its pressure
setting hand wheel.
1.5 松开压力调整杆背帽，缓慢松开调整螺塞，使其弹簧伸长
至自由长度，取下调整杆及调整螺塞、背帽。
1.5 Release the back cap of pressure adjusting rod, and
slowly release the adjusting plug screw to make the
spring stretch to its free length, and then take off the
adjusting rod and adjusting screw and back cap.
1.6 取出弹簧座、“O”型圈、弹簧及阀、从另一侧取出螺塞及隔
圈。
1.6 Take off the spring seat, “O” ring, spring and valve and
then take off the screw and the isolation ring on the other
side.
1.7 拆除逆止阀，检查其“O”型密封圈和弹簧情况。
1.7 Remove the check valve, check the“O”ring and spring.
1.8 对所有零部件进行全部检查，清洗及测量各部间隙并做好
记录。
1.8 Take overall inspection toward all the components, clean
and measure the clearance of the sections and keep
Page 203 of 629

records.
1.9 更换不合格的零部件及“O”型圈。
1.9 Replace unqualified components and “O”rings.
1.10 按拆卸的相反顺序进行复装。
1.10 Reassemble according to the reversed sequence with
disassembly.
2 工艺标准和技术要求
2 Technical standard and requirements
2.1 滑阀表面要光滑无毛刺、麻点、划痕及凹坑等缺陷。
2.1 The surface of the sliding valve should be smooth and
free from defects such as burr, macula, scratch and pit
etc.
2.2 各弹簧应完好，无变形、裂纹及断裂等缺陷，组装后，应调
整灵活，弹簧在阀内无歪斜、磨偏等现象。
2.2 The springs should be intact and free from detects such
as deformation, cracks or ruptures etc. They should be
flexible for adjusting after assembling,
2.3 阀座及阀接触良好，其接触面 100%，无毛刺、裂纹等缺陷
阀线应完好，无任何麻点、贯穿、磨偏等现象。
2.3 The valve should be properly connected with the valve
seat, and the connection interface should be 100%, and
free from defects of burr and cracks etc. The valve thread
should be intact and free from macula, perforation or
bending due to wearing.
2.4 衬套应完好、光滑，无毛刺、麻点、严重磨损现象。
2.4 The bush should be intact and smooth, free from burr,
macula and serious wear.
2.5 各密封圈完好，如有缺陷予以更换。
2.5 The sealing rings should be intact without defects, if not,
replace them.
2.6 各法兰结合面应光滑平整，无毛刺、卷边、裂纹等缺陷。
2.6 The flange connection face should be smooth and even,
free from detects such as burr, curling or cracks etc.
2.7 各油口、油路应畅通、清洁，应无任何堵塞现象。
2.7 The oil outlet and oil passages should be smooth and
clean, without any blockage.
2.8 滑阀与衬套的配合间隙应符合标准。
2.8 The matching clearance between sliding valve and bush
should conform to the standards.
2.2.10.3.3 电液转换器
Page 204 of 629

2.2.10.3.3 Electro-hydraulic converter
不需要在大小修中进行解体检修，如发现运行不正常时，如油动机
晃动、油动机不关或不开迟缓，经检查其它部分无问题而确认是电
液转换器造成油动机不正常，可进行更换。更换方法如下：
Do not carry out maintenance during overhaul or minor repairs, if
there is any abnormal operation, for example the oil actuator
could be replaced if there are signals reflecting the oil actuator is
shaking, the oil actuator refused to shut down or the oil actuator
refused to start up, and the abnormal condition of the oil actuator
was defined as caused by electro-hydraulic converter after the
other parts is examined and confirmed with no problem.
1 关闭隔绝阀；
1 Close the isolating valve;
2 拆下电液转换器；
2 Remove the electro-hydraulic converter;
3 清理干净结合部分；
3 Clean the connection part;
4 更换新的“O”型圈；
4 Replace with new 0 type ring;
5 装上新的电液转换器。
5 Replace with new electro-hydraulic converter.
2.2.10.3.4 隔绝阀
2.2.10.3.4 Isolating valve
隔绝阀只要严密无缺陷不必进行检修或更换，如发现不严密可在停
机、停系统时，进行研磨或更换，但要保证清洁度。
The isolating valve is not necessary to be replaced if it is tight and
free from defects, or it could be grinded or replaced during
shutdown of the unit or system if it is not tight, but remember to
keep it clean.
1 拆卸隔绝阀。
1 Dismantle the isolating valve.
2 安装新隔绝阀。
2 Install new isolating valve.
2.2.10.3.5 逆止阀
2.2.10.3.5 Check valve
逆止阀只要能起到逆止作用则不必进行检修，如需研磨可在停机、
停系统时，在无尘室内研磨和组装。
The check valve is not necessary to be repaired since it could
“check”, or it should be grinded during the unit or system
shutdown, and grinded/assembled in dust-free room.
2.2.10.3.6 滤网
2.2.10.3.6 Strainer
1 关闭油动机隔离阀。
1 Close the isolating valve of oil actuator.
2 拆装滤网前，首先将周围用丙酮清洗干净，达到滤网周围没有
灰尘。
Page 205 of 629

2 Before disassembling the strainer, clean the surroundings
with acetone until the surroundings of strainer free from dust.
3 拆出滤网后应立即封闭好腔室，防止进入杂质和灰尘，同时把
取出的滤网放在封闭的容器内。
3 Seal the chamber at once after the strainer was removed to
prevent foreign materials or dust from entering, and put the
strainer into enclosed container.
4 用合格的无水酒精或丙酮在超声波仪器内进行清洗（清洗时，
把“O”型圈取出来）。
4 Clean it in ultrasonic instruments by qualified absolute alcohol
or acetone (take the O ring out during cleaning).
5 清洗过的清液经化学检验合格，清洗后残留物的杂质计数必须
控制在限制值以内：
5 The residual impurity in the lotion after cleaning should be
within limited value:
表 1 杂质控制标准
Table 1 Controlling standard for foreign materials
5μm～10μm <9700
每 100 毫升杂质颗粒数 10μm～25μm <2680

Foreign particle numbers per 25μm～50μm <380
100 ml 50μm～100μm <56
<100μm <5
6 滤网合格后装入干净的塑料袋或容器内备用。
6 Put the qualified strainer into clean plastic bag/container as
standby.
7 滤网安装前应装好合格的“O”型圈，检查腔室内有无杂质和残
留物。
7 Fix proper O ring before assembling the strainer, and check if
there is foreign materials or residuals in the chamber.
8 装上滤网及密封盖“O”型圈，上好密封盖。
8 Fix up strainer and O ring of sealing cover, mount in the
sealing cover.
2.2.10.4 调试、试运
2.2.10.4 Commissioning and test running
2.2.10.4.1 线性位移差动变送器调零
2.2.10.4.1 To set the linear displacement differential transformer to zero
将油动机开到中间行程的位置，移动 LVDT 铁芯，直到测试点的
LVDT 输出电压为零伏。可以将夹子松开，再移动整个 LVDT 外壳进
行粗调。可以松开锁紧螺帽，再调铁芯进行细调，调好后旋紧螺帽
及夹子。注意事项：调整 LVDT 时，油动机会走动，因此每次调整
后，均须使油动机置于行程的中点。
Turn the oil actuator to its medium travel position, and move the
LVDT iron core until the LVDT output of the tested point becomes
zero volt. Release the clamp and move the entire LVDT casing to
Page 206 of 629

give rough adjustment. Then release the fastening bolt camp and
move the iron core to apply refined adjustment, and tighten the
bolt camp and clamp.
Notice: The oil actuator would work when adjusting the LVDT, so
the oil actuator should be turned to its medium travel point after
each adjustment.
2.2.10.4.2 调整开启阀门的偏压
2.2.10.4.2 To adjust the voltage bias of the opening valve
当控制器输出电压达到“控制整定值说明”中所列出的数值前，阀
门不应开始动作。这是靠在输入信号中加上一个偏压信号来完成的。
调整偏压电位器，直到油动机在适当的信号电压上开始动作。
When the output voltage of controller reached the values listed in
Specifications on Setting Value of Control, the valve should not
act. The process is accomplished through adding a voltage bias
signal to input signal. Adjust the bias potentiometer until the oil
actuator begins to actuate at proper signal voltage.
2.2.10.4.3 调增益
2.2.10.4.3 To adjust the gain
为了使输入信号的每伏变化产生所要求的行程变化，因此装有一个
增益电位器。增益的调整必须在行程开始的 5mm 范围内，并且须在
凸轮效应开始之前。
The gain potentiometer is mounted in order to make the
variation/volt of the input signal to cause required travel changing.
The adjustment of the gain must be within 5mm at the beginning
of the travel, and before the Cam Effect begin.
2.2.10.4.4 调整凸轮效应开始点
2.2.10.4.4 To adjust the start point of Cam Effect
调整凸轮效应电位器，使行程与输入信号的变化关系尽量接近根据
活页说明书“控制整定值说明”所列值画出的曲线。注意，很可能
不会与曲线完全重合。
Adjust the cam effect potentiometer to make the variation
relationship of the input signal close to the curve drawn according
to the listed values of leaflet Instruction to Control Setting Value.
Notice: they may probably not perfectly match with the curve.
2.2.10.4.5 特别说明
2.2.10.4.5 Special description
在这些调整之前，必须参阅“控制整定值说明”活页说明书，并注
意表列的输入电压值及油动机行程值。
Read the leaflet of Instruction to Control Setting Value before
making these adjustments, and pay attention to the input voltage
value and travel value of the oil actuator in the list.
2.2.10.5 备品、配件表：（见表 2）
2.2.10.5 List of spare parts （reference to Table 2）
2.2.10.6 Safety, health and environmental protection requirements
2.2.10.6.1 安全
2.2.10.6.1 Safety
Page 207 of 629

1 The personnel should enter into the field with uniform and
safety protection appliances according to the Safety
Regulations.
2 There must be one principal if the work is operated by more
than two persons.
3 There should be adequate lighting on site confirms with the
specification of Safety Regulation.
4 The leak protector should be used along with electric tools
which are used according to the instructions for electric tools.
Defected tools are not allowed to be used.
5 严禁使用汽油清洗机件。
5 It is forbidden to clean the components with petrol.
6 高处作业必须正确使用安全带、工具，材料的传递应遵守安规
规定。
6 Personnel working high must correctly use safety belt and
tools, and their material transportation should conform to the
specification of Safety Regulations.
7 Carefully implement the safety regulations for hoisting and
conveying.
护设施。
8 The protection facilities such as rails, protection covers, ditch
covers etc. should be recovered as soon as possible after
completion of the work.
9 工作结束清点人员、工具，收回剩余的材料，消除火种，清扫
工作现场。
9 Check the amount of personnel, tools and take back the left
materials, remove kindling and clean the working lot after
complete of the works.
10 Clear out of the flammable and explosive foreign matters on
site.
11 The electric welding earthing wire should be connected onto
the welded piece, and long distance circuit is forbidden.
12 Prepare adequate fire-fighting equipment on site.
13 There should be person specially assigned for supervising the
hot works.
Page 208 of 629

14 Clear the lot after complete of the works, and do not leave any
kindling.
2.2.10.6.2 健康
2.2.10.6.2 Health
1 接触抗燃油时必须带耐油橡胶手套。
1 Person who touches fire-resistance oil must wear oil-proof
rubber gloves.
2 手上有伤口时禁止接触抗燃油。
2 Person who has injuries on hands is forbidden to contact fire-
resistance oil.
3 接触对人体有毒、有害或有刺激性气味的化学物品时必须做好
防范措施。
3 Make careful security measures when contacting chemicals
which are toxic, harmful to human body or pungent.
2.2.10.6.3 环境
1 更换后的废油必须倒入指定的油桶中，不得随便倾倒。
1 Replaced waste oil must be put into specified oil bucket, and
should not be dumped at random.
2 使用后废弃的或剩余的化学物品必须放到指定位置，不得随便
丢弃。
2 Deposed or left chemicals after usage must be put into the
specified places, and should not be discarded at random.
3 工作结束后必须做到“工完、料净、场地清”。
3 The standard “Work should be completed, materials should
be clean and field should be cleared” should be met after
completion of the work.
2.2.11 保安系统
2.2.11 Security system
2.2.11.1 概述
2.2.11.1 Overview
本机组保安系统主要包括以下内容：机械超速、电气超速保护、轴向
位移保护、轴承低油压保护、抗燃油低油压保护、冷凝低真空保护。
其中机械超速危急遮断系统是一个独立的系统。采用的是与润滑油
主油泵相连的油系统。当机组正常运行时，脱扣母油管中的油，自
主油泵出口管经节流后分两路进入危急遮断油滑阀，其中一路经二
级节流后，作用在危急遮断油滑阀并使之紧压在阀座上，把滑阀的
卸油口关闭：另一路只经一级节流，引入超速保护实验滑阀，再进
入危急遮断滑阀。由于危急遮断滑阀左侧的面积小于右侧的面积，
所以油压的作用力把滑阀推向左侧，使碟阀紧压在阀座上，堵住了
卸油孔，遮断系统处于备用状态。（超速遮断机构原理见图 10）
The emergency system of the unit includes: mechanical
overspeed protection, electrical overspeed protection, axial
displacement protection, bearing low oil pressure protection, fire
resistance oil low pressure protection, condensation low vacuum
Page 209 of 629

protection. Where in, the mechanical overspeed emergency trip
system is an independent system, which takes oil system in which
the main lubricating oil pumps are connected. When the unit is in
normal operation, the oil in disengaged main pipe enters into the
emergency trip oil sliding valve in two ways after throttled from the
outlet pipe of main oil pump. One route of the oil, after being
throttled for second time, works on the emergency trip oil sliding
valve and presses it onto the valve seat to close the oil discharge
outlet of sliding valve. The other route of oil, after being throttled
for one time, is imported into the over speed testing sliding valve
and then enters into the emergency trip sliding valve. As the area
on the left of the emergent tip sliding valve is less than the right
area, so the oil pressure pushes the sliding valve to its left side,
thus tightly press the disk valve onto valve seat and plugs the oil
discharge hole, and then the trip system is in standby mode. (See
principles of overspeed trip mechanism to Figure 10)
2.2.11.1.1 危急遮断器（危急保安器）
2.2.11.1.1 Emergency governor
本机的机械超速遮断装置为飞锤式，装在高中压转子延长轴上的横
向孔内，其重心与旋转轴的几何中心偏置。正常时通过压缩弹簧将
飞锤紧固在横向孔内。当转子转速超过额定转速一定数值时，飞锤
的离心力增大，使飞锤飞出撞击碰钩，引起遮断滑阀移动，使高压
油母管中的油压消失，隔膜阀打开，自动卸去危急遮断母管中的
EH 油压，关闭蒸汽阀。若要重新建立 EH 油压，必须手动复位。危
急遮断器由飞锤、弹簧、调整螺母、平衡组块等组成。（如图 11 所
示）
The mechanical overspeed trip device is flying hammer type,
which is fixed in the horizontal hole on the extension shaft of high
and intermediate pressure rotators, and its center of gravity
deviate from the geometrical center of rotating shaft. During
normal condition the flying hammer is fastened into the transverse
hole with compression spring. When the rotating speed of rotator
reaches certain value, the centrifugal force of the pendulum
increase and send out the flying hammer out to knock the hook
and cause the sliding valve to move, thus removes the oil
pressure in the high pressure main oil pipe and opens the
membrane valve; which in turn will automatically discharge the
EH oil pressure in the emergency trip main pipe and close the
steam valve. If it needs to establish EH oil pressure, one needs to
manually reset it. The emergency trip is consisted of flying
hammer, spring, adjusting screw and balance block. (Shown as
figure 11)
2.2.11.1.2 危急遮断油门
2.2.11.1.2 Emergency trip oil valve
在正常情况下，危急泄油滑阀油腔内的油压等于主油泵油压，机组
超速时，飞锤打在脱扣板上，脱扣板便绕其支点逆时针转动，带动
危急泄油滑阀右移，危急泄油滑阀左侧的碟阀便离开其阀座，使脱
扣油泄压，脱扣油由下列两路油形成，一路由主油泵来油经过两个
节流孔到危急泄油滑阀油腔室形成，另一路由主油泵经过一个节流
孔和其后的超速保护试验滑阀后进入危急泄油滑阀油腔室形成，当
脱扣油泄压后，薄膜阀开启，危急跳闸油路（AST）泄压，主汽阀
Page 210 of 629

及调节汽阀关闭，汽轮机紧急停机，防止了汽轮机的超速，保护了
汽轮机的安全。
In normal condition the oil pressure in the oil chamber of
emergent oil releasing sliding valve is equal to the oil pressure of
main oil pump. When the unit is over-speed, the flying hammer
will knock onto the disengaged plate. And then the disengage
plate will rotate surrounding the supporting point anticlockwise. It
will drive the emergent oil releasing sliding valve to move
rightward, and the disk valve at the left of emergent oil discharge
sliding valve will leave its valve base and discharge the pressure
of disengaged oil. The disengaged oil is consistent of the
following two channels of oils: one is formed by the oil from the
main oil pump after entering into the oil chamber of emergent oil
discharge sliding valve; the other one is from by the oil from the
main oil pump after entering into the oil chamber of emergent oil
discharge sliding valve through two throttle holes and the
overspeed protection testing sliding valve. When the disengaged
oil pressure is released, the membrane valve opens and the
pressure of emergency trip oil rout releases. The main steam
valve and adjusting steam valve close, and the turbine
emergently stop. Thus prevented the turbine from overspeed, and
kept turbine safe.
2.2.11.1.3 危急试验油门
2.2.11.1.3 Emergent testing oil valve
危急试验油门的作用是在试验脱扣机构等动作是否正常时，用手将
此油门试验手柄向外拉着，使之相连的试验滑阀拉向左侧，切断脱
扣母管至危急泄油滑阀的主通道。在手动脱扣试验危急泄油滑阀上
的碟阀泄油时，只泄掉一次节流降压的油，泄油量较少，只使脱扣
油压稍有降低，不会引起隔膜阀动作，避免停机。危急试验油门由
手柄、连杆、试验滑阀、弹簧、壳体等部件组成，它与危急遮断油门
在一个控制块上。
The function of emergent testing oil valve is to test whether the
actions such as the disengaging mechanism is normal or not. Pull
forth the testing handle of the oil valve to make the connected
testing sliding valve to slide leftward and cut the main passage
from disengaged main oil pipe to emergent oil discharge sliding
valve. Discharge only the oil from primary throttling and pressure
decrease when testing the disk valve oil discharge on emergent
oil discharge sliding valve by manually disengage it, because this
would discharge a few amount of oil and decrease the
disengaged oil pressure a little bit which will not actuate the
diaphragm valve and avoid stop of the unit. Emergent testing oil
valve consists of parts as handle, connecting rod, testing sliding
valve, spring and casing etc., it is in the same control block with
emergency trip oil valve.
2.2.11.1.4 手动脱扣及复位装置
2.2.11.1.4 Manual disengagement and reset devices
就地手动脱扣与复位装置也称手动危急保安器，其作用是当汽轮机
在运行中发生故障时，就地打闸停机或复位。它有手柄、杠杆、连杆、
推动脱扣板等部件组成。
Page 211 of 629

Locale manual disengagement and reset device is also named as
manual emergent protector, with which the functions to stop the
unit or reset locally when there is faults during operation of the
turbine. It consists of components such as handle, lever,
connecting rod and thrusting disengagement board etc.
2.2.11.1.5 摇控复位装置
2.2.11.1.5 Remote control reset device
该装置主要由四通电磁阀、遥控复位汽缸、活塞连杆和复位-遮断杠
杆等组成。在危急遮断滑阀复位前，四通电磁阀断电，关断进入汽
缸的压缩空气通道，遮断机构处于脱扣状态，为了使超速遮断滑阀
复位，电磁阀通电，使汽缸一端进汽，另一端排汽。当空气进入汽
缸时推动活塞与连杆，使杠杆旋转并关闭超速遮断滑阀，快速限位
开关动作。说明气缸活塞已达行程的终点。在活塞达到行程的终点后
超速遮断滑阀即复位，随后电磁阀切断电源，空气进入汽缸的另一
端，使活塞返回，“复位——遮断”手柄回到正常位置。
The device consists of four-way solenoid valve, remote controlled
replacement cylinder, piston connecting rod and reset-trip rod etc.
Before the emergency trip sliding valve resets, the four-way
solenoid valve is out of power which in turn close the compressed
air passage to cylinder and the trip mechanism is in disengaged
condition. In order to make the overspeed trip sliding valve reset,
supply power to solenoid valve to import steam in one end of the
cylinder and export steam in another end. When air enters into
cylinder and pushes the piston and connecting rod, the rod will
rotate and close overspeed trip valve, and then the fast limit
switch will be actuated. This indicates that the piston had reached
the end of its travel. After the piston reached its end of travel, the
overspeed trip valve will replace. Then the solenoid valve cuts the
power supply, and air enters into the other end of cylinder to push
back of the piston. At the end, the Reset-Trip handle returns to
normal position.
2.2.11.1.6 隔膜阀
2.2.11.1.6 Diaphragm valve
薄膜接口阀联系着安全油系统与 EH 油系统，其作用是，当遥控挂
闸或手动复位后，跳闸油门闭合，润滑系统的跳闸安全油在薄膜上
腔室建立油压，克服了弹簧力而将阀芯压下，封住了危急跳闸油路
放至油箱的回油口，即可建立危急跳闸油路的油压，使 EH 油系统
正常工作，汽轮机具备开启阀门的条件。（图 12）当超速遮断机构
手动超速试验杠杆动作时，造成安全油压消失或降低，阀门靠压缩
弹簧打开，把 EH 油排到回油管，EH 油压消失，关闭所有的进汽
阀和抽汽阀，打开各旁路及疏水阀。
The membrane interface valve is connected with the safety oil
system and EH oil system, with the functions that: after remote
latch or manual reset, the trip oil valve closes and the trip safety
oil of lubrication oil system establishes oil pressure which
overcomes the strength of spring to press the valve core. Thus
the returning oil valve from emergency trip oil route to oil tank is
blocked, which in turn establishes oil pressure for emergency trip
oil route. This makes the EH oil system work normally, and
enables the opening of turbine valves. (Figure 12)When the
Page 212 of 629

manual overspeed testing level rod of the overspeed trip
mechanism actuates, the safety oil pressure disappears or
reduces, and the valve is opened by compression spring to drain
the EH oil to returning oil valves. And then EH oil pressure
disappears, thus all the steam inlet valves and exhaustion valves
are closed, and all the bypasses as well as drainage valves are
opened.
2.2.11.1.7 危急遮断控制块
2.2.11.1.7 Emergency trip control block
位于前轴承座右侧，共有 6 个电磁阀、两个逆止阀、两个节流孔板及
压力开关等组成。其中四个电磁阀是自动停机遮断电磁阀
（20/AST），接受到停机信号时泄掉自动停机危急遮断总管中的
抗燃油，使所有蒸汽阀关闭而停机。AST 电磁阀采用串并联连接方
式，布置成两个通道，每个通道中至少有两个电磁阀动作，才能导
致停机。另两个电磁阀是超速保护控制器电磁阀（20/OPC）。它们
是受 DEH 控制器 OPC 控制。布置成并联方式。两个 OPC 电磁阀动
作 OPC 总管中 OPC 抗燃油泄掉，调节汽阀和再热调节汽阀立即关
闭。
It is at the right side of front bearing supporter, and consists of 6
solenoid valves, two check valves, two throttling orifices and
pressure switches etc. There in, four solenoid valves are auto
shutdown trip (20/AST) type, which will discharge the fire
resistance oil in the automatic shutdown emergency trip main pipe
after receiving stop signals and stop the unit by closing all the
steam valves. AST solenoid valves take series-parallel connection
type, and has two passages in which at least two solenoid valves
at each actuates will shut down the unit. The other two solenoid
valves are overspeed protection controller valve (20/OPC). They
are controlled by OPC of DEH controller and arranged in parallel
type. Two of the OPC solenoid valves actuate and the OPC
resistance oil in the OPC main pipe discharges, the adjusting
steam valve and reheating adjust steam valve would close at
once.
2.2.11.1.8 试验组件块
2.2.11.1.8 Testing assembly block
本机组设置有三个试验组件块，包括抗燃油压过低、轴承油压过低、
凝汽器真空过低组块。每个试验块组装件由一个钢制试验块、两个压
力表、两个截止阀、两个电磁阀和三个针型阀所组成。每个组装件布
置成双通道。组装件一侧是从系统供油经节流而流入，而另一侧与
泄油阀或通风阀相连。在每个通道总均有一个节流孔，以使试验时
被测参数不受影响。在供油端有一个隔离阀，它允许试验块组件检
修时不影响系统的其他部分。
There are three testing blocks in the unit, which includes fire
resistance oil pressure low, bearing oil pressure low and
condensator vacuum low blocks. Assembly parts for each of the
blocks consist of one steel testing block, two pressure gauges,
two check valves, two solenoid valves and three needle type
valves. Each of the components is arranged with two passages.
One side of the assemble inlets oil from system oil supply, and the
other side is connected with oil discharge valve or ventilation
Page 213 of 629

valve. There is always a throttling hole in each of the passages,
for the purpose to free the tested parameters from being affected.
There is an isolation valve at the oil supply end, and it allows
assembly of the testing block to leave other parts of the system
unaffected.
2.2.11.1.9 空气引导阀
2.2.11.1.9 Air guiding valve
OPC 管道中，控制液压逆止阀的开启与关闭。在正常运行时，EH
系统高压油作用在操作油缸内活塞上，使阀杆克服弹簧力向下移，
阀芯便封住通往排大气的孔口。而压缩空气站来的压力空气便通往
抽汽逆止阀，使其投入工作。停机时，危急遮断总管与回油相通，
油压下跌，阀杆在弹簧力作用下就向上移动而切断空气到抽汽逆止
阀的通路，并使其与大气相通，因此各抽汽逆止阀就关闭。若危急
遮断器总管中重新建立压力，则其动作就相反。当压缩空气压力为
0.6MPa 时，若抗燃油压力升高到 1.45MPa 时，则阀就开始打开，
当升高到 2.38 MPa 时，阀门则全开。OPC 电磁阀动作时，危急遮
断总管中的压力就下降，当抗燃油压力降至 0.75 MPa 阀门在弹簧
力和压缩空气力的作用下关闭（图 13）。
In the OPC pipes, controls the opening and closing of check
valve. During normal operation, The high pressure oil of EH
system works on the piston in operation oil tank, and force the
valve rod to move down against the force of spring, and the valve
core would seal the venting holes. The pressured air from
compressed air station will go to exhaustion check valve to work.
During shutdown of the unit, the emergency trip main pipe will
connect with the returning oil, and the oil pressure decreases,
then the valve rod moves up and down under the strength of
spring and cuts the passage from air to exhaustion check valve
and make it connect with the air, hence the exhaustion check
valves would be closed. If pressure is reestablished in the main
pipe of emergency trip device, the actions would take reversed
order. The valve will start to open when the compressed air
pressure is 0.6Mpa, and the pressure of fire resistance oil
increases to 1.45Mpa; and it will fully open when the pressure
rises to 2.38Mpa. The pressure in the main pipe of emergency trip
device decreases when OPC solenoid valve actuates. When the
pressure of resistance oil decreased to 0.75Mpa, the valve closes
under the forces from spring and compressed air.
2.2.11.2 Maintenance procedure and technical standard
Page 214 of 629

our way solenoid valve
uto unit-stop main pipe
team supply
Membrane valve
emote controlled
eplacement device Oil discharge
xhaustion
ain oil pump
outh
Emergency trip device
ripping
2.2.11.2.1 Emergency governor

evice Level rod position
2.2.11.2.1 危急遮断器（危急保安器）
Test Normal
Page 215 of 629

osition limit switch
echanical overspeed Manual overspeed

low oil
nd manual trip main test level rod
ipe
Figure 10 Principle chart for

overspeed tripping mechanism
Page 216 of 629
Page 217 of 629
1. Spring localizing bolt 2. Flying hammer 3. Spring of flying hammer
4. Balance block 5. Trip device body
Figure 11- Emergency trip device
Page 218 of 629

Page 219 of 629
Mechanical overspeed and
manual disengagement main pipe
EH emergency trip oil
Figure 12
Membrane valve
Page 220 of 629

1 检修工序
1.1 测量飞锤与遮断油门挂钩的脱扣间隙；
1.1 Measure the tripping clearance between the pendulum
and the hoop of trip oil valve;
1.2 拆卸前，先用深度尺测量弹簧保持环顶面到重锤顶面的距
离，记录好并做好弹簧保持环原始位置的记号；
1.2 Measure the top surface distance between the spring
retaining ring and the weight dropper with depth gauge,
and make records and mark on the original position of the
spring retaining ring;
1.3 拆卸弹簧保持环，记录弹簧保持环旋转的圈数；
1.3 Remove the spring retaining ring, and record the number
of turns of spring retaining ring;
1.4 取出弹簧检查，弹簧应无变形、锈蚀；
1.4 Take out and examine the spring, and there should be no
deformation or corrosion;
1.5 测量重锤的行程，检查重锤表面；
1.5 Measure the travel of hammer, and check the surface of
hammer;
1.6 拆下危急遮断器底面的紧定螺钉，取下平衡块；
1.6 Remove the fastening screws at the bottom of emergency
governor, and take off the balance block;
1.7 测量弹簧内壁与重锤的径向间隙、重锤内壁与的径向间隙、
重锤底部与调速体的径向间隙；
1.7 Measure the radial clearance between inner wall of spring
and hammer, radial clearance between inner wall of
hammer and ?, radial clearance between bottom of the
hammer and speed governor body;
1.8 清理干净各部件后按拆卸反顺序复装，注意弹簧保持环应
恢复到原来位置。
1.8 Clear up the components and reassemble them in the
reverse order of assembly, notice that the spring retaining
ring should return to its original position.
2 工艺标准
2 Technological standards
2.1 弹簧应无变形、锈蚀；
2.1 The springs should be free from deformation and
corrosion;
2.2 弹簧内壁与重锤的径向间隙：上部：0.4～0.8mm;下部：
0.1～0.4mm
2.2 The radial clearance between inner wall of the springs and
the hammer: upper: 0.4～0.8mm; bottom: 0.1～0.4mm;
2.3 重锤内壁与的径向间隙：0.1～0.13mm；重锤底部与调速
体的径向间隙：0.4～1mm；：重锤行程为 7mm；
2.3 The radial clearance between inner wall of hammer and ?:
Page 221 of 629

0.1～0.13mm; the radial clearance between bottom of the
hammer and speed governor body: 0.4～1mm；travel of
the hammer: 7mm;
2.4 重锤活动灵活，不卡涩，重锤表面应光滑、无毛刺、锈蚀；
2.4 The hammer should be flexible, and without unsmooth
blockage. The surface of the hammer should be smooth,
free from burr or corrosion;
2.5 正常运行时，碰钩与飞锤间隙：1.57～2.36㎜；遮断位置
时，碰钩与飞锤间隙不小于 0.5㎜，遮断机构与复位连杆间
应有 1.6㎜的搭档。
2.5 The clearance between hoop and hammer during normal
operation: 1.57 ～ 2.36 ㎜； and at the trip position, the
clearance between hoop and hammer should not be no
less than 0.5mm, and there should be a clearance of
1.6mm between trip mechanism and reset connecting rod.
2.2.11.2.2 危急遮断油门
2.2.11.2.2 Emergency trip oil valve
1 检修工序
1.1 拆除与危急遮断油门相连的有关杠杆和脱扣板、扳机等，做
好记号；
1.1 Remove the lever sticks, disengaged board and trigger
etc. connected with emergency trip oil valve, make exact
records;
1.2 将危急遮断油门从安装板上拆下，放入油盘内；
1.2 Take out the emergency trip oil valve from installation
board, and put it into the oil plate;
1.3 拆下危急遮断油门后盖板，取出遮断滑阀（遮断继动器）、
遮断滑阀套筒、试验滑阀（试验继动器）检查；
1.3 Remove the rear cover board of emergency trip valve, and
take out the trip sliding valve (trip relay), trip sliding valve
sleeve and testing sliding valve (testing relay) for
inspection;
1.4 拆下限位螺母，取下碟阀进行检查，并用红丹粉研磨碟阀
密封面；
1.4 Remove the position limiting bolt, take off the disk valve
for inspection and grind the sealing surface of the disk
valve with red lead powder.
1.5 测量遮断滑阀与遮断滑阀套筒的径向间隙、试验滑阀与壳体
的径向间隙；
1.5 Measure the radial clearance between trip sliding valve
and trip sliding valve sleeve, as well as the radial
clearance between testing sliding valve and casing body;
Page 222 of 629

1.6 测量遮断滑阀、试验滑阀行程；
1.6 Measure the travel of trip sliding valve and testing sliding
valve;
1.7 将各部件清理干净后按相反顺序复装；
1.7 Assemble the components according to the reverse order
to disassembly after cleaning;
1.8 复装杠杆时，保证脱扣板（挂钩）与危急遮断器飞锤的转
动间隙 1.57～2.36mm,复置扳机间隙最小为 0.79mm。
1.8 Make sure that the running clearance between
disengagement board (hook) and emergency trip flying
hammer is 1.57～2.36mm, and the minimum clearance for
resetting the trigger is 0.79mm.
2 工艺标准
2 Technological standards
2.1 滑阀表面应无磨损、锈蚀；
2.1 The surface of the sliding valve should be free from
abrasion and corrosion;
2.2 碟阀密封面应无凹坑、麻点，碟阀密封线连续无间断，顶端
密封面厚度为：0.81mm；
2.2 There should be no pits or macula on the sealing surface.
The sealing line of the disk valve should be consistent and
without break. The thickness of the top sealing surface is:
0.81mm;
2.3 遮断滑阀行程：9.7mm；试验滑阀行程：17.3mm；
2.3 Travel of the trip sliding valve: 9.7mm; travel of testing
sliding valve: 17.3mm;
2.4 脱扣板（挂钩）与危急遮断器飞锤的转动间隙 1.57 ～
2.36mm,复置扳机间隙最小为 0.79mm；
2.4 The running clearance between disengagement board
(hook) and emergency trip flying hammer is 1.57 ～
2.36mm, and the minimum clearance for resetting the
trigger is 0.79mm.
2.5 杠杆应传动灵活、无卡涩现象。
2.5 The lever rod should be flexible without unsmooth
blockage.
2.2.11.2.3 危急试验油门
2.2.11.2.3 Emergency testing oil valve
1 检修工艺
1 Maintenance techniques
1.1 拆除手柄固定销，取下手柄，拆除弹簧及连杆；
Page 223 of 629

1.1 Remove the fastening bolt of the handle to remove the
handle and disassemble the spring and connecting rod;
1.2 拆除有关油管道并封口；
1.2 Remove relevant oil pipes and seal them;
1.3 松开端盖螺栓，取下端盖，抽出试验滑阀，全面检查；
1.3 Release the bolts on end covers, and take them off. Draw
out the sliding valves, and thoroughly inspect;
1.4 按拆卸的相反顺序进行组装。
1.4 Assemble the components in the reverse order of
disassembly.
2 质量标准及技术要求
2 Quality standards and technical requirements
2.1 试验滑阀表面应光滑，无任何锈蚀、划痕及弯曲现象；
2.1 The surface of the testing sliding valves should be
smooth, free from any corrosion, scratches and bending
etc.
2.2 弹簧无变形、扭曲、断裂现象，测量自由长度并做好记录，
组装后无歪斜、拉偏等现象，试验滑阀应活动自如，无卡涩
Page 224 of 629

2.2 The spring should be free from deformation, distortion or
rupture, measure the free length and make records. The
spring should be free from declination, deviation etc. and
the testing sliding valves should move flexibly without
unsmooth blockage.
2.3 滑阀与壳体的配合间隙为 0.08～0.10mm；
2.3 The matching clearance between sliding valve and casing
body should be 0.08～0.10mm；
2.4 试验滑阀的行程为 17.3mm。
2.4 The travel of the testing sliding valve should be 17.3mm.
2.2.11.2.4 手动脱扣及复位装置
2.2.11.2.4 Manual disengagement and reset devices
1 检修工艺
1 Maintenance technological process
1.1 解体手动脱扣及复位杠杆，取出定位销。
1.1 Disassemble the manual disengagement and reset level
rod, take off the positioning pins.
1.2 测量脱扣滑阀行程和各部间隙，并做好记录。
1.2 Measure the travel of disengage sliding valve and the
clearances between each part and then make records.
1.3 全面检查清洗，按拆卸的相反顺序进行组装。
1.3 Thoroughly check and clean, and then assemble
according to reverse order of assembly.
2.1 连杆动作应灵活，无卡涩、反抗、弯曲现象。
2.1 The movement of the connecting rod should be flexible,
and free from unsmooth blockage, revolt or bending.
2.2 各定位销配合应严密，无松旷等现象。
2.2 The respective positioning pins should match tightly and
free from looseness etc.
2.2.11.2.5 摇控复位装置
2.2.11.2.5 Remote control reset device
1 检修工艺
1.1 拆除电磁四通阀，复位气缸的各连接通道，并封好各管口。
1.1 Remove solenoid four-way valve, reset the connecting
passages of cylinder and seal the pipes.
1.2 拆除连杆器、限位器、连杆器下端连杆，妥善保管好。
1.2 Remove the connecting device, retainer, lower connecting
Page 225 of 629

rod of connecting rod device, and keep them properly.
1.3 整体拆除复位气缸，放在指定的检修场所。
1.3 Remove the entire reset cylinder and put it into specified
maintenance field.
1.4 解体复位气缸，取出气缸盖及密封圈，将活塞及活塞杆一
起从气缸内抽出，拆开活塞及活塞杆。
1.4 Disassemble the reset cylinder, take off the cylinder cover
and sealing ring, draw out the piston together with its
connecting rod out of the cylinder, and then disassemble
them.
1.5 全面检查，清洗各部件，测量间隙做好记录。
1.5 Thoroughly inspect and clean the components and make
records after measuring the clearance.
1.6 更换不合格的部件，组装按拆卸相反的顺序进行。
1.6 Replace unqualified components, and assemble them
according to reverse order of assembly.
2.1 活塞杆、活塞表面应光滑，无锈蚀、划痕、弯曲、裂纹等缺陷
组装后应灵活、无卡涩现象。
2.1 The piston rod and piston surface should be smooth and
free from detects such as corrosion, scratches, bending
and ruptures etc. It should be flexible and free from
unsmooth blockage.
2.2 各管道应清洁、畅通。
2.2 The pipes should be clean and smooth.
2.3 各杠杆、连杆器及连杆动作应灵活，无卡涩、反抗现象。
2.3 The level rods, rod connecting devices and connecting
rods should move flexibly, and free from unsmooth
blockage or rebelling.
2.2.11.2.6 隔膜阀
1 检修工艺
1.1 拆除机械超速和手动脱扣母管，松开阀杆与机构杆连接螺丝。
1.1 Remove the mechanical overspeed and manual
disengagement main pipe, and release the connecting
screws for valve rod and mechanical rod.
1.2 用长螺栓将膜片腔解体，取出膜片、膜片托。
1.2 Disassemble the membrane chamber with long bolt, and
Page 226 of 629

take off the membrane and membrane holder.
1.3 拆卸膜片腔下壳取出弹簧。
1.3 Disassemble the lower casing of membrane chamber and
take off the spring.
1.4 拆卸构架，松开阀盖螺母抽出阀芯。
1.4 Disassemble the frame, and draw out the valve core after
releasing bonnet nut.
1.5 将阀体整个从管道上拆除，放在指定场所并包扎好。
1.5 Disassemble the entire valve from the pipe works, and put
it into specified field after properly wrapped.
1.6 全面检查、清洗，按拆卸的相反顺序进行组装。
1.6 Thoroughly check and clean, assemble the components in
reverse order of assembly.
2.1 膜片完好平整，无裂纹破损等缺陷。
2.1 The membrane should be intact and free from defects
such as cracks or damage etc.
2.2 弹簧无扭曲、变形、裂纹、断裂等现象，组装后无歪斜。
2.2 The spring should be free from distortion, deformation,
cracks or ruptures etc. and it should be straight after
assembly.
2.3 阀杆应完好、光滑、无弯曲、锈蚀等缺陷。
2.3 The valve rod should be intact, smooth and free from
defects such as bending or corrosion etc.
2.4 阀芯、阀线完好，无麻点、贯穿现象，腔室干净清洁，节流
孔畅通。
2.4 The valve core and thread should be intact, free from
macula, worn etc. The chamber should be clean, and the
throttling holes should be smooth.
2.5 用丙酮或酒精清洗各部件并妥善保管好。
2.5 Properly reserve the components after they are cleaned
with acetone or alcohol.
2.6 性能测定：正常情况：安全油压为 0.7MPa,EH 油压
14MPa,当安全油压降至 0.4MPa 时,此阀开始打开；当 EH
油压为零时,安全油压升至约 0.45Mpa 时,隔膜阀开始复位。
2.6 Performance measurement ：under normal condition: the
pressure of safety oil is 0.7MPa, EH oil pressure is
14MPa, and the valve will open when the pressure of
safety oil decreases to 0.4MPa; when EH oil pressure is
Page 227 of 629

zero and safety oil pressure increases to about 0.45MPa,
the membrane valve begins to reset.
2.2.11.3 调试、运行
充油试验的目的是在转子不升速的情况下，检查超速保护飞锤、危
急泄油滑阀动作是否正常。充油试验油是主油泵出口压力油，经过
充油试验阀，进入汽轮机转子中心孔内，到飞锤的固定端面上，在
离心力和供油压力的作用下，使飞锤飞出，引起滑阀动作，达到试
验的目的。
Oil filling test aims at verifying whether the overspeed protection
flying hammer and emergency trip oil discharging valve act
normally when speed of the rotator does not increase. The oil for
the oil filling test is the pressure oil from the outlet of main oil
pump, which enters into the central hole of turbine rotator through
the oil filling test valve, and then goes to the fixing end face of the
flying hammer. The flying hammer flies out under the effect of
centrifugal force and oil supplying pressure, thus the sliding valve
would act to carry out the test.
1 充油试验前，必须全面检查汽轮机的运行情况正常，并在额定
转速范围内进行试验。
1 Thoroughly verify the operation condition of the turbine before
oil filling test, if it is normal and carry out the test under rated
rotating speed.
2 把超速遮断手柄打到试验位置，并保持这一位置到试验结束后
方可松开，否则汽轮机会跳闸。
2 Turn the overspeed trip handle to test position, and keep it at
this position until the test is finished, if not, the turbine will trip.
3 缓慢地开启充油试验阀，注意油压变化，监视喷油嘴前油压是
否变动，以检查超速保护及危急泄油滑阀是否能工作正常。
3 Slowly open the oil filling test valve, and observe the variation
of the oil pressure. Monitor whether the pressure of oil before
the nozzle is changing, so as to check whether the overspeed
protection and emergency oil discharge sliding valve could
work normally.
4 记录飞锤飞出时油压，检查手动脱扣及复位手柄是否自动转到
脱扣位置。
4 Record the oil pressure when the flying hammer flies out,
check whether the manual disengagement and reset handle
turned to disengagement position automatically.
5 确信脱扣正常后缓慢关闭充油试验阀，使油压消失，飞锤自动
复位，此时操作脱扣及复位手柄至复位位置。
5 Slowly close the oil filling test valve after convinced that
disengagement is normal to make the oil pressure disappear,
and the flying hammer automatically resets. At this time
operate the disengagement and reset handle to reset position.
6 在确信危急泄油滑阀已恢复正常工作位置时，才能将脱扣及复
位手柄缓慢地转到正常工作位置。
6 Turn the disengagement and reset handle slowly to normal
Page 228 of 629

working position only after convinced that the emergency oil
discharge sliding valve has recovered to normal working
position.
7 最后缓慢把试验油门手柄打到正常位置，此时试验全部结束，
并做好试验记录。
7 Slowly turn the handle of testing oil valve to normal position,
and the whole test is finished. Then keep record.
8 注意若在试验中飞锤不能自动复位，应首先检查充油试验阀是
否完全关闭。
8 Notice that if the flying hammer could not automatically reset
during the test, check whether the oil filling test valve is
completely closed.
2.2.11.4 Safety, health and environmental requirements
2.2.11.4.1 安全
2.2.11.4.1 Safety
1 Enter the field with uniforms and safety protection equipment
according to the requirements of Safety Specifications.
2 There should be one principal when the work is operated by
two or more people.
3 There should be adequate lighting on site, and it should
confirm with the requirements of Safety Specifications.
4 Use leak protector along with power tools and follow the
instructions for them. Defected tools are forbidden to be used.
5 It is forbidden to clean the components with petrol.
6 高处作业必须正确使用安全带、工具，材料的传递应遵守安规规
定。
6 Correctly use safety belt and tools during working at height,
and follow the safety specifications when passing the
materials.
7 Strictly follow the safety specifications during hoisting and
conveying.
护设施。
8 Timely recover the dismantled protection works such as rails,
shields and ditch covering boards etc. after complete of the
works.
9 工作结束清点人员、工具，收回剩余的材料，消除火种，清扫工
作现场。
Page 229 of 629

9 Check the personnel and tools after work completion and tae
back the left materials. Eliminate kindling and clean the
working field.
10 Clear the flammable and explosive materials on the working
field.
11 The welding earthing wire should be connected to the welding
pieces, and long distance circuit is forbidden.
12 There should be adequate fire fighting facilities on site.
13 There should be special personnel for the supervision during
hot work.
14 Clear the work site after completion and do not leave any
kindling.
2.2.11.4.2 健康
2.2.11.4.2 Health
1 接触抗燃油时必须带耐油橡胶手套。
1 Wear oil-proof rubber gloves when touching the fire resistance
oil.
2 手上有伤口时禁止接触抗燃油。
2 Never touch the fire resistance oil when there is wound on
hands.
3 接触对人体有毒、有害或有刺激性气味的化学物品时必须做好防
范措施。
3 Make proper prevention measures when contacting chemicals
which are toxic or harmful to human body, or with pungent
smell.
2.2.11.4.3 环境
1. Waste oil after replacement should be poured into specified oil
bucket and it is not allowed to pour the oil at random.
丢弃。
2 Abandoned or residual chemicals must be put to specified
position and they are not allowed to be discarded at random.
3 “All works are complete; materials are clean; working lot is
clear” is what required to be achieved after completion of
work.
2.2.12 润滑油系统
2.2.12 Lubrication oil system
Page 230 of 629

2.2.12.1 概述
本机组润滑油采用 N32 号透平油（西屋标准）。润滑油系统为 1 个
封闭的系统。润滑油贮存在油箱内，通过由汽轮机主轴驱动的主油
泵将压力油注入注油器，并通过注油器将油箱内的油吸入后分成两
路，一路至主油泵进口，另一路通过换向阀和冷油器后至各轴承。
另外，主油泵出口的压力油还有一小部分经过逆止阀后到前轴承箱
内的机械超速脱扣及手动脱扣装置，还可作为发电机氢侧密封油的
备用油源。润滑油系统的功能：
The lubrication oil of the unit applies N32 turbine oil (of Western
house standards), and it is a closed system. Lubrication oil is
stored in the oil tank, and it is pressured and filled into the oil
injector through the main oil pump drive by turbine shaft. It is
divided into two ways after drew the oil in the oil tank with oil
injector, one way goes to the inlet of main oil pump, and the other
way goes to the bearings after went through the reversal valve
and oil cooler.
In addition, a small part of the pressure oil from the outlet of the
main oil pump could also be used as standby oil source for the
sealing oil on hydrogen side of generator, after it went to the
mechanical overspeed trip and manual trip device in the front
bearing case through check valve.
The functions of the lubrication oil system:
1 为汽轮机、发电机的径向轴承提供润滑油。
1 To supply lubrication oil for journal bearing of turbine and
generator.
2 为汽轮机推力轴承提供润滑油。
2 To supply lubrication oil for the thrust bearings of turbine.
3 为汽轮机盘车装置提供润滑油。
3 To supply lubrication oil for the turning gear of turbine.
4 为装于前轴承箱内的机械超速脱扣及手动脱扣装置提供控制用
压力油。
4 To supply controlling pressure oil for the mechanical
overspeed trip and manual trip devices in the front bearing
box.
2.2.12.1.1 润滑油箱
2.2.12.1.1 Lubrication oil tank
润滑油箱横卧在？米的平台上。油箱外壳为？mm 的碳钢钢板卷制
而成，两端用压制的分封头焊牢。润滑油箱的工作容积为 30m3。
（见图 14）润滑油箱的顶部安装的设备有：润滑油泵的交流电动
机、直流电动机，高压泵及其电动机、两台排烟风机及其电动机和除
雾器、油位计和油位控制器、压力表、回油套管等。
Page 231 of 629

The lubrication oil tank is horizontally placed on platform of ?m
elevation. The outer casing of the oil tank is make of ?mm carbon
steal plate, and the two heads of the tank are welded with pressed
sub-heads. The working volume of the lubrication oil tank is 30m 3.
(See figure 14)On the top of the lubrication oil tank, there are
following equipment: AC & DC motor for lubrication oil pump, high
pressure pump and its motor, two sets of smoke exhaustion fans
and their motors and demister, oil level meter and oil level
controller, pressure gauge, returning oil sleeves etc.
润滑油箱的侧部安装的设备有：温度调节器、电加热器、配油净化装
置的接口、冷油器进出口管接口等。润滑油箱的内部安装的设备有：
高压泵出口的溢流阀及逆止阀、主油泵出口的逆止阀、节流孔板、轴
承润滑油泵及其逆止阀、危急润滑油泵及其逆止阀、6 只浸没式电加
热器、回油滤网等。
On the lateral part of the lubrication oil tank, there are following
devices: temperature adjuster, electric heater, interface with oil
purifying device, interface for inlet/outlet of oil cooler etc. Devices
equipped within the lubrication oil tank include: overflow valve and
check valve at the outlet of high pressure pump, check valve,
throttling orifice, bearing lubrication oil pump and its check valve
at the outlet of main oil pump, emergency lubrication oil pump and
its check valve, 6 submerged type electric heater, returning oil
strainer etc.
润滑油箱内装有两种油位计：一种装在油箱顶部，就地直接显示油
位数值，另一种是油位开关，装在油箱顶部圆形盖板上，根据要求
的高油位、低油位、低低油位向集控室发出油位信号。此外，在油箱
内部的管路上装有 5 个摇板式逆止阀。
There are two kinds of oil level meters in the lubrication oil tank:
one is fixed at the ceiling of the tank, which display the oil level
values at local. The other is oil level switch, which is fixed on the
round cover plate at the top of oil tank, and it sends oil level
signals according to high, low and low-low oil level to central
control room. In addition, there are 5 waving plate type check
valves.
2.2.12.1.2 主油泵
2.2.12.1.2 Main oil pump
为双吸式离心式，出口为梨形截面螺旋形蜗壳，在进出口处都有放
气螺塞。叶轮装在转子接长轴上，叶轮为后弯式，叶轮材料为精密
青铜铸件，接长轴右端为 1 根具有内螺纹的短轴，其上装有离心式
危急遮断器及轴向位移测量盘，在泵出口法兰下面有一密封环，为
前轴承座在座架上移动时起密封作用。（见图 19）
It is double suction centrifugal type, the outlet is pear shape
section spiral housing, and there are bleeding plug screws at both
inlet and outlet. The impeller, which is made of sophisticate
bronze casting piece is fixed on the extended shaft of rotator, and
it is backward bending type. On the left hand of the extended shaft
is one piece of short shaft with internal thread, with centrifugal
type emergency trip device and axial displacement measuring
disc. There is a sealing ring under the flange at the outlet of the
pump, which is used to seal when the front bearing moves on the
Page 232 of 629

supporting bracket (see figure 19).
2.2.12.1.3 注油器
2.2.12.1.3 Oil injector
注油器装于油箱内部管路上，可以看作为一种低效率的喷射泵，具
有 5 个通道喷嘴。它将从主油泵出口来的高压油的压力能转化为喷
嘴出口的动能，然后将动能转化为势能。具体过程如下：从主油泵
出口来的高压油经过注油器喷嘴，流速增加，在喷嘴出口与扩散管
喉部之间产生低压区，逆止板被吸上，于是把油箱内的油吸上。经
过滤网及底盘上均布 8 个孔的油被吸上，与喷嘴出口的油相混合后，
进入扩散管，在扩散段内由于速度降低，因此可以回收一部分压力
然后在扩散管出口排出。从注油器出来的油，一路经冷油器后进入
机组各轴承，另一路向主油泵提供正压头的油，以防止主油泵产生
汽蚀。注油器出口管路上装有 1 只可调逆止阀，用来调整轴承入口
油压。（见图 20）
The on injector, fixed on the internal pipe works of the oil tank,
could be regarded as a kind of low effective jet pump, which has 5
passage nozzles. It converts the pressure of the pressure oil from
main oil pump outlet to kinetic energy of the nozzle outlet and then
the potential energy.
The detail process is like following: the accelerated pressure oil
through nozzle of oil injector from main oil pump generates a low
pressure area between the outlet of the nozzle and the throat of
diverging pipe, and the check plate is absorbed up and thus
absorbs the oil in oil tank.
The oil is absorbed by the 8 holes averagely allocated on the
strainer and base plate, and enters into the diverging pipe after
mixing with the oil at outlet of the nozzle. As its speed decreases
in the diverging section, so part of the pressure could be recycled
and it will drain out from the outlet of diverging pipe.
The oil from oil injector is divided into two routes, one goes into
the bearings through on injector; the other one supply oil for the
pressure head of the on injector to prevent cavitations. There is an
adjustable check valve on the outlet pipe of oil injector, which is
used to adjust be oil pressure of bearing inlet. (See figure 20)
2.2.12.1.4 交流润滑油泵和直流润滑油泵
2.2.12.1.4 AC/DC lubrication oil pump
交流润滑油泵为立式离心泵。电机通过固定式联轴器与泵相连，泵
浸没在油箱的润滑油中。一般当轴承油压下降到 0.082Mpa 时，才
启动该泵。直流润滑油泵为立式离心泵。电机装在油箱顶部，通过联
轴器与泵相连，泵浸没在油箱的润滑油中。直流润滑油泵作为交流
润滑油泵的备用泵，当交流电源中断或轴承润滑油泵故障时，启动
直流润滑油泵向轴承供油。一般当轴承油压下降到 0.069 ～
0.076Mpa 时，才启动该泵。交流润滑油泵（BOP）和直流润滑油泵
（EOP）结构相同，检修工序也相同。
The AC lubrication oil pup is vertical centrifugal pump. The motor
is connected with the pump through fixed type coupling, and the
pump is submerged into the lubrication oil in the oil tank. The
pump is generally opened when the bearing oil pressure
decreased to 0.082MPa. The DC lubrication oil pump is also stand
centrifugal pump. Its motor is on the top of the oil tank and
Page 233 of 629

connected with pump through coupling, the pump is submerged
into the lubrication oil in the oil tank. The DC lubrication oil pump
is used as standby pump for AC pump, and it would start to supply
oil to the bearing when the AC power supply breaks or the bearing
lubrication oil pump has fault. Generally speaking, the pump is
opened when the bearing oil pressure is decreased to 0.069 –
0.076MPa. The AC lubrication oil pump (BOP) and DC lubrication
oil pump （ EOP ） are similar in structure as well as the
maintenance procedures.
2.2.12.1.5 高压泵
2.2.12.1.5 High pressure pump
高压泵为交流齿轮泵。通过固定式联轴器与电机相连，并组装在 1
块公用底盘上，再水平装在油箱顶部的圆形盖板上。它由主、从动齿
轮、机械密封装置、壳体等到部件组成，泵端采用机械密封。高压泵
的出口压力油只供前轴承箱内的机械超速脱扣及手动脱扣装置用，
并也作为发电机氢密封油的备用油源。当机组启动或停机时，主油
泵出口压力达不到要求时才启动该泵。在泵的出口管上装有 2 溢流
阀，用来调整泵的出口油压。
High pressure pump is AC gear pump. It is connected with the
motor through fixed type of coupling and assembled on a public
base plate and then horizontally mounted onto the round covering
plate at the top of oil tank. It is consisted of driver and driven gear,
mechanical sealing device and casing etc. and the pump end is
sealed mechanically. The pressure oil from the outlet of high
pressure pump is only used for the mechanical overspeed and
manual trip device in the front bearing box, it is also the standby
oil supply for hydrogen sealing oil of generator. The pump is only
started when the outlet pressure of main oil pump is inadequate
during startup and shutdown of the unit. There are 2 overflow
valves at the outlet of the pump, which are sued to adjust the
outlet oil pressure of the pump.
2.2.12.1.6 排烟风机装置
2.2.12.1.6 Smoke exhaustion device
油箱顶盖上装有两台排烟风机装置，其作用是吸取润滑油箱内的油
气并排出，以防止油气漏入机房，保证在轴承座、油箱及套管内相
互连通的空间维持一定的真空。正常情况下，一台运行，一台备用。
每台排烟风机装置有 4 个主要部件：除油雾装置、可调式碟阀、油雾
分离器、排烟风机及电机。油箱内的油气经排烟风机吸上，通过除油
雾装置内的不锈钢衬垫时，油气内的油被衬垫挡住，并在除油雾装
置内积聚，由于重力滴入油箱。气流经过除油雾装置和排烟风机后
油滴则通入排污管。可调式碟阀可控制通过除油雾装置和排烟风机
的气流。此外，两台排烟风机出口各有 1 只逆止阀。
There are two smoke exhausters on the top cover of the oil tank,
with the function to absorb the oil gas from the lubrication oil tank
and exhaust it to prevent the oil gas from infiltrating into the
machine room, and keep a certain degree of vacuum between the
connected space of bearing base, oil tank and sleeves. In normal
condition, one is in service and the other is standby. Each of the
smoke exhauster includes 4 main components, and they are
demister device, adjustable disk valve, oil-mist separator, smoke
Page 234 of 629

exhauster and motor. The oil gas in the oil tank is firstly absorbed
by the smoke exhauster, and then goes through the stainless steel
gasket in the demister device. The oil in the oil gas would thus
being stopped by the gasket and accumulates in the demister
device and drop back to the oil tank under gravity force. After the
air flow goes through the demister device and smoke exhaustion
fan, the oil drops come to drainage pipe. The adjustable disk valve
could control the air passing through demister device and smoke
exhaustion fan. In addition, there is a check valve at both the
outlet of the two smoke exhaustion fans.
2.2.12.1.7 冷油器
2.2.12.1.7 Oil Cooler
冷油器的作用是冷却润滑油，维持轴承进油温度为 43℃～49℃。本
机组装有两台冷油器，正常运行时，一台运行，一台备用。两台冷
油器之间由一只换向阀来互相切换，通过连通管，可以使备用的一
台冷油器始终充满油。在冷油器顶部 1 根装有流量观察计的油管用
来观察冷油器是否充满油。在冷油器管上各装有一只热电偶和一只
盘式温度计，用来测量冷油器进、出口油温。
The function of oil cooler is to cool the lubrication oil and maintain
the inlet oil temperature for bearing at 43℃～49℃. There are two
oil coolers for this unit among which one is in service and one is
standby during normal operation. There is a reversal valve to
switch between the two oil coolers, and the standby oil cooler
could always be full of oil through the help of connection pipe.
There is one piece of oil pipe with flow observer meter to observe
whether the oil of oil cooler is full. There are one thermocouple
and one disc type thermometer on the oil cooler pipe, which are
used to measure the inlet/outlet oil temperature of the oil cooler.
每台冷油器的主要部件有：壳体、水室、回流室、管束、进水管板、回
流管板等。冷油器换向阀的壳体上有 6 个接口，其中 4 个接口经常
投入运行。冷油器投入运行后，不得转动换向阀手柄。在操作内部换
向阀时，先逆时针方向转动手轮 2~3 圈，松开套筒与碟阀后，缓慢
地转动手柄 180 度，然后把手柄固定下来，再顺时针方向转动手轮，
使套筒与碟阀复位。
The main parts for each oil cooler include: casing, water chamber,
return chamber, pipe bundle, water inlet pipe plate and return pipe
plate. There are 6 interfaces on the casing of reversal valve for oil
cooler, and among which 4 interfaces are frequently used. The
reversing handle should not be turned when the oil cooler was
activated. When operating internal reversal valve, turn the handle
2-3 circles anticlockwise first; and turn the handle 180 degrees
after releasing the sleeve and disk valve; then fix the handle and
turn the hand wheel clockwise to reset the sleeve and disk valve.
2.2.12.1.8 润滑油净化装置
2.2.12.1.8 Purifying devices for lubrication oil
两台机组安装一台润滑油净化装置及两台机组安装一台润滑油贮油
箱。润滑油净化装置并联于主机油系统中，其来油取自主油箱，经
净化后回到主油箱。它可以与主机油系统同时运行，也可以单独运
行，对主油箱及自身油箱中的油作循环过滤净化。它由流量控制阀、
流量观察器、进油电磁阀、浮球阀、输油泵、排烟机、袋滤器、油水分
Page 235 of 629

离器、自动排水器、化学吸附罐和自动反冲过滤装置、精滤器、贮油室
等组成。
There are one set of lubrication oil purifying device for two units,
and one set of lubrication oil storage tank for two units. The
lubrication oil purifying device is parallel connected to the turbine
oil system, and its oil is from the main oil tank which will return to
the main oil tank after being purified. It could both be operated
along with the turbine oil system and be operated independently
for circulation filtering purification for the oil of main oil tank and its
own oil tank.
It consists of flow control valve, flow observer, oil inlet magnetic
valve, floating ball valve, oil conveying valve, smoke extractor fan,
bag filter, oil-water separator, automatic drainer, chemical
absorption pot, automatic back flush filtering device, refined filter
and oil storage room.
2.2.12.1.9 顶轴油泵
2.2.12.1.9 Jacking oil pump
机组启动盘车前，首先要开启顶轴油泵，通过高压油把轴颈顶离轴
瓦，消除两者之间的干摩擦，同时可以减少盘车的启动力矩，使盘
车电机的功率减少。顶轴油系统由柱塞油泵，进油管磁性滤油器，
入口滤芯及柱阀、真空报警开关，板式球阀，调压阀，顶轴油端子
箱组成。
Start the jacking oil pump before start the turning gear of the unit,
and thrust the journal away from the bearing pad through high
pressure oil. Thus eliminate the dry friction between them and
reduce the startup torque of the turning gear so as to reduce the
power of the gear motor. The jacking oil system consists of
plunger oil pump, magnetic oil filtering device at the oil filling pipe,
filtering cores and column valve, vacuum alarm switch, plate type
ball valve, pressure adjusting valve and jacking oil terminal box.
雷菲（2128）
2.2.12.2 设备简介
2.2.12.2 Equipment description
表 2 主油箱技术规范
容量 m3 尺寸 mm 设计压力 Mpa
× ×
Table 2 Technical specialization for main oil tank
Capacity (m3) Size (mm) Design pressure (Mpa)

× ×
表 3 主油泵技术规范
流量单位（m3/h）
Page 236 of 629

出口压力单位（Mpa）
入口压力单位（Mpa）
泵壳材料
轴材料
叶轮材料
总重 Kg
Table 3 Technical specialization for main oil pump
Flow Unit (m3/h)

Outlet pressure Unit (Mpa)
Inlet pressure Unit (Mpa)
Material of pump shell
Material of shaft
Material of impeller
Total weight Kg
表 4 交流润滑油泵技术规范
型式
型号
流量单位 m3/h
出口压力单位 Mpa
转速单位 r/min
扬程单位 m
Table 4 Technical specialization for AC lube oil pump
Type
Model
Flow Unit (m3/h)
Rotating speed Unit (r/min)
Delivery head Unit (m)
Page 237 of 629

表 5 直流润滑油泵技术规范
型式
型号
流量单位 m3/h
转速单位 r/min
扬程单位 m
Table 5 Technical specialization for DC lube oil pump
Type
Model
Flow Unit (m3/h)
Delivery head Unit (m)
表 6 高压泵(氢密封备用泵)技术规范
型式
型号
流量单位 m3/h
入口压力单位 Mpa
转速单位 r/min
Table 6 Technical specialization for HP pump (standby pump of hydrogen sealing)
Type
Model
Flow Unit (m3/h)
Page 238 of 629

Inlet pressure Unit (Mpa)
表 7 排油烟风机装置技术规范
型号
设计吸入空气量 m3/h
设计吸入负压 KPa
设计出口压力 KPa
最高吸入气体温度 ℃
排风机全风压 KPa
排风机风量 m3/h
流量 m3/h
转速 r/min
Table 7 Technical specialization for oil and fume exhaust fan
Model
Design quantity of Air
m3/h
admission
Design capacity of negative
KPa
pressure admission
Design outlet pressure KPa
Highest temperature of
℃
admitted gas
Total air pressure of fan KPa
Air flow of fan m3/h
Flow m3/h
Rotating speed r/min
表 8 冷油器技术规范
型式
制造厂
数量台
Page 239 of 629

冷却面积 m2
冷却水入口设计温度 ℃
出口油温 ℃
冷却水流量 kg/h
油量 m3/h
管子尺寸（外径×壁厚） mmmm
设计压力
管侧 MPa(g)
壳侧 MPa(g)
设计温度
管侧 ℃
壳侧 ℃
材料
管子
壳体
水室
管板
管板尺寸（外径×壁厚）  mmmm
每台总重 kg
Table 8 Technical specialization for oil cooler
Type
Manufacture
Number Set
Cooling area m2
Design inlet temperature of cooling water ℃
Outlet oil temperature ℃
Cooling water flow kg/h
Oil quantity m3/h
Tube size( outer diameter× wall
mmmm
thickness）
Design pressure
Page 240 of 629

Tube side MPa(g)
Shell side MPa(g)
Design temperature
Tube side ℃
Shell side ℃
Material
Tube
Shell
Water chamber
Tube plate
Tube plate size( outer diameter× wall 
thickness） mmmm
Total quantity each set kg
表 9 润滑油净化装置技术规范
型号 TY-II-2000L/H-------12000L/h
流量 L/h 2000～12000
工作真空度 MPa - 0.075～0.095
工作压力 MPa ≤0.5
工作温度 ℃ 40～70
声级 DB（A） ≤80
过滤精度 um ≤5
水份 PPM ≤50
Table 9 Technical specialization for lube oil purification
Model TY-II-2000L/H-------12000L/h
Flow L/h 2000～12000
Working vacuum MPa - 0.075～0.095
Working pressure MPa ≤0.5
Working temperature ℃ 40～70
Sound level DB（A） ≤80
Filter precision um ≤5
Page 241 of 629

Moisture PPM ≤50
表 10 顶轴油泵技术规范
型式柱塞泵（PV29 2R5DCO2）
制造厂北京北重汽轮电机有限责任公司
数量台 2
容量 m3/h 8.1
出口压力 MPa(g) 18±0.2
转速 r/min
材料
壳体碳钢
轴 45
柱塞 35CrMo
电动机
型式 Y225M-4
容量 kW 55
电压 V 380
转速 r/min
总重 kg
Table 10 Technical specialization for jacking oil pump
Type Plunger pump(PV29 2R5DCO2)

Beijing heavy machine steam turbine & motor limited
Manufacture
company
Number Set 2
Capacity m3/h 8.1
Outlet pressure MPa(g) 18±0.2
Material
Shell Carbon steel
Shaft 45
Plunger 35CrMo
Motor
Page 242 of 629

Type Y225M-4
Capacity kW 55
Voltage V 380
Total quantity kg
表 11 润滑油储油箱（净油箱和污油箱）技术规范
设计压力
容量 m3 尺寸设计温度
型号设备材质 Mpa
mm
Volume Design
model material Designed
m3 size temp.
pressure
常压
2×30 M3 HXYX-60-PLTU1 × × Q235B Normal 90℃
pres.
Table 11 Technical specialization for lube oil storage tank (clean one and dirty
one)
2.2.12.3 Maintenance procedure, process standards
2.2.12.3.1 主油箱
2.2.12.3.1 Main oil tank
1 主油箱检修工序
1 Maintenance procedure of main oil tank
1.1 打开油箱放油门，将主油箱内剩油放尽；
1) Open the oil discharge valve of oil tank and release the spare
oil thoroughly.
1.2 揭开油箱顶部的花纹铁板，周围并设置围栏，以免外人误入。
2) Open the iron board on the top of oil tank; set fence in the
surrounding.
1.3 在将油箱顶部清扫干净后，揭开滤网上部盖板及人孔盖，将滤
网吊出检查，若有破损应补焊或更换。
3) Clean the top of oil tank, and then open the cover plate and
manhole casing on the top pf filter. Take the filter out for
inspection. Make up welding for or change it if broken.
1.4 经化学人员查看油箱内部情况后，从人孔门进入油箱内部清理。
首先用盖板将油箱底部放油门堵住。分别用白布、煤油和面沾净
经化学人员验收后，准备复装。锈蚀部分需防腐处理。
Page 243 of 629

4) After the chemical personnel inspect the inner condition of the
oil tank, enter into the oil tank for cleanness from manhole.
First use the cover plate to block the oil discharge valve in the
bottom of oil tank. Then use calico, kerosene, and flour to
clean it. Reassemble it after ensuring it passes the test by
chemical personnel. Take anti-corrosion measures to treat the
corrosive part.
1.5 检查注油器和油位指示器。
5) Inspect oil ejector and oil level indicator.
1.6 将放油器盖板拿出，检查油箱内无遗物，放进滤网扣上盖板脏
及人孔门盖板。
6) Take out of the cover plate of oil discharger. Inspect on
anything left in the oil rank and put the filter into it. Then put
on the cover plate and that of the manhole.
1.7 检查排烟风机。
7) Inspect fume exhaust fan.
1.8 关闭油箱放油门及事故放油门将油注入油箱至规定值。
8) Close the oil discharge valve of oil tank and the emergency oil
discharge valve. Inject oil into the oil tank reaching the
regulated valve.
2 工艺标准
2 Process standards
2.1 清理油箱内壁：干净无锈蚀、油污，经化学监督合格；
1) Clean the inner wall of oil tank to ensure it is clean without
corrosion, oil stain and meets the chemical requirements.
2.2 检查清理滤网：干净无破损；
2) Inspect and clean filter which should be clean and no
damage.
2.3 检查注油器：喷嘴无堵塞,螺栓无松动；
3) Inspect oil ejector. No blockage for nozzle and no looseness
on the bolt.
2.4 检查油箱内管道、螺栓：无磨损、无松动。
4) Inspect the internal pipes and bolt of oil tank which should not
be abrasive and unloosened
2.2.12.3.2 主油泵
2.2.12.3.2 Main oil pump
Page 244 of 629

1 检修工序
1 Maintenance procedure
1.1 拆卸前箱上盖：系统热工拆卸测量保护装置支架，拆卸前箱结
合面定位销及螺栓，将行车调至前箱盖正上方，四角拴牢固钢
丝绳，用倒链找平后平稳吊下；
1) Dismantle the upper casing of front tank: I &C personnel is in
charge of measuring the support of protection device.
Dismantle the positioning pin and bolts on the connecting
surface of front tank. Adjust the traveling crane to make it
locate in the right upper place of the front tank casing. Fasten
the steel wire in four corners and hoist it down statically after
the chain block screeding.
1.2 将转子延伸轴从高压转子上拆下，先用百分表测量转子延伸轴
与高压转子连接处法兰的晃动度，作为复装时的参考；拆卸转
子延伸轴与高压转子连接螺栓，各螺栓应做好记号；
2) Dismantle the rotor extending shaft from high-pressure rotor.
Then use dial indicator to measure the flange swing degree in
the connecting parts of the rotor extending shaft and high-
pressure rotor, as a reference for reinstallation. Dismantle the
connecting bolts of rotor extending shaft and high-pressure
rotor, do the marks for each as well.
1.3 拆卸主油泵上盖、危急遮断器处的所有油管，做好记号；
3) Dismantle the upper casing of main oil pump and all oil pipes
in the part of emergency tripper, make the marks as well.
1.4 拆卸主油泵中分面连接螺栓，吊出主油泵上盖；
4) Dismantle the connecting bolts on the middle surface of main
oil pump, and then hoist out of the upper casing of main oil
pump.
1.5 用塞尺测量主油泵前后四只油封环的间隙；
5) Use feeler gauge to measure the clearance of four oil sealing
rings n front and back of the main oil pump.
1.6 旋出四只油封环进行检查：钨金表面光滑、完整，无脱胎、裂纹
及磨损；
6) Rotate out of the four oil sealing rings for inspection. The
tungsten surface should be smooth, complete and no
bodiless, crack and abrasion phenomenon.
1.7 吊出转子延伸轴放在专用支架上；
7) Take out of the rotor extending shaft and put it on the special
support.
Page 245 of 629

1.8 用专用扳手拆下调速体进行进行检查：表面无磨损、裂纹，内部
油路应畅通无堵塞；
8) Use special spanner to dismantle the speed governor for
inspection. Its appearance should not undergo abrasion and
crack. The internal oil line should be clear and unblocked.
1.9 拆下叶轮、键和衬垫进行检查：表面无磨损、裂纹，叶轮内部油
路应畅通无堵塞，叶轮与油封环接触处的耐磨环应无无磨损、裂
纹，无松动；
9) Dismantle the impeller, keys and lining for inspection. Their
appearance should not undergo abrasion and crack and the
internal oil line of impeller should be clear and unblocked. The
wear ring in the connecting part pf the impeller and oil sealing
ring should not experience abrasion, crack and looseness.
1.10 检查转子延伸轴表面，测量转子延伸轴晃动度；
10) Inspect the surface of rotor extending shaft and measure the
swing degree of it.
1.11 将各部件清理干净后按解体反顺序复装。
11) After cleaning every parts, reinstall them in the reverse
sequence of disassembly.
2 工艺标准
2 Process standards
2.1 检查油封环钨金：钨金表面光滑、完整，无脱胎、裂纹及磨损，
接触面均匀；
1) Inspect the tungsten of oil sealing rings. The tungsten surface
should be smooth, complete and no bodiless, crack and
abrasion phenomenon. The contacting surface must be
uniform.
2.2 测量四只油封环的间隙：
2) Measure the clearance of four oil sealing rings:
后油封环（1）与转子延伸轴的径向间隙：0.05mm～0.15mm
 Radial clearance of the rear sealing ring (1) and rotor
extending shaft: 0.05mm～0.15mm
后油封环（1）与主油泵壳体的轴向间隙：0.05 mm ～0.13mm
 Axial clearance of the rear sealing ring (1) and main oil
pump proper: 0.05 mm ～0.13mm
后油封环（2）与叶轮的径向间隙：0.05mm～0.15mm
 Radial clearance of rear sealing ring (2) and impeller:
0.05mm～0.15mm
Page 246 of 629

后油封环（2）与主油泵壳体的轴向间隙：0.05 mm ～0.13mm
 Axial clearance of the rear sealing ring (2) and main oil
前油封环（1）与叶轮的径向间隙：0.05mm～0.15mm
 Radial clearance of the front sealing ring (1) and impeller:
0.05mm～0.15mm
 前油封环（1）与主油泵壳体的轴向间隙： 0.05 mm ～
0.13mm
Axial clearance of the front sealing ring (1) and main oil pump
proper: 0.05 mm ～0.13mm
前油封环（2）与调速体的径向间隙：0.05mm～0.15mm
 Radial clearance of the front sealing ring (2) and speed
governor: 0.05mm～0.15mm
前油封环（2）与主油泵壳体的轴向间隙：0.05 mm ～0.13mm
 Axial clearance of the front sealing ring (2) and main oil
2.3 检查调速体：表面无磨损、裂纹，内部油路应畅通无堵塞
3) Inspect the speed governor whose surface should not bear
crack and abrasion, and the internal oil line clear and
unblocked.
2.4 检查叶轮、键和衬垫、耐磨环、：表面无磨损、裂纹，耐磨环应无
磨损、裂纹，无松动。叶轮与轴及销子应紧密配合无松动，更换
新叶轮时要找静平衡。
4) Inspect impeller, keys, lining and wear ring to ensure their
surface not bear crack and abrasion and the wear ring
unloosened. The impeller, shaft and pins should match
perfectly without looseness. Carry out static balance when
need to change a new impeller.
2.5 泵壳水平结合面必须严密，清理干净后紧上三分之二螺栓，用
0.02mm 塞尺检查不得塞入，结合面平整，不用垫片。
5) The horizontal connecting surface of pump shell should be
closed. Fasten two out of three bolts after cleaning it. Use
scale of 0.02mm to check out it can not be put into; the
connecting surface should be flat and gasket unused.
2.6 泵轴弯曲≤ 0.02mm，叶轮瓢偏≤ 0.04mm。
6) Bend of pump shaft should not more than0.02mm (≤ 0.02mm)
and impeller displacement≤ 0.04mm
2.2.12.3.3 注油器
2.2.12.3.3 Oil ejector
Page 247 of 629

1 检修工序
1.1 拆卸注油器进出口法兰螺栓，吊出注油器。或拆卸注油器进口法
兰螺栓，在油箱内检查。
1) Dismantle the inlet and outlet flange bolts of oil ejector and
take out of oil ejector. Or dismantle the inlet flange bolt of oil
ejector for inspection inside of oil tank.
1.2 拆卸注油器进口滤网固定螺栓，取下滤网检查；
2) Dismantle the fixed bolt of inlet filter of oil ejector and take out
of the filter for inspection.
1.3 拆卸特制螺母和拉杆螺栓，将扩散管与其它部件分离；
3) Dismantle the special nuts and pull-rod bolt; separate the
diffusing pipe from other parts.
1.4 检查安装盘和控制盘；
4) Inspect installation panel and control panel.
1.5 检查注油器喷嘴是否堵塞；
5) Inspect nozzle of oil ejector to ensure there is no blockage.
1.6 检查扩散器；
6) Inspect diffuser.
1.7 按解体相反顺序复装。
7) Reinstall them in the reverse sequence of disassembly.
2 工艺标准
2 Process standards
2.1 滤网应完好、无破损、堵塞、锈垢；
1) The filter should be completely good, unbroken, unblocked
and without rust scaling.
2.2 安装盘和控制盘应无磨损、锈垢，控制盘在最大倾斜角时不能卡
涩，控制盘和安装盘的接触面积不少于 75%；
2) Installation panel and control panel should not bear abrasion
and rust scaling. There is no blockage when the control panel
is with the maximum slope angle. The contacting surface of
control panel and installation should be no less than 75%
(≧75%).
2.3 注油器喷嘴是否堵塞。
3) Inspect the nozzle of oil ejector to ensure there is no
blockage.
Page 248 of 629

2.2.12.3.4 交流润滑油泵、直流润滑油泵
2.2.12.3.4 AC lube oil pump, DC lube oil pump
1 检修工序
1.1 通知电气，拆除电机的接线；
1) Inform the electric personnel to dismantle the connecting wire
of motor.
1.2 拆除电机与泵壳的连接螺栓和对轮螺栓，妥善保管；
2) Dismantle the connecting bolt and wheel bolt of the motor and
pump shell, keep them in proper place.
1.3 进入主油箱，拆除油泵的连接油管道及出口法兰螺丝，并把拆
卸螺栓清点、包好，拿出油箱；
3) Enter into the main oil tank to dismantle the connecting oil
pipeline and outlet flange screw of oil pump. Amount and pack
them well and them take out of the oil tank.
1.4 用行车吊出电机及泵体，放在指定的检修场所；
4) Use traveling crane to suspend out the motor and pump
proper; put them in the regulated place.
1.5 测量轴的串轴量，做好记录，拆除泵轴承的润滑油管，并封好
管口；
5) Measure the axial displacement of shaft and make a record of
it. Dismantle the lube oil pipe pf pump bearing and seal the
pipe mouth.
1.6 拆除靠背轮、轴承盖、轴背帽及进油口处滤网、短节和叶轮背帽，
拿下短节及叶轮；
6) Dismantle coupling, bearing cap, shaft back cap, oil admission
filter, nipple, and impeller back cap. Take out the nipple and
impeller.
1.7 用铜棒轻轻由电机侧向泵侧锤击泵轴，抽出泵轴；
7) Use copper bar to knock the pump shaft from motor side to
pump side, and draw out the pump shaft.
1.8 全面检查、清洗各部件，测量各部间隙，按拆卸相反的顺序组装
8) Thoroughly inspect and clean each part and the clearance;
assemble the parts in the reverse sequence of dismantling.
2 工艺标准
2. Process standards
2.1 叶轮与密封环的间隙：0.12～0.20㎜。
1) Clearance of impeller and sealing ring: 0.12～0.20 mm.
Page 249 of 629

2.2 泵轴串量为：3～5mm。
2) Axial displacement of pump shaft: 3～5mm.
2.3 泵轴应光滑、无弯曲、毛刺现象，叶轮完好，无裂纹、磨损现象。
3) The pump shaft should be smooth, unbend without bur; the
impeller should be completely good without crack and
abrasion.
2.4 各轴承应灵活，无卡涩、松扩现象，否则更换新件。泵组装后，
手动应灵活，无卡涩，串轴量应与修前同。
4) Each bearing should be flexible without jamming and
looseness, otherwise change a new one. After the pump
assembly, it can be manually operated flexibly without
blockage. The shaft axial displacement should be same with
that before maintenance.
2.5 泵轴弯曲≤ 0.21mm，叶轮瓢偏≤ 0.04mm。
5) Pump bend ≤ 0.21mm, impeller displacement≤ 0.04mm.
2.6 找中心：平面≤0.05mm，圆周≤ 0.04mm。
6) Alignment: plane ≤0.05mm, circle ≤ 0.04mm
2.2.12.3.5 高压泵
2.2.12.3.5 HP pump
1 检修工序
1 Maintenance Procedure
1.1 联系电气拆电机接线。
1.1 Contact with electric person to remove the motors’ wiring.
1.2 拆除出口压力表，出口法兰螺栓及对轮螺栓，并包好各油
口。
1.2 Remove the pressure gauge, flange bolts and coupling
wheel bolts at outlet and seal all oil inlets & outlets.
1.3 用行车把泵吊到检修场地，解体油泵。
1.3 Lift the pump to maintenance field with crane and
disassemble it.
1.4 拆泵轴端盖及机械密封装置，轻轻地取出动、静环、弹簧，
不要损坏动环，检查动、静环密封面接触情况。
1.4 Remove the end cover and the mechanical seal device,
and take out the rotary & static rings, spring carefully to
avoid the damage to the rotary rings, and then check the
seal surface of the rotary & static rings.
1.5 拆除泵端，在主传动轴上做记号，取出传动轴。
Page 250 of 629

1.5 Remove the pump end, then mark on the main driving
shaft and take the driving shaft out.
1.6 全部检查、清洗各部件，测量各部间隙，并做好记录。
1.6 Check and clean all the components, then measure the
clearance between any two components and keep the
record.
1.7 按拆卸的相反顺序进行组装。
1.7 Reassemble all the components in the sequence which is
reversible to the disassembling.
2 工艺标准
2 Process standards
2.1 机械密封动、静环密封面应光滑，无划痕、磨损、裂纹等现象
组装时用红丹粉研靠，其接触面为 90%以上，弹簧无变形、
扭曲、断裂现象，否则更换新件。
2.1 The rotary & static ring seal surface in mechanical seal
should be smooth without scrape, wear and crack etc.
Stuff the red lead powder during disassembling, the
contact surface is more than 90 percent; there is no
deformation, torsion and breakage in the spring, or
change it.
2.2 主、从齿轮咬合完好，无松歪斜现象，转动灵活，啮合间隙
应符合标准。
2.2 The driving gears engage well with the driven ones
without looseness and deflection. The gears can rotate
flexibly. The engagement clearance should be in
accordance with the standard.
2.3 找中心：张口≤ 0.04mm，圆周≤ 0.05mm。
2.3 Alignment: Opening ≤ 0.04mm, circumference≤ 0.05mm.
2.2.12.3.6 排烟风机
2.2.12.3.6 Fume exhaust fan
1 除油雾装置
1 Oil mist removing device
1.1 拆除滤网组件与壳体联接螺栓（M14）。
1.1 Disassemble the strainer components and connecting
bolts （M14）.
1.2 将卡环卡在悬挂螺钉（M16）上，吊出滤网组件。
1.2 Place the snap ring on the hanging screw and pull out the
strainer components.
1.3 用煤油清理干净滤网组件及壳体内壁后，用压缩空气吹干。
Page 251 of 629

1.3 Clean the strainer components and inner wall of the shell
with the kerosene then dry it with compressed air.
1.4 复装滤网组件，紧联接螺栓。
1.4 Reassemble the strainer components and screw the
connecting bolts tightly.
2 排烟风机
2 Fume exhaust fan
2.1 通知电气拆除电机接线。
2.1 Contact with electric person to remove the motors’ wiring.
2.2 拆除连接管道，整体吊出风机，放在指定检修场所，并封
好各拆卸油管口。
2.2 Remove connecting pipelines and lift the fan as a whole,
then remove it to the predetermined maintenance field, at
last seal the oil pipelines ends.
2.3 拆卸风机盖与涡壳连接螺栓，取下电机与叶轮。
2.3 Remove the bolts connecting the fan cover and the scroll.
Take the motor and the impellers out.
2.4 全面检查各部件，更换易损件，组装按拆卸的相反顺序进
行。
2.4 Check all the components. Change the vulnerable parts,
and then reassemble all the components in the sequence
which is reversible to the disassembling.
3 工艺标准
3 Process Standards
3.1 风机叶轮与外壳完好无损,叶轮无变形、扭曲等现象。组装后
手动盘车灵活，无卡涩、磨擦等现象，运行后无振动。
3.1 The impellers and the shell should be complete without
damage. There should be no deformation and torsion etc.
in the impellers. The turning gear operates flexibly without
blockage and scrape after reassembling. No vibration
occurs in operation.
3.2 除油雾装置滤网应完好，无破损，否则更换新件，壳体内
壁，无油泥、锈垢。
3.2 The strainer in the oil mist removing device should be
complete without damage, or change it. No oil sludge and
rust in the inner wall of the shell.
2.2.12.3.7 冷油器及换向阀
2.2.12.3.7 Oil Cooler and Reversal valve
1 冷油器的工艺标准
Page 252 of 629

1 Process standard of the oil cooler
1.1 打开冷油器下部放油门，将冷油器内部积油放净，并打开
放水门，将积水放尽。
1.1 Open oil drain valve lied in lower part of the oil cooler and
the water discharge valve to discharge the accumulated
oil and water.
1.2 拆下冷油器进出口冷却水管法兰螺栓及水侧放空气管法兰
螺栓。
1.2 Remove the flange bolts of the cooling water pipes laid in
inlet & outlet of the oil cooler and the air pipes of water
side.
1.3 拆下冷油器回流室与壳体连接螺栓，并取出密封隔圈及 O
形圈。
1.3 Remove the bolts connecting the oil cooler
return/reversing chamber and the shell, and then take the
seal ring and O ring out.
1.4 拆下冷油器上水室盖及短接螺栓，吊出上水室至检修场地。
1.4 Remove the cover of upper water chamber and bolts, and
then remove the upper chamber to maintenance field.
1.5 用行车将冷油器芯子吊出，放入专用加热箱，用加热后的
磷酸三钠水煮洗，时间为 2 小时，磷酸三钠含量为 5-
10%，煮完后吊出，用清水冲洗干净后。
1.5 Lift the oil cooler core with the overhead crane, and then
put it into special heating tank for cleaning by boiled in
heated water with 5-10 percent tri-sodium phosphate for 2
hours. Lift again the core from tank and wash it by clean
water.
1.6 联系化学配酸，对冷油器芯子进行酸洗，合格后，再用磷
酸三钠水煮洗，时间为 1 小时，磷酸三钠含量为 2-5%，然
后吊出，再用软化水冲洗干净，用白布将隔板擦至白布无
污渍，并用压缩空气吹干。
1.6 Contact person in chemical department to prepare acid for
cleaning the oil cooler core. If qualified, clean it by boiled
in water with 2-5 percent tri-sodium phosphate for 1 hour,
lifting again the core from tank and washing it by soft
water, and then wipe the diagram with white cloth until
there is no stains in the cloth, and dry it by compressed
air.
1.7 由化学验收合格，铜管表面光洁，无裂纹，无腐蚀，无脱
芯剥落，铜管内表面无结垢。
1.7 The chemical department takes charges of the
acceptance, the copper pipe surface should be smooth
without cranks and corrosion and core dropping off. No
Page 253 of 629

scaling in the inner surface.
1.8 更换冷油器下水室油、水侧 O 形圈，验收合格后，按解体相
反顺序复装，上盖暂不复装。
1.8 Change the oil of lower oil cooler water chamber and the
O ring in water side, and reassemble the oil cooler except
the upper cover after passing the chemical department
acceptance.
1.9 开启润滑油泵，对冷油器铜管进行检漏，如有泄漏，可用
紫铜塞，将泄漏管两头堵死，直至合格。
1.9 Start lube oil pump, check whether the leakage exists in
the copper pipe of oil cooler, if there is leakage, and stuff
the two ends of the pipe with purple copper until passing
the acceptance.
1.10 复装上盖，更换油水侧 O 形圈，清理检修现场。
1.10 Reinstall the upper cover, change the O rings at both
oil and water sides, then clear up the maintenance
field.
2 冷油器换向阀工艺标准
2 Process standard of oil cooler reversal valve
2.1 拆除冷油器换向阀进油室底部螺塞，将换向阀内剩油放掉；
2.1 Remove the bolts at bottom part of reversal valve oil
intake chamber and discharge the residual oil of the
reversal valve.
2.2 拆除换向阀进油室与阀体联接螺栓，拆下换向阀进油室；
2.2 Remove the bolts connecting reversal valve oil intake
valve and the valve body and the oil intake chamber.
2.3 拆除固定换向阀进油侧阀碟的开口销、特制垫片、螺母，取
下换向阀进油侧阀碟；
2.3 Remove split pin, special gasket, nut of valve disc in oil
intake side of fixed reversal valve, and then take the valve
disc out.
2.4 拆除换向阀手柄、手轮以及手轮下部的垫片、套筒环、O 形圈；
2.4 Remove the handle, hand wheel, washer, bushing ring, O
ring of the reversal valve.
2.5 拆除换向阀出油室上法兰螺栓，取下法兰及套筒；
2.5 Remove the flange bolts of the oil outlet chamber, and
then take the flange and bush out.
2.6 吊出心轴和出油室阀碟；
2.6 Lift the mandrel and valve disc in the oil outlet chamber.
Page 254 of 629

2.7 检查进、出油室阀碟；
2.7 Check the valve discs of oil inlet & outlet chamber.
2.8 检查套筒与心轴、上法兰与套筒密封圈；
2.8 Check the seal ring between the bush and mandrel, upper
flange and bush.
2.9 清理进、出口油室及阀体内壁，检查其锈蚀情况。
2.9 Clean the oil inlet & outlet chamber and inner wall of the
valve body, and then check the degree of its rust and
corrosion.
3 工艺标准
3 Process Standard
3.1 冷油器铜管内壁清洁无水垢。
3.1 The inner wall of the oil cooler copper pipe is clean
without scale.
3.2 冷油器铜管表面清洁无油污。
3.2 The surface of the oil cooler copper pipe is clean without
oil stain.
3.3 冷油器水侧试验压力：0.6Mpa，试验时间:15min；油侧试
验压力：0.4 Mpa，试验时间 15min。
3.3 The water side testing pressure of oil cooler: 0.6Mpa,
testing time: 15min, the oil side testing pressure: 0.6Mpa,
testing time: 15min.
3.4 冷油器滤网干净无破损。
3.4 The strainer of oil cooler is clean without damage.
3.5 换向阀阀碟密封面完好、无裂纹，密封线连续、无间断，阀
碟与阀体密封面接触面积不小于 85% ，局部离缝小于
0.02mm。
3.5 The seal surface of the valve disc is complete without
crack. The sealing line should be continuous without
interruption, the contact surface between the valve disc
and valve body is large than or equal to 85%, the partial
gap should be less than 0.02mm.
3.6 阀碟与阀体径向间隙为：1.5～2mm。
3.6 The radial clearance between valve disc and valve body
is: 1.5～2mm.
3.7 阀体内壁干净、无锈垢。
3.7 The inner wall of the valve body is clean without rust.
2.2.12.3.8 润滑油净化装置及贮油箱
Page 255 of 629

2.2.12.3.8 Lube oil Purifying Device and Storage tank
1 检修工序
1.1 将净油贮油箱、沉淀室、过滤室的油排放干净。
1.1 Discharge the oil in storage tank, sedimentation room and
filtering room.
1.2 取出袋滤器进行清洗或更换。
1.2 Take the bag filter and clean or change it.
1.3 取出各滤网，清理检查，根据压差情况，决定是否更换滤
网。
1.3 Take out all the strainers and clean them, whether to
change it depends on the differential pressure.
1.4 各油室清洗干净，各油管进行检查。
1.4 Clean all the oil chambers and check oil pipes.
1.5 拆除输油泵各连接管道，整体取出泵，解体检查。
1.5 Remove oil conveying pump and connecting pipes, take
out the pump as a whole and disassemble it for check.
1.6 拆除排烟风机连接管道，解体检查。
1.6 Remove fume exhaust fan and connecting pipes. Take out
the pump as a whole and disassemble it for check.
2 工艺标准与技术要求：
2 Process standard and technical requirements
2.1 各油室应彻底清理干净，无任何油污、杂质等，经化学验收
合格。
2.1 All the oil chambers should be clean without any oil stain
and impurity, and pass the chemical acceptance test.
2.2 输油泵齿轮应啮合良好，各齿无缺口，严重磨损等缺陷，油
泵的串动量≯0.06mm。
2.2 The gears of the oil conveying pump should engage well
without such defects as indentation and severe wear. The
axial displacement of the oil pump should be ≯0.06mm.
2.3 袋滤器应安装牢固。
2.3 The bag filter should be firmly fastened.
2.4 检修结束后，在投运时应放净过滤罐的空气。
2.4 Discharge all the air of the filtering tank after the
maintenance has finished.
Page 256 of 629

2.2.12.3.9 顶轴油泵
2.2.12.3.9 Jacking oil pump
1 检修工序
1.1 电机停电并拆线，关闭出入口油门。拆除并封好各管口。
1.1 Cut off the power supply of the motor and remove the
wires. Close the oil inlet and outlet valve. Remove the
valves and seal the pipes end.
1.2 拆卸电机对轮螺栓。
1.2 Remove the coupling wheel bolts of the motors.
1.3 对轮侧端盖法兰拆除，取出“O”型密封圈。
1.3 Remove coupling wheel the flange at end cover; take out
the O ring.
1.4 拆卸泵体与泵壳连接螺栓，取下泵体。取下滚珠轴承挡圈，
打出轴承。
1.4 Take down the bolts connecting the valve body and valve
shell, remove the pump body, retaining ring of the ball
bearing. Take out the bearing.
1.5 取出配油盘、泵侧端盖拆卸，取出轴承。
1.5 Remove the oil distribution plate, end cover at pump side
and take out the bearing.
1.6 取出回程盘、定心弹子、柱塞、内套、弹簧外套等。
1.6 Take out the return plate, centering marble, plunger, inner
bush and spring bush etc.
1.7 测量各部间隙，做好记录。
1.7 Measure all the clearance and keep a record.
1.8 全面检查、清洗各部件，按拆卸的顺序逆序进行组装。
1.8 Carry out overall check and clean on all the components.
Reassemble them in the sequence against the
disassembling.
2 工艺标准
2 Process standards
2.1 柱塞表面光洁，无单面磨损，和缸体配合无松旷、卡涩，中
间油孔畅通。
2.1 The plunger surface is smooth without damage in the
single surface. No looseness and blockage between the
plunger and casing. The intermediate oil hole is smooth.
Page 257 of 629

2.2 回程盘和滑靴之间无磨损，接触面无毛刺，定心弹子表面
光洁，无磨损。
2.2 No wear between the return plate and the sliding boot. No
burr on the contact surface. The centering marble surface
should be smooth without wear.
2.3 内外套、配油盘接触面无毛刺、磨损，与壳配合不松动，弹
簧良好无变形、裂纹。
2.3 No burr and wear on the surface connecting the
inner/outer bush and oil distribution plate. It is firmly
fastened on the shell. The spring is good without
deformation and crack.
2.4 “O”型密封圈无老化，轴承活动良好、配合无松旷，传动轴
表面光洁无弯曲。
2.4 No aging in the O ring, the bearings rotate well and
coordinate with each other well. The driving shaft surface
is smooth without torsion.
2.5 测量各部间隙符合标准要求。
2.5 Measure the clearance between any two components
involved and the clearance meets the standard.
2.2.12.4 润滑油冲洗和调试
2.2.12.4 Washing and commissioning of lube oil
2.2.12.4.1 冲洗系统前的准备程序
2.2.12.4.1 Preparations before washing.
下述的准备程序是汽轮机大修工序完成后必须进行的冲洗操作步骤
机组第一次启动前的冲洗操作要按照“油系统冲洗和安装规程”进
行。冲洗范围的大小将取决于对汽轮机——发电机的检查范围。例如
只对低压缸作开缸检查时，建议只冲洗该部分汽轮机，如果对汽轮
机作全部检查，则建议冲洗整个轴承系统的控制系统。
It is about the washing procedure after the steam turbine overhaul
is done. While the washing procedure before the unit starts up for
the first time should be carried out according to Oil System
Washing and Installation Regulations. The washing scope is
determined by where the steam turbine-generator is checked. If
only the LP casing needs to be checked after the upper casing is
removed, then this part of turbine should be washed. If checking
the whole turbine, it is suggested to wash the control system of all
bearings.
所有轴承座和轴承箱在未进行实际处理时，均应盖好，并在冲洗过
程中始终盖好。要密切注意清除轴承座空穴处的垃圾、铁屑、毛刺及
所有其它外来异物，因为冲洗时要去除的正是这些碎片构成的团块
状沉淀物。在任一轴承箱和油箱内部钻孔、气割和铲凿时，均应采取
特殊防护措施加以保护附近的金属表面，所有碎屑应立即清除掉。
对油管道改动部分，应作机械清洗。只有新管道，才可作机械清洗
也可作化学清洗。特别注意的是，在系统注油前要对油系统的所有
Page 258 of 629

轴承部件清洗和检查。
Cover all the bearing seats and bearing box before they are
checked. Keep they covered in the process of the washing. Pay
attention to the waste, iron chips, burrs and other impurities in the
bearing seat, because the purpose of washing is to remove the
sediment formed by them. When the drilling, gas cutting and
chiseling are carried out in any bearing box and oil tank, you need
to take measures to protect near metal surface and remove the
chips immediately. As for the changed oil pipe, carry out the
mechanical cleaning. As for the new pipe, either the mechanical
cleaning or chemical is acceptable. A most important is that
cleaning and check all the bearing parts before injecting oil in oil
system.
1 油系统的主要部件
1 Main component in oil system
1.1 油箱：油箱和油净化设备应排净残油并彻底洗净。所有与润
滑油接触的漆皮脱落的表面，必须按制造厂规定清洗干净
并重新上漆。然后把油通过油净化设备，打回到油箱。
1.1 Oil tank: the residual oil in oil tank and oil purifying facility
should be fully discharged and cleaned. The surface
which contacts with lube oil with pain loss should be
cleaned and repainted as required by the manufacturer.
1.2 冷油器：如果连续运行两年而未作清洗的话，则应取出并
清洗冷油器管束，同时冷却器壳体也要清洗。
1.2 oil cooler: if the oil cooler operates continuously for 2 year
without clean, take out the pipe bundle and clean it as well
as the casing.
1.3 汽轮机轴承座：检查并清洗轴承座，所有轴承座和轴承箱
漆脱落的涂漆内壁，均应按制造厂规定清洗干净，并重新
上漆。推力轴承定位架（壳体）须经检查及清洗。为此，须
将推力轴承瓦块拆去。
1.3 Steam turbine bearing seat: check and clean the bearing
seat. The inner wall of bearing seat and bearing box with
pain loss should be cleaned and repainted as required by
the manufacturer. Remove the thrust bearing pad to check
its framework (casing) and clean it.
1.4 套装油管道：拆下并清洗机组上所有套装油管道的清洗法
兰。
1.4 oil pipes: Remove and clean flanges of oil pipe in the unit.
2 注意事项
2 Attentions
2.1 冲洗由两台装在油箱顶部的泵来完成。
2.1 The washing is accomplished by two pumps at top of oil
Page 259 of 629

tank.
2.2 应与集控室间建立紧急停泵的通讯联络。建议用户在油箱上
装设临时性应急开关来操纵冲洗泵。
2.2 Contact with central control room for emergency
shutdown. It is suggested to install temporary emergency
switch to control washing pump.
2.3 在两台泵运转的情况下，在所有溢流孔上都要装上 150 目
的临时性的过滤器（包括进口部位的开孔）。冲洗完毕后，
启动前拆下这些过滤器。
2.3 On the occasion that two pumps operates together, install
temporary filter with 150 meshes in all overflow holes
including holes in inlet. Remove this filter after the
washing is done.
2.4 油净化系统应在冲洗前并在整个冲洗过程中一直投入运转。
2.4 The oil purifying system should operate all the time before
and in the process of washing.
2.5 在冲洗时汽机现场应避免气割、焊接作业及一切明火。在冲
洗现场的灭火器材要确保能随时投入使用。
2.5 Prevent gas cutting, welding or direct fire in turbine field
during washing. The fire extinguishing apparatus should
be available in service at any time.
2.6 露在外面或人够得着的油管现场焊缝可以用敲击或振动的
办法来清除焊渣。一般情况下正在使用的机组不需这样做。
2.6 The welding slag exposed or can be reached in oil pipe
can be removed by tapping or shaking. Usually it is not
necessary to do this if the unit is in operation.
2.2.12.4.2 冲洗系统的连接
2.2.12.4.2 Connection of washing system
下面介绍接到汽轮机上指定轴承处冲洗管道的连接方法。首先介绍
的是椭圆轴承，它可用下面两种方式之一进行润滑。
The following paragraphs are about how to connect the pipe in
prescribed bearing of steam turbine. First, we come to the elliptic
bearing which can be lubricated by any one of the following 2
methods.
1 由支座上开的油槽供油，使进油直接进入底座。
1 Supply the oil through the channel on the support, so the oil
can flow to the pedestal directly.
2 推力轴承的准备工序如下：如果由一根单独可拆卸的管子或管
道供油，则取下这根管道而装上软管和过滤器。如果通过内部的
通道供油，则必须取下推力轴承的推力块而通过定位架进行冲
洗。冲洗过程结束时用手清除所有异物。
Page 260 of 629

2 The preparations are as follows: if the oil is provided by a
removable single tube or pipe, remove this tube and place the
hose and filter. If the oil is supplied by inner channel, remove
the trust block of the thrust bearing and accomplished by the
framework. When the washing is done, remove all the
impurities by hand.
3 临时管线上的所有阀门都必须是闸阀。当装临时软管时，应适当
选择软管长度使其不要绷得太紧。软管上每个接头要用两只管夹
夹紧。冲洗期间定期检查所有管夹，并固定所有软管，以防甩动
或走动。
3 All valves on the temporary should be gate valves. The length
of the hose should be appropriate to prevent it is so tight.
Each connector of the hose should be chucked tightly by
clamp. Check all the tube clamps during washing and fixed
them to prevent its moving.
2.2.12.4.3 冲洗
2.2.12.4.3 Washing
油冲洗应分阶段进行。如果欲冲洗的是整个系统的话，则轴承系统
应首先冲洗，冲洗干净后再冲洗其余各系统。润滑油箱应注满至正
常运行的油位。冲洗前投入油净化系统。润滑油箱不全部注满也是允
许的，但此时须暂时将油箱接头位置改至油净化系统。设计的标准
连接方式是：当油位低于正常运行油位时，外接净化系统将吸不到
油。冲洗操作时油的流量必须比正常运行时大，为此，必须投入两
台泵。
The oil washing is classified into some stages. If the whole system
is expected to be washed, wash the bearing system first, and then
other systems. Injecting lube oil to lube oil tank unit the oil level
reached to normal operating level. Place the oil purifying system
in service before washing. If the lube oil tank is not full which is
acceptable, it needs to connect the oil tank with oil purifying
system temporarily. The designed standard connection mode is:
when the oil level is below the normal operating level, outer oil
purifying system can not suck oil. Because the oil flow needed in
the washing is larger than normal operation, two pumps need to
operate together.
调整油箱上的换向三通阀使油流过两只冷却器。在具有轴承油安全
阀的设备上，应提高它们的压力整定值使其不会开启，而在冲洗完
毕后恢复原先的整定值。启动一台泵后即停，证实无泄漏。然后重新
启动泵作连续运转，再启动第二台泵。打开通往软管组件的阀门。须
密切注意轴承箱座的油位，因为轴承油系统将流过比正常值多的油
量。假如从轴承连接器接出的软管延伸并插入到排油管道中，则冲
洗将更为有效。
Adjust the reversing three-way valve on the oil tank to ensure that
oil flows through two oil coolers. As for the device with bearing oil
safety valve, raise their pressure set point to make sure the valve
ca n not open. Recover its original set point after washing. Start
one pump and stop immediately to verify leakage. Start the pump
again and operate it continuously. Then start the second pump.
Page 261 of 629

Open the valves connecting the hose integrated components. Pay
close attention to the oil level of bearing tank, because the oil
flowing in bearing system in maintenance is more than that in
normal operation. The washing would be better if the hose from
bearing connector extends and inserts to oil discharge pipe.
查核油泵电动机的电流是否超过容许值；监测油箱回油过滤器处的
回油油位，确保油不溢出。在更换油箱过滤器前，要停运所有油泵。
油循环两小时左右或油温达 71.1℃左右时停运油泵。将过滤器接在
旁路软管中，并清洗装在油箱上的过滤器。利用每只轴承上两根软
管，再使油循环 30 分钟并检查所有的过滤器。希望每只轴承上都有
一只油样过滤器（但不一定必须这样做）。为获得令人满意的清洗
效果而需达到一定的速度，必须完全打开位于临时软管上的足够数
量的阀门，以使油泵电动机升至满负荷。
Check that whether the oil actuator current of oil pump exceeds
the allowable or not. Monitor the return oil level outside of the
return oil filter to ensure no oil overflow. Stop all running oil pump
before changing filter of oil tank. If the oil circulates about 2 hours
or the oil temperature reaches above 71.1℃, stop the oil pumps.
Connect the filter to bypass hose. Clean the filters installed in the
oil tank. Circulate the oil for 30 minutes more and check all filters
by using two hoses of each bearing. It would be better if each
bearing has oil sample filter (it is not a must). The washing would
be more effective when the valves needs to be opened to a
certain degree even fully opened adequate valves in the
temporary hoses to ensure oil actuator of the pump realizes full
load operation.
2.2.12.4.4 系统清洁度的测定
2.2.12.4.4 Measurement of the System Cleanliness
当进行系统洁净度的试验时，一定要尽一切努力确保环境污染不会
影响到试验结果。如用脏手套操作油样过滤器或用不干净的容器将
过滤器送至分析设备处，这种污染是很容易发生的，这样会导致润
滑油系统测试结果失真。冲洗过程应由化学人员（油分析人员）定
时对油质取样分析，直至油质合格。冲洗过程应视油质清洁程度定
期清理滤网。
When the system cleanliness test is carried out, please try to
make sure that the environmental pollution does not influence the
result. If you operate the oil sample filter with dirty gloves or take
the filter to analytical facility with dirty vessel, the operation above
cause’s pollution easily which results in the inaccuracy test of the
lube oil system. In the backwashing, the chemical personnel
should sample the oil and assay it periodically until the oil is
qualified. Whether to clean the filter during washing depends on
the oil cleanliness.
2.2.12.4.5 将系统恢复到正常运行状态
2.2.12.4.5 Return the system to normal
装上所有径向轴承的上半个盖，使机组复原，使可倾瓦轴承恢复到
正常状态。盖好并储藏好供油软管，并盖好轴承箱座。系统恢复过程
Page 262 of 629

注意不要让杂质再进入系统，系统恢复完毕后，最好在进行一段时
间的油循环。
Install the upper cover of all the radial bearings to recover the unit
and return the inclined bearing to normal as well. Cover and
reserve the oil hose. Cover the bearing box seat. In the process of
system returning to normal, prevent the impurities entering to
system. After the system is recovered, it is better to carry out oil
circulation for a period of time.
2.2.12.6 Requirements on Safety, Health and Environmental
protection
2.2.12.6.1 安全
2.2.12.6.1 Safety
1 Wear prescribed cloth and use protective tools before you
enter into field according to Safety Regulations.
2 Specify a person in charge if two or more people work
together.
3 The illumination at site should be adequate and be in
accordance with Safety Regulations
4 Use the leakage protector when you need to use electric
tools. Comply with the instruction. Do not use the tools with
defects.
5 It is not allowed to clean the parts with gasoline.
定。
6 Use the safety belt and other tool when you work in high
altitude. The material conveying should be in accordance with
Safety Regulations.
7 Comply with the regulation of lifting and conveying.
护设施。
8 Replace the guide rail, protective cover, trench cover etc.
Page 263 of 629

which are removed in maintenance.
作现场。
9 When the maintenance is finished, Check the person, tools,
reserve the surplus material, eliminate kindling and clean the
maintenance field.
10 Remove the flammable impurities in the maintenance field.
11 The grounding line used for electric welding should connect to
the welded parts. Never connect it from the long distance.
12 Prepare adequate fire extinguishing apparatus at site.
13 There should be a special person for supervisory in fire
working.
14 Clean the site when the maintenance is finished. Remove any
kindling.
2.2.12.6.2 健康
2.2.12.6.2 Health
1 接触润滑油时必须带耐油橡胶手套。
1 Wear the rubber glove when you touch the lube oil.
范措施。
2 Take protective measures when the chemicals such as the
poisonous, harmful or irritant gas expose to you.
2.2.12.6.3 环境
1 The waste oil should be placed into prescribed barrel. Do not
dump it as you like. .
丢弃。
2 The waste or surplus chemicals should be placed to
prescribed place. Do not throw it away.
Page 264 of 629

3 After the maintenance work is finished, all the work should be
done thoroughly, the material should be clean and the field
should be clear up.
2.2.13 配汽机构
2.2.13 Steam Distribution Mechanism
2.2.13.1 概述
2.2.13.1 Brief Introduction
本机组共有 10 只蒸汽阀门，其中 2 只自动主汽门，4 只高压调节汽
门；2 只再热主汽门和 2 只再热调节汽门。均采用单侧进油的油动机
控制。
There are 10 steam valves in total in the unit. 2 auto main stop
valves, 4 HP governing valves, 2 reheat main stop valves, 3
reheat GV. All of them are controlled by the oil actuator with one
side oil supply.
2.2.13.1.1 自动主汽门
2.2.13.1.1 Auto main stop valve
本机组的高压进汽阀门，为由一个主汽门和二个调节汽门所构成的
组件，主汽门为卧式布置，而调节汽门为立式布置。进汽阀门组件
共两个，分别设置于高压缸的两侧，通过主汽门座架固定于基础平
台上。架座一端为“A”型弹性框架和横向拉杆拖架组合体。主汽门靠
液压开启，弹簧关闭，卧式运行。主阀内有一启动小阀，在全压下
能开启，其通流能力约为 25%额定蒸汽流量，它在调节汽阀全开的
全周进汽启动时，能精确控制转速。
The HP steam admission valve is composed by a main stop valve
and 2 GVs. The main stop valve is arranged horizontally while the
GV vertically. The 2 steam admission valves are installed at both
sides of HP casing and fastened on base by main stop valve seat.
One end of the seat is an elastic frame and horizontal carrier. The
opening and close is controlled by fluid and spring respectively.
The main stop valve operates horizontally. There is a small
starting valve in the main stop valve, which can be open under full
pressure. With 25 percent of rated steam flow, it can be used t o
control the turbine speed precisely when the steam turbine starts
with full arc steam admission mode and fully open of GV.
主汽阀的主阀碟为非平衡式，在负荷或转速控制切换至调节汽阀控
制而需要全部打开主汽门时，需关小后面的调节汽阀至一定程度，
即主汽门主阀碟前后压差减小到一定程度方能打开主汽门主阀碟。
主汽门在全开和关闭位置，阀杆都有自密封装置，以减少阀杆漏汽
主汽门内有一蒸汽滤网防止异物进入汽轮机，在试运行阶段，在永
久性滤网外面，尚要临时增加一细目滤网。主汽门的功能是在需要
时起到紧急阻断进汽的作用。
The main valve disc of main stop valve is non-balance, when the
load or speed is controlled by GV and the main stop valve needs
Page 265 of 629

to be fully opened, it is necessary to close the rear GV to a certain
degree. That is to say, when the differential pressure of the main
valve disc reduced to a certain degree, the main valve disc can be
open. When the main stop valve is fully open or closed, the valve
stem is quipped with self-seal device to reduce leakage. There is
a steam filter in the main stop valve to prevent the impurities
entering into steam turbine. In the trial run, a fine strainer should
be installed in outside of the permanent filter. The function of the
main stop valve is to cut off the steam supply at emergency if
necessary.
2.2.13.1.2 高压调节汽阀
2.2.13.1.2 HP GV
本机组共有 4 个高压调节汽阀。调节汽阀的功能是控制蒸汽流量，
精确地调节汽轮机的转速和负荷。调节汽阀为球头型，带有扩散管
出口。阀头在阀杆上是松动的，以保证阀碟与扩散器进口正确对中
阀碟为部分平衡式，所需提升力不大。
4 HP GV are installed in the unit. They are used to control the
steam flow to govern the speed and load of steam turbine
precisely. GV is ball valve with diffusion pipe exit. The valve head
is loose to ensure that the valve disc align with the inlet of diffuser.
The valve disc is partial balance type which requires proper lifting
force.
2.2.13.1.3 再热主汽阀
2.2.13.1.3 Reheat main stop valve
本机组在中压缸两侧各布置有一再热进汽阀门组合件（每侧有一个
再热主汽门和两个再热调节汽阀所构成的 Y 形组件。再热主汽门为
摇板式，卧式布置。全开时，阀瓣置于气流通道之上，因而流体阻
力损失很小，全开时，气流以全压差作用于阀瓣上，以保证阀门的
密封性。再热主汽门的底部阀瓣前、后开有外旁通节流孔，平衡阀瓣
前后的压力，以保证阀门在试验情况下能打开。在转轴的轴承盖上
装有蒸汽泄放阀用来降低再热主汽门开启和关闭过程中的轴端压力。
Two reheat steam admission valves integrated components (Y
components composed by one reheat main stop valve and 2
reheat GV) are installed at both sides of IP casing. The reheat
main stop valve is flap type which is arranged horizontally. When it
is fully opened, the valve disc lies below the air flow, thus the fluid
resistance loss is slight which result in full pressure differential
acts on the valve disc to ensure valve without leakage. The outer
bypass orifice stands in front and behind of valve disc bottom part
with the purpose of balancing the pressure difference upstream
and downstream. Thus the valve can be open in the test. The
steam relief valve is installed on the bearing cover of the rotary
shaft to reduce the shaft end pressure when it is opened or
closed.
2.2.13.1.4 再热调节汽门
2.2.13.1.4 Reheat GV
Page 266 of 629

本机组共有 2 只再热调节汽门，再热调节汽门为平衡式柱塞单座阀。
由液压开启和弹簧力关闭。由主阀碟、阀体、阀杆、衬套、滤网、弹簧
及弹簧室组成。调节汽阀为立式布置,其油动机直接装于上部。由液
压系统通过油动机控制其开启，关闭靠弹簧作用力。
2 reheat GV, balance plunger valve with single seat, are installed
in the unit. The opening and close is controlled by hydraulic
pressure and spring force respectively. The reheat GV is
composed by main valve disc, valve body, valve stem, bush,
strainer, spring, and spring room. The GV is installed vertically
with oil actuator in the upper part; its open is realized by oil
actuator which serves as the actuator in hydraulic system. While
its closing is accomplished by spring force.
2.2.13.2 设备简介
2.2.13.2 Brief introduction of the equipment
表 11 高压自动主汽门
Figure 11 HP auto main stop valve
数量单位(只)
Quantity Unit
内径单位(mm)
Inner diameter Unit
阀体、阀杆材质
Material of valve body and valve
stem
主汽阀旁路阀数量
单位(只)
No. of main stop valve bypass
Unit
valves
主汽阀试验频率
main stop valve test frequency
主汽阀试验持续时间单位(s)
main stop valve test duration Unit
主汽阀试验负荷减少率
Load decrease rate in main stop %
valve test
表 12 高压调节汽阀
Figure 12 HP GV
型式
Type
Page 267 of 629

数量单位(只)
Quantity Unit
内径单位(mm)
Inner diameter Unit
stem
主汽调节阀试验频率
GV test frequency
主汽调节阀试验持续时间单位(s)
GV test duration Unit
主汽调节阀试验负荷减少率
%
Load decrease rate in GV test
主汽调节阀节流比
Throttle ratio of GV
表 13 再热主汽阀
Figure 13 Reheat main stop valve　
数量单位(只)
Quantity Unit
内径单位(mm)
Inner diameter Unit
stem
再热关断阀试验频率
Reheat shutdown valve test
frequency
再热关断阀试验持续时间
Reheat shutdown valve test 单位(s)
duration
再热关断阀试验负荷减少率
Load decrease rate in reheat %
shutdown valve test
表 14 再热调节汽门
Page 268 of 629

Figure 14 Reheat GV　
数量单位(只)
Quantity Unit
内径单位(mm)
Inner diameter Unit
stem
再热调节阀试验频率
Reheat GV test frequency
再热调节阀试验持续时间单位(s)
Reheat GV test duration Unit
再热调节阀试验负荷减少率
%
Load decrease rate in reheat
GV test
2.2.13.3 Maintenance Procedure & Process Standard
2.2.13.3.1 自动主汽门
2.2.13.3.1 Auto Main Stop Valve
1 检修工序
1.1 联系热工，拆除有关信号。
1.1 Contact I&C personnel to disable relative signals.
1.2 拆除阀门上所有的疏水及漏汽管道，并封好管口。
1.2 Remove all the drainage pipes and steam leakage pipes
on the valves and seal the pipes ends.
1.3 取下杠杆与主汽门连接销上开口销，打出销轴，将杠杆拉
开，并检查销轴和杠杆。
1.3 Take down the split pin connecting the lever and
connecting pin of main stop valve. Take the pin out. Pull
the lever and then check the pin and the lever.
1.4 拆除横担与油动机连杆销子及油动机与弹簧室固定螺栓，
将油动机从系统中解除。
Page 269 of 629

1.4 Remove the pins connecting the cross arm and the oil
actuator rod and the fixed bolts connecting the oil actuator
and spring room respectively, and then insolate the oil
actuator from the system.
1.5 用塞尺检查门盖四周的间隙，并做好记录，间隙应该相等
其偏差不大于 0.5mm。
1.5 Measuring the valve bonnet clearance with the feeler
gauge and keeps the record. The clearance should be
equal to each other; the error should be not more than 0.5
mm.
1.6 对称地拆下六只弹簧室盖与弹簧室的紧固螺栓，然后对称
地缓慢地拆卸四只特制螺栓，使弹簧伸长到自由伸长状态。
1.6 Remove six bolts connecting the spring covers and spring
room symmetrically. Take down four special bolts slowly to
make sure spring extend freely within range.
1.7 取下弹簧检查，测量各弹簧自由长度。
1.7 Take down the spring for check and measure the free
lengths of all springs.
1.8 取下弹簧导杆与导块连接销的开口销，打开连接销检查。
1.8 Remove the split pins of the spring guide bar and
connecting pin of guide block. Open the connecting pin for
check.
1.9 取出弹簧架与弹簧导杆检查，拆除弹簧架时应防止弹出。
1.9 Take down the spring frame and guiding bar for check.
Prevent the spring frame popping up when removing it.
1.10 用行车将弹簧室吊住，拆卸弹簧座与阀盖的固定螺栓，
将弹簧室吊至检修场地检查，弹簧座壳内表面无明显磨
损。
1.10 Lift the spring room with overhead crane; Remove the
fixed bolts connecting the spring seat and the valve
bonnet. Lift the spring room to maintenance for check.
There should be no obvious damage on the inner
surface of the spring seat.
1.11 拉出门杆，用深度尺测量预启阀行程和主汽阀行程。
1.11 Pull out the valve stem. Measure the range of prestart
valve and main stop valve with depth indicator.
1.12 用螺栓加热棒加热双头螺柱，松开门盖与阀座的连接螺
栓（最后保留两只对称螺栓不卸），将卸下的螺栓妥
善保管好。
1.12 Heat the studs with heating bar. Loose the bolts
connecting the valve bonnet and the valve pedestal
except two symmetrical bolts. Reserve the bolts which
Page 270 of 629

have been removed.
1.13 挂好钢丝绳及倒链，并稍微吃劲，松开最后保留的两只
螺栓，将主阀慢慢吊出阀体至检修场地，取下垫片。用
专用盖板封好腔室（贴封条），防止杂物落入阀体。
1.13 Hang the steel wire rope and chain block. Do not
make it too tight or too loose. Loose the last two
symmetrical bolts. Lift the main stop valve out of the
valve body and move it to maintenance field. Take
down the pads. Seal the chamber with special cover
(strip/ribbon) to prevent the impurities into valve body.
1.14 拆除导块与门杆连接销，取下导块，从阀盖下部缓慢地
抽出主阀碟。
1.14 Remove the pin connecting the guide block and the
valve stem. Take down the guide block. Pull out the
main valve disc from the lower part of the valve
bonnet.
1.15 全面检查清理阀头、阀杆、滤网、各密封面等，应无任何
缺陷，测量各部间隙，及门杆弯曲度，若门杆弯曲超标，
应予以更换，预启阀卡涩应解体预启阀，更换易损件。
1.15 Carry out the overall check and clean for valve head,
valve stem, strainer and all seal surface etc. There
should be no defect. Measure the clearance between
any two components and the bending of the valve
stem. If the tortuosity exceed the limit, change it. If the
pre start valve is blocked, disassemble it and change
the wear parts.
1.16 由金属组对阀杆、阀头探伤，门盖螺栓、螺帽做硬度检
查，更换不合格部件。
1.16 Detect the damage of the valve stem and valve head
with metal group. Measure the rigidity of the valve
head bolts and the nuts. Change the unqualified parts.
1.17 检修结束后，按拆卸相反的顺序进行组装。
1.17 Reassemble the main stop valve after the
maintenance has finished.
1.18 复装时，热紧阀盖螺栓前应冷紧，冷紧采用力矩扳手，
不得用锤击法，冷紧力矩 770N.m。热紧螺栓参考转角
100°,伸长量 0.52mm。
1.18 During reassembly, cold tighten the valve bonnet bolts
with torque wrench instead of hammer firstly, and then
thermal fasten it. The cold tightening torque is
770N.m. The reference corner angle of thermal
fastening is 100° and degree of extension is 0.52mm.
1.19 弹簧座组装调整后，将特制螺栓拆除。
Page 271 of 629

1.19 Remove the special bolts after the spring seat is
disassembled and adjusted.
2 质量标准与技术要求：
2 Quality Standard and Technical Requirements
2.1 预起阀与主汽门行程 mm
2.1 Stoke of prestart valve and main stop valve mm
主阀行程：102mm
main stop valve stroke: 102mm
预启阀行程：25.4±0.8mm
Prestart valve stroke: 25.4±0.8mm
主汽门全行程：188±3mm
main stop valve full stroke: 188±3mm
2.2 间隙
2.2 Clearance
主阀碟与阀环平面配合间隙：0.20--0.25mm；
Clearance between main valve disc and valve ring
surface: 0.20--0.25mm
主阀碟与阀杆密封衬套配合间隙：0.08--0.13mm；
Clearance between main valve disc and seal liner of valve
stem: 0.08--0.13mm；
阀杆与密封衬套配合间隙：0.25--0.33mm；
Clearance between valve stem and seal liner: 0.25--
0.33mm；
主阀碟与外导套配合间隙：0.28--0.38mm
Clearance between valve stem and outer guiding bushing:
0.28--0.38mm
密封压圈与门杆配合间隙：0.03--0.10mm
Clearance between seal pressing ring and valve stem:
0.03--0.10mm
2.3 门盖螺栓、螺帽的硬度要求
2.3 Rigidity requirement on valve bonnet bolt & nut
2.3.1 HB279 及以下；
2.3.1 Below HB279 (including HB279)
2.3.2 更换新件
Page 272 of 629

2.3.2 Change new parts
HB280 至 HB289 之间：建议两年内更换；
Between HB280 and HB289: it is suggested change
within 2 years
HB290 至 HB360 之间：可继续使用；
Between HB290 and HB360: can be used
HB361 及以上：更换。
HB361 and above, change it.
2.4 阀杆与导杆应光滑、无弯曲、无裂纹、无卡涩无磨偏等现象；
2.4 The valve stem and guiding bar should be smooth without
torsion, crack, blockage and wear etc.
2.5 弹簧应完好，无歪斜、扭曲、裂纹、断裂等现象，测量自由长
度，与上次大修相比较，看是否变形，否则更换新件。组装
后，弹簧在弹簧室内不得有歪斜、磨偏等现象；
2.5 The spring should be complete without deflection, torsion,
crack and breakage. Measure the free length and
compared the measured value with that before overhaul.
Check that whether it deforms or not. If deformation
occurs, change it. There should be no deflection and wear
in spring after reassembling.
2.6 主阀、阀座应完好无损，阀座无开焊、卷边、裂纹、损伤。阀
头、阀座的阀线应良好连续，无贯穿、麻点现象，密封接触
面 100%；
2.6 The main stop valve and valve pedestal should be
complete without damage. There should be no welding
off, beading crack and damage in the pedestal. The valve
circuit of valve head and valve pedestal should be well
connected without punch through, stains. The seal
connecting surface is 100%.
2.7 各连接部分应活动灵活，无反抗、卡涩现象；
2.7 The connection parts works flexibly without reaction and
jamming.
2.8 门盖结合面、各疏水法兰结合面应平整光滑、无麻点、凹坑、
毛刺等现象，更换缠绕式垫片；
2.8 The valve bonnet connecting face and all the drainage
flange connecting surface should be smooth without
stains, pits, burrs. Change the spiral wound gasket.
2.9 各销轴应光滑无磨损、裂纹、毛刺，无弯曲、变形；
2.9 All pin rolls should be smooth without wear, crack, burr,
bending and deformation.
Page 273 of 629

2.10 复装时，拧紧阀盖与阀壳连接螺栓时，阀盖与阀壳四周
间隙必须相等，其偏差不大于 0.05mm；
2.10 Screw up the bolts connecting the valve bonnet and
the valve shell during reassembling. The clearance
between them should be equal. The error should be
≤0.05mm.
2.11 滤网应无吹蚀、变形、裂纹，网孔无堵塞，如果滤网有
缺陷，应将滤网拉出检查；
2.11 There should be no corrosion, deformation, crack and
blockage in the strainer. If the defects exist in it, pull
out strainer for check.
2.12 阀杆弯曲度应≤0.05mm，如弯曲度超标，应解体预启
阀。
2.12 The valve stem bending should be ≤0.05mm, if the
bending exceeds the limit, disassemble the prestart
valve.
2.2.13.3.2 调节汽阀
2.2.13.3.2 Governing Valve (GV)
1 检修工艺
1 Maintenance Process
1.1 联系热工，拆除有关电信号；
1.1 Contact I&C personnel to disable relative electric signals.
1.2 拆除油动机活塞杆与连杆销子，将油动机从系统上解列；
1.2 Remove the pins of the oil actuator piston rod and
connecting rod. Disconnect oil actuator from system.
1.3 拆除所有疏水管法兰及门杆漏汽管道，并封好管口；
1.3 Remove flanges in all drainage pipes and valve stem
leakage pipes. Wrap the pipe properly.
1.4 上好专用长螺杆，松开上弹簧盖的螺栓，均匀地松专用长
螺栓的螺帽，使弹簧伸至自由长度。（在松长丝杆螺帽中，
注意丝杆不要转动，防止弹簧弹出伤人）。然后将上盖拿下
取出弹簧，测量自由长度，并做好记录；
1.4 Loose the bolts in the spring cover with special long
screw. Loose the nuts of the special long bolts to make
sure the spring extends to a maximum. (Do not rotate the
screw t o prevent the spring popping up and injure
person.)Take down the upper cover. Take out the spring to
measure the free length and keep a record.
1.5 拆除弹簧下座与支承块的连接螺栓，取出弹簧下座。拆除支
撑块与球面垫片的连接螺栓，取出支撑块、球面垫片；
Page 274 of 629

1.5 Remove the bolts connecting the spring seat and support
block. Take out the spring seat. Take down the bolts
connecting the support block and ball washer. Take out
the support block and ball gasket.
1.6 拆除弹簧架与阀座的连接螺栓，取下弹簧架，测量连杆与
弹簧架的间隙；
1.6 Remove the bolts connecting the spring bracket and the
valve seat. Take out the spring bracket. Measure the
clearance between the connecting rod and spring bracket.
1.7 拆卸阀座结合面螺栓，用行车将调门从阀体上吊出，将阀
体放至检修场地，并取下垫片，将阀体腔室进行封口（贴
上封条），以防落物；
1.7 Remove the bolts on the valve seat connecting surface.
Lift the GV from the valve body with overhead crane and
move it to maintenance field. Take out the gasket, seal the
valve body chamber with strip or ribbon to prevent falling
object. .
1.8 将连接杆旋下，从阀杆下部抽出阀碟及阀杆，拆卸完毕全
面检查、清理、测量各部间隙及门杆弯曲度；
1.8 Remove the connecting bar by spinning. Pull out the valve
disc and valve stem from the lower part. Carry out overall
check and cleaning. Measure the clearance between any
two components and the valve stem bending.
1.9 由金属组对阀杆、阀头探伤，门盖螺栓、螺帽做硬度检查，
更换不合格部件；
1.9 Detect the damage of valve stem and valve head with
metal group. Carry out rigidity check for valve bonnet bolts
and nuts. Change the unqualified parts.
1.10 检修结束后，按拆卸相反的顺序进行复装；
1.10 Reassemble the GV in reversible sequence after the
maintenance is finished.
1.11 待组装调整好弹簧后，将专用螺杆拆除。
1.11 Remove the special screw after the spring has been
adjusted
2 质量标准与技术要求：
2.1 主阀行程： ± mm
2.1 Main valve stroke: ± mm
2.2 部套间隙标准 mm
2.2 Clearance standard mm
Page 275 of 629

连接杆与弹簧架配合间隙：0.05～0.15mm；
Clearance between connecting bar and spring bracket:
0.05～0.15mm；
阀杆与上导套的配合间隙：0.25～0.30mm；
Clearance between valve stem and upper guide bushing:
0.25～0.30mm；
主阀与导套的配合间隙：0.25～0.30mm；
Clearance between main valve and guide bushing: 0.25～
0.30mm
上衬套与阀座的配合间隙：0.05～0.10mm；
Clearance between upper bush and valve seat: 0.05 ～
0.10mm；
门杆弯曲度：0.00～0.05mm。
Valve rod tortuosity: 0.00～0.05mm。
2.3 阀杆应光滑、无弯曲、裂纹、卡涩、磨偏等现象；
2.3 The valve stem should be smooth without torsion, crack,
blockage and wear etc.
2.4 簧应完好，无歪斜、扭曲、裂纹、断裂等现象，测量自由长度
与上次大修相比较，看是否变形，否则更换新件。组装后，
弹簧在弹簧室内不得有歪斜、磨偏等现象；
2.4 The spring should be complete without deflection, torsion,
crack and breakage. Measure the free length and
compared the measured value with that before overhaul.
Check that whether it deforms or not. If deformation
occurs, change it. There should be no deflection and wear
in spring after reassembling.
2.5 阀头、阀座型线应完好、无麻点、凹坑、贯穿现象，密封接触
面良好；
2.5 The wiring of valve head and valve seat should be
complete without stains, pits, throughin. The connecting
surface is well sealed.
2.6 连接部分应活动灵活，无反抗、卡涩现象；
2.6 The connection parts works flexibly without reaction and
jamming.
2.7 盖结合面、各疏水法兰结合面应平整光滑、无麻点、凹坑、毛
刺等现象，更换缠绕式垫片；
2.7 The valve bonnet connecting face and all the drainage
flange connecting surface should be smooth without
stains, pits, burrs. Change the spiral wound washer.
2.2.13.3.3 再热主汽阀
Page 276 of 629

2.2.13.3.3 Reheated Main Steam Stop Valve
1 检修工艺
1 Maintenance process
1.1 联系热工拆除有关电信号；
1.1 Contact I&C personnel involved to disable relative signal.
1.2 拆卸门盖螺栓，吊出门盖放在指定位置，取下结合面垫片；
1.2 Remove the bolts of the valve bonnet. Lift the valve
bonnet and move it to a prescribed place. Take out the
gaskets on the connecting surface.
1.3 用塞尺测量摇臂两侧总间隙，并做好记录；
1.3 Measure the total clearance between both sides of the
rocker arm with feeler gauge and keep a record.
1.4 用行车把阀碟吊起，检查其密封面情况，并用塞尺检查接
触面接触情况；
1.4 Lift the valve disc with overhead crane. Check the seal
surface. Check the connecting surface with feeler gauge.
1.5 主阀解体（不常修项目）
1.5 Disassemble the main valve. (Unusual maintenance item)
1.5.1 拆除油动机，吊至指定位置，测量修前弹簧压缩长度，
并做好记录；
1.5.1 Remove the oil actuator. Lift it to the prescribed place.
Measure the compress length before maintenance
and keep a record.
1.5.2 对称上好两个专用方头紧定螺栓均匀地松开压缩弹簧直
到自由长度，卸掉弹簧法兰螺栓，拔出定位销，取下弹
簧座和弹簧法兰；
1.5.2 Screw tightly two special fix bolts symmetrically. Loose
compress spring to ensure it reached to free length.
Remove the spring flange bolts. Pull out alignment
pin. Take out spring seat and spring flange.
1.5.3 取出弹簧，测量自由长度，并做好记录；
1.5.3 Take down the spring. Measure the free length and
keep a record.
1.5.4 拆除弹簧室与支架法兰连接螺栓，吊出弹簧室；
1.5.4 Remove the bolts connecting spring room and support
flange. Lift spring room.
1.5.5 拆除阀杆与连杆，连杆与杠杆接头上固定销（先拆除开
口销），拿下阀杆、连杆；
Page 277 of 629

1.5.5 Take down the valve stem and connecting bar.
Remove the fixed pin connecting rod and lever (take
down the split pin first). Take out valve stem and
connecting bar.
1.5.6 拆卸油动机遮断阀连接杆及轴承螺丝，放在专用橱内；
1.5.6 Remove the connecting bar and bearing screw of oil
actuator trip valve. Put them in special cabinet.
1.5.7 松开摇臂与阀碟的固定螺栓，取下碟阀，查看接合面并
妥善保管好碟阀；
1.5.7 Loose the fixed bolts of rocker arm and valve disc.
Take out the valve disc. Check the connecting surface
and reserve the valve disc well.
1.5.8 用千斤顶或大铜棒自油动机侧向遮断阀测顶出或敲出摇
臂轴（注意：在顶轴过程中，注意轴健槽与键是否对
正）；
1.5.8 Jack out or tap out rocker arm shaft from oil actuator
side to trip valve side with the jack or large copper bar.
(Note that shaft channel should be align with the key.)
1.5.9 在摇臂轴即将顶出时，挂好钢丝绳将其吊出放好；
1.5.9 When the rocker arm is to be jacked out, place steel
wire rope and lift the rocker arm to a prescribed place.
1.5.10 挂好拐臂上钢丝绳，稍微吃力，拆卸拐臂与壳体的固定
螺栓，吊出拐臂放在指定位置；
1.5.10 Hang the steel wire rope on the rocker arm properly.
Remove the fixed bolts on the rocker arm and shell.
Lift the rocker arm to a prescribed place.
1.5.11 检查转轴球面垫片，要求 80%接触，并注意保管好；
1.5.11 Check the ball gaskets of rotary shaft. It is required
the contacting area should be 80 percent. Reserve
them well.
1.5.12 对所有零部件全面进行检查、清理，测量各间隙，更换
易损部件；
1.5.12 Carry out overall check and cleaning for all parts.
Measure the clearance between any two parts.
Change the vulnerable parts.
1.5.13 组装以拆卸的相反顺序进行，在组装时，注意拆卸时记
号，不要装错位置。
1.5.13 Reassemble the reheated main stop valve in
reversible sequence. Pay attention to the marks make
in dissembling to avoid mistakes.
2 质量标准和技术要求：
Page 278 of 629

2.1 间隙标准 mm；
2.1 Clearance Standard mm;
摇臂主轴与衬套的配合间隙：0.38～0.48mm；
Clearance between main shaft of rocker arm and bushing:
0.38～0.48mm；
摇臂两侧总间隙：2.425～2.525mm；
Total clearance between both sides of rocker arm: 2.425～
2.525mm；
支架与阀体配合间隙：上部：0.025～0.125mm，下部：
0.03～0.23mm；
Clearance between supporting and valve body: upper
part: 0.025～0.125mm，lower part: 0.03～0.23mm；
阀碟与摇臂配合间隙：4.65～4.85mm；
Clearance between valve disc and the rocker arm: 4.65～
4.85mm；
阀碟螺母与摇臂杆配合间隙：(全周方向)0.33～0.38mm；
Clearance between valve disc nut and rocker arm: (full
arc) 0.33～0.38mm；
弹簧杆与弹簧室衬套配合间隙：0.075～0.15mm。
Clearance between spring bar and bush in the spring
room: 0.075～0.15mm。
2.2 弹簧连杆与上连杆连接处间隙 6.6m,以复核油动机是否是从
落座位置至提起位置；
2.2 Clearance between the spring bar and upper connecting
bar is 6.6m which serve as a standard for verifying the oil
actuator can realize the distance between beginning
position to lift height.
2.3 阀碟与阀座接触良好,接触面 100%,阀线完好,无贯穿、麻点
等缺陷；
2.3 The valve disc contacts with the valve sear well, the
contacting surface should be 100 percent. The valve
connecting line should be complete without defects such
as through-in and spots.
2.4 摇臂轴与衬套结合面接触良好，其接触面应 100%；
2.4 The rocker arm shaft contact with bushing well. The
contacting surface is 100 percent.
2.5 阀碟抵住限止器（全开位置），应保持油动机行程
177.8mm；
Page 279 of 629

2.5 When the valve disc reaches the position limiter (fully
open), the oil actuator stroke should be 177.8mm.
2.6 各球形垫片应接触良好，其接触面应 80%以上；
2.6 All ball washers should contact with each other well. The
contacting surface should be more than 80 percent.
2.7 各阀杆、主轴应光滑、无弯曲、裂纹、卡涩现象；
2.7 All valve stem and main shaft should be smooth without
torsion, crack and blockage.
2.8 各弹簧应无变形、扭曲、裂纹及断裂现象，组装后位置要正
无歪斜和磨偏现象；
2.8 There should be no deformation, torsion, crack and
breakage in the spring. The spring should be stand
vertically without deflection and wear.
2.9 连杆连接部分，应灵活自如，无卡涩现象，各法兰接合面
应光洁，无麻点、凹坑、毛刺等缺陷；
2.9 The connection part works flexibly without blockage. The
contacting surface of all flanges should be smooth and
clean without such defects as stains, pits or burrs.
2.10 更换各齿形垫片及铜垫重新熘火使用。
2.10 Change all grooved gaskets and copper washer which
can be used again after quenching.
2.2.13.3.4 再热调节汽门
2.2.13.3.4 Reheat Governing Valve
1 检修工艺
1 Maintenance Process
1.1 联系热工拆除有关电信号；
1.1 Contact I&C personnel involved to the disable electric
signal.
1.2 拆除所连接的疏水、漏汽管道及油管道，并注意封好管口；
1.2 Remove all drain valves and leakage pipes and oil pipes.
Seal the ends of the pipes properly.
1.3 拆卸门盖螺栓，用行车吊至专用支架上，并对腔室进行封
口，并帖封条；
1.3 Take down the bolts in the valve bonnet. Lift it to special
supporting with overhead crane and seal the chamber
with strip.
1.4 拆解联轴器，装上专用的长丝杆，用专用长丝杆缓慢均匀
地放松弹簧至自由长度，拆下活塞杆与联轴器之间的顶丝
用撬棍插入活塞杆上的通孔中将活塞杆与联轴器脱开，拆
Page 280 of 629

除油动机及开关盒，吊至指定位置；
1.4 Remove the coupling. With the special long screw, Loose
the spring to a free length. Take down the top screw
connecting the piston rod and the coupling. Separate the
piston and coupling by allowing a stick inserting the
through hole of the piston rod. Remove the oil actuator
and switch box. Lift all of them to a prescribed place.
1.5 拆除弹簧室与阀盖的连接螺栓，吊下弹簧室外壳，放到指
定位置。取下弹簧室上座、弹簧及弹簧室下座，测量弹簧的
自由长度；
1.5 Remove the bolts connecting the spring room and the
valve bonnet. Lift the outer casing of the spring room to a
prescribed place. Take out the upper spring seat, spring
and lower spring seat. Measure the free length of the
spring.
1.6 用行车吊起阀门盖，将手扶正阀碟，使其门盖与阀碟脱离；
1.6 Lift the valve bonnet with overhead crane. Disconnect the
valve bonnet with valve disc by righting the valve disc by
hand.
1.7 将阀盖放平到指定位置，再把阀碟放到专用架上；
1.7 Place the valve bonnet in a prescribed place. Put the
valve disc on a special supporting.
1.8 松开阀盖与外衬套（主阀外套）固定螺钉，取出衬套；
1.8 Loose the fixed screw connecting the valve bonnet and
outer lining (outer lining of the main valve). Take out the
lining.
1.9 拆除阀碟与套圈固定螺钉，拆卸阀杆；
1.9 Remove the fixed screws connecting the valve disc and
the ring. Take down the valve stem.
1.10 将阀碟从阀杆上取下，拆卸完毕；
1.10 Take out the valve disc from the valve stem. With that,
the disassembling is finished.
1.11 对各部件全面检查、清理，并测量各部间隙，并做好记
录；
1.11 Carry out the overall check and cleaning for all parts.
Measure the clearance between any two parts and
keep a record.
1.12 在螺母和阀臂之间每相隔 90 放一只垫片，并拧紧螺母，
注入螺纹之间润滑剂 PDS57301N3。
1.12 Place a washer between nut and valve arm. Screw
the nut tightly. Pay attention to the lubricant
Page 281 of 629

PDS57301N3 between screw thread.
2 质量标准和技术要求
2 Quality Standards and Technical Requirement
2.1 间隙标准
2.1 Clearance Standard.
上阀杆与联轴器配合间隙：0.025～0.125mm；
Clearance between upper valve stem and coupler: 0.025 ～
0.125mm；
下阀杆与联轴器配合间隙：0.025～0.10mm；
Clearance between lower valve stem and coupler: 0.025 ～
0.10mm；
下阀杆与衬套配合间隙：上部：0.33～0.38 mm ，中部：0.33
～0.38 mm ，下部：0.33～0.38mm；
Clearance between lower valve stem and lining: upper: 0.33～
0.38 mm, intermediate: 0.38 mm, lower: 0.33～0.38mm；
阀碟与衬套配合间隙：0.7～0.9mm；
Clearance between valve disc and lining: 0.7～0.9mm；
调节阀总行程：203mm；
GV total stroke: 203mm；
调节阀活塞环与环槽间隙：0.25±0.05mm。
Clearance between GV piston ring and channel:
0.25±0.05mm
2.2 缓冲器行程 6.4mm,即将油动机活塞拉下到油缸底部为止,
并做好记录,然后退回 6.4mm,即为缓冲器行程。
2.2 The buffer stroke is 6.4mm, which refers to pulling the oil
actuator piston to the bottom part, keep a record, then
return to 6.4mm.
2.3 调节阀活塞环装槽后，转动并检查其垂直方向和端缝的间
隙。
2.3 Place the GV piston ring in groove, then rotate it and
check the vertical clearance and the end seam clearance.
2.4 调节阀套筒内径与活塞环研磨，应达到规定要求。
2.4 The rubbing between GV bush and the piston ring
satisfies the requirements.
2.5 在阀门总行程内，套筒内径的圆周上接触应有 30%以上。
2.5 Within the valve total stroke, inner bush contact in
circumference should be more than 30 percent.
Page 282 of 629

2.6 每一道环的周向接触应为宽度的 80%以上。
2.6 The ring contact in circumference should be more than 80
percent of its width.
2.7 阀杆顶端面与联轴面涂油检查接触面情况，然后用力矩
46kgf/m 拧紧后，再装定销。
2.7 Paint oil on the valve stem top end surface and the
coupling surface. Check contacting surface. Screw tightly
with torque wrench 46kgf/m. Mount the stop pin.
2.8 调节阀滤网不钻孔部分应位于进汽的对侧（即 180°处）。
2.8 The GV strainer without holes should be opposite to the
steam admission side. (The angle between them is 180°)
2.9 阀杆应光洁，无弯曲、裂纹、卡涩等缺陷。
2.9 The valve stem should be clean and smooth without
defects such as torsion, crack and blockage.
2.10 阀碟、阀座表面应光滑，无毛刺、裂纹等缺陷，阀线完
好，无贯穿、麻点、凹坑等现象。阀碟活塞环应完好，无
断裂、毛刺，活塞环与阀碟组装前，活塞环上应涂有防
止咬死的涂料。
2.10 The valve disc and valve seat surface should be
smooth without defects such as burrs and cracks. The
valve line should be complete without holes, spots
and pits etc. the piston ring of valve disc should be
complete without breakage and burrs. Before
reassemble the piston ring and the valve disc, some
paint which can be used to prevent should be coated
on the piston ring.
2.11 组装弹簧室外壳时，应先将弹簧室与阀杆对中，然后打
好定位销子。
2.11 When assembling outer casing of the spring room,
align the spring room with the valve stem first, then
screw the stop pins tightly.
2.12 检查各弹簧应完好，无歪斜、扭曲、变形、裂纹、断裂等
缺陷，测量其自由长度与前次组装时相比较，必要时更
换，弹簧组装后，无歪斜、磨偏等现象。
2.12 Check that the springs should be complete without
defects such as deflection, torsion, deformation, crack
and breakage. Measure the free length and compared
the value with that measured before maintenance,
change the spring if necessary. After the spring is
installed, there should be no deflection and wear.
2.13 检查各法兰接合面应接触良好，无麻点、凹坑、毛刺等
现象，各铜垫熘火后再使用。
2.13 Check that the flange connecting surface should be
Page 283 of 629

tightly contacted without such defects as spots, pits or
burrs.
2.14 阀盖螺栓做金相检查（打硬度及探伤）。
2.14 Carry out metallic phase check for valve bonnet and
bolts. (Measure the rigidity and damage)
2.15 更换各齿形垫片，并清理好各接合面。
2.15 Change all serrated gasket and clean the connecting
surface.
2.16 Reassemble in the reversible sequence.
Page 284 of 629

Generator shaft central line
Labyrinth
seal ring
Double-flow double-ring seal bush
Only one oil path Return oil

at air side
Foam removing box

hydrogen side
Seal oil inlet at
Floating
oil
side
Seal oil inlet at air
Page 285 of 629

2.2.13.4 运行、调试
2.2.13.4 Operation and commissioning.
机组启动前，试验进汽阀是否开关灵活，不卡涩。
Before the startup of unit, test the flexibility of steam admission
valve. No jam or blockage.
2.2.14 发电机密封油系统
2.2.14 Generator sealing oil system.
2.2.14.1 概述
2.2.14.1 General description.
本机组发电机密封油系统采用双流环式密封瓦，用来密封发电机转
子伸出发电机端盖部分，防止发电机内的压力气体沿转子轴向逸出
发电机密封油分为空侧和氢侧两路将油供给密封瓦上的两个环状配
油槽，油沿转子轴向穿过密封瓦内径与转子之间的间隙逸出，只要
密封油始终保持高于发电机内的气体压力，发电机内的气体就不会
逸出。
氢侧油路供给的油将沿轴和密封瓦之间的间隙流向氢侧，并流入消
泡箱；空侧油路供给的油将沿轴和密封瓦之间的间隙流向轴承侧，
并汇同轴承回油一起进入空侧回油密封箱，从而防止空气和潮气侵
如发电机内部。发电机密封油系统的主要设备有：密封油泵、氢侧回
油密封箱、消泡箱、冷油器、差压阀、平衡阀、滤油器、排油烟风机、氢
侧回油控制箱等。密封油泵用来向密封瓦提供两个独立循环的密封
油源。
系统共有氢侧交流主油泵、氢侧直流备用泵、空侧交流主油泵、空侧
直流备用泵四台，均为螺杆式恒流泵。在消泡箱内，从密封瓦氢侧
来油中的气体扩容逸出。
消泡箱还可以防止密封油流入发电机内部。空侧回油流入空侧回油
密封箱后，大部分经“U”管返回主油箱，一部分作为空侧密封油泵
的油源被油泵送入空侧密封油路。
空侧回油密封箱还可以防止发电机内部的气体随密封油流入主油箱
空侧回油密封箱顶部接有两台排油烟风机和一只真空压力表，使空
侧回油密封箱内保持负压（-500～-250Pa）。差压阀和平衡阀的作
用是通过输入的压力信号的差值变化带动阀芯上下移动，从而改变
阀门的开度，以起到对油压的调节作用. 通过差压阀的调节保证空
侧密封油压始终高出发电机内气体压力 0.084MPa；通过平衡阀的
调节保证在密封瓦处的空侧密封油油压高于氢侧密封油油压
0.49KPa。
氢侧回油控制箱是氢侧油路的储油箱，它由箱体、补油阀、排油阀、
液位指示器和低液位报警控制器等组成。在运行过程中，通过两个
浮球控制的补油阀、排油阀，维持一定的油位。
此外，系统中氢侧、空侧各有一台冷油器和一台滤油器用来调节油
温和过滤油中的杂质。本滤油器采用自洁刮片式结构，安装在进油
管道上，它的特点是过滤精度高，便于在运行中清除滤芯上的脏物。
Page 286 of 629

密封油系统工作原理图
Working principle diagram for sealing oil system
The sealing oil system in this unit adopts double flow loop type
sealing bearing to seal the part in generator rotor which advances
into generator terminal cover to prevent the pressure air in
generator from escaping along the axis.
The generator sealing oil will feed oil to two ring type oil
distributing grooves in sealing bearing. The feeding of oil is
divided into two loops on air side and hydrogen side. The oil will
flow along the rotor axis and escape into the clearance between
the sealing bearing bore and rotor. The air will not escape if the
pressure of sealing oil is kept higher than the air pressure in
generator. The oil fed in hydrogen side will flow through the
clearance between axis and sealing bearing into hydrogen side
and finally flow into bubble eliminating tank. The oil fed in air side
will flow through the clearance between axis and sealing bearing
into bearing side and finally flow into return oil sealing tank in air
side with the bearing returning oil. In this way air and humid air
are prevented from penetrating into generator.
Main equipments in generator sealing oil system include: Sealing
oil pump, hydrogen side returning oil sealing tank, bubble
eliminating tank, oil cooler, differential pressure valve, balance
valves, oil filter, oil smoke discharging fan, hydrogen side
returning oil control tank, etc.
Page 287 of 629

Sealing oil pump is used to supply two independent circulating
sealing oil source for sealing bearing. The system contains
hydrogen side AC main oil pump, hydrogen side DC main oil
pump and four air side DC stand-by pumps. All these pumps are
screw rod- type constant current pumps.
Inside the antifoaming tank, air in the oil from hydrogen side will
expand and flow out. The antifoaming tank can also prevent
sealing oil flowing into generator. After the returning oil flows into
air side returning oil sealing tank, most of it will return to main oil
tank through U shape tube, and the rest will be transferred into air
side sealing oil loop by oil pump and serves as oil source for air
side sealing oil pump.
2 oil smoke discharging fans and one vacuum pressure gauge are
connected in the tip of the air side returning oil sealing tank to
keep a negative pressure inside the air side returning oil sealing
tank (-500～-250Pa）.
The function of differential pressure valve and balance valve is to
drive the valve core to move upward and downward through the
difference of pressure signals. In this way the opening of valve is
changed, thus the adjustment of oil pressure is realized. With the
adjustment of differential pressure valves, the sealing oil pressure
at air side is kept 0.084MPa higher than the air pressure in
generator. With the balance valve adjustment, the air side sealing
oil pressure in the sealing bearing is kept 0.49KPa higher than the
sealing oil pressure at hydrogen side.
Oil control tank on hydrogen side is the oil storage tank for
hydrogen side oil loop. It is made up of tank proper, oil make-up
valve, oil discharge valve, oil level indicator and the low oil level
alarm controller. In operation, certain oil level is held by oil make-
up valve and oil discharge valve controlled by two floating balls.
In addition, oil cooler and oil filter are installed in air side to adjust
oil temperature and filter out the foreign matters in oil. The oil filter
adopts doctor-bar structure and is installed in the oil admission
pipe. The advantage is the high filtering precision to remove dust
in filter element when in operation.
Page 288 of 629

2.2.14.2 设备简介
2.2.14.2 Brief introduction of
the equipment
2.2.14.2.1 氢侧密封油泵
2.2.14.2.1 Sealing oil pump on
hydrogen side
1 氢侧交流密封油泵：
1 AC sealing oil pump on
hydrogen side
型号：HSNH80Q---46NZ；
Modell：HSNH80Q---46NZ
出口压力：1Mpa；
Outlet pressure: 1MPa
转速：1420r/min；
Rotating speed: 1420r/min
功率轴： 1.69kw；
Power shaft: 1.69kw.
流量：4.8m3/h；
Flow：4.8m3/h；
型式：螺杆泵
type: screw type pump
2 氢侧直流密封油泵
2 DC sealing oil pump at hydrogen side
型号：HSNH80Q---46NZ；
Modell: HSNH80Q---46NZ
出口压力：1Mpa；
Outlet pressure:1Mpa 双流环密封瓦结构图
Rotating speed:1420r/min
功率轴： 1.69kw；流量：4.8m3/h；型式：螺杆泵
Power shaft:1.69kw;
Flow: 4.8m3/h;
Type: screw type pump
Page 289 of 629

2.2.14.2.2 空侧密封油泵
2.2.14.2.2 Sealing oil pump on air side
1 空侧交流密封油泵
1. AC sealing oil pump
on air side
型号： HSNH280—
49NZ；
Modell: HSNH280—
49NZ
压力：1Mpa；
Pressure: 1 Mpa
Rotating speed:
2930r/min
功率：11.7kw；
Power: 11.7kw
流量：29 m3/h
Flow: 29 m3/h
型式：螺杆泵
Type: screw pump
2 空侧直流密封油泵
2 DC sealing oil pump on air side
型号：HSNH280—49NZ；
Modell: HSNH280—49NZ
压力：1Mpa；
Pressure: 1MPa
Rotating speed: 2930r/min
功率：11.7kw；
Power: 11.7kw
流量：29 m3/h；
Flow: 29 m3/h
型式：螺杆泵
Type: screw pump 主差压阀结构图
Page 290 of 629

Structure diagram for main differential
pressure valve
2.2.14.2.3 冷油器
2.2.14.2.3 Oil cooler
1 氢侧冷油器
1 Oil cooler at hydrogen side
设计压力：1.3Mpa；产品重量：380kg；进水温度：38℃；出水温
度： 49℃；
进油温度：66℃；出油温度：49℃；热交换功率：37kw
Designed pressure: 1.3MPa
Weight: 380kg.
Inlet water temperature: 38℃.
Outlet water temperature: 49℃.
Inlet oil temperature: 66℃.
Outlet oil temperature: 49℃.
Heat exchanging power: 37kw.
2 空侧冷油器
2 Oil cooler at air side
设计压力：1.5Mpa；试验压力：1.8 Mpa；产品重量：860kg；
进水温度：38℃；出水温度： ℃；进油温度：70℃；
出油温度：49℃；热交换功率：183kw
Designed pressure: 1.5MPa
Test pressure: 1.8 MPa
Weight: 860kg.
Inlet water temperature: 38℃.
Outlet water temperature: 49℃.
Inlet oil temperature: 70℃.
Outlet oil temperature: 49℃.
Heat exchanging power: 183kw.
2.2.14.2.4 差压阀
2.2.14.2.4 Differential pressure valve
Page 291 of 629

1 主差压阀
1 Main differential pressure valve
工作行程：最大 8mm
Working travel: maximum 8mm
保持的差压值：0.084MPa（油压大于氢压）
Differential pressure to hold: 0.084MPa (oil pressure higher than
hydrogen pressure)
工作特点：阀杆下移阀门闭合
Working feature: downward movement of valve rod closes the valve.
法兰尺寸： Dg80
Flange size: Dg80
信号接口：ZG1/4 ″
Signal interface: ZG1/4 ″
2 备用差压阀
2. Stand-by differential pressure valve
工作行程：最大 8mm
Working range: maximum 8mm
保持的差压值：0.056MPa（油压大于氢压）
Differential pressure to hold: 0.056MPa (oil pressure higher than
hydrogen pressure)
工作特点：阀杆下移阀门打开
Working feature: downward movement of valve rod opens the valve.
法兰尺寸： Dg65
Flange size: Dg 65
信号接口：ZG1/4 ″
Signal interface: ZG1/4 ″
2.2.14.2.5 平衡阀
2.2.14.2.5 Balance valve
保证在密封瓦处的空侧密封油油压高于氢侧密封油油压 0.49KPa。
To ensure that air side sealing oil pressure in the sealing bearing
is kept 0.49KPa higher than the sealing oil pressure at hydrogen
side.
Page 292 of 629

2.2.14.2.6 排氢风机
2.2.14.2.6 Hydrogen discharging air fan
型号：ZFDHB-7-1；风量：420m3/h；风压：4.6Kpa；
主轴转速: 2900r/min；原动机功率:3KW；进/出口尺寸：Dg100
电机：YB801-2 0.55KW 380V A.C
Modell: ZFDHB-7-1.
Air amount: 420 m3/h.
Air pressure: 4.6KPa
Main shaft rotating speed:2900r/min
Motor power: 3kw.
Inlet/outlet size: Dg100.
Motor: YB801-2 0.55KW 380V A.C
2.2.14.2.7 滤油器
2.2.14.2.7 Oil filter
1 空侧滤
油器
1 Oil filter
on
air
side
型号：ZJL-60-2；
Model: ZJL-60-2;
介质温度：48℃；
Medium
temperature: 48℃
规格：80；
Specification: 80;
工作压力：
1.0Mpa；
Working
pressure:1.oMPa
流动阻力：
0.05Mpa；
Flow resistance: 0.05MPa
Page 293 of 629

过滤精度：80μm；
Filtering precision: 80μm
流量：480 m3/h；
Flow: 480 m3/h；
2 氢侧滤油器
2. Oil filter on hydrogen side
型号：ZJL-60-1；
Model: ZJL-60-1
介质温度：48℃；
Medium temperature: 48℃;
工作压力：1.0Mpa；
Working pressure: 1.0MPa
过滤精度：80μm；
Filtering precision: 80μm;
流量：240 m3/h
Flow: 240m3/h
2.2.14.2.8 氢侧回油控制箱
2.2.14.2.8 Returning oil control tank on hydrogen side
氢侧密封油箱剖面图
油箱容积：0.123 m3；
Oil tank capacity: 0.123m3
油位允许液动值：±55mm；
Permissive hydraulic value of oil level: ±55mm;
工作油位基准：箱体中心线；最低允许油位：中心线下 100mm
Reference for working oil level: center line of tank; minimum permissive
oil level: 100mm lower than center line
2.2.14.3 Maintenance process and standard
2.2.14.3.1 氢侧回油控制箱
2.2.14.3.1 Returning oil control tank on hydrogen side
1 检修工艺
Page 294 of 629

1.1 打开氢侧回油控制箱排油阀（可用下部针阀），将氢侧回油控
制箱内的剩油放尽。
1.1 Open the oil drainage valve of the returning oil control tank on
hydrogen side (lower needle valve as well), fully drain the oil
in returning oil control tank on hydrogen side.
1.2 打开氢侧回油控制箱人孔门，用白布、煤油将控制箱内部清理干
净，经化学验收合格；控制箱内壁、各部件干净、无锈垢。
1.2 Open the man hole of returning oil control tank on hydrogen
side. Clean the inside of the control tank with cloth and
kerosene. Do chemical test to make sure them to meet the
requirements. The inner wall and elements in control tank
should be clean without rust.
1.3 检查液位指示器。
1.3 Check the oil level indicator.
1.4 检查浮球、连接杆、销紧螺母、环销，记录浮球、连接杆、销紧螺
母、环销位置。
1.4 Check the floating ball, the connection rod, locknuts, ring pin,
and take a record the position of them.
1.5 拆开连接杆、销紧螺母、环销，取下浮球。
1.5 Remove the connection rod, the locknuts, the ring pin and
take out the floating ball.
1.6 拆卸补油阀、排油阀与控制箱的连接螺栓，拆下补油阀、排油阀
1.6 Remove the make-up oil valve, and the connection bolts
between oil drainage valve and control tank. Remove oil
make-up valve and oil drainage valve.
1.7 取出补油阀、排油阀阀杆，检查阀杆及密封面。
1.7 Remove the valve rod of oil make-up valve and oil drainage
valve. Check the valve rods and sealing surface.
1.8 检查补油阀、排油阀阀体内部和阀座密封面。
1.8 Check the inside part of the oil make-up valve and oil
drainage valve and the sealing surface of valve frame.
1.9 检查氢侧回油控制箱上、下部四个针阀。
1.9 Check the four needle valves on the upper and lower part of
returning oil control tank on hydrogen side.
1.10 将各部件清理干净后按拆卸反顺序复装。
1.10 Re-install the elements in the reverse removal order after
cleaning.
2 质量标准
Page 295 of 629

2 Quality standard
2.1 连接杆、销紧螺母、环销无松动、脱落，浮球上下活动灵活、无卡
涩现象。
2.1 No looseness on connection rod, locknuts and ring pin. The
floating ball moves upward and downward flexibly without jam.
2.2 阀杆无磨损、弯曲，密封面完好、无裂纹、锈蚀，密封线连续、无
间断。
2.2 No abrasion or bend in valve rod. The sealing surface is intact
without cracks, rust. The sealing liner is constant without
interruption.
2.3 阀体无裂纹，内部无锈蚀，阀座密封面完好、无裂纹、锈蚀，密
封线连续、无间断。
2.3 No cracks in valve. No rust inside he valves. The sealing
surface of valve holder is intact without crack or rust. The
sealing line is constant without interruption.
2.4 针阀打开、关闭灵活。
2.4 The needle valve opens and closes flexibly.
2.2.14.3.2 差压调节阀
2.2.14.3.2 Differential pressure adjusting valve
1 检修工艺
1.1 拆卸差压调节阀与系统的连接法兰，将差压调节阀吊至检
修场地。
1.1 Remove the connection flange between the differential
pressure adjusting valve and the system. Lift the
differential pressure adjusting valve to maintenance field.
1.2 打开氢侧排气口，将残余气体排掉。
1.2 Open the air exhaustion valve on hydrogen side to
discharge residual air.
1.3 拆下差压调节阀上部气室与阀体的连接螺栓，取下气室壳
体。
1.3 Remove the connection bolts between upper air chamber
in differential pressure adjusting valve and the valve
proper. Remove the shell of air chamber.
1.4 记录压力调节扳手和调节螺母的位置，松开压力调节扳手
和调节螺母。
1.4 Record the position of pressure adjusting spanner and the
adjusting nuts and then loosen them.
1.5 取出气侧承压波纹管和密封式波纹管进行检查，可用没有
Page 296 of 629

浸泡或打压试验波纹管是否泄漏；波纹管应无变形、无泄漏
1.5 Check the bearing wave tube on air side and the sealing
type wave tube after taking them out. Detect the leakage.
The wave tube should be safe from deformation or
leakage.
1.6 拆卸阀杆与弹簧架的连接螺栓，检查弹簧，测量弹簧自由
长度。
1.6 Remove the connection bolts between valve rod and
spring frame. Check the spring and measure the free
length of it.
1.7 拆卸差压调节阀下部进油阀与差压调节阀阀壳的连接螺栓，
取下下部进油阀。
1.7 Remove the connection bolts between lower oil admission
valve in differential pressure adjusting valve and the shell
of this adjusting valve. Take out the oil admission valve in
lower part.
1.8 拆卸下部进油阀的底盖，取出阀杆检查。
1.8 Remove the bottom cover of the lower oil admission valve.
Take out and check the valve rod.
1.9 检查下部进油阀阀体内部和阀座密封面。
1.9 Check the interior part of the lower oil admission valve
and the sealing surface of valve holder.
1.10 Re-install the elements in the reverse removal order
after cleaning.
2 质量标准
2 Quality standard
2.1 弹簧无变形、断裂、锈蚀；
2.1 No deformation, cracks or rust in spring.
2.2 阀杆无磨损、弯曲，密封面完好、无裂纹、锈蚀，密封线连续
无间断。
2.2 No abrasion or bend in valve rod. The sealing surface is
intact without cracks or rust. The sealing line is constant
without interruption.
2.3 阀体无裂纹，内部无锈蚀，阀座密封面完好、无裂纹、锈蚀
密封线连续、无间断。
2.3 No cracks on valve body. No rust in the valve. The sealing
surface of valve holder is intact and fine without crack,
rust. The sealing line is constant without interruption.
2.2.14.3.3 压力平衡阀
Page 297 of 629

2.2.14.3.3 Pressure balance valve
1 检修工艺
1.1 拆卸压力平衡阀与系统的连接法兰和油管，将差压调节阀
吊至检修场地。
1.1 Remove the connection flange and oil tube between
pressure balancing valve and system. Lift and take the
differential pressure adjusting valve into the maintenance
field.
1.2 拆卸平衡阀盲盖螺栓，打开盲盖。
1.2 Remove balance valve blank bolts and open the blank
cap.
1.3 拆卸上部、下部座式环螺栓，取出座式环，拆下内阀进行检
查。
1.3 Remove the upper and lower seat-type ring bolts and take
out the seat-type ring. Remove the inner valve to check.
1.4 拆卸活塞油缸和阀体的连接螺栓，将活塞油缸和阀体分开。
1.4 Remove the connection bolts of piston oil cylinder and
valve body. Separate the piston oil cylinder and valve.
1.5 拆卸油缸下部罩盖螺栓，取下罩盖。
1.5 Remove bolts in the lower cover of oil cylinder and take
out the cover.
1.6 测量调节螺钉的位置，松开锁紧螺母后松开调节螺钉。
1.6 Measure the position of adjusting screw. Loosen the
adjusting screw after loosening the locknutts.
1.7 拆卸活塞油缸缸盖和油缸的连接螺栓，取下油缸缸盖，拆
卸时要小心弹簧紧力，最好使用加长螺杆。
1.7 Remove the connection bolts of piston oil cylinder cover
and the oil cylinder. Remove the oil cylinder cover. Pay
attention the spring tension. Better to choose lengthened
screw rod.
1.8 取出弹簧调整块、活塞弹簧、弹簧、活塞螺母进行检查。
1.8 Take out and check the spring adjusting block, the piston
spring, the spring and piston nuts.
1.9 取出活塞检查，测量活塞与油缸的径向间隙。
1.9 Take out the piston and check it. Measure the radial
clearance between piston and oil cylinder.
1.10 拆卸阀杆固定螺母，取出阀杆进行检查；阀杆无磨损、
弯曲。
Page 298 of 629

1.10 Remove the fixing nuts of valve rod. Take out the
valve rod and check it. No abrasion or bend in it.
1.11 清理检查油缸内壁。
1.11 Clear the inner wall of oil cylinder.
1.12 Re-install the elements in the reverse removal order
after cleaning.
2 质量标准
2 Quality standard
2.1 内阀密封面完好、无裂纹、锈蚀，密封线连续、无间断。
2.1 The sealing surface of inner valve is intact without
abrasion or rust. The sealing line is constant without
interruption.
2.2 弹簧无变形、断裂、锈蚀。
2.2 No deformation, break or rust in spring.
2.3 阀杆无磨损、弯曲。
2.3 No abrasion or bent in valve rod.
密封线连续、无间断。
2.4 No crack in valve and no rust in it. Sealing surface on
valve pedestal is intact without cracks or rust. The sealing
line is constant without interruption,
Page 299 of 629

2.2.14.3.4 减压阀
Structure of Pressure
2.2.14.3.4 Pressure relief valve 减压阀结构图 Relief Valve
1 检修工艺
1.1 拆卸减压阀与系统的连接法兰和油管，将差压调节阀吊至
检修场地。
1.1 Remove the connection flange and oil tube of Pressure
relief valve and system. Lift and take the differential
pressure adjusting valve into the maintenance field.
1.2 测量调节螺钉的位置，松开锁紧螺母后松开调节螺钉。
1.2 Measure the position of adjusting screw. Loosen the
adjusting screw after thelocknutts are loosened.
1.3 拆卸弹簧式壳体与外壳的连接螺栓，拆下弹簧式壳体和隔
膜片衬垫，取下弹簧压板、弹簧进行检查。
1.3 Remove the connection bolts between spring type shell
and the casing. Take out the spring type shell and
membrane gasket. Take out the spring clamping plate.
Check the spring.
1.4 测量承压板螺母位置，松开锁紧螺母后取下承压板、推进板
推进板垫片。
1.4 Measuring the position of bearing plate nuts. Take out the
bearing plate, advancing plate and gasket of advancing
plate after loosening thelocknutts.
Page 300 of 629

1.5 拆卸外壳与减压阀阀体的连接螺栓，拆下外壳。
1.5 Remove the connection bolts between shell and relief
valve to remove the shell.
1.6 拆卸减压阀底部法兰，取下底部法兰和密封垫片。
1.6 Remove the flange at the bottom of pressure relief valve.
Take out the bottom flange and sealing gasket.
1.7 拆下阀杆进行检查。
1.7 Remove the valve rod and check it.
1.8 检查、清理阀体内部和阀座密封面、导向衬套。
1.8 Check and clear the inside of valve and the sealing
surface of valve frame as well as the guiding bushing.
1.9 Re-install the elements in the reverse removal order after
cleaning.
2 质量标准
2 Quality standard
2.1 弹簧无变形、断裂、锈蚀。
2.1 No deformation, break or rust in spring.
2.2 阀杆无磨损、弯曲，密封面完好、无裂纹、锈蚀，密封线连续、
无间断。
2.2 No abrasion, or bend in valve rod. The sealing surface is
intact without crack rust erosion. The sealing line is
constant without interruption.
密封线连续、无间断，导向衬套应无磨损。
2.3 No cracks in valve body. No rust in the valve. The sealing
surface of valve frame is intact without cracks or rut
erosion. The sealing line is constant without interruption.
No abrasion in guiding bush.
2.2.14.3.5 密封油泵
2.2.14.3.5 Sealing oil pump
1 检修工艺
1.1 拆除泵的出入口法兰螺栓与地脚螺栓，解开泵对轮螺栓，
妥善保管好。
1.1 Remove the inlet and outlet flange bolts as well as anchor
bolts of pump. Disassembly the wheel bolts of pump and
keep them well.
Page 301 of 629

1.2 用专用工具拆下背轮，测量轴的串轴量，并做好记录。
1.2 Remove the coupling with special tool. Measure the
displacement of axis and take a detailed record of it.
1.3 拆除密封装置端盖螺栓，慢慢取下动静环、弹簧等，检查动
静密封环密封面磨损情况，妥善保管好。
1.3 Remove the bolts in header cover of sealing device.
Slowly take out the static and dynamic ring and spring.
Check the abrasion in static and dynamic sealing ring.
Keep them well.
1.4 拆泵两端面盖，用塞尺测量齿轮啮合间隙及齿轮与泵壳体
间隙，并做好记录。
1.4 Remove two end face cover. Measure the meshing
clearance and the clearance between gear and pump
shell with feeler gauge. Take a record of it.
1.5 取出齿轮前后轴承，检查清洗，按拆卸的相反顺序进行复装。
1.5 Take out the front and back bearing of gear. Check and
clean them. Re-install them in the reverse order of
removal
2 质量标准
2 Quality stamdard
2.1 机械密封装置的动、静环密封面应光滑、无磨损、无划伤现象，
组装前应研磨（用金相砂布），吃红丹粉，其接触面积达
80%以上。
2.1 The sealing surface of static and dynamic sealing ring in
mechanical sealing device is smooth without abrasion or
scratch mark. Polish them with abrasive paper before
assembly. Add riddle to it and the contact area should be
more than 80%.
2.2 各主、从齿轮啮合痕迹均匀，无明显磨损现象，轴承转动灵
活，无卡涩、松旷现象。
2.2 The meshing mark of drive and driven gears are in
uniform. No clear abrasion mark. The bearing moves
flexibly without jam or looseness.
2.3 各部间隙应符合标准。
2.3 Clearance of the assemblies meets the requirements.
2.4 泵复装后，盘动应灵活，窜轴量应同修前一致。
2.4 The running of the pump is flexible after reinstallation. The
displacement of shaft is consistent with the valve before
maintenance.
2.2.14.3.6 排烟风机
Page 302 of 629

2.2.14.3.6 Fume exhaust fan
1 检修工艺
1.1 通知电气拆除电机接线。
1.1 Inform the electric personnel to remove the motor
connection wire.
1.2 拆除连接管道，整体吊出风机，放在指定检修场所，并封
好各拆卸油管口。
1.2 Remove the connection pipeline and lift out the air fan to
the appointed maintenance position. Seal the removed oil
pipe.
1.3 拆卸风机盖与涡壳连接螺栓，取下电机与叶轮。
1.3 Remove the connection bolts between air fan and the
scroll case. Take out the motor and impeller.
1.4 除雾器解体，清理滤网。
1.4 Disassemble the mist eliminator and clean the strainer.
1.5 全面检查各部件，更换易损件，组装按拆卸的相反顺序进
行。
1.5 Take a thorough check of each assembly. Replace the
abrasive assembly. The re-installation are done in reverse
removal order.
2 质量标准
2 Quality standard
2.1 手动盘车灵活，无卡涩、磨擦等现象，运行后无振动。
2.1 The impeller and blades are intact without deformation or
distortion. After assembly, the manual turning gear is
flexible without jam or friction. No vibration in movement.
2.2 除雾器滤网应完好，无破损，否则更换新件。
2.2 Strainer in mist eliminator is intact without break and
abrasion. Replace it if any.
2.2.14.3.7 空侧回油密封箱、消泡箱
2.2.14.3.7 Returning oil sealing tank and antifoaming tank at air side.
空侧回油密封箱、消泡箱均属容器类设备，检修时以清理内部为主
清理前应将内部剩油放尽，清理时应用盖板封好油箱底部油口，防
止落入杂物，清理干净后经化学验收合格，装有液位计的应检查液
位计。
Returning oil sealing tank and antifoaming tank at air side are
container equipment. Maintenance of them focuses on the inner
cleaning. Drain the residual oil before cleaning. During the
Page 303 of 629

cleaning, seal the oil entrance on bottom of oil tank with strap to
prevent the falling in of foreign matters. Do the chemical test after
the clearing to make sure they meet the requirement. For the
tanks with liquid level meter, check the liquid level meter.
2.2.14.3.8 空侧滤油器（滤网）
2.2.14.3.8 Oil filter at air side (strainer)
1 检修工艺
1 Maintenance
1.1 油管道放油,拆除滤网的法兰螺栓,取出滤网,放在干净的油盘中。
1.1 Drain the oil. Remove the flange bolts in strainer. Take out the
filter and put it in a clean plate.
1.2 拆开滤网室下放油螺塞，放尽滤网室中存油，检查内部，用丙
酮或石油醚清洗干净，旋上螺塞，用白布包好腔口。
1.2 Remove the oil drainage bolts on bottom of filter chamber.
Drain out the accumulated oil in filter chamber. Check the
interior. Clean them with acetone or ligroin. Twist on the
screw-in plug and wrap it with cloth.
1.3 用丙酮或石油醚清洗滤网，检查有无破损，转动手柄，清洗干
净刮片。
1.3 Wash the filter with acetone or ligroin. Check the abrasion or
breaks. Rotate the hand knob. Wash and clean the scraper.
1.4 The re-installation is done in the reverse removal order.
2 质量标准
2 Quality standard
2.1 滤网刮片应完好无损，手柄转动应灵活，无卡涩现象。
2.1 Scrapers in strainer are intact. The handle is flexible without
jam.
2.2 滤网无破损、变形现象，复装时用压缩空气吹净。
2.2 No abrasion, break or deformation in filter. Purge and clean it
with compressed air.
2.3 更换上盖垫子，检查油管及滤网室，确认无误后，复装。
2.3 Replace the gasket of the upper cover. Check the oil tube and
strainer chamber. Re-install it if no fault is confirmed.
TORQUE MOTOR COIL
Page 304 of 629

TORQUE MOTOR COIL
SPRING
FLEXIBLE ARMATURE TUBE
DAMPER
FEEDBACK
ROD
NOZZLE
VALVE
CORE
THROTTLING
HOLE
THROTTLING
HOLE
FILTER
RETURN
OIL
TO PISTON TO PRESSURE
PISTON OIL
FIGURE 9
SERVO VALVE
Page 305 of 629

雷菲（2802）
2.2.14.4 发电机密封油系统的调整
2.2.14.4 Adjustment for generator sealing oil system
2.2.14.4.1 发电机启动前密封油系统进行调整的条件
2.2.14.4.1 Required conditions
1 发电机密封瓦和端盖安装完毕，发电机内不充氢。
1) The sealing pad of generator and end cover has been
installed; no hydrogen in generator.
2 氢、油、水工况监测柜投入。
2) Monitor cabinets for the working condition of hydrogen, oil and
water have been put into operation.
3 消泡箱高液位和发电机漏液报警器动作正常。
3) The high level of antifoam box and liquid leakage alarm of
generator indicate normally.
4 确认润滑油系统已经运行。
4) Ensure the lube oil system had been operated.
2.2.14.4.2 空侧油路的调试
2.2.14.4.2 Commissioning for oil line in air side
1 按密封油系统及管道连接图所示阀门的开闭位置调整各阀门。
1) Adjust each valve according to the sealing oil system and
piping diagrams which indicate the open and closed position
of valves.
2 将空侧安全阀的调整螺杆旋至最外，使其在低压下即能打开排
油。
2) Revolve the adjusting crew of air-side valve to the further
position, keeping that it can be opened to discharge oil in low
pressure.
3 松开差压调节阀的压力弹簧，使差压调节阀在最小的氢油差压
下能打开排油，初次运行时，应打开油室排气螺塞进行排空气。
3) Loosen the pressure spring of pressure difference adjusting
valve so that the pressure difference adjusting valve can be
opened at minimum differential pressure of hydrogen oil to
discharge oil. During the initial operation, open the vent plug
of oil chamber to carry out air exhaust.
4 关闭备用油路阀门，将备用油源与空侧油路隔开。
4) Close all valves of standby oil line and separate the standby
oil source from the oil line of air side.
Page 306 of 629

5 启动空侧密封油泵。
5) Start sealing oil pump in air side.
6 氢侧回油控制箱和消泡箱注油。
6) Inject oil to antifoam box and oil return control box of
hydrogen side.
7 关闭阀门（MKW02AA001），关闭差压调节阀。
7) Close the valve MKW02AA001 and the pressure difference
adjusting valve.
8 调整安全阀的调整螺杆，直至空侧密封油泵的出口压力符合要
求。
8) Regulate the adjusting screw of safety valve until the outlet
pressure of sealing oil pump in air side meets the
requirement.
9 打开阀门（MKW02AA001），调整差压调节阀，使空侧密封油
压高于发电机内气压 0.084Mpa。
9) Open the valve MKW02AA001 and regulate the pressure
difference adjusting valve to make the sealing oil pressure in
air side higher than the internal air pressure of generator
(0.084Mpa).
2.2.14.4.3 氢侧油路的调试
2.2.14.4.3 Commissioning for oil line in hydrogen side
1 将氢侧安全阀的调整螺杆旋至最外，使其在低压下即能打开排
油。
1) Adjust the screw of safety valve of hydrogen side so that it
can be opened to discharge oil in low pressure.
2 启动氢侧密封油泵。
2) Start the sealing oil pump in hydrogen side.
3 关闭阀门（ 10MKW27AA001 ）、（ 10MKW28AA001 ）及
（10MKW20AA001），旋紧安全阀（10MKW19AA191）的调
整螺杆，直至氢侧密封油泵的出口压力符合要求。
3) Close the valve 10MKW19AA191, 10MKW28AA001, and
10MKW20AA001. Screw down the adjusting screw of safety
valve 10MKW20AA001 until the outlet pressure of sealing oil
pump in hydrogen side meets the requirement.
4 打开阀门（ 10MKW27AA001 ）、（ 10MKW28AA001 ）及
（10MKW20AA001），初步调整阀门（10MKW20AA001）。
4) Open the valves 10MKW27AA001, 10MKW28AA001, and
10MKW20AA001; primarily adjust the valve
10MKW20AA001.
Page 307 of 629

5 调整阀门（10MKW27DP001），使与之对应的各差压计指针
偏差在±490Pa 差压范围内。用阀门底部的调整螺杆进行调整，
向内旋进氢侧压力上升，调整后锁紧螺母。
5) Adjust the valve 10MKW27DP001 to make the indication
deviation of its corresponding pressure difference meters
within the range of ±490Pa. Use the adjusting screw in the
bottom of valve to regulate and revolve it to the internal
direction. The pressure in hydrogen side will therefore
increase. Tighten the screws after adjustment.
2.2.14.4.4 空侧高压备用油路的调试
2.2.14.4.4 Commissioning for HP standby oil line in air side
1 汽轮机高压备用油源需经过减压阀减压，减压阀的调整步骤为：
1 It needs to decrease the pressure of HP standby oil source of
turbine by relief valve. The adjustment procedures of relief
valve are as follows:
1.1 使减压阀处于关闭位置，送高压备用油源；
1) Make the relief valve closed and supply the HP standby oil
source.
1.2 关闭阀门（10MKW07AA004）、（10MKW07AA004）；
2) Close valve 10MKW07AA004 and 10MKW07AA004
1.3 打开减压阀，调整安全阀使油压达到规定值；
3) Open the relief valve; adjust the safety valve to make the
oil pressure reach the regulated valve.
1.4 调整减压阀使油压达到规定值。
4) Adjust the relief valve to make the oil pressure reach the
regulated valve.
2 打开阀门（10MKW07AA005）和（10MKW07AA004）。
2 Open the valve 10MKW07AA005 and 10MKW07AA004.
3 关闭空侧密封油泵，投入空侧高压备用油源。
3 Close the sealing oil pump in air side; put the HP standby oil
source of air side into operation.
4 调整备用差压调节阀，使空侧密封油高于发电机内气压
0.056MPa。
4 Regulate the standby pressure difference adjusting valve to
make the sealing oil pressure of air side higher than that
(0.056MPa) inside the generator.
2.2.14.5 Safety and environment protection requirements
Page 308 of 629

2.2.14.5.1 安全
2.2.14.5.1 Safety
1) On entering the site, appropriate attire must be worn and
safety protection tools used in accordance with the Safety
Code.
2) One person must be designated as the person in charge of
work involving 2 or more personnel.
3) The site must have adequate illumination that accords with
the Safety Code requirements.
4) An electric leakage protector must be used when using
electrical tools. The tools must be operated in accordance
with their usage regulations. Do not use defective tools.
5) Do not use gasoline to clean the mechanical parts.
定。
6) Ensure safety harnesses and tools are correctly used when
working at high elevations. The passing of materials, tools, etc
must obey the safety regulations.
7) Obey the hoisting and transportation safety regulations at all
times.
护设施。
8) Protective equipment removed during maintenance, such as
railings, covers, channel covers, etc, must be replaced once
maintenance is completed.
作现场。
9) Ensure all personnel and tools are accounted for on
completion of maintenance. Return leftover materials to
storage. Remove any sparks or ashes. Clean and tidy the
area.
Page 309 of 629

10) Remove flammables, explosive materials and foreign objects
from the area.
11) The welding earthing line should be welded on the proper
parts, do not connect it too far from the welding part.
12) Ensure the site has appropriate fire extinguishing equipment.
13) Ensure special personnel is on hand to monitor hot work.
14) Clean the site,
2.2.14.5.2 健康
2.2.14.5.2 Health
接触对人体有毒、有害或有刺激性气味的化学物品时必须做好防范
措施。
Take proper measures when touching poisonous, harmful and
pungent chemicals.
2.2.14.5.3 环境
1 The waste oil must be put into the regulated oil drum but not
any other places.
丢弃。
2 The dumped or leftover chemicals must be collected in the set
place.
Ensure the maintenance has been completed with no leftover
material clean and site tidy after finishing the work.
Page 310 of 629

转机部分
Rotatory parts
编制人员
Compile:
审核
Review:
复审
Second review:
Page 311 of 629

2.2.15 给水泵
2.2.15 Feedwater pump
2.2.15.1 概述
机组给水系统采用三台电动调速型给水泵，其作用是将除氧器中的
水经过两台高压加热器后送入锅炉。
There are three motor-driven speed governing feedwater pumps
in the feedwater system of this unit. Their function is to deliver the
water to boiler from the deaerator after it has been heated by two
HP heaters.
电动泵组的驱动方式及配套型式为：前置泵由电动机的一端直接驱
动，给水泵由电机的另一端通过液力偶合器驱动。它们之间由叠片
式挠性联轴器连接。
The driving way and matched type of the motor-driven pumps is
like this: the booster pump is driven by one end of the motor;
feedwater pump is driven by another end of the motor through a
hydraulic coupling. They are connected by a laminated flexible
coupling.
给水泵和前置泵的轴承润滑油由液力偶合器润滑油系统供应，推荐
使用 L-TSA32 透平油。前置泵、给水泵、电机、偶合器装在各自的底
座上，底座都固定在一个共同的混凝土基础上。
The bearing lube oil for feedwater pump and booster pump are
supplied by the lube oil system of hydraulic coupling. It is better to
use turbine oil of L-TSA32. The booster pump, feedwater pump,
motor, and coupling are mounted in their corresponding pedestals
which are fixed on a common concrete base.
2.2.15.2 技术规范
2.2.15.2 Technique specialization
表 1 FK6D32 型给水泵
名称单位 TMCR
型号 FK6D32M
型式筒体芯包、卧式
泵送介质锅炉给水
级数 6
进口流量 m3/h 685
出口流量 m3/h 651
进口压力 Mpa 1.182
Page 312 of 629

出口压力 Mpa 22.78
扬程 m 2301
抽头扬程(第 3 级) mH2O 1125
汽蚀余量(必须) m 37.9
效率 % 81.7
抽头出口压力 Mpa 8.81
抽头流量 m3/h 34
轴功率 KW 4517
进水温度 ℃ 183.49
密度 m3/h 883.16
转速 r/min 5491
Table 1 FK6D32 feedwater pump
Name Unit TMCR

Model FK6D32M
Type Drum and core, horizontal
Pump-conveying
Boiler feedwater
medium
Stage 6
Inlet flow m3/h 685
Outlet flow m3/h 651
Inlet pressure Mpa 1.182
Outlet pressure Mpa 22.78
Lifting m 2301
Suction delivery head
mH2O 1125
( third stage)
NPSH ( obligatory) m 37.9
Efficiency % 81.7
suction outlet pressure Mpa 8.81
suction flow m3/h 34
Page 313 of 629

Shaft power KW 4517
Inlet water temperature ℃ 183.49
Density m3/h 883.16
Rotating speed r/min 5491
2.2.15.3 设备简介
2.2.15.3 Equipment description
该泵为水平、离心、六级筒体式，由筒体和泵内部组件组成。给水泵
由偶合器驱动，偶合器和给水泵间有叠片式挠性联轴器连接。给水
泵的传动端和自由端装有机械密封。由闭式循环水冲洗，冲洗水冷
却是通过一热交换器冷却的，每个热交换器的冷却水用外部冷却水
源。轴承由自由端的双向推力轴承及径向轴承和传动端的径向轴承
组成，各轴承润滑油来自偶合器润滑油系统。
This pump is kind of horizontal, centrifugal and six-stage drum
pump which is composed of drum proper and internal parts of
pump. The feedwater pump is driven by hydraulic coupling and
there is a connecting part called laminated flexible coupling
between them. There are mechanical sealing mounted in the
driving end and free end of the feedwater pump. Closed-type
circulated water serves the flushing work. The flushing water is
cooled by a heat exchanger whose cooling water is supplied by
external water source. The bearing consists of double-way thrust
bearing in free end, radial bearing and the radial bearing in driving
end. All lube oil for bearings come from the lube oil system of
coupling.
2.2.15.3.1 内部组件
2.2.15.3.1 Internal components
泵内部组件可以不拆除进出口管道，整体从泵筒体内抽出，与筒体
一起构成泵的主压力边界。大端盖与末级导叶有止口套接，在大端
盖和筒体之间有一 O 型圈，形成一高效的密封，这个密封圈嵌在筒
体的凹槽内。大端盖的螺栓是由液紧装置液紧，大端盖与筒体的结
合面加工到好的光洁度，最后一级内泵壳与筒体之间有垫圈，该垫
为渡铜钢圈，相邻内泵壳的接口为止口套接式，并嵌有 O 型圈，各
级导叶内定位销定在前级泵壳上。所有级间销子都是全封闭式，不
与泵送液体相接触。
The internal components of pump can be wholly extracted out
from the pump drum body but no need to dismantle the inlet and
outlet piping. The internal components together with the drum
body contribute to the main pressure limit of pump. There is a ???
between the big end cover and finishing guide blade, and an O-
ring with highly sealing between big end cover and drum proper.
This sealing ring is mounted in the groove of drum proper. The
bolt of big end cover is controlled by a hydraulic tightening device.
The connection surface of the big end cover and drum proper
needs to be processed to great smoothness and cleanness. A
Page 314 of 629

gasket of bronzed steel ring is mounted between the internal
pump casing of last stage and drum proper. The interface of
neighboring internal pump casings is????? With an O-ring
mounted. The internal positioning pin of guide blades is set on the
pump casing of former stage. All pins between stages are fully
closed, not connecting with the pump-conveying liquid.
内部组件为内泵壳和导叶固定连接件，由末级导叶和出口大端盖间
的蝶型弹簧固定在筒体上。这种弹簧在组装和停机时给结合面提供
足够的静压力从而允许内部组件自由膨胀。当泵运行时，水力压差
建立，从而保证结合面间严实的密封。进口导向件在泵进口侧由一
闭式止口套接定位，以保证安装芯包时其内部组件的对中性，这种
止口套接保证了进口导向件可由拉紧环紧固地定位的筒体上，同时
又能在热波动时自由膨胀。
The internal components refer to the internal pump casing and
connecting parts for fixing guide blade which are fixed on the
drum proper by a butterfly spring locating between the final stage
guide blade and outlet big end cover. This kind of spring supply
sufficient static pressure for connection surface during the
assembly and turbine outage, which allows the internal
components free expansion. When the pumps are in operation,
the water pressure difference then is built, which guarantees the
closely sealing of connection surface. The inlet guide blades in
pump inlet side are positioned by a closed-type ?? to guarantee
the alignment of internal components when installing the core
drum. This ? can guarantee the inlet guide blades to be fastened
positioning on drum proper by tension ring, at the same time
allows them free expansion during thermal fluctuation.
2.2.15.3.2 中间抽头
2.2.15.3.2 Middle suction
第二级上有一中间抽头。由二个密封圈在芯包与筒体间密封，并在
前二级泵壳外形成一周向空间。在次级内泵壳上有一圈径向孔，使
得次级压力水进入周向空间。在筒体上有一抽头口，使次级抽头水
从周向空间输向中间抽头接头。
There is a middle suction in the second stage. Two sealing rings
are mounted between the core drum and drum proper for sealing
work. A circumferential space exists outside of the first two stage
pump casings. On the secondary internal pump casing locates a
radial hole which makes the secondary-pressure water enter into
circumferential space. On drum proper mounted a tap mouth
which drives the secondary tapping water go to the middle suction
joint from circumferential space.
2.2.15.3.3 平衡装置
2.2.15.3.3 Balancing device
该泵为平衡鼓装置，平衡鼓装在轴的末级叶轮后面。平衡鼓在固定
于大端盖上的节流衬套内旋转，成为一减压装置，出口压力作用于
末级叶轮不平衡区，使得总有一指向进口端的剩余推力存在，使轴
处于拉伸状态。平衡鼓压装在轴上，轴向由轴肩定位，并在低压侧
Page 315 of 629

由一螺母拧紧，平衡鼓由键定位在轴上并由螺母锁紧。
The pumps uses balance drums installed in the back of final stage
impeller. The balancing drum rotates as a pressure reducing
device in the throttling lining fixed on the big end cover. The outlet
pressure reacts in the unbalancing area of final stage impeller to
make a spare pushing force pointing to inlet end exist and shaft in
tension. The balancing drum is pressed on the shaft, positioned
by shaft shoulder in axial direction, and screwed down by a nut in
low-pressure side. The balancing drum is positioned on the shaft
by keys and fastened by nuts.
2.2.15.3.4 轴承
2.2.15.3.4 Bearing
1 径向轴承
1 Radial bearing
泵轴是由一对普通圆柱型径向滑动轴承所支撑，为乌金衬套强
制油润滑型，润滑油来自主润滑油系统，轴承由轴承压盖固定，
轴承压盖由螺栓固定在下半部轴承支架上，整个组件由销子定
位，以保证能精确地重新组装。
Pump shaft is supported by a pair of normal column radial
sliding bearing, with tungsten lining of forced lube oil coming
from the main lube oil system. Bearing is fixed by a bearing
pressed cover which is fixed on the lower-half bearing support
by bolts. The whole components are poisoned by pins to
guarantee the future work that reassembles them correctly.
2 自位瓦块式推力轴承
2 Self positioning bush-type thrust bearing
Page 316 of 629

图 1 推力轴承图
Slotted
Thrust Thrust sunk screw
bearing bush
support
board
Half
Slotted circle Thrust block
Thrust bearing pan head key positioning screw
lining screw
Column
RTD outgoing pin
line
RTD plug
Clip
Slotted
pan head
screw
Diagram 1 Thrust bearing
Page 317 of 629

自位瓦块式推力轴承对两个方向的推力载荷是有相同的承受容
量的，适用于两个旋转方向。
The self-positioning bush thrust bearing has same capacity for
the thrust load in two directions, adapting to two rotating
direction.
推力环组件由支承环组成，瓦块均布在各单独的定位件之间，
瓦块外径嵌在支承环的法兰内，瓦块通过定位件的头部嵌在其
两侧的凹槽内来较松的定位，使得工作时瓦块能自由倾斜但不
会掉下来。
The thrust ring component is composed of support rings. The
bushes spread uniformly among the separated positioning
parts. The outer diameter is mounted in the flange of support
ring. The bush Is mounted in a concave groove in its two side
through the head of positioning part for convenient
poistioning, which helps the bush freely slide and avoid falling
down in the progress.
2.2.15.3.5 轴端密封
2.2.15.3.5 Shaft end sealing
泵装有固定衬套注射密封水卸荷型迷宫密封，保证泵在运行时密封
水不进入泵而泵送水不泄漏出来。冷凝水注射到密封腔内向泵送水
方向流去，在卸荷环内与外漏的泵送水相遇，在那里由管子再连通
到前置泵进口，只要密封水压力保持高于前置泵进口压力，就不会
从密封腔里漏出热水。还有一些凝结密封水沿着迷宫密封泄露经 U
形管到凝汽器。
The pumps are equipped with fixed lining and sealing water as
kind of unloading labyrinth-type sealing, to guarantee the sealing
water not enter into pumps without pump-conveying water
leakage during the pump operation. The cooling water is injected
to the sealing cavity and then flows to the direction that pump-
conveying water flows and meet the outer leaked pump-
conveying water in the unloading ring. In the unloading ring pipes
are connected to the inlet of booster pump; as long as the sealing
water pressure is kept higher than the inlet pressure of booster
pump, thus there will be no hot water leaked from sealing cavity.
Some condensing sealing water leaked along with labyrinth by U-
shape pipe then to condenser.
2.2.15.4 检修工艺
2.2.15.4 Maintenance requirement
维修时必须自始自终遵守设备安全规程及管理条例。鉴于给水泵是
整个泵组的一部分，因此下列说明应和前置泵及其它有关设备的说
明一起来考虑。
When carrying out maintenance, obey the safety and
Page 318 of 629

management regulations from beginning to end. Since the
feedwater pump is a part of the whole pump group, the following
illustration should be considered combining with the illustration of
booster pump and other equipment.
2.2.15.4.1 准备工作
2.2.15.4.1 Preparation
1 切断电机电源及润滑油系统电源；
1 Cut off the power supply for motor and lube oil system.
2 切断所有仪表的电源；注意：隔离给水泵组时，应参见系统的
操作说明；
2 Cut off the power supply for all instrument. Notice: refer to the
operation illustration of system when isolating the feedwater
group.
3 检查泵组的进口、出口阀和再循环的进、出口阀是否关闭；
3 Inspect the inlet and outlet valves of pumps and recirculating
inlet/outlet valves to make sure they are all closed.
4 切断冷却水源；
4 Cut off cooling water source.
5 关闭第二级中间抽头阀门；
5 Close the valve of secondary middle suction.
6 打开放水阀和排气管，放空筒体内的水；
6 Open the water discharge valve and vent pipe, drain the water
of drum thoroughly.
7 进行任何维修之前，必须保证泵壳内已无压力。
Make sure there is no pressure in the pump casing before any
maintenance.
郭爱利
2.2.15.4.2 检查轴承
2.2.15.4.2 Examine the bearing
在不拆出芯包的情况下，因现场检查或更换轴承而拆卸轴承时，采
用以下说明的步骤：
When disassembling bearing, due to on-site examining or bearing
replacement, with out removing the core package, follow these
steps:
1 传动端径向轴承
1. Radial bearing at driving end
1.1 断开并移开所有影响拆卸工作的仪表，在电线接头上做好
Page 319 of 629

标记并包扎好，以便装复；
1.1 Cut off and withdraw all the instruments that affecting
disassembly work. Mark and wrap the connecting end of
the electrical wire for reassembly.
1.2 拆下那些影响拆卸工作的小口径管道；拆下与给水泵连接
的联轴器护罩，并断开联轴器，移去叠片和中间联接体
1.2 Disassemble the narrow pipes that affecting the
disassembling work; remove the coupling cover
connected to the feedwater pump and disconnect the
coupling, then remove the laminations and intermediate
connecting part.
1.3 拆下紧固传动端轴承支架盖与进口端盖的螺母、螺栓；
1.3 Remove the nuts and bolts that fastening the bearing
supports and inlet covers at driving end.
1.4 拆下轴承支架盖与轴承支架间双头螺栓上的紧固螺母并拆
下定位销；
1.4 Remove the clamp nuts on the stud bolts between bearing
support covers and bearing support and also remove the
locating pin.
1.5 在轴承盖上装上吊环。用起顶螺钉顶起轴承支架盖，小心地
将盖吊开，起吊时应小心避免碰怀轴承支架两侧的挡油圈；
1.5 Install hanging ring onto bearing cover. Use jack screw to
jack up the bearing support cover, and carefully remove
the cover by the hanging ring without damaging the oil
baffles at the two sides of the bearing support.
1.6 拆下径向轴承压盖与轴承支架间双头螺栓上的紧固螺母，
拆下定位销，用起顶螺钉顶起轴承压盖，拆下轴承压盖；
1.6 Remove the clamp nuts on the stud bolts between the
radial bearing cover and the bearing support, remove the
locating pin, jack up the bearing cover with jack screw and
then remove the bearing cover.
1.7 拆下上半部径向轴承和挡油圈，移去防转销，顶起轴，将
下半部轴承和挡油圈转上来并拆下；注意轴承和挡油圈的
上、下两部分都不能互换，因此，为了组装时易于辨别，应
将上半部和下半部明显地作上记号；
1.7 Remove the upper half radial bearing and oil baffle.
Remove the stop pin, jack up the shaft, and rotate the
lower bearing and oil baffle upward and remove them.
Since the upper and lower halves of the bearing and oil
baffle cannot be counter changed, so for installation
discrimination, mark the upper and lower halves
distinctively.
1.8 检查轴承和轴颈部位有无损坏和磨损现象，并检查挡油圈
是否磨损或损坏，必要时更换新的；测量轴承间隙并与后
Page 320 of 629

面列表 2 数值比较，测量间隙超出或可能在下次检查前超
出更新间隙，轴承应更换。注意：在最后组装前，应给轴和
轴承表面稍微涂上一点润滑油；
1.8 Examine if there are damages and corrosions at the
bearing and bearing journal; also examine the oil baffle
and replace them when necessary. Measure the bearing
clearance and compare to the values in Table 2 (end part),
and replace the bearing if the measured values exceed
the updated clearances or will exceed before next
examining. Precautions: apply a little bit lube oil onto the
shaft and bearing surfaces before the final assembly.
1.9 绕轴转下下半部分的轴承和挡油圈到位，然后放下轴；
1.9 Rotate the lower part of the bearing and oil baffle in place
around the shaft, and then lay down the shaft.
1.10 装上上半部分的轴承和挡油圈, 确保定位销在位。认清
轴承和挡油圈的上、下半部标记；
1.10 Install the upper part of the bearing and oil baffle and
ensure that the locating pin is in place. Judge the upper and
lower marks of the bearing and oil baffle correctly.
1.11 装上轴承压盖，安装时应保证轴承的防转定位销准确到
位，装上轴承压盖上的两定位销和紧固螺母并拧紧；
1.11 Install the bearing cover, with the stop and locating pin
in place. Install the two locating pins and clamp nuts
on the bearing cover and tighten them.
1.12 将轴承支架盖吊装到位，确保其两端的挡油圈正确到位，
然后装上紧固螺母和定位并拧紧螺母，拆下起吊工具；
1.12 Hang the bearing support to its place, make sure that
the two side oil baffles is correct and in place. Then
install the clamp nuts and stop pin and tighten the
nuts. Finally dismantle the hanging tools.
1.13 装上并拧紧紧固轴承支架盖和进口端盖的螺母和螺栓；
1.13 Install and tighten the nuts and bolts for fastening the
bearing support cover and inlet cover.
1.14 接通断开的所有小口径管道，装上并接好仪表；
1.14 Connect all the narrow pipes and install and connect
the instruments.
1.15 联上联轴器并装上联轴器护罩。
1.15 Connect the coupling and install the protection cover.
2 自由端径向推力轴承
2 Radial thrust bearing at free end.
Page 321 of 629

2.1 断开并拆下所有仪表，在电线接头上做好标记包扎好，以
便装复；
2.1 Disconnect and remove all the instruments, mark and
wrap the connecting end of the electrical wire for
reassembly.
2.2 拆下所有有影响拆卸工作的小口径管道；
2.2 Disassemble all the narrow pipes that affecting the
disassembling work.
2.3 下传动端联轴器护罩，并断开联轴器，移去叠片和中间联
接体；
2.3 Rotate the coupling cover downward, disconnect the
coupling, and then remove the laminations and
intermediate connecting part.
2.4 拆下端盖与自由端轴承支架间的紧固螺钉，拆下端盖，卸
下 O 型圈；
2.4 Remove the fastening screws between the end cover and
free end bearing support; remove the end cover and the O
type ring.
2.5 拆下轴承支架盖与轴承支架间双头螺栓上的紧固螺母，并
拆下定位销；
2.5 Remove the clamp nuts on the stud bolts between bearing
support cover and bearing support and also remove the
locating pin.
2.6 拆下紧固轴承支架盖与大端盖的螺栓、螺母；
2.6 Remove the bolts and nuts that fastening the bearing
support cover and big end cover.
2.7 在轴承支架盖装上吊环，用起顶螺钉顶起轴承支架盖，装
上适当的起吊工具。小心地吊开轴承支架盖，以免损坏挡油
圈；
2.7 Install hanging ring onto the bearing cover. Use jack screw
to jack up the bearing support cover. Install proper
hanging tools, and carefully remove the cover without
damaging the oil baffles.
2.8 拆下定位销，拆下径向轴承压盖与轴承支架间双头螺栓上
的紧固螺母，拆下轴承压盖；
2.8 Remove the locating pin, the clamp nuts on the stud bolts
between radial bearing cover and the bearing support and
the bearing cover.
2.9 拆下上半部的径向轴承和挡油圈；
2.9 Remove the upper part radial bearing and oil baffle.
2.10 拆下推力轴承罩上的紧固螺钉和定位销，拧入起顶螺钉，
Page 322 of 629

顶起推力轴承罩并拆下。注意拆卸上半部轴承座和推力
轴承盖时，必须小心以免损坏径向轴承和挡油环；
2.10 Remove fastening screws and locating pins on the
thrust bearing cover, and screw in the jack screw.
Jack up the thrust bearing and remover it. Be careful
not to damage the radial bearing and oil baffle when
removing the upper bearing pedestal and oil baffle.
2.11 顶起轴，将下半部径向轴承和挡油圈转上来并拆下；
2.11 Jack up the shaft, rotate the lower radial bearing and
oil baffle upward and remove them.
2.12 松开弹簧，从下半部轴承支架上拆下润滑油密封圈；
2.12 Loosen the spring; remove the lube oil sealing ring
from the lower bearing support.
2.13 拆下紧固端盖上挡板的内六角螺钉，拆下挡板，从端盖
的凹槽内拆下润滑油密封圈和弹簧；
2.13 Remove the socket head screws that fastening the
damper on the end cover. Remove the damper, and
remove the lube oil sealing ring and spring from the
groove of the end cover.
2.14 按下述方法依次拆下整个推力轴承撑板：
2.14 Disassemble the whole bearing plate of the thrust
bearing sequentially according to the following
methods.
推力轴承的电阻测温探头是插在推力瓦块内的，并固定
在推力轴承撑板上，导线通过下半部轴承座进入接线盒。
在将推力轴承撑板从轴承支架上拆下以前，应将测温探
头的导线从接线盒拆开，穿过密封套，将导线送出来，
绕着轴转动整个推力轴承撑板，直至带有止动销的半个
撑板能被拆下来，然后转动另半部分撑板直至取下。按
同样方法拆下推力盘另一侧的推力轴承撑板。注意顶起
轴时，只要达到将径向轴承上的重量释放即可；
The resistor temperature detecting probe of the thrust
bearing is plugged into thrust bearing bush and fixed
on the bearing plate; the lead wire enters the junction
box through the lower part bearing pedestal. Before
remove the bearing plate from the bearing support,
disconnect the lead wire of the temperature detecting
probe from the junction box and draw out the wire
through the sealing sleeve. Rotate the whole thrust
bearing plate around the shaft till the half bearing
plate with stop pin can be removed. Then rotate the
other half bearing plate till it is removed. Remove the
thrust bearing plate at the other side of the thrust
collar in the same way. When jacking the shaft, only
jack to the degree that the weight on the radial
Page 323 of 629

bearing can be released.
2.15 检查径向轴承、轴颈部分、推力瓦块、推力盘、对开的润
滑油密封圈和挡油圈是否磨损或损坏，如有必要请更换
新的部件。注意在正常允运行情况下，推力瓦块除了巴
氏合金钝暗面以外，不应有其它可观察得到磨损，建议
当巴氏合金钝暗面超过合金面积一半以上时，更换新的
瓦块；检查轴承和轴颈部位有无损坏和磨损现象，并检
查挡油圈是否磨损或损坏，必要时更换新的；测量轴承
间隙并与后面列表 2 数值比较，测量间隙超出或可能在
下次检查前超出更新间隙，轴承应更换。在最后组装前，
应给轴颈推力盘和轴承、推力瓦块表面稍微涂上一层润
滑油；
2.15 Examine if there are corrosions or damages on the
bearing, bearing journal, thrust bush, thrust collar, split
lube oil sealing ring and oil baffle, and replace parts
when necessary. Under normally allowable condition,
besides on the deactivated and dull surface of the
Babbitt metal, there should be no observable
corrosion of the thrust bush. It is suggested to replace
the bush when more than dull surface of Babbitt metal
is deactivated. Examine if there are corrosions or
damages on the bearing, bearing journal and the oil
baffle, replace them when necessary. Measure the
bearing clearance and compare to the values in Table
2 (end part), and replace the bearing if the measured
values exceed the updated clearance or will exceed
before next examining. Precautions: apply a little bit
lube oil onto the bearing journal plate, shaft and thrust
bearing bush surfaces before the final assembly.
2.16 顶起轴，绕轴转动下半部分的径向轴承和挡油圈使其正
确就位于轴承支架上，装上内侧对开润滑油密封圈和上
面的弹簧，放下轴；
2.16 Jack the shaft, rotate the lower radial bearing and oil
baffle around the shaft to their correct place on the
bearing support, install the inner split lube oil sealing
ring and the spring, and finally lay down the shaft.
2.17 依次按下述方法安装推力轴承撑板成为一个整体；注意
电阻测温探头是插入推力瓦块并固定在推力轴承撑板上，
在安装推力轴承撑板时，应将测温探头安装正确到位，
其余的导线部分应穿过下半部轴承座；注意推力轴承撑
板的拼合线与轴承支架的水平中分面之间成 90°，定位
销位于推力轴承压盖上的一个槽内。将不带定位销的半
部分撑板放到轴上，使其推力瓦块合金面与推力盘相接
触，然后将其转入轴承支架内，放上带定位销的另半部
撑板，将整个推力轴承撑板一起绕轴转动，直至定位销
的位置正好顶住轴承支架。用同样的方法安装另一侧的
推力轴承撑板。不要在推力瓦块和推力盘间插塞尺来检
查轴向间隙，这样测量不准且可能损坏轴瓦的巴氏合金
表面；
2.17 Assemble the thrust bearing plate into a whole
Page 324 of 629

sequentially according to the following methods. Note
that the resistor temperature detecting probe is to be
plugged into the thrust bearing bush and fixed onto
the bearing plate. Make sure that the probe is installed
in correct place when installing the thrust bearing
plate, and the wires should pass through the lower
bearing pedestal. There should be a 90°between the
split line of the thrust bearing plate and the horizontal
joint surface of bearing support. The locating pin is
inside one of the groove on the thrust bearing cover.
Put the half bearing plate without locating pin onto the
shaft, and make the alloy surface of its bush contact
to the thrust collar, and then rotate it into the support.
Put on the other half bearing plate with locating pin
and rotate the whole thrust bearing plate around the
shaft till the locating pin is just contacted to the
bearing support. Install the thrust bearing plate at the
other side in the same way. Do not examine the axial
clearance by plugging feeler into the clearance
between the thrust bearing bush and thrust collar,
because in such way, not only the measured result is
inaccurate, but also the Bobbitt metal surface of the
bearing bush will be damaged.
2.18 将端盖用六角螺钉固定到下半部轴承座上，检查轴向间
隙时将轴向传动端靠足，使得推力盘紧紧贴在内侧推力
瓦块上，用塞尺测量外推力轴承衬垫和端盖的推力轴承
室处内壁间的间隙。原始轴向间隙值见后面列表 2 数值,
对任何可测到的变动都应找出原因，拆去端盖。在安装
推力轴承压盖之前，必须确保测温探头在推力块内，并
确保导线部分应穿过下半部轴承座；
2.18 Fix the end cover onto the lower bearing pedestal by
hexagon screws. When examining the axial
clearance, fully lean the shaft to the driving end to let
the thrust collar closely contacted to the inside thrust
bearing bush; then measure the clearance between
the outer thrust bearing washer and the inner walls at
the thrust bearing chamber of the end cover with
feeler. Of the original axial clearances, see in Table 2.
Find out the reasons for any of the measured changes
and remove the end cover. Before installing the end
cover of the thrust bearing, make sure that the
temperature detecting probe is inside the thrust
bearing bush, also ensure that the wires are passing
through the lower bearing pedestal.
2.19 装上推力轴承压盖，用定位销和螺钉来定位和固定；
2.19 Install the thrust bearing cover, and use locating pin
and screws for locating and fastening.
2.20 装上上半部分径向轴承；
Page 325 of 629

2.20 Install the upper part radial bearing.
2.21 装上轴承压盖，安装时保证轴承的防转销正确就位，然
后用销钉和螺母将轴承压定位和固定于轴承支架上；
2.21 Install the bearing cover while making sure that the
stop pins are in correct place. Then use pin bolts and
nuts to locate and fix the bearing cover onto the
support.
2.22 装上上半部分挡油圈；
2.22 Install the upper oil baffle.
2.23 装上自由端轴承支架盖，用定位销和螺栓、螺母将其固
定到轴承支架和大端盖上，取下起吊工具和吊环；
2.23 Install free end bearing support cover, use locating
pins, bolts and nuts to fix it onto the bearing support
and big end cover 。 Then remove the hanging tools
and hanging rings
2.24 将对开润滑油密封圈和弹簧装到端盖的槽内，用内六角
螺钉装上挡板夹住润滑油密封圈；
2.24 Install the split lube oil sealing ring and spring into the
groove of the end cover. Fix inner hexagon screws
onto the damper to clamp the lube oil sealing ring.
2.25 在端盖上装上两个新的 O 型圈，在轴承支架上装上端
盖，用螺钉拧紧，螺钉拧紧力矩为 130N.m；
2.25 Install two new O type rings onto the end cover, and
then install the end cover onto the bearing support,
using screws to tighten, with a tightening moment of
130N.m.
2.26 装上联轴器，并装上联轴器护罩；
2.26 Install the coupling and its protection cover.
2.27 装上和接好仪表和小口径管道。
2.27 Install and connect the instruments and the narrow
pipes.
2.2.15.4.3 检查机械密封
2.2.15.4.3 Examine the mechanical seal
下列说明适用检查或更换拆出机械密封。如果没有特殊情况，传动
端和自由端密封应同时检查。除非需矫正具体缺陷，建议在检查轴
承的同时检查一下机械密封。
The following instructions are for the examining or replacement
and removing of the mechanical seal. If there is no special
condition, examine the driving end and free end seal at the same
time. It is suggested to examine the mechanical seal when
examining the bearing unless there is specific fault to correct.
Page 326 of 629

1 传动端轴封
1 Gland seal at driving end
1.1 按上述传动端径向轴承 1.1-1.8 解体步骤取下传动端径向轴
承；
1.1 Remove the driving end radial bearing according to the
above steps in 1.1-1.8.
1.2 拆下紧固联轴器螺母的螺钉，用专用扳手拆下联轴器螺母；
1.2 Remove the fastening screws of the coupling. Use special
spanner to remove the coupling nuts.
1.3 拆下泵轴上的半联轴器，取下联轴器键和其上的固定螺钉；
1.3 Remove the half coupling on the pump shaft. Then
remove the coupling key and the fastening screws on it.
1.4 拆下轴承支架上的紧固螺栓螺母和定位销，拆下传动端轴
承支架；
1.4 Remove the fastening bolts and nuts and locating pins on
the bearing support, and then remove the driving end
bearing support.
1.5 在轴上标好抛油环的位置，然后松开紧定螺钉，从轴上拆
下抛油环；
1.5 Mark the position of the oil slinger on the shaft, then
loosen the fastening screws and finally remove the oil
slinger from the shaft.
1.6 拆下紧固传动端托板的螺栓，拆下传动端托板；
1.6 Remove the bolts for fastening the driving end carrier and
then remove the carrier.
1.7 用专用工具旋下传动端锁紧螺母和抛水环螺母；
1.7 Screw off the driving end locknuts and water slinger nuts
with special tools.
注：传动端螺纹为左旋。
Note: screw the driving end thread leftward.
1.8 拆下紧固密封衬套的螺栓，拆下密封衬套；
1.8 Remove the fastening bolts of the sealing liner, and then
remove the sealing liner.
1.9 用专用工具抽出密封轴套；
1.9 Draw out the sealing shaft sleeve with special tools.
1.10 检查密封轴套和密封衬套有无损坏，测量轴套外径和衬
套内径，得到其径向间隙，若间隙值超过表中所列的更
换间隙值，更换新的轴套和衬套；
Page 327 of 629

1.10 Examine if there is damage of the sealing shaft sleeve
and sealing liner. Measure the outer diameter of the
shaft sleeve and the inner diameter of the liner to
obtain the radial clearance. Replace the shaft sleeve
and liner if the clearance exceeds the values for
replacement in the table.
1.11 换上所有新的 O 型圈；
1.11 Install the new O type rings.
1.12 装上密封衬套，用螺栓把衬套紧固在进口端盖上；
1.12 Install the sealing liner and use bolts to fix it onto the
inlet end cover.
1.13 装上密封轴套，到位；
1.13 Install the sealing shaft sleeve and make sure it is in
place.
1.14 旋紧抛水环螺母和锁紧螺母；
1.14 Tighten the water slinger nuts and locknuts.
1.15 装上传动端托板，紧固螺栓；
1.15 Install the driving end carrier and tighten the bolts.
1.16 在轴上套上抛油环，将其滑在拆开时所标的位置，拧紧
紧定螺栓；
1.16 Pass the shaft through the oil slinger, slide the slinger
to the marked position, and then tighten the fastening
bolts.
1.17 装上传动端轴承支架，用定位销到位，并拧紧与进口端
盖的连接螺栓给螺母；
1.17 Install the driving end bearing support, put it in place
by locating pin, and then tighten the nuts of the
connecting bolts at the inlet en cover
1.18 按传动端径向轴承 1.10-1.14 安装步骤装上传动端径向
轴承；
1.18 Install the driving end radial bearing according to the
steps in 1.10-1.14.
1.19 装上联轴器键并用螺钉定位，拧紧，然后装上半联轴器；
1.19 Install the coupling key and use screws to locate and
tighten, and then install the half coupling.
1.20 用专用扳手装上联轴器螺母并且拧紧，用锁紧螺钉锁紧
联轴器螺母；
1.20 Install the coupling nuts and tighten them with special
spanner. Use locking screws to tighten the coupling
nuts.
Page 328 of 629

1.21 装上齿轮联轴器，并装好护罩；
1.21 Install the gear coupling and the protection cover.
1.22 装上所有小口径管道和仪表。
1.22 Install all the narrow pipes and the instruments.
2 自由端轴封
2 Free end gland seal
2.1 按上述自由端径向推力轴承 2.1 到 2.15 解体步骤拆下自由
端的径向轴承和推力轴承；
2.1 Remove the free end radial bearing and thrust bearing
according to the disassembly steps in the above free end
radial thrust bearing, 2.1 to 2.5.
2.2 拆下自由端轴承支架与大端盖间的紧固螺栓和螺母及定位
销,拆下轴承支架；
2.2 Remove the fastening bolts, nuts and locating pin
between the free end bearing support and gig end
cover.
2.3 弄平推力盘锁紧垫圈的舌片,用专用扳手取下推力盘螺母和
取下锁紧垫圈；
2.3 Flatten the tongue plate of the thrust collar locking
washer; remove the thrust collar nuts and locking washer
with special spanner.
2.4 加热推力盘轮毂,用推力盘拆卸工具将推力盘从轴上拆下,从
轴上取下抛油环；
2.4 Heat the hub of the thrust collar. Use thrust collar
disassembly tools to remove thrust collar from the shaft,
and remove the oil slinger from the shaft.
2.5 在轴上标好抛油环的位置,然后松开紧定螺钉,从轴上取下抛
油环；
2.5 Mark the oil slinger position on the shaft, then loosen the
fastening screws and finally remove the oil slinger.
2.6 拆下紧固自由端托板的螺栓,拆下自由端托板；
2.6 Remove the bolts for fastening the free end carrier and
then remove the free end carrier.
2.7 用专用工具旋下自由端锁紧螺母和抛水环螺母；
2.7 Screw off the free end clamp nuts and water slinger nuts
with special tools.
注:自由端螺纹为右旋。
Note: Screw the free end thread rightward.
Page 329 of 629

2.8 拆下紧固密封衬套的螺栓，拆下密封衬套；
2.8 Remove the fastening bolts of sealing liner and then
remove the sealing liner.
2.9 用专用工具抽出密封衬套；
2.9 Draw out the sealing liner with special tools.
2.10 检查密封轴套和密封衬套有无损坏，测量轴套外径和衬
套内径，得到其径向间隙，若间隙超过表中所列的更换
间隙值，更换新的轴套和衬套；
2.10 Examine if there is damage of the sealing shaft sleeve
and the sealing liner. Measure the outer diameter of
the shaft sleeve and the inner diameter of the liner to
obtain the radial clearance. Replace the shaft sleeve
and liner if the clearance exceeds the values for
replacement in the table.
2.11 换上所有新的 O 型圈；
2.11 Install the new O type rings.
2.12 装上密封衬套，用螺栓把衬套紧固在密封箱体上；
2.12 Install the sealing liner and use bolts to fix it onto
sealing box.
2.13 装上密封轴套，到位；
2.13 Install the sealing shaft sleeve and make sure it is in
place.
2.14 旋紧抛水环螺母和锁紧螺母；
2.14 Tighten the water slinger nuts and locknuts.
2.15 装上自由端托板，旋紧螺母；
2.15 Install the driving end carrier and tighten the bolts.
2.16 在轴上套上抛油环，将其滑到拆卸时所标的位置，然后
用紧固螺钉将其固定在轴上；
2.16 Pass the shaft through the oil slinger, slide the slinger
to the marked position, and then fix it onto the shaft
with fastening screws.
2.17 在轴上装上推力盘键，加热推力盘轮毂，然后将推力盘
装上轴，到位，马上拧上推力盘螺母，然后用锁紧垫圈
锁住；
2.17 Install the thrust collar key onto the shaft, heat the
thrust collar hub, install the thrust collar onto the shaft
and when it is in place, screw on its nuts immediately,
and then with locking washer.
2.18 当组件冷却后，拧下推力盘螺母，放上新的锁紧垫圈，
拧上推力盘螺母，用专用扳手拧紧螺母，然后用锁紧垫
Page 330 of 629

圈锁住；
2.18 After the components are cool, screw off the thrust
collar nuts, put on the new locking washer, screw on
the thrust collar nuts and tighten with special spanner,
and then lock with locking washer.
2.19 将自由端轴承支架装到大端盖上，并用定位螺栓螺母拧
紧；
2.19 Install the free end bearing support onto the big end
cover and tighten with locating bolts and nuts.
2.20 按自由端径向推力轴承 2.16 到 2.27 安装步骤装上自由
端径向轴承和推力轴承。
2.20 Install the free end radial bearing and thrust bearing
according to the assembly steps in the free end radial
bearing and thrust bearing 2.16 to 2.27.
2.2.15.4.4 检查轴向运转位置和推力轴承间隙
2.2.15.4.4 Examine axial running position and thrust bearing clearance
下列检查必须泵芯包安装在筒体中，并传动端和自由端轴承及机械
密封拆下后，进行本项工作，进行时联轴器护罩和联轴器应拆下来
并自始自终将芯包转子部分在泵的两端适当地支撑好。
The following examining should be done with the pump core
package installed inside the drum and after the driving end and
free end bearings and chemical seal are removed. During the
examining, the coupling cover and coupling should be removed;
the two ends of the core packet rotor part should be supported
well from the beginning to the end.
1 在传动端上必须安装以下几项：
1.1 冷却套和密封腔体；
1.2 下半部轴承座；
1.3 下半部径向轴承。
1. The following items must be installed on the driving end:
1) Cooling sleeve and sealing cavity.
2) The lower half bearing pedestal.
3) The lower half radial bearing.
2 在自由端上必须安装以下几项：
2.1 冷却套和密封腔体；
2.2 下半部轴承座、下半部径向轴承；
2.3 推力盘、键、推力盘螺母和锁紧垫圈及轴承端盖。
2. The following items must be installed on the free end:
Page 331 of 629

1) Cooling sleeve and sealing cavity.
2) The lower half bearing pedestal; the lower half radial
bearing.
3) Thrust collar, key, thrust collar nuts and locking washer
and bearing end cover.
3 按下述方法检查轴向运转位置
3 Examine the axial running position in the following steps
3.1 将转子尽可能的向泵传动端靠足，以推力盘的外侧面为基
准，在自由端下半部轴承座的水平中分面上画一道线；
3.1 Put the rotor close enough to the pump driving end, take
the outer side surface as the basis, draw a line on the
horizontal joint surface of the free end lower half bearing
pedestal.
3.2 将转子尽可能的向自由端靠足，用相同的基准，在自由端
下半部轴承座的水平中分面上再画一道线，测量两线之间
的距离，该值应该是约 8 mm；
3.2 Put the rotor close enough to the pump free end, take the
same basis, draw the second line on the horizontal joint
surface of the free end lower half bearing pedestal, and
then measure the distance between the two lines and it is
about 8mm.
3.3 在下半部轴承座内放上内侧的推力轴承撑板、推力瓦块和推
力轴承衬垫(调整垫)，将转子再向传动端尽可能的靠足，在
自由端下半部轴承座的水平中分面上画第三道线(以相同的
基准)该线到内侧那条线之间距离应在前两根的中间。
3.3 Put the inside thrust bearing carrier, thrust bush and thrust
bearing liner (adjusting liner) into the lower half bearing
pedestal; put the rotor closer to the pump free end, draw
the third line on the horizontal joint surface of the free end
lower half bearing pedestal (take the same basis), and the
distance between this line and the inner line should be
half of the distance between the first and second lines.
4 按下述方法检查推力轴承间隙
4 Examine the thrust bearing clearance in the following method
4.1 在下半部轴承座上装上外侧的推力轴承撑板、推力瓦块和推
力轴承衬垫(调整垫)。注意不能将塞尺塞进推力盘与推力瓦
块之间来检查轴向间隙，这样测量不准，而且会损坏推力
瓦块的巴氏合金表面。
4.1 Install the out side thrust bearing carrier, thrust bearing
bush and thrust bearing liner (adjusting liner) on the lower
half bearing pedestal. Do not put the feeler between the
thrust collar and the thrust bearing bush, for by doing this,
not only the axial clearance measured is not accuracy, but
Page 332 of 629

also the Babbitt metal surface of the thrust bearing bush
will be damaged.
4.2 按以上所述方法移动泵轴并仔细测量间距来检查轴向间隙，
也就是说，移动泵轴使推力盘的一端紧紧地贴在一侧推力
瓦块上，然后在其另一端的推力轴承衬垫(调整垫)与推力轴
承室的内壁间插入塞尺检查间隙；同样地再向另一侧移动
泵轴进行检查；所有的原始轴向间隙值见图 INDRAMAYU-
FK6D32M-00(1/3)，对任何可测到的间隙变化都应检查其
原因。
4.2 Examine the axial clearance by moving the pump shaft
according to the above method and measuring the
spacing carefully, i.e. move the pump shaft and make the
one end of the thrust collar contact closely to one side of
the bush, then plug the feeler gauge between the other
side thrust bearing liner (adjusting liner) and the inner wall
of the thrust bearing cavity to examine the clearance. In
the same way, move the pump shaft to the other side and
examine. Of all the original axial clearance values, see in
figure INDRAMAYU-FK6D32M-00(1/3). Find the causes
for any of the measurable clearance change.
5 若换上备用的推力轴承组件时，按下列步骤进行检查：
5 Examine in the following steps if the standby thrust bearing
components are installed:
注意所供推力轴承衬垫(调整垫)备件的厚度是放余量的，用户
应进行必要的车削调整。
Note that the spare parts of the supplied bearing liner
(adjusting liner) has margins, the users should conduct
necessary turning adjusting.
5.1 将转子置于其轴向运转位置，在轴承支架的推力轴承室上
精确测量其内壁到推力盘内侧面的距离并记录下来，用同
样方法精确测量外侧推力轴承室内壁到推力盘外侧面的距
离并记录下来；
5.1 Lay the rotor at its axial running position, on the bearing
cavity of the bearing support, accurately measure the
distance between the cavity inner walls and thrust collar
inside surface and record. In the same way, measure the
distance between the out side thrust bearing cavity inner
walls and thrust collar outside surface and record.
5.2 拆下内侧和外侧推力轴承撑板上的衬垫(调整垫)，并精确的
加工到如下所给的尺寸；
5.2 Remove the liners (adjusting liners) on the inside and
outside thrust bearing carrier. And process them
accurately into the following sizes.
5.2.1 内侧推力轴承衬垫(调整垫)的厚度＝所测得的推力
轴承室内壁到推力盘内侧面的距离－推力轴承组件
Page 333 of 629

的厚度；
5.2.1 Thickness of the inside thrust bearing liner
(adjusting liner) ＝the measured distance between
the thrust bearing cavity inner walls and thrust
collar inside surface － thickness of thrust bearing
components.
5.2.2 外侧推力轴承衬垫(调整垫)的厚度＝所测得的推力
轴承室壁到推力盘外侧面的距离－(推力轴承组件的
厚度＋推力轴承轴向间隙)；
5.2.2 Thickness of the outside thrust bearing liner
(adjusting liner) ＝the measured distance between
the thrust bearing cavity walls and thrust collar
outside surface － (thickness of thrust bearing
components + axial clearance of thrust bearing)
5.3 将推力轴承衬垫(调整垫)装到推力轴承撑板上，重复进行前
面的步骤(4)检查工作。
5.3 Install the thrust bearing liner (adjusting liner) onto the
thrust bearing carrier, and repeat the examining work in
step (4).
6 将转子置于其轴向运转位置，检查传动端和自由端机械密封的
整定位置，必要时加工或更换机械密封调整环以保证所需的位
置尺寸。
6 Lay the rotor at its axial running position and examine the
mechanical seal setting positions of the driving and free ends.
Process or replace the adjusting ring of the mechanical seal
when necessary to ensure the needed sizes.
2.2.15.5 大修
2.2.15.5 Overhaul
适用于泵大修、拆卸并解体芯包的情况。若有备用芯包的话，在进行
芯包解体和修理磨损芯包之前，应按后面所述方法准备和安装上备
用的芯包。
It is applicable for the pump overhaul and core bag removing and
disassembly. If there is spare core bag, before disassembly or
corrosion mending, prepare and install the spare core package
according to the following methods.
2.2.15.5.1 大修前准备
2.2.15.5.1 Preparations for Overhaul
1 同前所述做好泵的维修准备工作；
1 Carry out the pump maintenance and preparation work in the
same way above.
2 从传动端和自由端的轴承支架和轴封上拆下所有影响拆卸工作
的仪表和小口径管道；
Page 334 of 629

2 Remove all the instruments and narrow pipes influencing the
disassembly work from the driving end and free end of
bearing support and gland seal.
3 断开并拆下两根平衡室回水管道；
3 Disconnect and remove the two water return pipes of balance
chamber.
4 断开并拆下轴承的润滑油进油和回油管道；
4 Disconnect and remove the inlet and return lube oil pipes of
the bearing.
5 检查所有起吊设备和专用工具是否良好；注意传动端的泵轴螺
母是左旋螺母，而自由端的泵轴螺母都是右旋的，为了便于组
装，必要时在部件上重新标上参考号。
5 Examine to see if all the hanging equipments and the special
tools are in good condition. The pump shaft nuts of the driving
end should be leftward screwing while the free end pump
shaft nuts are rightward screwing. For the convenience of the
assembly, remark the reference number on the parts when
necessary.
2.2.15.5.2 抽出芯包
2.2.15.5.2 Draw out the core package
抽出芯包的整个步骤在图中已给出图解和说明。
The whole steps for drawing out the core package are explained
and supplied with diagram in the drawing.
1 拆下联轴器罩，然后拆下叠片和中间联接体；
1 Remove the coupling cover and then remove the laminations
and intermediate connecting part.
2 从联轴器螺母上拆下紧定螺钉，然后用扳手拆下联轴器螺母；
2 Remove the screws from the coupling nuts and then remove
the nuts with spanner.
3 拆下半联轴器，半联轴器键；
3 Remove the half coupling and the key.
4 拆下拉紧环上的螺栓，并移去拉紧环，丢弃‘O’形圈和垫片；
4. Remove the bolts on tensioning ring and remove the
tensioning ring. Throw away the O type ring and washer.
5 按照图 INDRAMAYU-J1-3A-00 将拆卸管装到传动端轴承体上，
将支撑滚轮组件装到泵座上；
5. Install the removed pipes onto the driving end bearing
according to figure INDRAMAYU-J1-3A-00, and install the
roller wheel supporting components onto the pump base.
Page 335 of 629

6 拆下大端盖螺栓上的螺帽，按 INDRAMAYU-J8-3B-00 的步骤
拆卸大端盖螺母；
6. Remove the caps on the big end cover bolts, and remove the
big end cover nuts according to figure INDRAMAYU-J8-3B-00.
7 用芯包拆卸工具将芯包从筒体中抽出。参见图 INDRAMAYU-J1-
3A-00。
7 Draw out the core package from the drum with special tools.
Refer to figure INDRAMAYU-J1-3A-00.
2.2.15.5.3 泵芯包解体
2.2.15.5.3 Disassembly of pump core package
1 解体的准备工作，注意芯包在解体期间，应把芯包稳定地支撑
好，最初拆卸在水平位置进行，最后阶段拆卸芯包要垂直位置
进行，要切记芯包的质量任何时候都不能由轴来支撑。注意平衡
鼓紧固螺母、自由端密封轴套、自由端抛水环螺母、锁紧螺母及
推力盘螺母为右旋螺母，而传动端联轴器螺母、抛水环螺母、锁
紧螺母为左旋螺母。
1 Preparing work of disassembly: during the disassembly of
core package, supporting it stably; first disassemble at the
horizontal position and at last disassemble the vertical
position; remember that the weight of the core package
should not b supported by shaft at any time. Note that the
clamp nuts of the balance drum, free end sealing shaft sleeve
and water slinger nuts, locknuts and thrust collar nuts are all
screwed rightward, while the driving end coupling nuts, water
slinger nuts and locknuts are screwed leftward.
1.1 在芯包由行车的起吊工具吊着的情况下，在维修现场布置
好合适的支撑搁架或工作台；
1.1 When the core package is hanged by the hanging tool of
traveling crane, arrange proper supporting shelf or
working bench in the maintenance site.
1.2 将芯包水平放置在支架上，拆下上面的起吊工具和吊耳；
1.2 Lay the core package horizontally on the support and
remove the hanging tool and hanging ear on it.
1.3 参见图，装上芯包支撑板使其紧贴在进口端盖，上，用 4
根两端有螺纹的拉杆穿过大端盖的孔拧入支撑板上的螺孔
内并将紧固螺母旋拧上且紧贴在支撑板上；
1.3 Refer to the drawing, install the core package supporting
plate and make it contact closely to the inlet end cover,
use four pull-rods with thread on the two ends to pass
through the hole of the big end cover, screw them into the
hole on the supporting plate and tighten the clamp nuts
and make them contact closely to the supporting plate.
1.4 在拉杆的另一端套上垫圈，旋上螺母，以固定芯包组件；
Page 336 of 629

1.4 Fix washer onto the other end of the pull-rods, and screw
on the nuts to fix the core package components.
1.5 在大端盖上用螺栓和螺母垫圈装上吊耳。
1.5 Install the lifting eye onto the big end cover with bolts and
nut washers.
2 拆卸传动端轴承和轴封
2 Remove the driving end bearing and gland seal
2.1 拆下拉紧芯包的螺母、垫圈和压紧板及轴头上的双头螺栓；
2.1 Remove the clamp nuts, washers of the core package,
pressure strip and the stud bolts on the shaft head.
2.2 旋下第一级拆卸管，拆下固定在传动端轴承支架上的拆卸
板，按上节所述步骤（4）～（8）、4. 3 节所述步骤（4）
～（9）拆下轴承和密封轴套。
2.2 Screw off the primary disassembled pipes, remove the
disassembled plate fixed on the free end bearing support,
and remove the bearing and sealing shaft sleeve in the
steps from（4）～（8）of the upper segment and (4）～
（9）of 4.3.
3 拆卸自由端径向和推力轴承和轴封（参见图 2）
3 Remove the free end radial thrust bearing and gland seal
(refer to figure 2)
按 2.2 节所述步骤(4) ～(14)、上节所述步骤（2）～（9）拆下
轴承及密封轴承。
Remove the gland seal and sealing bearing in the steps of (4)
～ (14) in segment 2.2 and （ 2 ）～（ 9 ） in the upper
segment.
4 内泵壳解体
4. Inner pump casing disassembly
4.1 拆下传动端和自由端的轴承和机械密封；
4.1 Remove the driving end and free end bearings and
mechanical seals.
4.2 用双头螺栓、螺母及支承板将转子固定；
4.2 Fix rotor with stud bolts, nuts and supporting plate.
4.3 吊起芯包至垂直位置放到支撑架上，注意起吊时任何时候
都不能让泵轴支承芯包重量；
4.3 Hang up the core package to a vertical position and lay it
onto the support. Note that the weight of the core package
should not be withstood by the pump shaft at any time.
4.4 拆下拉杆与大端盖的螺母和垫圈，拆下拉杆；
Page 337 of 629

4.4 Remove the nuts and washers of the pull-rod and the bog
end cover and then remove the pull-rod.
4.5 吊起大端盖，将其小心地吊离泵轴并吊开；注意起吊大端
盖时应小心，以免损坏平衡鼓或平衡鼓衬套；
4.5 Hang up the big end cover and move it away from the
pump shaft carefully. Be careful not to damage the
balance drum or its liner.
4.6 弄平平衡鼓止动垫圈的止动舌，用专用扳手拆下平衡鼓螺
母，拆下止动垫圈；
4.6 Flatten the stop tongue plate of the balance drum stop
washer, remove the balance nuts with special spanner
and then remove the stop washer.
4.7 取出平衡鼓密封压圈及密封圈；
4.7 Take out the sealing pressure ring and sealing ring of the
balance drum.
4.8 用火焰加热平衡鼓直到产生足够的膨胀，用平衡鼓拆卸工
具拆下平衡鼓及平衡鼓键，并保存好。注意不能强行拆除平
衡鼓，如拆不出，待冷却后重复步骤 4.8；
4.8 Heat the balance drum with fire till it expands enough;
then remove the balance drum and its key with its special
disassembly tools and keep them carefully. Do no remove
the balance drum forcefully, and if failed, repeat step 4.8
after cooling.
4.9 从末级导叶上拆下蝶形弹簧；
4.9 Remove butterfly spring from the final stage guide blade.
4.10 拆下把末级导叶紧固于泵壳上的锁紧片和螺钉，拆下末
级导叶；
4.10 Remove the locking plate and screws that fastening
the final stage guide blade onto the pump casing, and
then remove the final stage guide blade.
4.11 用火焰加热末级叶轮轮毂直至产生足够的膨胀拆下末级
叶轮为止，拆下叶轮做上记号便于安装，拆下和保存好
叶轮键和叶轮卡环。注意不能强行拆除叶轮，如拆不出，
待冷却后重复步骤 4.11；
4.11 Heat the final stage impeller hub with fire till it
expands enough and can be removed. Remove the
impeller and mark it for re-installing. Remove and
keep the impeller key and ring dey. Do not remove the
impeller forcefully. If removing fails, repeat step 4.11
after cooling.
4.12 拆下第五级内泵壳与第四级内泵壳的紧固螺钉，拆下第
五级内泵壳，拆下上面的 O 形圈和挡圈。
Page 338 of 629

4.12 Remove the fastening screws of the fifth and fourth
inner pump casings, remove the fifth inner pump
casing and then remove the O type ring and stop ring
on it.
4.13 吊走第五级内泵壳及导叶。
4.13 Hang away the fifth inner pump casing and guide
blade.
4.14 用火焰加热第五级叶轮轮毂至产生足够的膨胀能拆下叶
轮为止，拆下叶轮，拆下并保存好叶轮键和叶轮卡环。
4.14 Heat the fifth impeller hub with fire till it expands
enough and can be removed, remove the impeller and
then remove and keep the impeller key and ring dey.
4.15 重复以上步骤 4.13 至 4.14 直到轴上仅留下首级叶轮，
去掉第二级泵壳上的 O 形圈和密封挡圈。注意第三级泵
壳和第二级泵壳的联接螺钉由锁紧片锁紧，在拆这些螺
钉前应先拆下这些锁紧片；
4.15 Repeat the steps from 4.13 to 4.14 till only the primary
impeller is left on the shaft. Remove the O type ring
and sealing stop ring of the secondary pump casing.
Note that the connecting screws of the third and
secondary pump casings are tightened by locking
plate, so remove the locking plates before removing
these screws.
4.16 在轴端拧上吊轴吊耳，装上起吊工具，小心地将轴从进
口端盖吊开；
4.16 Screw on the ear of the hanging shaft onto the shaft
end, install the hanging tools and hang the shaft away
carefully from the inlet end cover.
4.17 将轴水平支撑，用火焰加热首级叶轮轮毂，拆下首级叶
轮，拆下和保存好叶轮键；
4.17 Support the shaft horizontally, heat the primary
impeller hub with fire, remove the primary impeller and
then remove and keep the impeller key.
4.18 用起吊工具将进口端盖从支架上吊开。
4.18 Hang away the inlet end cover from the support with
hanging tools.
费蕾（4247）
2.2.15.5.4 检查、更新和修理工艺规程
2.2.15.5.4 Regulation on Inspection, Replacement and Maintenance
Process
所有部件都应全部清洗和检查，看看有无磨损或损坏的痕迹。应用
内、外千分尺测量所有部件的径向间隙，并对照后面列表 2 数值进
Page 339 of 629

行检查，若间隙已达最大允许间隙或下次大修前可能达到该值，则
应更换这个部件。主要的是考虑泵的工作性能，即如果出口压力降
到不允许程度，电机耗电或汽机耗汽量很多或泵振动上升到不允许
的程度时，泵应进行大修。
All the parts should be clean and inspected to make sure if there
is erosion or damage. Use the inside and outside micrometer to
measure radial clearance of all parts and compare with the value
in the attached table 2. If the clearance reaches the maximum
allowance value or will reach the value before the overhaul in next
time, replace this part. Mainly take the working performance of the
pump in account. If the outlet pressure drops to the unallowable
extent, the motor power consumption or turbine steam
consumption is too much, or when the vibration of the pump rises
to the unallowable value, the overhaul for the pump should be
carried out.
1 叶轮与磨损环
1 Impeller and Wear Ring
1.1 检查叶轮有无磨蚀痕迹，特别是在叶片顶部。检查叶轮内径
处有无因拆卸所产生的损伤，去除任何毛刺，确保内孔光
滑并没有变形；
1.1 Inspect if there is corrosion on the impeller, especially the
tip of the blade, and inspect if there is damage occurred in
the inner diameter of the impeller due to disassemble. In
addition, remove the burr to make sure the inner hole
smooth without deformation.
1.2 检查叶轮颈部外圆和与之对应的导叶及内泵壳衬套，并测量
其径向间隙，若间隙超过后面列表 2 中的更换间隙值，或
在下一次检查前可能超过，磨损环必须更新。按下列步骤修
理：
1.2 Inspect the outer circle and corresponding guide vane and
inner pump casing bushing in the journal parts of the
impeller, and measure the radial clearance. If the
clearance exceed the replace clearance in the attached
table 2, or would exceed before the next time inspection,
the ware ring have to be replace according to the following
procedures:
1.2.1 以叶轮内孔为基准，修正颈部外圆至完整；
1.2.1 Take the inner hole of the impeller as basemark to
adjust the journal outer circle to complete.
1.2.2 车削去进口端盖、内泵壳和导叶上的磨损环；
1.2.2 Use turning to remove the wear ring on the inlet
cover, inner pump casing and guide vane.
1.2.3 彻底清洗该环座，将新的磨损环放到液体氮中数分
钟收缩后装入规定的位置内。注意没有适当保护不
能用手从液体氮中取出磨损环；
Page 340 of 629

1.2.3 Thoroughly clean the ring pedestal. After put the
new wear ring into the liquid nitrogen for
contraction in several minutes, install in the
regular position. Note: If there is no properly
protection, it is not allowed to get the wear ring out
manually.
1.2.4 用点焊锁住磨损环。
1.2.4 Block the ware ring by spot welding.
1.2.5 按后面列表 2 的新间隙加工新的磨损环内径
1.2.5 Process the inner diameter of the new wear ring
according to the attached table 2.
2 轴
2 Shaft
2.1 检查轴有无损坏及变形，并检查其同心度，同心度应在
0.02mm 之内；
2.1 Inspect if there is damage or deformation on the shaft and
inspect to make sure the concentricity within 0.02mm.
2.2 检查所有螺纹是否完好，检查所有键槽是否光洁。
2.2 Inspect if all screw thread is adequate and if all key slots
are smooth.
3 轴封
3 Gland Seal
3.1 检查密封轴套和密封衬套有无损坏；
3.1 Inspect if there is damage on seal gland sleeve and seal
bushing.
3.2 测量密封轴套和密封衬套的径向间隙，若间隙值超过规定
的更换间隙，则应更换新的密封轴套和衬套。
3.2 Measure the radial clearance between the seal glad
sleeve and seal busing. If the clearance exceeds the
regular replaceable clearance, replace a new one.
4 径向和推力轴承
4 Radial and Thrust Bearings
4.1 彻底清洗径向轴承并检查有无损坏或磨蚀痕迹，测量轴承间
隙并与后面列表 2 数值比较，如有必要更新；
4.1 Thoroughly wash the radial bearing and inspect if there is
damage or abrasion. In addition, measure the bearing
clearance and compare with the attached table 2, carry
out the update when necessary.
4.2 彻底清洗并检查推力瓦块有否磨损和损坏。注意在正常运行
Page 341 of 629

状态下，推力瓦块上除了巴氏合金钝暗面以外不应有其他
可观察到的磨损，建议当巴氏合金钝暗面超过合金表面积
的一半以上时，更换新的瓦块；
4.2 Thoroughly wash and inspect if there is abrasion and
damage on the thrust bush. In the normal operation
condition, pay attention to that there is no other abrasion
can be observed except the Babbitt metal blunt and dark
face on the thrust bush.
4.3 检查推力盘有无磨损或损坏，必要时更换新的。
4.3 Inspect whether there is damage or abrasion on the thrust
disc, and replace a new one when necessary.
4.4 检查润滑油密封圈有无损坏或磨损，必要时更换新的
4.4 Inspect if there is damage or abrasion on the lubricate oil
seal ring, and replace a new one when necessary.
5 一般检查
5 General Inspection
5.1 检查所有的双头螺栓、螺母和螺钉有无损坏或缺陷，必要时
更换新件；
5.1 Inspect if there is damage or flaw on all stud, nut and
screw, and replace a new one when necessary.
5.2 所有接头垫片、O 型圈、档圈等在组装时都应更换新的；
5.2 When assemble all joint washers, O ring, and endless
flange must use the new one.
5.3 所有定位销必须清理干净并完好，磨损和损坏的键必须更新；
5.3 All position pins should be adequate and clean, replace a
new one when they are damaged or wore.
5.4 所有键必须完好的装在键槽中，磨损和损坏的键必须更新；
5.4 All key should be adequately installed in the key slot,
replace a new one when they are damaged or wore.
5.5 检查联轴器及螺栓有无磨损或损坏，必要时更换新的。
5.5 Inspect if there is damage or corrosion on the coupling
and bolt, and replace a new one when necessary.
6 间隙
6 Clearance
第一组为新件的间隙值，第二组为应该更换新件的间隙值，除
另有说明外，间隙均为直径方向。
The first group is the clearance value of the new parts, the
second group is the clearance value which should be replaced
the new parts, except the other specified, and the clearance is
Page 342 of 629

the diameter direction.
表 2 给水泵的运动间隙值单位 mm
Table 2 the moving clearance value of feedwater pump unit mm
间隙位置第一组第二组

Clearance position First group Second group
径向轴承和轴
0.140/0.215 0.26
Radial bearing and shaft
抛油环和挡油圈
Oil throw ring and oil deflector 0.350/0.410 0.47
ring
内泵壳衬套和叶轮进口颈部
Inner pump casing bushing 0.410/0.490 0.675
and journal part of the inlet
impeller
导叶衬套和叶轮轴颈部
Guide vane lining and shaft 0.410/0.490 0.675
journal of the impeller
平衡鼓和平衡鼓衬套
0.410/0.490 0.675
Balance drum and its bushing
末级导叶和大端盖间(轴向)
Final guide vane and big end 1.23/2.27 --
cover (axial)
总轴向间隙(装在推力块时) 根据检查
Total axial clearance (installed 0.4 According to
in the thrust bush) the inspection
内泵壳和叶轮(轴向)
Inner pump casing and 4 --
impeller(axial)
导叶和叶轮(轴向)
4 --
Guide vane and impeller(axial)
转子总的轴向窜动(推力瓦块不 8 --
装时)
Page 343 of 629

The total axial displacement
(thrust bush not installed)
7 动平衡
7 Dynamic Balance
如果转子更换或修复零件应进行动平衡检查。如果备有可进行动
平衡试验的设备，建议用下列方法进行检查：
If replacing the rotor or repair the parts, the dynamic balance
inspection should be carried out. If there is the equipment
allowed to carry out the dynamic balance, the following
inspection methods can be adopted.
7.1 将转子支撑在轴承中心线处，检查动平衡，其值应在动平
衡精度等级 G2.5 GB9239-1988(ISO 1940/1-1986(E)以内；
7.1 The rotor should be supported in the center line of the
bearing, and inspect the dynamic balance, the value
should be controlled within the balance precision grade
G2.5 GB9239-1988(ISO 1940/1-1986(E).
7.2 动平衡可通过去除叶轮盖板上的金属来达到，但要在以下
界限内（注意如果动平衡去重量超过 7.2.1 和 7.2.3 项规定
的界限，应与制造厂磋商）：
7.2 The dynamic balance can be realized by removing the
metal on the cover of the impeller, but have to in the
following boundary (Note: if the dynamic balance
removing weight exceeds the limit required in the term of
7.2.1 and 7.2.3, consult with the manufacture.
7.2.1 叶轮前后盖板的任一点厚度不能少于 6.5mm；
7.2.1 Any point thickness in the front and back cover of
the impeller should be no less than 6.5mm.
7.2.2 直径在 260 到 290mm 这一范围外禁止从叶轮上切
削金属；
7.2.2 If the diameter is out of the range of 260mm-
290mm, do not cut the metal from the impeller.
7.2.3 去重金属的质量按扇形计算，其弧长不能超过叶轮
周长的十分之一。
7.2.3 The quality of metal should be calculated
according to sector, the arc length should be no
more than 1/10 of the perimeter of impeller.
2.2.15.5.5 芯包组装
2.2.15.5.5 Core cladding Assembly
在组装前，所有的部件必须全面地清洗，所有的内孔和油路也必须
清洗。注意在组装时，建议给轴、叶轮内径、轴套和平衡鼓内径涂上
Page 344 of 629

胶体石墨或类似的东西，待其干后再擦光。
Before assembly, either all parts or inner hole and oil path should
be thoroughly cleaned. Note: During the assembly, coated
colloidal graphite or similar material on the shaft, inner diameter of
impeller, shaft sleeve and inner diameter of balance drum. Polish
them again after they are fully dry.
1 内泵壳、叶轮组装
1 Inner pump casing and impeller assembly
1.1 将泵轴水平支承在支架上，装上首级叶轮键；
1.1 horizontally supports the pump shaft on the support, and
installs the primary stage impeller key.
1.2 加热首级叶轮后部毂，将其装到轴和键上直到与轴肩紧靠；
注意在安装叶轮时不可用力，如果叶轮安装达不到与轴肩
接触的位置，取下叶轮并检查有无毛刺或脏污，必要时清
洗一下。然后重复步骤 1.2。如果轴温度高于环境温度，等轴
冷却后再安装叶轮。
1.2 After heat the hub in the back part of the primary stage
impeller, install it on the shaft and key until it close with the
shaft collar. Precaution: do not forcibly install the impeller.
If the impeller can not get the position which contact with
the shaft collar, take off the impeller and check if there is
burr or fouling on it. Clean it when necessary, and then,
repeat the procedure of 1.2. If the shaft temperature is
higher than the ambient temperature, reinstall the impeller
after cooled the shaft.
1.3 将进口端盖吊放到支撑台上，确保其正确就位在组装支撑
板上；
1.3 Suspend the inlet cover on the support table, and make
sure it in the correct place of assembly support plate.
1.4 等轴和首级叶轮冷却后，在自由端装上轴吊环，垂直吊起
泵轴于进口端盖上方；
1.4 After the shaft and primary stage impeller are cooled,
install shaft lifting eye on the moveable end. Vertically lift
the pump shaft on the top of the inlet end cover.
1.5 小心地放下泵轴直到叶轮进口颈部进入端盖的衬套中，叶
轮坐落在进口端盖上。去掉轴端吊耳；
1.5 Carefully put the pump shaft down until the journal of the
inlet impeller enters into the bushing of the cover. The
impeller located in the inlet cover. Remove the lifting eye
in the shaft end.
1.6 在内泵壳上装上新的 O 形圈、挡圈和 Garlock 密封；
1.6 Install a new O ring in the inner pump casing, oil deflector
ring and Garlock seal.
Page 345 of 629

1.7 将防转销装在导叶上，将首级泵壳及导叶吊装到首级叶轮
上，确保内泵壳在进口端盖恰当的位置上。移去起吊工具；
1.7 Install the anti-rotation pin in the guide vane, and installed
the primary stage pump casing and guide vane in the
primary stage impeller in order to make sure the inlet
cover of inner pump casing in a proper position, and
remove the lifting tools.
1.8 用内六角螺钉将首级泵壳固定在进口端盖上，螺钉头不能
突出内泵壳表面；
1.8 Use the socket head screw to fix the primary stage pump
on the inlet cover, and the screw head can not extend the
surface of the inner pump casing.
1.9 在进一步组装之前，先按下述方法检查总的轴向窜动：
1.9 Before carry out the assembly in further step, inspect the
main axial displacement by the following methods:
1.9.1 在自由端装上轴端吊耳，装上适当的起吊工具；
1.9.1 Install the shaft end lifting eye on the freely end
and proper lifting tools.
1.9.2 吊住泵轴，允许首级叶轮支承在进口端盖上；
1.9.2 Suspend the pump shaft, and allow the primary
impeller supporting on the inlet cover.
1.9.3 以首级内泵壳的表面为基准，在轴上标一条线；
1.9.3 Take the surface of primary inner pump casing as
basemark, and mark a line on the shaft.
1.9.4 用千斤顶尽量将轴顶起向自由端靠足，仍以前面的
基准在轴上划上第二道线。降低轴。
1.9.4 Use jack to raise the shaft in order to close to the
moveable end, according to the formal basemark
to mark the second line in order to lower the shaft.
1.9.5 测量两线之间的距离，此值约为 8 mm。如果不到必
须查找原因。注意允许最小窜动量为 6 mm；
1.9.5 Measure the distance between two lines, which
value is 8 mm. If the value can not reach the
value, the reason has to be found. Note: the
allowable minimum displacement momentum is 6
mm.
1.10 装上次级叶轮的卡环和键；
1.10 Install the retaining ring and key of sub-stage impeller.
1.11 按步骤 1.2 装上次级叶轮；
1.11 Install the sub-stage impeller follows the procedure of
Page 346 of 629

1.2.
1.12 按步骤 1.7 到 1.13 安装其余的叶轮、内泵壳和导叶，按
步骤(9)检查总的轴窜动量应无变化。注意第二、三级泵
壳之间的联接螺钉必须用新的锁紧片固定；
1.12 Install the residual impeller, inner pump casing and
guide vane follows the procedure from 1.7 to 1.13,
and inspect there is no change on the total axial
displacement follows the procedure (9). Pay attention
to the connection screw between the second and third
stage pump casing, and use the new locking clip for
fixing
1.13 将末级导叶用六角螺钉固定在末级泵壳上；
1.13 Use the hex screw to fix the final stage guide vane on
the final stage pump casing.
1.14 在轴上装上平衡鼓键，加热平衡鼓然后将平衡鼓装到轴
上，使其与轴肩相抵且对准键槽，马上装上平衡鼓螺母
将其拧紧，顶在平衡鼓上；
1.14 Install the balance drum key. After heat the balance
drum, install it on the shaft to make it fight against with
the shaft collar and aim at the key slot. Immediately
install the balance drum nut and screw it on to make it
fights against the balance drum.
1.15 当组件冷却后，拧下平衡鼓螺母，放上新的密封圈和密
封压圈、新的锁紧垫圈，拧上并旋紧平衡鼓螺母，然后
将锁紧垫圈锁住；
1.15 After the components are cooled, unscrew the
balance drum nut and put on the new sealing ring,
sealing press ring and new locking washer. Screw the
balance drum nut, and then lock the locking washer.
1.16 装上叠形弹簧；
1.16 Install the pile type spring.
1.17 将拉杆一端拧上旋紧螺母然后将拉杆拧到芯包撑板上，
用旋紧螺母将其旋紧在支撑板上；
1.17 Screw the nut in the one end of the pull bar, and then,
screw the bar on the core cladding supporting plate.
1.18 在末级导叶和大端盖间放上调节螺栓螺母，小心地放下
大端盖穿过泵轴和拉紧螺杆；
1.18 Put the adjustable bolt and nut between the final stage
guide vane and big end cover. Carefully put down the
big end cover, and pass through the pump shaft and
straining screw bar.
1.19 调节螺栓螺母直到支撑板和大端盖工作面之间的距离为
752±0.10mm；
Page 347 of 629

1.19 Adjust the adjustable bolt and nut until the distance
between the supporting plate and big end cover
working surface is 752±0.10mm.
1.20 在拉紧螺杆上装上垫圈和螺母，并旋紧螺母，拆下起吊
装置；
1.20 Install the washer and nut in the staining screw bar,
and screw on the nut, and disassemble the lifting
device.
1.21 装上传动端定位装置；
1.21 Install the driving end location device.
1.22 装上吊耳，将芯包吊至水平位置放在支架上，然后拆去
装配定位装置。注意当将芯包吊至水平位置时，切记任
何时候都不能用轴来承受芯包的重量。
1.22 Install the lifting eye, lift the core cladding to the
horizontal position and put it on the support, and then
disassemble the location device. Precautions ： when
life the core cladding to the horizontal position, do not
use the shaft to bear the weight of the core cladding.
2 机械密封安装
2 Mechanical seal Installation
组装时芯包必须支撑在支架上，并垫以软垫层，防止损伤。注意
下列说明对传动端和自由端机械密封都适用。
When carry out the assembly, the core cladding should
support the support, and fill with cushion course for preventing
damage. Precautions: the following instruction is applied
either in the driving end or moveable end mechanical seal.
2.1 在每个冷却套槽内换上新的 O 形圈，并将冷却套装到进口
端盖和大端盖上；
2.1 Replace a new O ring on each cooling bushing slot, and
install the cooling bushing in the inlet end cover and big
end cover.
2.2 在每个密封腔体槽内换上新的 O 形圈，并将密封腔体装到
冷却套上；
2.2 Replace the new O ring on each seal chamber slot, and
install the seal chamber in the cooling bushing.
2.3 用螺栓将冷却套和密封腔体固定到进口端盖和大端盖上；
2.3 Use the bolt to fix the cooling bushing and seal chamber
in the inlet cover and big end cover.
2.4 按照机械密封说明安装键和机械密封。
2.4 Install the key and mechanical seal according to
instructions.
Page 348 of 629

3 安装传动端轴承
3 Install the driving end bearing.
3.1 在抛油环的槽内装上新的 O 型圈，装上抛油环，应使抛油
环嘴对着轴承，然后用紧定螺钉将抛油环固定在轴上；
3.1 Install the new O ring and oil throw ring on the oil throw
ring slot. Make the oil throw ring aim at the bearing, and
then, use the fixed screw to fix the oil throw ring on the
shaft.
3.2 用定位销将传动端轴承支架定位在进口端盖上，用螺栓、螺
母把它们紧固；
3.2 Use position pin to locate the driving bearing support on
the inlet cover, and use bolt and nut to fix them.
3.3 抬起轴，给下半部径向轴承涂上点油，绕轴转下使其到位；
3.3 Raise the shaft, coat a little bit oil on the lower part of the
radial bearing, and rotate to the required position around
the shaft.
3.4 绕轴转下下半部挡油圈使其安装到位，然后放下轴；
3.4 Rotate around the lower part of the oil deflector to make it
in the correct position, and then put the shaft down.
3.5 装上上半部径向轴承，保证上、下部轴承标记相符；
3.5 Install the upper part radial bearing and make sure the
mark of the upper and lower part of the bearing is
matched.
3.6 装上径向轴承压盖，确保防转销正确就位，用定位销和螺
母定位并紧固轴承压盖；
3.6 Install the radial bearing gland and make sure the position
of anti-rotating pin is correct. Use the location pin and nut
to locate and fasten the bearing gland.
3.7 装上上半部挡油圈；
3.7 Install the upper part oil deflector ring.
3.8 装上传动端轴承支架盖，用定位销、螺栓、螺母将其定位在
轴承支架上，并紧固在轴承支架和进口端盖上。
3.8 Install the support cover of driving end bearing, use
position pin, bolt and nut to make it on the bearing
support, and fasten it on the bearing support and inlet end
cover.
4 安装自由端轴承
4 Install Moveable end Bearing
4.1 在抛油环的槽内装上新的 O 型圈，将抛油环装上轴上，安
装时应使其抛油环嘴对着轴承，然后用紧定螺钉将其固定
Page 349 of 629

在轴上；
4.1 Install the oil throw ring which is installed a new O ring in
the shaft. When install it, make the oil throw ring nozzle
aim at the bearing, and then, fix it on the shaft by screw.
4.2 在轴上装上推力盘键；
4.2 Install thrust disc key on the shaft.
4.3 加热推力盘轮毂，然后将推力盘装到轴上，确保键槽对准
且推力盘与轴肩相抵，马上拧上推力盘螺母，并将其紧紧
地顶在推力盘上；
4.3 Heat the hub of thrust disc, and then, install the thrust disc
in the shaft. After make sure the key slot air at the thrust
disc and fight against with the shaft collar, screw the thrust
collar nut, and tightly against the thrust collar.
4.4 当推力盘和轴冷却至室温时，拧下推力盘螺母，放上新的
锁紧垫圈，拧上推力盘螺母并用专用扳手拧紧，然后用锁
紧垫圈锁住；
4.4 When the thrust collar and shaft is cooled to the ambient
temperature, unscrew the thrust collar nut. After put on a
new locking washer, screw the thrust nut by special
spanner, and then, lock it by the locking washer.
4.5 用定位销将自由端轴承支架定位在大端盖上，并用螺栓螺
母紧固。注意在组装前给轴和径向轴承表面略微涂点润滑油
4.5 Use the position pint to locate the moveable end berating
support on the big end cover, and screw it by bolt and nut.
Precaution: before the assembly, coat a little big lubricates
oil on the surface of the shaft and radial bearing.
4.6 抬起轴，将下半部径向轴承和挡油圈绕轴转到规定位置，
在轴上装上润滑油密封圈和弹簧，放下轴；切记：电阻测
温探头是插入推力瓦块并固定在推力轴承撑板上的。在安装
推力轴承撑板时，固定密封之前就应该将探头正确就位，
其余的导线部分穿过轴承支架和密封圈送回端子；
4.6 Raise the shaft, and rotate the lower part radial bearing
and oil reflector ring to the regulated position. Install
lubricate oil seal and spring on the shaft, and then, put the
shaft down. Be sure that: the resistance temperature
measuring probe is fixed on the thrust bush and bearing
supporting plate. When install the thrust bearing
supporting plate, before the sealing is fixed, put the probe
in the correct position, the left conductor will pass through
the bearing support and seal ring to send back the
terminal.
4.7 将不带定位销的半部撑板放在轴上，使其推力瓦面与推力
盘相接触，然后将其装转入轴承支架内，放上另半部撑板
将整个推力轴承撑板一起绕轴转动，直到定位销正好顶住
轴承支架，用同样的方法安装另一侧撑板；切记：不要在
Page 350 of 629

推力瓦块和推力盘间插入塞尺来检查轴向间隙，因为这样
测量不准且会损伤瓦块表面；
4.7 Put the half part of supporting plate without carrying the
position pin on the shaft in order to make the thrust bush
connect with the thrust disc, and then, put it in the bearing
support. Put on another half part of supporting plate in
order to rotate the whole thrust bearing supporting plate
along with the shaft until the position pin fight against the
bearing support. Use the same method to install
supporting plate in another side. Keep it in mind: do not
insert clearance gauge between the thrust bush and disc
to inspect the axial clearance, because this measuring
method is not exact and can damage the surface.
4.8 用螺钉将轴承端盖固定到轴承支架上，检查轴向间隙，检
查时将轴向传动端靠足使得推力盘紧贴在内侧推力瓦块上
用塞尺测量外侧推力轴承撑板衬垫（调整垫）与端盖间的
间隙，原始的轴向间隙值 0.40mm，对任何可测到的变动都
应找出原因；
4.8 Use screw to fix the bearing cover on the bearing support,
and inspect the axial clearance. When carry out the
inspection, make the axial driving end close to in order to
make the thrust bush attach to the internal thrust bush.
Use clearance gage to measure the clearance between
the outer side thrust bearing supporting bushing ( adjust
bushing) and cover. The original radial clearance value is
0.40mm. Find out the reason for any change can be
measured.
注：在安装推力轴承前，应确保测温探头导线的塞头位于
轴承支架的槽内。
Note: Before install the thrust bearing, make sure plug of
temmperature detecting probe is set in slot of bearing
support.
4.9 装上推力轴承罩，并用定位销和螺钉将其定位固定在轴承支
架上；
4.9 Install thrust bearing cover, and use the position pin and
screw to fix it on the bearing support.
4.10 装上上半部径向轴承；
4.10 Install the upper part radial bearing.
4.11 装上径向轴承压盖，确保轴承防转销正确就位，然后用
定位销和螺母将其定位固定在下半部轴承支架上；
4.11 Install radial bearing gland to make sure the position
of the bearing anti-rotation pin is correct. and then,
use position pin and nut to fix it in the lower part of
bearing support.
4.12 装上上部挡油圈；
Page 351 of 629

4.12 Install an upper part oil deflector ring.
4.13 装上轴承支架盖，确保挡油圈的防转销在轴承支架盖内
正确就位；
4.13 install bearing support cover to make sure the position
of the anti-rotating pin is correct inside of the bearing
support cover.
4.14 用定位销、螺栓、螺母将轴承支架盖定位固定在轴承支
架上；
4.14 Fix the bearing support cover in the bearing support
by using position pin, bolt and nut.
4.15 将润滑油密封圈装到端盖的槽内并装上其弹簧，用螺钉
将挡板紧固到端盖上以夹住密封圈；
4.15 Install the lubricate seal ring and spring in the cover
slot, and use the screw to fix the damper in the cover
in order to clip the seal ring.
4.16 在端盖上装上两个新的 O 型圈，用螺钉将其紧固在轴
承座上，螺钉紧固力矩为 130N·m。
4.16 Install two new O rings on the cover, and use the
screw to fix it on the bearing pedestal. The screw
straining moment is 130 N·m.
5 芯包组装
5 Core cladding Assemblies
参见 INDRAMAYU-J1-3A-00。
Refer to INDRAMAYU-J1-3A-00。
5.1 用螺栓将拆卸板紧固在传动端轴承支架上，旋入第一级拆
卸管；
5.1 Use bolt to fix the disassembly plate on the support of the
driving end bearing, and screw the first stage disassembly
tube.
5.2 拆下组装芯包的螺母和拉杆，然后从进口端盖上拆下支撑
板；
5.2 Disassemble the nut and pull rod of the core cladding, and
then, disassemble the supporting plate from the inlet
cover.
5.3 在大端盖、进口端盖的圆周槽内分别装上新的 O 形圈；在进
口端盖与筒体相接触面上装上新的不锈钢齿形垫。注意进口
端盖的密封圈挡圈必须装在 O 形圈的进水口侧；
5.3 Separately install a new O ring in the slot around the big
end cover and inlet cover. Install a new stainless steel
tooth mat. Precaution: the seal ring reflect ring of inlet
cover should be installed in the water inlet side of the O
Page 352 of 629

ring.
5.4 大端盖上拧上吊环，在进口端盖上装上吊耳；
5.4 Screw lifting ring on the big end cover and lifting eye on
the inlet end cover.
5.5 将滚筒起顶组件固定在泵座；
5.5 Fix the lifting components of roller drum in the pump
pedestal.
5.6 把所有拆卸管都联接起来，将拆卸管组件推入筒体直到拆
卸管置于滚筒起顶组件上。用吊索将拆卸管组件与筒体螺栓
连接；
5.6 Connect with all disassembled tubes, and put the
disassembled tube into the drum until it on the lifting
components of roller. Use the sling to connect the
disassembled tube components with the drum blot.
5.7 将芯包向筒体内移动直至第一节拆卸管能与拆卸管组件联
接，并使置于滚筒起顶组件上。移去拆卸管和筒体螺栓连接
的吊索；
5.7 Move the core cladding to the drum until the first segment
of disassembled tube connect with dissembled tube
components, and put the core cladding on the lifting
components of rolling drum. And then, remove the sling
which connected tube with drum bolt.
5.8 拆去进口端盖上的起重工具和吊耳。注意芯包进入筒体时，
应调节滚筒起顶组件确保进口端盖与筒体同心；
5.8 Disassemble the lifting tools and lifting eye on the inlet
cover. Precaution: when the core cladding enters into the
drum, adjust rolling drum lifting components in order to
make the center of the inlet cover and drum same.
5.9 将芯包小心地推入筒体内，拆下每级位于滚筒起顶组件处
的拆卸管，直到大端盖全部套上大螺栓。注意当芯包进入筒
体时，应非常小心确保各 O 形圈和 Garlock 密封件不受损
坏，并确保芯包与筒体对中；
5.9 Carefully push the core cladding into the drum,
disassemble the disassembling tube in each rolling drum
lifting components until big end cover are all covered with
big nut. Precaution: when the core cladding enters into
drum, make sure every O ring and Garlock seal parts will
be not damaged and the core cladding has the same
center with the drum.
5.10 继续推芯包入筒体直到进口端盖和大端盖准确的定位在
筒体中；
5.10 Continuously push the core cladding into the drum,
until the inlet cover and big end cover can correctly
Page 353 of 629

locate in the drum.
5.11 当大端盖装贴在筒体上时，拆下端盖上的吊环；
5.11 When the big end cover is installed in the drum.
Disassemble the lifting ring on the cover.
5.12 从泵座上拆下滚筒起顶组件，从传动端轴承座上拆下
拆卸管；
5.12 Dissemble the rolling drum lifting components from
the pump pedestal, and disassemble the
disassembling tube from the driving end bearing
pedestal.
5.13 在大端盖双头螺栓上装上大螺母，并用手紧螺母；
5.13 Install big nut on the double ended bolt of big end
cover, and manually screw the nut.
5.14 用螺栓液压张紧装置预紧大螺母，参见图
INDRAMAYU-J8-3B-00；
5.14 Use bolt hydraulic pressure tension device to screw
the big nut, refer to diagram INDRAMAYU-J8-3B-00.
5.15 给大螺栓装上保护帽；
5.15 Install a protection cover for the big bolt.
5.16 在进口端盖和大筒体间装入新的垫片、O 形圈和挡圈；
5.16 Install new washer, O ring and reflector ring between
inlet cover and big drum.
5.17 将保持环装到进口端盖和大筒体间的凹槽内，用螺栓把
保持环紧固在大筒体上；
5.17 Install the holding ring in the slot between inlet cover
and big drum, and use bolt to fix the holding ring on
the big drum.
5.18 装上联轴器键，并装上半联轴器；
5.18 Install the key of the coupling, and install the upper
part of coupling.
5.19 旋入联轴器螺母，用专用板手旋紧，并用螺钉锁住；
5.19 Screw the coupling nut by special wrench, and use
screw to lock it.
5.20 在联轴器处手动盘泵，确保泵能旋转自如；
5.20 Manually turn the pump on the coupling, and make
sure the pump can freely rotate.
5.21 检查联轴器对中性；
5.21 Inspect the alignment of the coupling.
Page 354 of 629

5.22 装上联轴器叠片和中间联接体，然后装好罩壳；
5.22 Install the lamination and intermediate connection
parts, and then install the cover.
5.23 装上仪表，用新的接头垫圈接上冷却水管、润滑油管、
以及解体前拆开的所有小口径管道。
5.23 Install instrument, and use new joint washer to
connect the cooling water tube, lube oil tube, and all
minor caliber tubes which take apart before
disassembly.
王笑（P165）
2.2.15.6 试运行
2.2.15.6 Test operation
检查给水泵进口和出口压力、电动机电流、润滑油压力在允许的范围
内，检查轴承是否有异常噪音、温度偏高及振动超标，检查机械密
封是否泄漏，检查冷却水是否在润滑油冷却器、电动机空冷却器和
机械密封中正常循环。以下给出给水泵轴承温度参考依据：
Test the inlet and outlet pressure of feed water pump, the motor
current, lubricant oil pressure to see whether it is within the
permitted range or not. Check the bearing to see whether there is
abnormal noise or not, whether the temperature is too high or not,
and whether the vibration is beyond standard or not. Check the
mechanical seal to make sure it is not leaking. Examine to make
sure whether the cooling water is circulating normally in lubricant
oil cooler, electric motor air cooler and mechanical seal or not.
The following table is reference parameter for feed water pump
bearing.
表 3 轴承运行参考温度
正常报警 1 报警 2
传动端径向轴承 70 75 90
自由端径向轴承 70 75 90
自由端推力轴承 75 80 95
Table 3 Operation Temperature Reference of Bearing
Normal Alarm 1 Alarm 2
Driving end radial 70 75 90
bearing
Free end radial bearing 70 75 90
Free end thrust bearing 75 80 95
2.2.15.7 故障检查及处理
Page 355 of 629

2.2.15.7 Malfunction check and solutions
当某一部件或组件出现故障，必须在更换损坏的零部件前，确定故
障的主要原因。
If some parts or components fail to work normally, firstly ascertain
the main causes of the malfunctions before exchanging the
damaged components.
表 4 故障及处理方法
故障可能原因处理操作
1 电源故障检查电源
2 电机故障检查电机
泵组没能启动 3 启动装置故障检查启动装置
4 泵组内卡住依次断开每个联轴器，确定卡住
部位，必要时进行大修
5 泵组处于跳闸状态检查原因，重新整定跳闸值
1 电机或电源故障检查电机与电源
2 旋转方向不对检查旋转方向
3 前置泵或给水泵内极度磨损泵解体检查，必要时进大修
泵组出力低
4 再循环系统故障检查该系统
5 给水泵转速低检查偶合器调速系统和工作状况
6 泵进口压力低检查进口情况
1 润滑油量不足或被污染检查油源
2 泵和偶合器对中不好检查对中情况
轴承过热
3 轴承磨损或偏移检查轴承
4 润滑油规格不对检查油的规格
1 出口压力低检查流量
2 泵转子与静止部件有磨擦检查间隙
泵组功率过大
3 泵内间隙过大检查间隙
4 机械密封安装错误检查机械密封
水泵过热或卡检查进口阀是否打开，进口滤网
住 1 水泵在断水状况下工作是否清洁。检查前置泵出口压力是
否正常。
2 水泵内部有磨擦检查间隙
3 供油不足或油的规格不对检查油源和油的规格
Page 356 of 629

4 润滑油系统故障检查油系统
5 轴承磨损或偏移检查轴承
6 泵组对中不好检查对中情况
1 转子部件动平衡差找出泵组中引起故障的设备，检
查其转子的动平衡
2 联轴器对中性过差检查对中情况
3 轴承磨损检查轴承
4 地脚螺栓松动检查螺栓
噪音和振动过 5 泵内部间隙过大检查间隙
大
6 吸入口失压检查进水系统
7 联轴器损坏检查联轴器
8 由于管道支承不良造成振动而引检查泵组附近管道和支撑
起共振
9 再循环系统故障检查再循环系统
注．应同时参阅电机、偶合器等有关设备的说明书。
Table 4 Malfunction and Solutions

Malfunction Possible cause Corrective action
1 Power failure Check power
2 Motor failure Check motor
3 Startup devices failure Check startup devices
Pumps startup Respectively disassemble
failure couplings to ascertain the
4 Pumps inside space jammed
jammed parts. Overhaul if
necessary
Ascertain causes and reset
5 Pumps in tripping state
tripping values
Pumps 1 Motor or power failure Check motor and power
inadequate
output 2 Incorrect rotating direction Check rotating direction
3 Terrible friction inside booster Disassemble and check.
pump and feed water pump Overhaul if necessary.
4 Recirculation system failure Check this system
Page 357 of 629

5 Low rotating speed of feed Check coupler speed governing
water pump system and its working state.
6 Low inlet pressure of feed water
Check inlet condition
pump
1 Inadequate or polluted lubricant
Check oil source
oil
2 Misalignment of pump and
Bearing Check misalignment
coupler
running hot
3 Bearing friction or deviation Check bearing
4 Improper lubricant oil Check oil specification
1 Low outlet pressure Check flow amount
2 Friction between pump rotor
Check clearance
Pumps and stationary components
excessive 3 Excessive clearance inside the
power Check clearance
pump
4 Installation mistake of
Check mechanical seal
mechanical seal
Check inlet valve (opened or
not?) and cartridge (cleaned or
1 Water pump no water running
not) .Test booster pump outlet
pressure（normal or not? ）
Water pump 2 Pump inside friction Check clearance

overheat or 3 Inadequate oil supply or Check oil supply and oil
jammed improper oil specification specification
4 Lubricant oil system failure Check oil system
5 Bearing friction or deviation Check bearing
6 Misalignment of pumps Check alignment situation
Find out malfunctioned
1 Poor dynamic balance of rotor
equipment in pumps. Check
components
dynamic balance of its rotors.
2 Poor alignment of coupling Check alignment
Excessive
noise or 3 Bearing friction Check bearing
vibration 4 Loosen anchor bolts Check bolt
5 Excessive clearance inside
Check clearance
pump
6 Intake pressure loss Check water supply system
Page 358 of 629

7 Coupling damage Check coupling
8 Resonance caused by Check piping near pumps and
inadequate piping bracket. brackets
9 Recirculation system failure Check recirculation system
Note: Please also refer to instructions of related equipments like motor and
coupler.
2.2.16 液力偶合器
2.2.16 Hydraulic coupler
2.2.16.1 概述
2.2.16.1 General
液力偶合器是将原动机（电机）的机械能通过液力压能转换成机械
能的装置，只需改变液力油量就能改变输出转矩和工作转速，进而
实现主泵的无级变速。
Hydraulic coupler is a device to change the mechanical energy of
the primary mover (motor) into mechanical energy by hydraulic
energy. The output torque and operating rotating rate can be
changed only by adjusting the hydraulic oil supply. Further, the
stepless speed changing of the main pump is achieved in this
way.
2.2.16.2 技术规范
2.2.16.2 Technical specification
表 5 设备规范
名称单位
型号 R17K.2E(VOITH)
输入转速 r/min 1490
输出转速 r/min 5491
最大输出功率 kW 4517
调速范围％ 25~100
机械损失(全载) kW 205±32
液力损失(全载) kW 96.5
效率 % 94
滑差 % ≤3
Table 5 Equipment Specification
Page 359 of 629

Name Unit
Model R17K.2E(VOITH)
Input rotating speed r/min 1490
Output rotating speed r/min 5491
Maximum (power) output (MPO) kW 4517
Speed adjusting range ％ 25~100
Mechanical loss (full load) kW 205±32
Hydrodynamic loss (full load) kW 96.5
Efficiency % 94
Slip % ≤3
2.2.16.3 设备简介
2.2.16.3 Equipment brief introduction
液力偶合器装置的主要部件有：箱体、传动齿轮和轴、液力偶合器、
轴承、油泵、勺管调节装置、冷油器、油滤网等。参见结构图
Main components of hydraulic coupler devices include: the
housing, driving gear, shaft, hydraulic coupler, bearing, oil pump,
scoop tube adjusting device, oil cooler, oil strainer and so on.
Refer to the constructional sketch.
2.2.16.3.1 箱体
2.2.16.3.1 The housing
箱体包括轴承座、箱座及油箱。箱座是承担全部负荷的载体，其上部
与轴承、箱盖螺栓连接，下部用螺栓与油箱连接，使得箱体和油箱
组成一个紧凑的整体。箱盖对齿轮起保护作用，其上面还装有用来
调整勺管的偏心套筒。
The housing includes components like bearing pedestal, tank
base and oil tank. The tank base is the body shouldering all loads.
Its upper part connects to the bearing, tank cover bolts while the
lower part connects to the oil tank with bolts. The housing and oil
tank constitutes a compact entity in this way. Housing cover
functions as protection for the gear, over which there installed the
eccentric adjusting sleeve for adjusting scoop tube.
2.2.16.3.2 齿轮和轴
2.2.16.3.2 Gear and shaft
传动齿轮是经渗碳、淬火及精磨的不锈钢制成的斜齿圆柱齿轮，且
是热装到轴上的。齿轮轴为碳钢制成，在齿轮啮合处压力喷油进行
润滑。
Driving gear is skew tooth cylindrical gear is made of stainless
Page 360 of 629

steel by carburizing, quenching and fine grinding. It is hot shrink
onto the shaft. Gear shaft is made of carbon steel. Lubrication is
sprayed with pressure at engaging point.
2.2.16.3.3 液力偶合器
2.2.16.3.3 Hydraulic coupler
偶合器的滑动调节靠改变进油或出油量，此调节通过操作勺管来完
成，偶合器泵轮上具有较多的径向叶片，叶片数一般为２０～４０
片，为避免共振，涡轮的叶片一般比泵轮少１～４片。在偶合器的
旋转外套壳上装有安全易熔塞，以防止偶合器内工作油温过高。
Slide control of coupler is achieved by the scoop tube, adjusting
the oil supply and oil output. Many radical blades are in the
coupler pump impeller, about 20~40 ones. To prevent resonance
situation, blades on turbine are usually 1~4 ones less than that of
pump wheel. One safety fusible plug is installed on outward rotary
casing of the coupler in case of excessive temperature of
operating oil inside the coupler.
2.2.16.3.4 齿轮传动装置的轴承
2.2.16.3.4 Bearing of gear driving device
每个齿轮轴部都由两个滑动轴承支撑，这些轴承均为中分结构的轴
瓦组成。偶合器转动时的轴向力分别由泵轮、涡轮转子上的双向止推
轴承来承受，止推轴承由止推盘的止推瓦块构成。轴承及止推轴承
均用压力油来润滑。
Every gear shaft has two sliding bearings to support it. These
bearing are all composed of semi-structured bearing bushes. The
axial force yielded by coupling rotation is shared by pump wheels,
and two-way thrust bearings on the turbine rotors respectively.
Thrust bearing consists of thrust shoes of the thrust button.
Lubricant oil used for the bearing and thrust bearing is usually
pressure oil.
2.2.16.3.5 勺管调节装置
2.2.16.3.5 Scoop tube adjusting device
在涡轮侧靠近旋转内套处固定一勺管装置，改变勺管的行程可改变
液力传动油量，从而实现泵转速的改变。勺管向离开工作腔方向即
向油面的方向移动，自勺管排出的油量减少，主油泵油量向工腔充
油，泵转速增加；勺管移进油面，自勺管排出的油量增加，泵转速
下降。
Install one scoop tube device close to the rotary internal sleeve of
turbine side. Hydraulic transmitting oil can be adjusted by
changing the travel length of the scoop tube. Rotating speed of
pump is changed in this way. Scoop tube moves away from the
operating chamber (also oil surface direction). Oil discharged from
the scoop tube decreases while oil is filled into the operation
chamber from mail oil pump. In this way, rotating speed of the
pump is increased. As scoop tube moves inwards the oil surface,
oil discharged from the scoop tube increases. The rotating speed
Page 361 of 629

of the pump decreases consequently.
2.2.16.3.6 油系统
2.2.16.3.6 Oil system
主要包括１台主油泵、１台辅助油泵、２台冷油器及油管路。主油泵
及辅助油泵都为齿轮油泵、主油泵由偶合器的输入轴驱动，辅倘泵
由一台电动机驱动，主油泵是在偶合器运转时向油循环回路供油，
而辅助油泵是在电动机启动前或停机后向各轴承供油。冷油器分为
工作冷油器及主润滑冷油器，工作冷油器的作用是冷却偶合器箱体
中的工作油，而润滑冷油器的作用是冷却各轴承的润滑油。
It mainly contains one main oil pump, one auxiliary oil pump,
two oil coolers and oil piping. Main oil pump and auxiliary pump
are respectively driven by the input shaft of the coupling and one
motor. They are all gear oil pump. Main oil pump supplies oil for
recirculation loop as the coupling runs. Auxiliary oil pump supplies
oil for all bearings before the motor is started up or shut down. Oil
coolers can be classified into working oil cooler and main
lubrication oil cooler, among which the previous one functions as
operating oil in the cooling coupling tank, and the latter one aims
to cool the lubricant oil for all bearings.
2.2.16.4 检修工艺
2.2.16.4 Maintenance process
2.2.16.4.1 解体
2.2.16.4.1 Disassembling
1 排出动力油；
1 Discharge the power oil.
2 分解输入轴和输出轴对轮。
2 Disassemble wheels of input shaft and output shaft.
2.1 联轴器解体前晃度测量,在液力偶合器与给水泵及液力偶合
器与电动机的联轴器上除了做好相对位置标记外，还应对
偶合器的对轮进行晃度测量，具体步骤如下：
2.1 Before disassembling the coupling, the shaking degree
has to be tested. Apart from marking exactly at the related
positions such as one between the hydraulic coupler and
feed water pump, as well as the one between hydraulic
coupler and motor coupling, it is necessary to measure
the shaking degree of coupler wheel. Specific steps are as
follows:
2.1.1 将联轴器的圆周分成８等分,并用记号笔标识序号；
2.1.2 将百分表装上,表测量杆指向所标记号的１位置,并
且使表测量杆与联轴器外圆表面垂直；
2.1.3 按旋转方向盘动偶合器转子,依次对准各点进行测量,
最后回到位置１的读数必须与起始时数值一致，否
Page 362 of 629

则应重新测量；
2.1.4 最大晃度值是联轴器直径两端相对数值差的最大值。
2.1.1 Divide the coupling circle into 8 equal sections and mark the
sequence with marking pen.
2.1.2 Install a dial indicator, and set the stick pointing at the position
marked 1. Make the stick be vertical to the coupling outward
surface.
2.1.3 Move the coupler rotors in accordance with the rotating direction.
Respectively calibrate each point to test it. The reading value
when it returns back to the initial position should be same as the
initial value. Otherwise, test it again.
2.1.4 Maximum shaking degree valve is the maximum difference
between the diameters of coupling two ends.
2.2 联轴器螺栓拆除
2.2 Disassemble bolts of coupling
在分解联轴器时，螺栓、螺帽、垫圈和孔应做好相对位置的
标记。在拆卸螺栓时，不要用铁锺等敲击螺栓顶部，而应垫
铜棒，以免损伤螺扣。拆卸的联轴器销子要妥善保管，以防
丢失。
When disassembling the coupling, related positions of
bolts, screw caps, gaskets and holes should be marked
respectively. When taking apart the bolt, do not use iron
hammer to hit the bolt end. Instead, one cooper rod
should be put as a cushion to prevent damage to the
screw thread. The disassembled pins from the coupling
should be kept well in case of loss.
2.3 复检联轴器中心
2.3 Repeat testing the coupling center
将偶合器两端联轴器分解后，应对偶合器与两端设备的中
心进行复检与记录。一般对偶合器中心进行复检，只需记录
中心的实际数值，而不需要将其调整到标准范围，在对轮
中心复检过程中，一般需 3 块百分表，两块测量端面，一
块测量圆周。这三块表用卡子固定在联轴器上，为了使测量
数据准确，测量端面的两块表应安置在同一直径并距对轮
中心相等的对称位置。记录各个表的初始读数。测量时应将
联轴器圆周进行四等分，转子每转动 90°记录一次表的读数，
转子盘动一周，将所测量数值填入记录表格，然后进行设
备的解体工作。
After disassembling the couplings at two ends of the
coupler, it is required to re-test the centers of the coupler
and equipment at two ends and record the results.
Generally, when re-testing the coupler center, only the
actual value at the center needs to be recorded. Not
necessary to adjust it back within the standard range.
Page 363 of 629

Altogether 3 dial indicators are needed to re-test the
impeller center, among which two are assigned to test the
end face, and the other one is supposed to test the circle.
These three gauges are fixed onto the coupling by clips.
In order to achieve the test precision of the test, the two
gauges for two ends should be installed at corresponding
positions which are in same diameter and have equal
distance with the center. Record the initial values of each
gauge. When start testing, firstly please divide the circle
into four equal sections. Ever since the rotor moves 90°,
record the reading value. The rotor has to move a whole
circle, and then fill the test result into related tables. At this
point, the disassembling work can be started.
3 控制勺管的解体
3 Control scoop tube disassembling
解开执行机构的连杆，并检查执行机构上的控制柄，拆掉勺管
位置的指针及标尺支架。解开位置控制圈并移动它有利于检查控
制柄。
Disassemble the link lever connecting to the actuator, and
check the control handle on the actuator. Take apart eh stick
at the scoop tube position and measuring rule bracket. Take
apart the position control ring and move it, which is beneficial
for checking the control handle.
4 拆卸箱盖
4 Disassemble the housing cover
拆除轴中心线以及任何引起阻塞的配件。拆下所有垂直排列的螺
栓及锥销，拆下所有接合面以上的固定螺栓。松开辅助油泵电机
中间壳体的螺栓后，吊下电动机，拆下中间壳体，松开辅助润
滑油泵在箱壁上的法兰螺栓。用顶丝将上盖分离，用吊车将偶合
器上盖吊起，在起吊过程中，上盖一定要保持水平，以免在起
吊过程中上盖与转子部件发生碰撞而使设备损坏。上盖吊离后，
将上盖平稳地放置在枕木上。
Take apart the shaft center line and other fittings that may
cause blockage. Disassemble all vertically arranged bolts and
tapered pins. Remove the fixed bolts above all interfaces.
Loosen bolts on motor shell of the auxiliary oil pump, and then
pull down the motor. After disassembling the intermediate
shell, please screw off the flange bolts on shell wall of the
auxiliary lubricant oil pump. Disconnect the upper cover by
screwing off the bolts, and lift up the top cover of the coupler
with crane. During the lifting process, the top cover has to
keep its balance in case of any collision between the top
cover and the rotor components, causing damage to the
equipment. Put the top cover onto a bed timber stably.
5 解体偶合器转子组件
Page 364 of 629

5 Disassemble the (coupler) rotor components
从箱体导向装置上拆下控制轴，拆下输入侧齿轮润滑油的喷油
管。拆下所有温度传感器。卸下推力轴承盖并一起卸下外侧的推
力轴承。拆下推力盘及从内侧推力轴承上拆下扇形块，在轴承测
点 6 的轴承瓦座上，通过供油槽穿一根（最小直径 Φ1㎜）的钢
丝并在瓦座顶部拧到一块。轴承测点 7 的轴瓦与瓦座通过帽罩结
合在一起。从筒体上卸下易熔塞，放出筒体内残余油液。拆下泵
侧轴承盖固定螺栓，在偶合器转子组件的主动轴的中心孔上拧
紧一个 M24 的吊环，将转子组件吊起放到橡胶垫上。拆下捆绑
钢丝和各个轴瓦。
Take apart the control shaft from the housing guide apparatus
and lubricant oil injecting tube from the input side. Remove all
the temperature pickup. Disassemble the thrust bearing cover
as well as the outward thrust bearing. Take apart the thrust
disc and remove the sector block from the thrust bearing. Go
a steel wire (minimum diameterΦ1 ㎜ ) through the oil supply
slot on bearing seat of measuring point 6, and screw it
together at top of the base. The bearing bush at measuring
point 7and the bearing pedestal are connected together by
calotte.
Remove the fusible plug out of the main body and discharge
the residual oil liquid in the body. Screw off the fixing bolts on
pump side bearing and remove it. Screw a M24 lifting bolt into
the central hole on the main driving shaft of the coupler rotor
components.
6 偶合器组件的解体
6 Disassembly to the coupler components
当从筒体上拆下主动涡轮时，筒体会向下滑动。因此使用三根木
头支撑筒体。松筒体与泵轮螺栓，将带轴的主动涡轮与筒体分离
拿下三根木头并慢慢地向勺管方向放下筒体。卸下固定从动涡轮
螺栓，压下从动涡轮。在从动轴法兰上有两个内孔。拆下通过内
孔径的内开口弹簧卡圈，并抽出定位螺栓。从勺管室一同抽出勺
管及勺管定位套。此时，筒体经过勺管室才能卸下。取下在水平
位置上的勺管室并松开螺栓，拆下勺管室的上半部，以便能够
进一步解体轴瓦及解体推力轴承的轴承测点 9、10、11、12。
After the driving worm wheel is removed from the drum body,
the drum body itself may slide downwards. Therefore, three
wood columns are usually adopted to support the drum.
Screw off the bolts connecting the drum and pump wheel.
Disconnect the driving worm wheel with shaft from the drum.
Put away the three wood columns and slowly put down the
drum in the scoop tube direction. Screw off the bolts fixing the
driven worm wheel and press down the driven worm wheel.
There are two inside holes on the driven shaft flange.
Disassemble the inwards opening spring clamp through the
inside bore diameter and draw off the positioning bolt. From
the scoop tube chamber, draw off the scoop tube and its
Page 365 of 629

positioning sleeve. At this point, the drum can only be
removed through scoop tube chamber. Take off the scoop
tube chamber on the horizontal level and loosen the bolts.
The upper part of the scoop tube chamber can be
disassembled to give convenience to the disassembly of the
bearing bush and measuring point 9, 10, 11, 12 of the thrust
bearing.
7 输入轴的解体；
7 Disassembly of the input shaft
松开 1 瓦轴承盖固定螺栓。用绑线（最小直径 Φ1㎜）把轴瓦的
轴承测点 1 和 2 束缚在一起，起吊输入轴，吊离箱体并放在枕
木上。从输入轴上拆去绑线及轴瓦。
Loosen the bearing cover fixing bolt of bush 1. Bind the
measuring point 1 and 2 of the bearing on bearing bush
together with binding wire (minimum diameter Φ1 ㎜). Lift the
input shaft away from the housing and put it on a bed timber.
Remove the binding wire and bearing bush from the input
shaft.
8 解体主油泵；
8 Disassemble the main oil pump.
9 解体辅助润滑油泵。
9 Disassemble the auxiliary lubricant oil pump.
2.2.16.4.2 清洗检查偶合器部件
2.2.16.4.2 Clean up and check the coupler components
1. 清洗拆下来的所有转动部件。
2. 检查主动涡轮和从动涡轮（叶片栅的共振实验）。
3. 检查勺管机械装置磨损程度及机械装置的功能。检查是否需要更
换新的易熔塞，检查各个轴承的状况。
4. 在滑动轴承回装之前，需把轴及轴承的安装表面抛光。
5. 从密封的表面上清除掉旧的密封胶。
6. 冲洗油箱并除去油泥渣和密封胶残渣。
1) Clean all the disassembled rotating components.
2) Check the driving worm wheel and driven worm wheel (blades
resonance test).
3) Check the abrasion of the scoop tube mechanical device and
functions of the mechanical devices. Check to see whether
necessary to change a new fusible plug or not. Examine situations of
all the bearings.
4) Before the slide bearing is installed back, the installation surface of
Page 366 of 629

the shaft and bearing should be polished.
5) Clean the waste sealing gel away from the sealing surface.
6) Flush the oil tank and remove the oil and mud residue and sealing
gel residue.
2.2.16.4.3 回装
2.2.16.4.3 Reinstallation
1 说明
1 Instruction
1.1 用耐油密封胶涂敷所有密封表面；
1.1 Use the oil resistant sealing gel to coal all the sealing
surface.
1.2 当装配转子部件时，请注意在零件表面上的标记号。
1.2 When installing the rotor and its components, pay close
attention to the marks on the components surface.
2 偶合器转子组件的组装
2 Installation of the coupler rotor components
按照标记，安装推力轴承 8 和 9 以及 10 瓦，并按照勺管室组件
的准确位置空间装入勺管室组件。安装勺管室上、下两部分并栓
紧在一起。涂上密封胶并安装输出轴端盖。把易熔塞拧紧在筒体
上。筒体经过勺管室装到工作部位。把勺管及勺管导向套一起安
装在勺管室内，位置与定位螺栓孔一致。安装定位螺栓及开口弹
簧卡圈。安装从动涡轮并栓紧固定。起吊筒体，用 3 根木棒支撑
在主动轴上安装主动涡轮并紧固在筒体上。
Install the thrust bearing bush 8, 9, and 10 according to the
marks. Put the scoop tube chamber into its exact space
position. Assemble the upper and lower parts of the chamber
and bind them together. After painting the sealing gel, please
install the output shaft end cover. Screw on the fusible plug
tight onto the drum. The drum should be installed back to its
working position through the chamber.
Assemble the scoop tube and its guide apparatus into the
chamber. Positions are in accordance with the positioning bolt
holes. Install the positioning bolts and opening spring clamp.
Put in the driven worm wheel and screw it tight enough. Lift
the drum and support it with three wood rods. Install the
driving worm wheel onto the driving shaft and tighten it onto
the drum.
3 偶合器转子组件的装配
3 Installation of the coupler rotor components
Page 367 of 629

安装 5 瓦及 6 瓦，用绑线固定。悬吊转子组件。用密封胶涂法兰
表面的下半部。将转子组件装入箱体，并拆去绑线。安装推力瓦
座、推力瓦块、推力盘、轴承端盖。安装控制杆。
Install bush 5 and 6 and tighten them with binding wire. Lift
the rotor components. Paint the lower part of the flange
surface with sealing gel. Put the rotor components back into
the housing and remove the binding wire. Assemble the thrust
bush base, thrust bush, thrust disc, and bearing end cover.
Then install the control stem.
4 输入轴的装配
4 Installation of the input shaft
用绑线固定好 1/2 瓦和 3/4 瓦，起吊输入轴，装入箱体内，拆去
绑线。
Tighten the bush 1/2 and bush 3/4 with binding wire. Lift the
input shaft and install it into the housing. Then remove the
binding wire.
5 主油泵装配。
5 Assembly of main oil pump.
6 辅助油泵装配。
6 Installation of auxiliary oil pump.
7 箱盖的安装。
7 Installation of the housing cover.
8 调节勺管的位置
8 Adjusting the scoop tube position
装配偶合器箱体上的位置调节圈，并靠定位螺钉将其固定在调
节杆上。按照原来的位置安装标尺支架及勺管位置的指针。用调
节连杆连接执行机构的连杆。请注意勺管上是没有调节范围极限
的，而是在执行机构上有调节范围极限。
Install the position adjusting ring on the coupler housing and
tighten it onto the adjusting stem with positioning bolts. Put in
the measuring rule bracket and the stick at scoop tube
position according to their original positions. Connect the link
lever of the actuator with the adjusting link lever. Note there is
no adjusting limit on the scoop tube, but the adjusting limit is
on the actuator.
4.3.9 其余工作
4.3.9 Other work
检查原动机与被驱动机器的对中性。连接联轴器并安装防护
罩，回装拆掉的管路及引线，重新注满工作油液。
Check the alignment of the primary mover and driven
machine. Connect the coupling and install the protection
Page 368 of 629

shield. Install back the disassembled piping and leg wire.
Fill in the working oil again.
2.2.16.4.4 质量标准
2.2.16.4.4 Quality standard
1 轴承间隙
1. Bearing clearance
表 6 液力偶合器各瓦间隙表
轴　承　序　号
尺寸
1 2 3、4 5 6 7 8、9 10
Φ140 Φ140 轴向间 Φ105 Φ115 Φ85 轴向间 Φ90

轴径隙隙
Min 0.21 0.21 0.200 0.17 0.17 0.088 0.200 0.094
Max 0.275 0.275 0.319 0.232 0.232 0.14 0.324 0.145
更换轴承间隙 0.295 0.295 0.619 0.252 0.252 0.160 0.624 0.165
值
Table 6 Clearance Parameter of Hydraulic coupler Bearings

Bearing Number
Size
1 2 3、4 5 6 7 8、9 10
Axial Axial
Φ10
Shaft diameter Φ140 Φ140 clearanc Φ115 Φ85 clearanc Φ90
5
e e
0.09
Min 0.21 0.21 0.200 0.17 0.17 0.088 0.200
4
0.23 0.14
Max 0.275 0.275 0.319 0.232 0.14 0.324
2 5
Clearance
value for
0.295 0.295 0.619 0.252 0.252 0.160 0.624 0.165
exchanging
bearing
2 泵轮与涡轮轴向间隙为：4.5～5.0mm。
2. The axial clearance between pump wheel and worm
wheel is: 4.5～5.0mm.
3 泵轮转子同涡轮转子的径向跳动和端面跳动应：≤0.03mm。
3. Radial run-out and end face run-out of the pump wheel rotor
Page 369 of 629

and worm wheel rotor should be: ≤0.03mm.
4 转子径向晃度、凸肩端面飘偏≤0.03mm。
4. Radial shaking degree of the rotor and the shoulder end face
deviation should be ≤0.03mm.
5 升速齿轮基准端面飘偏≤0.02mm。
5. Speed raising gear basic end face deviation should be
≤0.02mm.
6 升速齿轮齿顶圆径向晃度≤0.05mm。
6. Radial shaking degree of the speed raising gear top tooth
should be ≤0.05mm.
7 推力盘端面飘偏≤0.04mm。
7. Thrust disc end face deviation should be ≤0.04mm.
8 泵轮与涡轮套止口配合间隙为：0.03～0.09mm。
8. Cooperative clearance between the pump wheel and worm
wheel sleeve should be within the range of : 0.03～0.09mm.
9 增速齿轮接触面积沿齿宽≥75％、沿齿高≥65％。
9. Speed raising gear interface area along the gear width should
be ≥75％, and it should be ≥65％ along the gear height.
10 增速齿轮齿侧间隙为 0.30～0.45mm。
10. Side clearance of the speed raising gear should be 0.30 ～
0.45mm.
11 推力瓦块接触面积≥75％。
11. Contacting area of the thrust bush block should be ≥75％.
12 推力瓦块厚度偏差≤0.02mm。
12. Thickness deviation of the thrust bush block should be
≤0.02mm.
13 传动扭距、功率的连接螺栓、螺钉紧固，无松动、变形、裂纹、损
伤。
13. Connecting bolt and screw between the driving torque and
power should be tight and secure, no loose, no deformation,
no crack and no damage.
14 泵轮、涡轮叶片应无裂纹、损伤。
14. Pump wheel and worm wheel should have no crack and
damage.
15 涡轮与涡轮套上巴氏合金应无裂纹、脱胎。
15. The babbit alloy on worm wheel itself and its sleeve should
have no crack and in place securely.
Page 370 of 629

16 涡轮与排供油腔体径向总间隙为 0.30～0.50mm。
16. Total radial clearance between the worm wheel and oil supply
and discharge chamber should be within 0.30～0.50mm.
17 壳体、油箱法兰结合面无幅向沟槽、刻痕及损伤。
17. No horizontal slot, nick or damage should exist on the housing
and oil tank flange interface.
18 勺管口无碰伤、凹陷、豁边等缺陷。
18. The scoop tube opening should have no defects like collision,
dishing or gap.
19 轴承、供排油腔体装配紧力为 0.03～0.05mm。
19. The assembly tension of the bearing and oil supply and
discharge chamber should be within 0.03～0.05mm.
20 勺管与勺管套配合间隙为：0.03～0.05mm,配合灵活，无卡涩。
20. The working clearance between the scoop tube and its sleeve
should be within 0.03 ～ 0.05mm. They have to act flexibly
without any jamming.
21 涡轮套与供排油腔体径向总间隙为 1.00～1.10mm，且四周均匀。
21. Total radial clearance between the worm wheel sleeve and oil
supply and discharge chamber should be within1.00 ～
1.10mm, and the surrounding has to be even and equal.
22 顺序阀阀芯与阀套配合总间隙为：0.03～0.05mm。顺序阀阀芯
与阀套应光洁、无毛刺飞过、无卡涩。
22. The total working clearance between the sequential valve
core and valve sleeve should be within 0.03 ～ 0.05mm. This
valve core and sleeve should be smooth without any blur and
jamming.
23 齿轮应无裂纹，打齿，根切现象。
23. There should be no defects like crack, tooth loss and
undercut.
24 减压阀同顺序阀。
24. Relief valve and sequence valve.
25 齿轮润滑油泵齿轮轴向单侧间隙为 0.04～0.07mm。
25. The clearance between gear shaft of the gear used lubricant
oil pump and the single side is 0.04～0.07mm.
26 齿轮油泵齿侧间隙为 0.10～0.20mm。
26. Tooth side clearance of the gear oil pump is 0.10～0.20mm.
27 齿轮油泵轴瓦间隙为 0.08～0.12mm。
Page 371 of 629

27. Bearing bush clearance of the gear oil pump is 0.08 ～
0.12mm.
28 齿轮油泵齿面接触 75%以上，不得偏斜。
28. The tooth interface contact of the gear oil pump should be
above 75%, no deviation is permitted.
29 各转子回装后盘动灵活、不卡、不磨。
29. Shaft turning after all rotors have been installed back should
be flexible, no blockage and no friction.
30 勺管与控制轴装配：空齿数 1 个。
30. Installation of scoop tube and control stem: one free tooth.
31 推力瓦轴向间隙为 0.25～0.30mm。
31 Axial clearance of the thrust bush is 0.25～0.30mm.
32 轴窜动量为 0.20～0.30mm。
31. Axial displacement should be 0.20～0.30mm.
33 大齿轮转子密封环与密封端盖轴向距离≥1.5mm。
32. Axial distance between sealing ring of the big gear rotor and
sealing end cover should be ≥1.5mm.
34 冷油器打压 5 分钟不漏。
33. The oil cooler should be pressured for 5 minutes. No leakage
situation.
35 润滑油压在 0.25MPa 左右。
34. Lubricant oil pressure is around 0.25MPa .
36 中心要求见给水泵部分质量标准。
36. The center requires seeing parts of the quality standard of the
feed water pump.
2.2.17 前置泵
2.2.17 Booster pump
2.2.17.1 概述
2.2.17.1 General Description
泵的作用是将经过除氧器进行深度除氧的水加压后送入给水泵，提
高给水泵入口压力。
This pump aims to supply the water coming out from deaerator to
the feed water pump, increasing the water pump inlet pressure.
2.2.17.2 技术规范
2.2.17.2 Technical specification
Page 372 of 629

表 7 设备规范
名称单位 TMCR
型号 FA1D56A
型式卧式、轴向中分泵壳型
泵送介质锅炉给水
级数 1 级双吸叶轮
流量 m3/h 685
进口压力 Mpa 1.02
出口压力 Mpa
扬程 m 100.5
汽蚀余量(必须) m 3.98
效率 % 82.7
轴功率 KW 200.2
进水温度 ℃ 183.49
密度 kg/m3 883.16
转速 r/min 1490
Table 7 Equipment specification

Name Unit TMCR
model FA1D56A
type Horizontal, axial midsplit pump shell type
Pump conveying
Boiler feed water
media
Stage Stage 1 double suction impeller
Flow m3/h 685
Inlet pressure Mpa 1.02
Outlet pressure Mpa
Delivery head m 100.5
NPSH(must) m 3.98
Efficiency % 82.7
Shaft power KW 200.2
Page 373 of 629

Inlet water
℃ 183.49
temperature
Density kg/m3 883.16
表 8 接口垫片尺寸
接口位置材料尺寸截面厚度
泵体与泵盖之间橡胶制品现场配 0.8mm
盖、泵体与冷却壳体之间橡胶制品现场配 0.4mm
冷却壳体与密封盖之间橡胶制品现场配 0.4mm
自由端轴承座与端盖之间耐热橡胶 φ133 3.5
机械密封轴套与泵轴之间(O 形耐热橡胶 φ80 5.7
圈)
Table 8 Interface gasket dimension

Interface position Material Dimension Sectional
thickness
Between pump body and Rubber Onsite 0.8mm
cover product assembly
Between cover, pump body Rubber Onsite 0.4mm
and cooling shell product assembly
Between cooling shell and Rubber Onsite 0.4mm
sealing cover product assembly
Between bearing pedestal of Heat resistant φ133 3.5
free end and end cover rubber
Between mechanical seal Heat φ80 5.7
shaft sleeve and pump shaft resistant
(O ring) rubber
2.2.17.3 设备简介
该泵为单级、水平、轴向分开式。具有一支撑在近中心线的壳体以允
许轴向和径向自由膨胀，从而保持对中性。它由壳体、叶轮、轴、叶轮
密封环、轴承、轴封、联轴器及泵座组成。泵传动端和自由端装有机械
密封。轴承由自由端的双向推力轴承及径向轴承和传动端的径向轴
承组成，各轴承润滑油来自偶合器润滑油系统。
Page 374 of 629

This pump is single stage, horizontal and axial split type. One
shell is supported near the center line to allow the axial and radial
expansion to retain its alignment. It consists of shell body,
impellers, shaft, and impeller sealing ring, bearing, shaft seal,
coupling and pump base. Mechanical seals are installed at the
driving end and free end of the pump. Bearing is composed of
two-way thrust bearing at free end, radial bearing and radial
bearing at driving end. Lubricant oil used for all bearings is
supplied by the oil system of the coupler.
壳体为高质量的碳钢铸件，是双蜗壳型、水平中心线分开、进出口水
管在壳体下半部结构，这样可避免在检修时拆开联接管道。壳体水
平结合面上装有压紧的石棉纸垫。壳体上盖上设有排气阀。
The shell is made of cast by carbon steel with high quality. It is a
twin turbine shell type which is divided at the horizontal center
line. Inlet and outlet piping is install at lower part of the shell, in
case of the trouble such as disassembling connecting piping
during maintenance. Compressed asbestos gasket is installed on
the horizontal interface of the shell. One air evacuation valve is
set on top of upper cover.
叶轮为双吸式，这样可保证叶轮的轴向力基本平衡，在自由端上装
有一双向推力轴承。叶轮是由键固定在轴上，轴向位置由其两端轮
毂的螺母所确定。叶轮密封环，安装在壳体腔内，由防转定位销定
位，其作用是减少水的泄露量。
The impeller is twin suction type. This can ensure its axial force
balance. One two-way thrust bearing is installed at free end. It is
the key that fix the impeller onto the shaft. The axial position is
decided by nuts on wheel hubs at two ends. Impeller sealing ring
is installed inside the shell body. It is positioned by rotation
resistant pin, to decrease the water loss.
轴承装在轴承托架上，为滚动轴承，由稀油润滑，轴承托架上装有
冷却水室。
Bearing is installed on the bracket. It is rolling bearing and
lubricated by diluted lub.oil. One cooling water chamber is
installed on the bearing bracket.
该泵装有机械密封，由有弹簧志支承的动环和水冷却的静环所组成
分开的填料箱设有一水冷却套，从而使机械密封旋转部分周围的温
度较低。泵
与电机之间的迭片式联轴器是柔性与扭转刚性兼有的金属迭片式结
构。
This pump installs one mechanical seal, which is composed of
rotor ring of spring bracket and stationary ring of the water cooler.
One set of water cooling devices are installed on the separated
packing tank. This help to keep the low ambient temperature
around the rotating part of the mechanical seal. The disc-like
coupling between the pump and motor is metal made laminated
structure, and it is flexibility and torsional stiffness combined
Page 375 of 629

图 2 前置泵结构简图
Fig.2 Structure sketch of the booster pump
2.2.17.4 检修工艺
2.2.17.4.1 维修的准备工作
2.2.17.4.1 Preparations before maintenance
每次维修之前，必须按以下步骤隔离泵组：
Before maintenance, some isolation work has to be done
according to the following steps:
1. 切断电机及润滑油系统的电源；
2. 切断所有仪表电源；
3. 检查泵组进口和出口阀及再循环系统进口和出口阀门是否关闭；
4. 检查冷却水源是否被切断；
5. 切断给水泵第二级抽头阀门；
6. 打开放水，放气孔，把泵壳内水排出；
7. 维修前必须确保泵内是无压的。
1) Cut off the power supply of the motor and lubricant oil system.
2) Cut off the power supply of all instruments.
3) Check to see whether the inlet and outlet valves of pumps as well as
inlet and outlet valves of the recirculation system have been closed or
not.
4) Check to see whether the cooling water source has been cut off or
Page 376 of 629

not.
5) Close the secondary suction valve of the feed water pump.
6) Open the water discharge and ventilation hole, discharging the water
in the pump shell.
7) Make sure that there is no pressure inside the pump before
maintenance.
注：若要拆机械密封，须进行步骤 1-7。
Note: If the mechanical seal has to be disassembled, the above
mentioned steps 1-7 have to be taken.
雷菲（4658）
2.2.17.4.2 检查轴承
2.2.17.4.2 Bearing inspection
如不拆转子部件，仅为检查和更换轴承而拆卸轴承时，请按下列步
骤进行。
注：组装时，所有接口垫片和 O 型圈都应更换新的。
If it is not necessary to dismantle the rotor parts but dismantle the
bearings for inspection and replacement, dismantle according to
the following procedures:
(Notice: during reassembling, all the joint gaskets and O rings
should be replaced)
1 传动端轴承
1. Driving-end bearing
1.1 拆下联轴器防护罩；
1.1 Dismantle coupling protecting cover
1.2 拆下联轴器螺栓，并取下联轴器叠片组件；
1.2 Dismantle coupling bolts and pick out coupling lamination
assembly;
1.3 拆下传动端轴承座油管；
1.3 Dismantle oil pipe of driving-end bearing pedestal;
1.4 拆下轴承热电阻测温探头，防止损坏；
1.4 Dismantle the temperature-measuring probe of bearing
thermal resistance in case it is damaged;
1.5 拆下盖板与轴承座连接的螺钉，滑动盖板，使其脱离轴承
座；
1.5 Dismantle the screws connecting cover board and bearing
pedestal, and slide the cover board to withdraw it from
bearing pedestal;
1.6 拆下轴承座上下两半部的紧固螺母；
1.6 Dismantle the tightening nuts in upper and lower part of
the bearing pedestal;
1.7 拆下定位销，把起吊螺栓拧入轴承盖，小心吊起轴承盖并
吊离；必须小心防止损坏定位销孔和接口工作面。
1.7 Dismantle the positioning pins and screw down the lifting
Page 377 of 629

bolts into the bearing cover, and lift the bearing cover out
carefully; ensure that the positioning pins and joint surface
should not be damaged;
1.8 拆下挡油圈和径向轴承上半部；
1.8 Dismantle the oil baffle and upper part pf journal bearing;
1.9 顶起泵轴，绕着轴转动挡油圈下半部和径向轴承下半部，
并取出；
1.9 Jack up the pump shaft and rotate the oil baffle lower part
and journal bearing lower part along with shaft and then
take them out;
1.10 清洗并检查径向轴承及挡油圈有无损坏和磨损，若有损坏
和磨损，则进行更换。径向轴承和止油挡圈的上下两半不能
互换，应作上标记便于装配；
1.10 Clean and inspect journal bearing and oil baffle to see
whether they suffer damage and abrasion, if so, replace
them. Journal bearing and oil baffle’s upper and lower
parts can not be interchanged; do marks on them for the
future assembly;
1.11 将径向轴承和挡油圈下半部涂上一层油装到原位，放下轴；
1.11 Paint oil on the journal bearing and the lower part of oil
baffle and assemble them to the original position, and
then put down shaft;
1.12 将上半部挡油圈装入轴承盖，确保定位正确；
1.12 Put the upper oil baffle into the bearing cover and ensure
its positioning is correct;
1.13 将上半部径向轴承在轴颈上就位；
1.13 Place the upper journal bearing on the bearing journal;
1.14 拧松起吊螺栓，确保螺栓不凸出接口工作面，吊起轴承盖
放到轴承座上；
1.14 Loosen the bolts and then lift them to ensure that they are
not over the joint working surface; and then lift bearing
cover and put it on the bearing pedestal;
1.15 装上轴承盖，安装定位销；
1.15 Install bearing cover and positioning pin;
1.16 将螺母拧在双头螺栓上，紧固上、下两半轴承座；
1.16 Screw down the nuts on the double-head bolt and fasten
the upper and lower bearing pedestals;
1.17 装上盖板，并用螺栓紧固在轴承座上；
1.17 Install cover board and fasten it on the beating seat by
bolts;
1.18 装上轴承测温元件；
1.18 Mount temperature-measuring element of bearing;
1.19 装上轴承座油管；
1.19 Mount bearing pedestal oil pipe;
1.20 装好叠片式联轴器及联轴器防护罩。
1.20 Assemble the lamination-type coupling and coupling
Page 378 of 629

protecting cover;
2 自由端推力轴承和径向轴承
2. Free-end thrust bearing and journal bearing
2.1 拆下联轴器防护罩；
2.1 Dismantle coupling protecting cover;
2.2 拆下联轴器螺栓，并取下联轴器叠片组件；
2.2 Dismantle coupling bolt and take down the coupling
lamination assembly;
2.3 拆下自由端轴承座油管；
2.3 Dismantle free-end bearing pedestal oil pipe;
2.4 拆下推力轴承和径向轴承热电阻测温探头。推力轴承的热电
阻是插在推力瓦块内的，注意必须小心进行。
2.4 Dismantle the temperature-measuring probes of thrust
and journal bearing thermal resistance. The thermal
resistance of thrust bearing is inserted into the thrust pad,
in this case, be careful when do that.
2.5 拆除轴承座与端盖之间的六角螺栓，卸下端盖，并拆下端
盖上的 O 形圈；
2.5 Dismantle the hexagonal bolt between bearing pedestal
and end cover, dismantle end cover and the O ring on it;
2.6 拆下自由端轴承座与自由端轴承盖的螺栓上的螺母，并拔
出定位销，拧入起吊螺栓，小心吊开轴承盖；
2.6 Dismantle the free-end bearing pedestal and the screw on
the bolt of free-end bearing cover. Pick out the positioning
pin and screw into the lifting bolt. Lift out the bearing cover
carefully;
2.7 绕轴旋转推力轴承座环，直至座环的上半部拆下，再旋转
座环下半部，并拆下；
2.7 Axially rotate the thrust bearing pedestal ring until its
upper part is dismantled. And then rotate the lower part of
bearing pedestal ring and dismantle it;
2.8 拆下径向轴承和挡油圈的上半部；
2.8 Dismantle the upper parts of journal bearing and oil baffle;
2.9 用合适的方法顶起轴；
2.9 Jack up the shaft with proper methods;
2.10 绕轴旋转径向轴承和挡油圈下半部，并将它们从轴承座上
取下。径向轴承和油挡圈上下两半不能互换，应作上标记便
于装配；
2.10 Axially rotate the upper parts of journal bearing and oil
baffle, and then dismantle them from the bearing pedestal.
Journal bearing and oil baffle’s upper and lower parts can
not be interchanged; do marks on them for the future
assembly;
2.11 清洗并检查径向轴承、油挡圈是否磨损和损环；
2.11 Clean and inspect journal bearing and oil baffle to see
whether they suffer damage and abrasion;
2.12 清洗并检查推力瓦块及推力盘是否损坏或磨损；如果更换
Page 379 of 629

新的推力块，必须检查轴向间隙。在正常运行条件下，推力
块乌金面上除发暗外，不应有任何测得的磨损；当暗面超
过推力块乌金表面一半时，建议更换新的推力块。
2.12 Clean and inspect thrust pad and thrust disc to see
whether they suffer damage and abrasion. If a new thrust
pad needs to be changed, inspect the axial clearance. In
the normal operation, there should be no abrasion except
a little darkness on Babbitt metal of the thrust pad. When
the dark surface reaches half of the Babbitt metal surface,
it is suggested that the thrust pad should be replaced；
2.13 将下半部径向轴承、挡油圈涂上一层油，并绕轴旋转装入原
位，放下泵轴；
2.13 Paint oil on the lower part of journal bearing and oil baffle,
and then axially rotate them into the original position and
put down pump shaft;
2.14 将轴承座的端盖换上新的 O 形圈，并用六角螺栓紧固于轴
承座的下半部上；
2.14 Change a new O ring for the end cover of bearing
pedestal and use hexagonal bolt to fasten it on the lower
part pf bearing pedestal;
2.15 按下述方法依次安装推力轴承：把不带销的半个推力轴承
座环放在轴上，推力块朝向并靠着推力盘，然后绕着轴旋
转到下半部的轴承座内，把另外带销的推力轴承座环放在
第一个半环上部，再旋转整个推力轴承座环，直转到销达
到正中顶点；另一侧的推力轴承座环以同样的方法安装。推
力轴承座环的中分面与水平成 45°，定位销嵌在上半部轴承
座的槽内。
2.15 Install thrust bearing as following procedures: put half
thrust bearing pedestal ring without pin on the shaft. The
thrust pad points at and places against the thrust disc;
then axially rotate it into the lower bearing pedestal and
put another thrust bearing pedestal ring with pin on the
upper part of first half ring. Rotate the whole thrust
bearing pedestal ring until the pin reaches to the median
vertex. Install the thrust bearing pedestal ring in another
side in same way as above. The split surface of thrust
bearing pedestal ring places 45° to horizon. The
positioning pin is inserted into the groove of upper bearing
pedestal;
2.16 检查轴向间隙，将泵轴向传动端方向靠足，使推力盘与内
侧推力轴承紧贴，用塞尺量得外侧推力轴承调整环与端盖
之间的间隙；将泵轴向自由端方向靠足，再测量间隙。比较
两次测量值与所规定的原始轴向间隙值，如有明显差异，
则寻找原因；注意不能将塞尺塞到推力盘与推力瓦块之间
测量，以免损坏乌金面；检查轴向间隙时一定要将端盖紧
固到原来位置；
2.16 Inspect the axial clearance and make pump shaft closed
to driving end in order to make that the thrust disc and
inner thrust bearing touch each other closely. Use scale to
measure the clearance between adjusting ring of outer
thrust bearing and end cover. Make pump shaft move
Page 380 of 629

forward to free end and then measure clearance. Make a
comparison between two measurement values and the
set original axial clearance. If there is obvious difference,
find out the causes. Notice: do not put the scale between
thrust disc and thrust pad to carry out measurement in
case the Babbitt metal surface is damaged. When
inspecting radial clearance, tighten the end cover to its
original position;
2.17 将上半部止挡油圈装入轴承盖内，并保证定位正确；
2.17 Put upper oil baffle into bearing cover and ensure its
positioning is correct;
2.18 装上上半部径向轴承；
2.18 Install the upper journal bearing;
2.19 装上轴承盖在轴承座上，安装时确保起吊螺栓不能凸出接
合面，并小心不要损坏径向轴承和浮动油封，然后装入定
位销，并用螺母紧固上半部和下半部轴承座；
2.19 Put bearing cover on bearing pedestal and ensure that the
bolt is not over the joint combination surface when being
lifted; avoid damaging journal bearing and floating oil
sealing, and then install positioning pins. And use nuts to
tighten the upper and lower bearing pedestals;
2.20 装上轴承热电阻测温探头；
2.20 Install bearing thermal resistance temperature-measuring
probe;
2.21 装上轴承座油管；
2.21 Install oil pipe of bearing pedestal;
2.22 装好叠片式联轴器及联轴器防护罩。
2.22 Install lamination-type coupling and coupling protecting
cover.
2.2.17.4.3 检查机械密封
2.2.17.4.3 Inspect mechanical sealing
除非需矫正具体缺陷外，建议在检查轴承的同时检查一下机械密封。
The mechanical sealing should be inspected simultaneously with
the bearing inspection unless some specific failures needed to be
corrected.
1 传动端机械密封
1. Mechanical sealing of driving end
1.1 按 4.2.1 节步骤 1―9 拆卸；
1.1 Dismantle according to the procedures (1-9) described in
4.2.1;
1.2 拆下联轴器螺母；
1.2 Dismantle coupling nuts;
1.3 拆下半联轴器及键；
1.3 Dismantle lower coupling and keys;
1.4 拆下传动端轴承座盖板；
1.4 Dismantle cover board of driving-end bearing pedestal;
Page 381 of 629

1.5 拆下油管和水管。注意终支撑着泵轴；
1.5 Dismantle oil drainage pipe and water pipe, and ensure
the pump shaft is supported all the time;
1.6 拆下传动轴轴承座下半部与泵壳连接的定位销和螺钉，并
移去轴承座下半部；
1.6 Dismantle positioning pins and screws connecting the
lower part of driving bearing pedestal and pump casing,
and remove the lower part of bearing pedestal;
1.7 参考机械密封说明，按以下工序进行：拆下机械密封；检
查密封部件，如有必要更换新的；装上机械密封；
1.7 Refer to the description of mechanical sealing and carry
out according to following procedure: dismantle
mechanical sealing and inspect the sealing parts. Replace
them if necessary. And then install the mechanical sealing;
1.8 用定位销使传动端轴承座下半部就位与泵壳上，并用六角
螺钉紧固；
1.8 Make the lower part of driving bearing pedestal position
on the pump casing by positioning pin and use hexagonal
bolt to fasten it;
1.9 装上传动端轴承座盖板；
1.9 Install cover board of driving-end bearing pedestal;
1.10 装上油管和水管；
1.10 Install oil feeding pipe and water pipe;
1.11 按 4.2.1 节步骤 11-18 安装传动端径向轴承；
1.11 Install journal bearing of driving-end according to the 11-
18 procedures described in 4.2.1.
1.12 装上半联轴器键，并装上半联轴器；
1.12 Install the upper coupling and its keys;
1.12 旋紧联轴器螺母，装上定位螺钉，防止螺母松动；
1.12 Screw down coupling nut and install positioning bolt in
case the nut is loosened;
1.14 装好叠片联轴器及防护罩。
1.14 Install lamination-type coupling and protecting cover.
2 自由端机械密封
2. Free-end mechanical sealing
2.1 按 4.2.2 节步骤 1―10 拆卸自由端径向轴承和推力轴承；
2.1 Dismantle free-end journal bearing and thrust bearing
according to the 1-10 procedures described in 4.2.2;
2.2 拆下密封水管，注意应始终支撑着泵轴；
2.2 Dismantle sealing water pipe and ensure the pump shaft
is supported all the time;
2.3 拆下自由端轴承下半部；
2.3 Dismantle the lower part of free-end bearing;
2.4 拆下推力盘螺母和锁紧垫片；
2.4 Dismantle thrust disc nut and tightening gasket;
Page 382 of 629

2.5 拆下推力盘；
2.5 Dismantle thrust disc;
2.6 从轴上拆下浮动油封；
2.6 Dismantle floating oil sealing from the shaft;
2.7 参考机械密封说明，进行以下工序：拆下机械密封；检查
密封部件，如有必要更换新的；装上机械密封；
2.7 Refer to the description of mechanical sealing and take
the following procedure: dismantle mechanical sealing
and inspect the sealing parts. Change new ones if
needed. And then install the mechanical sealing;
2.8 装上浮动油封；
2.8 install the floating oil sealing;
2.9 装上推力盘键，用火焰加热推力盘内榖，装上推力盘；装
上推力盘螺母并拧紧；
2.9 Install thrust disc keys and use flame to heat the inner hub
of thrust disc. Install thrust disc and its nut and then screw
them down;
2.10 等到推力盘冷却后，拆下推力盘螺母，装入防松垫圈，紧
固推力盘螺母；
2.10 When the thrust disc is cooled, dismantle its nut and
install lock washer. Tighten thrust disc nut;
2.11 装上自由端轴承座下半部；
2.11 Install lower part of free-end bearing pedestal;
2.12 安装润滑油和密封冷却水管道；
2.12 Install lube oil and sealing cooling water pipes;
2.13 按 4.2.2 节步骤 13-22 安装自由端径向和推力轴承及联轴器。
2.13 Install free-end radial and thrust bearing and coupling as
the procedures 13-22 described in 4.2.2.
2.2.17.5 大修
2.2.17.5 Overhaul
2.2.17.5.1 大修前的准备工作
2.2.17.5.1 Preparation before overhaul
在开始大修工序期间，泵组必须按以下方法隔离：
When beginning the overhaul, the pump groups should be
isolated by the following methods:
1 切断电机及润滑油系统的电源；
1. Cut off the power supply for the motor and lube oil system;
2 切断所有仪表电源；
2. Cut off power supply for all the instruments;
3 检查泵组进口和出口阀门及再循环系统隔绝阀门是否关闭；
3. Check if the inlet and outlet valves of pump group and
isolation valve of recirculating system are closed;
4 检查冷却水源是否被切断；
4. Check whether the cooling water source has been cut off;
5 打开放水、放气孔，把泵壳内水排出。注意在维修泵之前，
Page 383 of 629

应确保泵内是无压的；
5. Open the water drainage and vent holes to discharge the
water out of the pump casing. Ensure there is no pressure
inside pump before the pump maintenance;
6 断开并拆下所有影响解体的仪表；
6. Cut off and dismantle all instruments which may influence
the disassembly;
7 拆下所有影响解体的小口径管道；
7. Dismantle all pipeline with minor-caliber which may
influence the disassembly;
8 检查所有起吊装置和专用工具是否良好。注意传动端泵轴上
的螺纹是左旋螺纹，自由端是右旋螺纹，为了便于安装，
如有必要在每一组件重新标上新的记号。
8. Check if all lifting devices and special tools are in good
condition. Notice: the screw thread on the driving-end
pump shaft should be left-revolved; but right-revolved for
the free-end. Make new marks on each assembly for the
future installation.
2.2.17.5.2 泵解体
2.2.17.5.2 Pump disassembly
1 按 4.3.1 节步骤 1-6 拆卸传动端径向轴承；
1. Dismantle the driving-end journal bearing according to the
1-6 procedures described in 4.3.1;
2 按 4.3.2 节步骤 1-6 拆卸自由端径向轴承和推力轴承；
2. Dismantle the free-end journal bearing and thrust bearing
as the 1-6 procedures described in 4.3.2;
3 拔出泵体和泵盖联接的定位销，旋下紧固螺母；
3. Pick out the positioning pin connecting the pump and
pump cover, and screw down the nut;
4 拆下两端机械密封盖与密封冷却壳体的联接螺钉、机械密封
轴套的紧定螺钉，将机械密封从轴上滑出；
4. Dismantle the connecting bolt double-end mechanical
sealing cover and sealing cooling casing proper, and
tightening bolt of mechanical sealing bearing sleeve. Slide
the mechanical sealing out of shaft;
5 拆下两端密封冷却壳体与泵壳的联接螺栓；
5. Dismantle the connecting bolt of the double-end sealing
cooling casing proper and pump casing;
6 把起吊装置装入泵盖上的吊耳里，用顶升螺钉将泵盖顶起
小心吊起泵盖并吊离；
6. Put the lifting device into lifting lug on the pump cover and
use jacking screw to jack up the pump cover. Lift the
pump cover carefully and then take it out;
7 装上起吊装置，吊住转子；
7. Install lifting device and suspend the rotor;
8 绕着叶轮旋转泵壳磨损环，直至其脱离泵体的槽，然后吊
开转子，送到已准备好的适当的维修场地。
Page 384 of 629

8. Rotate the pump casing along with the impeller wear ring
until it runs out of groove of the pump proper. And then lift
out the rotor and deliver it to the proper maintenance field.
2.2.17.5.3 转子解体
2.2.17.5.3 Rotor disassembly
1 把转子水平放置在支架上，确保转子牢固，平稳地在架子
上；
1. Put the rotor on the support in horizontal level; ensure it is
firmly and statically mounted on the support;
2 参考机械密封说明，从泵轴上拆下传动端和自由端机械密
封组件、机械密封轴套和轴套键；
2. Refer to the description of mechanical sealing. Dismantle
the driving-end and free-end mechanical sealing
assembly, mechanical sealing shaft sleeve and shaft
sleeve keys out of pump shaft;
3 从泵轴上拆下传动端和自由端的冷却壳体和泵壳磨损环。
3. Dismantle the driving-end and free-end cooling casing
proper and pump casing wear ring out of pump shaft;
2.2.17.5.4 检查、更换和维修程序
2.2.17.5.4 Inspection, replacement and maintenance procedures
所有部件必须彻底清洗，并检查是否有磨损和损坏。所有部件的径
向运行间隙都必须用内、外径千分尺测量，并与本节 5.6 条所给的
数值对照，若测量间隙超过所给范围，应更换该零件。主要应考虑
的是泵的运行性能，泵的出口压力降到允许值以下，电机耗电量显
著增大或振动值增加不能允许的程度等。
Clean all parts and inspect thoroughly and check whether they
suffer abrasion and damage. The radial movement clearance of
all parts has to be measured by the inner and outer micrometer,
and compare with the values supplied in this chapter (tip 5 and 6),
if the measured value surpasses the regulated limit, replace that
part. The operating performance of pumps should be considered
first. For example: if the outlet pressure of pump decreases to
below the permissible value; if the power consumption of motor
obviously increases or the vibration value increase to overpass
the permissible degree etc.
1 叶轮和泵壳磨损环
1. Impeller and pump casing wear ring
1.1 检查叶轮是否有冲蚀现象，特别是在叶片的端部；
1.1 Inspect impeller to see whether there is flushing and
corrosion especially at the end of blades;
1.2 检查叶轮和与之对应的泵壳磨损环，测量两者之间的径向
间隙，若间隙超过下列 6 条中所给的值，应重新配置泵壳
磨损环。
1.2 Inspect impeller and the corresponding pump casing wear
ring. Measure the radial clearance between the two. If the
clearance exceeds the set values in the following six lines,
re-collocate the pump casing wear ring.
2 轴和轴套
Page 385 of 629

2. Shaft and shaft sleeve
2.1 检查轴的任何损坏和弯曲情况并检查同心度，同心度应在
表读数 0.025mm 之内；
2.1 Inspect shaft damage and bending degree and its
concentricity which should be within 0.025mm of the
gauge;
2.2 检查机械密封轴套有无损坏或磨损情况。
2.2 Check if the mechanical sealing shaft sleeve suffers
damage and abrasion.
3 机械密封
检查机械密封有无损坏和磨损，如果有必要换新，详细请
查阅机械密封说明。
3. Mechanical sealing
Check if the mechanical sealing suffers damage and
abrasion. If it is necessary, replace a new one (refer to the
Mechanical Sealing Illustration).
4 径向轴承和推力轴承
4. Journal bearing and thrust bearing
1 彻底清洗并检查径向轴承有无损坏或磨损。必要时更换新的
1. Clean the journal bearing and check if it suffers damage
and abrasion. If it is necessary, replace a new one;
2 彻底清洗并检查推力块有无损坏或磨损，必要时更换新的
注意在正常运行条件下，推力块乌金面上除发暗外，不应
有任何测得的磨损。当暗面超过推力块乌金面的一半时，建
议更换新的推力块；
2. Clean the thrust pad and check whether it suffers damage
and abrasion. If there is, change a new one. In the normal
operation, there should be no abrasion except a little
darkness on Babbitt metal surface of the thrust pad. When
the dark surface reaches half of it, replace for a new thrust
pad；
3 彻底清洗并检查推力盘有无损坏或磨损，必要时更换新的。
3. Clean the thrust disc and check if it suffers damage and
abrasion. If it is necessary, replace a new one;
4 轴承挡油圈及浮动油封有无损坏或磨损，必要时更换新的。
4. Clean the oil baffle and floating oil sealing and check if
they suffer damage and abrasion. If it is necessary,
replace a new one;
5 一般维修
5. Routine maintenance
5.1 检查所有的双头螺栓、螺母和螺栓有无损坏或变形，按需要
更换新的；
5.1 Check if all double-head bolts, nuts and bolts suffer
damage or deformation. If it is necessary, replace new
ones;
5.2 组装时所有的接口垫片和 O 型圈都要换新的；
5.2 All joint gaskets and O rings should be replaced for new
Page 386 of 629

ones during assembly.
5.3 检查联轴器的各个部件和螺栓有无磨损或损坏，必要时更
换新的。
5.3 Check if each part of coupling and bolts suffer damage or
abrasion. If it is necessary, replace a new one;
6 间隙
6. Clearance
第一组为新件的间隙值，第二组为应该更换新件的间隙值。
The first group is the clearance values of new components, while
the second group is about the clearance values of ones which
should be replaced.
表 9 前置泵的运行间隙单位 mm
间隙位置第一组第二组
径向轴承与轴之间 0.08/0.10 0.18
叶轮与泵壳磨损环之间 0.56/0.62 1.18
2.0（传动端） _____
叶轮与泵壳磨损环(轴向)
6.0（自由端） _____
推力盘与推力块（轴向） 0.30/0.50 根据检查
转子总轴向窜动量（不装推
8.0 _____
力块）
Table 9 Operating clearance of front-positioning pump

Unit: mm
Clearance position First group Second group
Between journal bearing
0.08/0.10 0.18
and shaft
Between impeller and
0.56/0.62 1.18
pump casing wear ring
Between impeller and 2.0 ( driving end) _____
pump casing wear ring
6.0 ( free end) _____
( axial)
Thrust pad and thrust According to
0.30/0.50
disc(axial) inspection
Total axial displacement of
8.0 _____
rotor ( without thrust pad)
7 动平衡
7. Dynamic balance
如果转子更换或修复零件应进行动平衡检查。
Carry out dynamic balance inspection when replacing the
rotor or repair the components.
现场设备条件合适，建议按下述方法检查动平衡：
Page 387 of 629

If the equipment on-site proper, inspect dynamic balance
as follows:
7.1 以轴颈的中心线为支承点，检查转子的动平衡，其值应在
动平衡精度等级 G6.3 GB9239-1988(ISO 1940/1-1986(E))
以内。
7.1 Take the centerline of bearing journal as support point to
inspect the dynamic balance of rotor. The value should be
within G6.3 GB9239-1988(ISO 1940/1-1986(E)) (dynamic
balance fineness level).
7.2 要达到动平衡，可从叶轮盘上切削去金属，但切削量应在
以下限度以内：叶轮盘的任何一点厚度的减薄量不允许超
过 1 .6mm；直径 400mm 以外处，禁止切削去金属；按扇
形计算切削金属量，扇形的弧度不能超过圆周的 10%。注意
若切削金属量超过上述规定，应与制造厂联系。
7.2 In order to carry out dynamic balance, it is allowed to cut
off metal from the impeller disc and the cutting amount
should be within the following limits: the thickness of any
point on impeller disc should not exceed 1.6mm; do not
cut metal outside the place of 400mm diameter; calculate
the metal cutting amount according to the sector whose
radian should not exceed 10% of the circle. If the metal
cutting amount exceeds the regulated value, contact the
manufacture.
8 装配备用叶轮
8. Installation of spare impeller
只有在需要装配备用叶轮或轴时才从轴上拆下叶轮，注意
从泵轴上拆卸叶轮之前，要认真辨别叶轮在泵轴上原来的
位置，为组装时作准备。更换叶轮时按下列步骤进行：
The impeller can only be dismantled from shaft when
standby impeller or shaft needs to be installed. Before
dismantling the impeller from pump shaft, make sure of its
original position on the pump shaft for future assembly.
Replace the impeller according to following procedures:
8.1 松开叶轮螺母锁紧垫圈，用专用工具拆下两端叶轮螺母和
锁紧垫圈；
8.1 Loosen impeller nut lock gaskets. Use special tools to
dismantle impeller nut lock gaskets at two ends;
8.2 从轴上拆下叶轮和键；
8.2 Dismantle impeller and keys from the shaft;
8.3 检查键与备用叶轮或轴的键槽的配合是否合适；
8.3 Check if the keys and standby impeller or the key groove
of shaft match properly with each other;
8.4 在轴上装上叶轮，安装时注意叶轮的方向，并确保叶轮的
键槽准确地和键对齐；
8.4 Install impeller on shaft and pay attention to the direction
of the impeller. Make sure the key groove of impeller is
aligned with the keys.
8.5 确保叶轮的轴向位置与原来位置相同以保证叶轮对中；
Page 388 of 629

8.5 Ensure the axial position of impeller is same with original
position to guarantee the impeller alignment;
8.6 装上叶轮锁紧垫圈和叶轮螺母，并轻轻预紧。
8.6 Install impeller lock washer and impeller nut and fasten
them slightly in advance.
2.2.17.5.5 组装泵
2.2.17.5.5 Pump assembly
在组装泵之前，必须清洗所有部件，所有的孔和油路也必须清洗。
注意在组装时，建议在轴上和轴套孔内涂上胶体石墨或类似的东西
待其干燥后再擦洗。
Before the pump assembly, clean all the parts including holes and
oil pipelines. When assembling the pump, it is better to paint
colloidal graphite or something like that on the shaft and in the
bearing sleeve hole; and then clean them when they are dry.
1 将泵轴和叶轮组件支撑在木架上；
1. Make the pump shaft and impeller assembly supported on
wooden frame;
2 将泵壳磨损环装到叶轮盖板上；
2. Mount pump casing wear ring on impeller cover board;
3 将两端的冷却壳体换上新的密封垫装到轴上；
3. Replace new sealing gasket of cooling casing proper at
two ends and then install it on the shaft;
4 把转子栓好，小心地吊起，放进泵体内，在放转子时注意
将泵壳磨损环准确嵌到泵体的凹槽内，保证冷却壳体准确
就位，注意不要损坏密封垫；
4. Tie the rotor firmly and lift it out, and then put it in the
pump body. Put the pump casing wear ring into groove of
pump body correctly when laying the rotor. Ensure the
cooling casing proper is placed in the right place. Do not
damage the sealing gasket;
5 更换新的泵体中分面密封垫；
5. Replace the sealing gasket on the mid-split surface of the
pump body;
6 将起吊装置装到泵盖的吊耳内，确保所有接合面都很清洁
把泵盖小心吊起并吊到泵体上；
6. Mount the lifting device into the lug of pump cover and
ensure all joint surfaces are clean. Lift the pump cover to
pump body carefully;
7 将机械密封轴套键装到轴上。
7. Install mechanical sealing sleeve keys on the shaft;
8 按机械密封说明，安装机械密封；
8. Install mechanical sealing according to Mechanical
Sealing Illustration;
9 按 4.3.1 节所讲步骤第 8-13 装上传动端轴承；
9. Install driving-end bearing according to the 8-13
procedures described in 4.3.1;
10 按 4.3.2 节所讲步骤第 8-11 装上自由端轴承；
Page 389 of 629

10. Install free-end bearing according to the 8-11 procedures
described in 4.3.2;
11 按以下步骤检查转子轴向位置和推力轴承的轴向间隙：
11. Inspect the axial position of rotor and axial clearance of
thrust bearing as the following procedures:
11.1 将转子向传动端靠足，以推力盘内侧面为基准，在轴承座
下半部的水平面上划一直线；
Move rotor to driving end and take inner side of thrust disc
as bench mark to draw a straight line on the horizontal
plane of the lower half pf bearing pedestal;
11.2 再将转子向自由端靠足，以相同的基准面在轴承座的水平
面上再划一条直线；
Move rotor to free end and take the same bench mark to
draw another straight line on the horizontal plane
11.3 测量二线间的距离，该值应为约 8mm；
Measure the distance between the two lines, and it should
be around 8mm;
11.4 把内侧两半部推力轴承导环及间隔圈装入轴承座下半部内
将转子向传动端靠足，用同样的基准在轴承座水平上标上
第三条线，该线应距内侧一条线 2mm；注意转子应从二条
线的中位向传动端靠 2mm。
Mount guide rings and isolation ring of the two half thrust
bearings in inner side to the lower part of bearing
pedestal. Move rotor to driving end. Take the same bench
mark and then mark the third line on the bearing pedestal
horizontal plane. This third line should be 2mm away from
the inner line. The rotor should move 2mm to the driving
end from the median position of the two lines.
11.5 将外侧两半部推力轴承导环及间隔圈装入轴承座下半部内；
Mount guide rings and isolation rings of the two half thrust
bearings in outer side of the lower part of bearing
pedestal;
11.6 在电机位于运转位置条件下，检查电机侧与泵侧半联轴器
工作面之间的轴向距离，其值应为 175mm；
When the motor is in operation, check the axial distance
between the half coupling working surface at motor side
and pump side, and that distance should be 175mm;
11.7 按上述方法推移泵轴，仔细测量轴向间隙，将推力盘紧贴
在一面的推力块上，在另一侧的推力轴承的调整块与轴承
座之间，用塞尺测量该间隙，该间隙应为 0.30/0.50mm ，
对任何测量到的变化都应检查原因；切记不能将塞尺插到
推力盘和推力块之间，这样既测不准，又要损伤推力块乌
金表面。
Push and move pump shaft according to the above
methods. Measure the axial clearance. Stick the thrust
disc on one side of the thrust pad; use feeler gauge to
measure the clearance between the bearing pedestal and
adjustment block of thrust pad in another side; the
Page 390 of 629

clearance should be 0.30/0.50mm. Find out the reason if
any changes appear during measurement. Do not insert
the feeler gauge between thrust disc and thrust pad, in
this way the measurement result would be incorrect and it
may cause damage to the Babbitt metal surface of thrust
pad as well.
12 将自由端径向轴承上半部放到轴上；
12. Put the upper part of free-end journal bearing on the shaft;
13 把止油挡圈上半部装入自由端轴承座上半部，并保证其定
位销准确定位；
13. Put the upper part of oil baffle into the upper half of free-
end bearing pedestal, and ensure its positioning pin works
correctly;
14 装上轴承盖在自由端轴承座上，安装时确保起吊螺栓不能
凸出接合面，并小心不要损坏径向轴承和浮动油封，然后
装入定位销，并用螺母紧固上半部和下半部轴承座；
14. Install bearing cover on free-end bearing pedestal. During
installation, ensure the lifting bolts do not budged the joint
surface and pay attention not to break the journal bearing
and floating oil sealing. And then mount positioning pins
and fasten the upper part and lower part of bearing
pedestal with nuts;
15 将传动端径向轴承上半部放到轴上；
15. Put the upper part of driving-end journal bearing on the
shaft;
16 把止油挡圈上半部装入传动端轴承座上半部，并保证其定
位销准确定位；
16. Install the upper part of oil baffle into the upper part of
driving-end bearing pedestal and ensure the positioning
pin works normally;
17 吊起上半部轴承座，放到下半部轴承座上。安装时确保起吊
螺栓不能凸出接合面，并小心不要损坏径向轴承和止油挡
圈，然后装入定位销，并用螺母紧固上半部和下半部轴承
座；
17. Lift the upper part of bearing pedestal and put it on the
lower part. When installing, ensure the lifting bolt not
bulged the joint surface and not break the journal bearing
and oil baffle. And then mount the positioning pin and use
nut to tighten the upper and lower parts of bearing
pedestal;
18 用六角螺栓将盖板紧固在轴承座上。注意此时应保证转子能
旋转自如；
18. Use hexagonal bolt to fasten the cover board on bearing
pedestal. At this time, ensure the rotor can rotate flexibly;
19 检查联轴器对中情况然后装上叠片组件，用螺栓和螺母将
其固紧；
19. Install lamination assembly after inspecting the coupling
alignment and then use bolts and nuts to tighten it;
Page 391 of 629

20 接好机械密封冷却水的进、出口管道，接好泵壳放气管道，
并接好在拆卸时断开的其它小口径管道；
20. Correctly connect the inlet and outlet pipeline of
mechanical sealing cooling water, the vent pipe of pump
casing, and also connect the other small-diameter
pipelines which are disconnected during dismantle;
21 用螺钉装好联轴器保护罩；
21. Use screws to assemble coupling protecting cover;
22 将在拆卸时拆除的仪表线接好。
22. Connect the wires of the instruments which are removed
during dismantling.
王笑（4909）
2.2.17.6 8B1D 型机械密封
2.2.17.6 8B1D mechanical seal
8B1D 型系精密的产品，鉴于密封面已磨成高度的平面性，因此在
移运时，密封面应有防护装置以防损坏，小心处理。拆除装置时，
必须注意切勿使这些表面擦伤或碎落。
Regarding precision products like 8B1D type, the sealing interface
has already been rubbed to be highly flat. Therefore, as it is
transported, a kind of protective device should be installed on the
sealing surface in case of damage. When disassembling it, treat it
carefully in case of surface friction or stripping.
Page 392 of 629

图 3 机械密封结构图
THRUST RING
VENT HOLE
O RING
(Φ109.6) ELASTIC SUPPORT RING
HOLDING SCREW
STATOR RING
Φ6 PIN, EXTENDING INTO RING DEY
STATOR RING 1.75mm
(NOTE: PIN HAS TO INSERT SPRING
O RING
INTO THE STATOR SLOT) (Φ107.6)
ROTATING SEAT
O RING(Φ142.6)
ROTOR RING (BALANCE RING)
MECHANICAL
SEAL SLEEVE
SHAFT
APPROPRIATE INSTALLATION
OF MECHANICAL SEAL MEANS
SLOT SURFACE ACCORD WITH
SEALING SURFACE
Φ8 DRIVING PIN: COMPRESSED INSIDE
MECHANICAL SEAL COVER SLEEVE WITH 8mm SHOULDER
COOLING WATER INLET AND OUTLET SEAL COOLING SHELL

JOINT IN HORIZONTAL CENTERLINE
GASKET: 0.40mm IN THICK, NO LESS THAN 0.34 AFTER SEAL-POSITIONING RING

BEING COMPRESSED WHEN COVER IS TIGHT.
FIG. 3 MECHANICAL SEAL STRUCTURAL SKETCH

2.2.17.6.1 工艺要求
2.2.17.6.1 Technological requirements
在安装密封前必须做到：
Before the seal is installed, the following requirements have to be
achieved:
1. 检查轴套直径的容许偏差为 ±0.05mm，并且椭圆度不得超过
0.025mm；
2. 检查轴套表面精度应 0.4～0.6μm 内或更精密；
3. 应保证轴套的表面无锐边或毛口，因为静环须在这些表面通过；
4. 应保证将静环必须通过的轴套的前沿斜切成 10° ，长度为
10mm，并倒成圆角 1mm；
5. 检查泵轴的轴向窜动不能超过离轴的工作位置 0.08mm；
6. 检查静环垂直度必须是正确的，静环的研磨面和轴心必须相互
成 90°，并在 0.03mm 百分表读数内；
7. 检查机械密封盖与静环配合的孔和轴之间的同心度应在
Page 393 of 629

0.05mm 以内；
8. 彻底并小心清洗机械密封盖的工作面和孔，机械密封盖的工作
面应机械加工成光滑并与轴的垂直度在 0.03mm 百分表读数内；
9. 轴套的孔必须使液体不能透过，检查轴套的 O 形圈，保证不能
受损并保持清洁。
1. The permitted diameter deviation of the shaft sleeve is ±0.05mm, and
ellipticity has to be no more than 0.025mm.
2. The surface accuracy of the shaft sleeve should be within 0.4 ～0.6μm or
even more accurate.
3. There should be no sharp edge or burr on the sleeve surface because the
stationary ring has to go through these surfaces.
4. Cut a slope of 10°on the front of the sleeve on which the stationary ring
may pass through. The length of the angle should be 10mm and make
sure it can be count made into a 1mm angle.
5. The axial float on the pump shaft has to be ensured within the range of
0.08mm from the working position.
6. Check the verticality of the stationary ring and make sure its accuracy.
The rubbing surface of the stationary ring and the axis ha to be vertical to
each other with 90°angle. Make sure it is within the range of 0.03mm dial
indicator.
7. Check the hole between mechanical seal and stationary ring, and make
sure the concentricity of the shaft and the hole should be within 0.05mm.
8. Thoroughly and carefully clean the working interface and hole of the
mechanical seal cover. The working interface of the mechanical seal
should be technically processed into a smooth surface. Make sure its
verticality with the shaft is within the reading range of the 0.03mm dial
indicator.
9. Make sure that the sleeve hole cannot have any liquid pass through it.
Check the O ring of the shaft sleeve. Protect it from being damaged or
polluted.
2.2.17.6.2 安装步骤
2.2.17.6.2 Assembling process
1 在这一装配上所使用的 O 形圈系用乙烯－丙稀制成，因此，不
论在密封件装配或工作钳台上均不能粘上油类，可用液体皂作
为润滑剂；
1 All O rings used in this set of equipment are all made of FEP
material. Therefore, no oil can be adhered onto the sealing
fittings or working bench clamp. Some liquid soap can be
used as lubricant.
2 将轴套以竖立的方式放在台钳上，其带动销贴近钳台的表面；
Page 394 of 629

2 Vertically put the shaft sleeve on the bench clamp, with its
driving pin attached with the clamp surface.
3 润滑密封装置内 O 形圈和密封装置通过的轴套的前沿；
3 The O ring in the lubrication sealing device and the sealing
device pass through the front edge of the shaft sleeve.
4 轻轻地使密封通过轴套，必须小心切勿使动环受损，只能使用
手的压力，在套上推动密封装置，在做这项工作时，可用一块
清洁的布盖在动环的研磨面上，这是可取的；
4 Lightly and carefully have the seal pass through the shaft
sleeve in case of any damage to the rotating ring. Use hand to
push the sealing device along the sleeve. While doing this
work, use a piece of clean cloth to cover on the rubbing
surface of the rotating ring. This method is adoptable.
5 保证带动销从轴套凸出 8mm，并将这支销和动环支承座背面的
孔口对齐，轻轻地将密封装置自套划下，直至它靠着轴套的凸
肩；
5 Ensure the driving pin bulged out of the sleeve about 8mm.
Keep this pin in the same line with the bore at back of the
driving ring support seat. Lightly move down the self sleeve of
the sealing device until it approach the shoulder of the sleeve.
6 保证在轴套要通过的轴段前沿要有 2.5mm 长、10°斜度的引入段
润滑轴套 O 形圈并将其装入轴套槽内；
6 Retain a section of pull-in part with a length of 2.5mm and
slope degree of 10°on the front edge of the shaft for passage
of the sleeve. Lubricate the O ring of the shaft sleeve and put
it into the sleeve slot.
7 轻轻地使轴套在轴的上面通过（与密封装置一起），小心切勿
损坏套的 O 形圈；
7 Gently let the sleeve passing above the shaft (together with
sealing device), and be careful in case of damaging the O ring
of the sleeve.
8 在正确地将轴套定位后，用平头螺钉固定在轴上，必须保证平
头螺钉的头不能凸出套的外径；
8 After accurately positioning the sleeve, fix it onto the shaft with
flat screw. Make sure the head of the flat screw not bulge out
of the outer diameter of the sleeve.
9 保证机械密封盖的所有尺寸都是正确的；
9 Make sure the accuracy of all sizes of the mechanical seal
cover.
10 将盖板的平边放在工作表面上；
10 Put the smooth edge of the cover board onto the working
surface.
Page 395 of 629

11 保证 5mm 直径的销子凸出 4.75mm 并且不能变形；
11 The pin with 5mm diameter should be made sure to bulge out
of 4.75mm and no deformation at all.
12 小心将保护涂层从静环刮去，保证静环的研磨面不受损伤；
12 Carefully shave the protective coat off the stationary ring. The
rubbing surface of the stationary ring cannot be damaged at
all.
13 由于静环需用销定位，可在密封盖室的前面作一记号以与销的
位置对齐；
13 Because a pin is needed to position the stationary ring, one
mark can be made in front of the sealing cover chamber in
order to have them in the same horizontal line.
14 在静环的外径上作一记号与销槽对齐，必须小心在这一过程中
不能使静环的研磨面受损；
14 Make a mark the outer diameter of the stationary ring to
accord with the pin slot. Be careful during this process in case
of damaging the rubbing surface of the stationary ring.
15 使用液体皂对 O 形圈加润滑并将它们小心地嵌入在密封盖室内
的各自槽内；
15 Lubricate the O ring with liquid soap and insert these rings
into different slots in the sealing cover chamber.
16 使静环和密封盖室的轴心垂直，并将销的记号对齐，用手将静
环推入它的室内，保证销入槽内；
16 Make the stator be vertical with the axis of the sealing cover
chamber in accordance with the pin mark. Push the stationary
ring into its chamber till the slots completely.
17 彻底擦净静环和动环的研磨表面；
17 Thoroughly clean the rubbing surfaces of the stationary ring
and moving ring.
18 将密封定位环装在静环上，在密封盖结合面上垫 0.40mm 的垫
片；
18 Install the positioning ring onto the stationary ring. Put a
gasket with thickness of 0.40mm between the sealing cover
interface.
19 将盖板组合在轴上通过，应特别小心切勿使静环与轴接触；
19 Have the cover board fittings pass through the shaft. Pay
close attention to it, preventing the stationary ring touching the
shaft.
20 用手指拧紧密封盖板所有的螺栓，然后将每只螺栓间隔地分别
拧紧，务使压力均匀，直至所有螺栓均拧紧，并且连接面不泄
漏。应该着重指出，拧紧这些螺栓时如用力不均匀，将会使精密
Page 396 of 629

的研磨过的动环和静环的工作面产生变形。
20 Screw on all the bolts on the sealing board, and respectively
fasten the bolts in order to output strength evenly, to make
sure no leakage on the interface. Pay attention that if strength
is output unevenly while screwing on these bolts, it may
deform the working interface of the moving ring and stationary
ring with accurate rubbing.
2.2.17.6.3 在转动设备前必须做到以下几点
2.2.17.6.3 Before rotating the equipment, achieve the following conditions:
1 完成设备的装配，按旋转方向转动轴（如可能用手转），保证
自由转动；
2 查阅可能取得的所有设备的操作说明来检查所有的管道连接的
正确性，特别是关于密封的再循环/冷却的要求；
3 在启动设备前，保证密封室灌满液体并恰当的放气。干运转会引
起过热，使密封面受损，从而大大缩短密封的使用寿命。
1. After the assembling is completed, rotate the shaft in accordance with the
rotating direction (by manual if possible), to make sure the freely rotating.
2. Refer back to all possible materials regarding the operation instruction of
all equipment, to ensure correct pipeline connection. Especially pay
attention to the requirements of recirculation/ cooling of the seal.
3. Before startup, ensure the sealing chamber is full with liquid and proper
ventilation has been done. Dry rotating will cause overheat, and damage
to the sealing surface. In this way, the life span of the seal may be
reduced to a large extent.
2.2.17.6.4 移去密封
2.2.17.6.4 Removal of the seal
1 将轴套必须洗清并加油，将盖板和轴套移去并将其放置在清洁
的钳台上；
1 Clean the shaft sleeve firstly and add oil into it. Remove the
cover board and sleeve and put them onto a clean vice bench.
2 拆卸密封装置；
2 Disassemble the sealing device.
Page 397 of 629

注：拆卸密封件必须将夹持支承座内面的密封组件的弹性卡环移去，因
此必须将弹簧压紧以去掉对弹性卡环的压力。
Note: The elastic snap ring on the sealing fittings inside the support
seat has to be removed firstly. Therefore, press the spring tightly to
eliminate the pressure to the elastic snap ring.
2.2.17.6.5 装配密封（参见下图）
2.2.17.6.5 Assembly of the seal (refer to the following picture)
图 4 机械密封组装图
Fig.4 Assembly drawing of the mechanical seal
密封重新装配及放回泵体内部之前，必须更换下述易损部件：O 形
圈、支承环、动环、静环。
Before reassemble the seal and before it is put back into the
Page 398 of 629

pump body, the following mentioned components of easy damage
should be exchanged: O ring, support ring, moving ring and
stationary ring.
1 将弹簧定位在动环支承座的孔内；
1 Position the spring into the hole on the moving ring bracket
seat.
2 将推力环装配在动环轴承座，小心地将外径上的槽口与动环轴
承座内的波痕对齐；
2 Install the thrust ring onto the moving ring bearing pedestal.
Align the slot opening on the outer diameter with the waving
trace inside the moving ring bearing pedestal and make sure
they are in the same line.
3 将支承环和 O 形圈装入动环，然后将这一动环的组合装在推力
环上，小心将在动环外径上的凹槽与动环轴承座内的波痕对齐；
3 Insert the support ring and O ring into the moving ring. Then
install this onto the thrust ring. Gently align the recess slot on
the moving ring outer diameter with the waving inside the
bearing pedestal and make them in the same line.
4 使用一块光滑和平面的材料来保护密封件的表面，将弹簧轻压
并将弹性卡环定位在它的凹槽内，使两端距轴承座的小孔或槽
口的距离保持在 6mm 和 12mm 之间（取决于密封件的大小）；
4 Use a piece of smooth and flat material to protect the surface
of the sealing fittings. Slightly press the spring and position
the elastic snap ring into its slot. Retain distance between the
small holes at two ends and the bearing pedestal be within the
range from 6mm and 12mm (depend on the size of sealing
piece).
5 可以让密封件延伸至它的自由长度，并检查已完成的平头螺钉，
不与动环轴承座的孔径接触。
5 Sealing components can be extended till its free length.
Check the flat screw which has been done. No contact with
the bore diameter of the moving ring bearing pedestal.
注：有两条圆周线切割在密封件动环轴承座的外壁，一条通过
平头螺钉的螺纹孔，藉此表明平头螺钉具有公制螺纹，另一条
线作为直观的指导，能看出密封件是否调定至它的正确的工作
长度，如果正确的，当密封件安装完成后，这支推力环应和第
二条线对齐。
Note: Two circumferential lines cut on the outer wall of the
sealing components moving ring bearing pedestal. One
passes through the thread hole of the flat screw, showing that
the flat screw has metric thread. The other one serves as a
kind of objective instruction, to see whether the sealing
components have been adjusted till its normal working length.
If no problem occurs, this thrust ring should be in same line
with the second line after appropriate installation.
Page 399 of 629

2.2.17.6.6 拆卸密封件
2.2.17.6.6 Disassembly of the sealing components
1. 用一块光滑扁平的材料来保护密封件的表面并轻压密封件的弹
簧；
2. 将一只尖端的工具插入轴承座内的小孔或凹槽，将弹性卡环移
去；
3. 将动环内的 O 形圈、支承环、推力环和弹簧移去。
1. Use a piece of smooth and flat material to protect the surface of the
sealing components and gently press the spring.
2. Insert a sharp-pointed tool into the small holes or slots of the bearing
pedestal. Remove the elastic snap ring.
3. Remove the components like O ring, support ring, thrust ring and spring
out inside the moving ring.
注：拆卸密封件必须将夹持轴承座内面的密封组件的弹性卡环移去
因此必须将弹簧压紧以去掉对弹性卡环的压力。
Note: One of the disassembly processes is to remove elastic snap
ring of the sealing components in bearing pedestal. Therefore, the
spring has to be pressed tightly to release the pressure it effects
to the elastic snap ring.
2.2.18 凝结水泵
2.2.18 Condensate pump
2.2.18.1 概述
2.2.18.1 General Description
凝结水泵系长沙水泵厂有限公司生产的立式泵，凝结水泵将凝结水
送入精处理装置后，通过低压加热器进入除氧器。
The condensate pump is a kind of vertical pump manufactured by
Chang Sha Water Pump Cop. Ltd. The pump supplies condensate
to polishing device, and then it flows into deaerator through low
pressure heater.
每台机组配 100％容量凝结水泵 2 台，1 台运行，1 台备用。凝结水
泵由定速电动机直接驱动，凝结水量由泵后调节阀控制。当运行泵
事故跳闸时，备用泵能自动投入运行。
For each unit, there are two condensate pumps with 100%
capacity. One is in operation while the other is standby.
Condensate pump is driven by constant speed motor directly. The
water flow is controlled by control valve behind the pump. When
the running pump trips due to emergency trip, the standby pump
can operate automatically.
2.2.18.2 技术规范、结构特性及主要部件材质
Page 400 of 629

2.2.18.2 Technological specification, structure features and materials of
main components
表 10 设备规范
名称单位数据
型式立式筒袋式 6 级导叶离心水泵
凝结泵型号 C590III-6
流量 m3/h 872.48
扬程 mH2O 288.7
水温 ℃ 42.69
入口额定压力 kPa 8.5（不含静压和管道阻力）
入口最低压力 kPa 6.0（不含静压和管道阻力）
转速 r/min 1480
轴功率 kw 827
泵效率％ 83
首级叶轮必须汽蚀余量 m 2.8
级数 6
轴功率 kW 827
旋转方向从电机往泵看，泵逆时针旋转
最小流量 m3/h 200
最小流量下扬程 mH2O 339.6
泵关闭扬程 mH2O 340
泵正常运行轴承双侧振幅 mm ≤0.076
事故运行轴承双侧振幅 mm 0.12
凝结水标准（Tmax≤80℃）
含氧量 <15 ppb；最大不大于 40 ppb
含钠离子 <20 μg/l
含二氧化硅 <30 μg/l
硬度 <20 μmol/l
电导率 0.3 μs/cm
Table 10 Equipment specification
Page 401 of 629

Name Unit Data
Vertical, drum like, 6-stage guide vane,
Type
centrifugal pump
Condensate pump model C590III-6
Flow m3/h 872.48
Delivery head mH2O 288.7
Water temperature ℃ 42.69
8.5（exclude static pressure and pipeline
Inlet rated pressure kPa
resistance）
6.0（exclude static pressure and pipeline
Inlet minimum pressure kPa
resistance）
Shaft power kw 827
Pump efficiency ％ 83
Primary stage impeller m 2.8
NPSH
Stage(s) 6
Shaft power kW 827
Rotating direction Anti-clockwise as seeing from motor to pump
Minimum flow m3/h 200
Delivery head under
mH2O 339.6
minimum flow
Pump shutdown delivery
mH2O 340
head
Two sides amplitude of
bearing during pump mm ≤0.076
normal operation
Two sides amplitude of
bearing during emergency mm 0.12
operation
Condensate standard（Tmax≤80℃）
Oxygen content <15 ppb；Maximum is no more than 40 ppb
Sodium ion content <20 μg/l
Silicon dioxide content <30 μg/l
Hardness <20 μmol/l
Page 402 of 629

Conductivity 0.3 μs/cm
表11 结构特性
项目单位数据
泵壳设计压力 MPa 0.7
泵壳水压试验压力 MPa 1.0
叶轮级数－ 6
第一级叶轮型式－双吸
叶轮直径(最大/最小) mm Φ452
泵轴直径 mm Φ100
轴长度 m 6.4
径向轴承数量－ 4
联轴器型式－弹性柱销
临界转速 r/min 2000
径向轴承型式－导轴承
推力轴承型式－ SKF滚动轴承
推力轴承荷载 KN 58.8
机械密封型式－集装式
机械密封制造厂－上海博格曼
泵筒体直径 mm Φ1020
泵筒体长度 m 4.675
出水泵壳材料－ Q235-A
泵座材料－ HT250
导叶材料－ QT500-7
外筒体材料－ Q235-A
首级叶轮－ ZG0Cr18Ni9
次级叶轮－ ZG2Cr13
轴－ 45#
Page 403 of 629

水导轴承－ CFZ-1
轴承座－ HT250
拉杆螺栓－无
推力环－无
机械密封－ SIC+石墨
泵进口尺寸 mm Φ700
泵进口公称压力 MPa 1.0
泵出口尺寸 mm Φ450
泵出口公称压力 MPa 4.0
泵轴承冷却介质－除盐水(闭式水)
泵轴承冷却水量 m3/h 3
泵轴承冷却水压力 MPa 0.3~0.6
泵密封水量和水压 m3/h / MPa 0.18~0.3 /0.1~0.2
Table11 Structure features
Items Unit Data
Pump casing design pressure MPa 0.7
Pump casing water pressure test

MPa 1.0
value
Impeller stages － 6
Primary impeller type － Double suction
Impeller diameter
mm Φ452
(maximum/minimum)
Pump shaft diameter mm Φ100
Shaft length m 6.4
Radial bearing(s) － 4
Coupling type － Elastic pin
Critical rotating speed r/min 2000
Radial bearing type － Guide bearing
Page 404 of 629

Thrust bearing type － SKF rolling bearing
Thrust bearing load KN 58.8
Mechanical seal type － Packaging type
BURGMANN Shanghai
Mechanical seal manufacture －
Ltd.
Pump body diameter mm Φ1020
Pump body length m 4.675
Water outlet pump casing material － Q235-A
Pump seat material － HT250
Diffuser material － QT500-7
Outer casing material － Q235-A
Primary impeller － ZG0Cr18Ni9
Secondary impeller － ZG2Cr13
Shaft － 45#
Water guide bearing － CFZ-1
Bearing pedestal － HT250
Stay bolt － No
Thrust ring － No
Mechanical seal － SIC+Graphite
Pump inlet size mm Φ700
Pump inlet nominal pressure MPa 1.0
Pump outlet size mm Φ450
Pump outlet nominal pressure MPa 4.0
Demineralized water
Pump bearing cooling medium －
(closed type)
Pump bearing cooling water amount m3/h 3
Pump bearing cooling water

MPa 0.3~0.6
pressure
Page 405 of 629

Pump sealing water amount and
m3/h / MPa 0.18~0.3 /0.1~0.2
pressure
表12 主要部件材质
零件名称材质标准代号
外筒体 Q235-A
泵体、泵座、吸入段 HT250
吐出弯管 Q235-A
导叶 QT500-7
叶轮 ZG2Cr13
首级叶轮 ZG0Cr18Ni9
次级叶轮 ZG2Cr13
顶轴无
泵轴 45#
中间段轴无
平衡鼓无
轴套 1Cr18Ni9
推力轴承轴承钢 SKF
径向轴承 CFZ-1
托架或轴承座 HT200
拉杆螺栓
推力环无
Table12 Main components material
Component name Material Standard code
Outer cylinder Q235-A
Pump body, pump seat, suction

HT250
section
Page 406 of 629

Spew elbow Q235-A
Guide vane QT500-7
Impeller ZG2Cr13
Primary impeller ZG0Cr18Ni9
Secondary impeller ZG2Cr13
Top shaft No
Pump shafte 45#
Middle section shaft No
Balancing drum No
Shaft sleeve 1Cr18Ni9
Thrust bearing Bearing steel SKF
Radial bearing CFZ-1
Support or bearing pedestal HT200
Stay bolt
Thrust ring No
2.2.18.3 结构简介
2.2.18.3 Structure introduction
泵为地坑立式外筒型 6 级导叶离心水泵。水泵本体通过压水接管用
螺栓与吐出弯管相连接，安装在带有安装底板的外筒体内。泵的结
构大致分为外筒体部件、筒内壳体部件、转子部件和轴封部件等。转
子部件由导轴承径向支承，轴承用自身输送介质润滑。轴封采用机
械密封形式，凝结水泵的轴向推力由泵本体承受。泵本体承受轴向
推力时，在泵本体上有推力调心滚子轴承和深沟球轴承各一个，泵
轴向推力和转子重量由推力调心滚子轴承承受。
The pump is of vertical &outer cylinder type located in a pit with 6-
stage guide vanes centrifugal pump. Pump body is installed inside
the outer cylinder with mounting bedplate. It is achieved by
connecting the pressure water pipes with spew elbow by bolts.
The pump comprises of components like outer cyinder, shell body
inside the cylinder, rotor components and gland seal components.
The rotor components are supported by guide bearing radially,
and the bearing is lubricated by self-conveyed media. Gland seal
is of mechanical seal type. The axial thrust of the condensate
pump is bore by pump proper. On this condition, there are one
thrust adjusting roller bearing and one deep groove ball bearing
Page 407 of 629

on the pump proper. The weight of the axial thrust and rotor is
bore by thrust adjusting roller bearing.
图 5 凝结泵结构示意图
Page 408 of 629

ADJUSTING NUT
Page 409 of 629

ELASTIC PIN COUPLING
BEARI
BEARING COOLING NG
WATER OUT BODY
INDICATOR
OIL
BEARING PEDESTAL
LEVEL
BEARING COOLING
WATER IN
OIL DISCHARING PIPE

PACKING SEALING DRAIN
PACKING SEALING INLET WATER
WATER OUTLET
FIG. 5 CONDENSATE PUMP STRUTURE SKETCH
2.2.18.3.1 筒体部件
2.2.18.3.1 Cylinder components
它由兼有电机支座的吐出弯管和兼有安装底板、吸入口的外筒体等
构成。吐出弯管装有填料函体及轴封装置，下端与筒内壳体部件联
接并起悬吊作用。
It is composed of spew elbow with motor base and outer cyinder
with mounting bedplate and suction inlet. The spew elbow
comprises of stuffing box and gland seal. The lower part is
connected with the components of the shell inside cylinder and
functions as suspending.
2.2.18.3.2 内壳体部件
Page 410 of 629

2.2.18.3.2 Inner shell components
内壳体部件通过螺栓紧固在吐出弯管下端，它由压水接管、吐出段、
中段、导叶、盖板、泵体、吸入喇叭口等构成。密封环、导叶套、衬套等
零件装在中段、导叶及其它壳体的相关部位。
The inner shell components are fixed by bolts below the spew
elbow. It consists of pressure water connecting pipe, spew
section, middle section, guide vane, cover board, pump body, and
suction bell mouth. Components like sealing ring, guide vane
sleeve, lining sleeve are installed along the middle section, guide
vane and related parts of other shell body.
2.2.18.3.3 转子部件
2.2.18.3.3 Rotor components
水泵本体承受泵的轴向推力，电机轴与泵轴通过弹性联轴器联接。
转子部件的轴向高度通过推力轴承部件上的调整螺母进行上下调节
使叶轮出口与导叶、泵体等的流道中心相一致。叶轮、轴套等通过键、
轴套螺母及锁紧螺母等固定在轴上。
The axial thrust of the pump is taken by pump body. The motor
shaft and pump shaft are connected by elastic coupling. The axial
height of the rotor components can be adjusted up and down by
adjusting nut on thrust bearing components, making the flow
center of impeller outlet, guide vane and pump body are in same
level. Components like impeller, shaft sleeve are fixed on the shaft
by keys, shaft sleeve nuts and locknuts.
2.2.18.3.4 轴封部件
2.2.18.3.4 Gland seal components
轴封装置位于填料函体内，为保持泵内的真空状态，通过 0.1～
0.2Mpa 压力水进行轴封或冲洗。
Gland seal appliance is installed inside the stuffing box. In order to
keep vacuum in the pump, use 0.1 ～ 0.2Mpa pressure water for
gland seal or flushing.
2.2.18.3.5 平衡管
2.2.18.3.5 Balance pipe
平衡管从吐出弯管的下部引出并与冷凝器顶部相联，它是将外筒体
内的空气排至冷凝器，从而平衡外筒体与冷凝器之间的真空度，稳
定水泵的吸入条件，保证水泵的运行性能。
The balance pipe is led out from the lower part of the spew elbow
and connected with condenser top. It discharges air in outer
cylinder to the condenser, to balance the vacuum degree between
the outer cyinder and condenser. In this way, the suction
conditions of the water pump can be stablized and running
performance of the pump can be ensured too.
2.2.18.4 检修工艺及质量标准
Page 411 of 629

2.2.18.4 Maintenance process and quality standard
2.2.18.4.1 解体
1. 允许工作手续办完，通知电气部门拆电机引线及电机座脚螺栓；
2. 拆泵出口法兰螺栓、平衡管﹑水封管﹑排水管﹑排气管等，并在
各管道的联接法兰部位打上对准标记，防止组装时的安装不良，
为防管口混入异物，须立即用塑料布等封口；
3. 联轴器相对位置做好记号。另外，当联接螺栓﹑螺母同时装配时
为保证两者到达同一位置，须事先画上标记；
1. After the working permit is finished, inform the electric department to
remove the motor leads and anchor bolts of the motor base.
2. Take apart the components at pump outlet, such as flange bolts, balance
pipe, water seal pipe, water discharge pipe and ventilation pipe. Make
relative alignment marks at parts where they connect the flanges to
prevent improper installation later. To prevent any foreign matter falling
into the pipe mouth, it is required to use plastic cloth to seal the mouth.
3. Make marks on relative positions of the coupling. Besides, a pre-mark
should be made on connecting bolts and nuts to guarantee fit-in at same
position.
3.1 联轴器晃度测量
3.1 Coupling shaking degree measurement
泵解体前，将联轴器圆周分成 8 等分，并用记号笔标上序
号，将百分表安装好，把表测量杆对准 1 位，表测量杆与
联轴器外圆表面相垂直，按旋转方向盘动转子，依次对准
各点进行测量，最后回到初始位置的读数必须与起始位置
读数一致，否则应查明原因重新测量，最大的晃度值是对
轮直径两端相对数值差的最大值。
Before the pump is disassembled, divide the coupling
circle into 8 equal parts and mark them with marking pen.
Install the dial indicator, positioning measuring stick to
position 1. At this point, the measuring stick and outward
circle of the coupling are in vertical angle. Spin the rotor in
rotating direction to measure it at these points. The
reading number back to the initial position has to accord
with that of the initial measurement. Otherwise, ascertain
possible reasons and measure again. The maximum
shaking degree is the maximum of difference between two
ends of the impeller diameter.
3.2 联轴器标识
3.2 Coupling mark
联轴器解体时在泵对轮、电动机对轮及调整垫上相对位置做
好标记，组装时按照标记位置进行装配。拆卸的对轮销子螺
栓与配合的螺栓孔逐一进行标识，以免装配时装错。
Page 412 of 629

Make relative marks on pump wheels, motor wheels and
adjusting gaskets before the coupling is disassembled.
Installation has to accord with the marks made before.
Mark the disassembled wheel pins, bolts and
corresponding bolt holes to avoid unnecessary mistake.
3.3 轴器找中心及对轮间距复检
3.3 Coupling centering and wheel space reexamination
泵组在解体前或组装完毕后都要进行联轴器的找中心及对
轮间距复检工作，其具体检测方法如下：
Before the coupling is disassembled and after it is
reassembled, it is required to center the coupling and
reexamine the wheel space. Specific examining methods
are as follows:
3.3.1 轮中心校验。在安装在水泵联轴器端面及圆周位置
装 3 块百分表，两块百分表测量杆打在泵对轮端面
上，一块表测量杆打在泵对轮圆周上，并将 3 块百
分表座安装到电动机对轮上，调好表指针后盘动电
动机对轮，每隔 90°测量一次对轮圆周与端面的偏
差值,并做好记录,用底座的调整螺栓调节电动机位
置,使圆周偏差值在允许范围内,在电动机与泵结合
面垫上适当厚度的垫片来调整泵与电动机端面的偏
差。若端面与圆周的偏差均已达到要求则用螺栓连
接对轮，将泵轴稍提高一些后，将电动机与泵轴盘
动 180°，重新校一次中心值，求出二次校中心的平
均值。校中心的标准为圆不大于 0.05mm，面也不
大于 0.05mm。
3.3.1 Wheel center calibration. Install three dial
indicators at wheel end faces and around its
circle. Two measuring sticks of dial indicators
points to the wheel end faces, and the other one
points around the wheel circle. Install the bases of
the indicators onto the motor wheel. After
adjusting the sticks, spin the motor wheel. For
every 90°, measure the deviation between the
wheel circle and end face and take down notes.
Use the adjusting bolts on the bases to adjust
position of motor, keeping the deviation within
permitted range. Use proper thick cushion
between the motor and pump interface to adjust
the deviation. If the deviations at these three
positions have reached the requirement, use bolts
to connect the wheel. After pump shaft is slightly
lifted, spin the motor and pump around
180°Recalibrate the center. Make an average
value of the twice calibration. The standard for
center calibration is no more than 0.05mm for
circularity, and no more than 0.05mm for surface.
Page 413 of 629

3.3.2 对轮间距复查。测出两联轴器平面距离和调整环的
厚度，两者之差应该等于泵轴总提升值的二分之一；
若相差较多，则必须加工调整调整环或换新的调整
环。机加工时调整环两端平行度不大于 0.015mm。
3.3.2 Reexamine the wheel space. Measure the plane
distance between two couplings and the thickness
of the adjusting ring. The difference between two
values should equal as half of the total lifting value
of the pump shaft. If the difference is too big, the
adjusting ring should be adjusted or exchanged.
The parallelism at two ends of the adjusting ring
during process is no more than 0.015mm.
4 拆卸联轴器前先要拆除螺栓﹑螺母上的防松（双耳）止动垫片
垫片；
4 Before disassembling the coupling, please take apart the (two
ears) lock gasket between the bolts and nuts.
5 依次松卸联轴器的联接螺栓﹑螺母，但是，拆卸时应在 180°的
位置处装两根代用螺栓，最后同时松卸，确认转子降。转子下降
后，测定调整螺母与电机联轴器端面的间隙，该数值为泵转子
提升高度；
5 Respectively loosen the connecting bolts and nuts on the
coupling. However, two backup bolts should be put on
180°position and loosen them at last. Make sure the rotor
starts lower. After it is done, measure the clearance between
adjusting nuts and motor coupling end face, and this number
is the lifting value of the pump rotor.
6 进行水泵与电机的轴心对中检查。水泵轴通过测量轴与机械密封
衬套的间隙来调整中心，以便进行轴心对中。
6 Check the axis centering of the water pump and motor. The
center is calibrated by adjusting the clearance between
measuring shaft of water pump and mechanical seal lining
sleeve.
7 拆除电机与吐出弯管的联接螺栓﹑螺母，吊起电机，移至临时
放置场所，但因电机很重，务必小心。电机放置应设置支承架，
以保证电机轴端的联轴器不会接触地面，电机也不会翻倒；
7 Take apart the connecting bolts and nuts on motor and spew
elbow, and then lift the motor onto the temporary location.
Please pay close attention to the whole process, because the
motor is very high. For placement of the motor, a bracket
should be adopted to prevent the coupling at shaft ends
touching the ground, and also the motor cannot fall down in
this way.
8 松开泵联轴器备帽上止动螺钉，拆下备帽。吊起联轴器时可使用
手动葫芦或拉子，拆下联轴器后，轴和联轴器轴孔涂刷防锈油
或润滑油等，轴端的螺纹要注意保护，防止受到损伤；
Page 414 of 629

8 Loosen the stop screw on the backup cap of the pump
coupling and take apart the cap. The manual hoist or chain fall
can be adopted to lift the coupling. After the coupling is
removed, paint a coat of antirust paint or lubricating oil on the
shaft and shaft holes of the coupling. The thread at shaft end
should be protected well in case of damage.
9 拆下机械密封，整套取出，参照机械密封使用说明书；
9 Take apart the mechanical seal, pulling out as a whole set.
Refer back to the mechanical seal instruction.
10 在轴上端安装吊环螺钉，用手动葫芦或行车将转子吊起﹑放下，
测定记录转子的全移动量；
10 Install lifting bolts on top part of the shaft. Use manual hoist or
travel crane to lift and lower the rotor. Measure and record the
full displacement of the rotor.
11 拆下填料函体与吐出弯管的螺母，将顶盖螺钉拧入顶丝孔，慢
慢拔出填料函体，注意拔出时应均匀﹑平行。填料函体内的导轴
承﹑减压套等与填料函体一同拨出；
11 Take apart the nuts connecting stuffing box and spew elbow,
screw the top cover bolts into the screw hole. Slowly pull out
the stuffing box together with the guide bearing and relief
sleeve at a constant speed and distance.
12 在泵本体的起吊过程中，拆下吐出弯管与外筒体的紧固螺母。由
于外筒体内设有对内壳体的止振装置（紧固螺栓），在吊起泵
本体时务必轻缓﹑垂直，否则会碰撞止振装置。外筒体开口位置
须设置盖板，以防异物混入筒内，另外，应划出禁止人员踏入
区域，注意安全；
12 Take apart the clamping screw connecting the spew elbow
and outer cyinder during the lifting process of the pump body.
Since there are vibration resistant device (fastening bolts)
installed between the outer cyinder and inside shell, it needs
great attention and care to lift the pump body gently and
vertically to prevent collision to the vibration resistant device.
At slot of the outer cyinder, a cover board should be placed to
prevent foreign matter from falling into the cylinder. Besides,
an ENTRY FORBIDDEN area should be enclosed to response
for personnel’s safety.
13 泵本体吊起后运到拆卸场地，须横卧摆放；
13 When the pump is lifted and transported into the certain
disassembling area, it should be placed in horizontal direction.
14 拆卸吐出弯管与压水接管时，水平吊起吐出弯管，将其轻轻拔
出。拔出吐出弯管后，为防止轴弯曲，要用千斤顶支持轴；
14 When disassembling the spew elbow and pressure water
connecting pipe, please lift the spew elbow horizontally and
pull it out gently. After the spew elbow is removed, please use
a lifting jack to support the shaft in case of shaft bending.
Page 415 of 629

15 内壳体与转子部件的拆卸：
15 Disassembling of the inside shell body and rotor components:
15.1 拆卸压水管时，因里面设有导轴承，从拆卸的安全性着
想，最好是在连着压水接管的状态下拆卸内壳体；
15.1 When disassembling the pressure water pipe, it is
better to remove the inside shell body with connection
to the pipe, to make sure the safety as there is no
guide bearing inside it.
15.2 有套筒（中间）联轴器时，拆卸时要注意螺纹咬死的可
能；
15.2 If there is sleeve (intermediate) coupling, pay attention
to the thread seizing problem during the
disassembling process.
15.3 在吸入喇叭口上装入顶丝螺栓，顶出吸入喇叭口。由于
吸入喇叭内装有导轴承，请水平而轻缓地顶出；
15.3 Install bolts on the suction bell to force out the suction
bell. There is guide bearing installed inside the bell,
and please remove it gently in horizontal direction.
15.4 松卸轴端锁紧螺母，依次拔出轴套﹑键﹑首级叶轮；
15.4 Loosen the locknut at shaft ends, and respectively pull
out the sleeve, keys, and primary impeller.
15.5 拆卸泵体﹑泵盖，然后依次拆下轴套﹑叶轮﹑导叶﹑中
段﹑未级导叶等；
15.5 Take apart the pump body, cover, sleeve, impeller,
guide vane, middle section, and final guide vane.
15.6 在压水管与吐出段连着时，将轴朝吐出侧拔出。为方便
轴的拔出，附在轴上的轴套均可不拆；
15.6 As the pressure water pipe is connected with the
spew section, please pull out the shaft heading
forward the spew side. To facilitate pulling out the
shaft, the sleeve adhered on the shaft can be not
removed.
15.7 拆卸压水接管与吐出段；
15.7 Remove the pressure water connecting pipe and
spew section.
15.8 中间轴承部位的轴套可根据需要拔出。而轴套螺母上装
有止动定位螺钉，因此要先拆下定位螺钉后再取出。上
述拆卸完毕后，拆下的零件应放在平板上保管，注意不
要损伤，不要丢失。
15.8 The sleeve on the middle part of the bearing can be
pulled out if necessary. As there are lock screw on the
sleeve nuts, please firstly remove the positioning bolts
Page 416 of 629

and then take apart the sleeve. After the above
mentioned steps are finished, put all disassembled
components on plane board well in case of damage or
loss.
熊咏梅（4461）
2.2.18.4.2 零部件的清洗
2.2.18.4.2 Cleaning of the components
泵解体后，请彻底清理（洗）所有零件。
After the disassembly of pump, thoroughly clean all the
components.
1 零件间的配（接）合面及填料腔要用油石磨光；
1 The combination surface between components and the
packing chest must be polished by hones.
2 对于转动部件的动配合部位，要特别仔细地用油石打磨；
2. For the movable fit joints in rotating parts, polish them
carefully with hones.
3 壳体﹑叶轮﹑导叶﹑中段等过流部位要用钢刷刷净或砂纸打磨；
3. The over-current parts such as shells, impellers guiding
blades, and the middle section must be cleaned with steel
brush or polished with abrasive paper.
4 与水有接触的部分附有水垢时，请用氯乙烯等溶剂除去；
If water scale exists in the parts which are contacted with
water, remove it with polyethylene or other solvent.
5 轴及与轴相配合的各个零件务必仔细清洗，否则发生咬合不能
使用；
5 The shaft and the joint parts of shaft must be cleaned to avoid
the malfunction caused by occlusion.
6 动配合部位的迷宫槽﹑导水槽等部位，要充分除去这些部位上
的污物；
6 Thoroughly remove the impurities in labyrinth slot and water
guiding slot in movable fit joint parts.
7 用于配管的节流孔和带小孔的零件注意不要堵塞。
7 Note that the throttling holes used in distribution pipes and the
parts with small holes should not be blocked.
2.2.18.4.3 零部件的检查
2.2.18.4.3 Inspection of assemblies.
1 转子部件
1 Rotor assemblies
1.1 动配合部位﹑配合部位有无磨损﹑擦伤，测量动配合部位
尺寸并进行记录，参照动配合部位间隙一览表；
1.1 Check the abrasion in movable fit joint parts and other
joint parts. Measure the size of movable joint part and
take a record of the measurement result. Refer to the
clearance list of joint parts.
1.2 叶轮的吸入口﹑过流部位有无异常磨损和变形等异常情况；
1.2 Check the abnormal abrasion and deformation or other
Page 417 of 629

abnormality in impeller suction and the over-current part.
1.3 轴的动配合部位﹑螺纹部位有无磨损﹑卡住等；
1.3 Check the abrasion and jam in the movable joint part and
the screw thread.
1.4 检查轴的振动并作好记录，其振动值是否在允许值内；
1.4 Check the vibration of the shaft and take a record. Check
whether the vibration is within the permissible value.
1.5 当轴发生弯曲时，可参照有关方法进行校直。
1.5 If there is bending in shaft, calibrate it according to
relevant method.
2 泵体（导流体）﹑内壳体部件
2 Check assemblies in pump body (flow guide) and interior
shell.
2.1 动配合部位﹑配合部位有无磨损﹑腐蚀﹑碰伤等，测量动配
合部位尺寸并记录，参照动配合部位间隙一览表；
2.1 Check the abrasion, corrosion and damage in movable
joint parts and other joint parts. Measure the size of
movable joint part and take a record of the measurement
result. Refer to the clearance list of the joint parts.
2.2 检查各零部件的配（接）合面﹑填料部位是否有磨损﹑泄漏
痕迹；
2.2 Check the abrasion and leakage of the combination
surface of the joints and the packing in each assembly.
2.3 泵的过流部位（尤其是导叶等零件）是否有异常磨损﹑打击
痕迹等异常情况；
2.3 Check if there are abrasion, strike marks and other
abnormality in the overflow part of pump, especially the
guiding blades.
2.4 未完全解体的零件（如轴承﹑密封环﹑衬套等）其安装螺钉
是否有松动。
2.4 For the assemblies that are not completely disassembled,
check the looseness of the fixing bolts.
3 轴承部位
3 Check the bearing
3.1 动配合部位有无磨损﹑伤痕，其配合状况有无异常，检测尺
寸并记录，参照动配合部位间隙一览表；
3.1 Check the abrasion and defacing in movable joint parts.
Measure the size of movable joint part and take a record
of the measurement result. Refer to the clearance list of
the movable joint parts.
3.2 轴承的配合部件（轴套）是否有磨损及伤痕，其配合状况有
无异常。检测尺寸并记录，参照动配合部位间隙一览表。
3.2 Check the abrasion in the fitting components (bearing
sleeve) of bearing as well as the fitting condition. Check
and measure the size of fitting components and refer to
clearance list
4 联轴器部件
Page 418 of 629

4 Coupling assemblies.
4.1 联轴器（包括加长联轴器）﹑调整螺母等是否有变形﹑磨损
等；
4.1 Check the deformation and abrasion of coupling (including
the lengthened coupling) and adjustable nuts.
4.2 联接螺栓﹑螺母有无异常，其螺栓孔是否异常；
4.2 Check if the connection bolts, nuts and the bolt holes are
normal.
4.3 对中面和配合面有无伤痕﹑凹凸﹑腐蚀等。
4.3 Check if there is damage, unevenness and corrosion of
the alignment surface and fitting surface.
5 管路及其它是否有异常凹凸﹑损伤的产生和异物的混入﹑堵塞
等。
5 Check if there is abnormal unevenness, damage, foreign
matters and blockage in pipeline.
2.2.18.4.4 泵的装配
2.2.18.4.4 Assembly of the pump
对不良零部件准备进行更换或修补后，再次检查各零部件的内部﹑
接触面有无碰伤﹑变形等。零部件准备齐全即可进入装配作业，装
配与拆卸几乎为相反顺序，但仍请注意以下几点：
After the replacement or the maintenance of fault assemblies, re-
check the interior and joint surface of them new assemblies to
avoid abrasion and deformation. After the assemblies are well
prepared, assemble them. The assembly of them is almost
according to the reversed order of the removal. Pay attention to
the followings:
1 整体
1. Overall assembly
1.1 O 形密封圈﹑密封垫及垫块类，应按照总装图确定装配部
位﹑数量﹑大小﹑材质等，并按顺序组装各合格零部件，
安装时要充分注意 O 形密封圈﹑密封垫片等的表面，千万
不要碰伤或遗漏安装；
1.1 For the assembly of O rings, sealing gaskets and pads,
the assembly position, quantity, size and material are in
accordance with requirements of the general assembly
drawing. Each part is assembled in correct order. Pay
attention to the surface of O rings and the sealing gaskets
and prevent the damage or missed assembly.
1.2 各动配合部位﹑与轴的配合部位﹑键表面以及螺栓的螺纹
部位须涂固体润滑剂（如二硫化钼等）；
1.2 The movable fitting parts, the fitting parts of the shaft, the
key surface and the screw thread of the bolts must be
smeared with solid lubricant (such as molybdenum
disulfide).
1.3 注意键及其它零件的脱落；
1.3 Pay attention to the looseness of key and other
assemblies.
1.4 零部件上打有组合标记﹑级数标记时，一定要按对准标记
Page 419 of 629

﹑级数有序装配；
1.4 If the assembly is marked with assembly mark and class
mark, the assembly should be done according to the
marks and the class in orders.
1.5 装配时防止异物混入泵内；
1.5 Prevent foreign matters falling into pumps during
assembling.
1.6 轴套上的定位螺钉，应确认装配到位时方可拧入。
1.6 The positioning bolts in bushing must be confirmed at the
proper position before being screwed in.
2 水泵本体装进外筒体之前，务必确认好外筒体安装底板上的水
平度，水平度为 0.05/1000 以下。
2 Before the pump proper is installed into exterior pump
cylinder, make sure that the horizontal degree of the
installation base plate of exterior cylinder is proper. The
horizontal degree should be less than 0.05/1000.
3 各处的止动垫片（圈）须确认已折弯，以防螺栓﹑螺母松动与
脱落。
3 All the locked spacers should be confirmed bended to avoid
the looseness and falling down of bolts and nuts.
2.2.18.4.3 质量标准
2.2.18.4.3 Quality standards
表 13 间隙允许值单位：㎜
Table 13 permissible clearance value unit:mm
最小间隙最大间隙允许最大磨损间隙
位置
Minimal Maximum Maximum permissible
Position
clearance clearance abrasion clearance
诱导轮外缘
0.10 0.38 0.55
Guiding wheel edge
首级叶轮前口环
Primary stage impeller 0.34 0.41 0.60
front ring
首级叶轮后口环
Primary stage impeller 0.34 0.41 0.60
back ring-
标准级叶轮口环
Standard stage 0.34 0.41 0.60
impeller ring
导轴承
0.25 0.38 0.55
Guiding bearing
级间导轴承
0.25 0.38 0.55
Inter-stage bearing
Page 420 of 629

节流套
0.42 0.48 0.65
Throttling bushing
节流导轴承
Throttling guiding 0.12 0.24 0.45
bearing
1 对轮与轴的配合紧力：0-0.02mm；
1 Fitting tension between coupling and shaft: 0-0.02m.
2 导轴承与轴套的单边间隙：005-0.21mm。最大 0.40mm；
2 Unilateral clearance between guiding bearing and axis
bushing: 0.05-0.21mm; maximum 0.4mm.
3 中间轴承与轴套单边间隙：0.05-0.21mm。最大 0.40mm；
3 Unilateral clearance between intermediate bearing and
bearing bush: 0.05-0.21; maximum 0.40mm.
4 轴与轴套配合间隙：0-0.05mm；
4 Fitting clearance between shaft and bushing: 0-0.05mm.
5 密封环总间隙：0.55-0.55mm；
5 Total sealing ring clearance: 0.05-055mm.
6 诱导轮与诱导轮衬套间隙：0.2-0.35mm；
6 Guiding wheel to guiding impeller wheel clearance: 0.2-
0.35mm.
7 装诱导轮前转子总串量为：8±1mm。装诱导轮后转子总串量为：
4±0.5mm；
7 Total displacement for rotor before the installation of guiding
wheel: 8±1mm. After installation, the displacement is
4±0.5mm.
8 各段轴最大弯曲小于 0.03mm ，整根轴最大弯曲小于
0.05mm；
8 Maximum bending for shaft in each section should be less
than 0.03mm. Maximum shaft bending is less than 0.05mm.
9 叶轮及诱导轮的晃度均应小于 0.10mm；
9 Impeller to guiding wheel vibration should be less than
0.10mm.
10 对轮中心：圆差＜0.05mm，面差＜0.04mm；
10 Impeller center: circularity difference is less than 0.05mm,
plane difference is less than 0.04mm
11 泵轮无汽蚀，无裂纹；轴承表面光洁，无裂纹；对轮无裂纹，
无磨损。
各轴套内外表面光滑。检查中间连接管焊口及各泵件是否有裂纹
等缺陷。
11 No steam erosion or crack in pump wheel. The bearing
surface is smooth without crack. No crack or abrasion in
coupling. The interior and exterior surfaces of bushing are
smooth. Check if the welding of the middle connection pipes
and each pump components have any crack and other faults.
Page 421 of 629

2.2.18.5 泵的常见故障、原因与处理方法
2.2.18.5 Common faults, causes and solutions for pump.
故障Fault 无水排出汽蚀噪音轴承温度高
流量不够扬程不够吸入不良轴功率过大振动大
No Steam Excessive high 处理方法
Inadequate Inadequate Bad Excessive Excessive
项目items discharged erosion; bearing Solutions
flow delivery head suction shaft power vibration
water noise temperature
按说明书更正电机接线
转动方向错误
● ● ● Correct the connection of
Incorrect rotating
motor according to the
direction
instruction
打开排气阀及系统阀门然
泵内未充满输送后向泵内注入液体，并且
液把泵内气体排尽
Inadequate ● Open vent valves and
conveying liquid system valves. Feed liquid
in pump into pump. Exhaust the air
in the pump.
吸入管未充满液开启吸入管路上的排气
体阀，再向管道内注入输送
Inadequate ● ● ● ● ● 液，并将管道内气体排
liquid in suction 尽，然后再检查吸入管路
pipe Open air exhaustion valve
吸入管内气体侵 in suction pipe. Feed liquid
入 into pipe. Exhaust air in
● ● ● ● pipe. Check the suction
Invading air in
pie.
suction pipe
液体中有空气按照 2、3 项执行
Air existence in ● ● Follow item 2,3
liquid
有效汽蚀余量不检查吸入管路阀门及锥形
够过滤器
Inadequate ● ● ● ● Check valves in suction
effective air pipe and the cone filter
erosion residual
吸入配管进气查验吸入配管系统
Air in suction ● ● Check and test pipe
pipe system
达不到额定转数按电机使用权用说明书检
Failed to reach 查电机
● ● ● Check motor according to
rated rotating
speed the directions
转速过高按 8 项执行
Excessive ● Follow item 8
rotating speed
将出口阀关小可调整压力。
但是长期这样下去将会加
泵出口压力不够速零件的磨损
Inadequate Turn down the outlet valve
●
pump outlet to adjust outlet pressure.
pressure But it will accelerate the
abrasion of assemblies.
检查过滤器前后的压差仪
锥形过滤器的筛读数，其值是否在规定值
眼阻塞已超过了内，否则，应停机冲洗和
规定清扫过滤器
The blockage in Check the reading valve of
screen hole of ● ● the differential pressure
Cone filter gauge before or after the
exceeds the filter. If the valve exceeds
regulation the rated value, shutdown
it to wash and clean filter.
Page 423 of 629

更换密封环、轴套等零件，
检查转子是否偏位或有其
密封环、轴套等它异物进入
已磨损
Replace sealing ring and
Abrasion in ● bushing. Check the
sealing ring and
deviation of rotor or the
bushing invading of foreign
matters.
更换叶轮，检查转子是否
叶轮破坏和磨损偏位或有其它异物进入
Abrasion or ● Replace impeller. Check
break in impeller the rotor deviation and
invading of foreign matters
检查泵内零部件，更换有
泵内漏损加剧损伤的零件
Exacerbation in ● Check all the parts in
pump, leakage pump. Replace the bad
parts.
轴心不良重新找正轴心
Improper axial ● ● ● Re-alignment of axial
center center
轴弯曲将轴校直
● ●
Bending in axis Make it straight
检查轴心是否符合要求及
转子与固定部件轴是否弯曲
有接触
Test whether the axial
Contact between ●
center meet the
rotor and fixing
requirements. Check the
assemblies
bending in axis
轴承磨损 ● 检测轴承磨损量，若超过
Abrasion in 允许间隙则需要更换
bearing Measure the abrasion. if it
Page 424 of 629

exceeds the permissive
clearance, replace it.
对转子进行平衡检查，调
转子不平衡校转子平衡
Unbalanced ●
Check the rotor balance.
rotor Calibrate it to be balanced
检查并加固基础
基础不牢固
● Check and reinforce the
Unreliable base
base
按电机使用说明书进行检
电机的振动查
●
Motor vibration Check according to the
directions
与泵联接管路支检查与泵相联的各种配管
撑不良及阀门的支撑点位置
Improper Check all the pipe
●
supporting in connected to pump.
connecting Check the supporting
pipeline to pump position of valves.
Page 425 of 629

2.2.19 水环式真空泵
2.2.19 Water ring type vacuum pump
2.2.19.1 概述
对于凝汽式汽轮机组，抽真空系统是用来建立和维持汽轮机组的低
背压和凝汽器的真空。机械真空泵系统主要由汽侧水环式真空泵、水
室真空泵、驱动电机、汽水分离器、板式工作水冷却器、气动碟阀、高
低水位调节器、连接管道阀门及所有控制部件组成，其中真空泵是
关键设备。两种型式的真空泵由佶缔纳士机械有限公司设计制造。
For condensing type turbine unit, vacuum extraction system is for
the establishment and maintenance of the low back pressure of
turbine unit and condenser vacuum. Mechanical vacuum pump
system consists of steam side water ring vacuum pump, water
chamber vacuum pump, driven motor, steam and water separator,
plate type working water cooler, pneumatic butterfly valve, high
and low water level adjustor, connection pipeline valves and all
the controlling assemblies. Vacuum pump is the key equipment in
the system. And the two kinds of vacuum pumps are designed
and produced by Gardner Denver Nash Co., Ltd.
对应凝汽器各种运行工况下，并考虑最大凝汽器工况的共同作用，
汽侧真空泵的抽空气量应能保证凝汽器的背压维持在 7.5kPa，循环
水水温 30℃，并留有足够的裕度。此时，各真空泵的抽吸性能（抽
气量、轴功率等）均应予以保证。
Taking into consideration of all the working conditions of
condenser and the cooperation function of maximum condenser
working condition, the extraction volume of steam side vacuum
pump should hold the condenser back pressure around 7.5KPa
and circulation water temperature around 30℃. In addition an
adequate margin must be kept. In this way pump performance
(extraction volume, shaft power) are ensured.
对应凝汽器工况下，即吸入压力 7.5kPa，对应冷却水温 30℃时，
单台真空泵的抽干空气能力达 62kg/h，真空泵轴功率 82KW。
When the suction pressure of condenser is 7.5KPa and relevant
cooling water temperature is 30℃, the dry air extraction ability of
a single set vacuum pump should reach 62kg/h and the vacuum
pump shaft power should be 82KW.
对应凝汽器工况下，即吸入压力 6.9kPa，对应冷却水温 26℃时，
单台真空泵的抽干空气能力达 75kg/h，真空泵轴功率 82KW。
When the suction pressure of condenser is 6.9KPa and relevant
cooling water temperature is 26℃, the dry air extraction ability of
a single set of vacuum pump should reach 75kg/h and the
vacuum pump shaft power should be 82KW.
每台机组配置汽侧水环式真空泵 2 台，电动机与真空泵采用直联方
式，机组启动时，2 泵运行；正常运行时，1 台运行，1 台备用。
Each unit is equipped with 2 steam side water ring vacuum
pumps. Motor and vacuum pumps adopts direct connection mode.
During unit startup, 2 pumps are in operation. During normal
operation, one is in service and another is standby.
Page 426 of 629

每台机组配置 1 台凝汽器水室真空泵。
Each unit is equipped with one condenser water chamber vacuum
pump
2.2.19.2 设备规范及有关参数
2.2.19.2 Equipment regulation and relevant parameters
表 14 汽侧水环式真空泵
Table 14 Steam side water ring vacuum pump
型号
TC11E
Mode
型式立式锥体双级泵
Type Vertical cone double stage pump
62(凝汽器 7.5kPa，循环冷却水温 30℃ )
出力(kg/h)
62(condenser 7.5kPa，circulation cooling water
Output(kg/h)
temperature 30℃ )
转速（r/min）
590
Rotating speed( r/min)
电机冷却方式风扇
Motor cooling mode fan
热交换冷却水量(kg/h)
30000（单泵）
Heat exchange cooling water
3000 (single pump)
volume (kg/h)
工作水量(kg/h) 13600（单泵）
Working water volume (kg/h) 13600( single pump)
凝汽器运行最低背压（kPa）
Condenser operation minimum 4.7
back pressure (KPa)
启动抽真空时间（2 泵运行）min
30(抽真空至 33.86 kPa)
Vacuum pump startup time (2
30(vacuum to 33.86KPa)
pumps in operation) min
分离器补充水量(kg/h)
Make up water volume for 500
separator
热交换器面积 m2 ≈8（单泵）
Thermal exchange area m 2 Around 8 (single pump)
启动抽真空时间表
Extraction startup time table
该工作段抽真空所需
对应凝汽器背压
时间（min）抽真空至对应背压所需的总时间（min）
（kPa）
Time needed for Total time needed from extraction to relevant
Relevant condenser
extraction of this back pressure
back pressure
section
101.3—80 2.77 2.77
80—60 3.17 5.94
60—40 4.26 10.20
Page 427 of 629

40—20 7.47 17.68
20—10 8.35 26.03
10—8 3.35 29.38
8—6 6.07 35.45
表 15 水室真空泵
Table 15 vacuum pump in water chamber
型号
2BV6 131
Mode
型式上置式单级平圆盘泵
Type Up-set single stage flat disk pump
名称数据单位
Name Date Unit
运行背压
Operation back 20 kPa
pressure
运行出力 m3/h(凝汽器20kPa)
300
Operation output m3/h(condenser 20kPa)
真空泵转速
Vacuum pump rotating 1450 r/min
speed
旋转方向顺时针
Rotating direction Clock-wise
电机冷却方式风扇
Motor cooling mode Fan
热交换器形式无
Heat exchanger type none
热交换冷却水量
无
Heat exchange cooling kg/h
no
water volume
热交换器面积无
m2
Heat exchange area no
真空泵工作水量
Vacuum pump working 0.9 m3/h
water volume
分离器补充水流量
Makeup water volume 0.9 m3/h
for separator
Page 428 of 629

三台真空泵同时启动抽空容积为 1200m3 ，水温 30℃ 时，抽至
0.030MPa（a）：需要 16min。
The start-up extraction capacity for three vacuum pumps is 1200m 3.
When the water temperature is 30℃, it would take 16 minutes to
extract the pressure to 0.03MPa
表 16 部件材质及润滑型式
Table 16 material for components and the lubebrication type
汽侧真空泵水室真空泵
部件
Vacuum pump at Vacuum pump in
Assembly
steam side water chamber
泵壳
HT200 HT200
Pump shell
叶轮铝青铜
QT600
Impeller Al-bronze
分离器
Q235 Q235
Separator
泵轴
#45 2Cr13
Pump shaft
导轴承或轴套进口轴承进口轴承
Guiding bearing or bushing Inlet bearing Inlet bearing
换热器材质钛板
Heat exchange material Titanium plate
水封材质
PTFE PTFE
Water sealing material
轴承型式滚动轴承滚动轴承
Bearing mode Rolling bearing Rolling bearing
锂基润滑脂EP2 锂基润滑脂EP2
轴承油牌号
Lithium base grease Lithium base grease
Bearing lube oil type
EP2 EP2
2.2.19.4 检修内容
2.2.19.4 Maintenance items
2.2.19.4.1 汽侧水环式真空泵、水室真空泵维护消缺项目
2.2.19.4.1 Service items for steam side water ring vacuum pumps and
water chamber vacuum pumps
1 汽侧真空泵填料密封检查；
1 Check the sealing of packing in steam side vacuum pump.
2 水室真空泵机械密封检查；
2 Check the mechanical sealing of water chamber vacuum
pumps.
3 相关阀门的检修及密封检查；
Page 429 of 629

3 Maintenance for relevant valves and sealing test.
4 轴承检查；
4 Check of bearings.
5 阀片检查；
5 Check of valves
6 设备缺陷的处理。
6 Solutions for equipment faults.
2.2.19.4.2 汽侧水环式真空泵、水室真空泵检修项目
2.2.19.4.2 Maintenance items for steam side water ring vacuum pump
and water chamber vacuum pumps
1 汽侧真空泵填料密封检查；
1 Check the sealing of packing in steam side vacuum pump.
2 水室真空泵机械密封检查；
2 Check the mechanical sealing of water chamber vacuum
pumps.
3 入口门密封检查；
3 Check the sealing of inlet valves.
4 轴承检查；
4 Check of bearings.
5 阀片检查；
5 Check the valve plates
6 主轴表面检查，金属探伤，弯曲检查；
6 Check the surface of shaft. Carry out metal detection and
bending test.
7 热交换器检查；
7 Check of heat exchanger.
8 汽水分离器检查；
8 Check for steam and water separator.
9 导轴承或轴套检查。
9 Check the guiding bearing and bushing.
2.2.19.5 设备简介
2.2.19.5 Brief introduction of equipment
水环式真空泵主要由泵体、转子、分配板、阀板部件、轴封部件、侧盖
轴承、供水管路、轴封供水管路和自动排水阀十个部件组成。分配板
分为前后分配板，分别装于泵体的两端。阀板部件安装在分配板的
排气口，具有自动调节排气角度的作用。轴承为角接触轴承作轴向
定位，圆柱滚子轴承承担径向载荷，应用钠基润滑脂润滑。轴封采
用填料密封，填料采用聚四氟乙烯。
Water ring vacuum pump is composed of ten assemblies, namely
pump body, rotor, distributing plate, valve plate assembly, gland
seal, side cover, bearing, water supply pipeline, gland seal water
supply pipeline and automatic water drainage valve. The
distributing plate includes front and back distributing plate and
they ate installed at two ends of the pump. Valve plate assembly
is installed at the venting position of distributing plate with the
Page 430 of 629

function of automatic adjustment of venting angle. Gland seal is
sealed with stuff which is made of Teflon.
叶轮采用下偏心设计，平衡了轴承受力，使功耗减小，启动电流低
轴及轴承承受的径向力小（为工作压力与叶轮自重的差值，而平圆
盘泵为工作压力与叶轮自重的和）。采用锥体设计，有开口大，流
道通畅，空气及水流阻力小，允许大量液体夹带，通过喷嘴的冷凝
作用使效率大大提高以及叶轮与锥体的间隙小、效率高等优点。
Impeller adopts lower eccentric design to balance the bearing
force so that the power consumption is decreased and start-up
current is brought down. The axial force of shaft and bearing is
small (it is the differential value between working pressure and the
weight of impeller, for flat plate pump, the value is the sum of
working pressure and impeller) so the cone design is adopted.
This design possesses the following advantages: wide snap, good
flow, little air or water resistance force, large quantity of trapped
liquid is permitted. In addition the working efficiency is greatly
raised by the condensing function through nozzle. The clearance
between impeller and cone is small.
工作原理:叶轮偏心地安装在泵体内，启动前向泵内注入一定高度的
水，叶轮旋转时，水受离心力的作用在泵体内形成一个旋转的水环
叶片及两侧的分配器形成密封的空腔。在前半转（此时经过吸气
孔）的旋转过程中，密封容积逐渐扩大，气体由气孔吸入；在后半
转（此时经过排气孔）的旋转过程中，密封容积逐渐缩小，气体从
排气孔排出，随之排出的还有一部分水。为了保持恒定的水环，在
运行过程中，必须连续向泵内供水。
Working principle: The impeller is installed inside the pump
eccentrically. Before the start up of pump, fill some water into the
pump. A rotating water ring is formed in the pump under the
centrifugal force when the impeller is rotating. Impeller and the
distributor on two sides of it will form a sealed air chamber. During
the fist half round (through suction hole), the sealing capacity will
expand gradually and air will be absorbed in. In the second round
of rotation (through vent hole), the sealing capacity will gradually
decrease and air is exhausted with some drained water. To keep a
stable water ring, water must be continuously fed into the pump
during operation.
此外，为避免海水吸入到水室真空泵内，引起真空泵内零部件的腐
蚀，水室真空泵前设置真空引水罐，该引水罐设置自动水位控制装
置，当水位达到限定值时，真空泵自动停运，引水罐入口气动蝶阀
和真空泵入口气动蝶阀自动关闭。引水罐为立式，容积 1m3，设计
压力 0.6MPa，材料为碳钢内衬胶，耐海水腐蚀。引水罐底部应设放
水阀，顶部设放气阀。
In addition, to avoid sea water from being absorbed into the
vacuum pump in water chamber, which will cause erosion to the
assemblies inside the pump, a vacuum water guiding tank is set
before the vacuum pump. This water guiding tank will set the
automatic water level control device. When the water level
reaches the limit value, the vacuum pump will automatically
shutdown. The inlet pneumatic butterfly valve in both water
guiding tank and vacuum pump will automatically close. Water
guiding tank is of vertical type and the capacity of it is 1m3. The
Page 431 of 629

designed pressure of it is 0.6MPa. The material is carbon steel
interior lining rubber which can withstand sea water erosion.
Water drainage valve is designed at the bottom of water guiding
tank and the vent valve at the top.
2.2.19.6 检修工序和工艺标准
2.2.19.6 Maintenance process and quality requirements
2.2.19.6.1 汽侧水环式真空泵检修工序
2.2.19.6.1 Maintenance process for steam side water ring vacuum pump
1 解体
1 Disassembly
1.1 解体前准好备品备件、使用工具，选择检修场地，准备零件
集装箱；
1.1 Before the disassembly, prepare the spare parts and the
tools. Select maintenance field and prepare container for
assemblies.
1.2 通知相关单位，拆卸电机电源，拆联轴器连接弹性柱销，复
查中心，移走电机。记录中心数值；
1.2 Inform relevant departments to remove the power supply
of motor, connection elastic pin for coupling. Recheck the
center and then remove the motor. Take a record of center
value.
1.3 拆卸泵出入口法兰及所有与泵体相连接的管路，热工元件、
各种阀门等；
1.3 Remove the inlet and outlet flange of pump and the
pipelines connected to pump body. Remove I & C
elements and all the valves.
1.4 松开地脚螺栓，将泵运至指定检修场地，用专用工具或加热
法将泵侧联轴器拔出；
1.4 Loosen the anchor bolts and take the pump to appointed
maintenance field. Take out the coupling at pump side by
special tool or by heating.
1.5 解体两侧端盖结合部；
1.5 Disassemble the connection part of the end covers at two
sides,
1.6 拆卸两侧轴封环后，旋下轴承盖紧固螺栓，同时取下两侧
轴承端盖、油环和挡环；
1.6 After the removal of sealing ring at two sides, twist out the
tightening bolts on bearing casing. In addition, remove the
bearing end cover at two sides as well as the oil ring and
damper ring.
1.7 分别拆卸两侧轴承套、轴承、内轴承毛毡和离心盘；
1.7 Separately remove the bearing bushing, the bearings, the
inner bearing felt and centrifugal plate at two sides.
1.8 卸开填料压盖，填料、填料环，并取下填料套；
1.8 Remove the capping, the packing material, packing ring
as well as packing sleeve.
1.9 拆卸检查盖板。拆开侧盖紧固螺栓，及一切与泵体相连的螺
Page 432 of 629

栓，做标记号，平稳移走侧盖，侧板放在安全的地方，测
量结合面垫片厚度并记录；
1.9 Remove and check the capping. Remove the tightening
bolts at side cover and other bolts connected with pump
body and mark them. Move away the side cover and put it
at safe place. Measure the thickness of connection gasket
and record it.
1.10 逐级抽出转子，吊走泵体。
1.10 Pull out the rotor stage by stage and lift away the
pump proper.
2 清理检查
2 Clean and check
2.1 轴外观检查。转子应无伤痕，锈蚀现象，所有螺纹良好,所有
键槽无毛刺；叶片无磨损，汽蚀，断裂现象；
2.1 Check the appearance of shaft. There should be no
damage and rust corrosion in rotor. All the screw threads
are good. No burr in key slot, and no abrasion, steam
erosion and fractures in blades.
2.2 检查轴承游隙，内外套及滚动体磨损情况，确认能够继续
使用时抹好甘油放在清洁处准备回装。轴承游隙≤0.25mm;
内外套无损伤，滚动体无点蚀；
2.2 Check the bearing variation and the abrasion of internal
and external bushing as well as the abrasion in roller. After
ensuring that they are still useful, lay glycerinum on it and
put it at clean place for re-installation. The bearing
variation should be less than or equal to 0.25mm. No
abrasion in and out of bushing. No point erosion in roller.
2.3 轴封环、档环、油环、离心盘、填料套、水封环、等易损件检查。
易损件无磨损、裂缝、断裂，否则应更换；
2.3 Check the gland seal ring, damper rig, oil ring, centrifugal
disc, packing sleeve, water sealing ring and other wearing
parts. There should be no abrasion, crack, ruptures in
them, if not, replace them.
2.4 侧盖、侧板、阀片及阀片压板检查。上述部件无裂纹及砂眼，
阀片应逐个更换；
2.4 Check the side cover, side plate, valves and valve
capping. No cracks or sand holes in them. The valve
plates should be replaced one by one.
2.5 叶轮检查。叶轮无磨损及汽蚀，如有严重磨损及汽蚀应更换
2.5 Check the impeller. There should be no abrasion or
cavitation in impeller. Replace the impeller if serious
abrasion and cavitation happens in impeller.
2.6 测量泵轴弯曲值。泵轴弯曲值≤0.03mm；
2.6 Measure the bending value of pump shaft. It should be
less than or equal to 0.03mm.
2.7 各套装部件端面瓢偏及晃度符合规定要求，转子晃度：
<0.05mm；
2.7 The deflection and the swaying degree for end surface in
Page 433 of 629

each assembly meet the requirements. The rotor vibration
should be less than 0.05mm.
2.8 检查其它设备如分离器及热交换器等；
2.8 Check other equipment such as separator and heat
exchanger.
2.9 全部设备及零配件清扫干净，露出金属光泽；
2.9 Clean all the equipment and assemblies until there is the
metal lustre.
2.10 按原垫片厚度做好各部垫片，已备组装。
2.10 Prepare gaskets for each part according to original
thickness for installation.
3 组装
3 Assembly
3.1 在检修场地将转子穿入泵体内，并按顺序组装侧板、阀片、
阀片压板及侧盖。检查转子端面与两侧分配器轴向接触情况
转子总窜： 0.50～0.75mm；
3.1 Put the rotor into the pump in maintenance field. Install the
side plate, valves, valve capping and side cover in correct
order. Check the axial contact between rotor end surface
and the distributor at two sides. Total rotor displacement
should be 0.50-0.75mm.
3.2 泵侧盖结合部组装按解体顺序进行，泵体全部组装完毕，
盘动转子，倾听有无异音。叶轮端面与分配器不能有摩擦；
3.2 Assemble the connection part in pump side cover
according to the sequence of removal. When the pump is
well assembled, rotate the rotor to monitor abnormal
sound. No friction between impeller end surface and
distributor.
3.3 将泵体吊装回原位，检查调整各部间隙；
3.3 Put the pump body to original position, and check
clearance between the assemblies.
3.4 回装联轴器，进行找正工作。中心：圆周：0.08mm,端面：
0.08mm；
3.4 Re-install the coupling and carry out alignment. Center:
circularity: 0.08mm; end face: 0.08.
3.5 紧好泵体地脚螺栓，连接对轮弹性柱销，扣好对轮罩；
3.5 Tighten the anchor bolts for pumps and connect the
elastic pins for coupling, and then close the coupling cover
tightly.
3.6 清扫设备附近卫生及擦拭设备；
3.6 Clean the surrounding of equipment and wipe the
equipment.
3.7 恢复措施，试车。泵组的轴承温升不得超过 35℃，实测最
高温度不超过 75℃。振动双振幅值小于 0.05mm。
3.7 Restorative measures. Carry out operation test. The
bearing temperature increase in pump group should not
exceed 35℃. The real highest temperature should be no
Page 434 of 629

more than 75℃. The vibration bi-amplitude value should
be less than 0.05mm.
郭爱利（4237）
2.2.19.6.2 水室真空泵检修工序
2.2.19.6.2 Maintenance procedure of water chamber vacuum pump
1 解体
1 Disassembly
1.1 通知电气拆卸电机电源，拆联轴器连接弹性柱销，复查中
心，移走电机。记录中心数值；
1.1 Inform electrical staff to disassemble the motor power
supply, remove the connecting elastic pin of the coupling,
reexamine the center and then remove the motor. At the
same time, record the center value.
1.2 拆卸泵出入口法兰及所有与泵体相连接的管路，热工元件、
各种阀门等；
1.2 Remove the inlet and outlet flanges of the pump, the pipes
connected to the pump proper, the I&C elements and the
valves, etc..
1.3 松开地脚螺栓，将泵运至指定检修场地，用专用工具或加
热法将泵侧联轴器拔出；
1.3 Loosen the ground bolts, remove the pump to the
appointed maintenance site, and then draw out the pump
side coupling with special tools or heating method.
1.5 解体两侧端盖结合部；
1.5 Disassemble the end cover connections at the two sides.
1.6 拆卸两侧轴封环后，旋下轴承盖紧固螺栓，同时取下两侧
轴承端盖、油环和挡环；
1.6 After disassembling the two side gland seal rings, screw
down the bearing fixing bolts, at the same time, remove
the two end covers, oil rings and baffle rings.
1.7 分别拆卸两侧轴承套、轴承、内轴承毛毡和离心盘；
1.7 Disassemble the two side bearing sleeves, bearings, inner
bearing hair felt and centrifugal disc respectively.
1.8 卸开机械密封，并进行认真检查；
1.8 Disassemble the mechanical seal and examine carefully.
1.9 拆卸检查盖板。拆开侧盖紧固螺栓，及一切与泵体相连的螺
栓，做标记号，平稳移走侧盖，侧板放在安全的地方，测
量结合面垫片厚度并记录；
1.9 Disassemble and examine the cover plate. Remover the
fixing bolts of the side covers and all the other bolts
Page 435 of 629

connected to the pump proper, mark on them, and remove
the side cover stably to a safe place. Measure the
thickness of the connecting surface washer and record.
1.10 抽出转子放置于合适位置。
1.10 Draw out the rotor and lay it to a proper place.
2 清理检查
2 Cleaning and examining
2.1 轴外观检查。转子应无伤痕，锈蚀现象，所有螺纹良好,所
有键槽无毛刺；叶片无磨损，汽蚀，断裂现象；
2.1 Shaft appearance examining. There should be no scar
and rust corrosion. The screw threads should be in good
condition. The key grooves should have no burs. The
blades should have no abrasion, cavitation and rupture.
2.2.检查轴承游隙，内外套及滚动体磨损情况，确认能够继续
使用时抹好甘油放在清洁处准备回装。轴承游隙≤0.25mm;
内外套无损伤，滚动体无点蚀；
2.2 Examine the bearing clearance, abrasion degrees of inner
and outer sleeves and rolling elements. If they are able to
be used continuously, apply glycerin to these parts and
put them at a clean place for re-assembly. The bearing
clearance should ≤0.25mm; the inner and outer sleeves
should have no injuries; the rolling elements should have
no pit corrosions.
2.3 轴封环、档环、油环、离心盘、机封、水封环等易损件检查。均
应无磨损、裂缝、断裂，否则应更换；
2.3 Examine the parts subjected to wear, such as gland seal
rings, baffle rings, centrifugal disc, mechanical seal and
water seal rings, etc.. They should have no abrasions,
cracks, ruptures, or, replace them.
2.4 侧盖、侧板、阀片及阀片压板检查。上述部件无裂纹及砂眼，
阀片应逐个更换；
2.4 Examine the side covers, side plates, valve plates and
their pressed plate. There should be no cracks and air
bubbles on them. Replace the valve plate one by one.
2.5 叶轮检查。叶轮无磨损及汽蚀，如有严重磨损及汽蚀应更换
2.5 Examine the impeller. The impeller should have no
abrasion and cavitation, and it should be replaced if there
are serious abrasion and cavitation.
2.6 测量泵轴弯曲值。泵轴弯曲值≤0.03mm；
2.6 Measure the bending value of the pump shaft. It should
≤0.03mm.
Page 436 of 629

2.7 各套装部件端面瓢偏及晃度符合规定要求，转子晃度：
<0.05mm；
2.7 The end face skewness degrees and swinging degrees of
the shell parts should meet the requirements. Rotor
swinging degree should <0.05mm.
2.8 检查其它设备如分离器及热交换器等；
2.8 Examine other equipment like separator and heat
exchanger and so on.
2.9 全部设备及零配件清扫干净，露出金属光泽；
2.9 Clean all the equipments and spare parts till there are
luster.
2.10 按原垫片厚度做好各部垫片，已备组装。
2.10 Prepare all the washers according to the original
thickness for assembly.
3 组装
3 Assembly
3.1 在检修场地将转子穿入泵体内，并按顺序组装侧板、阀片、
阀片压板及侧盖。检查转子端面与两侧分配器轴向接触情况
3.1 Put the rotor into the pump proper in the maintenance site.
Assemble the side plates, valve plates, valve plate
pressed plates and side cover sequentially. Also examine
the axial contact condition between the rotor end face and
the two side distributors.
3.2 泵侧盖结合部组装按解体顺序进行，泵体全部组装完毕，
盘动转子，倾听有无异音。叶轮端面与分配器不能有摩擦；
3.2 Assemble the pump side connection part in the same
sequence of disassembly. After pump proper assembly is
completed, turn the rotor and listen if there is abnormal
sound. There should be no friction between the impeller
end surface and the distributor.
3.3 将泵体吊装回原位，检查调整各部间隙；
3.3 Hang up install the pump proper to its original position.
Examine and adjust the clearances of all parts.
3.4 回装联轴器，进行找正工作。
3.4 Reassemble the coupling, and align.
3.5 紧好泵体地脚螺栓，连接对轮弹性柱销，扣好对轮罩；
3.5 Fasten the pump proper ground bolts, connect the
coupling elastic pin and fasten the coupling cover.
3.6 清扫设备附近卫生及擦拭设备；
Page 437 of 629

3.6 Clean the surroundings of the equipment and wipe the
equipments.
3.7 恢复措施，试车。泵组的轴承温升不得超过 35℃，实测最
高温度不超过 75℃。振动双振幅值小于 0.05mm。
3.7 Recovery measure—trial run. The bearing temperature
rise of the pump should not exceed 75℃. The double
amplitude vibration value should be less than 0.05mm.
2.2.19.6.3 工艺标准
2.2.19.6.3 Process standard
1 轴承游隙≤0.25mm;内外套无损伤，滚动体无点蚀；
1 The bearing clearance should ≤0.25mm; the inner and outer
sleeves should have no injuries; and the rolling elements
should have no pit corrosion.
2 泵轴弯曲值≤0.03mm；
2 The pump shaft bending value should ≤0.03mm.
3 各套装部件端面瓢偏及晃度符合规定要求，转子晃度：
<0.05mm；
3 The end face skewness degrees and swinging degrees of the
shell parts should meet the requirements. Rotor swinging
degree should <0.05mm.
4 叶轮端面总间隙：安装前？ ,安装后总间隙：？ , 叶轮端面与
分配器不能有摩擦；
4 Impeller end face total clearance: Before installation ? ; After
installation ? . There should be no friction between the
impeller end face and distributor.
5 叶轮顶部和筒壁间隙值：？
5 Clearance between impeller top and drum wall: ?.
6 泵体水平切口在排出端；
6 The horizontal cut of the pump should be at the outlet end.
7 泵体法兰上水平刻线应装在排气侧；
7 The horizontal scale on the pump flange should be installed at
the exhaust side.
8 中心：圆周：0.05mm,端面：0.05mm；
8 Center: circumference: 0.05mm, end face: 0.05mm.
9 汽水分离器水位计清晰可见；
9 The water lever meter of the steam-water separator should be
clear to observe.
Page 438 of 629

10 新叶轮静平衡试验：不平衡重量≤5g。
10 Static balancing test of new impeller: the unbalancing weight
should be ≤5g.
2.2.19.7 调试和试运
2.2.19.7 Commissioning and Test running
2.2.19.7.1 启动前的准备
2.2.19.7.1 Preparation before startup
1 打开填料压盖，向填料挤入少许普通机油作润滑；
1 Open packing gland and extrude a little bit general machine
oil into the packing for lubricating.
2 通过供水管路向真空泵内供水冲洗，用水盘动转子，然后通过
放水管把污水排净，对于试运转后或投入过正式运行但停车 2
天以上的泵组，在重新启动时，要灌水盘车冲洗，以免内部生
锈、结垢造成启动困难而烧毁电机；
2 Wash the vacuum pump with the water coming from the water
supply pipe. Use water to turn the rotor, and then discharge
the waste water through the relief pipe. If the pump shut down
for more than 2 days after commissioning or normal operation,
wash it by filling water and turning the gear before restart in
order to prevent motor burning caused startup failure due to
inner rust corrosion and scaling.
3 检查电气部分是否安全、接线是否正确；
3 Examine the electrical part to see if it is safe and if the wire
connection is correct.
4 检查电动机的转动方向是否符合真空泵的转向；
4. Examine if the rotating direction of the motor is in accordance
with the rotating direction of the vacuum pump.
5 检查联轴器护罩或皮带罩是否得到可靠得固定。
5 Examine if the coupling protection cover or belt cover is
reliably fixed.
2.2.19.7.2 启动
2.2.19.7.2 Startup
1 开启供水闸阀，向泵内供水，当自动排水阀有液体流出时
关闭；
1 Open the water supply gate valve and supply water into
the pump. Close the gate valve when there is water
flowing out from the automatic water discharge valve.
2 打开进汽闸阀；
Page 439 of 629

2 Open the steam inlet gate valve.
3 当自动排水阀没有水流出时，启动电机，真空泵开始运转。
同时打开供水闸阀，时真空压力表得指针接近 0MPa(表压)
随着泵的吸入绝对压力的下降，指针向负值偏移；
3 When there is no more water flowing out from the
automatic water discharge valve, start up the motor and
the vacuum pump will start to run. At the same time, open
the water supply gate valve and the indicating needle of
the vacuum pressure gauge will point at near 0 MPa
(gauge pressure). The absolute pressure decreases as
the pump letting in the steam, so the indicating needle
move to the negative values.
4 如果在真空泵启动前，凝汽器已形成真空，进汽闸阀应处
于关闭状态，启动后，当管道真空达到规定值时，才徐徐
打开闸阀。注意如果在真空泵的排出压力高于大气压力时，
会增大轴功率，严重时会损坏电机；
4 The steam inlet gate valve should be at closed position if
the condenser forms a vacuum before the startup of the
vacuum pump. And when the pipe vacuum reaches the
specific value after the startup of vacuum pump, slowly
open the gate valve. Note that when the output pressure
of the vacuum pump is higher than the atmospheric
pressure, the shaft power will be increased and the motor
will even be damaged when serious increase occurs.
5 检查真空泵轴承振动、轴承温度、噪音正常；
5 Examine and make sure the bearing vibration,
temperature and noise are normal.
6 检查汽水分离器水位和排气正常；
6 Examine and make sure the water lever and the exhaust
of the steam-water separator are normal.
7 检查板式换热器工作正常；
7 Examine and make sure that the plate heat exchanger is
working normally.
8 检查密封填料处温度和渗漏液流量正常。
8 Examine and make sure that temperature and leakage
flow at the sealing stuffing are normal.
2.2.19.7.3 停车
2.2.19.7.3 Shutdown
1 停泵前先检查系统中个相应设备能否进入投运程序；
1 Examine to if the corresponding equipments of the system are
able to enter the operation program before the pump
shutdown.
Page 440 of 629

2 关闭供水闸阀，然后立即停运电动机。注意确认进汽阀关闭；
2 Close the water supply gate valve and then shut down the
motor immediately. Note that the steam inlet valve should be
at closed position.
3 打开排水阀门或拧开放水螺塞，放清积水，以防生锈或在低温
环境下冻裂泵体。
3 Open the water discharge valve or screw off the water
discharge plug and give out the accumulated water in order to
prevent it from rust corrosion and frost cracking in low
temperature.
2.2.19.8.1 安全
2.2.19.8.1 Safety
1 进入现场必须按《安规》规定着装和使用安全防护用具；
1 When in site, wear and use safety and protection articles
according to the requirements in the SAFETY CODE.
2 两人及以上工作时必须明确一名工作负责人；
2 A person responsible for work should be appointed when
there are two or more than two working persons.
3 现场应设有足够的照明，并符合《安规》要求；
3 There should be enough lightening in site and it should meet
the requirements in the SAFETY CODE.
4 使用电气工具必须使用漏电保护器，并遵守电动工具的使用规
定。不得使用有缺陷得工器具；
4 When using electrical tools, leakage safety device must be
used and the service requirements should be followed. Do not
use the tools with defectiveness.
5 认真遵守起重、搬运的安全规定；
5 Follow the lifting and carrying safety regulations carefully.
6 高处作业必须正确使用安全带，工具、材料的传递应遵守安规规
定；
6 Use safety belt correctly when working high above the ground.
The passing of the tools and materials should meet the safety
regulations.
7 叶轮焊接时必须接地线，防止烧毁轴承；
7 Earth line should be connected when welding the impeller to
prevent bearing burning.
Page 441 of 629

8 清洗、油箱加油时，要防止火灾。严禁使用汽油清洗机件；
8 Prevent fire disaster from occurring when washing or filling oil
into the oil tank. Do not use gasoline to wash the turbine
parts.
9 现场准备充足的消防器材；
9 Prepare adequate fire fighting equipments in site
10 动火工作期间设专人监护；
10 There should be specialized person to supervise during hot
work working.
11 工作结束应及时恢复工作过程拆除的栏杆、防护罩、沟盖板等；
设施；
11 Recover the handrail, protection cover, slot cover plate, etc.
disassembled during working process after the works are
finished.
12 工作结束清点人员、工具，收回剩余的材料，清除火种，清扫工
作现场。
12 Check the personnel and tools after the finish of work. Collect
the leftover materials. Eliminate the fire sources and clean the
working site.
2.2.19.8.2 健康
2.2.19.8.2 Health
1 进入容器或风箱内工作必须有良好的通风设备，防止人在箱内
工作窒息；
1 There should be good ventilation equipments if works are to
be done inside container or air box to prevent asphyxia.
范措施。
2 Protection measures should be taken when the staff is going
to contact poisonous, harmful or irritative chemical
substances.
2.2.19.8.3 环境
2.2.19.8.3 Enviroment
1 更换后的废油必须倒入指定的油桶中，不得随便倾倒；
1 The replaced waste oil should be poured into the appointed oil
can. Do not pore anywhere else.
2 使用后废弃的或剩余的化学用品必须放到指定位置，不得随便
丢弃；
2 The waste or leftover chemical substances should be put at
the appointed position, and do not put anywhere else.
Page 442 of 629

3 工作结束后必须做到工完、料净、场地清。
3 After the works are finished, clear up the materials on site.
2.2.20 循环水泵
2.2.20 Circulating water pump
2.2.20.1 概述
本工程 3×330MW 机组的冷却水系统采用直流海水作为冷却水，供
水系统为扩大单元制直流供水系统。冷却水主要供给凝汽器和辅机。
供水系统流程示意：港池取水口→取水明渠→粗格栅→移动式清污
机→旋转滤网→循环水泵→循环水压力供水管→凝汽器→循环水排
水管→虹吸井→循环水排水明渠→排水口。系统设置两台循环水泵
两台循环水泵应可以并列或单泵运行，满足各工况下整个机组的安
全﹑经济运行。并列运行工况下，相同循环水泵的流量偏差限制在
5%以内。
The cooling water system of this 3×330MW unit project uses
once-through seawater as its cooling water source. Expand unit
system of through-flow supply system is its water supply system.
The cooling water is mainly supplied to condenser and auxiliary
equipment. The water supply system process is as follows:
harbor basin water intake port→ water intake channel→coarse
screen→ traveling trash remover→ rotary filter→ circulating water
pump→ circulating water pressurized pipes→ condenser→
circulating water drainage pipe→ siphon well→ circulating water
drain channel→ drain port. The system has two sets of water
circulating pumps, which can be operated in parallel or singly to
meet the working conditions of the entire unit safety and economic
operation. Under the parallel operation, the flow deviation of the
same water circulating pump should be limited within 5%.
该泵系引进美国 I-R 公司的先进技术发展起来的产品，用来输送
55°以下的海水。按照泵的结构和安装型式，属于立式转子可抽式斜
流泵 LKX。其特点是在泵外筒体不拆卸的情况下，转子可单独抽出
泵体外进行检修。泵轴立式安装，电动机与泵直接联接，泵吸入口
垂直向下，吐出口水平布置外伸并在泵基础层之下。
This pump is developed by advanced technology of the American
I-R company, and is used to transport sea water below 55℃.
According to the structure and the installation type, this pump
belongs to vertical rotor drawable diagonal flow pump LKX. The
feature is that the rotor can be pulled out from the pump body for
maintenance alone while the pump casing is without
dismantlement. The pump shaft is installed vertically, and the
motor is directly connected with the pump. The pump intake is
vertically downward, and the outlet is horizontally arranged and
extended under the base of the pump.
Page 443 of 629

密封采用填料密封形式。泵的轴向推力由电动机承受。泵的轴承采用
橡胶轴承和赛龙轴承两种，当采用橡胶轴承时，泵轴设有保护套管
内充清洁压力水进行润滑。泵轴为优质碳素钢，叶轮为不锈钢，其
余由钢板焊接。
This pump adopts stuffing sealing. The axial thrust of pump is
withstood by the motor. Pump bearings use rubber bearing and
Thordon bearing. And when rubber bearing is used, there is
protection sleeve for pump shaft and clean pressurized water is
filled into it for lubricating. The pump shaft uses high quality
carbon steel; the impeller is made of stainless steel and other
parts are welded together by steel plates.
水泵接触海水部分的零部件，均考虑采用防护措施，与大气接触部
分考虑防盐雾措施。水泵除材料要求能耐海水腐蚀外，还考虑采用
电化学防腐保护的条件。对循环水泵壳体内壁、导叶体、叶轮、轴润滑
水管外壁等内部结构，采用外加电流阴极保护方法。对循环水泵的
外壁、导流片、采用牺牲阳极保护方法，部分位置可采用重防腐涂料
和牺牲阳极联合保护方法。
Water pump parts contacting with seawater all adopt preventive
measures, and the parts contacting with atmosphere adopt salt
mist preventive measures. Water pump materials, except for
seawater corrosion resistance, should be considered with the
condition of adopting electrochemical corrosion protection.
Impressed current cathode protection method is used for the
internal structures of inner shell of circulating water pump housing,
guide blade, impeller, external walls of shaft lubricating water pipe,
etc. Also, sacrificial anode protection method is adopted for
protecting the external walls of circulating water pump and the
flow deflector. And for some positions, heavy anti-corrosive paint
method and sacrificial anode protection method can be used
together.
2.2.20.2 技术规范
2.2.20.2 Technical specifications
表 17 设备规范
Table 17 Equipments Specifications
型号
72LKXA-16
Model
立式、转子可抽﹑固定叶片，混流式
型式
Vertical, Drawable Rotor, Fixed
Type
Blades, and Mixed Flow
Page 444 of 629

流量(m3/s)
5.86
Flow (m3/s)
扬程（m）
16
Delivery Head（m）
转速（r/min）
425
Rotating Speed（r/min）
轴功率（kw）
1086.5
Shaft Power（KW）
泵效率（％）
87.2%
Pump Efficiency（％）
汽蚀余量 mH2O
6.87
Net Positive Suction Head mH2O
出口公称直径 mm
1800
Outlet Nominal Diameter mm
进水温度℃ 25～37（正常工况 normal operation
Water Inlet Temperature ℃ condition）
出口公称压力 MPa
0.6
Outlet Nominal Pressure MPa
正常轴承振动值（双振幅值）mm
Normal Bearing Vibration Value ±0.076
(Double Amplitude value) mm
输送介质海水
Pump Conveying Medium Seawater
最大轴向推力（T）
44
Maximum Axial thrust (T)
泵轴长/轴段根数 m/个
Pump Shaft Length/Shaft Segment 10m/2
Quantity m/Each
功率 Power KW 1400
配带电机
型号
Matched Motor YL1400-14/1730-1
Model
转子提升高度（mm） 6
Page 445 of 629

Rotor Lifting Height (mm)
级数
1
Number of Stage
必需汽蚀余量（m）
Essential Net Positive Suction Head 6.87
(m)
最小淹没深度（m）
3.6
Minimum Submerged Depth (m)
顺时针（从电机向水泵看）
旋转方向
Clockwise (Looking from Motor
Rotating Direction
Towards Pump)
轴承润滑水本身输送水
Bearing Lubricating Water Proper Conveyed Water
主要零部件材质
Main Components material
出水弯管
导叶体
Discharge HT200Ni2Cr HT200Ni2Cr
Baffler
Elbow
泵壳叶轮
HT200Ni2Cr ZG0Cr18Ni12Mo2
Pump Casing Impeller
Q235-A＋防腐涂
进水喇叭底板料
HT200Ni2Cr
Suction Mouth Soleplate Q235-A＋
Anticorrosive paint
叶轮哈夫锁环
主轴
316 Impeller Hough 0Cr18Ni9
Main Shaft
Lock Ring
电机座调节螺母
Q235-A 45#
Motor base Regulating Nut
叶轮室
地脚螺栓
Impeller ZG0Cr18Ni12Mo2 Q235-A
Ground Bolt
Chamber
Page 446 of 629

内接管 a、b、c
泵联轴器
ZG310-570 Internal 0Cr18Ni9
Pump Coupling Connecting Pipe
a, b, and c
中间联轴器
填料压盖
Intermediate 0Cr18Ni9 HT200Ni2Cr
Packing Gland
Coupling
填料函体轴套
HT200Ni2Cr 0Cr18Ni9
Stuffing Box Shaft Sleeve
HT200Ni2Cr＋赛
导轴承轴承套
龙 0Cr18Ni9
Guide Bearing Bearing Sleeve
Thordon
轴承支架
HT200Ni2Cr
Bearing Support
注：循环水泵型号 72LKXA-16
Note: Circulating water pump model is 72LKXA-16
72——泵外筒体直径为 72 英寸，即 1800m；
72——The diameter of pump cylinder is 72 inch, i.e.1800m.
L ——立式；
L ——Vertical
K ——转子可抽出式；
K ——Drawable Rotor
X ——吐出口在泵安装基础层之下；
X ——Outtake port is under pump installation base
A ——设计顺序，叶轮经过切割；
A ——Design sequence, the impeller is cut
16——设计点扬程。
16——Design point delivery head
2.2.20.3 检修内容
2.2.20.3 Maintenance Contents
2.2.20.3.1 检修项目
2.2.20.3.1 Maintenance Items
1 盘根套磨损情况；
Page 447 of 629

1 Packing sleeve abrasion degree;
2 叶轮室下端精加工锥面与吸入喇叭口锥面贴合检查；
2 Examine the joint between impeller chamber lower finish
machining conical surface and suction trumpet conical
surface.
3 叶轮密封环检测；
3 Test the impeller sealing ring.
4 轴承压盖检测；
4 Test the bearing cover.
5 联轴器找正，泵体调平；
5 Align the coupling, and adjust the levelness of the pump.
6 赛龙导轴承检查；
6 Examine the Thordon guide bearing;
7 叶轮室凸耳与外接管凹槽表面检查；
7 Examine the surface of the impeller chamber lug and the
external water pipe slot.
2.2.20.3.2 维护消缺项目
2.2.20.3.2 Maintenance and troubleshooting items
3. 检修工艺及质量标准
3. Maintenance process and quality standards
1 盘根磨损情况；
1 Packing abrasion situations;
2 轴承运转情况；
2 Bearing operation conditions;
3 冷却水投运情况；
3 Cooling water operation conditions;
4 其他泄漏点。
4 Other leakage points.
2.2.20.4 Maintenance process and quality standards
2.2.20.4.1 电机部分拆卸
2.2.20.4.1 Motor disassembly
1 拆掉电机机架固定外圈螺丝及固定挡油板的内圈螺丝，落下底
Page 448 of 629

盖；
1 Remove the outer fixing screws of the motor frame and the
inner fixing screws of the oil blocking board, and put the
bottom cover down.
2 电机与泵体靠背轮螺栓拆卸，用钢字头在电机与水泵靠背轮处
作记号，按一定顺序将连接螺栓打上数字。在 180°方向留下两
只螺栓，并使螺母松动；
2 Remove the motor and the pump coupling bolts, mark the
motor and water pump coupling with steel letter head, and
number the connecting bolt according to a certain sequence.
Leave the two bolts at 180 ° direction, and loose the nuts.
3 解体前原始中心校对：把电机端盖吊走，把盘车专用工具装在
转子上。在靠背轮处水平方向互成 90°的方向上装两只百分表，
同时端面张口用内径千分尺测量并做好记录；按泵转动方向进
行盘车，盘车应有专人指挥。在百分表处应专人监视，每转动
1/4 转读数一次，作好记录；
3 Original center calibration before disassembly: lift away the
motor cover; install the specified tools of turning gear on the
rotor. At the horizontal 90 ° direction place of coupling
wheels, , assemble two percentage meters, also measure the
end face opening with inside micrometer and record the value.
Turn the gear according to the rotating direction of pump, and
there should be specified person to direct the turning gear.
And the percentage meters should be monitored. Read the
percentage meters and record the values When every 1/4
circle is turned.
4 通知热工拆除所有测温元件；
4 Inform I&C Staff to remove all the temperature measuring
elements.
5 通知电气顶起电机转子；
5 Inform Electrical staff to jack up the motor rotor.
6 电机推力头的拆卸：首先将推力头上面的卡环拆掉，并做好记
号。然后用推力头拆卸专用工具拆掉推力头，用行车吊出放在橡
皮垫上，把平键用螺丝顶出；
6 Disassembly of the motor thrust head: First remove the fixing
ring on the thrust head and mark it. Then using special tools
to remove the thrust head and lift it out with traveling crane to
the rubber washer, and jack out the flat key by screw.
7 用合像水平仪测量机架水平，作好记录，将机架与电机定子紧
固螺丝松去，拔掉定位螺钉，吊走上机架及电机转子；
7 Use combined diagram level meter to measure the levelness
of the frame and record the result. Loosen the fixing screws of
the frame and motor stator; pull out the fixing screws and lift
up the upper frame and the motor rotor.
Page 449 of 629

8 用合像水平仪测量定子水平作好记录，并松开定子与泵体联接
螺栓吊走定子。
8 Use combined diagram level meter to measure the levelness
of the stator and record the result. Loosen the joint bolt of the
stator and the pump body and then lift away the stator.
2.2.20.4.2 水泵部分拆卸
2.2.20.4.2 Water pump disassembly
1 拆除泵轴承及盘根冷却水管；
1 Remove the cooling water pipes of the pump shaft and
packing.
2 对称拆掉泵支座与泵体联接螺丝，用四个专用起盖螺钉将泵盖
与泵体均匀顶起直至止口退出，然后用起吊工具吊出放在专用
支架上；
2 Remove the joint bolts of the pump support and the pump
body symmetrically. Use four special screws to jack up the
pump cover and the pump body uniformly until the rabbet
exits, and then lift out and lay them on the special support.
3 将泵转子吊起，同时注意可抽部件中叶轮室防转块与外接管防
转块挡板脱离，测量其提升量，作好记录；
3 Lift up the pump rotor, at the same time, pay attention to the
separation of the impeller chamber rotary-preventing block
and the outer connecting pipe rotary-preventing block damper.
Measure the lifting value and record it.
4 靠背轮的拆卸：将靠背轮止退垫片打平，用专用钩形扳手将锁
紧螺母松开，然后利用千斤顶和行车将靠背轮吊出，取出平键；
4 Disassemble the coupling: flatten the washer of the coupling,
loosen the fixing nuts by special spanner, then lift out the
coupling with jack and traveling crane and take out the flat
key.
5 依次取出上主轴对应轴套、填料轴套及短键，“O”型密封圈，
轴套螺母，盘根套紧定螺钉；
5 Take out the shaft sleeve, stuffing sleeve and the short key in
accordance with upper main shaft, the O type seal ring, the
sleeve nut and the lock screws of the packing sleeve
sequentially.
6 拆除套筒联轴器外圆紧定螺钉，退出套筒联轴器，然后拆卸内
接管 a、b 螺丝；
6 Remove the outer fixing screws of the sleeve coupling, take
out the sleeve coupling and then remove the screw a and b of
the internal jointing pipe.
7 将导流片与导流片接管拆除，注意定位销孔和导流片的方向，
然后从填料函体中的轴承腔中取出上赛龙导轴承；
Page 450 of 629

7 Remove the flow deflector and deflector jointing pipe; pay
attention to the direction of the locating pin hole and the flow
deflector. Then take out the upper Thordon guide bearing from
the bearing chamber of the stuffing box.
8 从填料函体外圆取出“O”型密封圈，从导流片接管上法兰拆除
填料函体。
8 Take out the O type sealing ring from the outer circle of the
stuffing box; remove the stuffing box from upper flange of the
deflector jointing pipe.
9 拆卸分半填料压盖，掏出各环填料，清理填料函、轴承；
9 Remove the half stuffing cover, take the filler of each ring out
and clear up the stuffing box and the bearing.
10 用专用工具拆卸轴承紧定螺母，松开轴承螺丝，用顶丝将轴承
体顶出并用起吊工具吊下；
10 Remove the fixing nuts of the bearing with special tools,
loosen the nuts. Jack out the bearing body with top screw and
lift it down.
11 泵叶轮拆卸：先把叶轮哈夫锁环、螺栓、垫圈拆下，用专用拆卸
设备将叶轮拆掉，并把平键拿下放好；
11 Disassemble the pump impeller: first remove the Hough lock
ring of the impeller, the bolts and the washer, then
disassemble the impeller with special tools and finally take out
the flat key and keep it properly.
12 去除盘根套紧定螺钉，再用铜棒慢慢敲打轴套处，使其松动取
下，最后取出轴套用键；
12 Remove the fixing bolts of the packing, and then hit the shaft
sleeve slowly with Copper stick to loosen and remove it. And
finally take out the sleeve keys.
13 检查轴径表面应光洁无损伤，裂纹及扭曲，两端螺纹完好；
13 Inspect the journal surface, it should be complete and have no
damage, no crack and no twist. And the screw thread at the
two ends should be complete and in good condition.
14 测量轴径向晃度：把轴的两端架在Ｖ型铁上，Ｖ型铁要放稳固，
再把百分表架上，表杆指向轴心，然后缓慢转动泵轴，在轴有
弯曲的情况下，每转一周百分表有一个最大读数和最小读数，
两个读数之差就是晃动度，晃度的一半就是轴弯曲；
14 Measure the radial swinging degree of the shaft: lay the two
ends of the shaft on the Ｖ type metal support which is
steadily laid. And put on the percentage meter, the pointer
should be pointing at the shaft center. Then slowly turn the
pump shaft. If the shaft is bent, there will be a large reading
and a small reading in each turn, and the difference of the two
readings will be the swinging degree, while half of the
Page 451 of 629

swinging degree is the bending value.
15 检查叶轮应完好、无裂纹沙眼等缺陷，流道应光滑。如局部有裂
纹、汽蚀孔等缺陷，除铸造叶轮外可进行补焊，并进行叶轮静平
衡试验，严重时进行补焊；
15 Inspect the impeller, it should be complete with no cracks and
no sand holes, and the flowing channel should be smooth. If
there are cracks and steam corrosive holes on some parts, if
not casting new impeller, weld the missing parts, and conduct
impeller static balance test. And carry out repair welding when
necessary.
16 叶轮口环与密封环配合良好，间隙≤0.50~0.70mm,叶轮口环磨
损严重，可在叶轮口环处进行刷镀，刷镀层应≤0.30mm,也可
采用在口环处外配围带的方法；
16 The impeller port ring and the sealing ring should be well
jointed, with a clearance≤0.50~0.70mm. Plate the impeller
port ring when the ring is severely abraded, and the plating
layer should≤0.30mm. Besides, the methods of adding shroud
to the port ring can also be adopted.
17 轴套外圈应光滑无毛刺，不许有沙眼、裂纹等铸造缺陷；
17 The outer circle of the shaft sleeve should be smooth with no
burs and no casing defectiveness of sand holes and cracks.
18 对补焊或新换叶轮应进行静平衡试验，泵轴最大晃度：
≯0.05mm，各轴肩端面瓢偏≯0.04mm；
18 Conduct static balance test of the welded or newly replaced
impeller. The maximum swinging degree should≯0.05mm, and
the end face skewness of the shaft shoulders
should≯0.04mm；
19 检查叶轮内径与轴配合间隙 0~0.075mm，轴套内圈与轴配合间
隙 0~0.14mm，叶轮最大外径上允许不平衡质量为 300g，叶轮
口环对叶轮内孔跳动度≤0.06mm 。
19 Examine the jointing clearance between the impeller inner
diameter and the shaft. It should be within 0~0.075mm. The
jointing clearance of the inner circle of the shaft sleeve and
the shaft should be within0~0.14mm. The maximum permitted
unbalancing weight of the impeller outer diameter is 300g.
The jumping degree of the impeller port ring to the impeller
inner hole should≤0.06mm.
张为虎（4518）
2.2.20.4.3 导轴承
2.2.20.4.3 Guide bearing
1 导轴承应在主轴平放时与主轴轴径对研，其接触点应大致均匀；
1. Guide bearing should rubbed with the main shaft when the
Page 452 of 629

main shaft is horizontally placed, and the points of contact
should be generally average;
2 与导轴承配合的主轴轴径应光洁无划迹，否则用油石研磨。
2. The main shaft journal that assorts with the guide bearing
should be smooth and free from scratches, or it should be
rubbed with hone.
2.2.20.4.4 水泵部分组装
2.2.20.4.4 Assembly of water pump
1 在上主轴装好轴套键、轴套、垫圈，用螺栓拧紧；
1. Fix the sleeve keys, shaft sleeve, washer on the main shaft,
and fasten them with bolts;
2 在上主轴下端装上键，随后将轴穿入套筒联轴器，将套筒联轴
器紧固于轴上；
2. Mount on keys on the lower end of upper main shaft, and then
insert the bearing into the sleeve coupling and fasten the
sleeve coupling onto the shaft;
3 连接内接管 a、b，将可抽部件放入壳体内。在此过程中，当叶轮
室防转块与与外接管 a 防转块挡板接触时，可继续下放直至叶
轮室下端精加工锥面与吸入喇叭口精加工锥面完全贴合；
3. Connect internal connecting pipes a & b, and put the flexible
parts into the casing body. During this process, when the anti-
rotating block in the blade chamber contacts with the anti-
rotating block damper of external connecting pipe A, continue
to lower it until the finish machining conical surface at the
lower end of blade chamber fully joint with the finish
machining conical surface of suction bell;
4 将导流片与导流片接管连接起来，然后起吊至上主轴上方，调
整好导流片方向，并在导流片接管与泵支撑座结合面刷密封胶，
穿轴放下与泵支撑板连接起来；
4. Connect the flow deflector with the flow deflector take over,
and then hoist them up over main shaft. Adjust the direction of
flow deflector and paste sealing gum on the contacting
surface between flow deflector take-over and pump
supporting, insert the bearing and put it down to connect it
with the pump supporting plate;
5 将下主轴穿入轴承腔的填料函、填料压盖及支座，将支座与导流
片接管上法兰紧固成一体；
5. Insert the lower main shaft into the stuffing box, stuffing gland
and supporter, and fasten the supporter with the upper flange
of the flow deflector take-over;
6 叶轮轮毂处晃动值不便测量，泵轴摆度调整在填料函体位置用
对中楔形块调整，保证联轴器处径向跳动不超过 0.05mm；
Page 453 of 629

6. The waving value at the impeller wheel hub is not convenient
to be detected, and the waving of the pump shaft should be
adjusted at the stuffing box position with alignment wedge.
Make sure that the axial displacement at the coupling would
not exceed 0.05mm;
7 装好叶轮键、叶轮、再装垫子，并将叶轮哈夫紧固；
7. Fix the impeller keys, impellers, and then the washers, and
fasten the impeller with
8 将紧定衬套、导轴承与轴承腔的组合体、止退垫片、紧定衬套螺
母，并将轴承端盖安装就位；
8. Fasten the bushings, combining unit of guide bearing and
bearing chamber, anti-thrust washer, fasten the bushing bolts,
and fix the end cap of the bearing to its proper position;
9 安装对轮键、泵对轮、垫圈、止退垫圈；
9. Fix coupler keys, pump coupler, washer and anti-thrust
washer;
10 测量泵窜动量：使导叶体端面与叶轮上端面贴合，将转子落至
极下位置，再提升转子 6mm，盘车检查转子是否灵活。
10. Measure axial displacement of pump: make the end face of
the guide blade joint with the upper end face of impeller, and
lower the rotor to ultimate down position. Then lift the rotor for
6mm, check the flexibility of rotor with turning gear.
注：窜动量必须大于转子提升高度。
Note: axial displacement must be bigger than the lifted height of
the rotor.
8 将泵转子部分吊入泵体，并将泵盖螺丝穿入后对称紧好。
8. Hoist the pump rotor into the pump body and symmetrically
fasten the pump cover bolts after put them in.
2.2.20.4.5 电机部分组装
2.2.20.4.5 Assembly of electric motors
1 用抛光机清扫机座平面，将定子和机架的组合体吊入电机支座
上；
1. Clean the motor base with polishing machine, and put the
combining unit of rotor and the frame onto the motor
supporter;
2 紧固电机支座螺丝，用合像水平仪测量其定子各支角处水平；
2. Fasten the bolts on motor supporter, and measure the horizon
level of the rotor arms with coincidence level meter;
3 联系电气将转子吊入定子内；
Page 454 of 629

3. Contact the electric staff to hoist the rotor into stator;
4 按解体时的记录安装推力瓦块、推力头，使转子质量转移到推力
轴承上，然后在四个支角上用合像水平仪测量上机架水平，通
过在支角处加减垫子调整；
4. Assemble the thrust bush, thrust head according to the record
made during disassembly, and shift the mass of rotor to thrust
bearing. Then measure the horizon of frame with coincidence
level meter on the four arms, and make adjustment by
adding/reducing pads at the arms;
5 装好盘车工具测量电机跳动度，跳动度应≦0.05mm，超过允许
值，可采用修刮推力头平面或加铜皮调整；
5. Fix up the turning gear to measure the flopping value of motor,
and the flopping value should ≦0.05mm. If the value exceeds
the allowable range, make adjustment by scraping the thrust
head face or adding copper sheet;
6 对轮端面误差及圆周误差均≦0.05mm；
6. The wheel end face error and the circle error should
≦0.05mm;
7 调整空气间隙：拆卸对轮及电机定子与支座连接螺丝，在需要
调整的方向且成 90 度的位置上各安装一只表，表头触在电机定
子外壳，借助于行车将定子移动，移动量可从表中读出；
7. To adjust the air clearance: disassemble the connecting bolts
between coupling, motor stator and supporter, fix a meter
vertically to the directions where need adjustment. The meter
head should touch the outer casing of the electric stator, and
the movement value could be read out from the meter by
moving the stator with traveling crane;
8 复查对轮中心；
8. Reexamine the wheel center;
9 调整推力轴瓦受力：在对轮中心，推力盘水平合格的情况下，
应调整推力瓦，使其支持螺栓受力均匀。以推力盘上百分表指针
开始移动为度，并监视指针不得有任何移动，每块瓦调好后应
立即锁紧，并联系热工安装推力瓦块的测温元件。
9. Adjust the stress of thrust bush: adjust the thrust bush when
the coupling center and thrust plate level is qualified to make
the stresses on the supporting bolts average. Taking it as
basis when the pointer of the percentage meter on the thrust
plate begins to move, and monitor that the pointer should
have no movement. Lock up each of the thrust bushes after
they were adjusted, and contact the I & C members to install
the measuring elements for thrust bushes.
2.2.20.5 试运行
2.2.20.5 Commissioning
Page 455 of 629

2.2.20.5.1 准备工作
2.2.20.5.1 Preparation works
1 将循环泵盘根处注入清水，打开循环水泵进口阀们，开启凝汽
器水室放空气门，在无水倒灌的情况下，提前打开出口门
300~500mm 后，启动电机，当水泵到达正常转速，记录压力
值；
1. Fill clean water into the packing of circulating pump, and open
the inlet valve of circulating pump, and open the air
exhaustion valve of condensate water chamber. Pre-open the
outlet valve 300~500mm when there is no water back
flashing, and start the motor and record the pressure value
when the pump reaches its normal rotating speed;
2 电机启动前轴承温度不低于 15℃ ，运行时各轴瓦温度
≤70℃；
2. The temperature of the bearing should be no less than 15℃
before the motor starts up, and each of the bearing
temperature should be ≤70℃ during operation;
3 水泵试运应达到以下指标：
3. The pump should meet the following indexes during test
running:
3.1 泵出口压力稳定，并达到额定压力值；
3.1 The outlet pressure of the pump is steady and reaches
rated pressure values;
3.2 电机工作电流不超过额定值；
3.2 The working current of motors does not exceed rated
value;
3.3 各转动部件的振动值不许超标，如果振动太大，可将泵组
联轴器解开，电机单独运转，检查振动以便分析振动原因。
3.3 The vibration value of the rotating parts should not exceed
requirement. If the vibration is too big, disassemble the
pump unit coupling and make the motor singly operate,
and check the vibration in order to analyze the reason for
vibration.
2.2.20.5.2 质量要求与标准
2.2.20.5.2 Quality requirements and standards
1 叶轮与密封环径向间隙：050~0.70mm；
1. Axial clearance between the impeller and sealing ring:
050~0.70mm；
2 联轴器端面飘偏≯0.04mm，径向晃度≯0.04mm；
2. End face deflection of coupling ≯0.04mm, and axial
Page 456 of 629

displacement ≯0.04mm;
3 机架水平度≯0.10mm；
3. The horizon of frame ≯0.10mm;
4 轴承振动≤0.08mm（合格），≤0.06mm（优良）；
4. Bearing vibration ≤0.08mm (qualified), ≤0.06mm (good);
5 导轴承径向间隙：0.16~0.20mm；
5. Axial clearance of guide bearing: 0.16~0.20mm；
6 导轴承温度≤70℃；
6. Guide bearing temperature ≤70℃；
7 润滑油型号及加油周期依据设备运转情况再定。
7. The model of lubrication oil and its feeding period depends on
the operation performance of the equipment.
2.2.21 低加疏水泵
2.2.21 Low pressure heater drainage pump
2.2.21.1 概述
2.2.21.1 Overview
供输送#2 低加疏水箱疏水至凝结水系统。疏水排气系统设置两台低
加疏水泵，一台运行，一台备用。每台泵出口管与疏水箱连接，确
保疏水箱水位在允许的范围内。
It is used to transmit the drainage water from #2 low pressure
heater drain tank to condensate water system. The drainage and
exhaustion system is equipped with two sets of low pressure
drainage pump, and one is for operation and the other is standby.
Outlet pipes of each pumps are connected with drain tank, in
order to make sure that the water level of drain tank is within
allowable range.
本型泵是单壳体节段式多级离心泵，主要由定子、转子、轴承和轴封
四大部分组成。
The pump is single body case section type multi degree
centrifugal pump, and is mainly composed of stator, rotor, bearing
and gland seal.
定子部分：主要由进水段、中段、出水段和导叶等组成，由穿杠将各
段拉紧，构成工作室。其吸入口和吐出口均垂直向上。各段之间静止
结合面主要靠金属面密封，并设有 O 型密封圈作为辅助密封。
Stator part: mainly composed of water inlet section, intermediate
section, water outlet section and guide blades, they are tensed by
pulling bars to form the working chamber. The inlet and outlet are
all vertically upward. The stable combining faces between the
sections mainly depend on metal faces to seal, and there is no O-
Page 457 of 629

type sealing ring for assistant seal.
转子部分：主要由轴，叶轮，平衡鼓和轴套等组成，轴将动力传递
给叶轮使其工作；平衡鼓用来平衡轴向力，轴上装有可更换的轴套
以保护轴。
Rotating part: mainly consists of shaft, impellers, balance drum
and shaft bushing etc. the shaft transmit the dynamic power to
impeller and make it work; the balance drum is used to balance
the axial forces, and there is replaceable bushing for protecting
the shaft.
轴承部分：主要由轴承体，轴承盖及滑动轴承组成，其中在非联轴
器端的轴承体中还装有两个背靠背装配的单列向心推力球轴承，以
防止平衡鼓过度磨损，滑动轴承用稀油润滑，轴承体备有冷却腔，
可外供水冷却轴承。
Bearing part: mainly consists of bearing body, bearing cap and
sliding bearing, therein, there are two single-row radial thrust ball
bearings assembled by couplings in the bearing body at the non-
coupling end, and this is to prevent the balance drum from being
over worn. The sliding bearing uses thin lubrication oil, and there
is cooling chamber prepared for bearing body, which could supply
the water cooling bearing.
轴封部分：采用机械密封。机械密封需通入一定压力的外供水，冷
却润滑冲洗机械密封。
Gland seal part: takes mechanical sealing. Mechanical sealing
needs to be filled into water with a certain amount of pressure
from outside supply, for the use to cool the lubrication oil and flush
the mechanical sealing.
传动：泵通过弹性联轴器由电机直接驱动，从电机端看泵，泵为顺
时针方向旋转。
Transmission: the pump is driven by the motor through resilient
shaft coupling. The pump should be in clockwise rotation when
viewed from motor side.
图 6 DG155-30×6 型多级泵结构图
Figure 6 Structure drawing of DG155-30×6 type multi-stage pump
Page 458 of 629

① 冷却水进口 ②冷却水出口 ③水封水
①Cooling water inlet ②Cooling water outlet ③Water sealing water
表 18 部件名称
序号名称序号名称序号名称
1 轴承体 6 导叶 11 尾盖
2 进水段 7 密封环 12 填料密封部件
3 平衡水管 8 中段 13 水冷填料压盖
4 导叶套 9 出水段 14 O 型密封圈
5 叶轮 10 平衡鼓 15 轴承部件
Table 18 Components names
No. Name No. Name No. Name

1 Bearing body 6 Guide blade 11 Tail hood
Feed water Stuffing sealing
2 7 Sealing ring 12
section parts
Balance water Intermediate Water cooling
3 8 13
pipe section stuffing gland
Guide blade O-type sealing
4 9 Water exit section 14
case ring
5 Impeller 10 Balance drum 15 Parts of bearings
Page 459 of 629

冷却水接口示意图
Cooling water interface schematic
2.2.21.2 设备规范、主要零件材质
2.2.21.2 Specifications for the equipment, materials for major parts
表 19 设备规范
Table 19 Equipment specifications
型号 Model DG155-30×6
单壳体节段式 6 级离心泵
型式 Type Single body case section type 6 grades
centrifugal pump
流量(m3/h)Flow (m3/h) 133
入口压力 MPa Inlet pressure MPa 0.07
入口温度℃ Inlet temperature ℃ <95.2
扬程（mH2O）Travel （mH2O） 185
转速（r/min）Rotating speed
1480
（r/min）
轴功率（kw）Shaft power （kw） 90.5
泵效率（％）Pump efficiency （％） 74
水泵必须汽蚀余量 m Necessary net
2.9
positive suction head for pump m
泵最小流量 Minimum flow of the pump 38.75
Page 460 of 629

旋转方向 Rotating direction 顺时针 Clockwise
水泵密封型 Pump sealing type 机械密封 Mechanical sealing
泵冷却水流(m3/h)
0.3-0.7
Pump cooling water flow(m3/h)
输送介质凝结水（饱和水）
Transmission medium Condensate water (saturated water)
表 20 主要部件材质
零件名称泵体导叶叶轮轴轴套密封环
材料 QT500-7 2Cr13 ZG230-450 2Cr13 304 2Cr13
Table 20 Materials for major parts
Name of Pump Guide Shaft Sealing

Impeller Shaft
parts body blade liner ring
Materials QT500-7 2Cr13 ZG230-450 2Cr13 304 2Cr13
2.2.21.3 Maintenance process and quality standards
本型泵检修质量的好坏直接影响泵能否正常运行，并影响泵的使用
寿命和性能参数，影响机组的振动和噪音。
The quality of this model of pump directly effect the operation of
the pump, as well as its life span, performance parameters,
vibration and noise of the unit.
2.2.21.3.1 泵的解体
2.2.21.3.1 Disassembly of the pump
1 松开联轴器端轴承体、油封连接螺丝，取出轴承及附件；
1. Release the bearing body of the coupling end, oil tight joint
bolts, and take out the bearing and its accessories;
2 拆卸低压端冷却水进口管、出口管，机械密封部件；
2. Disassembly the inlet and outlet pipes for cooling water on the
low pressure end, and mechanically seal the parts;
3 解体高压端轴承体、轴端并帽、油封，拆卸高压端冷却水进口管
出口管，取出机械密封部件、水封环及配合轴套；
3. Dismantle the bearing body on the high pressure end, jam nut
on the shaft end and oil seal, and disassemble the inlet and
outlet pipes for cooling water at the high pressure end. Take
off the mechanical sealing parts, water seal ring and assorted
Page 461 of 629

shaft liner;
4 拆卸尾盖螺丝，退出止扣，拉出平衡盘及配合轴套；
4. Disassemble the bolts on tail hood, evacuate the dog clamp,
and poll out the balance plate and assorted shaft liner;
5 拆卸穿杠的同时应将各中段用垫垫起，以免各中段止口松动下
沉将轴压弯。
5. Pad the intermediate sections with pads when disassembling
the penetration rods in case that the ring ridges of the
intermediate sections would sink and bend the shaft.
6 拆卸出水段螺丝，松开出口压盖地脚螺栓和泵壳连接螺栓，用
电动葫芦水平拉出出口管，如遇锈蚀拉不出，可清洗干净，用
煤油浸泡，用紫铜榔头轻轻敲打缓慢拉出；
6. Disassemble the water section bolts, release the anchor bolts
for outlet gland and connecting bolts for pump casing.
Horizontally pull out the outlet pipe with electric hoist. Clean it
if there is a jam caused by stains. Soak it with kerosene, and
pull it out after lightly knock it with red copper hammer;
7 向出口侧逐步分解拉出叶轮、抬出导叶，按级排放在木板上，必
要时做好记号。同样如遇锈蚀动叶轮拉不出，可清洗干净，用煤
油浸泡，用紫铜棒轻轻敲打缓慢拉出，必要时还可用火焊均匀
加热后拉出，但要注意泵轴过热和损坏叶轮；
7. Gradually disassemble and pull out the impeller, and take out
the guide blade to the exit side, and put them onto boards
according to there grade, and make careful marks if
necessary. Same as the previous step, clean it if there is a
jam caused by stains. Soak it with kerosene, and pull it out
after lightly knock it with red copper hammer. Heat it evenly
with flame gun if necessary, but pay attention to prevent the
shaft from overheated and the impeller from being damaged;
8 将泵轴打磨清洗干净放在滚珠架上测弯曲度。轴颈处＜
0.02mm；叶轮处＜0.05mm；
8. Grind and clean up the pump shaft and test the bending
degree on the ball bearing supporter. The shaft neck should＜
0.02mm; and the impeller should ＜0.05mm；
9 检查、测量平衡盘、盘根套磨损情况，视其情况修车或更换；
9. Check and measure the wearing condition of the balance
plate and packing case, and repair of replace them according
to actual condition;
10 测量各卡圈径向间隙在 0.35~0.50mm 之间，将叶轮按编号套装
在大轴上，并打紧并帽，测量各级叶轮径向晃动，一般应小于
0.10mm，最大不大于 0.15mm；
10. Measure and ensure that the axial clearances of the collars
should be 0.35~0.50mm. Put the impellers onto the big shaft
Page 462 of 629

according to their numbers and fasten the jam nuts. Measure
the axial displacement of the impellers in different grades,
generally the value should be less than 0.10mm and with a
maximum value of 0.15mm;
11 用汽油（或清洗剂）将轴瓦清洗干净，检查乌金有无脱胎、起皮
损坏情况，必要时进行修刮或更换备品；
11. Clean the bearing liner with patrol (or cleaning agent), and
check whether there is scaling, peeling and the damaged
condition for Babbitt metal, make immediate grinding or
replace with spare parts if necessary;
12 用压力水把冷却水管及密封水管段内泥砂冲洗干净；
12. Flush the sands in the cooling water pipe and sealing water
pipe sections with pressured water;
13 用金相砂纸逐级将导叶端面清理干净。
13. Clean up the end faces of guide blade with metallographic
abrasive paper grade by grade.
2.2.21.3.2 泵的组装
2.2.21.3.2 Assembly of the pumps
1 装配好入口端机械密封、水封环，冷却水进出口水管；
1. Properly amount the mechanical seal at the inlet end, water
sealing ring and cooling water inlet/outlet pipe;
2 连接好泵入口端轴承体、油封，然后将泵轴穿入；
2. Properly connect the bearing body at the inlet of the pump
and oil tight, and then insert the pump;
3 按拆卸时的相反顺序逐级组装，但须做好以下工作：
3. Assemble the pump according to the reversed order of
disassembly grade by grade, and make sure of the following
works:
--- 按记录正确地垫准叶轮间的垫子和导叶间青壳纸垫
（0.20mm）；
---Correctly pad the pads between impellers and the fish
papers between guide blades according to records
(0.20mm);
---每装一级叶轮，都须用干净白布把轴擦拭干净加上润滑油轻
轻推入；
---Each time a grade of impellers is fixed, wipe the shaft with
white cloth and lightly push it in after applying lubrication
oil on it;
---装好的导叶底部，应支垫稳妥，顶部用塑料布遮盖起来，以
防灰尘掉入，造成组装后漏水。
Page 463 of 629

---Pad the bottom of fixed guide blade, and cover the top of it
with plastic clothes to prevent dust from getting in and
cause leakage after assembly.
4 装完未级叶轮后，配合用电动葫芦装入出水段，清扫垫好出口
压盖两侧地脚垫片，然后装上压盖穿入螺杆紧固。待装好轴瓦后
一边盘动转子试轻重，一边紧螺丝，直到盘动灵活且无轻重感。
最后紧固两地脚螺丝；
4. After the last grade of the impellers is fixed up, mount in the
water outlet section with the help of electric hoist. Clean and
pad the foot gasket on the both sides of outlet glands, and
then fit on the glands and insert bolts to fasten them. After the
bearing pads are fixed, fasten the bolts while turning the rotor
to test the weight, until it turns flexibly and without burden.
Finally fasten the two foot screws;
5 测量调整串轴，装上轴瓦。给轴瓦加好润滑油；
5. Measure and adjust the displaced shaft, mount in bearing
liner. Lubricate the bearing liner adequately;
6 连接平衡管及密封水管等附件；
6 Connect the accessories such as balance pipes and sealing
water pipes etc.
7 电机就位，装上找正卡子和百分表找中心，合格后连对轮装好
防护罩；
7. Get motors prepared, mount in alignment clips and
percentage meter to find the center. Connect the coupling and
assemble the shield after qualified;
8 质量标准：
8 Quality standards:
8.1 工作串轴为事故串轴的（1/2）±0.5mm；
8.1 Operational axial displacement is (1/2) ±0.5mm of the
accidental axial displacement;
8.2 对轮中心误差：圆周误差 ≤ 0.10mm 平面误差
≤0.05mm。
8.2 The coupling center error: circle error≤0.10mm plane
error≤0.05mm.
2.2.21.3.3 注意事项
2.2.21.3.3 Precautions
1 固定部分各零件组合后的同心度靠零件制造精度和装配质量来
保证，应保护零件的加工精度和表面粗糙度，不允许磕碰、划伤
做密封剂用的二硫化钼应干净，紧固用的螺钉、螺栓应受力均匀
1. Guarantee of concentricity for the combined parts of the
settled sections depend on the accuracy of their
Page 464 of 629

manufacturing and assembly quality, so the manufacturing
accuracy and surface roughness of the parts should be
carefully protected, no collide and scratch is allowed. The
molybdenum disulfide used for sealant should be clean, and
the stress on the bolts and screws should be even;
2 叶轮出口流道与导叶进口流道的对中性是依各零件的轴向尺寸
来保证，流道对中性的好坏直接影响泵的性能，故泵的尺寸不
能随意调整；
2. Alignment of the impeller outlet interval channel and guide
blade inlet interval channel depends on the axial size of the
parts, and the alignment of the interval channels directly effect
the performance of the pump, so the size of the pump could
not be adjusted at random;
3 泵装配完毕后，在未装机封前，用手转动泵转子，检查转子在
泵壳体中旋转是否灵活，轴向窜动量是否达到规定的要求；
3. After the pump is assembled, manually turn the rotor of the
pump before mechanical seal is assembled to check whether
the rotor turns flexibly in the pump, and check whether the
axial displacement value had reached the requirements;
4 上述检查合格后，在泵的两端轴封处加入机封；
4. Fit on mechanical seals on the glands at the both ends of the
pump after the examine above is qualified;
5 电机与水泵组装时，应将泵联轴器端轴伸向外拉出，再保证泵
和电机两联轴器间的轴向间隙值 3-4 mm；
5. Pull the shaft at the coupling end out when assembling the
motors and water pumps, and ensure that the axial clearance
between the pump and coupling of motor is 3-4mm;
6 泵只能承受自身内力，不能承受任何外力；
6. The pump is allowed to bear no outside forces except its own
inside force;
7 冷却水量，DG155-30×6 型泵每一支路建议为 0.3-0.7m3/h，压
力为 0.2～0.3MPa；
7. For cooling water amount, the suggested value for DG155-
30×6 is 0.3-0.7m3/h for each branch, and the pressure is 0.2
～0.3MPa;
8 机封冲洗水压力一般高于密封腔工作压力 0.07～0.1MPa；
8. The water flushing pressure for mechanical seal is generally
0.07 ～ 0.1MPa higher than the working pressure of sealing
chamber;
9 介质温度≤80°C 时，只需接轴承冷却水与机封冲洗水；介质温
度在 80°C～110°C 之间时，只需接机封室外腔冷却水、机封冲
洗水、轴承冷却水；介质温度≥110°C 时，所有冷却水都必须接
Page 465 of 629

好。
9. When the temperature of the medium is ≤80°C, it only needs
to connect the bearing cooling water and mechanical flushing
water; when the temperature of the medium is between 80°C
～110°C, connect only the cooling water in the outer chamber
of mechanical seal room, mechanical seal flushing water,
bearing cooling water; when the temperature of the medium is
≥110°C, all of the cooling waters should be properly
connected.
2.2.21.4 试运行
2.2.21.4 Test running
2.2.21.4.1 起动
2.2.21.4.1 Startup
1 泵起动前应先盘动转子，检查转子是否灵活；
1. Turn the rotor before start up the pump to check whether the
rotor moves flexibly;
2 检查电机转向是否与泵的转向一致；冷却润滑水是否接通；
2. Check whether the turning direction of the motor is in
conformance with the pump, and whether the cooling
lubrication water is connected;
3 关闭泵的出口闸阀、压力表旋塞，用输送的液体或抽真空系统排
出吸入管和泵内的空气；
3. Close the outlet gate valve and faucet of the pump, and
exhaust the air in the inlet pipe and pump with the transmitted
liquid or evacuation system;
4 检查泵与电机联接螺栓的松紧程度和泵周围的安全情况，使泵
处于准备起动状态；
4. Check the fastening degree of the connecting bolts between
pump and motor as well as the safety condition around the
pump, get the pump ready for start up;
5 起动泵，待泵运行正常后，打开压力表旋塞，慢慢开启泵出口
闸阀，直到所需流量和扬程为止，应尽量在规定的流量和扬程
范围内工作，以获得最大的节能效果，泵在运行过程中不应超
过最大流量点运行。
5. Start up the pump, and open the faucet of the pressure gauge
after the pump operates normally. Slowly open the outlet gate
valve of the pump, until the required flow and lift are satisfied.
Try to keep the pump working within specified flow and lift to
gain maximum energy conservation effect, and the pump is
not allowed to operate exceeding maximum flow point.
2.2.21.4.2 运行
Page 466 of 629

2.2.21.4.2 Operation
1 本型泵靠泵内平衡机构平衡轴向力，平衡装置内有平衡液流出，
平衡液体由平衡水管接至吸入段或在平衡室外设计一短管，平
衡液体经短管流向泵外，为保证泵正常运行，平衡水管绝对不
允许堵塞；
1. This type of pump depends on the balance mechanism in the
pump to balance the axial power, and there would be balance
liquid flowing out of the balance device. The balance liquid
flows out of the pump after being connected to the suction
section by the balance pipe or through a short pipe designed
outside the balance room. In order to ensure the normal
operation of the pump, the balance water pipe is forbidden to
be jammed;
2 本型泵轴承温升不得高于环境温度 35℃，轴承的最高温度不应
高于 75℃；
2. The temperature of the bearing for this model of pump should
not be 35℃ higher than ambient temperature, and the
maximum temperature of the bearing is 75℃;
3 机械密封平均泄露量：当机械密封内径≤50mm 时为 3ml/h，
机封内径＞50mm 时为 5ml/h；
3. The average leakage amount of mechanical seal: 3ml/h when
the internal diameter of mechanical seal is ≤50mm, and 5ml/h
when the internal diameter of it is ＞50mm;
4 泵轴封采用机械密封时，起动前必须灌满水，防止机械密封干
运转；
4. When it takes mechanical seal for the bearing, fully fill in water
before start up to prevent the mechanical seal from dry
operating;
5 转子在运行中存在一定的轴向游动，应保证电机和水泵两联轴
器端面间的间隙值；
5. There is certain amount of axial displacement when the rotor
is in operation, guarantee the clearance between motor and
the two end-faces of coupling for the pump;
6 泵在运行期间应定期检查叶轮、密封环、导叶套、平衡盘、轴套的
磨损情况，磨损量过大时应及时更换；
6. Schedular check the abrasion condition of the impeller,
sealing ring, guide blade cover, balance plate and shaft liner,
and replace with new one if the wearing is mass;
7 泵在使用中应根据具体情况，订出详细的操作规程；
7. Make detail operation specifications for the pump when it is
operating according to its actual condition;
2.2.21.4.3 停车
Page 467 of 629

2.2.21.4.3 Shutdown
1 停车前应先关闭压力表旋塞，慢慢关闭出口闸阀，待出口阀关
闭完毕后再停电机；
1. Close the faucet of the pressure gauge before shut down the
unit, slowly close the outlet gate valve, and shut down the
motor after the outlet valve is fully closed;
2 冬季冷冻季节，如短期停用水泵时，须放掉泵中的存水，以防
止泵冻裂；
2. Drain the residual water in the pump if the pump is not to be
used for a period in the freezing winter to prevent from frost
shake;
3 水泵在停用期间，必须每 1 月左右起动运转一次，时间不少于
5 分钟，以保证泵的可靠运转。
3. Start up the pump once a month, and keep it running for no
less than 5 minutes during the shutting down time to
guarantee its reliable operation;
2.2.21.5 常见故障、故障原因及应采取的措施
2.2.21.5 Common faults, causes and solutions
故障 Faults 原因 Causes 解决方案 Solutions
水泵不出水 1、起动前注入泵内的水 1、注水至少淹没叶轮，

不够（当使用真空泵时，最好充满泵腔（抽真空时
No flow
则抽真空不够）。同）。
1. Not enough water 1. Fill in water to
filled before startup of submerge the impeller at
the pump (inadequate least, and better to fully
vacuum when it is fill the pump chamber
vacuum pump ) (same with
vacuumizing )
2、转向不对。
2、更换电机接线。
2. Wrong rotation
direction. 2. Replace the motor
connection.
3、底阀未打开或被堵塞。
3、检查底阀，清洗检修
3. Bottom valve is not
或更新。
opened or jammed.
3. Check the bottom
4、泵的吸水高度过高。
valve, clean,
4. The suction height of maintenance or replace.
the pump too big.
4、降低泵的安装高度。
5、进水管或仪表联接处
Page 468 of 629

4. Lower the mounting
漏气。 height of the pump.
5. Air leakage in inlet 5、拧紧或堵塞漏气处。
water pipe or connection
part of instruments. 5. Screw or seal the
leakage.
6、叶轮流道被堵塞。
7、清洗叶轮。
6. Internal channel of
impeller being jammed. 7. Clean the impeller.
7、泵的转速不够。 8、检查电机，检修或更
新。
7. Not enough rotating
speed for the pump. 8. Check the motor,
maintenance or replace.
1、依次检查进出水流道
是否畅通，排除堵塞物。
1. Check whether the
1、水流通道被堵塞。 inlet/outlet water interval
channels are smooth,
1. Water flow path being
remove the stem.
jammed.
2、检修或更换叶轮和密
2、叶轮和密封环之间的
封环。
间隙泄漏太大。
流量不足或不出水
2. Maintenance or
2. Clearance between
Inadequate flow or no replace the impeller and
impellers and sealing
flow sealing ring.
rings too big.
3、检查电压是否过低，
3、转速未达到规定值。
检查电机是否损坏，检修
3. Rotating speed failed 电机和调整电压。
to meet the required
3. Verify if the voltage is
value.
too low; check if the
motor is damaged;
maintenance the motor
and adjust voltage.
水泵消耗功率过大，电 1、泵的转子与定子摩擦。 1、检查转子与定子摩擦

机电流超过额定值部位。
1. Friction between rotor
Too big consumed and stator of the pump. 1. Check the friction
power by the pump, place between rotor and
2、流量超过了使用范围。
current of the motor
Page 469 of 629

stator.
2、在规定范围内使用水
泵。
2. Flow exceeds range
of use 2. Use the pump within
the range of use.
3、平衡盘与平衡环摩擦。
3、检查平衡盘的端面跳
3. Friction between
动，磨损太大应更换。
balance plate and
balance ring. 3. Check the end face
exceeds rated value
flop of the balance plate,
4、水泵内间隙过大，泵
and replace it under
效率降低。
serious wearing
4. Too big internal condition.
clearance of the pump
4、解体检查，更换已磨
which lowered the pump
损件。
efficiency.
4. Disassemble and
check, replace worn
parts.
水泵响声异常和振动 1、发生了汽蚀。 1、降低水泵安装高度，

简化进水管路，减少管路
Abnormal noise and 1. Cavitation occurred.
损失。
vibration
2、机件松动或脱落。
1. Lower the mounting
2. Flexible or shedding height of the pump, and
of work pieces. simplify the admitting
pipes to reduce the pipe
3、转子不平衡。
loss.
3. Unbalanced rotor.
2、停车检查，紧固零件。
4、轴弯曲。
2. Shut down and make
4. Bended shaft. inspection, and fasten
the parts.
5、泵轴与电机轴不同心。
3、转子做平衡试验，车
5. Non-concentric
削不平衡重量。
between pump/motor
shaft. 3. Do balance test for
rotor, and turning the
6、基础薄弱。
unbalanced weight.
6. Poor basis.
4、调直主轴。
Page 470 of 629

4. Right the main shaft.
5、调整机组，使之同心。
5. Adjust the unit to
make them concentric.
7、轴承磨损。 6、加固基础。
7. Worn bearing. 6. Strengthen the base.
8、水泵内间隙过大。 7、更换轴承。
8. Too big internal 7. Replace the bearing.
clearance.
8、解体检查，更换已磨
损件。
8. Disassemble and
check, and replace worn
parts.
1、加油（检查油环，使
1、润滑不良。
之旋转）。
1. Poorly lubricated.
1. Feed oil (Check the
2、轴弯曲。 oil ring and make it
rotate).
2. Bended shaft.
2、调直主轴。
3、轴承损坏。
2. Right the main shaft.
3. Damaged bearing.
轴承过热
3、更换轴承。
4、泵轴与电机轴不同心。
Bearing overheated
3. Replace the bearing.
4. Non-concentric
between pump/motor 4、调整机组，使之同心。
shaft.
4. Adjust the unit to
5、冷却水不足或断水。 make them concentric.
5. Inadequate cooling 5、检查冷却水情况。
water or shortage of
5. Check the cooling
water.
water condition.
2.2.22 闭式循环冷却水泵
2.2.22 Closed Circulating Cooling Water
2.2.22.1 概述
Page 471 of 629

闭式循环冷却水泵用于辅机冷却水系统中闭式循环冷却水（除盐
水）的升压循环。闭式循环冷却水（除盐水）通过闭式循环水泵升
压后，经闭式循环水热交换器进行热量传递，降温后送至凝结水泵
电机冷却器、给水泵油站冷却器、发电机空气冷却器、送风机冷却器、
引风机冷却器、一次风机冷却器、油净化冷却器、EH 油冷却器、汽轮
发电机润滑油冷却器、除渣阀门冷却器、取样冷却器,经过这些设备
后,最后回到闭式循环冷却水泵。
Closed Circulating Cooling Water (CCCW) pump is used in the
pressure-increasing circulation in cooling water system of the
auxiliaries. The pressure of CCCW (demineralized water) is
increased by pump and then flows to CCCW heat exchanger for
heat transfer. After that, its temperature reduces; next it goes
through such equipment as motor cooler of the condensate pump,
oil station cooler of feed water pump, air cooler of the generator,
cooler of F.D. fan, cooler of I.D. fan, cooler of the primary fan, oil
purification cooler, EH oil cooler, lube oil cooler of steam turbine &
generator, cooler of deslagging valve, sampling cooler, at last it
returns to CCCW pump.
闭式循环冷却水水质为除盐水（凝结水）。闭式循环冷却水系统设
有两台 100%容量的闭式循环冷却水泵，一台运行，一台备用。
CCCW is demineralized water (condensate). There are 2 CCCW
pumps with 100 percent capacity in CCCW system. One is in
operation; the other one is standby.
2.2.22.2 设备规范、主要零件材质
2.2.22.2 Equipment specifications & material of main components
表 21 设备规范
Fig 21 Equipment Specifications
型号
500S35
Model
单级双吸水平中开涡壳式离心泵
型式 Horizontal single-stage double-suction volute
Type centrifugal pump
,
流量(m3/h)
2000
Flow
扬程（m）
34
Delivery head
入口压力 MPa 0.15
Page 472 of 629

Inlet pressure
工作温度℃
<55
Working temperature
水泵必须汽蚀余量 m
NPSH (= net positive 4.8
suction head)
泵最小流量 m3/h
500
Pump min. flow
转速（r/min）
970
Rotating speed
从传动端看，泵为顺时针方向旋转，吸入口在右，吐
转向出口在左
Rotating direction Clockwise (seen from the driving end), suction port
is on right, outlet port is on left.
轴功率（kw）
216.6
Shaft power
泵效率（％）
88
Pump efficiency
水泵密封型式机械密封
Seal type Mechanical seal
输送介质除盐水（凝结水）
Conveying medium Demineralized water (condensate)
表 22 主要零件材质
Fig 22 Materials of the main components
零件名泵体泵盖轴套
叶轮轴密封环
称
Pump Pump Shaft
Impeller Shaft Seal ring
Name body cover sleeve
材料
HT250 HT250 ZG230-450 2Cr13 304 2Cr13
Material
2.2.22.3 设备简介
2.2.22.3 Brief Introduction of the equipment
500S35 型泵的吸入口与吐出口均在水泵轴心线下方，与轴线垂直
成水平方向。检修时勿需拆卸进出口水管及电动机。泵的主要零件有
泵体、泵盖、叶轮、轴、轴套、双吸密封环等，其中泵的叶轮、轴套、双
Page 473 of 629

吸密封环为易损件。叶轮用轴套和轴套螺母固定在轴上，其轴向位
置可以通过轴套螺母进行调整，叶轮的轴向力通过其自身叶片对称
布置达到平衡。双吸密封环用以减少水泵压水室的水漏回吸水室。
Both of 500S35 pump’s suction inlet and outlet are under the shaft
center line and vertical to the shaft center line. It is not allowed to
remove the inlet and outlet pipe and the motor during
maintenance. The main components of pump are pump body,
pump cover, impellers, shaft, shaft sleeve and double-suction seal
ring etc. among of them the last three are vulnerable components.
The impellers are firmly fastened on the shaft by shaft sleeve and
nuts. Its axial position can be adjusted by shaft sleeve nuts. The
axial force of the impellers achieves balance by their
symmetrically-arranged blades. The double-suction sealing ring is
used to reduce the water leakage in the pumping chamber flowing
to suction chamber.
泵轴由两副 6315 滚动轴承支持，泵的轴封采用填料密封，轴承润
滑为干油润滑。泵通过弹性联轴器与电动机联接。
The pump shaft is supported by two pairs of 6315 rolling bearings.
The gland seal is sealed by packing. The bearings are lubricated
by dry lube oil. The pump is connected to the electric motor by
flexible coupling.
2.2.22.4 Maintenance Process and Quality Standards
2.2.22.4.1 解体工序
2.2.22.4.1 Disassembling Procedure
1 拆卸泵体附件；
1 Remove the accessories of pump body
2 做好对轮连接状态记号，拆除泵-电机对轮连接螺栓，泵端、腰
瓦机封端盖；
2 Mark the coupling connection state. Remove the bolts
connecting the pump and motor, the pump end, end cover of
the motor and pump.
3 松开泵水平中分面紧固螺栓，拔出定位销，使用顶丝顶起泵盖。
用行车吊走，放置于安全可靠处，检查泵体与泵壳结合面有无
划痕、汽蚀等缺陷；
3 Loosen the fixing bolts at mil-split surface of pump and pull
out the positioning pins, and jack the pump cover with
jackscrew. Lift it to a proper place by the traveling crane.
Check whether the connecting surface of pump body and
pump housing has defects such as scratch and cavitation.
4 松开轴承座端盖固定螺栓，吊出转子，放置在有利于转子拆卸、
检修的地方；
4 Loosen the fixing bolts at end cover of bearing pedestal. Lift
Page 474 of 629

out the rotor and move it to a maintenance field where is
convenient for maintenance.
5 拆卸对轮，打开端、腰瓦轴承室并取出轴承，拆卸盘根室，取下
叶轮两侧的密封环；
5 Remove the coupling. Open the bearing chamber of end bush
and waist bush and take out the bearings. Remove packing
chamber and take out the seal ring at both two sides of the
impeller.
6 松开端瓦侧的并帽，取下盘根套和轴套。将泵轴稍微向腰瓦侧窜
动，卸下腰瓦侧泵轴上的挡圈，取下盘根套和轴套；
6 Loosen the lock nut at end bush side. Take out the packing
bush and shaft bushing. Move the pump shaft towards waist
bush. Remove the retainer ring at waist bush and take out the
packing bush and shaft bushing.
7 对拆下的所有部件进行清理、测量、检修，必要时可进行更换。
泵轴和叶轮无缺陷时一般不再分解。
7 Carry out cleaning, measurement and maintenance on all the
disassembled components, replace them if necessary. Usually
if pump shaft and impeller have no defect, they would not be
further disassembled.
2.2.22.4.2 组装工序
2.2.22.4.2 Reassembling Procedures
1 轴承及轴承座（甲、乙）内表面应用柴油（汽油）仔细清洗干净
1 Clean the inner surface of bearings and bearing pedestals (A,
B) with diesel oil (gasoline).
2 装配前各加工表面应均匀地涂上优质机油；
2 Apply the high-quality engine oil on the working surface before
reassembling.
3 叶轮和轴套（已装好 O 形密封圈）串在装有叶轮键的轴上，再
装上轴承挡套，并在轴套和轴承挡套之间装上 O 形密封圈；
3 Install the impeller and shaft bushing(with O seal ring) in the
shaft where impeller keys are installed, then the spacer
sleeve, at last place the O ring between shaft bushing and
bearing spacer sleeve.
4 装上填料套、机械密封、机封端盖、挡水圈，并将双吸密封环串
在轴系部件上，然后串上轴承盖甲、乙；
4 Install the packing sleeve, mechanical seal, equipment end
cover, water stop ring, install the double-suction seal ring, and
then bearing cover A and B.
5 装好两端轴承、止动垫圈和圆螺母，并用勾板手和专用扳手拧紧
轴两端螺母；装好轴承座甲、乙，并分别与轴承盖甲、乙连接起
Page 475 of 629

来；
5 Install the bearings, lock washers and round nuts at two ends
and tighten the nuts at two ends with F spanner and special
spanner. Then install bearing seat A and B, at last connect the
bearing cover A and B respectively.
6 装上泵联轴器；
6 Install the coupling of pump.
7 将轴系部件吊起置于泵体上，并将轴承座（甲、乙）与泵体连接
起来；
7 Lift he shaft and its accessories above the pump body.
Connect bearing seats (A & B) with pump body.
8 装好机封，并将机封位置固定，然后装上泵盖；
8 Install the sealing device. Fix its position and then install the
pump cover.
9 将机封端盖固定，装好回水管部件、排气管部件、管堵等，最后
钉上标牌和转向牌。
9 Fix the end cover, install the return water pipes, exhaust pipes
and pipe plugs and its accessories, and at last nail the
nameplate and turning signs.
2.2.22.4.3 注意事项
2.2.22.4.3 Precautions
1 泵盖上的螺母应注意拧紧，一般用套有 1 米左右长的管子的固
定扳手拧紧；
1 The nuts of the pump cover should be tightened. Usually the
fixed spanner covered by about 1 meter tube is used to
tighten the nuts.
2 在装好轴承，未装泵盖前，应检查转子部件的转动是否灵活自
如，不能有卡死或单边现象，并检查叶轮密封环部位的径向间
隙，沿圆周方向此间隙应尽量均匀；
2 When the bearings are reinstalled and the pump cover is not
installed, check whether the components of rotor move flexibly
or not. There should be no jamming or disconnection. Check if
the radial clearance of impeller seal ring is even in
circumference direction.
3 叶轮旋转方向应与进出水流道匹配；
3 The rotating direction of the impeller should match with
inlet/outlet flow passage.
4 在运行过程中必须对机械密封进行冷却和冲洗，冷却冲洗水压
3
力大于密封腔压力 0.05～0.1MPa，水量为 0.3～0.6m /h，机
械密封的泄漏量为 5～10ml/h。
Page 476 of 629

4 The mechanical seal should be cooled and cleaned during
operation. The cooling water pressure should be 0.05 ～
0.1MPa higher than that of seal chamber, and the water flow
3
should be 0.3～0.6m /h. The leakage volume of mechanical
seal should be 5～10ml/h.
2.2.22.4.4 工艺要求
2.2.22.4.4 Process Requirement
1 拆卸对轮连接螺栓时，应事先做好记号以确保对轮找中心的质
量；
1 Mark the connecting bolts of the coupling before removing to
ensure quality the couplig alignment.
2 拆装对轮时，必须使用“拉马”，禁止用手锤直接敲打，必要
时可加热拆装；
2 Take down the coupler with larmatron. Do not knock it out with
hammer. You can heat it first then remove it if necessary.
3 拆卸泵盖必须先用顶丝顶起，方可起吊。起吊时，泵盖应保持水
平，以免蹩坏密封环和撞伤叶轮；
3 Raise the pump cover before removing it. In the process of
lifting the pump cover, maintain it horizontal to prevent
damaging the seal ring or bumping the blade.
4 转子起吊后，应放置在有利于转子拆卸、检修的地方。并用枕木
支撑，使转子上的所有零部件悬空；
4 The rotor should be moved to a place where is suitable for
disassembling and maintenance. Support the rotor with
sleeper to make sure all parts suspending.
5 转子的各项测量工作，最好使用轴承在原泵体内进行；
5 All the measurement of rotor should be carried out in original
pump by bearings.
6 安装轴承应用紫铜棒轻轻敲入，禁止使用手锤直接敲打。组装到
位后，加足黄油；
6 Knock in the bearing slightly by copper rod. Do not knock it in
by hammer directly. Apply adequate butter after reassembling
is completed.
7 对轮找中心时，应注意事先做的记号；
7 Pay special attention to the marks made in advance during
centering the coupler.
8 轴承采用 3 号锂基脂润滑，润滑脂的填充量占轴承座空间的 1/3
～1/2，加脂周期为 4000h。
8 The bearing is lubricated by #3 lube grease. The grease
accounts 1/3～1/2 of bearing pedestal. Add the grease every
Page 477 of 629

4000 hours.
2.2.22.4.5 质量标准
2.2.22.4.5 Quality Standard
1 当盘根套和轴套的磨损量超过 0.8mm 时，必须进行更换。新盘
根套、轴套与轴的配合间隙选用 F6 标准，即 0.036~0.058mm
为合格；
1 When the wearing capacity in packing bushing and shaft
bushing surpasses 0.8mm, replace them. The fitting clearance
between new packing bushing, shaft sleeve and shaft should
meet the F6 standard. (0.036~0.058mm)
2 密封环与叶轮口环间隙为 0.35~0.70mm。密封环与泵体的径向
配合应有 0~0.03mm 的紧力。叶轮与密封环间隙磨损过大时，
应更换叶轮或密封环。
2 The clearance between seal ring and impeller wear ring is
0.35~0.70mm. The radial clearance between impeller and
pump body is 0~0.03mm. If the wearing capacity in the
clearance between impeller and seal ring is severely, replace
the impeller or seal ring.
3 对轮找中心误差：
3 Coupling alignment error
圆周误差：泵侧高于电机侧 0.15~0.20mm，左右≯0.10mm
张口误差≯0.05mm；
Circumference error: pump side is 0.15~0.20mm higher than
that of motor side. The left & right error≯0.10mm, gaping error
≯0.05mm.
联轴器端面间隙：4~6 mm。
The coupling end face clearance: 4~6 mm.
2.2.22.5 试转
2.2.22.5.1 运行参数要求
2.2.22.5.1 Requirements for Operation Parameters
1 水泵转动方向正确，电机电流、出口压力、流量等参数符合设备
规范要求；
1 The water pump rotates in correct direction. The motor
current, outlet pressure and flow should be within the
prescribed range of equipment specifications.
2 轴瓦振动≤0.08mm，轴承温度不要超过外界温度 35°C，最高
温度不大于 75 °C，运行正常无异音。
Page 478 of 629

2 The bearing vibration is≤0.08mm ， the bearing temperature
should not be 35°C higher than external temperature. The
maximum temperature should be ≤ 75 °C. No abnormal sound
appears during operation.
2.2.22.5.2 运行方式要求
2.2.22.5.2 Requirements for Operation Mode
不得随意提高水泵的转速，但可以降低转速使用。
Do not increase the rotating speed of the water pump randomly,
but the rotating speed can be decreased.
2.2.22.6 Common failures, causes and solutions
故障故障原因解决方法
Failure Cause Solution
1、再往泵内注水
水泵不吸水，压力表及 1、注入水泵的水不够
真空表指针剧烈跳动 1 Inject more water in
1 Inject inadequate water in the
the pump
Water pump can not pump
suck water. The pointer 2、拧紧或堵塞漏气处
2、进水管或仪表漏气
of pressure gauge and
2 Screw the nut tightly
the vacuum gauge 2 Leakage occurs in inlet pipe and
or block the air leakage
swings dramatically. the instrument
part.
1、校正或更换底阀
1、底阀没有打开或已淤塞
1 Calibrate or change
1 Bottom valve is not open or is
水泵不吸水，真空表显 the bottom valve.
blocked.
示高度真空
2、清洗或更换吸水管
2、吸水管阻力太大
Water pump can not
2 Wash or replace the
suck water. High 2 The resistance force of sucking
suction pipe.
vacuum shown by the pipe is too large.
gauge 3、降低吸水高度
3、吸水高度太大
3 Decrease the suction
3 The suction height is too high.
height.
看压力表水泵出水处是 1、出水管阻力太大 1、检查或缩短出水管

有压力，但水泵仍不出
1 Too large outlet pipe resistance 1 Check or shorten the
水
force outlet pipe.
No water splits out
2、旋转方向不对 2、改变电机转向
through the pressure
gauge indicates that 2 change the rotating
Page 479 of 629

2 Wrong rotating direction direction of motor
3、叶轮淤塞 3、清洗叶轮
the outlet pressure 3 Jammed impeller 3 Clean the impeller
exists.
4、水泵转速不够 4、增加水泵转速
4 Inadequate water pump rotation 4 Increase water pump
speed rotating speed
1、清洗泵及管路
1、水泵淤塞
1 wash pump and
1 jammed water pump pipelines
2、密封环磨损过多 2、更换密封环
2 too much abrasion of seal ring 2 change seal ring
流量低于预计
3、转速不足 3、增加泵转速
Flow is lower than
3 inadequate rotating speed 3 Increase pump
expected
speed
4、管路阻力太大，泵在小流量区
运行 4、改变运行参数及工
况点
4 too large pipe resistance force;
pump operates within small flow 4 change operation
area parameter and working
condition point
1、更换叶轮
1、叶轮磨损
1 Replace the impeller.
1 The blade abrasion.
水泵消耗的功率过大
2、调节闸阀，降低流
2、水泵供水量增加
Excessive pump power 量
2 The water supply of pump
2 Adjust gate valve to
increases.
reduce the flow.
运行中出现反常声音， 1、闸阀开得太大 1、调节闸阀，降低流

流量下降，直到不出水量
1 The gate valve opens too much.
Abnormal sound 1 Adjust the gate valve
2、吸水管阻力过大
appears in operation. to reduce flow
Flow reduces till no 2 Too large suction pipe resistance
2、检查吸水管和底阀
water splits out.
3、吸水高度过大
2 Check the water
3 Suction height is too high suction pipe and
bottom valve
Page 480 of 629

3、减少吸水高度
3 Reduce the height of
4、在吸水处有空气渗入 suction part
4 Air leakage exists in water 4、拧紧或堵塞漏气处
suction part
4 Screw the nut tightly
5、所输送液体温度过高 the screw or block the
air leakage.
5 Conveying liquid temperature is
too high 5、降低液体温度
5 Reduce the liquid
temperature
1、对准泵与电机轴中
心
1、泵轴和电机轴不在同一条中心
线上 1 Align the pump and
motor shaft.
1 The pump shaft and the motor
shaft are not in the same center 2、更换轴承
line.
水泵振动 2 Replace the bearing.
2、轴承已磨损
Water pump vibration 3、解体检查整台泵，
2 The baring has been worn. 加固基础
3、转子擦壳，基础松动 3 Disassemble and
check the pump,
3 The rotor crapes casing, base is
enhance the
loose.
base/foundation of the
pump.
1、没有油或油太赃
1、注油或换油
1 No oil or the oil is too dirty
1 Inject oil or change
轴承过热 2、水泵轴和电机轴不在同一条中心 oil.
线上
Bearing is too hot. 2、对准泵与电机轴中心
2 The pump shaft and the motor
2 Align the pump and
shaft are not in the same center
motor shaft.
line.
2.2.23 悬臂泵
2.2.23 Arm-suspended pump
2.2.23.1 概述
2.2.23.1 Brief Introduction
Page 481 of 629

叶轮以悬臂形式固定在轴端的离心泵称悬臂泵。每单元机组配套一
台 125JQ-15 型胶球输送泵，一台 100%容量 IS125-100-250 型凝
结水输送泵，三台机组共设 1 台 100%容量的空预器冲洗水泵均属
此类泵。
The centrifugal pump, the impeller is fixed on the pump end taking
the form of arm suspended, called arm suspended pump. Each
unit is equipped with one 125JQ-15 rubber ball conveying pump
and one IS125-100-250 condensate conveying pump with 100
percent capacity. There is only one air preheater water flushing
pump with 100 percent capacity for the 3 units. The pumps
mentioned above are all arm-suspended pumps.
2.2.23.2 设备规范
2.2.23.2 Specifications of the equipment
表 23 胶球输送泵
Fig 23 Rubber ball conveying pump
Page 482 of 629

表 24 凝结水输送泵
Fig 24 condensate conveying pump
型号
IS125-100-250
Model
单级单吸离心泵
型式
Single stage single suction centrifugal
Type
pump
流量(m3/h)
200
Flow
扬程（mH2O）
80
Head lift
转速（r/min）
2950
Rotating speed
入口压力 MPa 常压
Inlet pressure Normal pressure
工作温度（℃）
<40
Working temperature
轴功率（kw）
55.9
Shaft power
Rotating direction Clockwise
Pump seal type Mechanical seal
泵效率（％）
78
Pump efficiency
4.2
NPSH (= net positive suction head)
Min. flow
输送介质凝结水（除盐水）
Conveying medium Condensate (demineralized water)
表 25 空预器冲洗水泵
Page 483 of 629

Fig25 Air preheater water flushing pump
型号
IS100-65-315C
Model
单级单吸离心泵
型式
Single stage single suction centrifugal
Type
pump
流量(m3/h)
80
Flow
扬程（mH2O）
88
Head lift
工作温度（℃）
<40
Working temperature
入口压力 MPa 常压
Inlet pressure Normal pressure
转速（r/min）
2950
Rotating speed
轴功率（kw）
32.2
Shaft power
泵效率（％）
70
Pump efficiency
Rotating direction Clockwise
3.6
NPSH (= net positive suction head)
20
Min. flow
Water pump seal type Mechanical seal
海水淡化水，总溶解固形物，
输送介质 Demineralized water, solvable solid
Conveying medium object
TDS=20mg/l
Page 484 of 629

表 26 泵组结构特性
Fig. 26 Structural characteristics of pump group
凝结水输送泵空预器冲洗水泵
设备名称
Condensate Air preheater water
Item
conveying pump flushing pump
外壳体材料 (中段)
Material of outer housing HT250 HT250
(middle section )
泵盖材料(吸入段)
Material of pump HT250 HT250
cover(suction section )
叶轮材料
1Cr18Ni9 ZG230-450
Material of impeller
轴材料
2Cr13 #45
Material of shaft
轴套材料
1Cr18Ni9 ZG230-450
Material of shaft sleeve
密封环材料
2Cr13 2Cr13
Material of seal ring
轴承支架材料
Material of bearing HT250 HT250
supporting
进口法兰公称压力及公称直
径
0.6/200 0.6/100
Nominal pressure and
diameter of inlet flange
出口法兰公称压力及公称直
径
1.6/125 1.6/65
Nominal pressure and
diameter of outlet flange
2.2.23.3 设备简介
Page 485 of 629

2.2.23.3 Brief introduction of equipment
主要零件有泵体、泵盖、轴承箱（或托架）、叶轮、轴等，其中胶球泵
泵体叶轮和泵轴均采用耐海水的不钢材质 316L 制成。其它泵叶轮、
盘根套采用铸铁材料，泵轴系#45 钢。
The main components are pump body, pump cover, bearing box
(or carrier), impeller, shaft etc. among of them the impeller and
shaft of rubber ball pump are made by 316L seawater proof
stainless-steel. The impeller and packing sleeve of other pumps
are made in cast iron. The pump shafting is made by #45 steel.
泵盖与吸入管铸为一体，呈水平方向，出水口根据需要可旋转 90
度、180 度、270 度。泵与电机用牙嵌式联轴器直接连接。从传动方向
看时，泵轴为顺时针方向旋转。密封环为铸铁制成，防止水泵中高
压水漏回进水部位，磨损后可用备件更换。密封形式均采取填料密
封，其结构参见下图。
The pump cover and the suction pipe are cast as a whole. The
outlet can be turned 90, 180, and 270 degree respectively if
necessary. The pump connects with the motor by jaw and toothed
coupling. Viewing from the driving end, the pump shaft rotates
clockwise. The seal ring, made by cast iron, is used to prevent
high pressure water leaking into inlet room. Once it is worn,
replace it with standby one. The seal adopts stuffing sealing. The
structure is explained as the picture below:
1 吸入喇叭 1 suction trump

2 密封环 2 seal ring
3 叶轮螺母 3 impeller nut
4 泵体 4 pump body
5 轴套 5 shaft sleeve
6 填料压盖 6 stuffing press cover
7 轴承压盖 7 bearing press cover
8 轴承 8 bearing
9 托架 9 carrier
10 轴 10 shaft
11 联轴器 11 coupling
12 后盖 12 rear cover
13 叶轮 13 impeller
14 放水圈 14 water discharge
ring
图 7 泵结构简图
Fig. 7 Pump structure
2.2.23.4 Maintenance Process and Quality Standards
Page 486 of 629

2.2.23.4.1 解体
1 联系电气拆除电动机电缆头，松开电动机地脚螺丝，拆掉对轮
保护罩，拉开牙嵌式联轴器，将倒链电机移开（意保存好减震
垫）；
1 Inform electrical personnel to remove the cable head of motor.
Loosen the anchor bolt of electric motor. Remove the
protective cover of the coupling. Pull out the jaw and toothed
coupling. Remove the chain hoist motor (pay attention to
reserve the cushioning material)
2 拆除泵体有关的冷却水管及密封水管；
2 Disassemble the cooling water pipe and seal water pipe
connecting to the pump body.
3 拆除入口法兰螺栓,取下入口短管；
3 Remove the flange bolt at inlet, and take down the nozzle stub
at inlet.
4 用专用搬手拆除叶轮紧固并帽(反丝)并拆除格兰螺栓,取出盘根；
4 Remove the fastening nut of impeller with special spanner.
Take down the flange bolt and take out the packing.
5 拆除轴承室两端端盖螺栓,松开两端盖外侧骨架油封顶丝；
5 Remove the bolts at both two ends of bearing room and
loosen the jackscrew in outer frame of oil seal.
6 用铜棒将转子组件由叶轮侧向电机端轻轻打出,并吊至检修场地;
(转子退出过程中,叶轮随之退出轴端)；
6 Knock out the rotor components with copper rod from impeller
side to motor side. Lift them to maintenance field. (The
Impeller moves out of shaft end with the rotor.)
7 用专用工具（如拉马）取下泵侧对轮；
7 Take down the coupling at pump side with special tool (like
larmatron).
8 松开轴承紧固双螺母,用专用工具或铜棒轻轻从电机侧敲下轴承，
用汽油清洗泵轴及轴承，检查轴承间隙大小，一般滚珠与滚道
间隙小于 0.15mm，使用压铅丝方法测量。确定继续使用或更换
8 Loosen the fastening double-nuts of bearing. Knock out the
bearing with special tool or copper rod from motor side. Wash
pump shaft and bearings with gasoline. Check the bearings
clearance. Usually the clearance between ball and ball track is
less then 0.15mm. Use pressing lead wire method to measure
the clearance. Whether to use again or change depends on
the clearance.
9 用铜棒或专用工具将盘根套从叶轮侧轻轻打出；
Page 487 of 629

9 Knock out the packing bushing slowly with copper rod or
special tool from impeller side.
10 保管好联轴器、叶轮、盘根套等零部件的键或其它部件；
10 Properly reserve the keys or other parts of coupling, impeller
and packing bushing etc.
11 清理检查叶轮应完好、无裂纹，流道光滑，无较严重汽蚀腐蚀，
必要时更换新叶轮或粘补；
11 Check if the impeller is complete without crack. The runner
should be smooth without severe cavitation erosion and
corrosion. Replace or stick the impeller if necessary.
12 检查泵体密封环应光洁,无变形、裂纹及严重磨损，与叶轮口环
处间隙应为密封环直径的 1～1.5%；
12 Check if the seal ring of the pump body is smooth without
deformation, crack and severe wear. The clearance between
seal ring and the impeller wear ring should be 1～1.5% of seal
ring diameter.
13 清理测量叶轮与轴的配合间隙,叶轮口环处径向晃动应在规定范
围内；
13 Clean and measure the clearance between the impeller and
the shaft. The radial vibration of snap ring should be within the
range.
14 清理检查轴锈蚀与叶轮、轴承、联轴器配合处应光洁，无损伤，
各轴径过渡段应无伤痕，各部螺纹应完好，测量各部晃动符合
要求；
14 Clean and check if there is shaft rust-eaten/corrosion and the
connection parts of impeller, bearing and coupling are smooth
without damage. The transitional parts of journal diameter
should have no damage. The threads of each part should be
complete. The vibration should meet the requirements.
15 清理检查轴承应转动灵活、无异音,滚珠与滚道配合不松旷，各
工作面无裂纹、蚀坑、锈污损伤等缺陷；
15 Clean bearings and check if the bearings rotate flexibly
without abnormal sound. The ball should cooperate with ball
track properly without looseness, and the working surface
should have no defects such as crack, corrosion pit and rust
stain etc.
16 清理测量轴承与轴,轴承壳体配合间隙应符合要求；
16 Clean the bearing and shaft. Measure the fitting clearance
between bearings and shaft & bearing housing. The clearance
should meet the requirement.
17 清理检查轴套(盘根套)应完好,光洁并无裂纹及严重磨损,测量轴
套与轴配合间隙应符合要求,检查其局部磨损深度达 0.80mm 时
应更换新轴套；
Page 488 of 629

17 Clean the shaft bushing (packing bushing) and check if it is
complete without crack and severe wear. Measure the fitting
clearance between shaft bushing and shaft. The clearance
should meet the requirement. Replace the shaft bushing if the
depth of partial wear reaches to 0.80mm.
18 检查对轮及对轮橡胶弹性块。
18 Check the coupling and rubber elastic block.
2.2.23.4.2 组装
2.2.23.4.2 Reassemble
1 将轴承加热后套装在泵轴上，加热温度为 80-100℃左右，最高
不超过 120℃。再将盘根套装在泵上，注意轴承组装禁止用榔头
硬打强行装入；
1 Heat the bearings and install it on the pump shaft, and the
heating temperature should be between 80℃ and 100℃ and
the upper limit is 120℃. Install the packing bushing in the
pump. It is not allowed to knock in the bearing forcibly by
hammer.
2 将连好的泵轴从泵对轮侧穿入轴承箱内，轻轻敲打装入，组装
后要求轴向间隙应在 0.10～0.30mm 之间；
2 Penetrate the assembled pump shaft into bearing box through
pump coupling side, and knock it in slightly. The axial
clearance should be between 0.10～0.30mm as required after
assembly.
3 各密封面垫料应更换，不要忘装格兰和水封环，然后紧固好轴
承盖螺栓；
3 Change the packing material on each sealing surface. Do not
forget to install flange and water sealing ring. Tighten the bolts
of bearing cover.
4 装上叶轮，并紧叶轮并帽，将轴承箱同转子装入泵涡壳内，旋
紧连接螺丝。垫好密封垫，旋紧地脚螺栓；
4 Install the impeller and tighten the coupling lock nut. Install the
baring box in scroll casing together with the rotor. Screw the
connection screws tightly. Pack the seal gasket and screw the
anchor bolts tightly.
5 装入水泵对轮及对轮橡胶弹性块，电动机就位；
5 Install the water pump coupler and rubber elastic block. The
motor should be in the correct position.
6 组装后用手盘动泵轴、泵体、轴承体内应无磨擦声等异音或卡涩
现象；
6 Manually rotate the pump shaft, pump body and bearing.
There should be no friction or other abnormal sound or
unsmooth blockage.
Page 489 of 629

7 对轮找中心，加盘根，联系电气接好电缆头。
7 Align the coupling. Put in the gland packing. Contact electrical
personnel to connect cable head.
熊咏梅（9623 09.10.12）
2.2.23.5 主要质量标准
2.2.23.5 Main quality standards
泵轴、叶轮、轴套等部件无损伤、无裂纹，新更换轴承无锈蚀、无损伤
转动灵活无异音。
No damage or cracks on pump shaft, impeller or shaft sleeve. The
newly replaced bearings should have no rusting corrosion or
damage, and the rotation should be flexible without abnormal
sound.
表 26 质量标准
Table 26 Quality Standards
部位名称技术要求
Name Technical requirements
叶轮密封环处径向跳动
radial run-out at impeller ≯0.08mm
sealing ring
密封环配合间隙叶轮口环直径的 1.5‰~3‰
Sealing ring fit clearance 1.5‰~3‰ of the impeller ring diameter
叶轮内孔与轴的配合间隙
Fit clearance between 0.02～0.05mm
impeller inner hole and shaft
轴各部径向跳动叶轮处≯0.08mm 轴套处≯0。04mm 轴承处≯0.02mm
Radial jump in each part of Impeller ≯0.08mm, bearing bushing≯0.04mm,
axis bearing≯0.02mm
轴承内孔与轴的配合紧力
Mating tension between 0～0.02mm
bearing inner hole and axis
轴承外壳与轴承室配合紧力
Fit tension between bearing
0～0.02mm
housing and bearing
chamber
轴套与轴的配合间隙
Fit clearance between shaft ≯0.05mm
sleeve and shaft
圆周误差≯0.10mm；端面张口≯0.05mm
对轮中心偏差
Perimeter error≯0.10mm; end-face mouth-open
Coupling center deviation
≯0.05mm
Page 490 of 629

2.2.23.6 试运
2.2.23.6.1 运行参数要求
2.2.23.6.1 Requirements for operational parameters
1 水泵转动方向正确，电机电流、出口压力、流量等参数符合设备
规范要求；
1 Water pump rotates in correct direction. Motor current, outlet
pressure, flow and other parameters should meet the
equipment requirements.
2 轴瓦振动≤0.06mm，温度正常，运行无异音；
2 Bearing bush vibration should be less than or equal to
0.06mm, temperature should be normal. There should be no
abnormal sound during operation.
3 水泵在运转过程中，轴承温升不应超过 35℃，其最高温度不应
大于 75℃。
3 Bearing temperature rising should not be higher than 35℃
during the water pump operation, and the highest temperature
should be less than 75℃.
2.2.23.6.2 运行方式要求
2.2.23.6.2 Requirements for operation mode
1 运转时对填料的松紧程度进行调整，以每分钟从填料中渗透
10-20 滴水为宜；
1 Adjust the tightness of packing. It is proper to leak 20 water
drops per minute from packing.
2 启动时，如不是灌注水头，必须设法抽真空；
2 During the start-up, if it is not plugged pump, do extract the
vacuum.
3 调整应在该泵的技术规范内使用，以达经济耐用。
3 Adjustment should be done within the technique specification
of the pump to ensure the economical efficiency.
2.2.23.7 Common faults, causes and solutions
故障原因处理
Fault Cause Solution
拆检解决摩擦
轴功率过大泵内产生摩擦
Remove the pump to check
Excessive shaft power Friction inside pump
and deal with the friction
扬程不够
叶轮磨损严重换新叶轮
Inadequate delivery
Serious friction in impeller Replace the impeller
head
轴承过热缺乏润滑油或轴承进入杂质清洗加油换新轴承
Bearing over-hot Shortage of lube oil or foreign Flush and add lube oil,
Page 491 of 629

matter containing replace the bearing
换新轴承重找平衡或换新叶轮
轴承损坏，叶轮磨损后失去平检查管路是否漏气
衡，泵进入大量气体
Replace bearing.
发生振动 Damage to bearing. Balance
Re-balance bearing.
Vibration loss in bearing caused by
Replace impeller.
abrasion. Large amount of air
admission into pump. Check the pipeline for air
leakage.
Page 492 of 629

换热器及管阀部分
Heat Exchanger and Valves for Pipeline
编制人员
Prepared by
审核
Approved by:
复审
Re-approved by:
Page 493 of 629

2.2.24 高压加热器
2.2.24 HP heater
2.2.24.1 概述
机组配置的高压加热器是由杭州锅炉集团股份有限公司设计和制造
的，高压加热器系统由三只高加组成：HP7，HP6，HP6 蒸气冷却
器（HP6bis）。在给水进入锅炉前，主给水从除氧器水箱经给水泵
进入高加，高压加热器通过从汽轮机抽汽对给水进行再加热。在正
常工作时高加疏水去除氧器，危急情况下疏水去凝汽器。
The HP heater for the unit is designed and produced by
Hangzhou Boiler Co., Ltd. The HP heater system is composed of
HP7, HP6 and HP6 steam cooler (HP6bis). Before feed water
entering the boiler, main feed water flows from deaerator tank into
HP heater through water pump. HP heater reheats the feed water
by the turbine extraction steam. In normal operation, the water
drainage from HP flows to deaerator. For emergency condition,
the water is drained to the condenser.
汽轮机采用 7 级非调整抽汽，本期工程抽汽系统编号为逆序编号，
按抽汽压力等级，由高到低顺序编为七、六……一段抽汽，相应给
水加热器编号为 7、6……1 号加热器，其中压力较低的 6 号加热器
设外置蒸汽冷却器。高压缸排汽即七段抽汽供 7 号高加、中压缸共有
三级抽汽，其中六段抽汽供至 6 号高加外置式蒸汽冷却器和 6 号高
加、五段抽汽供除氧器和厂用辅助蒸汽。
The turbine adopts 7 stages non-governing steam extraction.
Coding for steam extraction system in this project is in reversed
order. According to different steam extraction pressure, it is
divided into steam extraction section 7, 6, 5…1. The number for
relevant HP heater is 7, 6, 5…1. Among these 7 heaters, HP 6#
with relatively low pressure is equipped with external steam
cooler. HP casing steam exhaustion, which is also known as
steam extraction section7, will supply steam for HP heater 7.
Three stages steam extraction serves for IP casing. Among these
three stages, steam extraction section 6 will supply the external
steam cooler for HP heater 6 as well as for HP 6 itself. The fifth
section of steam extraction is for deaerator and auxiliary steam.
2.2.24.2 设备规范、结构特性及热力设计参数
2.2.24.2 Equipment regulation, structural features and thermal design
parameters
表 1 设备规范
Table 1 Equipment regulation
编号
number
HP6 高加蒸汽冷
单位却器
HP7 HP6
设计参数 unit Steam cooler for
HP heater 6
Designed
parameter
Page 494 of 629

型号
JG-900-1 JG-720-2 ZL-230-3
mode
倒立式 U
倒立式 U
形管板表面
形管板表面式
式倒立式 U 形管板
Reverse 表面式
型式 Reverse U-
type U- Reverse type U-
type shaped
shaped shaped tube
tube plate
tube plate sheet plate type
surface
surface
type
type
数量台
1 1 1
quantity set
加热器总面积
Total area for m2 925 718 235
heater
蒸汽冷却段热交换面
积
Heat exchange area m2 105 0 235
in steam cold
section
凝结段热交换面积
Heat exchanging m2 738 623 0
area for condensing
section
疏水冷却段热交换面
积
Heat exchanging m2 82 95 0
area for drainage
condensing section
壳侧设计压力
Designed pressure MPa 5.4 3.2 3.2
at shell side
壳侧设计温度
Designed ℃ 350/270 280/240 470
temperature at shell
side
管侧设计压力
Designed pressure MPa 27.5 27.5 27.5
at tube side
管侧设计温度
Designed
℃ 290 260 290
temperature at tube
side
壳侧试验压力
Testing pressure at MPa 8.1 4.8 4.8
shell side
管侧试验压力
Testing pressure at MPa 41.25 41.25 41.25
tube side
表 2 结构特性
Table 2 structural feature
Page 495 of 629

编号
单 HP6 高加蒸汽冷却器
number
位 HP7 HP6 HP6 heater steam
设计参数 cooler
unit
Designed parameters
壳体
Shell
封头型式标准椭圆标准椭圆标准椭圆
Head type Standard ellipse Standard ellipse Standard ellipse
壳体过渡筒节外径及壁
厚
External diameter for mm Φ1568×34 Φ1436×18 Φ1166×20
shell transition shell ring
and the wall thickness
壳体筒身外径及壁厚
Shell body external
mm Φ1564×32 Φ1432×16 Φ1040×20
diameter and wall
thickness
加热器高度
m 11.097 10.986 7.448
Heater height
抽壳体尺寸
m 9 8.2 4.7
Shell size
壳体材料(筒节/筒身)
Shell material (shell 16MnR/SA387Gr.11cl.2 16MnR SA387Gr.11cl.2
ring/shell body)
冲击板材料
0Cr18Ni10Ti 0Cr18Ni10Ti 0Cr18Ni10Ti
Strike plate material
管束
Tube bundle
管子流程
2 2 2
Tube process
管子与管板连接方式焊接+胀接焊接+胀接
焊接+胀接
Connection mode for Weld and Weld and expansion
tube and tube plate Weld and expansion joint
expansion joint joint
型式 U 形管 U 形管 U 形管
Type U-shaped tube U-shaped tube U-shaped tube
管子根数
根 900 900 466
Number of tubes
材料
16Mo3 16Mo3 16Mo3
Material
管径×壁厚
Tube diameter times mm Φ18×2 Φ18×2 Φ18×2
wall thickness
最大允许堵管数
Maximum permissive ％ 10 10 10
tube pluggage
水室与管板
Water chamber and tube plate
水室与壳体连接方式焊接焊接焊接
Connection mode for weld weld weld
Page 496 of 629

water chamber and
shell
水室材料
Material for water P355GH P355GH 20MnMo/P355GH
chamber
水室盖材料
Material for water 20MnMo 20MnMo 20MnMo
chamber cover
管板材料
20MnMo 20MnMo 20MnMo
Material for tube plate
管板与水室连接方式
Connection mode for 焊接焊接焊接
tube plate and water weld weld weld
chamber
接管
Connection tube
给水进口（外径×壁厚）
Feed water inlet mm Φ355.6×25 Φ355.6×25 Φ355.6×25
(external diameter ×wall
thickness)
给水出口（外径×壁厚）
Feed water outlet mm Φ355.6×25 Φ355.6×25 Φ355.6×25
external diameter ×wall
thickness)
壳体上抽汽进口（外径×
壁厚）
Upper steam extraction mm Φ273×10 Φ273×8 Φ325×12
outlet for shell(diameter
×wall thickness)
来自上一级疏水口（外
径×壁厚）
Water drainage orifice mm — Φ273×11 Φ159×4.5
from previous stage
(external diameter ×wall
thickness)
壳侧疏水出口（外径×壁
厚）
Water drainage outlet at
mm Φ219×9 Φ273×8 —
shell side (external
diameter ×wall
thickness)
壳侧安全阀规格/数量
Specification/quantity DN100,PN10/1 DN100,PN6.3/1 DN100,PN6.3/1
for Safety valve at shell
side
水侧安全阀规格/数量
Specification/quantity DN20,PN32/1
for Safety valve at water
side
壳侧放气阀规格/数量 DN20,PN6.3/1
Specification/quantity
for vent valve at shell
Page 497 of 629

side
主要接管材质
Main material for nozzle
水室接管材质
Material for nozzle of WB36 WB36 WB36
water chamber
抽汽接管材质
Material for nozzle in 20MnMo 20MnMo 15CrMo
bleeding pipe
疏水接管材质
Material for drainage 20MnMo 20MnMo
nozzle
表 3 热力设计参数（T-MCR 工况）
Table 3 thermal design parameter (T-MCR working condition)
编号
HP6 高加蒸汽冷
Number 单位却器
HP7 HP6
设计参数 Unit HP6 heater
steam cooler
Designed parameter
给水
t/h 969 969 969
Feed water
进口压力
MPa 22 22 22
Inlet pressure
进口温度
℃ 210.82 184.24 251.59
Inlet temperature
出口温度
251.59 210.82 256.26
Outlet temperature
抽汽
Extraction steam
流量
t/h 84.54 48.83 48.83
Flow
进口压力
MPa 4.2247 2.0992 2.0992
Inlet pressure
进口温度
℃ 253.59 214.82 452.2
Inlet temperature
进入加热器的疏水
Water drainage into heater
流量
t/h 84.54 133.38
Flow
温度
218.82 192.24
Temperature
2.2.24.3 设备简介
2.2.24.3 General description of equipment
高压加热器采用滑压运行方式和大旁路系统，事故时高加同时解列
高压加热器设计为逐级自流疏水，利用加热器之间的压差，疏水从
HP7 流到 HP6，从 HP6 到除氧器。当加热器水位达到高 2 水位时，
由液位开关发出信号，迅速打开危急疏水阀，各高压加热器的危急
疏水直接排入汽轮机事故疏水扩容器进而排向凝汽器。其换热能力
按机组 VWO 工况设计，换热面积留有 5％的换热裕量并预留 5％堵
Page 498 of 629

管裕量。
HP heater adopts sliding pressure operation mode and big by-
pass system. HP would be disconnected in case of emergency.
HP heater is designed with step-by-step natural flow drainage.
The water drainage will flow from HP 7 and pass through HP6 and
finally flows into deaerator by making use of the differential
pressure among heaters. When the water level in HP heater is
HH, the liquid level switch will send out signals to open the
emergency drain valve quickly. In this condition, the emergency
water drainage from each HP heater will directly flow through
turbine emergency drainage flash tank into condenser. The heat
exchange ability of it is designed according to the working
condition of VWO unit. 5% thermal exchange margin is kept in
thermal exchange area and a 5% tube plugging margin is also
kept.
HP7 高压加热器受热面包括过热段、凝结段和疏水冷却段；HP6 高
压加热器受热面包括凝结段和疏水冷却段；HP6 蒸汽冷却器受热面
则为过热段。
The heating surface of HP 7 heater includes the super heating
section, condensing section and drainage cooling section. The
heating area of HP 6 heater includes the condensing section and
drainage cooling section. The heating area of HP6 heater steam
cooler is the super heating section.
高压加热器壳体为全焊接结构，并有足够刚度。高压加热器及其附
属装置能承受机组在各运行工况可能存在的同时作用的最严峻的受
力组合。高压给水加热器装有自密封型人孔盖，汽侧和水侧均装有
充氮保护接口且设有两道串连的放水阀，用于停运和检修时泄压和
排尽积水。高压加热器水室最高点设有两道串连的排空气阀，用于
注水时排放管系内的空气。高压加热器汽侧装设泄压阀，用于管子
破损时保护壳体不受损，水侧装设泄压阀，用于当加热器的进水阀
与出水阀关闭且汽侧存有抽汽时，保护加热器不会因热膨胀而超压
所有疏水与蒸汽入口处，均装设冲击板，以保护管束。每个高加的
正常疏水口和危急疏水口共用一个接口。
HP heater shell structure is the complete welding type with
adequate rigidity. The HP heater and auxiliary devices bear the
greatest stress combination applied to it in each operation working
condition. HP feed water heater is equipped with auto sealing type
man hole cover. The steam side and water side are both equipped
with nitrogen filling protection interfaces and 2 drainage valve in
series to release the pressure and drain the deposited water
during outage and maintenance. The highest point in water
chamber of HP heater has two serial air exhaustion valves to vent
air inside the pipe system during water injection. Pressure release
valves are installed in steam side of HP heater to prevent the shell
from damage when pipe breaks. Water side of HP heater is also
installed with pressure discharging valve to prevent heater from
overpressure caused by thermal expansion when the water
admission valve and drainage valve of heater are closed with
steam extraction on steam side. Strike plates are fixed in the
steam admission point and water drainage to protect tube buddle.
The normal drainage and emergency drainage of each HP heater
Page 499 of 629

share a joint.
高压给水加热器的管束与管板的连接均采用胀焊的工艺，防止管束
与管板连接处产生裂缝和泄漏,确保每根管子与管板连接强度及严密
安全可靠，因此能确保设备安全、经济运行 30 年以上。
Tube buddle of HP feed water heater and the connection of tube
buddle plate adopts the expansion welding technique to avoid
cracks and leakage in joint part of tube buddle and tube buddle
plate so that the connection intensity and sealing in joint part
would be safe and reliable. In this way the unit can operate safely
and reliable for more than 30 years.
2.2.24.4 检修工艺
2.2.24.4 Maintenance procedure
2.2.24.4.1 高加的检漏
2.2.24.4.1 Leakage detection for HP heater
1 在检修工作开始前，首先检查工作流程、工作状况、所使用的工
器具是否符合安全要求，确认无误后，方可开始检修工作；
1 Check working procedure, working condition and the tools for
the work before maintenance. After ensuring that all this items
meet the requirements without any mistake, carry out the
maintenance.
2 将支吊架、钢丝绳套安装到位，并装上手动葫芦（导链）；
2 Put the supporting bracket, hanger and steel wire rope to
proper position. Install the manual hoist.
3 在高加人口门盖上装好专用工具，搭设合格的脚手驾；
3 Install special tool on the cover of HP heater man hole.
Prepare proper scaffold.
4.2 从高压加热器水室上拆卸人孔盖，应采用下列顺序（注意
所有的零件在拆除时均应按顺序作好标记）：
4.2 Remove the man hole cover from the water chamber of
HP heater according to the following procedures (pay
attention that all the fittings should be marked with correct
order during removal):
4.2.1 拆除固定人孔盖的双头螺栓和压马条；
4.2.1 Remove the bolt studs and locking bar that fix the
cover of man hole.
4.2.2 用专用的螺栓将拆装装置固定在人孔凸台上，用专用的
螺栓将人孔拆卸装置上的托架与人孔盖连接在一起（在
安装此螺栓时，应先将撑杆暂时脱开）。建议用合适的
手动葫芦和滑轮组支吊该拆装装置和人孔盖；
4.2.2 Fix the dismantling device in the projection of man
hole with special bolts. Connect the carrier of man
hole dismantling device and the cover of man hole
with special bolts (during the installation of these
bolts, the brace strut should be relieved). It is advised
to lift out and remove the dismantling device and
cover of man hole by proper manual hoist and pulley
wheel group.
4.2.3 拉动手动葫芦，在拉动点施力将其缓慢顶入水室，约
Page 500 of 629

20mm 距离时，利用扳手将长轴上的螺柱推动人孔盖旋
转至一定角度后，取出螺柱套进短轴螺孔中继续旋转人
孔盖至 90`位置，然后取出螺柱。严禁采用旋转手轮方
式顶开人孔盖；
4.2.3 Pull the manual hoist and supply a force at the pulling
point to advance it into the water chamber slowly.
When it is 20mm away from the water chamber, use
spanner to enforce the stud in long axis to push cover
of man hole to spin to a certain angle. Take out the
stud and put it into the screw opening of short axis
and screw it to 90o to cover of man hole. Take out the
stud. Do not open the cover of man hole by rotating
the hand wheel.
4.2.4 继续缓慢将人孔盖顶入水室，爪板逆时针方向上旋转到
位。在旋转爪板时，应同时沿逆时针方向旋转手轮，直
到人孔盖与爪板贴紧；
4.2.4 Put cover of man hole into the water chamber slowly
and rotate the claw plate to the proper position. In
addition, spin the hand wheel in anti-clockwise
direction until the cover of man hole contacts with the
claw plate tightly.
4.2.5 小心地缓慢反拉手动葫芦，人孔盖经人孔缓慢退出；
4.2.5 Carefully and slowly pull the hoist in reverse direction
and the cover of man hole will slowly retract from man
hole.
4.2.6 人孔盖退出以后，必须采取适当的措施（如软的泡沫垫
子等防冲材料）保护好人孔盖密封面和水室内密封面。
Page 501 of 629

独立的分流
压力密
封人孔
给水进口
隔板
疏水冷却疏水出口给水进口
管板
过热蒸汽冷防冲板过热蒸汽
冷却段遮
却段隔板管束保蒸汽热板
段隔板
进口
疏水冷疏水冷却段
板（吸入口）
护环
却段端进口
拉杆和
定距管
隔板
疏水进口
U形管
防冲板
图 1 高压加热器结构示意图
Diagram 1 illustrative drawing for HP heater
5 拆下汽侧放空气门；
5 Remove vent valve at steam side.
6 将压缩空气从汽侧放空气门打入高加汽侧内部；
6 Inject the compressed air from vent valve at steam side into
the steam side of HP heater.
7 用准备好的肥皂水对每一根管子进行检漏（上下水室都要检漏，
即每一根 U 形管的两端都要进行检漏，以免错误判断）；
7 Detect the leakage in every pipeline with the prepared
soapsuds (leakage detection must be done in upper and lower
water chamber, to be more specific, both the two ends of U-
shaped tube must be tested to avoid fault judgment).
8 若出现漏点或管子破坏后，如条件允许，用专用工具进行堵漏；
如现场条件不允许，则加工符合工艺要求的专用圆锥形丝堵进
行堵管，U 形管两头要堵住且焊接。其步骤如下：
8 If leakage or breaks occurs in pipeline, treat the leakage with
special tool if condition permits. Without proper condition
onsite, block the leakage with special conical threaded pipe
plug which meets the processing requirement. Both two ends
of U-shaped tube must be blocked and welded. The
procedures are as follows:
Page 502 of 629

8.1 挖掘：研磨旋转——用 40 到 50mm 直径研磨石做一个规则
的孔；
8.1 Dig: grind and spin-----make a regular hole with a
grindstone, the diameter of which is 40-50mm
8.2 作记号-切割：暂时放 50mm 长的圆锥形塞子，在焊接水平
以上 3mm 描一处修补块，切割做一个焊接坡口；
8.2 Mark-cut: apply a conical plug of 50mm long. Mark a
repair place 3mm above the welding place, cut a groove
for welding.
8.3 堵住：塞子一定要用锤子锤进，塞子不能在管板之上或后
离管板 1 或 2mm；
8.3 Block: knock the plug in with a hammer. The plug should
not be 1 or 2 mm above or after the tube plate.
8.4 分两层进行焊接；
8.4 Welding should be done at 2 layers.
8.5 管板突出部分不能超过 1 到 2mm，如有必要，就修磨。
8.5 Raised part in tube plate should not exceed 1 to 2mm.
Grind the raised part if necessary.
8.6 修理完成，那修补区域铁屑和焊接渣尘必须彻底清理干净。
8.6 After the maintenance, completely wipe out the iron chips
and welding dust.
9 堵漏结束后，清理水室遗留物，清点人员、工具、材料，确认无
误后方可进行下一步工作；
9 After the blocking of leakage, clean the remains in water
chamber. Check the staffs, tools and materials. Only when
these items are confirmed proper and correct can the
following steps be carried out.
10 更换水室密封垫后，将小人孔安装到位；
10 After the replacement of filter plate of water chamber, install
the small man hole to proper position.
11 更换高加人孔盖密封垫（专用金属缠绕垫）；
11 Replace the filter plate for man hole cover of HP heater
(special metal spiral wound gasket).
12 用手动葫芦将高加人孔盖拉起，并安装到位；
12 Lift the cover of man hole with manual hoist and fix it to proper
position.
13 装上丝杠和螺母后，将锁母拧紧；
13 Fix the screw and nuts, tighten the lock nut.
14 关上高加汽侧放空气门，堵漏工作结束。
14 Close the air discharge valve at steam side of HP heater. The
blocking of leakage is finished.
15 任何拆去的密封垫和任何损坏的螺栓连接件都必须更新，这是
强制要求；
15 Replace all the removed filter plates and all the damaged
connection fittings of bolts, and this is a must.
2.2.24.4.2 壳体、管子的检修
Page 503 of 629

2.2.24.4.2 Maintenance for shells and pipes
1 壳体的检修参照压力容器的检修规程、检修工艺标准进行；
1 The maintenance of shell should be done according to the
maintenance regulations and technique standards for
pressure container.
2 管子的检修参照承压管道的检修规程、检修工艺标准进行；
2 The maintenance of pipe should be done according to the
maintenance regulations and technique standards for
pressure bearing pipeline.
3 加热器的传热管须采用无缺陷的管材,凡有缺陷的管材均不允许
修复后采用,也不允许采用环焊缝来接长管子；
3 The heat transfer tube for heater adopts defect free pipe. Do
not use the defective pipe after repairing. Never extend the
pipe by circular welding.
4 高压加热器的焊接必须由持有《锅炉压力容器焊工合格证书》的
人员担任。所有焊接与修补焊接工艺以及所采用的焊机均是合格
的。
4 The welding of HP heater should be done by the personnel
with the Certificate for Boiler Pressure Container Welder. All
the welding and the welding machine should meet the
requirements.
2.2.24.4.3 汽侧安全门的解体检查
2.2.24.4.3 Disassembly and inspection of safety valves at steam side
1 取下安全门门扳的定位锁；
1 Take out the positioning lock at plate of safety valve
2 取下安全门的手动支架；
2 Take out the manual supporting frame of safety valve.
3 松开安全门调节螺母保护帽。
3 Loosen the protective cap of adjusting nuts for safety valve.
4 松开调节螺母的锁紧螺母，将调节螺母松开，放松弹簧；
4 Loosen the lock nut of adjusting nut to loosen the adjusting
nut and the spring.
5 松开并取下弹簧壳的固定螺母，将壳取下；
5 Loosen the fixing nut of spring shell to remove the shell.
6 将弹簧和压杆取下，取出定位套；
6 Take out the spring and pressure rod. Take out positioning
bush.
7 将门芯套和门芯取出，检查有无裂纹、变形等情况。如发现问题
及时更换；
7. Take out the valve core bush and valve core to check if there
are cracks and deformation. Replace them in case of any
abnormality.
8 重点检查门芯的密封面是否光洁完整、是否有变形。对于小量的
变形、浅小的裂纹，可在车床上车削以后进行研磨处理，研磨的
精度符合压力等级要求。对于变形量较大、裂纹大而深的的门芯
应及时更换；
8 Focus on the inspection of sealing surface of valve core to
Page 504 of 629

ensure it is smooth, clean and without any deformation. If
slight deformation or shallow crack is found, carry out the
grinding after the turning of lathe, and the grinding precision
must be in accordance with the requirement of pressure
rating. For serious deformation and large cracks, replace the
valve core timely.
9 检查确无问题后，按照拆卸的相反顺序将安全门的各部件逐一
安装到位。
9 If no fault is confirmed, re-install all the assemblies of safety
valve to proper position in the reversed order of removal.
2.2.24.4.4 汽侧安全门的打压试验
2.2.24.4.4 Bulge test for safety valve at steam side
1 准备好打压泵等各项打压工具；
1 Prepare bulge pump and other tools for bulge test.
2 将安全门的入口与打压泵的出口用相应的管道连接好，管道须
符合试验压力下的承压能力；
2 Connect the inlet of safety valve and the outlet of bulge pump
by relevant pipeline. The pipeline must meet the requirements
for pressure bearing capacity under the testing pressure.
3 注入清水，开动打压泵，排净系统内的空气后关闭排空气门，
缓慢升压；
3 Fill clean water and start up the bulge pump. Vent the air in
the system and then close air exhaustion valve and increase
the pressure slowly.
4 在整个打压过程中如发现有异常情况，须立即停止待查明明原
因并消除后方可继续开始工作；
4 If anything abnormal is found during the bulge test, stop
immediately. After the verification and elimination of the
abnormality, restart the work
5 打压至 6.35MPa，保持十分钟，检查安全门是否渗漏。若有渗
漏须处理后再重新进行打压试验；
5 Hold the pressure as 6.35MPa for 10 minutes. Check the
leakage in safety valve. If any leakage is detected, treat it and
then restart the bulge test.
6 将压力提升到 7.0MPa，安全门应排放。排放泄压后安全门应回
座；
6 Increase the pressure to 7.0MPa. Safety valve should release
the pressure. Safety valve is to reseat after pressure release.
7 如果尚未升压到 6.35MPa 即排放，拧紧调整螺母增加弹簧紧力
以提高排放压力。如果升压到 7.0Mpa 未还排放，拧松调整螺母
减小弹簧紧力以降低排放压力；
7 If the discharging is done when pressure is not increased to
6.35MPa, tighten the adjusting nut to increase the tension of
spring so that the pressure for discharging would be raised. If
the discharging is still undone even if the pressure is
increased to 7.0MPa, loosen the adjusting nut to decrease the
spring tension to reduce the pressure for discharging.
8 试验合格后，将安全门回装至高加上（或存放好以备用）。
Page 505 of 629

8 After the test is confirmed good. Re-install the safety valve
onto HP heater (or keep it as stand-by).
2.2.24.4.5 解体检修标准项目
2.2.24.4.5 Disassembly and maintenance items
1 高加管侧找漏并消除；
1 Check and eliminate leakage at pipe side of HP heater.
2 壳体检查，尤其是焊缝的裂纹检查；
2 Check the shell, especially the cracks at weld seam.
3 安全门的解体检查并进行打压试验；
3 Disassemble the safety valves and check them, and then
carry out the bulge test.
4 高加汽侧放空气门解体检查；
4 Disassemble and check the vent valves at steam side of HP
heater.
5 高加汽侧水位计检查；
5 Check the water level gauge at steam side of HP heater.
6 高加管侧的打压试验；
6 Carry out bulge test at pipe side of HP heater.
7 水室人孔门自密封垫更换；
7 Replace the self-sealing gasket at man hole of water chamber
8 高加上其他所有附件检查。
8 Check other accessories on the HP heater.
2.2.24.5 Requirement for safety, health and environmental protection
2.2.24.5.1 安全
2.2.24.5.1 Safety
1 首先检查安全措施和工作流程符合安全规程的要求之后方可开
始工作；
1 Firstly, check if the safety measures and working process
meet the requirements for safety regulation before the startup
of work, and then carry out the work.
2 打开高加水侧人孔前须检查确认水室内确无压力，检查疏水门
确已打开，存水已被放净；
2 Before opening the man hole at steam side of HP heater,
ensure that no pressure is in water chamber. Make sure that
the water drainage valves are open and the deposited water
has been drained.
3 打开高加人孔盖时，须注意防止被可能积存的蒸汽或热水喷出
伤到；
3 When opening the cover of man hole of HP heater, take care
not to be hurt by the deposited steam and sprayed hot water.
4 进入高加工作之前须用堵板将进水口封堵好；
4 Block the water inlet with plate plugging before the HP heater
is put into service.
5 高加找漏时须做好防止被高温壳体烫伤的安全措施，如防烫的
Page 506 of 629

工作服、手套、工作鞋等；
5 During the sealing detection for HP heater, take safety
measures to prevent being burnt by shell with high
temperature, such as wearing heat proof working uniforms,
gloves and special work shoes
6 高加找漏作业时应加强高加内的通风，但严禁直接通入氧气；
6 Strengthen the ventilation inside HP heater during leakage
detection for HP heater. Do not directly put in the oxygen.
7 充压找漏的工作应使用压缩空气，不得使用各类气体的气瓶进
行充压找漏；
7 The pressurizing and leakage detection should be done with
compressed air. Do not pressurize or detect leakage with
other kinds of gas containers.
8 高加找漏时须设监护人，监护人不得远离工作地点且不得同时
担任其他工作；
8 A supervisor must be present during the leakage detection for
HP heater. The supervisor should not leave the site or work
for other task in course of the detection.
9 在关闭人孔前，工作负责人许清点人员和工具，检查确实没有
人员、工具和材料遗留在内，方可关闭人孔盖；
9 Before closing man hole, the person in charge should check
the staffs and tools. Close the man hole only if no person or
tool is left in it.
10 在进行安全门的打压试验时，工作人员应注意防止被可能的泄
漏喷出伤人；
10 During bulge test for safety valves, the working staff must
watch out for possible hurt from spraying of leakage.
11 在搬运部件时须注意防止被部件砸伤；
11 When carrying assemblies, take out not to be hurt by the
falling of assemblies.
12 高处作业需使用安全带，并搭制符合安全要求的脚手架；
12 When doing aerial work. Wear safety band. Build proper
scaffold that meets the requirement.
13 进入高加内工作时须使用不超过 12V 的照明灯具；
13 When working in HP heater, the voltage for lighting lamps
should not exceed 12V.
14 使用电动工具须使用漏电保护器，漏电保护器放置在管道容器
外可靠的地方。
14 When using electric driven tools, electrical leakage protector
must be applied at the same time, and it should be put at the
safe place outside the pipeline container.
2.2.24.5.2 健康
2.2.24.5.2 Health
1 在高加找漏时工作人员应轮换工作和休息；
1 The working staff for HP heater leakage detection should take
turns to work and have rest.
2 在工作中不要用力过猛，防止腰部扭伤；
Page 507 of 629

2 Avoid overexertion during work and prevent waist sprain.
3 进行打磨工作时使用防尘面具或合格的口罩。
3 When doing grinding, wear dust-proof musk and respirator
filter.
2.2.24.5.3 环保
2.2.24.5.3 Environmental protection
1 拆下的部件要摆放整齐，拆下的部件要放在事先准备好的胶皮
上；
1 The removed assemblies must be put in order on the
prepared rubber sheets.
2 不使用铅粉或二硫化钼等污染性材料作为密封垫的防粘连涂料；
2 Do not use lead powder or MoS2 or other polluting materials
as conglutination proof coating of the sealing
3 打磨工作时须注意防止尘埃扩散；
3 Avoid the dust diffusion during snagging.
4 工作完毕，清理现场，分类放入垃圾堆。
4 When work is finished, clean the site. Sort out and put the
waste into dustbin.
2.2.24.6 反事故措施
2.2.24.6 Accident prevention measures.
2.2.24.6.1 严格按照《电业安全工作规程》进行工作，不得为了图省事或嫌麻烦
而简化作业；
2.2.24.6.1 Strictly adhere to Power Industry Safe Work Regulation during the
work. Never simplify the work to save effort.
2.2.24.6.2 动火工作前须清理现场易燃物并经过易燃气体检测合格后方可动火；
2.2.24.6.2 Clear out combustible object before hot work. The combustible
gas must be tested to meet the requirements before hot work.
2.2.24.6.3 进入高加内检修工作须强制通风降温后再进入，现场专设监护人；
2.2.24.6.3 Carry out ventilation and decrease temperature before entering
into HP heater for maintenance. A supervisor must be present at
the site during maintenance.
2.2.24.6.4 高加汽侧壳体及其附件定期检查或检修，每两个大修周期内至少进
行一次耐压试验。
2.2.24.6.4 Periodically check and maintain the shell and the fittings at steam
side of HP heater. Carry put at least one pressure proof test
during every two overhaul periods.
2.2.25 低压加热器
2.2.25 LP heater
2.2.25.1 概述
机组配置的 1#-4#低压加热器由北京北重汽轮电机有限公司设计和
制造的。在凝结水进入除氧器前，低压加热器通过从汽轮机抽汽对
凝结水进行加热。在正常情况下，低加疏水逐级自流，危急情况下
直接排入凝汽器。
LP heater 1#-4# for the unit are designed and produced by Beijing
Beizhong Turbine Generator Co, Ltd. Before the condensate
Page 508 of 629

entering the deaerator, the LP heater will heat the condensate
water through extraction steam. In normal condition, LP Heater
drainage will flow step by step， and for emergency, it would flow
into condenser directly.
中压缸四段抽汽供至 4 号低压加热器。低压缸设有三级抽汽，三、二
一段抽汽分别供 3 号、2 号和 1 号低压加热器。4 台低压加热器设小
旁路系统，各加热器事故时可单独解列。
The fourth extraction steam of IP casing will serve for LP heater
#4. There are 3 stages of steam extraction for LP casing. The
tertiary, secondary and primary steam extraction will respectively
be supplied to LP heater #3, #2 and #1. Four LP heaters are
equipped with small by-pass systems, and they can be separately
disconnected in emergency.
2.2.25.2 技术规范、结构特性及设计参数
2.2.25.2 Technique specification, structural characteristics and
designed parameters
表 4 设备规范
Table 4 Technique specification
名称 #1 低加 #2 低加 #3 低加 #4 低加
Name #1 LP heater #2 LP heater #3 LP heater #4 LP heater
热交换面积 m2
Heat exchange area 591 535 542 872
m2
过热段
Super heating 0 0 0 100
section
冷凝段
591 535 488 712
Condensing section
疏水冷却段
Drain water cooling 0 0 54 60
section
水侧设计压力
Designed pressure 4 4 4 4
at water side (Mpa)
水侧设计温度℃
Designed
100 100 150 170
temperature at water
side (℃)
汽侧设计压力 Mpa
Designed pressure 0.38 0.6 0.68 0.8
at water side
汽侧设计温度℃
Designed
100 100 160 290
temperature at
steam side (℃)
耐水压 MPa
Withstand water 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
pressure
壳体直径/材料 φ1400 φ1400 φ1400 φ1400
Shell 20R/16MnR 20R/16MnR 20R/16MnR 20R/16MnR
Page 509 of 629

diameter/material
管板材料
Material for tube 20MnMo 20MnMo 20MnMo 20MnMo
plate
隔板厚度/材料
8 8 8 8
Diaphragm
1Cr18Ni9Ti 1Cr18Ni9Ti 1Cr18Ni9Ti 1Cr18Ni9Ti
thickness/material
管尺寸/材料 φ16×0.8 φ16×0.8 φ16×0.8 φ16×0.8
Tube size/material 304L 304L 304L 304L
U 形管数量
U-shaped tube 661 661 661 962
quantity
管总重量 kg
Total weight of tube 3800 3460 3705 5805
Kg
净重设备 kg
Equipment net 12679 11708 13097 16677
weight kg
工作重量 kg
16580 15300 17500 24100
Working weight kg
表 5 结构特性
Table 5 Structural characteristics
项目参数项目参数
Item Parameter Item Parameter
壳侧设计压力 MPa 壳侧安全门整定压力
Designed pressure MPa
at shell side MPa Set pressure for
safety valve at shell
side MPa
壳侧最高工作压力壳侧设计温度℃
MPa Designed
Maximum working temperature at shell
pressure at shell side ℃
side MPa
管侧设计压力 MPa 管侧安全门整定压力
Designed pressure MPa
at pipe side MPa Set pressure for
safety valve at pipe
side MPa
管侧最高工作压力管侧设计温度℃
MPa Designed
Maximum working temperature at pipe
pressure at pipe side side ℃
Page 510 of 629

项目参数项目参数
Item Parameter Item Parameter
MPa
管子材料管板材质
SA688TP304
Pipe material Material for tube plate
加热器总长 m U 型管总根数
Heater total length Quantity of U-shaped
tubes
加热总面积 m2 备用管子裕度%
Total heating surface Stand-by tube margin
area m2 %
凝结段面积 m2 管子外径×壁厚 mm
Condensing section Tube external
area m2 diameter×wall
thickness mm
疏水冷却段面积 m2 加热器管侧流程
Total area for drain Process at tube side
water cooling of heater
section m2
加热器型式管子与管板的连接方
Heater mode 卧式式
Horizontal Connection mode for
tube and tube plate
水室人孔重量 kg 加热器净重 kg
Weight for man hole Net weight for heater
in water chamber kg kg
可拆卸部分壳体重量
加热器运行重 kg
kg
Operation weight for
Weight for shell in
heater kg
removable part kg
加热器外形尺寸加热器满水重 kg
Heater size Weight for heater with
full water filling
2.2.25.3 设备简介
2.2.25.3 General description for equipment
加热器按汽轮发电机组 VWO 工况进行设计。加热器为全焊接型，
能承受高真空、抽汽压力、连接管道的反作用力及热应力的变化。水
侧设计流量能满足 100%负荷的凝结水量（以 VWO 工况的热平衡
为基础）。当邻近的加热器故障时，给水加热器能适应由此所增加
的汽侧流量而持续运行。
Page 511 of 629

The heaters are designed according to the working conditions of
VWO unit. The heaters of full welding type can bear the changes
of vacuum, extraction steam pressure, the reactive force and
thermal stress of the connection pipes. The designed flow at water
side can meet the requirements for condensate with 100% load
(based on the thermal balance of VWO working condition). When
the heater nearby has faults, the feed water heater can adapt to
the increased flow at steam side caused by the fault heater and
carry on the operation.
加热器设有凝结段和疏水冷却段。为控制疏水水位并保证在各种工
况下疏水区的管子都浸在水中，该加热器有足够的贮水容积。加热
器水侧（管侧）设有泄压阀。加热器汽侧（壳侧）设置泄压阀，当
管子破裂时能保护壳体的安全，其最小容量能通过 10%的给水流量。
The heater has condensing section and drainage cooling section.
To control drainage water level and ensure that the pipe in
drainage area are fully submerged into water under any working
condition, the heaters are equipped with sufficient water storage
capacity. Pressure releasing valve is set at the water side (pipe
side) of heater. Pressure releasing valve at steam side (shell side)
is to ensure the safety of shell when the pipe breaks. The minimal
capacity can meet the requirement for 10% of flow feed water
flow.
热器的疏水、蒸汽进口设有保护管子的不锈钢缓冲挡板，加热器的
管材采用不锈钢。5#低压加热器分别设置起动和连续运行用的排气
接口，并设置正常疏水口和紧急疏水口，加热器上有供充氮保护的
接口。5#低压加热器最大堵管比例为的 5％，在堵管率不超过 5％时
能保证设备正常运行。
The drainage inlet and steam inlet of heater are equipped with
stainless steel buffering damper to protect tube. The material for
heater adopts stainless steel. #5 LP heater is set with joint and
steam exhaustion for continuous for startup and operation. In
addition, normal drain port and emergency drain port are also set.
Joint for nitrogen filling protection is fixed on the heater. The
maximum tube plugging ratio for LP heater 5 is 5%. Normal
operation is guaranteed only when the tube plugging ratio is no
more than 5%.
2.2.25.4 检修工艺
2.2.25.4 Maintenance technique
2.2.25.4.1 低加的检漏
2.2.25.4.1 Leakage detection for LP heater
1 在检修工作开始前，首先检查工作流程、工作状况、所使用的工
器具是否符合安全要求，确认无误后，方可开始检修工作；
1 Check working procedure, working condition and the tool for
the work before maintenance. After ensuring that all this items
meet the requirements, do the maintenance.
2 将支吊架、钢丝绳套安装到位，并装上手动葫芦（导链）；
2 Put the supporting frame, hanger and steel wire rope to
proper position. Install the manual hoist.
3 在低加人孔门盖上装好专用工具；
Page 512 of 629

3 Install special tools at the cover of man hole for LP heater.
4 将手动葫芦（导链）拉紧后，取下低加人孔门锁紧螺母；
4 Pull the manual hoist tightly. Take out the lock nut in man hole
of LP heater.
5 将低加人孔门盖用手动葫芦慢慢放入低加水室；
5 Put the cover for LP heater slowly into water chamber of Hp
heater with manual hoist.
6 拆下水室隔板人孔盖；
6 Remove the cover of man hole in diaphragm for water
chamber.
7 拆下汽侧放空气门；
7 Remove air exhaustion valve at steam side.
8 将压缩空气从汽侧放空气门打入低加汽侧内部；
8 Transmit the compressed air into the steam side of LP heater
through air exhaustion valve at steam side.
9 用准备好的肥皂水对每一根管子进行检漏（上下水室都要检漏，
即每一根 U 形管的两端都要进行检漏，以免错误判断）；
9 Detect the leakage in pipeline with soapsuds (leaking
detection must be done in upper and lower water chamber,
that is both the two ends of U-shaped tube must be tested to
avoid fault judgment).
10 若出现漏点，如条件允许，用专用工具进行堵漏；如现场条件
不允许，则加工符合工艺要求的专用丝堵后，与管口（或管
板）焊住；
10 If leakage or breaks occurs in pipeline, treat the leakage with
special tool if condition permits. Without proper condition
onsite, block the leakage with special conical threaded pipe
plug that meets the requirement and then weld it with pipe
port (or tube plate)
11 堵漏结束后，清理水室遗留物，清点人员、工具、材料，确认无
误后方可进行下一步工作；
11 Clear out the things left in water chamber after the blocking of
leakage. Check the personnel, material and tool to ensure
everything is right before moving on to the following step.
12 更换水室密封垫后，将小人孔安装到位；
12 Install man hole to proper place after the replacement of filter
plate for water chamber.
13 更换低加人孔盖密封垫（专用金属缠绕垫）；
13 Replace the filter plate for cover of man hole in LP heater
(with special mental spiral wound gasket)
14 用手动葫芦将低加人孔盖拉起，并安装到位；
14 Lift the cover of man hole in LP heater by manual hoist. Install
it to proper position.
15 装上丝杠和螺母后，将锁母拧紧；
15 Tight the lock nut after the installation of screw and nut.
16 关上低加汽侧放空气门，堵漏工作结束。
Page 513 of 629

16 Close the air exhaustion valve at steam side of LP heater.
Leakage blocking is fulfilled.
2.2.25.4.2 壳体、管子的检修
2.2.25.4.2 Maintenance for shell and pipe
1 壳体的检修参照压力容器的检修规程、检修工艺标准进行；
1 The maintenance of shell is done according to the
maintenance regulation and technique standard for pressure
container.
2 管子的检修参照承压管道的检修规程、检修工艺标准进行；
2 The maintenance of pipe is done according to the
maintenance regulation and technique standard for bearing
pipeline.
3 加热器的传热管须采用无缺陷的管材,凡有缺陷的管材均不允许
修复后采用,也不允许采用环焊缝来接长管子；
3 The heater transferring tube for heater adopts defect free
pipe. Do not use the fault pipe after repairing it. Never
lengthen the pipe by all-round welding.
4 低压加热器的焊接必须由持有《锅炉压力容器焊工合格证书》的
人员担任。所有焊接与修补焊接工艺以及所采用的焊机均是合格
的。
4 The welding of LP heater is done by the personnel with a
certificate for boiler pressure container welder. The weld and
the welding machine meet the requirements.
2.2.25.4.3 汽侧安全门的解体检查
2.2.25.4.3 Disassembly and check of safety valve at steam side.
1 Take out the positioning lock at plate of safety valve.
2 Take out the manual supporting frame of safety valve.
3 松开安全门调节螺母保护帽；
3 Loosen the protective cap of adjusting nuts for safety valve.
4 Loosen the lock nut of adjusting bolt to loosen the adjusting
nut. Loosen the spring.
5 Loosen the fixing nut of spring shell to remove the shell.
6 将弹簧和压杆取下，取出定位套；0
6 Take out the spring and pressure bar. Take out location
sleeve.
及时更换；
7. Take out the valve core sleeve and valve core. Check cracks
and deformation. Replace it in case of any abnormality.
8 重点检查门芯的密封面是否光洁完整、是否有变形。对于小量的
变形、浅小的裂纹，可在车床上车削以后进行研磨处理，研磨的
精度符合压力等级要求。对于变形量较大、裂纹大而深的的门芯
Page 514 of 629

应及时更换；
8 Focus on the check of sealing surface of valve core to ensure
it is smooth, clean and intact without deformation. If slight
deformation or crack is found, take the grinding treatment
after the turning of lathe. The grinding precision must be in
accordance with the requirement of pressure stage. For
serious deformation and crack, replace the valve core.
安装到位。
2.2.25.4.4 汽侧安全门的打压试验
2.2.25.4.4 Bulge test for safety valve at steam side
符合试验压力下的承压能力，5#低加壳侧安全门的整定压力为
0.78 Mpa；
2 Connect the inlet of safety valve and the outlet of pump by
relevant pipeline. The pipeline must possess pressure bearing
ability under the testing pressure. The set pressure for safety
valve at shell side of LP heater 5# is 0.78MPa.
缓慢升压；
3 Fill clean water and start up the bulge pump. Exhaust the air
in system and then close air exhaustion valve. Slowly raise
the pressure.
4 在整个打压过程中如发现有异常情况，须立即停止待查明原因
并消除后方可继续开始工作；
4 If anything abnormal is found during the bulge test, stop it.
After the verification and elimination of the abnormality, restart
the work.
5 打压至 0.63MPa，保持十分钟，检查安全门是否渗漏。若有渗
漏须处理后再重新进行打压试验；
5 Hold the pressure as 0.63MPa for 10 minutes. Check the
leakage in safety valve. If any leakage is detected, treat it ad
then restart the bulge test.
6 将压力提升到 0.78MPa，安全门应排放。排放泄压后安全门应
回座；
6 Raise pressure to 0.78MPa. Safety valve discharges the
pressure. Safety valve is to reseat after pressure discharging.
7 如果尚未升压到 0.63MPa 即排放，拧紧调整螺母增加弹簧紧力
以提高排放压力。如果升压到 0.78MPa 还未排放，拧松调整螺
母减小弹簧紧力以降低排放压力；
7 If the discharging is done when pressure is raised below
0.63MPa, twist the adjusting nut to increase the tightness of
spring so that the pressure for discharging is raised. If the
discharging fails even if the pressure is raised to 0.78MPa,
Page 515 of 629

loosen the adjusting nut to decrease the spring tightness to
reduce the pressure for discharging.
8 试验合格后，将安全门回装至低加上（或存放好以备用）。
into LP heater (or keep it as stand-by).
2.2.25.4.5 检修项目
2.2.25.4.5 Maintenance items
1 低加管侧找漏并消除；
1 Check and eliminate leakage at pipe side of LP heater.
2 壳体检查，尤其是焊缝的裂纹检查；
2 Check of shell. Check the cracks in weld seam.
3 安全门的解体检查并进行打压试验；
3 Disassemble the safety valve and check it. Carry out bulge
test.
4 低加汽侧放空气门解体检查；
4 Disassemble and check the air discharge valve at steam side
of LP heater.
5 低加汽侧水位计检查；
5 Check the water level gauge at steam side of LP heater.
6 低加管侧的打压试验；
6 Bulge test at pipe side of LP heater.
7 水室人孔自密封垫更换。
7 Replace the auto filter plate at man hole of water chamber.
2.2.25.5 Requirement for safety, health and environmental protection
2.2.25.5.1 安全
2.2.25.5.1 Safety
始工作；
1 Firstly, check the safety measures and working process. Make
sure they meet the requirements for safety regulation before
the startup of work.
2 打开低加水侧人孔前须检查确认水室内确无压力，检查疏水门
确已打开，存水已被放净；
2 Before opening the man hole at steam side of LP heater,
ensure that no pressure in water chamber. Make sure that the
water drainage valve is open and the water deposit has been
drained.
3 打开低加人孔盖时，须注意防止被可能积存的蒸汽或热水喷出
伤到。进入低加前须将进水管口堵好；
3 When opening the cover of man hole of LP heater, take care
not to be hurt by the steam deposit and sprayed hot water.
4 低加找漏时须做好好防止被低温壳体烫伤的安全措施，如防烫
的工作服、手套、工作鞋等；
4 During the sealing detection for LP heater, take safety
measures to prevent being burnt by shell with high
Page 516 of 629

temperature, such as heat proof working clothe, glove and
special work shoes
5 低加找漏作业时应将强低加内的通风，但严禁直接通入氧气；
5 Strengthen the ventilation inside LP heater during leakage
detection for HP heater. Do not directly put in oxygen.
6 充压找漏的工作应使用压缩空气，不得使用各类气体的气瓶进
行充压找漏；
6 The pressurizing and leakage detection is done with
compressed air. Do not pressurize or detect leakage with gas
container.
7 低加找漏时须设监护人，监护人不得远离工作地点且不得同时
担任其他工作；
7 A supervisor must be present during the leakage detection for
LP heater. The supervisor should not leave the site or work for
other task in course of detection.
8 Before closing man hole, the personnel in charge should
check the staff and tool. Close the man hole only if no person
or tool is left in it.
漏喷出伤人；
9 When doing bulge test for safety valve, the working staff must
watch out for possible hurt from spraying of leakage.
10 When carrying assemblies, take out not to be hurt by the
falling of assemblies.
11 When doing aerial work. Wear safety band. Build proper
scaffold that meets the requirement.
12 进入低加内工作时须使用不超过 12V 的照明灯具；
12 When working in LP heater, the voltage for lighting light
should not exceed 12V.
13 When using electric driven tools, electrical leakage protector
must be applied. It should be put at safe place outside the
pipeline container.
2.2.25.5.2 健康
2.2.25.5.2 Health
1 在低加找漏时工作人员应轮换工作和休息；
1 The working staff for LP heater leakage detection should take
turns to work and rest.
2 Avoid overexertion during work. Prevent waist sprain.
Page 517 of 629

3 When doing snagging, wear dust-proof musk and respirator
filter.
2.2.25.5.3 环保
1 拆下的部件要摆放整齐；
1 The removed assemblies must be put in order.
2 Do not use lead powder or MoS2 or other polluting material as
releasing coating.
3 Avoid the dust diffusion during snagging.
4 When work is finished, clean the site. Sort out and put the
waste into dustbin.
2.2.25.6 反事故措施
2.2.25.6 Accident prevention measures.
而简化作业；
2.2.25.6.1 Strictly adhere to Power Safe Work Regulation during the work.
Never simplify the work to save effort.
2.2.25.6.2 Clear out combustible object before hot work. The combustible
gas must be tested to meet the requirements before hot work.
2.2.25.6.3 进入高加内检修工作须强制通风降温后再进入，现场专设监护人；
2.2.25.6.3 Do ventilation and decrease temperature before enter into HP
heater for maintenance. A supervisor must be present at the site.
2.2.25.6.4 高加汽侧壳体及其附件定期检查或检修，每两个大修周期内至少进
行一次耐压试验。
2.2.24.6.4 Periodically check and maintain the shell and the fittings at steam
shell of HP heater. Carry put at least one pressure proof test
during every two overhauls.
2.2.26 除氧器
2.2.26 Deaerator
2.2.26.1 概述
高压除氧器是大型火力发电机组回热系统中重要辅机之一，它的作
用是从给水中除去溶解氧和其它不凝结的气体，以尽量避免设备的
腐蚀和保证换热效果，同时便于维持凝汽器的真空。其方法是用蒸
汽直接与给水混和，将给水加热至高压除氧器运行压力所对应的饱
和温度，使水面上部的气压几乎全是由水蒸气产生的，从而使得其
他气体的分压力大大减小接近于零，这样就会使得溶解在水中的氧
气等气体从水中逸出，从而达到除去给水中氧气及其它不凝结气体
的目的。
HP deaerator is one of the important auxiliary equipment in heart
returning system of large scale fire power plant. The function of it
is to remove the dissolved oxygen and other non-condensable
gas to avoid equipment erosion and guarantee the thermal
Page 518 of 629

exchange effect. In addition, it also serves to hold the vacuum in
condenser. If steam and feed water are directly mixed, and the
feed water is heated to the saturation degree relevant to the
operation pressure of HP deaerator, the pressure above the water
is produced by steam and the partial pressure of other gas is
greatly reduced to close to 0. in this way the oxygen and other gas
dissolved in water will escape from water so that the oxygen and
other non-condensable gas are removed.
本机组配置的高压除氧器由上海电气集团股份有限公司设计和制造
除氧器加热蒸汽采用汽轮机 5 段抽汽和辅助蒸汽，5 段抽汽参数见
附件汽轮机热平衡图。辅助蒸汽参数：压力 0.8～1.3MPa（表压）
温度～360℃。为了加快除氧器启动时的给水除氧速度，除氧器内
部设置蒸汽再沸腾管。
The HP deaerator for this unit is produced by Shanghai electric
cooperation. Heating steam of deaerator adopts the fifth steam
extraction from turbine and the auxiliary steam. For parameters for
the fifth steam extraction, refer to appliance turbine thermal
balance diagram. Here are some parameters for auxiliary steam:
pressure 0.8-1.3MPa (gauge pressure), temperature ～360℃. To
increase deoxidation speed of feed water during the start up of
deaerator, steam re-boiling tube is set inside the deaerator.
除氧器采用定－滑－定压运行方式，除氧器启动时采用辅助蒸汽定
压运行，机组带到一定负荷后，加热蒸汽切换到汽轮机 5 段抽汽，
滑压运行，机组负荷降至一定值后，5 段抽汽不能满足除氧器运行
要求时，再次切换到辅助蒸汽，定压运行。
Deaerator adopts the constant-sliding –constant operation mode.
During the start up of deaerator, auxiliary steam static pressure
operation is applied. When unit carry a certain load, heating steam
will be switched into the fifth steam extraction of turbine and
sliding pressure operation will be used. When the load of unit is
reduced to a certain value, the fifth steam extraction of turbine will
no longer meet the requirement for the operation of deaerator. In
this condition, the steam extraction will be switched into auxiliary
steam and constant pressure operation mode is use.
2.2.26.2 设备规范、结构特性
2.2.26.2 Equipment regulation and structural features
表 6 设备规范
Table 6 Equipment Regulation
项目单位数据
Item Unit Data
型号
GC-1100/GS-150
Mode
型式卧式一体化除氧器
Type Horizontal integral deaerator
Page 519 of 629

制造厂
SPEC
Manufacturer
除氧器额定出力
t/h 1100
Rated output of deaerator
除氧器最大出力
t/h 1210
Maximum rating of deaerator
最低稳定运行出力
Minimum output for stable t/h 343
operation
除氧器最高工作压力
Highest working pressure for Mpa 1.1194
deaerator
除氧器设计压力
Mpa 1.28
Designed pressure for deaerator
加热蒸汽最高温度
Highest temperature for heating ℃ 360
pressure
除氧器设计温度
Designed temperature for ℃ 372
deaerator
除氧器进口水温
℃ 151.15
Deaerator water inlet temperature
最低允许进口水温
Minimum permissive water inlet ℃ 常温
temperature
除氧器出口水温
Deaerator water outlet ℃ 183.49
temperature
除氧器进口含氧量
ppb 50
Deaerator inlet oxygen content
进口允许最高含氧量
Maximum permissive oxygen ppb 200
content at deaerator inlet
保证给水含氧量
Guaranteed oxygen content for ppb <5
feed water
低负荷保证给水含氧量
Guaranteed oxygen content for ppb <5
feed water under low load
排放蒸汽损失量
kg/h <92.9
Exhaust steam loss
Page 520 of 629

除氧器水箱有效容积
Effective volume for deaerator m3 150
water tank
除氧器水箱最大容积
Maximum volume for deaerator m3 212
water tank
除氧器水箱长度
mm 17656
Length for deaerator water tank
除氧器直径
mm 4000
Deaerator diameter
除氧器壳体材料
16MnR
Material for deaerator shell
除氧器壳体壁厚
mm 28
Deaerator shell wall thickness
壳体最小设计壁厚
Minimum designed thickness for mm 21.03
wall of shell
腐蚀裕量
mm 2.5
Erosion margin
焊缝系数
1
Weld seam coefficient
除氧器水箱封头厚度
Thickness for vessel end of mm 28
deaerator water tank
定压-滑压-定压
除氧器运行方式
Deaerator operation mode Constant pressure-sliding pressure-
constant pressure
除氧方式(喷嘴进口) 喷雾除氧
Deoxidation mode(nozzle inlet) Atomizing deoxidation
喷嘴数量/规格
1/1200t/h
Nozzle quantity /specification
喷嘴阻力
kPa 50
Nozzle resistance
喷嘴材料
DIN1.4571
Nozzle material
喷嘴提升高度
m /
Elevated lifting height of nozzle
每个喷嘴负荷
t/h 1200
Load for each spray nozzle
Page 521 of 629

喷嘴压降
MPa 0.05
Nozzle pressure drop
防冲挡板设置区域除氧区
Set area for scour prevention Deoxidation area
damper
弹簧全启式安全阀型号
A48Y-25
Spring full lift safety valve mode
安全阀公称通径
mm DN200
Nominal diameter for safety valve
安全阀整定压力
MPa 1.23
Set pressure for safety valve
主要零部件材质
Material for main assemblies
零件名称材料名称
Name Material
除氧器壳体
16MnR
Deaerator shell
水箱壳体
16MnR
Shell for water tank
支撑圈
20R
Supporting ring
喷嘴
DIN1.4571
Nozzle
抗冲击板
0Cr18Ni9
Shock resistance plate
再沸腾管
0Cr18Ni9
Re-boiling pipe
接管
Nozzle, joint 20
支座
20R
Support
表 8 除氧器结构特性
Table 8 Structural Feature of Deaerator
Page 522 of 629

项目数量公称压力公称直径
Item Quantity Nominal Nominal diameter
pressure
加热蒸汽入口
1 / DN300
Heating steam inlet
凝结水入口
1 / DN350
Condensate inlet
高压加热器疏水口
1 / DN300
Drainage port for HP heater
启动蒸汽管
1 / DN300
Startup steam pipe
预暖蒸汽入口
/ / /
Pre-warming steam inlet
运行排气管
4 / DN50
Operation vent pipe
启动排气管
1 / DN80
Startup vent pipe
门杆漏汽接口
Valve stem leakage steam 1 / DN150
interface
水箱出水口
3 / DN300
Water tank outlet valve
安全阀
2 2.5 DN200
Safety valve
高加排气入口
3 / DN50
Venting inlet for HP heater
人孔门
2 2.5 DN600
Man hole
除氧器溢流口
1 / DN200
Overflow port for deaerator
除氧器紧急放水
1 / DN200
Deaerator emergency drain
水箱停机放水
Water tank drainage during 1 / DN200
outage
锅炉给水泵再循环管
Re-circulation pipe for 3 / DN125
boiler feed water pump
平衡管接口
2 / DN100
Interface for balance pipe
Page 523 of 629

连排汽平衡接口
Interface for steam balance 1 / DN150
during continuous blow-
2.2.26.3 down
设备简介
2.2.26.3 Brief introduction about equipment
除氧器应采用卧式无头 Stork 型除氧器，不采用立式结构形式。除
氧器及水箱壳体为全焊接结构，并有足够刚度，能够承受机组在各
种运行工况下同时作用的最严峻的受力组合，这些受力包括内部和
外部设计压力、设备自重、汽水可能发生的冲击和振动、设备存水重、
除氧器平台扶梯重量、检修设备重量、管道作用力、保温重量、地震
力、支座反力、附加荷载以及安全阀推力等的影响。
The deaerator adopts horizontal headless Stock type instead of
vertical structure. The deaerator and its shell for water tank adopt
full weld structure with adequate rigidity to bear the greatest force
combination in each working condition. These forces includes
external designed pressure, equipment weight, possible strike and
vibration in steam, water deposit weight, the weight of deaerator
stage elevator, the weight of maintenance equipment, the force of
pipeline, insulation weight, seismic force, reactive force of support,
attached load and the thrust of safety valves.
除氧器设有用于高加疏水的汽水分离装置或区域，以保证稳定运行
并达到应有性能。除氧器汽水进口可能造成汽水对内部设备冲击的
部位装设不锈钢防冲击板，保护内部设备。除氧器壳体由符合压力
容器制造相关规定的钢板拼接而成。进口喷嘴采用不锈钢制成，布
置在能方便地从壳体内拿出的地方。除氧器内所有其它会受到浓缩
气体腐蚀的零部件均由不锈钢做成或采用其它防腐方法。因除氧器
储存的是经过除去氧而含氧量合格的水，对筒体不会造成腐蚀，所
以除氧器采用碳钢板没有必要采用不锈钢复合钢板。
The deaerator is set with steam and water separating device or
area for HP drainage to promise stable operation and adequate
performance. The water and steam inlet of deaerator may cause
the water or steam to strike the inner equipment, so strike
resistance plate made of stainless steel is installed to protect the
interior equipment. The deaerator shell is pieced together by steel
plate that meets relevant the requirements for the producing of
pressure container. The inlet spray nozzle is made of stainless
steel and is located at the position convenient for removing it from
shell. All the other fittings in deaerator that are easily eroded by
compressed air are all made of stainless steel or are treated with
other anti-corrosion methods. Water stored inside deaerator is
deoxidized water with proper oxygen content, which it will not
erode the shell, so the deaerator is made of carbon steel sheet
instead of stainless clad steel sheet.
为了加快启动速度，除氧器内装设预暖管（再沸腾管），以便缩短
预暖时间。该管子采用不锈钢制作，设有防止水击和振动的措施。水
箱支座采用二鞍座结构，支座中心线距离 9000mm。支座应能承受
除氧器、所有附件和连接管道的重量和推力，还能承受设备全部充
水时的重量。
To increase the startup speed, pre-warming tube (re-boiling tube)
is set inside the deaerator to shorten pre-worming time. The tube
is made of stainless steel and is set with device to resist water
Page 524 of 629

shock and vibration. The support for water tank adopts double
saddles and the distance between center lines of the saddles is
9000. The support is able to bear the weight and thrust force of
deaerator, all the accessories and the connection pipeline.
除氧器水箱的低压给水管道接口设置 3 个，接管规格为 DN300。为
防止杂物进入给水管内，低压给水管接口高出水箱底部 50 ～
100mm 且设置有防旋结构。
There are three conduct joints for the LP feed water pipeline of
deaerator water tank. The specification is DN300. To prevent
foreign matters entering the feed water pipe, the port of LP feed
water pipe is 50-100mm higher than the bottom of water tank. In
addition, it is equipped with anti-spinning structure.
除氧器凝结水进口、加热蒸汽进口、给水出口和放水、排气接口均采
用焊接连接方式，其它接口则采用法兰连接。除氧器设置溢流口，
溢流管道设电动阀，以维持水箱中的水位。
The connection of inlets of deaerator condensate, the inlet of
heating steam, the outlet of feed water and the vent ports, and the
air exhaustion all adopt the welding connection. The other
connection adopts flange connection. Overflow port is set at the
deaerator. Solenoid valve is set in the pipeline of over-flow to
maintain the water level in water tank.
为防止超压，除氧器装设置不少于二只全启式弹簧安全阀，阀体材
料为铸钢，安全阀的最大释放量不应小于除氧器的最大进汽量。
To prevent over-pressure, at least two full lift spring safety valves
are set in deaerator. The material for these valves is cast steel.
The maximum release volume of the safety valve should be no
less than the maximum steam admission volume of deaerator.
2.2.26.4 检修工艺
2.2.26.4.1 喷嘴检修
2.2.26.4.1 Maintenance for nozzles
1 拆缷喷嘴与接管中的固定螺栓和锁紧螺母，移去接管弯头，拆
下流量分配器，并用吊耳从除氧器中取出喷嘴；
1 Remove fixing bolts and lock nuts in nozzle and connection
pipes. Remove the joint elbow and the flow distributor. Use
lugs to take out nozzles from deaerator.
2 将拆下的喷嘴进行解体检查；
2 Check the removed nozzles
3 首先拆开连接棒，将全部喷嘴拆开。记下各蝶片编号的位置，以
便安装时按编号顺序安装；
3 Firstly, remove connection bar and remove all the nozzles.
Take down the position of each lamination number to make it
easy for installation according their number.
4 检查平衡蝶片结合面有无划痕、裂纹及锈蚀，清理并打磨蝶片结
合面，如果损坏及时更换；
4 Check if there is scratch mark, crack and rust in bonded
surface of Belleville strip. Clean and polish the bonded
surface. Replace the strip if it is damaged.
Page 525 of 629

5 按编号将平衡蝶片沿着拉杆滑入指定位置，并将盖子盖上；
5 Slide the balance Belleville strip along the pull rod into the
appointed position according to their number, and then cover
the cover.
6 交替地拧紧拉杆上的螺母，保证作用在环上和蝶片上的力均匀；
6 Alternatively tighten the nut in pull rod to ensure that the force
is even in the ring and Belleville strip.
7 在整个回装过程中，须保证部件的清洁。如有杂物脏物落入，应
及时清理干净。
7 During the re-installation, make sure that the assemblies are
clean. If any foreign matters or dust fall into the assembly,
clean it.
2.2.26.4.2 水箱安全门检修
2.2.26.4.2 Maintenance for safety valve of water tank
1 Remove the positioning lock at the valve key of safety valve.
2 Remove the manual supporting frame at safety valve
3 松开安全门调节螺母保护帽；
3 Loosen the regulating nut and protective cap at safety valve
4 Loosen the lock nut of regulating nut to loosen the regulating
nut and the spring.
5 Loosen and remove the fixing nut of spring shell and remove
the shell.
6 将弹簧和压杆取下，取出定位套；
6 Remove the spring and pressure bar. Remove the positioning
sleeve.
及时更换。重点检查门芯的密封面是否光洁完整、是否有变形。
对于小量的变形、浅小的裂纹，可在车床上车削以后进行研磨处
理，研磨的精度符合该压力等级下的无渗漏要求。对于变形量较
大、裂纹大而深的的门芯，应及时更换；
7 Take out the valve core bush and valve core to check the
cracks and deformation. Replace it if any fault is found. Check
the sealing surface of valve core to ensure it is smooth, intact
without deformation. For small deformation and shallow crack,
take the grinding treatment after the turning of lathe. The
grinding precision must be in accordance with the requirement
of pressure class. For serious deformation and crack, replace
the valve core timely.
安装到位。
2.2.26.4.3 水箱安全门的打压试验
Page 526 of 629

2.2.26.4.3 Bulge test for safety valve of water tank.
1 水箱安全门的整定压力为 1.2Mpa；
1 The set pressure for safety valve at water tank is 1.2MPa.
符合试验压力下的承压能力；
3 Connect the inlet of safety valve and the outlet of pump by
relevant pipeline. The pipeline must possess pressure bearing
capacity under the testing pressure.
缓慢升压；
4 Fill clean water and start up the bulge pump. Vent the air in
system and then close vent valve. Increase the pressure
slowly.
5 在整个打压过程中如发现有异常情况，须立即停止待查明明原
因并消除后方可继续开始工作；
5 If anything abnormity is found during the bulge test, stop it.
After the verification and elimination of the abnormality, restart
the work
6 打压至工作压力，保持十分钟，检查安全门是否渗漏。若有渗漏
须处理后再重新进行打压试验；
6 Bulge the pressure to working pressure and hold it for 10
minutes. Check the leakage in safety valve. If any leakage is
detected, treat it and then restart the bulge test.
7 将压力提升到 1.2MPa，安全门应排放。排放泄压后安全门应回
座；
7 Increase the pressure to 1.2MPa. Safety valve should release
the pressure. Safety valve is to reseat after pressure release.
8 如果尚未升压到工作压力即排放，拧紧调整螺母增加弹簧紧力
以提高排放压力。如果升压到 0.75MPa 还未排放，拧松调整螺
母减小弹簧紧力以降低排放压力；
8 If the pressure is released when pressure is raised below
6.35MPa, tighten the adjusting nut to increase the tension of
spring so that the pressure for discharging is increased. If the
pressure releasing is still undone even if the pressure is
raised to 0.75MPa, loosen the adjusting nut to decrease the
spring tightness to reduce the pressure for venting.
9 试验合格后，将安全门回装至原位置上（或存放好以备用）。
into the original position (or keep it as stand-by).
郭爱利（9400 09.10.12）
2.2.26.4.4 除氧器水箱的检查
2.2.26.4.4 Examining of deaerator water tank
1 首先检查检修工作流程、所使用的工器具等符合安全规程的要求
确认无误后，方可开始检修工作；
Page 527 of 629

1 First examine the maintenance working flow and tools, and if
they meet the requirements in SAFETY CODE, start the
maintenance work.
2 打开除氧器水箱两侧人孔门，往里通入压缩空气（或轴流风机
往里通风），禁止通入氧气。待条件允许后，方可进入水箱进行
检查；
2 Open the access holes at the two sides of deaerator water
tank, supply compressed air into it (or use axial flow air fan to
supply air into it), and do not supply oxygen. Enter into the
water tank for examining when the allowed condition is
reached.
3 逐一检查蒸汽喷嘴有无损坏，如有损坏应及时更换；
3 Examine the steam nozzles one by one, and replace the
damaged ones in time.
4 检查水箱壁的腐蚀情况，壁厚状况，并进行探伤检查，重点检
查部位为水箱的焊缝。对检查发现的问题应及时处理；
4 Examine the corrosion degree and the thickness of the water
tank walls, also conduct defect detection test, especially for
the weld seams of the tank. Eliminate the problems founded
immediately.
5 清理除氧器水箱内的杂物，清点工具和材料等，以确保水箱的
清洁；
5 Eliminate the foreign matter inside the deaerator water tank,
check the tolls and materials, and keep the water tank clean.
6 更换水箱人孔盖的密封垫，盖上人孔盖；
6 Replace the seal washers on the cover of the access hole and
then lay on the cover.
7 检修完毕，清理现场。
7 Clean the site after maintenance.
2.2.26.4.5 管道阀门附件的检查
2.2.26.4.5 Maintenance of pipeline valve accessories
1 除氧器的附件阀门的检修参照同型号、同等运行参数阀门的检修
规程、检修工艺标准进行检修；
1 For the maintenance of the deaerator accessory valves, refer
to the maintenance code and process standards of valve
having the same type and equivalent operation parameters.
2 除氧器的附件管道的检修参照同等规格、同等运行参数的管道的
检修规程、检修工艺标准进行。
2 For the maintenance of the deaerator accessory pipelines,
refer to the maintenance code and process standards of
pipelines having the same type and equivalent operation
Page 528 of 629

parameters.
2.2.26.4.6 检修项目
2.2.26.4.6 Maintenance items
1 喷嘴检修；
1 Nozzles maintenance
2 除氧器水箱壳体检查；
2 Shell examining of the deaerator water tank
3 除氧器水箱安全门的解体检查并进行打压试验；
3 Disassembly examining of the deaerator safety valves and
conducing of pressure test.
4 除氧器放空气门解体检查；
4 Disassembly examining of the deaerator air vent valve.
5 除氧器水位计及进、出口门检查；
5 Examining of the water level gauge and inlet and outlet valves
of the deaerator.
6 除氧器再沸腾门检查；
6 Examining of the deaerator reboiling valve.
7 水室人孔密封垫更换；
7 Replacing of the seal washer of the water chamber access
hole.
8 除氧器上其他所有附件检查。
8 Examining of all the other accessories of the deaerator.
2.2.26.5 Requirements for safety, health and environmental protection
2.2.26.5.1 安全
2.2.26.5.1 Safety
始工作；
1 First examine the safety measures and working process, only
start working if they meet the requirements in SAFETY CODE.
2 打开除氧器人孔前须检查确认其内确无压力，检查疏水门确已
打开，存水已被放净；
2 Before opening the access hole of the deaerator, make sure
that there is no pressure inside, the water drainage valve is
opened and the remained water is discharged completely.
Page 529 of 629

3 打开除氧器人孔盖时，须注意防止被可能积存的蒸汽或热水喷
出伤到；
3 Be careful not to be injured by the remained jetting steam or
hot water when opening the access hole.
4 进入除氧器内须做好好防止被高温壳体烫伤的安全措施，如防
烫的工作服、手套、工作鞋等；
4 Take safety measures to prevent being hurt by the high
temperature shell of the deaerator before entering, for
example, uniform, gloves and working shoes and so on.
5 在除氧器内作业时应将强通风，但严禁直接通入氧气；
5 Take strong ventilation when working inside the deaerator, but
do not supply oxygen directly.
6 进入除氧器须做好防滑倒摔伤措施；
6 Take reliable measures to prevent slipping down and being
hurt when entering into deaerator.
7 除氧器内检修时须设监护人，监护人不得离开工作地点且不得
同时担任其他工作；
7 During inside maintenance of deaerator, there should be a
supervisor, who is not allowed to leave his post and be in
charge of any work else.
8 Before close the access hole, the person responsible for the
maintenance work should check the staff and tools, and make
sure there is no people, no tools or no materials left inside of
the deaerator.
漏喷出伤人；
9 When conduct pressure test of the safety valve, the working
staff should be careful not to be hurt by the possible jetting
leakage.
10 Be careful not to be hurt when carrying parts.
11 水箱检查时应使用安全带；
11 Remember to use safety belt when examining the water tank.
12 进入水箱检查前须用堵板将水箱的给水下降管封堵好以防掉入；
12 Before entering into water tank, block the feedwater down
comer with the plugging plate to preventing falling into it.
13 进入除氧器内工作时须使用不超过 12V 的照明灯具；
Page 530 of 629

13 Do not use lights more than 12V when working inside
deaerator.
14 Use leakage protector when operating electrical tools and lay
it at a reliable place outside the pipeline container.
2.2.26.5.2 健康
2.2.26.5.2 Health
1 在除氧器内工作时工作人员应轮换工作和休息；
1 The staff working inside the deaerator should work in shift.
2 Do not use force too heavily to prevent waist wrick.
3 Wear dust mask or regular respirator when doing polishing
works.
2.2.26.5.3 环保
1 Tidily lay the parts disassembled.
2 Do not use contaminating material like lead powder or
Supramoly as the releasing agent for the seal washer.
3 Prevent dust diffusion when conducting polishing works.
4 After the work is finished, clear the site and sort the waste in
piles.
2.2.26.6 反事故措施
2.2.26.6 Anti-accident measures
而简化作业；
2.2.26.6.1 Work according to ELECTRICAL SAFE WORK REGULATION,
and do not simplify the procedures.
2.2.26.6.2 Before hot work, the in site combustibles must be removed and
flammable gas test must be conducted to ensure the condition.
Page 531 of 629

2.2.26.6.3 进入除氧器内检修工作须强制通风降温后再进入，现场专设监护人；
2.2.26.6.3 Only enter the deaerator for maintenance after the forced
ventilation and cooling, and there should also be an in site
supervisor.
2.2.26.6.4 除氧器壳体及其附件定期检查或检修，每两个大修周期内至少进行
一次耐压试验；
2.2.26.6.4 Carry out examining and maintenance periodically for the
deaerator shell and its accessories. Conduct at least one pressure
test within two overhaul period.
2.2.26.6.5 进入水箱检查前须用堵板将水箱的给水下降管封堵好以防掉入。
2.2.26.6.5 Before entering into water tank, block the feedwater down comer
with the plugging plate to preventing falling into it.
2.2.27 凝汽器
2.2.27 Condenser
2.2.27.1 概述
2.2.27.1 General descriptions
本机组采用直接空冷式凝汽器。通过排汽管道将低压缸做功乏汽引
入冷凝器系统，然后通过蒸汽分配管道被提供到冷凝器管束，在那
里进行热交换。在冷凝器换热管内，冷凝液与蒸汽同向流动，部分
没有冷凝地蒸汽经由冷凝液集管，进入分凝结并在那里冷凝，在换
热管内，冷凝液的流向与蒸汽的方向相反。
This unit adopts direct air cooled condenser. Firstly, the exhausted
steam from the LP casing is lead to the condenser system through
exhaust pipelines, then via steam distributing pipes, it is supplied
to the condenser tube-bank and there the heat exchanging is
happened. Inside the heat exchange tubes, the condensate liquid
is flowing in the same direction as the steam. The non-condensate
steam enters into the sub-condenser through the condensate
liquid manifold and is condensed there. Here inside the heat
exchange tubes, the condensate liquid is flowing in reverse with
the steam.
不凝气体排进分凝器的上部，它们将在抽汽系统抽走并排放到大气
中去。产出的冷凝液依靠重力作用，通过冷凝液管进入凝汽器热井。
热井位于汽轮机排汽管道的最低点，收集聚积在管道中的冷凝液，
再由凝结水泵输送至凝结水系统。
The non-condensated steam is exhausted into the upper part of
the sub-condenser, and then being extracted and discharged into
the atmosphere in the extraction steam system. Under the
gravitation force, the condensed liquid enters into the condenser
hot well, which is at the bottom of the exhaust pipe of turbine and
is used to collect the condensed liquid remained inside the pipes,
through the condensate liquid tubes, and then being conveyed to
the condensate water system via condensate water pump.
Page 532 of 629

冷凝所需要的冷却空气由轴流风机从周围环境中抽入并供应给翅片
管束的冷却表面，在直接空冷系统启动和运行过程中，由真空泵系
统除去不凝结气体，制造所需的真空。
The cooling air for condensing is extracted in by the axial flow air
fan from the around environment and is supplied to the cooling
surface of the fin tube-bank. During the startup and operation
process of the direct air cooled condenser system, the non-
condensed gas is eliminated by the vacuum pump to form the
vacuum needed.
2.2.27.2 技术规范
2.2.27.2 Technical specifications
名称单位参数
Name Unit Parameters
单背压、单壳体、单流程、表面式，弹簧支撑
型式
Single backpressure, Single Shell, Single Flow,
Type
Surface type and Spring Support
冷却面积
m2 17500
Cooling Area
凝汽器的压力
MPa 0.0085
Condenser Pressure
冷凝质量流量
t/h 651.3
Condensing mass flow
冷却水入口温度
Cooling Water Inlet ℃ 30
Temperature
冷却速度
61
Cooling Speed
冷却水流量
t/h 39730
Cooling Water Flow
流程
1
Flow Path
冷却管数量
根 24348
Cooling Tube Quantity
冷却管长度
mm 12410
Cooling Tube Length
循环水入口管直径 mm Φ1820
Page 533 of 629

名称单位参数
Name Unit Parameters
Circulating Water Inlet
Pipe Diameter
循环水出口管直径
Circulating Water Outlet mm Φ1820
Pipe Diameter
排汽管出口直径
Exhaust Steam Pipe Outlet mm Φ273
Diameter
凝结水出水管直径
Condensate Outlet Pipe mm Φ630
Diameter
设计冷却水量
Designed Cooling Water t/h 43650
Flow
设计冷却水温
Designed Cooling Water ℃ 30
Temperature
冷却介质海水
Cooling Medium Seawater
热井有效容积
m3 70
Hot Well effective Volume
凝汽器管材钛管
Condenser Pipe Materials Titanium Pipe
清洁系数
μg/l 0.9
Clean Coefficient
凝结水出口含氧量
Condensate Outlet m/s 20
Oxygen Content
管内流速
m/s <2.5
Pipe Inner Flowrate
凝汽器水阻
Condenser Water kPa 40
resistance
2.2.27.3 设备简介
Page 534 of 629

2.2.27.3 Equipment Instructions
直接空冷系统亦称为 ACC(Air Cooled Condenser)系统，它是指汽
轮机的排汽引入室外空冷凝汽器内直接用空气来冷凝，以建立维持
凝汽器内部负压。其工艺流程为汽轮机排汽通过大直径的排气管道
引至室外的空冷凝汽器内，布置在空冷凝汽器下方的轴流冷却风机
驱动空气流过冷却器外表面，将排汽冷凝为凝结水，凝结水再经凝
结水泵送回汽轮机的回热系统。
The Direct air cooled condenser is also called ACC system (Air
Cooled Condenser). The exhausted steam of turbine is lead into
the outside air condenser and is cooled by air directly to establish
and remain the negative pressure inside the condenser. The
process is as follows: First, the exhausted steam of turbine is lead
into the outside air condenser through large diameter pipelines
while the axial flow cooling air fan at lower part of the air
condenser drives the air to pass the cooler surface. Then, the
exhausted steam is condensed and the condensate water is
returned to the regenerative system of the turbine via condensate
pump.
基于防冻的要求，直接空冷系统一般需设置顺流凝汽器和逆流凝汽
器。直接空冷系统中大部分的蒸汽在顺流凝汽器中被冷凝，剩余的
小部分蒸汽再通过逆流凝汽器被冷凝。在逆流凝汽器中，由于蒸汽
和凝结水的运动方向相反，凝结水不易冻结。在逆流凝汽器的顶部
设有抽真空系统，可将系统内的空气和不凝结气体抽出。
Due to the anti-freezing requirements, the direct air cooled
condenser should generally have both the down-stream flow and
counterflow condensers. The major part of the steam inside the air
cooled condenser is condensed in the down-stream condenser
and the left small part steam is condensed in the counterflow
condenser. In the counterflow condenser, due to the reverse
moving direction of the steam and condensate water, the
condensate water is not easy to be condensed. There is vacuum
evacuation system at the top if the counterflow condenser, which
can extract the air and non-condensing gas away from the
system.
2.2.27.4 检修工艺
2.2.27.4.1 直接空冷器运行中的查漏
2.2.27.4.1 Leak detection during direct air cooled condenser operation.
超声波找漏方法，原理为利用超声波查找泄漏点的漩涡气流而进行
报警，或者用氦质检漏仪对空冷凝汽和真空系统进行查漏，此种方
法可直观的从数量级上检测到漏点的大小及位置，可很好的解决真
空系统漏泄时的查找问题。对于漏点的处理均采用部分系统设备切
除运行后，焊接处理。
The principle of Ultrasonic method is to use Ultrasonic wave to
find the leakage point eddying flow and alarm. Or find leakage
points of the air condenser and the vacuum system by helium
Page 535 of 629

mass leak detector. This method is more direct to detect the size
and position of the leakage point from the amount degree and is a
better choice to solve the leak detection problems. Weld the
leakage point after removing partial of the system equipment
2.2.27.4.2 直接空冷器翅片的清洗
2.2.27.4.2 Fin cleaning of direct air condenser
当运行一定周期时，换热器的换热面表面会有积灰，影响设备的换
热，故一定时间需对空冷换热器进行清洗。方法如下：
After a long period of operation, there will be dust on the heat
exchanger surface and influencing the heat exchange. So, the air
condenser should be cleaned after a certain period of time. See
the following method:
1 阀门均在减压位置；
1 The valves are at depressurization position.
2 用于支架的电缆必须接到最近的电源插座上，以上下移动喷嘴
托架；
2 The cable serving as support should be connected to the
nearest power socket in order to move the nozzle supports
upwards and downwards.
3 摘下防灰尘罩，将软管装置接入阀门上相应的位置；
3 Take down the dust shield and connect the hose device into
the corresponding position on the valve.
4 检查接口处的密闭性；
4 Examine the sealing condition of the connecting ports.
5 当转动把手至增压系统，以至高压水被释放到喷嘴托架上，高
压泵就会自动增压；
5 When the handle is turned to pressurizing system and the HP
water is released to the nozzle support, the HP pump will
depressurize automatically.
6 通过上下移动喷嘴托架，完成换热器管束的清洗工作；
6 Complete the cleaning work of the heat exchange tube-bank
by moving the nozzle support upwards and downwards.
7 小心地通过人工左右移动支架，来清洗下一个区域，通过上下
移动喷嘴托架移动喷嘴；
7 Move the support leftwards and rightwards carefully to clean
the next section. And move the nozzle via moving its support.
8 嘴托架来完成该区域的清洗周期；
8 Complete the cleaning period by the nozzle support.
9 每当改变水接头时，转动相应方向的阀门把手，以致喷嘴托架
Page 536 of 629

与高压系统相隔离。空冷凝汽器布置在主厂房 A 排外高架平台
上，平台 xx 高米。各冷却段排成 6 列，每列由 x 个顺流冷却段
和 x 个逆流冷却段组成。每台机组空冷凝汽器所占面积约为
xxxxm2。每个冷却段由 x 块翅片管束组成接近 60゜的 A 型框架
配一台 9.14m 风机，每块管束宽 xxxm，顺流管束长 xxxm，逆
流管束长 xxxm。
9 When changing the water joint, turn the valve handle in
corresponding direction to isolate the nozzle support and HP
system. The air condenser is arranged on the main plant
building row A outside overhead platform, with a height of XX
m. The cooling sections are arranged into 6 columns
respectively. And each column is made up by X down-stream
cooling sections and X counter cooling sections. The
condenser area for each unit is XXXX m2. Each cooling
section is made up by X fin tube-banks to form an about 60 ゜
A type frame, and is quipped with on 9.41m air fan. Each
tube-bank has a width of XXXm, with a downstream tube-
bank length of XXXm and a counterflow tube-bank length of
XXXm.
2.2.27.5 检修项目
2.2.27.5 Maintenance items
2.2.27.5.1 小修标准项
2.2.27.5.1 Mini repair standard items
2.2.27.5.2 大修标准项目
2.2.27.5.2 Overhaul standard items
2.2.27.6 调试和试运
2.2.27.7 备品配件
2.2.27.7 Spare parts
2.2.28 阀门
2.2.28 Valves
2.2.28.1 阀门代号
2.2.28.1 Valve codes
管道系统中的阀门按其结构特点可分为闸阀（Z）、截止阀（J）、蝶
阀（D）、节流阀（L）、止回阀（H）、减压阀（Y）、疏水阀（S）、
安全阀（A）、隔膜阀（G）、旋塞阀(X)、球阀（Q）等。
According to structure characteristics, the valves in the pipeline
Page 537 of 629

system can be divided as Gate Valve (Z), Stop Valve (J), Butterfly
Valve (D), Throttle Valve (L), Check Valve (H), Relieve Valve (Y),
Drain Valve (S), Safety Valve (A), Diaphragm Valve (G), Plug
Valve (X), Ball Valve and so on.
按压力可分为低压阀（ pn<1.6MPa ）、中压阀
（pn=2.5、4.0、6.4MPa）、高压阀（10MPa< pn <100MPa）、超高
压阀（10MPa< pn <100MPa）。根据机标 JB-308-74 规定，国产阀
门都有一个特定的型号。
According to pressure, they are LP Valve﹙pn ＜ 1.6MP﹚, IP Valve
﹙pn=2.5 、 4.0 、 6.4MPa﹚, HP Valve﹙10MPa< pn <100MPa﹚ and
Ultra-HP Valve﹙10MPa< pn <100MPa﹚. According to JB-308-74
regulations, the home valves all have special designed model.
阀门型号由 7 个单元组成，依次代表阀门的类别、驱动方式、连接型
式、结构形式、密封圈衬里材料、公称压力和阀体材料。
The valve model is made up by 7 units, which stand for the valve
classification, drive mode, connection type, structure type, seal
ring liner material, nominal pressure and valve body material.
一般阀门的识别方法是：1）阀门的类别、驱动方式和连接型式可按
阀门的外形加以识别。2）阀门的公称直径、公称压力或工作压力、工
作温度以及介质流动方向，可从阀体上的制造厂标牌确定。
The identification methods of the general valve are: 1) valve
classification, drive mode and connection type can be identified
according to the valve appearance. 2) Nominal diameter, nominal
pressure or working pressure, working temperature and medium
flowing direction are to be identified from the manufacture labels.
2.2.28.2 阀门型号的意义
2.2.28.2 The meaning of valve model
表 9 阀门类别代号
Table 9 Valve Classification Codes
类型代号类型代号类型代号
Type Code Type Code Type Code
闸阀蝶阀止回阀
Gate Valve Z Butterfly D Check
Valve Valve
H
截止阀隔膜阀底阀
Stop Valve J Diaphragm G Foot Valve
Valve
节流阀 L 旋塞阀 X 减压阀 Y
Page 538 of 629

类型代号类型代号类型代号
Type Code Type Code Type Code
Throttle Plug Valve Relieve
Valve Valve
球阀安全阀疏水阀
Ball Valve Q Safety A Drain S
Valve Valve
表 10 阀门驱动方式代号
Table 10 Valve Drive Mode Codes
驱动方式代号驱动方式代号驱动方式代号
Drive Mode Cod Drive Cod Drive Mode Cod
e Mode e e
电磁动 0 正齿轮 4 气-液动 8

Electromagnetic Spur Pneumatic-
Gear Hydraulic Driven
电磁-液动 1 伞齿轮 5 电动 9
Electromagnetic- Bevel Electric
Hydraulic Gear
电-液动 2 气动 6
Electro-Hydraulic Pneumati
c
蜗轮 3 液动 7
Worm Wheel Hydraulic
表 11 阀门连接型式代号
Table 11 Valve Connection Type Codes
连接型式代号连接型式代号连接型式代号
Connection Code Connection Code Connection Code
Type Type Type
内螺纹 1 焊接 6 卡套 9
Internal Welding Lock
Screw Sleeve
Thread
Page 539 of 629

连接型式代号连接型式代号连接型式代号
Connection Code Connection Code Connection Code
Type Type Type
外螺纹 2 对夹 7
External Wafer Type
Screw
Thread
法兰 4 卡箍 8
Flange Clamping
表 12 阀门结构型式代号
Table 12 Valve Structure type Codes
Page 540 of 629

类型
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Type
暗杆平行
明杆楔式单明杆楔式双明杆平行式单明杆平行式双暗杆楔式式单闸阀暗杆平行
阀阀闸阀闸阀暗杆楔式单闸双闸阀式双闸阀
阀 Non-rising
闸阀
Rising Stem Rising Stem Rising Stem Rising Stem Non-rising Parallel Non-rising
Non-rising
Gate Valve Wedge Wedge Parallel Parallel Wedge Single Parallel
Wedge Single
Single Double Single Gate Double Gate Double Gate Valve Double
Gate Valve
Valve Valve Valve Valve Gate Valve Gate Valve
直通式（铸直角式（铸直通式（锻直角式（锻

截止阀造）造）造）造）直流式隔膜式节流式
Stop Valve Straight Right-angle Straight Right-angle Direct Flow Diaphragm Throttling
(Founding) (Founding) (Forging) (Forging)
三通保温
式
直通填料式保温式
旋塞阀直通式调节式三通填料式 Tee 润滑式
Straight Thermal Thermal
Plug Valve Straight Regulating Tee Stuffing Lubricating
Stuffing Protective Protective
止回直通升降式立式升降式直通升降式单板璇启式多瓣璇启式

阀 Straight Vertical Straight Single-Peel Multi-peel
Elevation Elevation Elevation Swing Type Swing Type
Page 541 of 629

类型
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Type
Check Valve Type Type Type
浮球式浮筒式钟形浮子式脉冲式热动力式
疏水阀
Floating Floating Clock Float Pulse Thermal
Drain Valve
Ball Drum Type Type Power
外弹簧薄膜内弹簧薄膜
式式气动薄膜
减压阀膜片活塞式杠杆弹簧式式
波纹管式
External Internal
Relieve Diaphragm Lever Spring Pneumatic
Spring Spring Bellows
Valve Piston Type Type Diaphragm
Diaphragm Diaphragm
Type
Type Type
Page 542 of 629

表 13 阀座密封或衬里材料代号
Table 13 Valve seat Seal or Liner Material Codes
材料代号材料代号材料代号
Materials Code Materials Code Materials Code
蒙乃尔合
衬胶
钢合金金
T M Lining CJ
Steel Alloy Monel
Rubber
alloy
硬橡胶石墨石棉
橡胶
X Hard J Graphite S
Rubber
Rubber Asbestos
耐酸钢
衬铅
皮革
Acid- P CQ
Lining
resistant Leather
Lead
Steel H
不锈钢无密封圈衬塑料
Stainless No Seal W Lining CS
Steel Ring Plastics
渗氮钢聚四氟乙
搪瓷
D 烯 SA TC
Nitrided
Enamel
Steel Teflon
聚三氟乙
巴士合金烯尼龙
B SB NS
Babbit Metal PCTFE Nylon
硬质合金聚氯乙烯酚醛塑料

Y SC SD
Hard Alloy PVC Bakelite
表 14 阀体材料代号
Table 14 Valve body Material Symbols
材料名称
代号材料名称代号材料名称代号
Material
Code Material Name Code Material Name Code
Name
灰铸铁铬镍钛（铌）耐酸钢
铸钢
Gray H T Chrome-Nickel (Nb) Acid P
Cast Steel
Cast-Iron Resistant Steel
铬镍钼钛（铌）耐酸钢
可锻铸铁
碳钢 Cr-Ni-Mo-Ti (Nb) Acid
Malleable K C R
Carbon Steel Resistant Steel
Iron
球墨铸铁铬钼钒合金钢
中镍钼合金钢
Spherical Q I Cr-Mo-V Alloy Steel V
Medium Ni-Mo
(Casting)
Alloy Steel
Iron
2.2.28.3 阀门公称压力系列
2.2.28.3 Valve Nominal pressure Series
在阀门的型号中，公称压力代号直接用公称压力的数值（压力单位
为 kg/cm2 或 0.1MPa）表示，并用短线与阀座密封（或衬里材料）
代号隔开。阀门的公称压力分为
1 、 2.5 、 6 、 10 、 16 、 25 、 40 、 64 、 100 、 160 、 200 、 320
kg/cm2（0.1MPa）等级。当介质工作温度≥ 450℃时，标示出工作
温度，标示的数值为温度值除以 10 所得值的整数。
In the valve model, the nominal pressure code is expressed by the
value of the nominal pressure (kg/cm2 or 0.1MPa) directly and is
isolated with valve seat seal (or liner material) symbol by short
line. The Valve nominal pressure has the following grades: 1, 2.5,
6, 10, 16, 25, 40, 64, 100, 160, 200 and 320 kg/cm 2(0.1MPa).
When medium working temperature ≥ 450℃, mark out the
temperature value, and the marked value should be the integer of
the result of the temperature value divided by 10.
2.2.28.4 常用阀门的作用与结构性能
2.2.28.4 Function and structure performance of Common Valves
2.2.28.4.1 闸阀
2.2.28.4.1 Gate valve
本产品主要用于气体、液体介质管路上作启闭装置，接通或截断介
质流，不适用于调节介质流量。具有流阻小，启闭较省力等优点。
This product is mainly used as the opening and closing device in
pipelines with gas or liquid medium. It is to put through or cut
down medium flow and not suitable for regulating medium flow.
And it is characterized by small flow resistance and labor saving
during opening and closing.
Page 544 of 629

表 15 性能规范
Table 15 Performance Specifications
公称管径（DN）
50~600 mm
Nominal Diameter（DN）
压力等级（PN）
1.6~25 MPa
Pressure Grade（PN）
壳体试验
1.5PN
Shell Test
低压密封试验
试验压力 0.6
LP Seal Test
Test MPa
高压密封试验
Pressure 1.1PN
HP Seal Test
上密封试验
1.1PN
Upper Seal Test
适用温度
-29~425 ºC
Applicable Temperature
水、蒸气、油品等非腐蚀性气体或液体
适用介质
Non-corrosive Gas or Liquid like Water,
Applicable Medium
Steam and Oil
闸阀的作用是利用阀瓣沿通路中心的垂直线方向移动来实现开启或
关闭管道通路。闸阀的主要启闭零件是阀瓣和阀座。闸板与流体流向
垂直，改变阀瓣与阀座间的相对位置，既可改变通道截面面积大小
从而改变流量。为了保证关闭严密，阀瓣与阀座密封面进行的研磨。
闸阀的特点是结构复杂，尺寸较大，价格较高；开启缓慢，无水锤
现象，易调节流量；缺点是密封面较大，容易磨损。除驱动方式有
别外，电动闸阀和手动闸阀的性能规范、阀门主要零件材料、故障维
修方法基本一致。
The gate valve is used to open or close the pipeline path by
moving it along the line passing the path center and in vertical to
the valve disc. The main opening and closing parts are the valve
disc and the valve seat. The gate plate is vertical to the flow
direction. The flow can be regulated by changing the relative
position between the valve disc and the valve seat, also know as
area of section. To ensure the tightness, grind the seal surface of
the valve disc and the valve seat. The gate valve is characterized
by complex structure, large size, high price, slow opening, no
water hammer and easy regulating. But the defect is that the seal
surface is too large and is easily abraded. Besides the driven
mode, the structure specifications, main valve parts materials and
the maintenance methods of the electrical and manual gate valve
are basically the same.
Page 545 of 629

以电动闸阀为典型代表，说明其特点。
Take electrical gate valve as example; see the characteristics in
the flowing:
1 靠电动装置驱动使阀杆升降而带动闸板作垂直于流体的直线位
移来达到启闭目的。
1 The electrical device drives the valve stem to move upward
and downward, driving the gate plate to move in a strait line
vertical to the fluid. So the opening and closing purpose is
realized.
2 阀门采用本体直接堆焊阀座，工艺简单、维修方便；
2 The pedestal of the vale is a direct welding overlay on the
proper, which is of simple process and convenient
maintenance.
3 采用楔式弹性闸板，关闭力矩小，易密封，不易因温度变化而
造成楔死；
3 It adopts wedge elastic gate plate, so the torque is small and
the sealing is easy. And the wedge blockage by temperature
change is not easily to occur.
4 采用可换式上密封结构，能辅助填料密封，且维修方便；
4 It adopts replaceable upper sealing structure, which assists
the stuffing seal and the maintenance is convenient.
5 阀盖上部装有油杯，打入润滑油，可润滑阀杆螺母；
5 There is oil cup at the top of the valve bonnet. The lube oil can
be filled via the cup to lubricate the valve stem nuts.
6 密封面焊有耐磨材料，增强密封性能和提高使用寿命；
6 Wear resistant materials are welded on the seal face to
improve the leak-proofness and expand the service life.
7 阀盖上开有 NPT 1/2 螺孔，供用户连接中腔泄压装置。
7 There is a NPT 1/2 screw hole on the valve bonnet for users
to intermediate chamber relieve device.
Page 546 of 629

1 阀体 1 Valve body
2 闸板 2 Gate Plate
3 阀杆 3 Valve Stem
4 六角螺母 4 Hexagon Nut
5 双头螺柱 5 Stud Bolt
6 垫片 6 Washer
7 阀盖 7 Valve bonnet
8填 8 Stuffing
9 圆柱销 9 Cylindrical Pin
11 双头螺 11 Stud Bolt
12 填料压板 12 Packing gland
13 支架 13 Support
14 垫片 14 Washer
15 活节螺栓 15 Dog Bolt
17 止推轴承 17 Thrust Bearing
18 阀杆螺母 18 Valve Stem Nut
21 电动装置 21 Electrical Device
图 2 电动闸阀结构及外形简图
Figure 2 Electrical Gate Valve Structure Diagram
表 16 阀门主要零件材料
Table 16 Main Valve parts materials
密封面
阀体阀盖堆焊材
阀板料
阀杆
名称 Seal 填料垫片螺栓螺母
Valve
Valve Face
Name body, Stuffing Washer Bolt Nut
Stem Welding
Cover
and Plate Overlay
Material
不锈钢带柔性石
墨缠绕垫片
柔性石墨
材料 Stainless 35CrMo
WCB 1Cr13 13Cr Flexible Spirotallic 45
Materials A
Graphite Gasket with
Flexible
Graphite
表 17 可能发生的故障及维修方法
Page 547 of 629

Table 17 Possible Failures and Solutions
故障现象原因维修
Failure Descriptions Causes Solutions
1 均匀拧紧螺母
1 填料压盖未压紧
1 Tighten the Nuts Evenly
1 Loose Packing
gland 2 增加圈数（应将填料绳切成 45º 切
口，相邻两圈切口应错开 120º 放
2 填料圈数不足置）
填料渗漏
2 Insufficient Stuffing 2 Increase the Cylinder Number (Cut
Stuffing Leakage
Cylinder Number the stuffing rape in a 45º incision, the
adjacent incisions should be laid
3 填料损伤失效 with 120º angle.)
3 Damaged or Invalid 3 更换填料
Stuffing
3 Replace the Stuffing
1 连接螺栓紧固不匀
1Uneven tightness of 1 均匀拧紧螺栓
connecting bolts.
1 Tighten the Bolts Evenly.
阀体与阀盖连接处渗漏 2 法兰密封面损坏
2 重新修整
Leakage at Joint of 2 Damaged Flange
2 Repair it
Valve body and Cover Seal Surface.
3 更换垫片.
3 垫片破裂或失效
3 Replace the gasket.
3 Damaged or Invalid
gasket
1 密封面有污染物附 1 去除污物
着
1 Eliminate the Contamination.
1 Contaminations on
Seal Surface 2 重新加工修整，研磨密封面，若密
封面焊层不够，应重新堆焊，或更换
2 密封面被损坏阀座
密封面渗漏
2 Damaged Seal 2 Re-processing, Grinding the Seal
Seal Surface Leaks Surface Surface. Re-weld or Replace the
Valve seat if Seal Surface Welding
3 密封面长期使用被 Layer is Inefficient.
磨损
3 密封面重新堆焊加工或更换阀座
3 Seal Surface
Abrasion due to Long 3 Re-weld the Seal Surface or
Period Service. Replace the Valve seat.
电动装置不能使阀门启 1 填料压得过紧 1 适当旋松填料压盖上的螺母
闭（手轮转动不灵活或
闸板不能启闭） 1 The Stuffing Is 1 Loosen the Nut on Packing gland
Pressed Too Much. a Bit Properly.
Page 548 of 629

2 填料压盖装置歪斜
2 The Packing gland
Device Is Bent.
2 调正填料压盖
3 阀杆螺纹损坏或有
污物 2 Adjust Packing gland
Valve Opening and 3 The Valve Stem 3 拆开修整螺纹或清除污物
Closing Failure by Tread Is Damaged or
Electrical 3 Disassemble and Adjust the
Contaminated.
Device(Inflexible Thread or Eliminate the Dirt.
Manual Turning or 4 阀杆螺母的螺纹严
4 更换阀杆螺母
Gate Plate Opening 重损坏或断裂
and Closing Failure) 4 The Valve Stem 4 Replace the Valve Stem nut
Nut Tread Is Badly 5 校正阀杆
Damaged or
Cracked. 5 Calibrate the Valve Stem
5 阀杆弯曲
5 Valve Stem is Bent.
2 闸板 2 Gate Valve
4垫 4 Washer
8 填料 8 Stuffing
11 垫片 11 Washer
16 支架 16 Support
19 轴承压盖 19 Bearing Cover
20 手轮 20 Hand Wheel
21 锁紧螺母 21 Lock Nut
Page 549 of 629

图 3 手动闸阀结构及外形简图
Figure 3 Manual Gate Valve Structure Diagram
2.2.28.4.2 截止阀
2.2.28.4.2 Stop Valve
主要用于气体、液体介质管路上作启闭装置，接通或截断介质流，
不适用于调节介质流量。具有流阻小，启闭较省力等优点。
This product is mainly used as the opening and closing device in
pipelines with gas or liquid medium. It is to put through or cut
down medium flow and not suitable for regulating medium flow.
And it is characterized by small flow resistance and labor saving
during opening and closing.
截止阀是利用阀瓣控制启闭的阀门。截止阀的主要启闭件是阀瓣和
阀座，阀瓣沿阀座中心线移动，改变阀瓣和阀座之间的距离，既可
改变通道截面积，从而控制和截断流量。为防止渗漏，阀瓣与阀座
接触面均经研磨配合。截止阀的特点是操作可靠，关闭严密，易于
调节或截断流量。但结构复杂，价格较贵，流体阻力大，启闭缓慢。
截至阀内流体的流动方向是从下向上流过阀瓣。除驱动方式有别外
电动截止阀和手动截止阀的性能规范、阀门主要零件材料、故障维修
方法基本一致。
Stop Valve uses valve disc to control the opening and closing. The
main opening and closing parts are the valve disc and the valve
seat. The valve disc moves along the pedestal center line so that
the flow can be regulated or cut off by changing the distance
between the valve disc and the valve seat, also know as area of
section. To prevent leakage, the seal surface of the valve disc and
the valve seat is grinded. The stop valve is reliable with tight
opening and closing, also it is easy to be regulated or cut off. But
the defect is that it has complex structures, high price, large fluid
resistance and slow opening and closing. The flowing direction
inside the stop valve is from upward to downward through valve
disc. Besides the driven mode, the structure specifications, main
valve parts materials and the maintenance methods of the
electrical and manual stop valve are basically the same.
以电动截止阀为代表，说明其特点：
Take electrical stop valve as example; see the characteristics in
the flowing:
1 靠电动装置驱动使阀杆升降而带动阀瓣作垂直于管线的直线位
移来达到启闭目的；
1 The electrical device drives the valve stem to move upward
and downward, so that the valve disc is driven to do straight
moving in vertical to the pipe line, then the opening and
closing purpose is reached.
2 采用在阀体上直接堆焊的阀座，工艺简单、维修方便；
2 The Valve seat is welded on the valve body directly, which is
Page 550 of 629

simple and easy for maintenance.
3 采用平面阀瓣，加工简单，维修方便；
3 The valve disc is flat, so that the processing is simple and the
maintenance is convenient.
4 采用阀盖上直接堆焊上密封结构，能辅助填料密封，且维修方
便；
4 The seal structure is welded on the valve bonnet directly,
which is assisting for the stuffing seal and is convenient for
maintenance.
5 密封面焊有耐磨材料，增强密封性能和提高使用寿命。
5 There is wear resistant material welded on the seal surface
which increases the sealing and expands the service of life.
表 18 性能规范
Table 18 Performance specifications
50~350 mm
Nominal Diameter （DN）
1.6~10 MPa
Pressure Grade （PN）
壳体试验
1.5PN
Shell Test
低压密封试验
试验压力 0.6
LP Seal Test
Test MPa
高压密封试验
pressure 1.1PN
HP Seal Test
上密封试验
1.1PN
Upper Seal Test
适用温度
-29~425 ºC
适用介质
Non-corrosive gas or liquid like water,
Applicable Medium
steam and oil.
Table 19 Main Valve Parts Materials
名称阀体阀杆密封面填料垫片螺栓螺母
阀盖堆焊材
阀板
Page 551 of 629

料
Valve
body, Material
Na Valve welded
bonne Stuffing gasket Bolt Nut
me stem on the
t and
plate seal
surface
材料柔性石不锈钢带柔性石墨缠绕
墨垫片
Mat WCB/ 35CrMo
1Cr13 13Cr Flexible Stainless Spirotallic 45
erial 25 A
graphit gasket with flexible
e graphite
2 阀瓣 2 Valve disc
4 对开环 4 Split Ring
5 阀瓣压盖 5 Valve disc cover
6 垫片 6 Gasket
9 阀盖 9 Valve cover
10 填料 10 Stuffing
13 垫片 13 gasket
14 六角螺母 14Hexagon Nut
16 卡板 16 Locking Plate
17 内六角螺钉 17 Inner Hexagon Screw
23 轴承压盖 23 Bearing Cover
24 电动装置图 4 电动截止阀结构及外形简图 24 Electrical Device
Figure 4 Electrical Stop Valve Structure Diagram
Page 552 of 629

Table 20 Possible Malfunctions and Eliminating Methods
故障现象原因维修
Malfunctions Causes Solutions
1 Tighten nuts evenly
1 Packing gland is not
tight 2 增加圈数（应将填料绳切成 45º 切
填料渗漏
2 Stuffing cylinder 2 Increase cylinder numbers (cut
Stuffing Leakage
number is insufficient stuffing rape in 45º incision and lay
the neighboring incisions with
3 填料损伤失效 120ºbetween them
3 Stuffing is damaged 3 更换填料
or invalid
3 Replace stuffing
1 Connecting bolts is 1 均匀拧紧螺栓
unevenly tightened
1 Tighten bolts evenly
2 重新修整
Leakage at joint of 2 Flange surface is
2 Re-process
Valve body and bonnet damaged
3 更换垫片
3 Replace gasket
3 Gasket is cracked or
invalid
1 去除污物
1 密封面有污染物附着
1 Contaminations on 1 Eliminate contaminations
seal surface 2 重新加工修整，研磨密封面，若
密封面焊层不够，应重新堆焊，或
2 密封面被损坏更换阀座
密封面渗漏 2 Seal surface is 2 Re-process, grind the seal
Seal surface leakage damaged surface; re-weld if seal welding
3 密封面长期使用被磨 layer is insufficient or replace valve
损 seat
3 Seal surface is 3 密封面重新堆焊加工或更换阀座
abrade due to long 3 Re-weld seal surface or replace
time service valve seat
电动装置不能启闭阀瓣 1 填料压得过紧 1 适当旋松填料压盖上的螺母
（手轮转动不灵活或阀
1 Stuffing is pressed 1 Loosen the nuts on packing
Page 553 of 629

too much
2 填料压盖装置歪斜
2 Packing gland is not gland
straight 2 调正填料压盖
3 阀杆螺纹有损坏或有 2 Adjust packing gland
瓣不能启闭）污物
Electrical device fails 3 Valve stem thread is 3 拆开修整螺纹或清除污物
to open or close valve damaged or 3 Disassemble to process thread
disc(inflexible turning contaminated or eliminate contaminations
of hand wheel or
opening and closing 4 阀杆螺母的螺纹严重 4 更换阀杆螺母
failure of valve disc) 损坏或断裂
4 Replace valve stem nut
4 Valve stem nut
thread is badly 5 校正阀杆
damaged or cracked 5 Calibrate valve stem
5 阀杆弯曲
5 Valve stem is bent
Page 554 of 629

2 阀瓣 2 Valve disc
4 阀瓣压盖 4 Valve disc Cover
6 双头螺柱 6Stud Bolt
7 垫片 7 Washer
9 填料 9 Stuffing
11 开口销 11 Split Pin
13 垫片 13 Gasket
15 活节螺栓 15Dog Bolt
17 手轮 17 Hand Wheel
18 铭牌 18 Name Plate
图 5 手动截止阀结构及外形简图
Figure 5 Manual Stop Valve Structure Diagram
2.2.28.4.3 止回阀
2.2.28.4.3 Check Valve
适用于公称压力 PN≤1.0-4.0Mpa，工作温度≤180℃，作介质为水、
蒸汽或硝酸灰的管路上作启阀装置用。
It is applicable for the Opening and closing device of the pipeline
with nominal pressure PN≤1.0-4.0Mpa ， working
temperature≤180℃ and water, steam or Nitric acid as its medium.
止回阀又称逆止阀或单向阀，广泛应用于各类泵的出口管道、抽汽
管道、疏水管道，以及其他不允许介质倒流的管路上。止回阀是利用
阀前阀后的压力差而自动启闭的阀门，它的作用是使介质只做一个
方向的流动，而阻止其逆向流动。按其结构的不同，止回阀可分为
升降式（跳心式）和旋启式（摇板式）两种。升降式止回阀必须安
装在水平管道上，且使阀瓣的轴线严格的垂直于水平面，以保证阀
瓣的灵活升降与可靠工作。旋启式止回阀只要保证阀瓣的旋转枢轴
呈水平，就可任意安装在水平、垂直或倾斜管路上。
Page 555 of 629

Check valve is also called Non-return valve or one-way valve. It is
used abroad in the outlet pipeline, steam extraction pipeline, water
drain pipeline and other non-return medium flow pipelines of all
kinds of pumps. The check valve is automatically opened or
closed by the differential pressure before and behind the valve.
The function is to limit the medium to flow in only one direction
with non-returns. According to structure difference, there are
evaluation type (jumping type) and swing type (rocked panel
type). The elevation type check valve must be installed on the
horizontal pipes and make sure that the axial line of the valve disc
is strictly vertical to horizontal surface to keep the flexible
elevating and reliable work of the valve disc. The swing type can
be installed on horizontal, vertical or slant pipes as long as the
rotating pivot shaft is horizontal.
表 21 性能规范
Table 21 Performance Specifications
50~350 mm
Nominal Diameter （DN）
1.6~10 MPa
Pressure Grade （PN）
壳体试验
1.5PN
Shell Test
低压密封试验
试验压力 0.6
LP Seal Test
Test MPa
高压密封试验
pressure 1.1PN
HP Seal Test
上密封试验
1.1PN
Upper Seal Test
适用温度
-29~425 ºC
适用介质
Non-corrosive gas or liquid like water,
Applicable Medium
steam and oil.
Page 556 of 629

1.阀体
2 阀瓣
3、导向套
4、中头垫圈
5、阀盖
6、螺母
7、双头螺柱
1. Valve body
2. Valve disc
3. Sleeve Guide
4. Medium Washer
5. Valve bonnet
6. Nut
7. Stud Bolt
图 6 止回阀结构及外形简图
Figure 6 Check Valve Structure Diagram
止回阀特点如下：
The characteristics of the Check valve are as follows:
1 阀盖填料 V 型结构，可使系统与大气隔离，具有极好的气密性；
1 The V type structure of the valve bonnet stuffing can isolate the
system from atmosphere and has excellent air tightness.
2 材料的选用 304/（CF8）、316L（CF3M），其中承压件采用铸钢，
阀杆、密封面选用不锈钢；
2 The material are 304/ （ CF8 ）、 316L （ CF3M ） . The pressure
bearing parts uses casting steel while the valve stem and seal
surface adopt stainless steel.
3 闸阀为平行式双闸板结构，密封可靠，启闭轻便，检修方便；
3 The gate valve structure is parallel double gate plate, which is of
reliable seal, light opening and closing and convenient
maintenance.
4 止回阀自动关闭；
4 The check valve closes automatically.
5 阀门连接形式为法兰，系手动驱动方式。
5 The valve connection is flange and it is driven manually.
Page 557 of 629

Table 22 Maim Valve Parts Material
阀体阀盖阀密封面堆焊
瓣材料
阀杆填料
名称垫片螺栓螺母
Valve Welded
Valve Stuffin
Name body, mater on Gasket Bolt Nut
Stem g
bonnet the seal
and disc surface
所用材
料 CR8/CF3M 304/316L / PTFE PTFE 304 45
Material
Table 23 Possible Malfunctions and solutions
故障现象
原因维修
Malfunction
Causes Solutions
Descriptions
1 Tighten nuts evenly
1 Packing gland is not
tight 2 增加圈数（应将填料绳切成 45º 切
填料渗漏
2 Stuffing number of 2 Increase cylinder numbers (cut
Stuffing Leakage
turns is insufficient stuffing rape in 45º incision and lay
the neighboring incisions with
3 填料损伤失效 120ºbetween them
3 Stuffing is damaged 3 更换填料
or invalid
3 Replace stuffing
1 Connecting bolts is 1 均匀拧紧螺栓
unevenly tightened
1 Tighten bolts evenly
2 重新修整
Leakage at joint of 2 Flange seal surface
2 Re-process
Valve body and bonnet is damaged
3 更换垫片
3 Replace gasket
3 Washer is cracked or
invalid
密封面渗漏 1 密封面有污染物附着 1 去除污物
Page 558 of 629

1 Contaminations on 1 Eliminate contaminations
seal surface 2 重新加工修整，研磨密封面，若
密封面焊层不够，应重新堆焊，或
2 密封面被损坏更换阀座
2 Seal surface is 2 Re-process, grind the seal
damaged surface; re-weld if seal welding
Seal surface leakage
3 密封面长期使用被磨 layer is insufficient or replace valve
损 seat
3 Seal surface is 3 密封面重新堆焊加工或更换阀座
abrade due to long 3 Re-weld seal surface or replace
time service valve seat
1 填料压得过紧
1 Stuffing is pressed
too much 1 适当旋松填料压盖上的螺母
2 填料压盖装置歪斜 1 Loosen the nuts on packing
2 Packing gland is not gland
电动装置不能启闭阀瓣 straight 2 调正填料压盖
（手轮转动不灵活或阀
瓣不能启闭） 3 阀杆螺纹有损坏或有 2 Adjust packing gland
污物
Electrical device fails 3 拆开修整螺纹或清除污物
to open or close Valve 3 Valve stem thread is
disc(inflexible turning damaged or 3 Disassemble to process thread
of hand wheel or contaminated or eliminate contaminations
opening and closing 4 阀杆螺母的螺纹严重 4 更换阀杆螺母
failure of Valve disc) 损坏或断裂
4 Replace valve nut
4 Valve stem nut
thread is badly 5 校正阀杆
damaged or cracked 5 Calibrate valve stem
5 阀杆弯曲
5 Valve stem is bent
2.2.28.4.4 隔膜阀
适用于工作温度≤65℃的一般腐蚀性流体管路上作为控制介质流动
的启闭件，由阀体、阀盖、阀杆、阀办、隔膜和驱动零件等组成。阀门
的启闭是靠旋转手轮而达到的。当顺时针旋转手轮时，阀办下降使
通路截断；反之阀门则开启。当隔膜阀应用于工作温度≤120℃的
水蒸气管路时，其隔膜材质应选用耐热橡胶。
It is applicable for controlling the opening and closing of medium
flowing in general corrosive fluid pipe with a work temperature
≤65℃. It is made up by valve body, valve bonnet, valve stem,
Page 559 of 629

valve disc diaphragm and driven parts. The opening and closing is
realized by rotating the hand wheel. When rotating the hand wheel
clockwise, the valve disc falls downward and the flow is cut off,
or , it is opened. When working in the water steam pipeline with a
temperature ≤120℃, the diaphragm material should adopt heat
resistant rubber.
图 7 隔膜阀结构及外形简图
Figure 7 Diaphragm Valve Structure Diagram
维护使用注意事项：
Precautions during maintenance:
1 本阀除不宜应用于真空管路上，可在管路的任意位置安装作双向流动，
但应确保操作和维修的方便；
1 This valve can be used at any position of the pipeline for dual flow
except for vacuum pipeline, but ensure the convenience of operation
and maintenance.
2 安装前，应将阀体内腔清洗干净，防止污垢卡阻或损伤密封部件，并检
查各部件连接螺栓是否均布紧固；
2 Before installation, clean the inner chamber of the valve body in order
to prevent dirt block or seal part damaged. Also examine if the jointing
bolts are evenly tightened.
3 运行中必须经常检查与介质接触的部件，并按实际使用情况，定期更换
易损部件；
3 During operation, examine the parts contacting to medium regularly.
And replace the parts subjected to wear based on the real situation.
4 当更换隔膜时，应注意切勿将隔膜拧得过紧或过松；
4 When replacing the diaphragm, do not screw it too tight or too loose.
Page 560 of 629

5 本阀如应用于间断性运行管路上，则在停止使用期间，应清洗与介质接
触部位，以延长使用寿命。停用期间，应逆时针旋转手轮，使阀门处于
微启状态，避免使隔膜因长期受压而失去弹性；
5 If this valve is applied in intermittent pipeline, wash the medium
contacting parts during non-operation period to expand the service
life. During cutoff period, rotate the hand wheel counterclockwise, and
leave the valve at slightly-opened position to avoid elasticity loss due
to long time pressurization.
6 在手动操纵阀门时，不得借助于辅助杠杆使阀门启闭，以免扭矩过大而
损伤驱动零件或密封部位；
6 When operate the valve manually, do not use auxiliary lever to open
or close, in order to avoid driven parts e or seal parts damage due to
over-torque.
7 经经检修后的阀门，在应用前，需进行密封性试验，合格后方能投入。
7 Conduct leak-test of the maintained valve before re-operation.
表 24 主要性能参数
Table 24 Main performance Parameters
通径工作压力试验压力试验温度
（mm） (MPa)
型号 Teat Pressure Test
Path Working Temperature
Model 密封强度
Diameter Pressure
(mm) (MPa) Seal Intensity
常温
G41J-6 25~150 0.6 0.66 0.9 Normal
Temperature
常温
G41J-10 25~200 1.0 1.1 1.5 Normal
Temperature
表 25 可能发生的故障和消除方法
Table 25 Possible Malfunction and Eliminating Methods
可能发生的故障
原因消除方法
Possible
Causes Eliminating Methods
Malfunctions
手轮旋转不灵活 1 杆上积有污垢或螺纹损伤 1 除污垢或修整螺纹并注以润
滑剂
Inflexible hand 1 There is dirt on the stem or
wheel the thread is damaged. 1 Eliminate the dirt, re-process
thread and lubricate it
2 杆螺母磨损或拉裂
2 换阀杆螺母
2 The stem nut is abraded or
cracked
Page 561 of 629

2 Replace valve stem nut
3 杆弯曲 3 正或更换阀杆
3 Bent stem 3 Calibrate or replace valve
4 承损裂 stem
4 Cracked bearing 4 换轴承

4 Replace bearing
1 接螺栓紧固不均匀
1 匀紧固
阀体与阀盖连接处渗 1 Uneven tightness of
Leakage at valve connection nuts 1 Tighten evenly
body and valve 2 体衬胶层损裂 2 予更换阀体
bonnet
2 Cracked proper lining 2 Replace valve body
rubber
1 封面间积有污垢
1 除污垢并不得损伤密封面
1 There is dirt among seal
surface 1 Eliminate dirt without
damaging seal surface
2 封面轻微损伤
2 按原曲面修整
2 Slight damage of seal
surface 2 Re-process according to
original curved surface
密封面间渗漏 3 膜拧得过紧或过松
3 当调节隔膜松紧程度
Leakage at seal 3 The diaphragm is too tight
surface or too loose 3 Adjust tightness of
diaphragm properly
4 膜严重被蚀或损裂
4 换隔膜
4 The diaphragm is badly
corroded or cracked 4 Replace diaphragm
5 封面衬胶层损裂 5 予更换阀体
5 The seal surface lining 5 Replace valve body
rubber is cracked
2.2.28.4.5 蝶阀
2.2.28.4.5 Butterfly valve
1 简介
1 General description
蝶阀主要用于关闭管道和设备的介质，作调节、截流和止回作用
其规格包括公称通径 DN50mm~1600mm(2”~64”)、公称压力
PN1.0MPa~4.0MPa(ANSI CLASS150~300)法兰和对夹连接的
手动、齿轮传动、电动和气动操作蝶阀。
Butterfly valve mainly used to cut off the medium of the
pipeline and equipment. Its function is regulating, throttling
Page 562 of 629

and resisting return-flow. The specifications includes flange
with nominal path diameter of DN50mm~1600mm(2”~64”) and
nominal pressure of PN1.0MPa~4.0MPa(ANSI
CLASS150~300) and the manual, gear driven and pneumatic
butterfly valve.
碳钢阀门适用于水、蒸汽、油品等介质，不锈钢阀门适用于腐蚀
性介质，铸铁阀门适用于水、气体介质。此外，要依据阀座的材
质选用适宜的工作场合：PTFE（聚四氟乙烯）≤150℃；不锈
钢+复合体≤425℃；橡胶≤80℃。
The carbon steel valve is applicable for water, steam and oil
medium; stainless steel valve is applicable for corrosive
medium and casting iron valve is applicable for water and gas
medium. Besides, choose the working space according valve
seat material: PTFE≤150℃；stainless steel +complex≤425℃
and rubber≤80℃
易损件填料采用聚四氟乙烯或柔性石墨，密封可靠。
For the parts subjected to wear, choose PTFE or flexible
graphite, for the seal is reliable.
2 操作
2 Operations
2.1 作阀门采用手柄或齿轮传动装置、电动或气动蝶阀由电动装
置或气动装置驱动，使蝶板旋转 90°开启或关闭阀门；
2.1 Use handle or gearbox to operate the valve. The electrical
or pneumatic butterfly valve is driven by electrical device
or pneumatic device. The butterfly plate is rotated 90°to
open or close the valve.
2.2 对于手动（包括驱动装置的手轮）或扳手操作的蝶阀，除
另有规定外，当面向手轮或扳手时，顺时针方向转动手轮
或扳手阀门应为关；
2.2 For butterfly valve operated manually (including driven
device hand wheel) or by spanner, besides the specific
rules, turn the hand wheel clockwise or put the spanner
valve at closed position when facing the hand wheel or
spanner.
2.3 电动、气动蝶阀的开启、关闭指示由电动装置、气动装置上的
位置指示器标识。
2.3 The opening and closing indication of the electrical and
pneumatic butterfly valve is indicated by the position
indictor on the electrical device and pneumatic device.
3 维护使用
3 Maintenance and usage
3.1 检查阀门通道和密封面，如有污垢，应使用清洁布擦拭干
净；
Page 563 of 629

3.1 Inspect the valve path and seal surface, and when there is
dirt eliminate it with cleaning cloth.
3.2 安装前检查填料是否压紧，应确保填料的密封性，同时不
应妨碍阀杆的转动；
3.2 Examine if the stuffing is tightened before installation.
Ensure the tightness of the stuffing, at the same time, do
not affect the rotation of the valve stem.
3.3 安装时拧紧连接螺栓的拧紧力应均匀合适；
3.3 Evenly and properly tighten the connection nuts during
installation.
3.4 蝶阀可以安装水平、垂直的管道上，安装位置应保证使用维
修更换方便；
3.4 The butterfly valve can be installed on both horizontal and
vertical pipes. The installation position should ensure the
convenient maintenance.
3.5 手动阀门在开启或关闭操作时，应使用手柄开、关，不得借
用辅助杠杆或其它工具；
3.5 The manual valve should be opened or closed by handle,
and do not use auxiliary lever or other tools.
3.6 阀门使用应定期检查，检查密封面有无磨损及垫片填料。若
损坏失效，应及时修理或更换；
3.6 Examine the valve periodically during operation. Check if
there is abrasion or washer stuffing on the seal surface.
Repair or replace the valve in time when it is damaged or
invalid.
3.7 电动、气动阀门的传动装置，其保管、保养、安装和使用，详
见“阀门电动装置使用说明书”及“阀门气动装置使用说
明书”。
3.7 For the storage, maintenance, installation and operation of
the electrical or pneumatic driving device, see the details
in Valve Electrical Device Operation Manual and Valve
Pneumatic Device Operation Manual.
Page 564 of 629

图 8 对夹蝶阀图 9 法兰连接金属硬密封蝶阀
Figure 8 Wafer Type Butterfly Valve Figure 9 Flange Metal
Hard Seal Butterfly Valve
图 10 对夹中线软密封蝶阀
Figure 10 Wafer Type Center Line Flexible Seal Butterfly Valve
Table 26 Possible Malfunction and Eliminating Methods
可能发生的故障
发生故障的原因消除方法
Possible
Causes Eliminating Methods
Malfunctions
渗漏 1 安装不正确调整蝶阀使之两侧管边中心对
正
Leakage 1 Incorrect
installation Adjust the butterfly valve to
align the two pipe side
centers
拧紧连接螺栓，使拧紧力均匀
合适
Tighten the connection bolts
for proper tightening force
Page 565 of 629

检查开启指示是否到位
按执行机构说明书调整，使指
示与实际开启状态同步
检查管道中有无卡滞物
Inspect to see if the opening
2 关闭不到位 and closing indication is
2 Insufficient rightly executed.
Closing Carry out the mechanism
adjustment to keep the
indication and real status in
synchronization.
Also inspect if there is
blockage inside the pipeline.
3 阀门零件损坏
3 Damaged valve
parts
1 更换阀座
3.1 阀座损坏
1 Replace valve seat
3.1 Damaged Valve
2 更换蝶板
seat
2 Replace butterfly plate
3.2 蝶板损坏
3.2 Damaged
butterfly plate
1 连接键损坏脱落
1 The connection 1 更换键
驱动机构失效 key is damaged and
1 Replace the keys
off
Driven mechanism
2 更换锥销
failure 2 锥销剪断
2 Replace the tapered pin
2 The tapered pin is
cut.
电动装置和气动装置见“阀门电动装置说明书”和“阀门气动装置说明
故障书”
Electrical device Refer to VALVE ELECTRICAL DEVICE
and Pneumatic INSTRUCTIONS and VALVE PNEUMATIC DEVICE
device Failure INSTRUCTIONS
2.2.28.4.6 球阀
2.2.28.4.6 Ball valve
1 简介
1 General description
Page 566 of 629

主要供开启或关闭管道和设备内部介质用，要根据介质选用阀
门的材质,碳钢阀门适用于水、蒸汽、油品等介质；不锈钢阀门适
用于腐蚀性介质。其规格包括公称通径
DN15mm~500mm(1/2”~20”) 、公称压力
PN1.6MPa~10MPa(ANSI CLASS150~600)螺纹端、法兰端、对
焊端和承插焊端连接的手动、齿轮传动、电动和气动操作的二分
体式(对分式)和三分体式(对夹式)的浮动球球阀和固定球球阀。
It is mainly for opening or closing the medium inside pipes or
equipment. Choose valve material according to the medium:
Carbon steel valve is for water, steam and oil medium;
stainless steel valve is for corrosive medium. The
specifications include the manual, gear driven, electrical and
pneumatic dyad (split) and triad (wafer) float ball valve and
fixed ball valve connected by the tread end, welding end and
socked welding end with nominal path diameter
DN15mm~500mm (1/2”~20”) and nominal pressure
PN1.6MPa~10MPa(ANSI CLASS150~600).
适用温度取决于阀座材质：PTFE（聚四氟乙烯）≤150℃；
PPL（对位聚苯）≤300℃。
The applicable temperature is decided by the valve seat
material: PTFE≤150℃ and PPL≤300℃.
易损件垫片，填料采用聚四氟乙烯或柔性石墨，密封可靠。
Choose PTFE or flexible graphite for Washer subjected to
wear, for the seal is reliable.
2 操作
2 Operations
2.1 手动操作阀门采用手柄或齿轮传动装置、电动或气动球阀由
电动装置或气动装置驱动，使球体旋转 90°开启或关闭阀门；
2.1 Operate manual valve by handle or gearbox; and drive
electrical or pneumatic ball valve by electrical device or
pneumatic device. Rotate the ball for 90°to open or close
the valve.
2.2 手动球阀阀杆顶端刻有凹槽。凹槽方向及扳手长度方向与流
道方向一致为开启，与流通方向垂直为关闭；
2.2 There is slot on the top of manual ball valve stem. The
valve is opened when the slot direction and spanner
length direction is the same with flowing direction and it is
closed when the slot and spanner length direction is
vertical to the flowing direction.
2.3 电动、气动球阀的开启、关闭指示由电动装置、气动装置上的
位置指示器标识。
2.3 The opening and closing indication of the electrical and
pneumatic ball valve is showed on the position indictor of
the electrical and pneumatic devices.
Page 567 of 629

3 维护使用
3 Maintenance and usage
3.1 检查阀门通道和密封面，如有污垢，应使用清洁布擦拭干
净；
3.1 Examine the valve path and seal surface, if there is dirt,
eliminate it with cleaning cloth.
3.2 检查填料是否压紧，应确保填料的密封性，同时不应妨碍
阀杆的转动；
3.2 Examine if the stuffing is tightened enough to ensure the
sealing, ant the same time, do not affect the rotation of the
valve stem.
3.3 安装后系统或管路试压时，阀门必须处于全开位置；
3.3 The valve should be fully opened when carrying pressure
test of the system or pipes after installation.
3.4 使用中应将球体全开或关闭，不应将球体部分开启做调节
流量用；
3.4 During operation, fully open or close the ball valve, do not
open the ball valve for regulating flow.
3.5 手动阀门在开启或关闭操作时，应使用手柄开、关，不得借
用辅助杠杆或其它工具；
3.5 The manual valve should be opened or closed by handle,
and do not use auxiliary lever or other tools.
3.6 阀门使用应定期检查，检查密封面有无磨损及垫片填料。若
损坏失效，应及时修理或更换；
3.6 Examine the valve periodically during operation. Check if
there is abrasion or washer stuffing on the seal surface.
Repair or replace the valve in time if it is damaged or
invalid.
3.7 电动、气动阀门的传动装置，其保管、保养、安装和使用，请
见“阀门电动装置使用说明书”及“阀门气动装置使用说
明书”。
3.7 For the storage, maintenance, installation and operation of
the electrical or pneumatic driving device, see the details
in VALVE ELECTRICAL DEVICE OPERATION MANUAL
and VALVE PNEUMATIC DEVICE OPERATION
MANUAL.
Table 27 Possible Malfunctions and Eliminating Methods
可能发生的故障发生故障的原因消除方法
Possible Malfunctions Causes Eliminating Methods
Page 568 of 629

1 均匀地拧紧螺母，将填
1 Packing gland is not 料压紧
tightened enough
1 Tighten the bolts
填料渗漏 2 料因使用过久或保存 evenly, press the stuffing
Stuffing leakage 不妥而失效 tightly
2 The stuffing is invalid 2 更换填料
due to lone time
service or poor 2 Replace stuffing
storage.
1 密封面有污杂物附着
1 将污杂物清除干净
1 Contamination on
密封面间渗漏 1 Eliminate the
seal surface
contaminations
Leakage among seal
2 密封面损坏
surface 2 重新加工修整或更换
2 Damaged seal
2 Re-process or replace
surface
1 连接螺栓紧固不均匀
1 Uneven tightness of 1 均匀拧紧
connection bolts
1 Tighten evenly
阀体与阀盖连接处渗 2 法兰密封面损坏
漏 2 重新修整
Leakage at valve 2 Damaged flange
2 Re-process
body and bonnet joint seal surface
3 更换新垫片
3 Replace gaskets
3 Damaged or invalid
gasket
1 填料压得太紧
手柄转动不灵活或 1 适当旋松填料压板上的
1 The stuffing is 螺母
球体不能启闭 tightened too much
1 Loosen buts on packing
Inflexible manual 2 填料压板，压套装置 gland properly.
turning or opening or 歪斜
closing failure of ball 2 校正填料压板
2 The Packing gland
valve and sleeve device are 2 Calibrate packing gland
not straight.
电动装置和气动装置见“阀门电动装置说明书”和“阀门气动装置说明
故障书”
Electrical device and Refer to VALVE ELECTRICAL DEVICE
Pneumatic device INSTRUCTIONS and VALVE PNEUMATIC
Failure DEVICE INSTRUCTIONS
Page 569 of 629

K Direction
a. Float Ball Valve b. Fixed Ball Valve
图 11 手动法兰连接二分体式球阀
Figure 11 Manual Flange Connection Dyad Ball Valve
2.2.28.4.7 气动调节阀
2.2.28.4.7 Pneumatic regulating valve
表 28 适用范围
Table 28 Applicable Scope
名称 TA 系列调节阀 TB 系列调节阀
Name TA series regulating valve TB series regulating valve
特点为多级串联涡流降压结构，专门用阀芯为套筒（笼式）结构，在工业
于高压、大压降等恶劣工况。阀门最生产中用于调节流体的流量、压力
Characteristics
高压力等级 PN42MPa，阀内最高等参数。具有阀门流阻小、流通能力
允许压降 32MPa，阀门最大公称大、关断密封性好、可调比大、运行
通径 DN150 ，最高使用温度平稳无振动等特点。阀门最高压力
566℃。等级 PN42MPa，阀内最高允许压
降 25MPa ，阀门最大公称通径
I t is of multilevel serial eddy
DN450，最高使用温度 566℃。
depressurizing structure and is
specifically used for HP and large The valve core is in sleeve (case)
depressurizing conditions. The structure. It is for regulating the
highest pressure grade is flow and pressure parameters in
Page 570 of 629

industrial production. It is
characterized by small flow
resistance, large flow, tight
PN42MPa; the Maximum closing, big regulating radio and
allowable depressurization inside stable operation with no vibration.
valve is 32MPa; the internal The maximum pressure grade is
maximum nominal path diameter PN42MPa; the maximum
is DN150 and the maximum allowable depressurization inside
service temperature is 566℃. valve is 25MPa; the valve
maximum nominal path diameter
is DN450 and the maximum
service temperature is 566℃.
名称 TY 系列调节阀 J 系列调节阀 J
Name TY series regulating valve series regulating valve
阀芯为套筒（笼式）预启阀结构，
具有平衡式与非平衡式阀芯特点。
当阀门开启时，表现为平衡式结
构，可使执行器所需的总推力减
带多级节流塞的截止阀结构，其阀
小，当阀门关闭时，表现为非平衡
口远离介质通道，抗气蚀，冲刷，
式结构，关断严密无泄露。阀门最
专门用于主汽疏水，定期排污等恶
高压力等级 PN42MPa，阀内最高
劣工况。阀门最高压力等级
允许压降 25MPa，阀门最大公称
PN42MPa ，阀内最高允许压降
通径 DN450 ，最高使用温度
32MPa ，阀门最大公称通径
566℃。
DN150，最高使用温度 566℃。
The valve core is in sleeve (case)
It is the multilevel throttle plug
pre-opening structure and is
stop valve. The valve port is far
特点 characterized by balanced and
from medium path, resisting gas
unbalanced structures. When the
Characteristics corrosion and flushing, and is
valve is open, it is in balanced
especially for main stem drain and
structure and the total thrust force
periodical blowdown conditions.
of actuator can be decreased.
The highest pressure grade is
And when the valve is closed, it is
PN42MPa; the Maximum
in unbalanced structure and
allowable depressurization inside
ensures the tight closing with no
valve is 32MPa; the internal
leakage. The highest pressure
grade is PN42MPa; the Maximum
allowable depressurization inside
valve is 25MPa; the internal
Page 571 of 629

1 工作原理
1 Working Principles
管道中流体稳定地流过阀门经节流孔时，由于局部的阻力作用，流
速（动能）增加，而静压（势能）下降，再往下游，随着流束扩展
进入更大区域，速度下降，压力增加。在节流级布置若干节流孔，
液体分几部分进入，在节流孔的最小断面处，流速被加速到最大，
由于摩擦损失，压力被大幅度降低，这时通过控制阀门的压力降使
其局部压力不低于液体的汽化压力，则蒸汽气泡就不会形成，从而
能有效避免闪蒸和气蚀现象发生。控制阀门压力降的方法是使用多
级降压内件，通过阀门的压降分成数个较的压降，每一个较小的压
降都确保其缩流断面处的压大于液体的汽化压力。
When the fluid flows stably through the valve and to the orifice
holes, due to the partial resistance, the flowrate (kinetic energy)
will increase while the static pressure (potential energy)
decreases. At the lower stream, as the flow beam expands and
enters to a bigger area, the speed will decrease while the
pressure increases. Arrange several orifice holes at the throttle
section, and let the fluid pass respectively. The flowrate is
increased to the maximum valve at the minimum area of the
orifice. Due to friction loss, the pressure is decreased heavily. So
control the pressure of the valve to make sure that the partial
pressures are not lower than the gasification pressure of the
liquid, so that the steam bulb will not be formed and the flash
vaporization and gas corrosion can be avoided. Use multilevel
depressurizing inner parts to control valve pressure drop: divide
the depressurization passing the valve into several smaller
pressure drops, and each of the smaller pressure drop should
ensure that the pressure at the flow shrinking section is higher
than the gasification pressure.
Page 572 of 629

Actuator
Foot gauge Number Clamping Plate

Support Clamping Plate Nut
Stuffing Cover Nut
Stuffing Sleeve Gasket
Graphite Stuffing Bolt
Support Nut
Seal Ring Stuffing Washer
Valve Stem
Valve bonnet Valve Stem Nut
Gasket
Direction Sleeve Valve bonnet Bolt
Seal Washer
Pressure Sleeve
Seal Ring
Valve Sleeve
Seal Washer
Valve seat
图 12 TA 系列调节阀结构图
Valve body
图 12 TA 系列调节阀结构图
Figure 12 TA Serial Regulating Valve Structure
Page 573 of 629

Actuator
Foot gauge Number
Support
Clamping Plate
Clamping Plate Nut
Stuffing Cover Nut
Gasket
Bolt
Stuffing Pressure Sleeve Support Nut
Stuffing Washer
Valve Stem
Graphite Stuffing Valve Stem Nut
Gasket
Seal Ring Valve Cover Bolt
Seal Washer
Valve bonnet Valve body
Direction Sleeve Seal Ring
Cage Cover
Valve Sleeve
Seal Washer
图 13 TB 系列调节阀结构图
Figure 13 TB Serial Regulating Valve Structure
Page 574 of 629

张苹
（9616 09.10.12 P277）
Actuator Clamp plate

Scale Nut of clamp plate
Supporting
Nut
Stuffing pressing Washer
plate Bolt
Stuffing bushing
Graphite stuffing Supporting nut
Stuffing gasket Bonnet
Guiding sleeve Stem
Cage cover Bonnet nut
Seal ring Washer
Seal gasket Bonnet bolt
Seal gasket
Valve plug
Body
图 14 TY 系列调节阀结构图
Fig. 14 TY series governing valve structure
Actuator
Clamp plate
Scale Nut of clamp plate
Supporting Nut
Stuffing pressing plate Washer
Stuffing bushing Bolt
Graphite stuffing Supporting nut
Stuffing gasket
Bonnet
Washer Washer
Nut of bonnet
Bushing Bolt of bonnet
Seal gasket Seal gasket
Stem
Valve seat
Valve body
图 15 J 系列调节阀结构图
Fig. 15 J series governing valve structure
Page 575 of 629

2 检查维护
2 Inspections and Maintenance
检查设备运行中是否出现渗漏、异常声音、振动等现象。检查设备各
个部位，确定是否需要更换密封垫片、石墨填料等，需要时可用扳
手适当上紧松动的螺栓。解体前应备好相同规格、型号及材质的密封
圈和密封填料，旧填料和垫圈不允许回用。关闭调节阀前后管道上
的截止阀，确认阀门中无压时方可解体。
Check that the leakage, abnormal sound or vibration appears in
operation or not. Carry out the overall check for the equipment to
decide whether to change the seal gasket and the graphite
stuffing or not. Screw the loose bolt tightly with spanner if
necessary. Prepare the seal ring and seal gasket with same
specifications, model and material before disassembling. The old
stuffing and gasket/ring can not use again. Close the break valve
in front/behind pipe of governing valve. Begin to disassemble after
confirming no pressure exists in valve.
2.1 阀体上执行器的拆卸
2.1 Remove the actuator in the valve body
2.1.1 在从阀门本体上拆卸执行器时，确认阀门管线上无压力
方可进行；
2.1.1 Confirm that no pressure exists in the valve of pipes
before removing the actuator.
2.1.2 在重要部位做好标识，以便于组装。
2.1.2 Make marks on the important position for easy
assembling.
2.1.3 旋松夹板螺母，使阀门阀杆脱离执行器连接杆；
2.1.3 Loosen the nut on the clamp plate to disconnect stem
from the connecting bar of actuator.
2.1.4 旋松并取出支架螺栓、螺母；
2.1.4 Loosen and take out the bolt and nut in supporting
2.1.5 垂直提起执行器使之与阀门脱离，小心放置于安全的地
方。
2.1.5 Raise the actuator vertically to disconnect it from the
valve and put it to a safe place.
2.2 阀门本体的解体及组装
2.2 Disassembling and Reassembling of Valve Body.
2.2.1 减压阀解体前，应先关闭蒸汽管道前后截止阀，待设备冷
却后，确信内部无压力时，方可解体；
2.2.1 Before disassembling the pressure relief valve, close
break valves (front and rear) of steam pipes. Begin the
disassembling when the equipment is cool and no
Page 576 of 629

pressure exists in the valve.
2.2.2 旋松并取出阀盖螺母；
2.2.2 Loosen and take out the nut of valve bonnet.
2.2.3 垂直向上提起阀盖使之脱离阀体；
2.2.3 Raise the valve bonnet vertically to disconnect it from
valve body.
2.2.4 旋松并取出填料压板螺母；
2.2.4 Loosen and take out nut of packing gland;
2.2.5 拆除阀盖上的填料压盖、填料压套、石墨填料及填料垫；
2.2.5 Remove the stuffing gland, stuffing pressing sleeve,
graphite stuffing and stuffing gasket;
2.2.6 从阀体中抽出阀杆；
2.2.6 Pull out the stem from the valve body.
2.2.7 从阀体中取出阀座及缠绕垫片。
2.2.7 Take out valve seat and wound washer.
2.3 检查
2.3 Check
2.3.1 把解体拆卸下来的零部件清洗干净，一般情况下用水或
蒸汽吹扫即可。
2.3.1 Clean all the parts which have been taken down.
Usually we use water or steam to purge them.
2.3.2 重点检查阀塞与阀座接触部位，阀杆导向部位是否有腐
蚀、损坏或变形；检查阀体与阀盖密封部位是否损坏或
变形；检查阀杆、阀座、阀笼压套等零部件是否有损坏或
变形。
2.3.2 Pay more attention to the connecting part of valve plug
and valve seat, whether the guiding part of stem has
corrosion, damage and deformation or not. Whether
the damage and deformation appears in sealing part of
valve body & valve bonnet, stem, valve seat, cage
pressing sleeve or not.
2.4 组装
2.4 Assembling
2.4.1 阀座与阀体之间及阀杆与阀座之间在组装前要进行对研，
研磨过程中需采用专业研磨膏，待密封面完全合线才
算合格。对于垂直安装的阀体，可就势垂直安放以上部
件进行研磨；
2.4.1 Grinding the valve seat and valve body, stem and
valve seat with abrasive paste till the sealing surface
Page 577 of 629

is 100 percent contacted with two objects. As for the
valve body which is installed vertically, grind its
corresponding parts vertically.
2.4.2 阀门重新装配时，为保证密封，必须更换厂家提供的相
同规格型号及材质的密封垫、密封圈及密封填料，如使
用其它密封垫，由于材质及尺寸不符，会导致阀门内漏
或外漏；
2.4.2 When reassembling the valve, you must use the seal
ring, seal gasket and seal stuffing with same model
and made by seal material provided by manufacture
to ensure seal quality. If use other seal gasket, the
inner leakage or outer leakage may be caused
because of the different material and inappropriate
dimension.
2.4.3 按顺序依次镶装阀座、阀笼压套、阀杆等阀内件及阀盖，
装完后，检查阀杆的实际行程是否满足额定行程；手动
提升阀杆，应提升自如，不应有感觉卡涩现象；
2.4.3 Install valve accessories such as valve seat, cage
pressing sleeve, and stem and cover respectively.
Check whether the actual stroke of stem can reach to
the rated stroke or not. The stem should be raised
manually flexible without blockage.
2.4.4 安装阀体与阀盖的连接螺栓，旋紧螺母；
2.4.4 Install the bolt connecting the valve body and valve
bonnet. Screw the nut tightly.
2.4.5 依次安装填料垫、石墨填料、填料压套、填料压盖和压盖
螺栓，并旋紧螺母；
2.4.5 Install the stuffing gasket, graphite stuffing, pressing
sleeve and bolts of pressing plate respectively. Screw
the nut tightly.
2.4.6 安装夹板、支架，旋紧连接螺母；
2.4.6 Install clamp plate and supporting. Screw the
connecting nut tightly.
2.4.7 按标识位置安装执行器，旋紧连接螺母。
2.4.7 Install the actuator according to the mark made
before. Screw the connecting nut tightly.
设备全部组装完成后，需进行水压试验及气密性试验，以检验
有无渗漏现象。执行器调试应按照“执行器操作、使用、维护说
明书”进行操作或由专业人士来进行操作。
When the reassembling has been done, next is to carry out
water pressure test and leakage test to verify there is leakage
or not. The actuator commission should be done in
accordance with Actuator Instruction or by professionals.
Page 578 of 629

Fig. 29 Possible Faults and Troubleshooting
Possible faults Causes Solutions
1 如果执行器处于正确关闭位
置，检查手轮末端位置，通
过手轮传送力可能超出了允许
设定力
1 由于操作执行器手 1 If the actuator is in correct
轮过力，阀座发生 closed position, check the
变。 end position of hand wheel,
maybe the driving force
1 valve seat deforms
exceeds set point.
because of improper
actuator operation 2 如果只是单纯阀座损坏，比
如阀口出现未合线瑕疵，（大
2 介质中含有杂质而
阀座出现泄漏于 1/10 mm），就需要再次研
使阀座损坏磨阀座，直至合线。
Leakage in valve 2 The impurity in the
seat 2 If only the valve seat is
medium damages damaged, such as the valve
the valve seat. port is not fully contacted
3 执行器设置错误， (longer than 1/10 mm), grind
超出使用限制范围 the valve seat again until fully
contacted.
3 Wrong actuator
setting (exceeding 3 如果发生严重损坏，一定更
the limit ) 换新备件，并观察相应的密封
部
If it is severely damaged,
change it and pay attention to
the sealing part.
1 试运行后阀盖螺栓、
螺母未被紧。
The bolt and nut in 1 均匀紧固阀盖螺栓、螺母
valve bonnet are not
1 Screw the bolt and nut in
阀盖出现泄漏 screwed tightly after
valve bonnet evenly and
try run.
Leakage in the tightly
valve bonnet 2 阀盖连接处密封比
2 更换密封垫圈
超压
2 excessive seal ratio 2 change the seal gasket
at valve bonnet
connection part
Page 579 of 629

1 试运行后填料压盖
1 均匀紧固填料压盖螺栓、螺
螺栓、螺母未被紧固
母
1 The bolt and nut in
1 Screw the bolt and nut in
packing gland are not
packing gland evenly and
screwed tightly after
tightly
try run.
填料出现泄漏 2 定期检查填料
2 缺少维修
Leakage in stuffing
2 Check the stuffing
2 Lack of
periodically
maintenance
3 加装填料垫或更换填料
3 填料材料失效
3 Add more stuffing gasket or
3 Stuffing fails to
change stuffing.
work
1 填料挤压过紧
1 旋松填料压盖螺母
1 over-extrusion of
1 Loosen the nut pressing
stuffing
plate of stuffing.
2 阀杆/阀塞磨损
2 更换阀杆/阀塞
2 wear of stem/valve
2 Change stem/valve plug.
plug
3 清除介质中的杂质，必要时
3 操作介质中含有的
更换阀芯，并检查密封垫
杂质使阀芯损坏
阀门操作不畅，出 3 Remove the impurities.
现卡涩 3 The impurities in
Change the spool valve and
medium damage the
Valve Blockage check the seal gasket if
spool valve
necessary.
4 阀门水平安装，执
4 如水平安装应检查执行器推
行器推力不够
力是否足够
4 The valve is
4 If installed horizontally,
installed horizontally,
check the actuator thrust is
inadequate thrust
adequate or not.
5 执行器坏损
5 见执行器操作使用说明书
5 the actuator is
5 See Actuator Instruction
damaged.
表 30 调节阀型号表示方法
Fig. 30 Governing valve model expression
公称压力
公称通径节流级数
阀门系列
Nominal
Nominal Throttle
Series pressure
diameter stages
（MPa）
Page 580 of 629

多级涡流降压阀芯=T A（系 DN 20=04
列）
DN 25=05
Multi vortex pressure
DN 32=06
reduction spool valve=T A
(series ) DN 40=07 2 级节流=2
套筒（笼式）阀芯=T B（系 DN 50=08 2 stages
列） throttle=2
DN 65=09
PN1.6=2
Bushing(cage type ) spool 3 级节流=3
DN 80=10
valve=T B (series ) PN2.5=3
DN100=11 3 stages
预启阀阀芯= T Y（系列） PN4.0=4 throttle=3
DN125=12
Spool valve of Pre start PN6.4=5 4 级节流=4
valve = T Y(series ) DN150=13
PN10=6 4 stages
可调喷嘴喷水减温器= T DN175=14 throttle=4
PN16=7
W（系列）
DN200=15 5 级节流=5
PN25=8
Adjustable nozzle spray
DN225=16 5 stages
attemperator = T W (series ) PN32=9
DN250=17 throttle=5
蒸汽转换阀= T Z（系列） PN42=10
DN300=18 6 级节流=6
Steam change-over valve =
T Z (series ) DN350=19 6 stages
throttle=6
排污阀或疏水阀 DN400=20
= J（系列） DN450=21
Blowdown valve or drainage
valve = J(series )
驱动方式阀体材料阀门构型

Driving mode Material of Valve
valve body structure
电动直行程=R
碳钢 =1 角形=A
Electric straight stroke=R
Carbon Angular=A
气动=P
steel=1
Z 形=Z
Pneumatic=P
合金钢 =2
Z-shaped=Z
电动角行程=H
Alloy steel=2
直通=S
Electric angle stroke=H
Straight=S
手动=M
管路焊接
Page 581 of 629

Pipe welding
焊接=S
Welding=S
Manual=M 法兰联接=F
Flange
connection=F
2.2.28.4.8 真空隔离阀
2.2.28.4.8 Vacuum Isolated Valve
适用于公称压力 PN≤1.0-4.0Mpa,工作温度≤425℃，工作介质为水、
蒸汽或空气的管路上作启闭装置用。尤其适用于火电厂汽机真空、冷
凝系统。
It works as open/close device in the pipe where water ,steam or
air go through. The applicable nominal pressure PN should be
≤1.0-4.0Mpa, working temperature ≤425℃. Especially used in
vacuum and condensate system in thermal power plant.
表 31 性能规范
Fig. 31 Performance Specifications
Page 582 of 629

1 结构特点
1 Structural Characteristics
1.1 阀盖填料室带有真空密封结构，可使系统与大气隔离，具
有极好的气密性；
1.1 With the vacuum seal in stuffing room of valve bonnet, the
system realizes isolation from atmosphere, the seal is
pretty good.
1.2 材料的选用优于普通中低压阀门，其中承压件采用铸钢，
阀杆、密封面选用不锈钢；
1.2 Made by better material than other IP or LP valves. The
supporting is made by cast iron while the stem and seal
surface is made by stainless steel.
1.3 闸阀为平行式双闸板结构，密封可靠，启闭轻便，检修方
便；
1.3 With the parallel double-gate type gate valve, the seal is
reliable. It is easy to open and close as well as
maintenance.
1.4 采用锥形阀瓣，关闭力矩小，易密封；
1.4 With the taper valve flap, the closing torque is small. It is
easy for maintenance.
1.5 本系列阀门连接形式有法兰、焊接两种；驱动方式分手动、
电动两种。
1.5 Two valve connecting methods: flange and welding. Two
driving modes: electric and manual.
2 维护使用
2 Operation and Maintenance
2.1 使用本阀只许全开或全闭，以防用来作调节流量而损坏密
封面；
2.1 It should be fully opened or closed, avoiding to working as
a steam flow governing device which may cause damage
on seal surface.
2.2 开启阀门时，以阀杆的顶点作为全开标志，即开不动的位
置作为全开位置。为考虑温度变化出现锁孔现象，通常在开
到顶点位置上，再倒回 1/2~1 圈作为全开阀门的位置；
2.2 When opening the valve ， the peak of the valve stem
serve as a fully-open benchmark. That is to say, if you
can’t open the valve further, it is fully opened. Taking the
temperature change into consideration, we return a half to
1 turn after we fully open the valve.(at peak)
2.3 本阀工作时，应经常在梯形螺纹及阀杆螺母部位涂油润滑；
Page 583 of 629

2.3 Lubricate trapezoidal thread stem nut in normal operation.
2.4 本阀靠旋转手轮使阀瓣启闭，不得借助于其它辅助杠杆或
动力。
2.4 Open or close valve flap by turning the hand wheel not
other lever or power.
Fig.32 Material of main valve parts
阀体阀
盖
阀瓣密封面堆
焊材料填料
名称 Valve 阀杆垫片螺栓螺母
body,/v Surface Stuffin
Name Stem Gasket Bolt Nut
alve welding g
bonnet/ material
,valve
flap
柔性
石墨不锈钢带柔性石墨
材料缠绕垫片
WCB/2 Flexib 35CrMo
materi 1Cr13 13Cr Stainless and 45
5 le A
al flexible graphite
graphi
spiral gasket
te
Fig. 33 Possible Faults and Solutions
Possible faults Possible causes Solutions
1 Screw the nut tightly and
1 填料压盖未压紧 evenly.
1 packing gland is not 2 增加圈数（应将填料绳切
tightly pressed. 成 45º 切口，相邻两圈切
口应错开 120º 放置）
填料渗漏 2 填料圈数不足
2 Increase turns(Set the
Packing leakage 2 inadequate packing
packing rope at an angle
turns
of 45 degree, the second
3 填料损伤失效 turn is stagger 120 degree
to the first turn. )
3 packing fails to work
3 更换填料
3 change packing
Page 584 of 629

1 均匀拧紧螺栓
1 The connecting bolt is
阀体与阀盖连接 not evenly fastened. 1 Screw the nut tightly and
处渗漏 evenly.
2 法兰密封面损坏
Leakage in 2 重新修整
connection part 2 damage in flange seal
of valve body and surface 2 repair
valve bonnet. 3 垫片破裂或失效 3 更换垫片
3 Washer breakage or 3 change the washer
failure
1 去除污物
1 Remove contaminations
2 重新加工修整，研磨密封
1 Contaminations 面，若密封面焊层不够，
accumulated on seal 应重新堆焊，或更换阀座
surface
2 Reprocess: grind seal
密封面渗漏 2 密封面被损坏 surface. If the layers on
the seal surface are
Leakage on seal 2 Damage appears on
inadequate, carry out
surface the seal surface. surface layer welding or
3 密封面长期使用被磨损 change the valve.
3 Wear of seal surface 3 密封面重新堆焊加工或更
appears after long time 换阀座
operation. 3 Carry out seal surface
layer welding or change
the valve seat.
Page 585 of 629

1 适当旋松填料压盖上的螺
1 The stuffing is over 母
pressed.
1 Screw loosely the nut in
2 填料压盖装置歪斜 packing gland properly.
2 The packing gland is 2 调正填料压盖
obliquely installed.
手轮转动不灵活 2 Replace the stuffing
或阀瓣不能启闭 3 阀杆螺纹有损坏或有污 gland.
Inflexible hand 物
3 拆开修整螺纹或清除污物
wheel rotation of 3 Damage or
the valve disc contaminations exists in 3 Take down and repair
can not be stem thread. the thread or remove the
opened and contaminations.
closed. 4 阀杆螺母的螺纹严重损
坏或断裂 4 更换阀杆螺母
4 The thread of stem is 4 Change nut of valve
severely damaged or stem.
broken.
5 校正阀杆
5 阀杆弯曲
5 Calibrate the stem.
5 The stem is bent.
Page 586 of 629

1 valve body
1 阀体 2 valve disc
2 阀瓣 3 stem
3 阀杆 4 snap ring
4 卡环 5 valve disc pressing
5 阀瓣压盖 plate
6 垫片 6 gasket
7 阀盖 7 valve bonnet
8 六角螺母 8 hexagon nut
9 双头螺柱 9 Stud
10 填料 10 Stuffing
11 真空隔环 11 vacuum spacer ring
12 螺塞 12 screw plug
13 填料压板 13 packing gland
14 销 14 pin
15 垫片 15 gasket
17 活节螺栓 17 swing bolt
18 阀杆螺母 18 the stem nut
19 手轮 19 hand wheel
20 铭牌 20 nameplate
图 16 真空截止阀结构外形简图
Fig.16 vacuum break valve structure
2.2.28.4.9 气动真空疏水阀
2.2.28.4.9 Pneumatic Vacuum Drainage Valve
安装在水、汽管道上，作启闭装置用。
It is installed in the water or steam pipe, working as opening or
closing device.
表 34 性能规范
Fig.34 Performance specifications
产品型号公称压试验压力工作温度适用介质
力
Model Testing Working Applicable
Nominal pressure temperature medium
pressur (Mpa) (℃)
Page 587 of 629

壳体强
度
e 密封
Casing
(Mpa) Seal
strengt
h
水、蒸汽等非腐
蚀性气体、
DKJ641H-16C Non-corrosive
DN32 gas like water
1.6 2.4 1.76 ≤425℃
DKJ641H-16C and steam
DN40
Non-corrosive
液体
1 结构特点
1 Structural Characteristics
1.1 阀门与管路连接采用法兰式结构；
1.1 Connect the valve and pipe with flanges.
1.2 密封面运动磨擦力小,启闭轻便,而且密封面磨损有自动补偿
功能；
1.2 Little friction on seal surface, easy to open and close, auto
compensation function of seal surface wear.
1.3 结构紧凑，启闭性好、高度小、维修方便；
1.3 Compact structure, easy to open and close, little height,
easy maintenance.
1.4 该阀门本适用于工作温度≤425℃,工作介质为水、蒸汽、或
空气的管路上，作为启闭装置；
1.4 It works as a opening and closing device in water, steam
or air pipes with the temperature ≤425℃.
1.5 阀杆表面经抗蚀性氮化处理,刚性、耐磨、抗擦伤性能好。
1.5 The valve surface is subjected to anti-corrosive nitridation
treatment, thus it enjoys good rigidity, wearability and be
able to bear scratch.
Fig.35 Material of main valve components
阀体支架阀瓣密封面阀杆螺母
零件名称阀杆填料
Valve Supporti Valve Seal Nut of
Name Stem Stuffing
body ng disc surface stem
Page 588 of 629

DKJ641H-
不锈钢柔性石墨铝黄铜
16C DN32
25 WCB 2Cr13 2Cr13 Stainless Flexible Aluminum
DKJ641H- steel graphite brass
16C DN40
2 维护使用
2 Operation and Maintenance
2.1 只许全开或全闭，以防用来作调节流量而损坏密封面；
2.1 It should be fully opened or closed, avoiding to working as
a steam flow governing device which may cause damage
on seal surface.
2.2 本阀工作时，应经常在梯形螺纹及阀杆螺母部位涂油润滑；
2.2 Lubricate trapezoidal thread stem nut in normal operation.
2.3 驱动是否轻便、灵活；
2.3 Check whether the drive works easily and flexibly or not.
2.4 当阀门阀杆螺纹和阀杆螺母出现严重磨损或变形，密封面
损坏或严重磨损，应立即进行检修；
2.4 When the thread of valve and stem, the nut of stem is
severely worn or deformed, the seal surface is seriously
worn, carry out maintenance intermediately.
2.5 当阀门壳体严重腐蚀或磨损，导致壳体明显变薄，甚至出
现渗漏，应报废；
2.5 When the valve body is obviously thinned because of
severe corrosion and wear even the leakage appears,
stop using the body.
2.6 阀门检修装配后，必须按相应标准进行压力试验，每次检
修后应做好情况记录，以备考查。
2.6 When the valve is reinstalled after the maintenance has
been done. Next is to carry out pressure test according to
relative standard. Keep a record for future reference after
maintenance.
Fig. 36 Possible Faults and Troubleshooting
Possible faults Possible causes Troubleshooting
Page 589 of 629

1 Screw the nut tightly and
1 填料压盖未压紧 evenly.
1 Packing gland is not 2 增加圈数（应将填料绳切
tightly pressed. 成 45º 切口，相邻两圈切
口应错开 120º 放置）
填料渗漏 2 填料圈数不足
2 Increase turns(Set the
Stuffing leakage 2 inadequate stuffing
stuffing rope at an angle of
turns
45 degree, the second
3 填料损伤失效 turn is stagger 120 degree
to the first turn. )
3 stuffing fails to work
3 更换填料
3 change stuffing
1 均匀拧紧螺栓
1 The connecting bolt is
阀体与阀盖连接 not evenly fastened. 1 Screw the nut tightly and
处渗漏 evenly.
2 法兰密封面损坏
Leakage in 2 重新修整
connection part 2 damage in flange seal
of valve body and surface 2 repair
valve bonnet. 3 垫片破裂或失效 3 更换垫片
3 gasket breakage or 3 change the gasket
failure
1 去除污物
1 Remove contaminations
2 重新加工修整，研磨密封
1 Contaminations 面，若密封面焊层不够，
accumulated on seal 应重新堆焊，或更换阀座
surface
2 Reprocess: grind seal
密封面渗漏 2 密封面被损坏 surface. If the layers on
the seal surface are
Leakage on seal 2 Damage appears on
inadequate, carry out
surface the seal surface. surface layer welding or
3 密封面长期使用被磨损 change the valve.
3 Wear of seal surface 3 密封面重新堆焊加工或更
appears after long time 换阀座
operation. 3 Carry out seal surface
layer welding or change
the valve seat.
Page 590 of 629

1 The stuffing is over 1 适当旋松填料压盖上的螺
pressed. 母
2 填料压盖装置歪斜 1 Screw loosely the nut in
packing gland properly.
2 The packing gland is
obliquely installed. 2 调正填料压盖
手轮转动不灵活
或阀瓣不能启闭 3 阀杆螺纹有损坏或有污 2 Replace the packing
gland.
Inflexible hand 物
wheel rotation of 3 Damage or 3 拆开修整螺纹或清除污物
the valve disc contaminations exists in 3 Take down and repair
can not be stem thread. the thread or remove the
opened and
closed. 4 阀杆螺母的螺纹严重损 contaminations.
坏或断裂
4 更换阀杆螺母
4 The nut thread of stem
is severely damaged or 4 Change the nut of stem.
broken. 5 校正阀杆
5 阀杆弯曲 5 Repair the stem.
5 The stem is bent.
拔杆
1 阀体 1 valve body
行程开关
2 阀瓣 2 valve disc
3 阀杆 3 stem
气源
4 垫片红
上进气管 4 gasket
色
进气，阀门关闭
R
5 螺帽 5 screw cap
A
P
B
S
红
色
下进气管
6 螺栓油雾器 6 bolt
进气，阀门开启
7 填料 12 7 packing
11
8 圆柱销电磁阀 10 8 cylindrical pin
红色按扭为手动调试时使用开关按扭 9
9 填料压盖 8 9 packing gland
H
13 7
10 活节螺栓 6 10 flexible bolt
14 5
11 横肖 4 11 lateral pin
3
12 开口肖 2
12 split pin
1
13 阀盖 13 valve bonnet
14 气动执行器 14 pneumatic actuator
D1
DN
D
D2
z-φd
b
L
Page 591 of 629

图 16 气动真空疏水阀结构外形简图
表 37 主要外形尺寸及连接尺寸单位 mm
Fig. 37 Main overall dimensions and connecting dimensions unit:mm
公称通径
DN
L D D1 D2 b f z-φd H
Nominal
Diameter
DKJ641H-16C
32 180 135 100 78 18 2 4-18 530
40 200 145 110 85 18 3 4-18 580
2.2.28.4.10 安全阀
2.2.28.4.10 Safety Valve
安全阀是容器和管路系统中的安全装置。当系统的介质压力超过规
定的工作压力时，安全阀就会自动开启，降低压力；当压力恢复正
常时，它就会自动关闭。
Safety vale serve as protecting device in vessel and pipe. When
the working medium pressure surpasses the prescribed one, the
safety valve will open automatically to reduce pressure. When the
medium pressure returns to normal, it closes automatically.
安全阀按结构形式可分为弹簧式、杠杆重锤式、先导式。弹簧式安全
阀是利用弹簧传递到阀瓣上的作用力来平衡容器或管道内压，通过
调节弹簧的松紧来平衡介质对阀瓣的压力从而达到控制介质压力的
目的；杠杆重锤式安全阀是利用重锤通过杠杆传递到阀瓣上的作用
力来平衡管道或容器内介质的压力，通过调整重锤对阀瓣的作用距
离来平衡介质对阀瓣的压力，从而达到控制介质压力的目的；先导
式安全阀是由主阀和副阀组成，借副阀的作用带动主阀动作，又称
为脉冲式安全阀。
Safety valve is classified into spring type, lever and weight type
and pre-guide type. Spring safety vale balances pressure in the
vessel and pipe by transferring the spring force to disc. That is to
say, through adjustment of looseness and tightness of spring to
balance the pressure in disc to control the medium pressure.
Lever and weight type safety valve balances the pressure in the
vessel and pipe by transferring the lever force to disc through
weight. That is to say, adjustment the distance acted by weight to
disc to balance the pressure. The pilot operated safety valve is
composed by main valve and auxiliary valve, the later one drives
the former one to act, thus it is also know as pulse safety valve.
安全阀按开启高度的不同可分为微启式和全启式，微启式安全法用
于液体介质场合，全启式安全法用于气体或蒸汽介质场合。在安装
弹簧式安全阀时要注意确认实际工作压力、工作温度以及弹簧的工
作压力等参数。
Page 592 of 629

Safety valve is classified into partial-open and normal-open
according to the opening. The partial-open safety valve is used in
the pipe where the liquid passes through, While the normal-open
for gas or steam. Taking the actual working pressure, temperature
and spring pressure into consideration when installing spring
safety valve.
图 17 气压升降式抽汽止回阀图 18 弹簧式安全阀
Fig.17 Variable pressure extraction check
valve Fig.18 Spring safety valve
1—阀体 body；2—蝶阀 butterfly valve；3—阀盖 bonnet；4—阀杆 stem； 1

—保护罩 protective cover ；2—扳手 spanner；3—调节螺套 adjusting screw
sleeve；4—阀盖 bonnet；
5—套筒 bushing；6—壳体 housing；7—活塞 piston；8—上盖 upper cover；
5—上弹簧座 upper spring seat；6—弹簧 spring；7—阀杆 stem；8—下弹簧
座 lower spring seat；
9—进气管接头 inlet pipe jointer；10—出气管接头 outlet pipe jointer ；11—弹
簧 spring 9—导向座 guide seat；10—反冲盘 disc holder ；11—阀瓣 disc；
12—定位螺杆 positioning screw rod；
13—调节套 adjusting bushing；14—阀座 seat；15—
铅封 lead sealing；16—阀体 body
2.2.28.4.11 给水泵出口电动门
2.2.28.4.11 Electric Valve at Feed-Water Pump Outlet
1 阀门拆卸
Page 593 of 629

1 Disassembly of Valve
1.1 切断电源，将阀门开启一定高度，松开电动头与支撑架螺
栓，拆下电动装置；
1.1 Cut off the power supply. Open the valve to a certain
degree. Loosen the bolts connecting electric mechanism
and supporting. Remove the electric mechanism.
1.2 拆下阀门支架与阀体螺栓及压兰螺母，取下阀门支架及压
兰。松开阀盖与阀芯螺栓，取出阀盖，取出压环；
1.2 Remove the bolts and flange nuts connecting the valve
supporting and body. Take out the supporting and flange.
Loosen the bolts connecting the bonnet and inner valve.
Take out the bonnet and pressing ring.
1.3 将阀芯往下打，使阀芯和分裂环脱开，顺利取出分裂环；
1.3 Knock valve core downwards to disconnect it from splitting
ring. Take out splitting ring.
1.4 重新将支持架安装在阀体口，装上阀盖。将电动装置回装，
手动不断旋转，将阀芯连同自密封垫及自密封环一同取下。
另外，可以采用适当的顶出工具或吊车等工具进行拆卸阀
芯及密封垫工作。实在取不下时，可对阀体进行外部加热，
使其膨胀，以便取出阀芯及密封垫等；
1.4 Reinstall the supporting in valve body port, and put the
bonnet on. Reinstall electric mechanism. Turn it
continuously and take out the seal gasket, self-seal ring
together with inner valve. Besides, you can use proper
raising tool or crane to help remove the disc and seal
gasket. If it is impossible to take them out, you can heat
the valve outside to make it expand then remove disc and
seal gasket etc.
1.5 拆卸吊出阀杆、阀瓣。
1.5 Remove and lift out stem and disc.
2 阀门检修
2 Valve Maintenance
2.1 对阀门各部件进行清理打磨检查；
2.1 Finishing the removed components.
2.2 检查阀体有无裂纹；
2.2 Check whether the body has crack or not.
2.3 检查阀瓣和阀座密封面是否有锈蚀、刻痕、裂纹、沟槽及缺口
等缺陷。轻者修刮研磨，重者应进行补焊后再进行研磨；
2.3 Check whether the defects such as the rust, scratch,
crack, groove notch etc exists on disc and seal surface of
seat. As for the slight defects, grinding is ok. The severe
Page 594 of 629

defect can be eliminated by makeup- welding and
regrinding.
2.4 检查阀杆表面有无缺陷，阀杆的弯曲度椭圆度及表面磨损
是否符合要求。阀杆的弯曲度不应超过 0.1～0.25mm，椭圆
度不应超过 0.02～0.05mm，表面锈蚀及磨损程度不应超过
0.1～0.2mm，并检查阀杆螺纹是否完好，与螺母配合是否
灵活。不符合上述要求时，应进行修复加工更换，所用材质
与原材料应相同；
2.4 Check whether the stem surface has defects or not.
Check whether the stem bending, ellipticity, and degree of
wear meets the requirement or not. The stem bending
should be with in the range 0.1 ～ 0.25mm, the ellipticity
ranges from 0.02 to 0.05mm, the surface rust and degree
of wear should be between 0.1 and 0.2 mm. check
whether the stem thread is complete or not, whether it
matches with nut or not. If the stem does not satisfy the
above mentioned conditions, reprocess stem or change
the parts, the material should be the same as the original
one. .
2.5 检查螺母螺纹应无磨损、无变形、无损坏，与阀杆螺纹配合
良好并且旋转灵活。当螺纹丝扣磨损超过 1/3 时应予以更换；
2.5 Check that the nut thread should not be worn, deformed
and damaged. It matches well with steam thread and
rotates flexibly. When the thread is worn more than 1/3,
change it.
2.6 填料压盖与填料室及阀杆的间隙要符合要求，一般为 0.15
～0.36mm；
2.6 The clearance between packing gland and packing
chamber and stem should meet the requirement. usually
the clearance ranges from 0.15 to 0.36mm.
2.7 各螺栓、螺母的螺纹应完好，配合适当无咬扣现象；
2.7 The thread of bolts and nut should be complete. And one
should match with the other well without unmatched bolts
and but.
2.8 拆卸电动装置，检查电动与手动转换手柄是否完好。检查轴
承有无磨损。滚珠、滚道应无麻点、腐蚀、剥皮等现象；
2.8 Remove electric device. Check the change-over (Electric-
manual) handle is completer or not. Check whether the
bearing is worn or not. Check whether the pits, corrosion
and surface-dropping off exist in ball and track or not.
2.9 阀芯与阀座密封面做红丹试验，符合标准；
2.9 Conduct red lead test for valve core and seat. They two
pass the test.
Page 595 of 629

2.10 所有的密封垫片更换新垫。
2.10 Change the seal gasket.
3 阀门装配
3 Reassembly of valve
3.1 回装的原则是先拆的后装，后拆的先装；
3.1 The component removed at first is installed at last.
3.2 更换新的刚性自密封垫，更换新的填料，所用填料必须采
用石墨加镍丝的整圈填料进行套装；
3.2 Use the new rigid self-seal gasket and new stuffing which
is packaged as a whole of graphite and nickel wire in turn.
3.3 在拧紧阀盖螺母时要按照螺栓的要求力矩紧固值对称均匀
的拧紧，以防止泄漏；
3.3 Screw the bolt symmetrically with the proper torque. The
clearance around flange should be even to prevent
leakage.
3.4 在拧紧填料压盖时用力要均匀，两边螺栓要对称拧紧，注
意不得把压盖紧偏。压兰压入套内的深度为压兰高度的 1/4
～1/3
3.4 Screw the bolts on packing gland evenly and
symmetrically. The bolts at two ends should be
symmetrically and tightly screwed. The gland occupies
1/4～1/3 of the height of the flange.
3.5 回装完毕后，手动摇阀门，检验阀门动作灵活，否则需查
明原因进行处理。
3.5 When the valve is reassembled, turn the valve manually to
check it rotates flexibly or not. If not find out reasons and
solve the problem.
4 调整阀门行程
4 Adjustment of valve range
4.1 手动操作使阀门全开，至上死点时再回关 2～3 圈作为阀门
的全开为止，固定行程开关；
4.1 Open the valve fully manually to upper dead point and
close 2～3 turns, the degree of this opening serves as the
fail-open position of valve. Fix the range switch.
4.2 手动操作使阀门全关，至下死点时再回开 1～1.5 圈作为阀
门的全关位置，固定行程开关；
4.2 Close the valve fully manually to lower dead point and
open 1 ～ 1.5 turns, the degree of this opening serves as
the fail-close position of valve. Fix the range switch.
4.3 调整后电动操作阀门，反复开关，检查行程开关工作情况
Page 596 of 629

不合格的须进行重新调整。试验检查合格后方可投入使用。
4.3 Operate valve by electric after adjustment. Open and
close the valve repeatedly. Check the range switch works
normally or not. If not, readjust it. Only passing the test,
can it put into service.
4.4 检修后的阀门必须处于关闭位子。
4.4 The valve should be closed after maintenance.
2.2.28.4.12 高压蒸汽转换阀
2.2.28.4.12 HP Steam Change-over Valve
1 阀门的拆卸
1 Disassembly of valve
1.1 阀门拆卸前开启到大约 2～3 圈的开度位置；
1.1 Open the valve to the degree of 2 ～ 3 turns before
removing it.
1.2 切断电源，取下电动装置；
1.2 Cut off the power supply and remove the electric device.
1.3 松开拆去填料压盖螺栓、螺母，拆去行程指示器和限位缓冲
装置的固定件；
1.3 Loosen and remove the bolts and nuts on stuffing gland.
Take down the retainer of travel indicator and position
buffering device.
1.4 仔细小心的松开并拆去支架与阀体（或阀盖）连接的螺栓
和螺母；
1.4 Loosen and take out the bolts and nuts connecting
supporting and body (or bonnet);
1.5 旋转阀杆螺母，将阀杆与支架拆开，即可吊出支架；
1.5 Turn stem nut. Insolate stem and supporting. Lift out
supporting.
1.6 松开并拆去支架上部的连接螺栓，然后拆出阀杆螺母、蝶形
弹簧等；
1.6 Loosen and remove the bolts in upper supporting. Take
out stem nut and butterfly spring etc.
1.7 拆下定位环，利用阀体颈部的外侧小孔用铁丝向内捅四合
环后，拆去推入环即可吊出阀盖及阀杆。将阀杆从阀盖中抽
出。
1.7 Remove the retaining ring. Use the iron wire to turn the
four-element ring from the hole in body neck. Remove the
thrust-in ring first, and then the bonnet and stem can be
taken out. . Insolate the stem form bonnet.
Page 597 of 629

2 阀门的检修
2 Valve maintenance
2.1 清洗所有部件除去脏物，清理出所有密封垫和填料，除去
毛边毛刺，检查所有滑动表面的磨损和擦伤痕迹的情况；
2.1 Clean all the components. Remove the old seal gasket
and stuffing. Remove the burrs. Check the degree of wear
and scratch on sliding surface.
2.2 阀座上不太明显的磨损，可用研磨膏通过阀瓣与阀座的配
对研磨除去。对于直线精度应用研磨工具和阀盖导线来保证
2.2 The slight wear on valve seat can be eliminated by
grinding the disc and seat with abrasive paste. The linear
accuracy is realized by grinding tool and bonnet guide
line.
2.3 对于阀座密封面上明显的划痕和磨损，应通过机械加工、研
磨、抛光工艺过程，以恢复阀瓣与阀座密封面的密封性能。
机加工的深度不得超过 3mm；
2.3 As for seat seal surface with obvious wear and scratch,
the performance of seal surface between disc and seat
can recover by mechanical processing, grinding, finishing.
The depth of mechanical processing should be ≤ 3mm.
2.4 检查阀杆和阀杆螺母的螺纹是否完整，螺纹的磨损状况；
2.4 Check the stem and the matched nut threads are
complete or not; check the wear of thread.
2.5 检查轴承有无损坏，如有损坏须及时更换；
2.5 Check the bearing is damaged or not. If damaged, change
it.
2.6 检查阀杆的弯曲度，最大弯曲不得超过 0.1～0.25mm；
2.6 Check the stem bending. The maximum bending should
within the range 0.1～0.25mm；
2.7 更换新的自密封环及密封垫填料；
2.7 Change the seal ring and stuffing of seal gasket.
2.8 阀芯与阀座做严密性试验，试验合格后方可回装。
2.8 Conduct leakage test for valve seat and valve internal.
Only the both two passing the test, Can them be
reinstalled.
3 阀门的装配
3 Reassembly of Valve
3.1 阀门的回装按照拆卸相反的顺序进行的；
3.1 The sequence is reversible to disassembly.
Page 598 of 629

3.2 对装配的所有螺栓做好防治高温氧化螺纹咬死的措施；
3.2 Take measures against thread oxygenation in high
temperature which causes thread to stop moving.
3.3 阀门装配后按照润滑标准进行相应的润滑；
3.3 Carry out lubrication after the valve is reinstalled.
solve the problem.
4.2 手动操作使阀门全关，至下死点时再回开 1～1.5 圈作为阀
门的全关位置，固定行程开关；
4.2 Close the valve fully manually to lower dead point and
open 1 ～ 1.5 turns, the degree of this opening serves as
the fail-close position of valve. Fix the range switch.
4.4 检修后的阀门必须处于关闭位子。
4.4 The valve should be closed after maintenance.
2.2.28.4.13 低压旁路转换阀
2.2.28.4.13 LP bypass change-over valve
1 阀门的拆卸
1 Disassembly of Valve
1.1 开启阀门到 2～3 圈的开度位置；
1.1 Open valve to the degree of 2～3 turns.
1.2 可靠的切断电源；
1.2 Cut off the power supply reliably.
Page 599 of 629

1.3 对重要零部件的位置做好标记；
1.3 Make marks on the position where the important part lied.
1.4 松开并拆去填料压盖螺栓、，拆去行程指示器和限位缓冲装
置的固定件；
1.4 Loosen and remove the bolts on stuffing gland. Take down
the retainer of travel indicator and position buffering
device.
1.5 拆去阀盖与阀体支架的连接螺栓，吊出支架；
1.5 Remove the bolts connecting the bonnet and body. Lift out
the supporting.
1.6 吊出阀杆与平衡套。
1.6 Lift out the stem and balance bushing.
2 低压旁路转换阀的检修
2 Maintenance of LP Bypass Change-over Valve
2.1 清理所有部件，除去脏物。更换所有密封垫及填料；
2.1 Clean all the components. Change all the seal gasket and
stuffing.
2.2 检查平衡套密封面有无磨损，不明显的可用研磨膏研磨后
恢复密封性能；
2.2 Check whether the seal surface of balance bushing is
worn or not. If the wear is not severe, grind the seal
surface with abrasive paste and the seal performance
recovered.
2.3 对于平衡套和阀芯密封面上有明显划痕但不超过 1/3 的磨损，
可进行车削机加工后再研磨处理。超过 1/3 的须进行更换；
2.3 When the scratch on the balance bushing and seal
surface of valve core is obvious but less than 1/3 of wear
in thickness. Reprocess them by milling machine and then
grinding. If the scratch is more than 1/3, change the
balance bushing and seal surface.
2.4 检查阀杆及配套螺母的螺纹是否完好，螺纹的磨损状况，
转动是否灵活。对于磨损量超过 1/3 的螺纹，须进行更换；
2.4 Check the stem and the matched nut threads are
complete or not; check the wear of thread, check whether
the rotor rotates flexibly. If the wear is more than 1/3 of the
thread length of nut, change it.
2.5 检查门杆套、轴承及组件有无损坏，如有损坏须及时更换；
2.5 Check whether the stem bushing, bearing and assembly
is damaged or not. If the damage exists, change it.
Page 600 of 629

2.6 阀芯与阀座做严密性试验，试验合格后方可回装。
2.6 Carry out leakage test for inner valve and valve seat, only
passing the test can it be reinstalled.
3 阀门的装配
3 Reassembly of Valve
3.1 阀门的回装按照拆卸相反的顺序进行的；
3.1 The sequence is reversible to disassembly.
3.2 紧固螺栓时应按照紧固力矩值对称均匀的紧好，法兰四周
间隙应均匀，以防泄漏；
3.2 Screw the bolt symmetrically with the proper torque. The
clearance around flange should be even to prevent
leakage.
solve the problem.
4.2 手动操作使阀门全关，使关死点有 2～3mm 的预紧力，固
定行程开关；
4.2 Close valve fully manually, and make sure that the dead
point with 2～3mm pretighting force. Fix the range switch.
2.2.28.5 阀门的安装、检修维护及检修项目
2.2.28.5 Installation and Maintenance items of valve
2.2.28.5.1 阀门的安装与调试
2.2.28.5.1 Installation and Commissioning of Valve
Page 601 of 629

阀门安装前，首先应根据阀门的牌号和出厂说明书检查是否符合设
计的要求，阀门的规格和型号是否满足工质在工作状态下的参数要
求。然后进行阀门的外观检查，是否存在着缺陷。检查阀杆是否转动
灵活，有无卡涩及歪斜现象。检查盘根填料是否符合工作介质的要
求。
Before installation, Check the valve meets the design requirement
or not according to nameplate and Instruction. Check the model
and type satisfy the working medium parameter in operation or
not. Check whether the overall appearance has defects or not.
Check the stem rotates flexibly or not. Check whether the stem is
blocked or oblique. Check the stuffing satisfies the work medium
requirement.
阀门安装前要做严密性的水压试验，对阀门密封面进行压力检验。
试验介质、试验方法及允许泄漏量根据工作介质的性质和参数来确
定。对于一般的阀门，试验压力为公称压力的 1.25 倍，检修完毕后
所做的水试验压力为实际工作压力的 1.5 倍。对于高温或高压阀门
的密封性试验压力，根据相应的技术参数要求进行。
Carry out water test for valve leakage. Conduct pressure test for
seal surface. The testing medium, method and allowable leakage
are depending on property and parameter of working medium. As
for the common valve, the testing pressure is 1.25 times of
nominal pressure. The water test pressure is 1.5 times of actual
working pressure. As for the leakage test of HP or High
temperature valve, its testing pressure depends on the relative
technical parameters.
2.2.28.5.2 阀门的检修与维护
2.2.28.5.2 Valve Maintenance
1 盘根渗漏的检查及其消除方法
1 Packing Set Check and Maintenance
阀门在运行中容易出现阀杆盘根处渗漏介质现象。阀门运行中出
现渗漏时，可以适当的拧紧盘根压盖螺栓的办法来消除渗漏现
象，在拧紧过程中要做好防止压盖螺栓脱落的措施，切忌使用
过大的力矩拧紧。当拧紧螺栓仍不能消除渗漏时，须采用更换盘
根的方法来解决。
It is common that medium leakage occurs at packing set of
stem in operation. The leakage can be stopped by screwing
the bolt on packing set gland. It is not ignored that take
measures to prevent bolt falling in when screwing it tightly. Do
not screw it with too large torque. If the leakage still exists
after the bolt is tightly screwed. Change the packing set to
solve the problem.
首先确认阀门内确无压力、阀门温度适合工作后方可松开盘根压
盖螺栓清除旧盘根。将旧盘根清除干净后，将符合要求的新盘根
分层压入，各层盘根接头应错开 90～120 度，再压紧压盖时要
注意压盖不得偏斜，并留有供继续压紧盘根的压缩余量。一般
DG100mm 以下的阀门为 20mm，DG100 以上的阀门为 30～
40mm。压紧填料时应同时转动阀杆，以便检查填料紧固阀门的
Page 602 of 629

程度。压盖压入盘根室的深度应在盘根室深度的 10～20%之间。
Make sure that no pressure in valve, the temperature is
appropriate, and then you can loosen the bolts on pressing
plate to remove the old packing set. Next press the new
qualified packing set layer by layer. The jointer of packing
material in each layer should be far away from 90 ～ 120
degree. Press the pressing plate straightly and leave margin
for further pressing packing. Generally, as for the valve below
DG100mm, the margin is 20mm, while above DG100 is 30 ～
40mm. Rotate the stem when pressing the packing tightly to
check the degree of valve leakage. The pressing plate
occupies 10～20% of the length of the packing chamber. .
2 检修阀门时应注意的事项
2 Precautions in Valve Maintenance
2.1 检修阀门当天不能完成时，应做好措施防止掉进杂物；
2.1 If the valve maintenance can not finish in the prescribed
day, take measures to prevent impurities falling into it.
2.2 更换焊接阀门时，在焊接阀门前要使阀门处于开启的位置
以防温度升高胀死、卡住或将阀杆顶坏；
2.2 When changing and welding valve, make sure the valve is
open, preventing temperature increases resulting in
expansion which may block stem or break stem.
2.3 阀门在研磨过程中要勤检查，以便随时纠正磨偏的问题；
2.3 When the valve is grinded, check it for many times to
correct uneven grinding.
2.4 做水压试验的过程中，工作人员不接近试验阀门，以防泄
漏出介质伤人；
2.4 When the water pressure test is carries out, working staff
should be close to testing valve to prevent the injury
caused by erupted medium.
2.5 使用风动工具检修阀门时，风管接头处要捆绑牢固，风管
不得采用塑料管或普通胶皮管，要用内有钢丝的合乎压力
等级要求的风管，以防止爆破伤人；
2.5 When the pneumatic tool is put into service, the jointer
should be tied tightly. The pneumatic tube to be used
should be the one with steel wire in it and meet the
pressure requirement not the plastic tube or the common
rubber tube, preventing the human injury caused by
explosion.
2.6 对每一条合金螺栓都应尽过光谱和硬度检查；
2.6 Carry out spectrum and rigidity check for every alloy bolt.
2.7 在进行更换新的合金钢阀门前，对新阀门应进行光谱材质
Page 603 of 629

鉴定，以防止用错。
2.7 Verify the spectrum material ro prevent misuse before
change the alloy steel valve.
2.2.28.5.3 阀门的解体与组装
2.2.28.5.3 Disassembly and Reassembly of Valve
1 阀门的解体
1 Disassembly of valve
1.1 阀门解体前须检查确认要检修的阀门已经从系统中断开、阀
门前后无压力后方可开始检修工作；
1.1 Check and make sure the valve is isolated from system,
no pressure in pipe before disassembling valve.
1.2 用刷子和棉纱将阀门内外污垢清理干净；
1.2 Clean the valve inside and outside with brush and cotton.
1.3 在阀门和阀盖上打好标记，然后将阀门开启；
1.3 Make a mark on valve and the cover, then open the valve.
1.4 拆下传动装置或手轮，拆下填料压盖螺栓；
1.4 Remove driving device or hand wheel. Take down the
bolts of stuffing gland.
1.5 卸下门盖，旋出阀杆，取下阀瓣，卸下螺纹套筒和轴承；
1.5 Take down the cover. Turn and take out stem, disc, thread
bushing and bearing.
1.6 清除旧垫片，清理盘根室内旧盘根。
1.6 Remove the old washer and packing set.
2 阀门的组装
2 Assembly of valve
2.1 将轴承涂好润滑脂，连同螺纹套筒一起装入轴承室内；
2.1 Smear the bearing with lube grease and install it into
bearing chamber together with thread bushing.
2.2 将阀盖装在阀杆上，使其能自由移动，但锁进螺母不得松
动；
2.2 Install the bonnet on stem and make sure it can move
flexibly, but the lock nut should not be loose.
2.3 将阀杆穿入填料盒内，再套上填料压盖，旋入螺纹套内至
开足位置；
2.3 Insert the stem into stuffing box. Put the stuffing bonnet.
Screw the thread bushing tightly.
Page 604 of 629

2.4 将阀体、阀瓣、和阀座清理干净；
2.4 Clean the valve body, disc, seat.
2.5 将涂有合适涂料的垫片装入阀体与阀盖的法兰之间，将阀
盖正确的扣在阀体上，对称的按要求的力矩值紧固好螺栓
并使阀兰四周间隙一致。
2.5 Install the washer with proper paint between valve body
and bonnet. Put the bonnet on body correctly. Screw the
bolts with required torque symmetrically and tightly. Make
sure that the clearance around flange is the same.
3 阀门检修所检查的项目及质量标准
3 Maintenance Items and Quality Standards
3.1 法体和阀盖面有无裂纹、沙眼的缺陷，阀体与阀盖结合面平
整，结合面无损伤。对于结合面为子口的法兰，其径向间隙
应符合要求，一般为 0.20～0.50mm；
3.1 The valve body and bonnet surface has no defects such
as crack and holes. The connecting surface between the
two is smooth without damage. As for the flange in which
the surface works as a sub-hole, the radial clearance
should meet the requirement. usually it ranges from 0.20
to 0.50mm.
3.2 阀瓣与阀座的密封面应无裂纹、锈蚀、刻痕等缺陷；
3.2 The seal surface between valve disc and set has no
defects such as crack, rust or scratch etc.
3.3 阀杆弯曲一般不超过 0.10～0.20mm。阀杆螺纹完好，与螺
纹套筒配合灵活。不符合要求的应及时更换；
3.3 The stem bending ranges from 0.10 to 0.20 mm. the stem
thread is complete and match with thread bushing well.
Change the unmatched one.
3.4 填料压盖、填料盒与阀杆间隙合适，一般为 0.10 ～
0.20mm；
3.4 The clearance between stuffing gland, stuffing and stem is
proper. Usually the two is 0.10 ～ 0.20mm far away each
other.
3.5 各螺栓、螺母的螺纹应完好，配合适当；
3.5 The thread of bolts and nuts are complete and coordinate
with each other properly.
3.6 轴承的滚珠、滚道应无麻点、腐蚀、剥皮等现象；
3.6 The ball and track of the bearing have no pit, corrosion
and peel dropping etc.
3.7 传动装置动作灵活，各配合间隙要正确，手轮完整无损伤。
Page 605 of 629

3.7 The driving device works flexibly, all the clearance is
correct. The hand wheel is complete without damage.
2.2.28.5.4 大修标准项目
2.2.28.5.4 Standard Overhaul Items
1 1#、2#、3#高加进、出口水门解体检查；
1 Disassembly and check of 1#、2#、3# HP heaters inlet and
outlet valves
2 1#、2#、3#高加大旁路转换阀解体检查；
2 Disassembly and check of 1#、2#、3# HP heaters big bypass
changeover valve
3 1#、2#、3#高加旁路阀解体检查；
3 Disassembly and check of 1# 、 2# 、 3# HP heaters bypass
valves
4 5#、6#、7#、低加进、出口水门解体检查；
4 Disassembly and check of 5#、6#、7#、 LP heaters inlet and
outlet valves
5 5#、6#、7#、低加旁路水门解体检查；
5 Disassembly and check of 5# 、 6# 、 7# HP heaters bypass
valves
6 1#、2#、3#高加、除氧器、5#、6#、7#低加危机疏水门解体检查；
6 Disassembly and check of 1# 、 2# 、 3# HP heaters and
deaerators, 5#、6#、7# LP emergency drainage valves
7 1～7 段抽汽电动门解体检查；
7 Disassembly and check of electric valve in 1 ～ 7 section
extraction steam
8 1～7 段抽汽逆止门解体检查，再热冷端逆止门解体检查；
8 Disassembly and check of check valves in 1~7 section
extraction steam and reheat cold section.
9 1-～7 段抽汽疏水调整门解体检查；
9 Disassembly and check of drainage governing valve in 1 ～ 7
section extraction steam
10 高压内、外缸疏水门解体检查；
10 Disassembly and check of drainage valves in inner & outer
HP casing;
11 中压内、外缸疏水门解体检查；
11 Disassembly and check of drainage valves in inner & outer IP
casing;
Page 606 of 629

12 主蒸汽管道疏水门解体检查；
12 Disassembly and check of drainage valves in main steam
pipes
13 主给水管道疏水门解体检查；
13 Disassembly and check of drainage valves in main feed water
pipes;
14 凝结水管道疏水门解体检查；
14 Disassembly and check of drainage valves in condensate
pipes;
15 再热冷段管道疏水门解体检查；
15 Disassembly and check of drainage valves in reheated steam
cold section pipes;
16 再热热段管道疏水门解体检查；
16 Disassembly and check of drainage valves in reheated steam
hot section pipes;
17. 高压旁路管道疏水门解体检查；
17 Disassembly and check of drainage valves in HP bypass
pipes;
18 低压旁路管道疏水门解体检查；
18 Disassembly and check of drainage valves in LP bypass
pipes;
19 1～7 段抽汽管道疏水门解体检查；
19 Disassembly and check of drainage valve in 1 ～ 7 section
extraction steam;
20 高压旁路减温水调整门、喷水门解体检查；
20 Disassembly and check of desuperheating water adjusting
valve and spray valves in HP bypass;
21 低压旁路减温水调整门、喷水门解体检查；
21 Disassembly and check of desuperheating water adjusting
valve and spray valves in LP bypass;
22 高压扩容器内部检查，更换人孔密封垫；
22 Inner check of HP flash tank; change seal gasket in the man
hole;
23 低压扩容器内部检查，更换人孔密封垫；
23 Inner check of LP flash tank; change seal gasket in the man
hole;
24 辅助蒸汽联箱上连接一道门解体检查；
Page 607 of 629

24 Disassembly and check of the primary valve installed in the
auxiliary steam header.
25 排汽装置喷水调整门、手动门解体检查；
25 Disassembly and check of spray adjusting valve, manual
valve installed in the air vent device.
26 高压扩容器喷水门解体检查；
26 Disassembly and check of spray valve of HP flash tank.
27 低压扩容器喷水门解体检查。
27 Disassembly and check of spray valve of LP flash tank.
2.2.28.6 Requirements on Safety, Health and Environmental
protection
2.2.28.6.1 安全
2.2.28.6.1 Safety
始工作；
1 Check the safety measures and work procedures meet the
requirements of safety regulations first, and then starts
maintenance.
2 松开阀门螺栓前须检查确认管道内确无压力，检查疏水门确已
打开，存水已被放净；
2 Make sure no pressure in the pipe, the drainage valve is open
and water is fully discharged before loosening the valve bolts.
3 在检修过程中疏水门须一直处于开启为止，以防阀门不严漏出
伤人；
3 The drainage valves keep open during maintenance to
prevent human injuries caused by valve leakage.
4 松开螺栓时，须注意防止被可能积存的蒸汽或热水喷出伤到；
4 Loosen the bolts carefully, preventing the accumulated steam
or hot water erupting which may cause human injuries.
5 紧急消缺时须做好防止被高温阀门管道烫伤的安全措施，如防
烫的工作服、手套、工作鞋等；
5 Take measures such as wearing work clothes, glove and
shoes against scald maybe caused by high temperature pipes
when emergency fault-eliminating occurs.
6 在汽水管道上进行较长时间的工作时，检修段管道应用带尾巴
的堵板将检修的管段可靠的隔断；
6 When you are required to work for long time around steam or
Page 608 of 629

steam pipes, insolate the maintenance pipes by baffle with
tail.
7 在管道上进行气割、电焊工作前须确认管内确实无压力后方可进
行；
7 Make sure no pressure in pipe before the gas cutting and
welding is to be done on pipe.
8 拆除临时堵板前须放净该管段内积存的汽水等介质；
8 Discharge fully the medium such as accumulated water or
steam before removing the temporary baffle.
9 检修工作完毕后，检修工作负责人与工作许可人共同到现场检
查确认；
9 The person in charge of maintenance and work permitter are
required to check and verify on site after the maintenance has
finished.
10 不得在有压力的管道上进行任何检修工作。特殊情况下须做好相
应的安全措施并经主管领导批准；
10 Do not begin maintenance on the pipe with pressure. On
special occasion, you must take safety measures and get
approval from chief leader.
11 在搬运管道阀门等部件时时须注意防止被部件砸伤；
11 Move the parts such as pipe and valve carefully to prevent
being struck.
12 在安装、回装管道法兰或阀门时，不准用手指伸入孔内触摸。以
防轧伤手指；
12 Do not stretch you hand to holes for touching when installing
or reinstalling flanges and valves to prevent injuries caused by
ginning.
13 在可能存在易燃气体或物品的场所进行焊接工作时，须先进行
清楚并做好防止着火的安全措施；
13 Take measures against fire before you start welding in the
place where inflammable gas or combustibles exists.
14 在可能存在着有毒气体或物品的场所工作时，须先进行通风清
除，检验无误后方可开始工作。检验方法可用仪器或小动物，不
得使用火焰燃烧法，以防引起燃烧或爆炸；
14 When you need to work in the place where poisonous gas or
objects exists, check the ventilation first, and test gas content
by instrument or little animals, do not use flame which may
cause combustion or explosion.
15 进入管道内检修时，需用压缩空气往里强制通风，但不得直接
通入氧气；
15 When you need to enters into pipe for maintenance, supply
Page 609 of 629

compressed air for ventilation not oxygen.
16 进入管道内检修须设专门的监护人，监护人不得离开工作地点
且不得同时担任其他工作；
16 When one person enters into pipe for maintenance, a
supervisor should be appointed for protection, and he can not
leave the work place and do other work at the same time.
17 进入管道内不得使用超过 12V 的电压的照明灯具；
17 Do not use the light with more than 12 V voltage when you
need to enter into pipe.
18 使用电动工具须使用漏电保护器，漏电保护器须可靠的放置的
管道容器之外；
18 Use leakage protector which should be placed outside of pipe
when you need to use electric tools for work.
19 检修地下管道时须在打开的人孔周围设置围栏，夜间悬挂红灯，
以防行人跌入或工作人员受伤；
19 Install guide rail around pen manhole when repair the
underground pipes. Hang red light at night to prevent other
people dropping into the hole or injured.
20 地下管道检修工作人员不得少于二人，并且设有专门的监护人；
20 The personnel work in underground pipes for maintenance
should be more than three. And the supervisor should be
appointed for protection.
21 在进入可能存在有害气体或温度高的地下管道前，须先进行有
效的通风，检验无误后，方可开始工作。检验方法可用仪器或小
动物，不得使用火焰燃烧法，以防引起燃烧或爆炸；
21 When you need to work in the place where poisonous gas or
objects exists, check the ventilation first, and test gas content
by instrument or little animals, do not use flame which may
cause combustion or explosion.
22 Take safety belt, build qualified scaffold when you need t work
in high area.
23 进行管道或阀门的刷漆工作时须注意做好防火防爆的措施。
23 Take measures against fire and explosion when the paining is
done in the pipe or valve.
2.2.28.6.2 健康
2.2.28.6.2 Health
1 进入管道或地下的工作人员应轮换工作和休息；
1 The person who enters into pipe or work underground should
work and rest in shift.
Page 610 of 629

2 Do not over-exert in work to prevent waist sprain.
3 拆除管道或阀门上的保温层时应使用防尘面具或合格的口罩；
3 when you remove the insulation layer on the pipe or valve,
Wear the dustproof mask or qualified respirator.
4 进行打磨工作时使用防尘面具或合格的口罩；
4 Wear the dustproof mask or qualified respirator during
grinding.
5 进入管道内检修或进入地下检修管道要注意防止摔倒；
5 Be careful when you enters into pipe for maintenance,
preventing injury caused by falling over oneself.
6 进行管道或阀门刷漆工作时要注意通风。
6 Pay attention to ventilation when the painting is done in pipe
or valve.
2.2.28.6.3 环保
2.2.28.6.3 Environment Protection
1 The removed parts should be in good order.
2 Do not use the non-conglutinative paint in which the seal
gasket is made by pollution material such as lead powder or
supramoly.
3 Prevent the dust spreading in grinding.
4 拆除管道或阀门的保温层时不要破坏其再次的使用，以减少垃
圾的排放量；
4 Be careful when removing the insulation layer on pipe or
valve, thus it could not be damaged and can be used again to
reduce waste.
5 阀门做严密性试验用过的煤油妥善放好，不得直接到入垃圾堆
或下水道；
5 The kerosene use in valve leakage test should be discharged
to a safety place not dump it directly to garbage dump or
underground pipe.
6 进行管道或阀门的刷漆工作时，要做好防止油漆掉在地下或流
到其它设备上；
6 Paint carefully on pipe or valve to prevent it dropping on the
Page 611 of 629

ground or other equipment.
7 When the work is done, clean the site and place the waste to
garbage according to category.
2.2.28.7 事故措施
2.2.28.7 Accident Precautions
而简化作业；
2.2.28.7.1 All the work should be done according to Electric Safety Work
Regulations. Do not simplify the work for easiness and trouble-
saving.
2.2.28.7.2 Remove combustibles on site or the inflammable gas passes the
test before fire work starts.
2.2.28.7.3 机房内不得使用汽油等易挥发性的清洗剂，使用的煤油须妥善保管，
以防火灾；
2.2.28.7.3 Do not use volatile lotion like gasoline. The kerosene to be used
should be reserved well to prevent fire.
2.2.28.7.4 进行大面积的刷漆、喷漆等工作时，须设专一的监护人，并且防火
检测合格后方可开工。在施工中须做好防止挥发性气体积存而引起
意外爆炸的安全措施，施工地点严禁明火；
2.2.28.7.4 The supervisor should be appointed and the anti-fire test is
qualified before massive painting starts. Take measure to prevent
volatile gas accumulates which may cause unexpected explosion.
No naked fire on job location. .
2.2.28.7. 使用手动葫芦进行起吊工作时，须将手动葫芦挂在可靠的挂钩上或
稳固的支吊架上，不得歪拉斜吊以防倾倒或部件撞击伤及人身安全；
2.2.28.7.5 When the lifting is to be done, hang the chain hoist on a reliable
hook or stable supporting, preventing oblique lifting which may
cause dump and components damage or human injuries.
2.2.28.7.6 检修用的工器具、部件若需要用车辆运输，驾驶员的工作资质、车辆
的性能状况须符合交通管理部门的相应规定，严禁酒后工作及驾车
行驶，尤其是在晚上加班工作时须特别注意；
2.2.28.7.6 If the tools and components used in maintenance need to be
transported by vehicles, the driver’s qualification and performance
condition should be in accordance with Traffic Management
Bureau. The drunken working and drunken driving is not
permissive especially at night.
2.2.28.7.7 靠近油管尤其是靠近油管法兰处的高温管道需经常检查，保温层外
的金属皮须完整，一旦发现有油漏入保温内立即更换；
2.2.28.7.7 The pipe with high temperature which near to oil pipe especially
Page 612 of 629

neat to oil pipe flange should be frequently checked. The steel
sheet out of the insulation layer should be complete. Once the oil
leakage is found, change the insulation layer immediately.
2.2.28.7.8 检修时不得以管道作为支吊架，尤其是油管道；
2.2.28.7.8 Do not take the pipe as suspending supporting especially the oil
pipe.
2.2.28.7.9 检修后须检查试验各段抽汽逆止门，保证动作灵活可靠，防止流体
倒流引起汽轮机超速或汽缸进水；
2.2.28.7.9 The extraction check valve should be tested after the
maintenance is finished. Make sure the check valves work flexibly
to prevent fluid return which may cause turbine over-speed or
water enters into steam turbine.
2.2.28.7.10 靠近电气设备的水管尽量不用法兰结构，采用焊接结构，防止法兰
泄漏后水喷洒在电气设备上造成严重事故。
2.2.28.7.10 The water pipe near to electric equipment is better to be welded
not flanged. Preventing water leaks from flange and cause
damage to electric equipment.
2.2.29 管道
2.2.29 Pipelines
发电厂的热力系统是由热力设备和汽水管道及各种附件连接而成的有机
整体。生产过程的进行和工质的输送是通过管道来完成的。我公司的汽
水管道系统主要有以下几种：主蒸汽系统，再热蒸汽系统，旁路系统，
除氧给水系统，回热抽汽系统，凝结水系统，疏放水系统，闭冷水系统，
循环冷却水系统，开式水系统（工业水系统）。
The thermodynamic system in power plant is composed by thermo
equipment, water pipes, steam pipe and other accessories. The pipes
involves in the power generation and medium conveying. Water and
steam pipe system includes main steam system reheat steam system,
bypass system, deoxygenized feed water system, generative
extraction steam system, condensate system, drainage system,
closed cooling water system, circulating cooling water, open cooled
water system. (industrial water system)
2.2.29.1 主蒸汽管道系统
2.2.29.1 Main Steam Pipeline System
主蒸汽管道系统主要指的是从锅炉过热器出口联箱到汽轮机进汽之
间的蒸汽管道。机组采用单元制系统。单元制机组主蒸汽系统的特点
是：一台锅炉配一台汽轮机，通过蒸汽管道连接起来，形成一个独
立的管道系统。在额定工况下，汽轮机的主汽阀进口蒸汽参数为
17.75MPa/540°C。主蒸汽管道采用的材质为 A335P91。为防止主蒸
汽管道高温蠕胀爆破以及加强材料的蠕胀监控，管道上设有蠕胀测
点。在主蒸汽管道的弯头处设有壁厚测量点，定期进行测量，以防
止管壁经过长期冲刷变薄后强度降低而爆破。
Main steam pipeline system mainly means the pipe from outlet
header of boiler superheater to steam inlet of turbine. The Steam
Page 613 of 629

turbine –generator set adopts unit system. The Steam turbine –
Generator set characterizes a separate pipe system in which one
boiler cooperates with one steam turbine and both two are
connected by steam pipes. Under rated working condition, the
inlet main steam pressure and temperature is 17.75MPa/540°C
respectively. The main steam pipe is made by A335P91. In order
to prevent explosion caused by steam pipe creeping in high
temperature and strengthen the material creeping monitoring, no
creeping measuring point is in the pipe. But the point for thickness
measurement is in the elbow of pipe. The pipe thickness should
be measured periodically to prevent explosion caused by long
time wear resulting in thinness.
2.2.29.2 再热蒸汽管道系统
2.2.29.2 Reheated steam pipeline system
再热蒸汽管道系统包括再热冷段和再热热段。再热冷段将汽轮机高
压缸的排汽送入锅炉再热器，再热热段将经过锅炉再热器加热后的
蒸汽送回汽轮机中压缸继续做功。在额定工况下，高压缸排汽的蒸
汽参数为 3.xx MPa/3xx°C，再热阀进口蒸汽的蒸汽参数为 3.xx
MPa/538°C；在最大连续运行工况下，高压缸排汽的蒸汽参数为
3.xxMPa/326.1C°，中压缸进汽的蒸汽参数为 3.xxMPa/538°C。再
热冷段的材质为 A672B70CL32，再热热段的材质为 A335P22。为
防止再热热段蒸汽管道高温蠕胀爆破以及加强材料的蠕胀监控，管
道上设有蠕胀测点（在汽机房 xx 米的高度位置上）。在再热冷段与
再热热段蒸汽管道的弯头处设有壁厚测量点，定期进行测量，以防
止管壁经过长期冲刷变薄后强度降低而爆破。
Reheated steam pipeline system includes reheated cool section
and reheated hot section. The reheated cool section sends the
exhausted steam from high pressure cylinder of turbine to boiler
reheater, and the reheated hot section send the steam which had
passed through the boiler reheater back to intermediate pressure
cylinder to do continuous work. Under rated working condition, the
parameters for the exhausted steam from the high pressure
cylinder are 3.xx MPa/3xx°C, and for the inlet steam of reheated
valve are 3.xxMPa/326.1C°, and the parameters for intermediate
pressure cylinder are 3.xxMPa/538°C. The material for reheated
cool section is A672B70CL32 and A335P22 for reheated hot
section. In order to prevent the steam pipeline of the reheated hot
section from explode for high temperature expansion and to
strengthen the expansion monitoring for materials, there is
expansion test point on the pipe (at the elevation of XX in turbine
house). There are wall thickness test points at the bends between
the steam pipes of reheated cool section and reheated hot
section, scheduled measure it to prevent the pipe from crippling
because its intensity deteriorated after turning thinner and thinner
during long term erosion.
2.2.29.3 旁路系统
2.2.29.3 Bypass system
Page 614 of 629

汽轮机机组的旁路系统简称汽机旁路，型式为气动两级高、低压串
联旁路，型号为 CCI-DRAG100 AV6+。高压旁路的容量为锅炉额
定最大出力（BMCR）的 30%，低压旁路的容量为高压旁路的流量
与喷水量之和。高压旁路将经过喷水减温后的主蒸汽排入再热冷段
管路（接口位置在高压缸排汽逆止门后），然后进入锅炉再热器进
行换热以保护再热器免于超温损坏。低压旁路将经过喷水减温的再
热热段蒸汽排入凝汽器，以回收工质和保护环境。
The bypass system for turbine unit is named as turbine bypass for
short, with the type of pneumatic tow grades high and low
pressure serial bypass and the model is CCI-DRAG100 AV6+.
The volume of high pressure bypass is 30% of the maximum rated
output of boiler (BMCR), and the volume of low pressure bypass
is the summation of high pressure bypass flow and water spray
amount. The high pressure bypass exhausts the steam with which
the temperature was decreased by spray water to reheated cool
section pipes (the position of joint is behind the exhaustion check
valve of high pressure cylinder), and then enter into the boiler
reheater for heat exchanging to protect the reheater from being
damaged by over temperature. The low pressure bypass exhausts
the steam of reheated hot section with which the temperature was
decreased by spray water to condensater, to recycle the working
materials and protect the environment.
表 38 设备参数表 1
序号参数类别单位高压蒸汽转换阀低压蒸汽转换阀
1 入口蒸汽压力 MPa
2 入口蒸汽温度 °C
3 入口蒸汽流量 t/h
4 出口蒸汽压力 MPa
5 出口蒸汽温度 °C
6 出口蒸汽流量 t/h
Table 38 Device parameters list 1
Serial Sort of Unit High pressure steam Low pressure steam

number parameter converting valve changeover valve
Inlet steam MPa
1
pressure
Inlet steam °C
2
temperature
Inlet steam t/h
3
flow
4 Outlet steam MPa
Page 615 of 629

Serial Sort of Unit High pressure steam Low pressure steam
number parameter converting valve changeover valve
pressure
Outlet steam °C
5
temperature
Outlet steam t/h
6
flow
表 39 设备参数表 2
高压喷水调节低压喷水调节
参数类别单位高压喷水隔离阀低压喷水隔离阀阀阀
计算压力 MPa
计算温度 °C
计算流量 t/h
Table 39 Device parameters 2
High Low
High pressure
pressure Low pressure pressure
Sort of spray
Unit spray spray isolating spray
parameter adjusting
isolating valve adjusting
valve
valve valve
Calculated
MPa
pressure
Calculated
°C
temperature
Calculated
t/h
flow
2.2.29.4 除氧与给水管道系统
2.2.29.4 Deaeration and feed water pipeline system
给水管路系统包括从除氧器水箱的下降管，经前置泵、给水泵、三台
高压加热器到锅炉省煤器前的全部管路系统。在给水泵前的管道系
统称为低压给水管道，由给水泵出口以后的管道系统称为高压给水
管道系统。在每台给水泵出口都装有一个逆止门和一个截止门。逆止
门的作用是为了防止在给水泵停运或备用时，压力水流入给水泵引
起水泵倒转造成低压母管压力升高。截止阀是为了给水泵停运或检
修时，切断与母管的联系。在额定负荷下，前置泵入口处的给水参
数为 1.xxxMPa/xx°C ，前置泵出口处的给水参数为 2.xx
MPa/xx°C，给水泵出口处的高压给水参数为 xx.xxMPa/xxx°C。
The feed water pipeline system includes the entire pipeline
system from downcomer of water tank of deaerator, to booster
pump, feed water pump, three high pressure heater and
economizer of boiler. The pipe system before the feed water pump
is named as low pressure feed water pipelines, and the pipe
Page 616 of 629

system after the outlet of feed water pump is named as high
pressure feed water pipe system. There is a check valve and a
stop valve at the outlet of each feed water pump. The function of
check valve is to prevent that when the feed water pump is
stopped or standby, pressured water enters into the feed water
pump to cause the pump rotates reversely and rise the pressure
of low pressure main pipe. The stop valve is used to cut the
connection between feed water pump with main pipe when the
pump is stopped or maintained. Under rated load, the feed water
parameter is 1.xxxMPa/xx°C at the inlet of booster pump, and the
parameter of feed water at the outlet of booster pump is 2.xx
MPa/xx°C, and the high pressure feed water parameter at the
outlet of feed water pump is xx.xxMPa/xxx°C.
2.2.29.5 回热抽汽系统
2.2.29.5 Heat returning steam extraction system
我厂的单元制机组的汽轮机共有 7 段不调整抽汽。回热抽汽系统的
设置是为了减少冷源损失、提高锅炉进水的温度，从而提高机组的
整体效率。
There are 7 stages unadjusted steam extraction in the turbine in
the unit system of our plant. The heat returning steam extraction is
designed to reduce the cool source loss, rise the feed water
temperature for boiler so as to improve the whole efficiency of the
unit.
表 40 汽轮机各级抽汽参数表
工况压力
抽汽级数流量 kg/h 温度℃
MPa(a)
第一级（至 1 号低加）
第二级（至 2 号低加）
第三级（至 3 号低加）
第四级（至 4 号低加）
第五级（至辅汽联箱）
VWO
第五级（至除氧器）
第六级（至 6 号高加蒸
冷器）
第六级（至 6 号高加）
第七级（至 7 号高加）
Table 40 Parameter list for steam extraction of different grades of turbine
Page 617 of 629

Operatin
Pressure Temperature
g Stage of extraction Flow kg/h
MPa(a) ℃
condition
第一级（至 1 号低
加）
Stage 1 (to #1 low
pressure heater)
Stage 2 (to #2 low

pressure heater)
Stage 3 (to #3 low

pressure heater)
Stage 4 (to #4 low

pressure heater)
VWO Stage 5 (to auxiliary

steam header)
Stage 5 (to
deaerator)
Stage 6（to #6
steam cooler for
high pressure
heater）
Stage 6 (to #6 high

pressure heater)
Stage 7 (to #7 high

pressure heater)
2.2.29.6 疏放水系统
2.2.29.6 Water drainage and discharge system
当机组启动时，由于蒸汽管道和热力设备处于低温状态，当蒸汽通
过时就会受到冷却，从而产生大量凝结水。疏水系统的作用是及时
疏走这些凝结水，避免高速汽流携带水分造成水冲击；同时可以降
低暖管的时间，提高机组的启动速度。当机组停运时，为了排出管
道内残余汽水，又设有排放管道。汽轮机疏水系统分为汽轮机本体
疏水和蒸汽管道疏水两部分。由于各疏水点压力不同，汽轮机本体
疏水分别引入压力不同的疏水母管，再分别疏入相对应的管道疏水
扩容器或本体疏水扩容器。由于各疏水点参数不同，各管段的检修
需参照同等工作参数的管道的检修进行。
When the unit is starting up, as the heat devices and steam pipes
are in low temperature status, so there would be a lot of
condensed water when the steam pass through them. The
Page 618 of 629

drainage system is designed to timely discharge those condensed
water to prevent the high speed steam flow from carrying water
and cause water impact; at the same time, it could lower the pipe-
heating time which in turn improve the startup speed of the unit.
When the unit is shutdown, there is discharge pipes designed for
discharging the residual steam and water in the pipes. The water
drainage system of turbine is divided into water discharge of
turbine body part and water discharge of steam pipes. Since the
pressure of the water discharging points are not the same, water
discharging main pipe with different pressure are induced into the
water discharge of turbine body part, and then discharged into
corresponding pipe drainage expansion device or body drainage
expansion device.
其他辅助设备检修
Maintenance of other auxiliary equipment
8 闭式水箱的检修及质量标准
8 Maintenance and quality standard of closed type water tank
8.1 打开闭式水箱人孔门，进入内部进行清扫，清出所有杂物
及污垢，水箱进、排水孔应畅通不堵。
8.1 Open the man hole of close type water tank, enter into it
and make cleaning works. No foreign materials or stains
should be left, and the inlet/outlet hole of the water tank
should not be jammed.
8.2 检查水箱内防腐涂料是否有脱落的，如有脱落应擦净后重
新刷防腐漆。
8.2 Check if there is any scaling anti-corrosive paint, if there
is, wipe it clean and reapply new paint.
8.3 闭式水箱应泡水检查，如有漏泄的应打磨补焊处理，补焊
的部位内部应重新清理后刷防腐漆。
8.3 Check the close type tank in water, grind and weld if there
is any leakage, and the internal part of welded places
should be cleaned again and applied with anti-corrosive
paint.
8.4 闭式水箱的梯子和箱顶的围栏应牢固可靠，不应有开焊的
部位，如有开焊的应补焊牢固。
8.4 The ladder and rail on the top of the close type water tank
should be fast, there should be no disconnection on
welded place, if there is, make up the welding.
带压堵漏检修工艺
Maintenance process of leakage stopping with pressure
1 带压堵漏技术介绍
Page 619 of 629

1 Introduction of leakage stopping with pressure
1.1 概述
1.1 Overview
在现代化连续生产过程中，不可避免地会发生设备、管道、阀门等密封
面的泄漏，造成介质损失、能源浪费、污染环境、威胁设备和人身安全，
造成被迫停产，使企业经济损失巨大。带压堵漏技术就是不停机、不停
止运行，在带温带压的条件下，用注射枪将特制的堵漏密封胶，强行注
射到装有专用夹具的泄漏处，在短时间内固化，形成新的密封结构从而
达到堵漏的目的。
Leakage on the sealing faces of devices, pipes and valves is
inevitable during normal continuous producing, which would cause
medium loss, energy source waste, environmental pollution, device
and personal security threatening, which in turn will cause break of
the production and bring mass economic loss to the enterprise. While
the leak stopping with pressure technique is to eject special made
leak stopping sealing gum to the leakage position equipped with
special clamps, using injection-gun under pressure and temperature.
The gum will solidify within a short period and form new sealing
construction and stop the leakage.
1.2 原理
1.2 Principle
带压堵漏工具由高压油泵、注射枪、夹具及堵漏密封胶等组成。手动液压
泵系统产生的液压能通过高压胶管传递给注射枪的动作筒，使注射枪挤
压腔产生强大挤压力，在挤压力的作用下，使装入注射枪的特制堵漏密
封胶产生一定的流动速度，沿着预先设计制造并安装在泄漏处的夹具内
部通道，充填到泄漏部位，建立一个新的密封结构达到带压堵漏的目的。
The tools for leak stopping with pressure include high pressure oil
pump, injection gun, clamps and leak stopping sealing gum etc. The
hydraulic pressure generated by manual hydraulic pump system is
transmitted to the action sleeve of injection-gun through high pressure
plastic pipe, which will produce powerful racking force in the pressing
room of injection-gun. The special leak stopping sealing gum will flow
with a certain velocity under the pressure of racking force, and it will
fill in the leakage position through the internal channel of the clamp
which is predesigned and mounted on the leakage place, thus a new
sealing construction would be built which realizes leak stopping with
pressure.
1.3 密封胶的选用（见密封胶性能表）
1.3 Choosing the sealing gum (reference to the sealing gum performance
list)
1.3.1 常温常压选用 A、B、C、D 均可。
1.3.1 A、B、C、D could all be used under normal temperature.
1.3.2 压力在 4.0MPa,温度在 70℃～150℃选用 A。
1.3.2 Choose A when the pressure is 4.0Mpa, and the temperature
Page 620 of 629

is between 70℃～150℃.
1.3.3 负压至 15 MPa,温度在 150℃～250℃选用 B、C1、C2；
1.3.3 Choose B, C1 or C2 when the negative pressure is 15Mpa,
and the temperature is between 150℃～250℃.
1.3.4 负压至 15 MPa,温度在 150℃～450℃选用 C1、C2；
1.3.4 Choose C1 or C2 when the negative pressure is 15Mpa, and
the temperature is between 150℃～450℃.
1.3.5　负压至 15 MPa,温度在 450℃～580℃选用 C2；
1.3.5 Choose C2 when the negative pressure is 15Mpa, and the
temperature is between 450℃～580℃.
1.3.6 负压至 15 MPa,温度在－70℃～－250℃选用 D1。
1.3.6 Choose D1 when the negative pressure is 15Mpa, and the
temperature is between －70℃～250℃.
1.4 密封胶的保管
1.4 Preserving of the sealing gum
贮存温度 0~28℃,避免阳光，手感和表面光滑，无皱纹。保存期二年。
The storage temperature should be 0~28℃, sheilded from sunlight.
The handle of it should be sooth without cripples. The expiring period
is two years.
图 17 带压堵漏工具
Figure 17 Tools for leakage stopping with pressure
2 带压堵漏工艺
Page 621 of 629

2 Process of leakage stopping with pressure
2.1 漏泄部位的勘测。
2.1 Invesigation on leakage position
预测漏泄部位的位置、环境、注射夹具能否装上，注射枪能否施展得开。
了解被堵介质的性能。弄清漏泄部位的温度、压力以及介质喷射的程度，
并预测在施工中可能发生的变化。测绘漏泄部位的尺寸，要求准确无误。
坚持一个主测，一人校对。
Estimate the location and environment of the leakage place, and
whether the injection clamps could be fixed up, and whether the
rejectio-gun could be put to good use. Realize the performance of
jammed medium. Make clear of the temperature, pressure of the
leakage place and injection degree of the medium, and estimate
possible conditions during the operation. Map the size of leakage
place, it is required to be accurate. Keep one man in measuring and
the other man calibrating during the work.
2.2 密封夹具的制作
2.2 Making of sealing clamp
一般性介质采用 45 号钢或 A3F 钢制做，腐蚀性强或高温的介质，夹具
一般采用不锈钢制作。堵漏夹具通常采用两半形，每半有两个连接耳
子，0.505～0.585MPa 的介质可用 1　个 M15 螺栓连接；0.585MPa
以上的介质，耳子可用 2 个 M14 螺栓连接。夹具形状与被堵部位形状相
吻合，夹具密封表面与被堵部位密封表面结合间隙要尽量小，保证堵漏
效果。夹具注射孔的排列基本呈对称形式，以充满密封胶为原则。如夹
具直径再大，孔数相应增加，孔与孔间隙不要超过 50～50mm。
For common medium, #45 steel or A3F steel could be used; and fro
corrosive or high temperature medium, use stainless steel to make
the clamp. Leak stopping clamp is often made up of two half parts
with two connecting stems on each, medium of 0.505 ～ 0.585MPa
could take one M15 bolt for connection; and for medium above
0.585MPa, use 2 M14 bolts to connect the stem.
表 41 堵漏参考数据
介质压力（MPa） 0.5～0.8 0.8～2.0 2.0～3.5 3.5 以上

贴合间隙（mm） 0.5～0.3 0.3～0.1 0.1～0.5 <0.05
Table 41 Leakage stopping reference data
Medium 0.5～0.8 0.8～2.0 2.0～3.5 3.5 以上

pressure（MPa）
Joint 0.5～0.3 0.3～0.1 0.1～0.5 <0.05
clearance（mm）
表 42 密封夹具参数
夹具尺寸（mm） <50 50－80 80－120 120－150 150－200
Page 622 of 629

注射孔数（个） 1－2 2－4 4－5 5－8 8－7
Table 42 Sealed clamp parameters
Clamp <50 50－80 80－120 120－150 150－200

size（mm）
Number of 1－2 2－4 4－5 5－8 8－7
injection hole
（个）
2.3 堵漏工作前准备
2.3 Preparation before leakage stopping work
准备好堵漏操作工具，并检查好用。准备好符合漏泄部位介质温度及压
力的密封胶。操作者戴好防护眼镜，保护耳塞、石棉手套、头盔及耐高温
高压防护服。在有毒有害现场，必须戴防毒面具。工作监护人到位且工
作现场有专职或兼职安监人员监督指导，操作者必须具备一定实践经验，
具有下列能力：
Prepare leak stopping operation tools and verify there fitness. Prepare
sealing gum which complies with the requirement of temperature and
pressure of the medium at leakage place. The operator should
properly wear protective glasses, earplugs, asbestos gloves, hamlet,
high temperature and pressure enduring protective clothes. Gas
masks must be equipped on the venomous and harmful locales.
There should be work guardians in position and there should be
special or plural safety superintendents for supervise and guide, the
operators must have certain practical experience, and have the
following abilities:
2.3.1 对高压注射枪等器具，能熟练的使用和准确的控制以及做到自
行维护保养；
2.3.1 Able to skillfully use and accurately control the high pressure
injection-gun etc. and able to do maintenance by oneself;
2.3.2 能根据泄漏点的技术状况，正确选用密封胶的型号；
2.3.2 Able to correctly choose the model of sealing gum according
to the technical features of the leakage point;
2.3.3 对高压注射枪及密封胶的预热温度，能够根据不同型号的密封
剂不同季节而熟练选择；
2.3.3 Able to choose sealing gums and high pressure injection guns
with proper models according to the preheating temperature
of the gum in different seasons;
2.3.4 能熟练安装夹具的能力，尤其高温管道上；
2.3.4 Able to skillfully fix the clamp, especially onto the high
temperature pipes;
2.3.5 熟知堵漏工作的安全注意事项。
2.3.5 Familiar with the safety precautions for leak stopping works.
Page 623 of 629

2.4 堵漏操作工艺
2.4 Operation process for leak stopping
将密封夹具固定在漏泄部位上，将预热好的密封胶装于注射枪挤压腔内，
旋入注射孔上，利用液压泵打压，压力升高后又降低，说明密封胶已打
入夹具。当注射完一个注射孔后，用相同规格螺帽打入注射孔内，防止
密封胶溢出。当发生以下情况时，停止注射密封胶：
Fix the sealing clamp onto the leakage position, and inject the
preheated sealing gum into the pressing room of injection gun, and
screw the clamp onto the injection hole. Press up with hydraulic
pump, the sealing gum would fill into the clamp if the pressure gains
and falls. When one hole is filled up, insert into a bolt with the same
dimension to prevent the sealing gum from out coming. Stop filling the
sealing gum under following conditions:
2.4.1 当泄漏口有堵漏剂外漏时；
2.4.1 When the leak stopping agent is leaking out at the leakage
mouth;
2.4.2 注意观察注射时的最高表压，在最后一个注射孔加压时不得超
过最高表压；
2.4.2 Observe the highest gauge pressure during injection, and the
pressure should not exceed the highest gauge pressure when
pressing the last injection hole;
2.4.3 对泄漏处的用剂量要预先估算，以防注剂过多，进入系统；
2.4.3 Pre-estimate the agent demand for leakage points in order to
prevent excessive agents from entering into the system;
2.4.4 观察泄漏介质的变化，一旦发生逐渐减少时就要严格控制。当无
泄漏时，加压立即停止，绝不允许盲目的继续加压，否则密封
胶进入系统或损坏夹具；
2.4.4 Observe the change of leakage medium, take strict control
when it decreases gradually. Stop pressing when there is no
leakage, aimless continually to press which would enter the
sealing gum into system and destroy the clamp is forbidden;
2.4.5 密封胶固化后约 30～50 分钟补注一枪以提高密封胶性能；
2.4.5 Make up another injection after 30 ～ 50 minutes when the
sealing gum is solidified to improve the performance of
sealing gum;
2.4.6 用临时螺帽拧入所有注射孔内，并加力矩，保证密封胶密封效
果。
2.4.6 Screw temporary nuts into all the injection holes, and add the
torque to ensure the effect of sealing gum.
3 带压堵漏安全技术规定
3 Safety technical specifications of leak stopping with pressure
Page 624 of 629

经厂部及分场领导批准，并取得值长同意可以带压堵漏后，加工堵漏工具，
同时派专人监视漏点变化，并做好堵漏准备工作。必要时应编写施工方案及
技术安全措施。
After leak stopping with pressure work is approved by part of the leaders
of sub-sites and the shift leader, machine the leak stopping tools. Send
special personnel to monitor the change of the leakage points and carry
out proper leak stopping preparations. Compile construction scheme and
technical safety measures if necessary.
3.1 一经发现汽水管道漏泄，必须确认漏泄管道设备系统属性，漏泄部位，
测量漏泄部位尺寸，同时通知有关上级领导；
3.1 Once leakage is found on the steam and water pipes, the leakage
pipe device systematic attributes and leakage positions must be
verified. Measure the size of leakage points and inform relative
superior leaders;
3.2 确认漏泄部位及测量尺寸时必须穿戴好劳动保护用品，做好防止烫伤措
施；
3.2 Wear proper labor protection tools when verifying the leakage points
and measuring the size, and make proper anti scald measures;
3.3 测量数据要求必须准确；
3.3 The data measuring must be accurate;
3.4 采用带压堵漏技术的缺陷，只限于法兰密封面、砂眼、气孔等不易扩大
的缺陷。对裂纹、吹刷减薄、穿孔等属于发展型缺陷不得采用带压堵漏技
术；
3.4 Defects which could be applied with leak stopping with pressure tech
are restrict to defects that are not easy to expand such as sealing face
of flange, blowhole or air holes. For cracks, thinning by flushing or
penetration etc. which are developing defects, the method should not
be used;
3.5 检查带压堵漏工具各部件密封完好，油位正常，操作灵活好用，压力表
指示正确好用，打胶用逆止阀开关灵活无堵塞，无卡涩，连接丝扣完好；
3.5 Check and ensure the following items:
 Intactness of sealing for the components of tool used for leak
stopping with pressure;
 The oil level is normal;
 The operation is flexible and fit;
 The pressure gauge is accurate and fit;
 The switch for check valve which is used to fill gum is flexible and
without jam or stuck;
 The connecting screw is intact.
3.6 堵漏工具各部分尺寸必须与漏泄部位配合合适，不应有对漏泄点有外力
挤压的坚硬部位；
Page 625 of 629

3.6 The size of the leak stopping tools must comply with the leakage
points, and there should be no hard parts which have pressure to
leakage points;
3.7 堵漏工具必须能够承受大于漏泄点介质压力；
3.7 The leak stopping tools must bear pressure bigger than the medium
pressure for leakage points;
3.8 进行带压堵漏工作必须由分场领导指定熟练人员，在工作负责人的指导
合监护下进行，漏泄管道设备的介质压力必须控制在当时负荷的最小压
力；
3.8 The leak stopping works should be operated by skillful persons by the
dispatch of sub-site leader and under supervise of principal, the
medium pressure of leakage pipe devices must be controlled at the
minimum pressure of the current load;
3.9 工作人员工作中要特别注意操作方法的正确性，如：螺丝不要紧过度，
紧度要均匀，注意操作方法，防止汽水烫伤等；
3.9 The missionaries should pay special attention to the correctness of
operation method, for example: the screw should be not too tight, the
tightness should be even. Pay attention to the operation method and
prevent from being scalded by steam of water;
3.10 高空进行带压堵漏工作时，必须系好安全带，并做好躲闪措施。同
时必须穿戴好劳动保护用品，做好防止烫伤的安全措施；
3.10 Wear safety belt when doing leak stopping works highly, and take
proper escaping measures. Wear proper labor protection tools
and take proper measures to prevent scalding.
3.11 打胶用逆止阀与堵漏工具连接好后，逆止阀方向必须躲开工作人员
的工作位置；
3.11 After the gum is prepared and the check valve and leak deep
leakage potion
3.12 进行打胶工作前，堵漏用胶应预热变软。打胶工作中，油泵压力均
匀升高，超过漏泄点介质压力 1.5～2 倍；
3.12 The leak stopping gum should before carrying out the leak
stopping. The heating of oil pump should gradually rise and be 1.5
～2higher than the medium pressure.
3.13 堵漏工作中，当油泵压力表指针指示不动时，证明胶以打完，关闭
逆止阀，油泵血泄压，重新换胶，与逆止阀连接好后，打开逆止阀
重新开始打胶，直至漏泄点被堵住；
3.13 If the pointer of the pressure gauge of oil pump stand still during
leak stopping works, it means the filling is finished. Close the
check valve and discharge the pump and replace the gum. After
the check valve is connected, open it and reapply the gum until
the leakage point is sealed;
3.14 带压堵漏工作时，禁止与漏泄管道设备焊接；
Page 626 of 629

3.14 It is forbidden to weld the leakage pipe devices during leak
stopping with pressure.
3.15 带压堵漏工作完成后，要就地观察十分钟以上，如有漏泄应及时进
行补胶，如无漏泄，可以结束工作，工作人员撤离现场；
3.15 After the leak stopping work is finished, observe it for more than
ten minutes at spot to see if there is leak, and reapply gum if there
is. If there is no leak, end the work and the missionaries could
leave;
3.16 高空作业撤离现场时，要防止工作人员及工器具高空坠落；
3.16 Prevent the working personnel or the device from falling from the
height when leaving high operating site;
3.17 清理带压堵漏工具油泵泄压，压力表指针回零，油泵液压装胶件无
残留用胶，整理后，以备下次使用；
3.17 The pointer of the pressure gauge will reset after the pressure of
oil pump for pressured leak stopping tools is discharged. There
should be no residual gum in oil pump hydraulic gum-applying
parts, clean them for next time use;
3.18 对漏泄点定时观察，发现问题及时处理；
3.18 Observe the leak points at fixed time and make immediate
treatment at the sight of problem;
3.19 带压堵漏是一项应急的安全措施，采用带压堵漏的部位应尽快予以
正常处理，最长使用期限不能超过六个月，高温、高压元件使用时
间还应缩短。
3.19 Pressured leak stopping is just an emergent safety measure. The
points which were applied with such method should be applied
with normal treatment. The maximum using term of such
measures should not be longer than 6 months, and the time
should be reduced for high temperature and pressures elements.
表 43 堵漏密封胶性能表
预热温度不
室温条件下预热温度下外观颜高于℃
类别型号耐热等级℃ 挤出压力挤出压力色
夏冬
常温～
固化型 A-01 4--5MPa 3.5—4.5MPa 红 50 80
150℃
常温～
固化型 A-02 7—13 MPa 3—5 MPa 红 50 80
150℃
常温～
固化型 A-03 18—19 MPa 8—7 MPa 红 50 80
150℃
常温～
固化型 B-01 53 MPa 30—35 MPa 绿 80 70
250℃
固化型 HA-04 常温～ 40 MPa 8 MPa 红 50 80
Page 627 of 629

150℃
常温～
固化型 HB-04 45 MPa 7 MPa 绿 80 70
250℃
常温～
固化型 HA-05 4—5 MPa 1.5 MPa 红 50 80
320℃
常温～
固化型 HB-05 4—5 MPa 1.5—2 MPa 绿土黄 80 70
325℃
HC- 常温～
固化型 7—25 MPa 3—8 MPa 乳白 80 50
C1 450℃
HC- 350℃～
热结型 0—0.2 MPa 黑
C2 580℃
HD- -70℃～
热朔型 4--5 MPa 1—3 MPa 白 50 80
D1 250℃
Table 43 Performance list for leak stopping sealing gum
Preheating
Output temperature
Output
Thermal pressure No more than
pressure
Sort Model endurance under Color
under room ℃
class ℃ preheated
temperature
temperature Summ
Winter
er
Normal
Solidifyi
A-01 temperatur 4--5MPa 3.5—4.5MPa Red 50 80
ng type
e～150℃
Normal
Solidifyi
A-02 temperatur 7—13 MPa 3—5 MPa Red 50 80
ng type
e～150℃
Normal
Solidifyi
A-03 temperatur 18—19 MPa 8—7 MPa Red 50 80
ng type
e～150℃
Normal
Solidifyi
B-01 temperatur 53 MPa 30—35 MPa 绿 80 70
ng type
e～250℃
Normal
Solidifyi
HA-04 temperatur 40 MPa 8 MPa Red 50 80
ng type
e～150℃
Normal
Solidifyi
HB-04 temperatur 45 MPa 7 MPa Green 80 70
ng type
e～250℃
Page 628 of 629

Normal
Solidifyi
HA-05 temperatur 4—5 MPa 1.5 MPa Red 50 80
ng type
e～320℃
Normal
Solidifyi Khaki
HB-05 temperatur 4—5 MPa 1.5—2 MPa 80 70
ng type Green
e～325℃
Normal
Solidifyi HC-
temperatur 7—25 MPa 3—8 MPa Ivory 80 50
ng type C1
e～450℃
Hot HC- 350℃～
0—0.2 MPa Black
solidify C2 580℃
Hot HD- -70℃～
4--5 MPa 1—3 MPa White 50 80
shaping D1 250℃
Page 629 of 629

Maintenance Manual of Turbine (Final)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Maintenance Manual of Turbine (Final)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Maintenance Manual of Turbine (Final)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

INDONESIA INDRAMAYU 3X330MW POWER PLANT

Steam Turbine Maintenance Manual

REV Status Modification Date Compile Proof Check APPR

PT.PLN(PERSERO) JASA ENJINIRING

PLN DWG No.

CHINA NATIONAL ELECTRIC CORPORATION

SHAANXI NORTHWEST POWER GENERATION CO., LTD

本《汽轮机系统维护手册》是根据印尼 INDRAMAYU 3×330MW 燃煤电站项

2.1 GENERAL REGULATIONS FOR STEAM TURBINE EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE..6

2.2 SPECIFICATIONS OF STEAM TURBINE EQUIPMENT.................................................56

MAINTENANCE PROCESS OF LEAKAGE STOPPING WITH PRESSURE.........................638

设备名称 大修间隔 小修间隔

Name of equipment Overhaul interval Repair interval

Turbine generator unit Four years 4～8 months

2. Clean the bearing box.

汽 缸 1、检查汽缸及喷嘴有无裂纹、冲刷、 1、检查基础台板松动 1、处理汽缸大

necessary. 4. Scrape the contact 3、吊开轴承

7. Measure and adjust the hollow center

8 Measure the bent (deformation) of

9 Check the connecting bolts of steam

转 子 1、检查主轴、叶轮、轴封套、轴颈、推力 1、叶片调频。 1、直轴

4 Take the frequency test for long

6. Check the looseness of loose

汽封 Steam 清扫、检查各汽封、隔板汽封的阻汽片并 1、更换 20%以上汽封

块、弹簧等进行修理、调整及少量更换。 1. Replace more than

(A)转子 (B) Outer Casing

(B)外缸 (C) Inner Casing

(C)内缸 (D) Steam Admission

(D)进汽短管 (M) Horizontal joint

(A)转子 (A) Rotor

(A) Outer casing

A Lower steam admission

I.P. casing L.P. casing

(B)中压转子 (B) IP rotor

(C)中间垫片 (C) immediate bush

(D)螺栓 (D) bolt

(E)螺母 (E) nut

(F)滑动锥形套筒 (F) sliding conical

Page 100 of 629

Page 101 of 629

Page 102 of 629

Page 103 of 629

Page 104 of 629

Page 105 of 629

Page 106 of 629

Page 107 of 629

Page 108 of 629

Page 109 of 629

Page 110 of 629

Page 111 of 629

Page 112 of 629

Page 113 of 629

Page 114 of 629

Page 115 of 629

Page 116 of 629

Page 117 of 629

Page 118 of 629

Page 119 of 629

设备名称大修间隔小修间隔

汽缸 1、检查汽缸及喷嘴有无裂纹、冲刷、 1、检查基础台板松动 1、处理汽缸大

转子 1、检查主轴、叶轮、轴封套、轴颈、推力 1、叶片调频。 1、直轴

轴承号轴瓦顶部间隙瓦盖紧力油档间隙（直径）